From 9e944c9be2456159fb8c36b0ba3170b2f01c3887 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kirill Marinushkin Date: Wed, 10 Jul 2019 07:51:35 +0200 Subject: ASoC: Relocate my e-mail to .com domain zone Signed-off-by: Kirill Marinushkin Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190710055135.21377-1-kmarinushkin@birdec.com Signed-off-by: Mark Brown --- MAINTAINERS | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 3e75361f9b3b..11db05b56744 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -15795,7 +15795,7 @@ S: Maintained F: drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp* TI PCM3060 ASoC CODEC DRIVER -M: Kirill Marinushkin +M: Kirill Marinushkin L: alsa-devel@alsa-project.org (moderated for non-subscribers) S: Maintained F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm3060.txt -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4d2e26a38fbcde2ba14882cbdb845caa1c17e19b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Wed, 10 Apr 2019 08:32:42 -0300 Subject: docs: powerpc: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst Convert docs to ReST and add them to the arch-specific book. The conversion here was trivial, as almost every file there was already using an elegant format close to ReST standard. The changes were mostly to mark literal blocks and add a few missing section title identifiers. One note with regards to "--": on Sphinx, this can't be used to identify a list, as it will format it badly. This can be used, however, to identify a long hyphen - and "---" is an even longer one. At its new index.rst, let's add a :orphan: while this is not linked to the main index.rst file, in order to avoid build warnings. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Acked-by: Andrew Donnellan # cxl --- Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst | 5 +- Documentation/index.rst | 1 + Documentation/powerpc/DAWR-POWER9.txt | 90 ---- Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.rst | 155 ++++++ Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt | 141 ----- Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.rst | 222 ++++++++ Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.txt | 221 -------- Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.rst | 60 +++ Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt | 56 -- Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst | 467 +++++++++++++++++ Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt | 449 ---------------- Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.rst | 433 +++++++++++++++ Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.txt | 429 --------------- Documentation/powerpc/dawr-power9.rst | 93 ++++ Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst | 87 +++ Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt | 83 --- Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst | 336 ++++++++++++ Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt | 334 ------------ Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst | 301 +++++++++++ Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt | 292 ----------- Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.rst | 581 +++++++++++++++++++++ Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt | 567 -------------------- Documentation/powerpc/index.rst | 34 ++ Documentation/powerpc/isa-versions.rst | 15 +- Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.rst | 43 ++ Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt | 39 -- .../powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.rst | 312 +++++++++++ .../powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt | 301 ----------- Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.rst | 138 +++++ Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.txt | 137 ----- Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.rst | 156 ++++++ Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.txt | 151 ------ Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst | 296 +++++++++++ Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.txt | 295 ----------- Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst | 110 ++++ Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.txt | 105 ---- Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.rst | 247 +++++++++ Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt | 244 --------- MAINTAINERS | 6 +- arch/powerpc/kernel/exceptions-64s.S | 2 +- drivers/soc/fsl/qe/qe.c | 2 +- drivers/tty/hvc/hvcs.c | 2 +- include/soc/fsl/qe/qe.h | 2 +- 43 files changed, 4090 insertions(+), 3950 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/DAWR-POWER9.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/dawr-power9.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/index.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst index 83db42092935..e5d450df06b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst +++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ That is, the recovery API only requires that: .. note:: Implementation details for the powerpc platform are discussed in - the file Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt + the file Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst As of this writing, there is a growing list of device drivers with patches implementing error recovery. Not all of these patches are in @@ -422,3 +422,6 @@ That is, the recovery API only requires that: - drivers/net/cxgb3 - drivers/net/s2io.c - drivers/net/qlge + +The End +------- diff --git a/Documentation/index.rst b/Documentation/index.rst index 70ae148ec980..3fe6170aa41d 100644 --- a/Documentation/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/index.rst @@ -143,6 +143,7 @@ implementation. arm64/index ia64/index m68k/index + powerpc/index riscv/index s390/index sh/index diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/DAWR-POWER9.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/DAWR-POWER9.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ecdbb076438c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/DAWR-POWER9.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -DAWR issues on POWER9 -============================ - -On POWER9 the Data Address Watchpoint Register (DAWR) can cause a checkstop -if it points to cache inhibited (CI) memory. Currently Linux has no way to -disinguish CI memory when configuring the DAWR, so (for now) the DAWR is -disabled by this commit: - - commit 9654153158d3e0684a1bdb76dbababdb7111d5a0 - Author: Michael Neuling - Date: Tue Mar 27 15:37:24 2018 +1100 - powerpc: Disable DAWR in the base POWER9 CPU features - -Technical Details: -============================ - -DAWR has 6 different ways of being set. -1) ptrace -2) h_set_mode(DAWR) -3) h_set_dabr() -4) kvmppc_set_one_reg() -5) xmon - -For ptrace, we now advertise zero breakpoints on POWER9 via the -PPC_PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO call. This results in GDB falling back to -software emulation of the watchpoint (which is slow). - -h_set_mode(DAWR) and h_set_dabr() will now return an error to the -guest on a POWER9 host. Current Linux guests ignore this error, so -they will silently not get the DAWR. - -kvmppc_set_one_reg() will store the value in the vcpu but won't -actually set it on POWER9 hardware. This is done so we don't break -migration from POWER8 to POWER9, at the cost of silently losing the -DAWR on the migration. - -For xmon, the 'bd' command will return an error on P9. - -Consequences for users -============================ - -For GDB watchpoints (ie 'watch' command) on POWER9 bare metal , GDB -will accept the command. Unfortunately since there is no hardware -support for the watchpoint, GDB will software emulate the watchpoint -making it run very slowly. - -The same will also be true for any guests started on a POWER9 -host. The watchpoint will fail and GDB will fall back to software -emulation. - -If a guest is started on a POWER8 host, GDB will accept the watchpoint -and configure the hardware to use the DAWR. This will run at full -speed since it can use the hardware emulation. Unfortunately if this -guest is migrated to a POWER9 host, the watchpoint will be lost on the -POWER9. Loads and stores to the watchpoint locations will not be -trapped in GDB. The watchpoint is remembered, so if the guest is -migrated back to the POWER8 host, it will start working again. - -Force enabling the DAWR -============================= -Kernels (since ~v5.2) have an option to force enable the DAWR via: - - echo Y > /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/dawr_enable_dangerous - -This enables the DAWR even on POWER9. - -This is a dangerous setting, USE AT YOUR OWN RISK. - -Some users may not care about a bad user crashing their box -(ie. single user/desktop systems) and really want the DAWR. This -allows them to force enable DAWR. - -This flag can also be used to disable DAWR access. Once this is -cleared, all DAWR access should be cleared immediately and your -machine once again safe from crashing. - -Userspace may get confused by toggling this. If DAWR is force -enabled/disabled between getting the number of breakpoints (via -PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO) and setting the breakpoint, userspace will get an -inconsistent view of what's available. Similarly for guests. - -For the DAWR to be enabled in a KVM guest, the DAWR needs to be force -enabled in the host AND the guest. For this reason, this won't work on -POWERVM as it doesn't allow the HCALL to work. Writes of 'Y' to the -dawr_enable_dangerous file will fail if the hypervisor doesn't support -writing the DAWR. - -To double check the DAWR is working, run this kernel selftest: - tools/testing/selftests/powerpc/ptrace/ptrace-hwbreak.c -Any errors/failures/skips mean something is wrong. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a6292afba573 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.rst @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +======================== +The PowerPC boot wrapper +======================== + +Copyright (C) Secret Lab Technologies Ltd. + +PowerPC image targets compresses and wraps the kernel image (vmlinux) with +a boot wrapper to make it usable by the system firmware. There is no +standard PowerPC firmware interface, so the boot wrapper is designed to +be adaptable for each kind of image that needs to be built. + +The boot wrapper can be found in the arch/powerpc/boot/ directory. The +Makefile in that directory has targets for all the available image types. +The different image types are used to support all of the various firmware +interfaces found on PowerPC platforms. OpenFirmware is the most commonly +used firmware type on general purpose PowerPC systems from Apple, IBM and +others. U-Boot is typically found on embedded PowerPC hardware, but there +are a handful of other firmware implementations which are also popular. Each +firmware interface requires a different image format. + +The boot wrapper is built from the makefile in arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile and +it uses the wrapper script (arch/powerpc/boot/wrapper) to generate target +image. The details of the build system is discussed in the next section. +Currently, the following image format targets exist: + + ==================== ======================================================== + cuImage.%: Backwards compatible uImage for older version of + U-Boot (for versions that don't understand the device + tree). This image embeds a device tree blob inside + the image. The boot wrapper, kernel and device tree + are all embedded inside the U-Boot uImage file format + with boot wrapper code that extracts data from the old + bd_info structure and loads the data into the device + tree before jumping into the kernel. + + Because of the series of #ifdefs found in the + bd_info structure used in the old U-Boot interfaces, + cuImages are platform specific. Each specific + U-Boot platform has a different platform init file + which populates the embedded device tree with data + from the platform specific bd_info file. The platform + specific cuImage platform init code can be found in + `arch/powerpc/boot/cuboot.*.c`. Selection of the correct + cuImage init code for a specific board can be found in + the wrapper structure. + + dtbImage.%: Similar to zImage, except device tree blob is embedded + inside the image instead of provided by firmware. The + output image file can be either an elf file or a flat + binary depending on the platform. + + dtbImages are used on systems which do not have an + interface for passing a device tree directly. + dtbImages are similar to simpleImages except that + dtbImages have platform specific code for extracting + data from the board firmware, but simpleImages do not + talk to the firmware at all. + + PlayStation 3 support uses dtbImage. So do Embedded + Planet boards using the PlanetCore firmware. Board + specific initialization code is typically found in a + file named arch/powerpc/boot/.c; but this + can be overridden by the wrapper script. + + simpleImage.%: Firmware independent compressed image that does not + depend on any particular firmware interface and embeds + a device tree blob. This image is a flat binary that + can be loaded to any location in RAM and jumped to. + Firmware cannot pass any configuration data to the + kernel with this image type and it depends entirely on + the embedded device tree for all information. + + The simpleImage is useful for booting systems with + an unknown firmware interface or for booting from + a debugger when no firmware is present (such as on + the Xilinx Virtex platform). The only assumption that + simpleImage makes is that RAM is correctly initialized + and that the MMU is either off or has RAM mapped to + base address 0. + + simpleImage also supports inserting special platform + specific initialization code to the start of the bootup + sequence. The virtex405 platform uses this feature to + ensure that the cache is invalidated before caching + is enabled. Platform specific initialization code is + added as part of the wrapper script and is keyed on + the image target name. For example, all + simpleImage.virtex405-* targets will add the + virtex405-head.S initialization code (This also means + that the dts file for virtex405 targets should be + named (virtex405-.dts). Search the wrapper + script for 'virtex405' and see the file + arch/powerpc/boot/virtex405-head.S for details. + + treeImage.%; Image format for used with OpenBIOS firmware found + on some ppc4xx hardware. This image embeds a device + tree blob inside the image. + + uImage: Native image format used by U-Boot. The uImage target + does not add any boot code. It just wraps a compressed + vmlinux in the uImage data structure. This image + requires a version of U-Boot that is able to pass + a device tree to the kernel at boot. If using an older + version of U-Boot, then you need to use a cuImage + instead. + + zImage.%: Image format which does not embed a device tree. + Used by OpenFirmware and other firmware interfaces + which are able to supply a device tree. This image + expects firmware to provide the device tree at boot. + Typically, if you have general purpose PowerPC + hardware then you want this image format. + ==================== ======================================================== + +Image types which embed a device tree blob (simpleImage, dtbImage, treeImage, +and cuImage) all generate the device tree blob from a file in the +arch/powerpc/boot/dts/ directory. The Makefile selects the correct device +tree source based on the name of the target. Therefore, if the kernel is +built with 'make treeImage.walnut simpleImage.virtex405-ml403', then the +build system will use arch/powerpc/boot/dts/walnut.dts to build +treeImage.walnut and arch/powerpc/boot/dts/virtex405-ml403.dts to build +the simpleImage.virtex405-ml403. + +Two special targets called 'zImage' and 'zImage.initrd' also exist. These +targets build all the default images as selected by the kernel configuration. +Default images are selected by the boot wrapper Makefile +(arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile) by adding targets to the $image-y variable. Look +at the Makefile to see which default image targets are available. + +How it is built +--------------- +arch/powerpc is designed to support multiplatform kernels, which means +that a single vmlinux image can be booted on many different target boards. +It also means that the boot wrapper must be able to wrap for many kinds of +images on a single build. The design decision was made to not use any +conditional compilation code (#ifdef, etc) in the boot wrapper source code. +All of the boot wrapper pieces are buildable at any time regardless of the +kernel configuration. Building all the wrapper bits on every kernel build +also ensures that obscure parts of the wrapper are at the very least compile +tested in a large variety of environments. + +The wrapper is adapted for different image types at link time by linking in +just the wrapper bits that are appropriate for the image type. The 'wrapper +script' (found in arch/powerpc/boot/wrapper) is called by the Makefile and +is responsible for selecting the correct wrapper bits for the image type. +The arguments are well documented in the script's comment block, so they +are not repeated here. However, it is worth mentioning that the script +uses the -p (platform) argument as the main method of deciding which wrapper +bits to compile in. Look for the large 'case "$platform" in' block in the +middle of the script. This is also the place where platform specific fixups +can be selected by changing the link order. + +In particular, care should be taken when working with cuImages. cuImage +wrapper bits are very board specific and care should be taken to make sure +the target you are trying to build is supported by the wrapper bits. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d60fced5e1cc..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -The PowerPC boot wrapper ------------------------- -Copyright (C) Secret Lab Technologies Ltd. - -PowerPC image targets compresses and wraps the kernel image (vmlinux) with -a boot wrapper to make it usable by the system firmware. There is no -standard PowerPC firmware interface, so the boot wrapper is designed to -be adaptable for each kind of image that needs to be built. - -The boot wrapper can be found in the arch/powerpc/boot/ directory. The -Makefile in that directory has targets for all the available image types. -The different image types are used to support all of the various firmware -interfaces found on PowerPC platforms. OpenFirmware is the most commonly -used firmware type on general purpose PowerPC systems from Apple, IBM and -others. U-Boot is typically found on embedded PowerPC hardware, but there -are a handful of other firmware implementations which are also popular. Each -firmware interface requires a different image format. - -The boot wrapper is built from the makefile in arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile and -it uses the wrapper script (arch/powerpc/boot/wrapper) to generate target -image. The details of the build system is discussed in the next section. -Currently, the following image format targets exist: - - cuImage.%: Backwards compatible uImage for older version of - U-Boot (for versions that don't understand the device - tree). This image embeds a device tree blob inside - the image. The boot wrapper, kernel and device tree - are all embedded inside the U-Boot uImage file format - with boot wrapper code that extracts data from the old - bd_info structure and loads the data into the device - tree before jumping into the kernel. - Because of the series of #ifdefs found in the - bd_info structure used in the old U-Boot interfaces, - cuImages are platform specific. Each specific - U-Boot platform has a different platform init file - which populates the embedded device tree with data - from the platform specific bd_info file. The platform - specific cuImage platform init code can be found in - arch/powerpc/boot/cuboot.*.c. Selection of the correct - cuImage init code for a specific board can be found in - the wrapper structure. - dtbImage.%: Similar to zImage, except device tree blob is embedded - inside the image instead of provided by firmware. The - output image file can be either an elf file or a flat - binary depending on the platform. - dtbImages are used on systems which do not have an - interface for passing a device tree directly. - dtbImages are similar to simpleImages except that - dtbImages have platform specific code for extracting - data from the board firmware, but simpleImages do not - talk to the firmware at all. - PlayStation 3 support uses dtbImage. So do Embedded - Planet boards using the PlanetCore firmware. Board - specific initialization code is typically found in a - file named arch/powerpc/boot/.c; but this - can be overridden by the wrapper script. - simpleImage.%: Firmware independent compressed image that does not - depend on any particular firmware interface and embeds - a device tree blob. This image is a flat binary that - can be loaded to any location in RAM and jumped to. - Firmware cannot pass any configuration data to the - kernel with this image type and it depends entirely on - the embedded device tree for all information. - The simpleImage is useful for booting systems with - an unknown firmware interface or for booting from - a debugger when no firmware is present (such as on - the Xilinx Virtex platform). The only assumption that - simpleImage makes is that RAM is correctly initialized - and that the MMU is either off or has RAM mapped to - base address 0. - simpleImage also supports inserting special platform - specific initialization code to the start of the bootup - sequence. The virtex405 platform uses this feature to - ensure that the cache is invalidated before caching - is enabled. Platform specific initialization code is - added as part of the wrapper script and is keyed on - the image target name. For example, all - simpleImage.virtex405-* targets will add the - virtex405-head.S initialization code (This also means - that the dts file for virtex405 targets should be - named (virtex405-.dts). Search the wrapper - script for 'virtex405' and see the file - arch/powerpc/boot/virtex405-head.S for details. - treeImage.%; Image format for used with OpenBIOS firmware found - on some ppc4xx hardware. This image embeds a device - tree blob inside the image. - uImage: Native image format used by U-Boot. The uImage target - does not add any boot code. It just wraps a compressed - vmlinux in the uImage data structure. This image - requires a version of U-Boot that is able to pass - a device tree to the kernel at boot. If using an older - version of U-Boot, then you need to use a cuImage - instead. - zImage.%: Image format which does not embed a device tree. - Used by OpenFirmware and other firmware interfaces - which are able to supply a device tree. This image - expects firmware to provide the device tree at boot. - Typically, if you have general purpose PowerPC - hardware then you want this image format. - -Image types which embed a device tree blob (simpleImage, dtbImage, treeImage, -and cuImage) all generate the device tree blob from a file in the -arch/powerpc/boot/dts/ directory. The Makefile selects the correct device -tree source based on the name of the target. Therefore, if the kernel is -built with 'make treeImage.walnut simpleImage.virtex405-ml403', then the -build system will use arch/powerpc/boot/dts/walnut.dts to build -treeImage.walnut and arch/powerpc/boot/dts/virtex405-ml403.dts to build -the simpleImage.virtex405-ml403. - -Two special targets called 'zImage' and 'zImage.initrd' also exist. These -targets build all the default images as selected by the kernel configuration. -Default images are selected by the boot wrapper Makefile -(arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile) by adding targets to the $image-y variable. Look -at the Makefile to see which default image targets are available. - -How it is built ---------------- -arch/powerpc is designed to support multiplatform kernels, which means -that a single vmlinux image can be booted on many different target boards. -It also means that the boot wrapper must be able to wrap for many kinds of -images on a single build. The design decision was made to not use any -conditional compilation code (#ifdef, etc) in the boot wrapper source code. -All of the boot wrapper pieces are buildable at any time regardless of the -kernel configuration. Building all the wrapper bits on every kernel build -also ensures that obscure parts of the wrapper are at the very least compile -tested in a large variety of environments. - -The wrapper is adapted for different image types at link time by linking in -just the wrapper bits that are appropriate for the image type. The 'wrapper -script' (found in arch/powerpc/boot/wrapper) is called by the Makefile and -is responsible for selecting the correct wrapper bits for the image type. -The arguments are well documented in the script's comment block, so they -are not repeated here. However, it is worth mentioning that the script -uses the -p (platform) argument as the main method of deciding which wrapper -bits to compile in. Look for the large 'case "$platform" in' block in the -middle of the script. This is also the place where platform specific fixups -can be selected by changing the link order. - -In particular, care should be taken when working with cuImages. cuImage -wrapper bits are very board specific and care should be taken to make sure -the target you are trying to build is supported by the wrapper bits. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1e063c5440c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.rst @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +============ +CPU Families +============ + +This document tries to summarise some of the different cpu families that exist +and are supported by arch/powerpc. + + +Book3S (aka sPAPR) +------------------ + +- Hash MMU +- Mix of 32 & 64 bit:: + + +--------------+ +----------------+ + | Old POWER | --------------> | RS64 (threads) | + +--------------+ +----------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ +----------------+ +------+ + | 601 | --------------> | 603 | ---> | e300 | + +--------------+ +----------------+ +------+ + | | + | | + v v + +--------------+ +----------------+ +-------+ + | 604 | | 750 (G3) | ---> | 750CX | + +--------------+ +----------------+ +-------+ + | | | + | | | + v v v + +--------------+ +----------------+ +-------+ + | 620 (64 bit) | | 7400 | | 750CL | + +--------------+ +----------------+ +-------+ + | | | + | | | + v v v + +--------------+ +----------------+ +-------+ + | POWER3/630 | | 7410 | | 750FX | + +--------------+ +----------------+ +-------+ + | | + | | + v v + +--------------+ +----------------+ + | POWER3+ | | 7450 | + +--------------+ +----------------+ + | | + | | + v v + +--------------+ +----------------+ + | POWER4 | | 7455 | + +--------------+ +----------------+ + | | + | | + v v + +--------------+ +-------+ +----------------+ + | POWER4+ | --> | 970 | | 7447 | + +--------------+ +-------+ +----------------+ + | | | + | | | + v v v + +--------------+ +-------+ +----------------+ + | POWER5 | | 970FX | | 7448 | + +--------------+ +-------+ +----------------+ + | | | + | | | + v v v + +--------------+ +-------+ +----------------+ + | POWER5+ | | 970MP | | e600 | + +--------------+ +-------+ +----------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ + | POWER5++ | + +--------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ +-------+ + | POWER6 | <-?-> | Cell | + +--------------+ +-------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ + | POWER7 | + +--------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ + | POWER7+ | + +--------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ + | POWER8 | + +--------------+ + + + +---------------+ + | PA6T (64 bit) | + +---------------+ + + +IBM BookE +--------- + +- Software loaded TLB. +- All 32 bit:: + + +--------------+ + | 401 | + +--------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ + | 403 | + +--------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ + | 405 | + +--------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ + | 440 | + +--------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ +----------------+ + | 450 | --> | BG/P | + +--------------+ +----------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ + | 460 | + +--------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ + | 476 | + +--------------+ + + +Motorola/Freescale 8xx +---------------------- + +- Software loaded with hardware assist. +- All 32 bit:: + + +-------------+ + | MPC8xx Core | + +-------------+ + + +Freescale BookE +--------------- + +- Software loaded TLB. +- e6500 adds HW loaded indirect TLB entries. +- Mix of 32 & 64 bit:: + + +--------------+ + | e200 | + +--------------+ + + + +--------------------------------+ + | e500 | + +--------------------------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------------------------+ + | e500v2 | + +--------------------------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------------------------+ + | e500mc (Book3e) | + +--------------------------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------------------------+ + | e5500 (64 bit) | + +--------------------------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------------------------+ + | e6500 (HW TLB) (Multithreaded) | + +--------------------------------+ + + +IBM A2 core +----------- + +- Book3E, software loaded TLB + HW loaded indirect TLB entries. +- 64 bit:: + + +--------------+ +----------------+ + | A2 core | --> | WSP | + +--------------+ +----------------+ + | + | + v + +--------------+ + | BG/Q | + +--------------+ diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fc08e22feb1a..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,221 +0,0 @@ -CPU Families -============ - -This document tries to summarise some of the different cpu families that exist -and are supported by arch/powerpc. - - -Book3S (aka sPAPR) ------------------- - - - Hash MMU - - Mix of 32 & 64 bit - - +--------------+ +----------------+ - | Old POWER | --------------> | RS64 (threads) | - +--------------+ +----------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ +----------------+ +------+ - | 601 | --------------> | 603 | ---> | e300 | - +--------------+ +----------------+ +------+ - | | - | | - v v - +--------------+ +----------------+ +-------+ - | 604 | | 750 (G3) | ---> | 750CX | - +--------------+ +----------------+ +-------+ - | | | - | | | - v v v - +--------------+ +----------------+ +-------+ - | 620 (64 bit) | | 7400 | | 750CL | - +--------------+ +----------------+ +-------+ - | | | - | | | - v v v - +--------------+ +----------------+ +-------+ - | POWER3/630 | | 7410 | | 750FX | - +--------------+ +----------------+ +-------+ - | | - | | - v v - +--------------+ +----------------+ - | POWER3+ | | 7450 | - +--------------+ +----------------+ - | | - | | - v v - +--------------+ +----------------+ - | POWER4 | | 7455 | - +--------------+ +----------------+ - | | - | | - v v - +--------------+ +-------+ +----------------+ - | POWER4+ | --> | 970 | | 7447 | - +--------------+ +-------+ +----------------+ - | | | - | | | - v v v - +--------------+ +-------+ +----------------+ - | POWER5 | | 970FX | | 7448 | - +--------------+ +-------+ +----------------+ - | | | - | | | - v v v - +--------------+ +-------+ +----------------+ - | POWER5+ | | 970MP | | e600 | - +--------------+ +-------+ +----------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ - | POWER5++ | - +--------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ +-------+ - | POWER6 | <-?-> | Cell | - +--------------+ +-------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ - | POWER7 | - +--------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ - | POWER7+ | - +--------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ - | POWER8 | - +--------------+ - - - +---------------+ - | PA6T (64 bit) | - +---------------+ - - -IBM BookE ---------- - - - Software loaded TLB. - - All 32 bit - - +--------------+ - | 401 | - +--------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ - | 403 | - +--------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ - | 405 | - +--------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ - | 440 | - +--------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ +----------------+ - | 450 | --> | BG/P | - +--------------+ +----------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ - | 460 | - +--------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ - | 476 | - +--------------+ - - -Motorola/Freescale 8xx ----------------------- - - - Software loaded with hardware assist. - - All 32 bit - - +-------------+ - | MPC8xx Core | - +-------------+ - - -Freescale BookE ---------------- - - - Software loaded TLB. - - e6500 adds HW loaded indirect TLB entries. - - Mix of 32 & 64 bit - - +--------------+ - | e200 | - +--------------+ - - - +--------------------------------+ - | e500 | - +--------------------------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------------------------+ - | e500v2 | - +--------------------------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------------------------+ - | e500mc (Book3e) | - +--------------------------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------------------------+ - | e5500 (64 bit) | - +--------------------------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------------------------+ - | e6500 (HW TLB) (Multithreaded) | - +--------------------------------+ - - -IBM A2 core ------------ - - - Book3E, software loaded TLB + HW loaded indirect TLB entries. - - 64 bit - - +--------------+ +----------------+ - | A2 core | --> | WSP | - +--------------+ +----------------+ - | - | - v - +--------------+ - | BG/Q | - +--------------+ diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b7bcdd2f41bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.rst @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +============ +CPU Features +============ + +Hollis Blanchard +5 Jun 2002 + +This document describes the system (including self-modifying code) used in the +PPC Linux kernel to support a variety of PowerPC CPUs without requiring +compile-time selection. + +Early in the boot process the ppc32 kernel detects the current CPU type and +chooses a set of features accordingly. Some examples include Altivec support, +split instruction and data caches, and if the CPU supports the DOZE and NAP +sleep modes. + +Detection of the feature set is simple. A list of processors can be found in +arch/powerpc/kernel/cputable.c. The PVR register is masked and compared with +each value in the list. If a match is found, the cpu_features of cur_cpu_spec +is assigned to the feature bitmask for this processor and a __setup_cpu +function is called. + +C code may test 'cur_cpu_spec[smp_processor_id()]->cpu_features' for a +particular feature bit. This is done in quite a few places, for example +in ppc_setup_l2cr(). + +Implementing cpufeatures in assembly is a little more involved. There are +several paths that are performance-critical and would suffer if an array +index, structure dereference, and conditional branch were added. To avoid the +performance penalty but still allow for runtime (rather than compile-time) CPU +selection, unused code is replaced by 'nop' instructions. This nop'ing is +based on CPU 0's capabilities, so a multi-processor system with non-identical +processors will not work (but such a system would likely have other problems +anyways). + +After detecting the processor type, the kernel patches out sections of code +that shouldn't be used by writing nop's over it. Using cpufeatures requires +just 2 macros (found in arch/powerpc/include/asm/cputable.h), as seen in head.S +transfer_to_handler:: + + #ifdef CONFIG_ALTIVEC + BEGIN_FTR_SECTION + mfspr r22,SPRN_VRSAVE /* if G4, save vrsave register value */ + stw r22,THREAD_VRSAVE(r23) + END_FTR_SECTION_IFSET(CPU_FTR_ALTIVEC) + #endif /* CONFIG_ALTIVEC */ + +If CPU 0 supports Altivec, the code is left untouched. If it doesn't, both +instructions are replaced with nop's. + +The END_FTR_SECTION macro has two simpler variations: END_FTR_SECTION_IFSET +and END_FTR_SECTION_IFCLR. These simply test if a flag is set (in +cur_cpu_spec[0]->cpu_features) or is cleared, respectively. These two macros +should be used in the majority of cases. + +The END_FTR_SECTION macros are implemented by storing information about this +code in the '__ftr_fixup' ELF section. When do_cpu_ftr_fixups +(arch/powerpc/kernel/misc.S) is invoked, it will iterate over the records in +__ftr_fixup, and if the required feature is not present it will loop writing +nop's from each BEGIN_FTR_SECTION to END_FTR_SECTION. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ae09df8722c8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -Hollis Blanchard -5 Jun 2002 - -This document describes the system (including self-modifying code) used in the -PPC Linux kernel to support a variety of PowerPC CPUs without requiring -compile-time selection. - -Early in the boot process the ppc32 kernel detects the current CPU type and -chooses a set of features accordingly. Some examples include Altivec support, -split instruction and data caches, and if the CPU supports the DOZE and NAP -sleep modes. - -Detection of the feature set is simple. A list of processors can be found in -arch/powerpc/kernel/cputable.c. The PVR register is masked and compared with -each value in the list. If a match is found, the cpu_features of cur_cpu_spec -is assigned to the feature bitmask for this processor and a __setup_cpu -function is called. - -C code may test 'cur_cpu_spec[smp_processor_id()]->cpu_features' for a -particular feature bit. This is done in quite a few places, for example -in ppc_setup_l2cr(). - -Implementing cpufeatures in assembly is a little more involved. There are -several paths that are performance-critical and would suffer if an array -index, structure dereference, and conditional branch were added. To avoid the -performance penalty but still allow for runtime (rather than compile-time) CPU -selection, unused code is replaced by 'nop' instructions. This nop'ing is -based on CPU 0's capabilities, so a multi-processor system with non-identical -processors will not work (but such a system would likely have other problems -anyways). - -After detecting the processor type, the kernel patches out sections of code -that shouldn't be used by writing nop's over it. Using cpufeatures requires -just 2 macros (found in arch/powerpc/include/asm/cputable.h), as seen in head.S -transfer_to_handler: - - #ifdef CONFIG_ALTIVEC - BEGIN_FTR_SECTION - mfspr r22,SPRN_VRSAVE /* if G4, save vrsave register value */ - stw r22,THREAD_VRSAVE(r23) - END_FTR_SECTION_IFSET(CPU_FTR_ALTIVEC) - #endif /* CONFIG_ALTIVEC */ - -If CPU 0 supports Altivec, the code is left untouched. If it doesn't, both -instructions are replaced with nop's. - -The END_FTR_SECTION macro has two simpler variations: END_FTR_SECTION_IFSET -and END_FTR_SECTION_IFCLR. These simply test if a flag is set (in -cur_cpu_spec[0]->cpu_features) or is cleared, respectively. These two macros -should be used in the majority of cases. - -The END_FTR_SECTION macros are implemented by storing information about this -code in the '__ftr_fixup' ELF section. When do_cpu_ftr_fixups -(arch/powerpc/kernel/misc.S) is invoked, it will iterate over the records in -__ftr_fixup, and if the required feature is not present it will loop writing -nop's from each BEGIN_FTR_SECTION to END_FTR_SECTION. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..920546d81326 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +==================================== +Coherent Accelerator Interface (CXL) +==================================== + +Introduction +============ + + The coherent accelerator interface is designed to allow the + coherent connection of accelerators (FPGAs and other devices) to a + POWER system. These devices need to adhere to the Coherent + Accelerator Interface Architecture (CAIA). + + IBM refers to this as the Coherent Accelerator Processor Interface + or CAPI. In the kernel it's referred to by the name CXL to avoid + confusion with the ISDN CAPI subsystem. + + Coherent in this context means that the accelerator and CPUs can + both access system memory directly and with the same effective + addresses. + + +Hardware overview +================= + + :: + + POWER8/9 FPGA + +----------+ +---------+ + | | | | + | CPU | | AFU | + | | | | + | | | | + | | | | + +----------+ +---------+ + | PHB | | | + | +------+ | PSL | + | | CAPP |<------>| | + +---+------+ PCIE +---------+ + + The POWER8/9 chip has a Coherently Attached Processor Proxy (CAPP) + unit which is part of the PCIe Host Bridge (PHB). This is managed + by Linux by calls into OPAL. Linux doesn't directly program the + CAPP. + + The FPGA (or coherently attached device) consists of two parts. + The POWER Service Layer (PSL) and the Accelerator Function Unit + (AFU). The AFU is used to implement specific functionality behind + the PSL. The PSL, among other things, provides memory address + translation services to allow each AFU direct access to userspace + memory. + + The AFU is the core part of the accelerator (eg. the compression, + crypto etc function). The kernel has no knowledge of the function + of the AFU. Only userspace interacts directly with the AFU. + + The PSL provides the translation and interrupt services that the + AFU needs. This is what the kernel interacts with. For example, if + the AFU needs to read a particular effective address, it sends + that address to the PSL, the PSL then translates it, fetches the + data from memory and returns it to the AFU. If the PSL has a + translation miss, it interrupts the kernel and the kernel services + the fault. The context to which this fault is serviced is based on + who owns that acceleration function. + + - POWER8 and PSL Version 8 are compliant to the CAIA Version 1.0. + - POWER9 and PSL Version 9 are compliant to the CAIA Version 2.0. + + This PSL Version 9 provides new features such as: + + * Interaction with the nest MMU on the P9 chip. + * Native DMA support. + * Supports sending ASB_Notify messages for host thread wakeup. + * Supports Atomic operations. + * etc. + + Cards with a PSL9 won't work on a POWER8 system and cards with a + PSL8 won't work on a POWER9 system. + +AFU Modes +========= + + There are two programming modes supported by the AFU. Dedicated + and AFU directed. AFU may support one or both modes. + + When using dedicated mode only one MMU context is supported. In + this mode, only one userspace process can use the accelerator at + time. + + When using AFU directed mode, up to 16K simultaneous contexts can + be supported. This means up to 16K simultaneous userspace + applications may use the accelerator (although specific AFUs may + support fewer). In this mode, the AFU sends a 16 bit context ID + with each of its requests. This tells the PSL which context is + associated with each operation. If the PSL can't translate an + operation, the ID can also be accessed by the kernel so it can + determine the userspace context associated with an operation. + + +MMIO space +========== + + A portion of the accelerator MMIO space can be directly mapped + from the AFU to userspace. Either the whole space can be mapped or + just a per context portion. The hardware is self describing, hence + the kernel can determine the offset and size of the per context + portion. + + +Interrupts +========== + + AFUs may generate interrupts that are destined for userspace. These + are received by the kernel as hardware interrupts and passed onto + userspace by a read syscall documented below. + + Data storage faults and error interrupts are handled by the kernel + driver. + + +Work Element Descriptor (WED) +============================= + + The WED is a 64-bit parameter passed to the AFU when a context is + started. Its format is up to the AFU hence the kernel has no + knowledge of what it represents. Typically it will be the + effective address of a work queue or status block where the AFU + and userspace can share control and status information. + + + + +User API +======== + +1. AFU character devices + + For AFUs operating in AFU directed mode, two character device + files will be created. /dev/cxl/afu0.0m will correspond to a + master context and /dev/cxl/afu0.0s will correspond to a slave + context. Master contexts have access to the full MMIO space an + AFU provides. Slave contexts have access to only the per process + MMIO space an AFU provides. + + For AFUs operating in dedicated process mode, the driver will + only create a single character device per AFU called + /dev/cxl/afu0.0d. This will have access to the entire MMIO space + that the AFU provides (like master contexts in AFU directed). + + The types described below are defined in include/uapi/misc/cxl.h + + The following file operations are supported on both slave and + master devices. + + A userspace library libcxl is available here: + + https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + + This provides a C interface to this kernel API. + +open +---- + + Opens the device and allocates a file descriptor to be used with + the rest of the API. + + A dedicated mode AFU only has one context and only allows the + device to be opened once. + + An AFU directed mode AFU can have many contexts, the device can be + opened once for each context that is available. + + When all available contexts are allocated the open call will fail + and return -ENOSPC. + + Note: + IRQs need to be allocated for each context, which may limit + the number of contexts that can be created, and therefore + how many times the device can be opened. The POWER8 CAPP + supports 2040 IRQs and 3 are used by the kernel, so 2037 are + left. If 1 IRQ is needed per context, then only 2037 + contexts can be allocated. If 4 IRQs are needed per context, + then only 2037/4 = 509 contexts can be allocated. + + +ioctl +----- + + CXL_IOCTL_START_WORK: + Starts the AFU context and associates it with the current + process. Once this ioctl is successfully executed, all memory + mapped into this process is accessible to this AFU context + using the same effective addresses. No additional calls are + required to map/unmap memory. The AFU memory context will be + updated as userspace allocates and frees memory. This ioctl + returns once the AFU context is started. + + Takes a pointer to a struct cxl_ioctl_start_work + + :: + + struct cxl_ioctl_start_work { + __u64 flags; + __u64 work_element_descriptor; + __u64 amr; + __s16 num_interrupts; + __s16 reserved1; + __s32 reserved2; + __u64 reserved3; + __u64 reserved4; + __u64 reserved5; + __u64 reserved6; + }; + + flags: + Indicates which optional fields in the structure are + valid. + + work_element_descriptor: + The Work Element Descriptor (WED) is a 64-bit argument + defined by the AFU. Typically this is an effective + address pointing to an AFU specific structure + describing what work to perform. + + amr: + Authority Mask Register (AMR), same as the powerpc + AMR. This field is only used by the kernel when the + corresponding CXL_START_WORK_AMR value is specified in + flags. If not specified the kernel will use a default + value of 0. + + num_interrupts: + Number of userspace interrupts to request. This field + is only used by the kernel when the corresponding + CXL_START_WORK_NUM_IRQS value is specified in flags. + If not specified the minimum number required by the + AFU will be allocated. The min and max number can be + obtained from sysfs. + + reserved fields: + For ABI padding and future extensions + + CXL_IOCTL_GET_PROCESS_ELEMENT: + Get the current context id, also known as the process element. + The value is returned from the kernel as a __u32. + + +mmap +---- + + An AFU may have an MMIO space to facilitate communication with the + AFU. If it does, the MMIO space can be accessed via mmap. The size + and contents of this area are specific to the particular AFU. The + size can be discovered via sysfs. + + In AFU directed mode, master contexts are allowed to map all of + the MMIO space and slave contexts are allowed to only map the per + process MMIO space associated with the context. In dedicated + process mode the entire MMIO space can always be mapped. + + This mmap call must be done after the START_WORK ioctl. + + Care should be taken when accessing MMIO space. Only 32 and 64-bit + accesses are supported by POWER8. Also, the AFU will be designed + with a specific endianness, so all MMIO accesses should consider + endianness (recommend endian(3) variants like: le64toh(), + be64toh() etc). These endian issues equally apply to shared memory + queues the WED may describe. + + +read +---- + + Reads events from the AFU. Blocks if no events are pending + (unless O_NONBLOCK is supplied). Returns -EIO in the case of an + unrecoverable error or if the card is removed. + + read() will always return an integral number of events. + + The buffer passed to read() must be at least 4K bytes. + + The result of the read will be a buffer of one or more events, + each event is of type struct cxl_event, of varying size:: + + struct cxl_event { + struct cxl_event_header header; + union { + struct cxl_event_afu_interrupt irq; + struct cxl_event_data_storage fault; + struct cxl_event_afu_error afu_error; + }; + }; + + The struct cxl_event_header is defined as + + :: + + struct cxl_event_header { + __u16 type; + __u16 size; + __u16 process_element; + __u16 reserved1; + }; + + type: + This defines the type of event. The type determines how + the rest of the event is structured. These types are + described below and defined by enum cxl_event_type. + + size: + This is the size of the event in bytes including the + struct cxl_event_header. The start of the next event can + be found at this offset from the start of the current + event. + + process_element: + Context ID of the event. + + reserved field: + For future extensions and padding. + + If the event type is CXL_EVENT_AFU_INTERRUPT then the event + structure is defined as + + :: + + struct cxl_event_afu_interrupt { + __u16 flags; + __u16 irq; /* Raised AFU interrupt number */ + __u32 reserved1; + }; + + flags: + These flags indicate which optional fields are present + in this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory. + + irq: + The IRQ number sent by the AFU. + + reserved field: + For future extensions and padding. + + If the event type is CXL_EVENT_DATA_STORAGE then the event + structure is defined as + + :: + + struct cxl_event_data_storage { + __u16 flags; + __u16 reserved1; + __u32 reserved2; + __u64 addr; + __u64 dsisr; + __u64 reserved3; + }; + + flags: + These flags indicate which optional fields are present in + this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory. + + address: + The address that the AFU unsuccessfully attempted to + access. Valid accesses will be handled transparently by the + kernel but invalid accesses will generate this event. + + dsisr: + This field gives information on the type of fault. It is a + copy of the DSISR from the PSL hardware when the address + fault occurred. The form of the DSISR is as defined in the + CAIA. + + reserved fields: + For future extensions + + If the event type is CXL_EVENT_AFU_ERROR then the event structure + is defined as + + :: + + struct cxl_event_afu_error { + __u16 flags; + __u16 reserved1; + __u32 reserved2; + __u64 error; + }; + + flags: + These flags indicate which optional fields are present in + this struct. Currently all fields are Mandatory. + + error: + Error status from the AFU. Defined by the AFU. + + reserved fields: + For future extensions and padding + + +2. Card character device (powerVM guest only) + + In a powerVM guest, an extra character device is created for the + card. The device is only used to write (flash) a new image on the + FPGA accelerator. Once the image is written and verified, the + device tree is updated and the card is reset to reload the updated + image. + +open +---- + + Opens the device and allocates a file descriptor to be used with + the rest of the API. The device can only be opened once. + +ioctl +----- + +CXL_IOCTL_DOWNLOAD_IMAGE / CXL_IOCTL_VALIDATE_IMAGE: + Starts and controls flashing a new FPGA image. Partial + reconfiguration is not supported (yet), so the image must contain + a copy of the PSL and AFU(s). Since an image can be quite large, + the caller may have to iterate, splitting the image in smaller + chunks. + + Takes a pointer to a struct cxl_adapter_image:: + + struct cxl_adapter_image { + __u64 flags; + __u64 data; + __u64 len_data; + __u64 len_image; + __u64 reserved1; + __u64 reserved2; + __u64 reserved3; + __u64 reserved4; + }; + + flags: + These flags indicate which optional fields are present in + this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory. + + data: + Pointer to a buffer with part of the image to write to the + card. + + len_data: + Size of the buffer pointed to by data. + + len_image: + Full size of the image. + + +Sysfs Class +=========== + + A cxl sysfs class is added under /sys/class/cxl to facilitate + enumeration and tuning of the accelerators. Its layout is + described in Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl + + +Udev rules +========== + + The following udev rules could be used to create a symlink to the + most logical chardev to use in any programming mode (afuX.Yd for + dedicated, afuX.Ys for afu directed), since the API is virtually + identical for each:: + + SUBSYSTEM=="cxl", ATTRS{mode}=="dedicated_process", SYMLINK="cxl/%b" + SUBSYSTEM=="cxl", ATTRS{mode}=="afu_directed", \ + KERNEL=="afu[0-9]*.[0-9]*s", SYMLINK="cxl/%b" diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c5e8d5098ed3..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,449 +0,0 @@ -Coherent Accelerator Interface (CXL) -==================================== - -Introduction -============ - - The coherent accelerator interface is designed to allow the - coherent connection of accelerators (FPGAs and other devices) to a - POWER system. These devices need to adhere to the Coherent - Accelerator Interface Architecture (CAIA). - - IBM refers to this as the Coherent Accelerator Processor Interface - or CAPI. In the kernel it's referred to by the name CXL to avoid - confusion with the ISDN CAPI subsystem. - - Coherent in this context means that the accelerator and CPUs can - both access system memory directly and with the same effective - addresses. - - -Hardware overview -================= - - POWER8/9 FPGA - +----------+ +---------+ - | | | | - | CPU | | AFU | - | | | | - | | | | - | | | | - +----------+ +---------+ - | PHB | | | - | +------+ | PSL | - | | CAPP |<------>| | - +---+------+ PCIE +---------+ - - The POWER8/9 chip has a Coherently Attached Processor Proxy (CAPP) - unit which is part of the PCIe Host Bridge (PHB). This is managed - by Linux by calls into OPAL. Linux doesn't directly program the - CAPP. - - The FPGA (or coherently attached device) consists of two parts. - The POWER Service Layer (PSL) and the Accelerator Function Unit - (AFU). The AFU is used to implement specific functionality behind - the PSL. The PSL, among other things, provides memory address - translation services to allow each AFU direct access to userspace - memory. - - The AFU is the core part of the accelerator (eg. the compression, - crypto etc function). The kernel has no knowledge of the function - of the AFU. Only userspace interacts directly with the AFU. - - The PSL provides the translation and interrupt services that the - AFU needs. This is what the kernel interacts with. For example, if - the AFU needs to read a particular effective address, it sends - that address to the PSL, the PSL then translates it, fetches the - data from memory and returns it to the AFU. If the PSL has a - translation miss, it interrupts the kernel and the kernel services - the fault. The context to which this fault is serviced is based on - who owns that acceleration function. - - POWER8 <-----> PSL Version 8 is compliant to the CAIA Version 1.0. - POWER9 <-----> PSL Version 9 is compliant to the CAIA Version 2.0. - This PSL Version 9 provides new features such as: - * Interaction with the nest MMU on the P9 chip. - * Native DMA support. - * Supports sending ASB_Notify messages for host thread wakeup. - * Supports Atomic operations. - * .... - - Cards with a PSL9 won't work on a POWER8 system and cards with a - PSL8 won't work on a POWER9 system. - -AFU Modes -========= - - There are two programming modes supported by the AFU. Dedicated - and AFU directed. AFU may support one or both modes. - - When using dedicated mode only one MMU context is supported. In - this mode, only one userspace process can use the accelerator at - time. - - When using AFU directed mode, up to 16K simultaneous contexts can - be supported. This means up to 16K simultaneous userspace - applications may use the accelerator (although specific AFUs may - support fewer). In this mode, the AFU sends a 16 bit context ID - with each of its requests. This tells the PSL which context is - associated with each operation. If the PSL can't translate an - operation, the ID can also be accessed by the kernel so it can - determine the userspace context associated with an operation. - - -MMIO space -========== - - A portion of the accelerator MMIO space can be directly mapped - from the AFU to userspace. Either the whole space can be mapped or - just a per context portion. The hardware is self describing, hence - the kernel can determine the offset and size of the per context - portion. - - -Interrupts -========== - - AFUs may generate interrupts that are destined for userspace. These - are received by the kernel as hardware interrupts and passed onto - userspace by a read syscall documented below. - - Data storage faults and error interrupts are handled by the kernel - driver. - - -Work Element Descriptor (WED) -============================= - - The WED is a 64-bit parameter passed to the AFU when a context is - started. Its format is up to the AFU hence the kernel has no - knowledge of what it represents. Typically it will be the - effective address of a work queue or status block where the AFU - and userspace can share control and status information. - - - - -User API -======== - -1. AFU character devices - - For AFUs operating in AFU directed mode, two character device - files will be created. /dev/cxl/afu0.0m will correspond to a - master context and /dev/cxl/afu0.0s will correspond to a slave - context. Master contexts have access to the full MMIO space an - AFU provides. Slave contexts have access to only the per process - MMIO space an AFU provides. - - For AFUs operating in dedicated process mode, the driver will - only create a single character device per AFU called - /dev/cxl/afu0.0d. This will have access to the entire MMIO space - that the AFU provides (like master contexts in AFU directed). - - The types described below are defined in include/uapi/misc/cxl.h - - The following file operations are supported on both slave and - master devices. - - A userspace library libcxl is available here: - https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl - This provides a C interface to this kernel API. - -open ----- - - Opens the device and allocates a file descriptor to be used with - the rest of the API. - - A dedicated mode AFU only has one context and only allows the - device to be opened once. - - An AFU directed mode AFU can have many contexts, the device can be - opened once for each context that is available. - - When all available contexts are allocated the open call will fail - and return -ENOSPC. - - Note: IRQs need to be allocated for each context, which may limit - the number of contexts that can be created, and therefore - how many times the device can be opened. The POWER8 CAPP - supports 2040 IRQs and 3 are used by the kernel, so 2037 are - left. If 1 IRQ is needed per context, then only 2037 - contexts can be allocated. If 4 IRQs are needed per context, - then only 2037/4 = 509 contexts can be allocated. - - -ioctl ------ - - CXL_IOCTL_START_WORK: - Starts the AFU context and associates it with the current - process. Once this ioctl is successfully executed, all memory - mapped into this process is accessible to this AFU context - using the same effective addresses. No additional calls are - required to map/unmap memory. The AFU memory context will be - updated as userspace allocates and frees memory. This ioctl - returns once the AFU context is started. - - Takes a pointer to a struct cxl_ioctl_start_work: - - struct cxl_ioctl_start_work { - __u64 flags; - __u64 work_element_descriptor; - __u64 amr; - __s16 num_interrupts; - __s16 reserved1; - __s32 reserved2; - __u64 reserved3; - __u64 reserved4; - __u64 reserved5; - __u64 reserved6; - }; - - flags: - Indicates which optional fields in the structure are - valid. - - work_element_descriptor: - The Work Element Descriptor (WED) is a 64-bit argument - defined by the AFU. Typically this is an effective - address pointing to an AFU specific structure - describing what work to perform. - - amr: - Authority Mask Register (AMR), same as the powerpc - AMR. This field is only used by the kernel when the - corresponding CXL_START_WORK_AMR value is specified in - flags. If not specified the kernel will use a default - value of 0. - - num_interrupts: - Number of userspace interrupts to request. This field - is only used by the kernel when the corresponding - CXL_START_WORK_NUM_IRQS value is specified in flags. - If not specified the minimum number required by the - AFU will be allocated. The min and max number can be - obtained from sysfs. - - reserved fields: - For ABI padding and future extensions - - CXL_IOCTL_GET_PROCESS_ELEMENT: - Get the current context id, also known as the process element. - The value is returned from the kernel as a __u32. - - -mmap ----- - - An AFU may have an MMIO space to facilitate communication with the - AFU. If it does, the MMIO space can be accessed via mmap. The size - and contents of this area are specific to the particular AFU. The - size can be discovered via sysfs. - - In AFU directed mode, master contexts are allowed to map all of - the MMIO space and slave contexts are allowed to only map the per - process MMIO space associated with the context. In dedicated - process mode the entire MMIO space can always be mapped. - - This mmap call must be done after the START_WORK ioctl. - - Care should be taken when accessing MMIO space. Only 32 and 64-bit - accesses are supported by POWER8. Also, the AFU will be designed - with a specific endianness, so all MMIO accesses should consider - endianness (recommend endian(3) variants like: le64toh(), - be64toh() etc). These endian issues equally apply to shared memory - queues the WED may describe. - - -read ----- - - Reads events from the AFU. Blocks if no events are pending - (unless O_NONBLOCK is supplied). Returns -EIO in the case of an - unrecoverable error or if the card is removed. - - read() will always return an integral number of events. - - The buffer passed to read() must be at least 4K bytes. - - The result of the read will be a buffer of one or more events, - each event is of type struct cxl_event, of varying size. - - struct cxl_event { - struct cxl_event_header header; - union { - struct cxl_event_afu_interrupt irq; - struct cxl_event_data_storage fault; - struct cxl_event_afu_error afu_error; - }; - }; - - The struct cxl_event_header is defined as: - - struct cxl_event_header { - __u16 type; - __u16 size; - __u16 process_element; - __u16 reserved1; - }; - - type: - This defines the type of event. The type determines how - the rest of the event is structured. These types are - described below and defined by enum cxl_event_type. - - size: - This is the size of the event in bytes including the - struct cxl_event_header. The start of the next event can - be found at this offset from the start of the current - event. - - process_element: - Context ID of the event. - - reserved field: - For future extensions and padding. - - If the event type is CXL_EVENT_AFU_INTERRUPT then the event - structure is defined as: - - struct cxl_event_afu_interrupt { - __u16 flags; - __u16 irq; /* Raised AFU interrupt number */ - __u32 reserved1; - }; - - flags: - These flags indicate which optional fields are present - in this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory. - - irq: - The IRQ number sent by the AFU. - - reserved field: - For future extensions and padding. - - If the event type is CXL_EVENT_DATA_STORAGE then the event - structure is defined as: - - struct cxl_event_data_storage { - __u16 flags; - __u16 reserved1; - __u32 reserved2; - __u64 addr; - __u64 dsisr; - __u64 reserved3; - }; - - flags: - These flags indicate which optional fields are present in - this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory. - - address: - The address that the AFU unsuccessfully attempted to - access. Valid accesses will be handled transparently by the - kernel but invalid accesses will generate this event. - - dsisr: - This field gives information on the type of fault. It is a - copy of the DSISR from the PSL hardware when the address - fault occurred. The form of the DSISR is as defined in the - CAIA. - - reserved fields: - For future extensions - - If the event type is CXL_EVENT_AFU_ERROR then the event structure - is defined as: - - struct cxl_event_afu_error { - __u16 flags; - __u16 reserved1; - __u32 reserved2; - __u64 error; - }; - - flags: - These flags indicate which optional fields are present in - this struct. Currently all fields are Mandatory. - - error: - Error status from the AFU. Defined by the AFU. - - reserved fields: - For future extensions and padding - - -2. Card character device (powerVM guest only) - - In a powerVM guest, an extra character device is created for the - card. The device is only used to write (flash) a new image on the - FPGA accelerator. Once the image is written and verified, the - device tree is updated and the card is reset to reload the updated - image. - -open ----- - - Opens the device and allocates a file descriptor to be used with - the rest of the API. The device can only be opened once. - -ioctl ------ - -CXL_IOCTL_DOWNLOAD_IMAGE: -CXL_IOCTL_VALIDATE_IMAGE: - Starts and controls flashing a new FPGA image. Partial - reconfiguration is not supported (yet), so the image must contain - a copy of the PSL and AFU(s). Since an image can be quite large, - the caller may have to iterate, splitting the image in smaller - chunks. - - Takes a pointer to a struct cxl_adapter_image: - struct cxl_adapter_image { - __u64 flags; - __u64 data; - __u64 len_data; - __u64 len_image; - __u64 reserved1; - __u64 reserved2; - __u64 reserved3; - __u64 reserved4; - }; - - flags: - These flags indicate which optional fields are present in - this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory. - - data: - Pointer to a buffer with part of the image to write to the - card. - - len_data: - Size of the buffer pointed to by data. - - len_image: - Full size of the image. - - -Sysfs Class -=========== - - A cxl sysfs class is added under /sys/class/cxl to facilitate - enumeration and tuning of the accelerators. Its layout is - described in Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl - - -Udev rules -========== - - The following udev rules could be used to create a symlink to the - most logical chardev to use in any programming mode (afuX.Yd for - dedicated, afuX.Ys for afu directed), since the API is virtually - identical for each: - - SUBSYSTEM=="cxl", ATTRS{mode}=="dedicated_process", SYMLINK="cxl/%b" - SUBSYSTEM=="cxl", ATTRS{mode}=="afu_directed", \ - KERNEL=="afu[0-9]*.[0-9]*s", SYMLINK="cxl/%b" diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cea67931b3b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.rst @@ -0,0 +1,433 @@ +================================ +Coherent Accelerator (CXL) Flash +================================ + +Introduction +============ + + The IBM Power architecture provides support for CAPI (Coherent + Accelerator Power Interface), which is available to certain PCIe slots + on Power 8 systems. CAPI can be thought of as a special tunneling + protocol through PCIe that allow PCIe adapters to look like special + purpose co-processors which can read or write an application's + memory and generate page faults. As a result, the host interface to + an adapter running in CAPI mode does not require the data buffers to + be mapped to the device's memory (IOMMU bypass) nor does it require + memory to be pinned. + + On Linux, Coherent Accelerator (CXL) kernel services present CAPI + devices as a PCI device by implementing a virtual PCI host bridge. + This abstraction simplifies the infrastructure and programming + model, allowing for drivers to look similar to other native PCI + device drivers. + + CXL provides a mechanism by which user space applications can + directly talk to a device (network or storage) bypassing the typical + kernel/device driver stack. The CXL Flash Adapter Driver enables a + user space application direct access to Flash storage. + + The CXL Flash Adapter Driver is a kernel module that sits in the + SCSI stack as a low level device driver (below the SCSI disk and + protocol drivers) for the IBM CXL Flash Adapter. This driver is + responsible for the initialization of the adapter, setting up the + special path for user space access, and performing error recovery. It + communicates directly the Flash Accelerator Functional Unit (AFU) + as described in Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst. + + The cxlflash driver supports two, mutually exclusive, modes of + operation at the device (LUN) level: + + - Any flash device (LUN) can be configured to be accessed as a + regular disk device (i.e.: /dev/sdc). This is the default mode. + + - Any flash device (LUN) can be configured to be accessed from + user space with a special block library. This mode further + specifies the means of accessing the device and provides for + either raw access to the entire LUN (referred to as direct + or physical LUN access) or access to a kernel/AFU-mediated + partition of the LUN (referred to as virtual LUN access). The + segmentation of a disk device into virtual LUNs is assisted + by special translation services provided by the Flash AFU. + +Overview +======== + + The Coherent Accelerator Interface Architecture (CAIA) introduces a + concept of a master context. A master typically has special privileges + granted to it by the kernel or hypervisor allowing it to perform AFU + wide management and control. The master may or may not be involved + directly in each user I/O, but at the minimum is involved in the + initial setup before the user application is allowed to send requests + directly to the AFU. + + The CXL Flash Adapter Driver establishes a master context with the + AFU. It uses memory mapped I/O (MMIO) for this control and setup. The + Adapter Problem Space Memory Map looks like this:: + + +-------------------------------+ + | 512 * 64 KB User MMIO | + | (per context) | + | User Accessible | + +-------------------------------+ + | 512 * 128 B per context | + | Provisioning and Control | + | Trusted Process accessible | + +-------------------------------+ + | 64 KB Global | + | Trusted Process accessible | + +-------------------------------+ + + This driver configures itself into the SCSI software stack as an + adapter driver. The driver is the only entity that is considered a + Trusted Process to program the Provisioning and Control and Global + areas in the MMIO Space shown above. The master context driver + discovers all LUNs attached to the CXL Flash adapter and instantiates + scsi block devices (/dev/sdb, /dev/sdc etc.) for each unique LUN + seen from each path. + + Once these scsi block devices are instantiated, an application + written to a specification provided by the block library may get + access to the Flash from user space (without requiring a system call). + + This master context driver also provides a series of ioctls for this + block library to enable this user space access. The driver supports + two modes for accessing the block device. + + The first mode is called a virtual mode. In this mode a single scsi + block device (/dev/sdb) may be carved up into any number of distinct + virtual LUNs. The virtual LUNs may be resized as long as the sum of + the sizes of all the virtual LUNs, along with the meta-data associated + with it does not exceed the physical capacity. + + The second mode is called the physical mode. In this mode a single + block device (/dev/sdb) may be opened directly by the block library + and the entire space for the LUN is available to the application. + + Only the physical mode provides persistence of the data. i.e. The + data written to the block device will survive application exit and + restart and also reboot. The virtual LUNs do not persist (i.e. do + not survive after the application terminates or the system reboots). + + +Block library API +================= + + Applications intending to get access to the CXL Flash from user + space should use the block library, as it abstracts the details of + interfacing directly with the cxlflash driver that are necessary for + performing administrative actions (i.e.: setup, tear down, resize). + The block library can be thought of as a 'user' of services, + implemented as IOCTLs, that are provided by the cxlflash driver + specifically for devices (LUNs) operating in user space access + mode. While it is not a requirement that applications understand + the interface between the block library and the cxlflash driver, + a high-level overview of each supported service (IOCTL) is provided + below. + + The block library can be found on GitHub: + http://github.com/open-power/capiflash + + +CXL Flash Driver LUN IOCTLs +=========================== + + Users, such as the block library, that wish to interface with a flash + device (LUN) via user space access need to use the services provided + by the cxlflash driver. As these services are implemented as ioctls, + a file descriptor handle must first be obtained in order to establish + the communication channel between a user and the kernel. This file + descriptor is obtained by opening the device special file associated + with the scsi disk device (/dev/sdb) that was created during LUN + discovery. As per the location of the cxlflash driver within the + SCSI protocol stack, this open is actually not seen by the cxlflash + driver. Upon successful open, the user receives a file descriptor + (herein referred to as fd1) that should be used for issuing the + subsequent ioctls listed below. + + The structure definitions for these IOCTLs are available in: + uapi/scsi/cxlflash_ioctl.h + +DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH +------------------ + + This ioctl obtains, initializes, and starts a context using the CXL + kernel services. These services specify a context id (u16) by which + to uniquely identify the context and its allocated resources. The + services additionally provide a second file descriptor (herein + referred to as fd2) that is used by the block library to initiate + memory mapped I/O (via mmap()) to the CXL flash device and poll for + completion events. This file descriptor is intentionally installed by + this driver and not the CXL kernel services to allow for intermediary + notification and access in the event of a non-user-initiated close(), + such as a killed process. This design point is described in further + detail in the description for the DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH ioctl. + + There are a few important aspects regarding the "tokens" (context id + and fd2) that are provided back to the user: + + - These tokens are only valid for the process under which they + were created. The child of a forked process cannot continue + to use the context id or file descriptor created by its parent + (see DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_CLONE for further details). + + - These tokens are only valid for the lifetime of the context and + the process under which they were created. Once either is + destroyed, the tokens are to be considered stale and subsequent + usage will result in errors. + + - A valid adapter file descriptor (fd2 >= 0) is only returned on + the initial attach for a context. Subsequent attaches to an + existing context (DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH_REUSE_CONTEXT flag present) + do not provide the adapter file descriptor as it was previously + made known to the application. + + - When a context is no longer needed, the user shall detach from + the context via the DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH ioctl. When this ioctl + returns with a valid adapter file descriptor and the return flag + DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD is present, the application _must_ + close the adapter file descriptor following a successful detach. + + - When this ioctl returns with a valid fd2 and the return flag + DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD is present, the application _must_ + close fd2 in the following circumstances: + + + Following a successful detach of the last user of the context + + Following a successful recovery on the context's original fd2 + + In the child process of a fork(), following a clone ioctl, + on the fd2 associated with the source context + + - At any time, a close on fd2 will invalidate the tokens. Applications + should exercise caution to only close fd2 when appropriate (outlined + in the previous bullet) to avoid premature loss of I/O. + +DK_CXLFLASH_USER_DIRECT +----------------------- + This ioctl is responsible for transitioning the LUN to direct + (physical) mode access and configuring the AFU for direct access from + user space on a per-context basis. Additionally, the block size and + last logical block address (LBA) are returned to the user. + + As mentioned previously, when operating in user space access mode, + LUNs may be accessed in whole or in part. Only one mode is allowed + at a time and if one mode is active (outstanding references exist), + requests to use the LUN in a different mode are denied. + + The AFU is configured for direct access from user space by adding an + entry to the AFU's resource handle table. The index of the entry is + treated as a resource handle that is returned to the user. The user + is then able to use the handle to reference the LUN during I/O. + +DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL +------------------------ + This ioctl is responsible for transitioning the LUN to virtual mode + of access and configuring the AFU for virtual access from user space + on a per-context basis. Additionally, the block size and last logical + block address (LBA) are returned to the user. + + As mentioned previously, when operating in user space access mode, + LUNs may be accessed in whole or in part. Only one mode is allowed + at a time and if one mode is active (outstanding references exist), + requests to use the LUN in a different mode are denied. + + The AFU is configured for virtual access from user space by adding + an entry to the AFU's resource handle table. The index of the entry + is treated as a resource handle that is returned to the user. The + user is then able to use the handle to reference the LUN during I/O. + + By default, the virtual LUN is created with a size of 0. The user + would need to use the DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_RESIZE ioctl to adjust the grow + the virtual LUN to a desired size. To avoid having to perform this + resize for the initial creation of the virtual LUN, the user has the + option of specifying a size as part of the DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL + ioctl, such that when success is returned to the user, the + resource handle that is provided is already referencing provisioned + storage. This is reflected by the last LBA being a non-zero value. + + When a LUN is accessible from more than one port, this ioctl will + return with the DK_CXLFLASH_ALL_PORTS_ACTIVE return flag set. This + provides the user with a hint that I/O can be retried in the event + of an I/O error as the LUN can be reached over multiple paths. + +DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_RESIZE +----------------------- + This ioctl is responsible for resizing a previously created virtual + LUN and will fail if invoked upon a LUN that is not in virtual + mode. Upon success, an updated last LBA is returned to the user + indicating the new size of the virtual LUN associated with the + resource handle. + + The partitioning of virtual LUNs is jointly mediated by the cxlflash + driver and the AFU. An allocation table is kept for each LUN that is + operating in the virtual mode and used to program a LUN translation + table that the AFU references when provided with a resource handle. + + This ioctl can return -EAGAIN if an AFU sync operation takes too long. + In addition to returning a failure to user, cxlflash will also schedule + an asynchronous AFU reset. Should the user choose to retry the operation, + it is expected to succeed. If this ioctl fails with -EAGAIN, the user + can either retry the operation or treat it as a failure. + +DK_CXLFLASH_RELEASE +------------------- + This ioctl is responsible for releasing a previously obtained + reference to either a physical or virtual LUN. This can be + thought of as the inverse of the DK_CXLFLASH_USER_DIRECT or + DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL ioctls. Upon success, the resource handle + is no longer valid and the entry in the resource handle table is + made available to be used again. + + As part of the release process for virtual LUNs, the virtual LUN + is first resized to 0 to clear out and free the translation tables + associated with the virtual LUN reference. + +DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH +------------------ + This ioctl is responsible for unregistering a context with the + cxlflash driver and release outstanding resources that were + not explicitly released via the DK_CXLFLASH_RELEASE ioctl. Upon + success, all "tokens" which had been provided to the user from the + DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH onward are no longer valid. + + When the DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD flag was returned on a successful + attach, the application _must_ close the fd2 associated with the context + following the detach of the final user of the context. + +DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_CLONE +---------------------- + This ioctl is responsible for cloning a previously created + context to a more recently created context. It exists solely to + support maintaining user space access to storage after a process + forks. Upon success, the child process (which invoked the ioctl) + will have access to the same LUNs via the same resource handle(s) + as the parent, but under a different context. + + Context sharing across processes is not supported with CXL and + therefore each fork must be met with establishing a new context + for the child process. This ioctl simplifies the state management + and playback required by a user in such a scenario. When a process + forks, child process can clone the parents context by first creating + a context (via DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH) and then using this ioctl to + perform the clone from the parent to the child. + + The clone itself is fairly simple. The resource handle and lun + translation tables are copied from the parent context to the child's + and then synced with the AFU. + + When the DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD flag was returned on a successful + attach, the application _must_ close the fd2 associated with the source + context (still resident/accessible in the parent process) following the + clone. This is to avoid a stale entry in the file descriptor table of the + child process. + + This ioctl can return -EAGAIN if an AFU sync operation takes too long. + In addition to returning a failure to user, cxlflash will also schedule + an asynchronous AFU reset. Should the user choose to retry the operation, + it is expected to succeed. If this ioctl fails with -EAGAIN, the user + can either retry the operation or treat it as a failure. + +DK_CXLFLASH_VERIFY +------------------ + This ioctl is used to detect various changes such as the capacity of + the disk changing, the number of LUNs visible changing, etc. In cases + where the changes affect the application (such as a LUN resize), the + cxlflash driver will report the changed state to the application. + + The user calls in when they want to validate that a LUN hasn't been + changed in response to a check condition. As the user is operating out + of band from the kernel, they will see these types of events without + the kernel's knowledge. When encountered, the user's architected + behavior is to call in to this ioctl, indicating what they want to + verify and passing along any appropriate information. For now, only + verifying a LUN change (ie: size different) with sense data is + supported. + +DK_CXLFLASH_RECOVER_AFU +----------------------- + This ioctl is used to drive recovery (if such an action is warranted) + of a specified user context. Any state associated with the user context + is re-established upon successful recovery. + + User contexts are put into an error condition when the device needs to + be reset or is terminating. Users are notified of this error condition + by seeing all 0xF's on an MMIO read. Upon encountering this, the + architected behavior for a user is to call into this ioctl to recover + their context. A user may also call into this ioctl at any time to + check if the device is operating normally. If a failure is returned + from this ioctl, the user is expected to gracefully clean up their + context via release/detach ioctls. Until they do, the context they + hold is not relinquished. The user may also optionally exit the process + at which time the context/resources they held will be freed as part of + the release fop. + + When the DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD flag was returned on a successful + attach, the application _must_ unmap and close the fd2 associated with the + original context following this ioctl returning success and indicating that + the context was recovered (DK_CXLFLASH_RECOVER_AFU_CONTEXT_RESET). + +DK_CXLFLASH_MANAGE_LUN +---------------------- + This ioctl is used to switch a LUN from a mode where it is available + for file-system access (legacy), to a mode where it is set aside for + exclusive user space access (superpipe). In case a LUN is visible + across multiple ports and adapters, this ioctl is used to uniquely + identify each LUN by its World Wide Node Name (WWNN). + + +CXL Flash Driver Host IOCTLs +============================ + + Each host adapter instance that is supported by the cxlflash driver + has a special character device associated with it to enable a set of + host management function. These character devices are hosted in a + class dedicated for cxlflash and can be accessed via `/dev/cxlflash/*`. + + Applications can be written to perform various functions using the + host ioctl APIs below. + + The structure definitions for these IOCTLs are available in: + uapi/scsi/cxlflash_ioctl.h + +HT_CXLFLASH_LUN_PROVISION +------------------------- + This ioctl is used to create and delete persistent LUNs on cxlflash + devices that lack an external LUN management interface. It is only + valid when used with AFUs that support the LUN provision capability. + + When sufficient space is available, LUNs can be created by specifying + the target port to host the LUN and a desired size in 4K blocks. Upon + success, the LUN ID and WWID of the created LUN will be returned and + the SCSI bus can be scanned to detect the change in LUN topology. Note + that partial allocations are not supported. Should a creation fail due + to a space issue, the target port can be queried for its current LUN + geometry. + + To remove a LUN, the device must first be disassociated from the Linux + SCSI subsystem. The LUN deletion can then be initiated by specifying a + target port and LUN ID. Upon success, the LUN geometry associated with + the port will be updated to reflect new number of provisioned LUNs and + available capacity. + + To query the LUN geometry of a port, the target port is specified and + upon success, the following information is presented: + + - Maximum number of provisioned LUNs allowed for the port + - Current number of provisioned LUNs for the port + - Maximum total capacity of provisioned LUNs for the port (4K blocks) + - Current total capacity of provisioned LUNs for the port (4K blocks) + + With this information, the number of available LUNs and capacity can be + can be calculated. + +HT_CXLFLASH_AFU_DEBUG +--------------------- + This ioctl is used to debug AFUs by supporting a command pass-through + interface. It is only valid when used with AFUs that support the AFU + debug capability. + + With exception of buffer management, AFU debug commands are opaque to + cxlflash and treated as pass-through. For debug commands that do require + data transfer, the user supplies an adequately sized data buffer and must + specify the data transfer direction with respect to the host. There is a + maximum transfer size of 256K imposed. Note that partial read completions + are not supported - when errors are experienced with a host read data + transfer, the data buffer is not copied back to the user. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a64bdaa0a1cf..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,429 +0,0 @@ -Introduction -============ - - The IBM Power architecture provides support for CAPI (Coherent - Accelerator Power Interface), which is available to certain PCIe slots - on Power 8 systems. CAPI can be thought of as a special tunneling - protocol through PCIe that allow PCIe adapters to look like special - purpose co-processors which can read or write an application's - memory and generate page faults. As a result, the host interface to - an adapter running in CAPI mode does not require the data buffers to - be mapped to the device's memory (IOMMU bypass) nor does it require - memory to be pinned. - - On Linux, Coherent Accelerator (CXL) kernel services present CAPI - devices as a PCI device by implementing a virtual PCI host bridge. - This abstraction simplifies the infrastructure and programming - model, allowing for drivers to look similar to other native PCI - device drivers. - - CXL provides a mechanism by which user space applications can - directly talk to a device (network or storage) bypassing the typical - kernel/device driver stack. The CXL Flash Adapter Driver enables a - user space application direct access to Flash storage. - - The CXL Flash Adapter Driver is a kernel module that sits in the - SCSI stack as a low level device driver (below the SCSI disk and - protocol drivers) for the IBM CXL Flash Adapter. This driver is - responsible for the initialization of the adapter, setting up the - special path for user space access, and performing error recovery. It - communicates directly the Flash Accelerator Functional Unit (AFU) - as described in Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt. - - The cxlflash driver supports two, mutually exclusive, modes of - operation at the device (LUN) level: - - - Any flash device (LUN) can be configured to be accessed as a - regular disk device (i.e.: /dev/sdc). This is the default mode. - - - Any flash device (LUN) can be configured to be accessed from - user space with a special block library. This mode further - specifies the means of accessing the device and provides for - either raw access to the entire LUN (referred to as direct - or physical LUN access) or access to a kernel/AFU-mediated - partition of the LUN (referred to as virtual LUN access). The - segmentation of a disk device into virtual LUNs is assisted - by special translation services provided by the Flash AFU. - -Overview -======== - - The Coherent Accelerator Interface Architecture (CAIA) introduces a - concept of a master context. A master typically has special privileges - granted to it by the kernel or hypervisor allowing it to perform AFU - wide management and control. The master may or may not be involved - directly in each user I/O, but at the minimum is involved in the - initial setup before the user application is allowed to send requests - directly to the AFU. - - The CXL Flash Adapter Driver establishes a master context with the - AFU. It uses memory mapped I/O (MMIO) for this control and setup. The - Adapter Problem Space Memory Map looks like this: - - +-------------------------------+ - | 512 * 64 KB User MMIO | - | (per context) | - | User Accessible | - +-------------------------------+ - | 512 * 128 B per context | - | Provisioning and Control | - | Trusted Process accessible | - +-------------------------------+ - | 64 KB Global | - | Trusted Process accessible | - +-------------------------------+ - - This driver configures itself into the SCSI software stack as an - adapter driver. The driver is the only entity that is considered a - Trusted Process to program the Provisioning and Control and Global - areas in the MMIO Space shown above. The master context driver - discovers all LUNs attached to the CXL Flash adapter and instantiates - scsi block devices (/dev/sdb, /dev/sdc etc.) for each unique LUN - seen from each path. - - Once these scsi block devices are instantiated, an application - written to a specification provided by the block library may get - access to the Flash from user space (without requiring a system call). - - This master context driver also provides a series of ioctls for this - block library to enable this user space access. The driver supports - two modes for accessing the block device. - - The first mode is called a virtual mode. In this mode a single scsi - block device (/dev/sdb) may be carved up into any number of distinct - virtual LUNs. The virtual LUNs may be resized as long as the sum of - the sizes of all the virtual LUNs, along with the meta-data associated - with it does not exceed the physical capacity. - - The second mode is called the physical mode. In this mode a single - block device (/dev/sdb) may be opened directly by the block library - and the entire space for the LUN is available to the application. - - Only the physical mode provides persistence of the data. i.e. The - data written to the block device will survive application exit and - restart and also reboot. The virtual LUNs do not persist (i.e. do - not survive after the application terminates or the system reboots). - - -Block library API -================= - - Applications intending to get access to the CXL Flash from user - space should use the block library, as it abstracts the details of - interfacing directly with the cxlflash driver that are necessary for - performing administrative actions (i.e.: setup, tear down, resize). - The block library can be thought of as a 'user' of services, - implemented as IOCTLs, that are provided by the cxlflash driver - specifically for devices (LUNs) operating in user space access - mode. While it is not a requirement that applications understand - the interface between the block library and the cxlflash driver, - a high-level overview of each supported service (IOCTL) is provided - below. - - The block library can be found on GitHub: - http://github.com/open-power/capiflash - - -CXL Flash Driver LUN IOCTLs -=========================== - - Users, such as the block library, that wish to interface with a flash - device (LUN) via user space access need to use the services provided - by the cxlflash driver. As these services are implemented as ioctls, - a file descriptor handle must first be obtained in order to establish - the communication channel between a user and the kernel. This file - descriptor is obtained by opening the device special file associated - with the scsi disk device (/dev/sdb) that was created during LUN - discovery. As per the location of the cxlflash driver within the - SCSI protocol stack, this open is actually not seen by the cxlflash - driver. Upon successful open, the user receives a file descriptor - (herein referred to as fd1) that should be used for issuing the - subsequent ioctls listed below. - - The structure definitions for these IOCTLs are available in: - uapi/scsi/cxlflash_ioctl.h - -DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH ------------------- - - This ioctl obtains, initializes, and starts a context using the CXL - kernel services. These services specify a context id (u16) by which - to uniquely identify the context and its allocated resources. The - services additionally provide a second file descriptor (herein - referred to as fd2) that is used by the block library to initiate - memory mapped I/O (via mmap()) to the CXL flash device and poll for - completion events. This file descriptor is intentionally installed by - this driver and not the CXL kernel services to allow for intermediary - notification and access in the event of a non-user-initiated close(), - such as a killed process. This design point is described in further - detail in the description for the DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH ioctl. - - There are a few important aspects regarding the "tokens" (context id - and fd2) that are provided back to the user: - - - These tokens are only valid for the process under which they - were created. The child of a forked process cannot continue - to use the context id or file descriptor created by its parent - (see DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_CLONE for further details). - - - These tokens are only valid for the lifetime of the context and - the process under which they were created. Once either is - destroyed, the tokens are to be considered stale and subsequent - usage will result in errors. - - - A valid adapter file descriptor (fd2 >= 0) is only returned on - the initial attach for a context. Subsequent attaches to an - existing context (DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH_REUSE_CONTEXT flag present) - do not provide the adapter file descriptor as it was previously - made known to the application. - - - When a context is no longer needed, the user shall detach from - the context via the DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH ioctl. When this ioctl - returns with a valid adapter file descriptor and the return flag - DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD is present, the application _must_ - close the adapter file descriptor following a successful detach. - - - When this ioctl returns with a valid fd2 and the return flag - DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD is present, the application _must_ - close fd2 in the following circumstances: - - + Following a successful detach of the last user of the context - + Following a successful recovery on the context's original fd2 - + In the child process of a fork(), following a clone ioctl, - on the fd2 associated with the source context - - - At any time, a close on fd2 will invalidate the tokens. Applications - should exercise caution to only close fd2 when appropriate (outlined - in the previous bullet) to avoid premature loss of I/O. - -DK_CXLFLASH_USER_DIRECT ------------------------ - This ioctl is responsible for transitioning the LUN to direct - (physical) mode access and configuring the AFU for direct access from - user space on a per-context basis. Additionally, the block size and - last logical block address (LBA) are returned to the user. - - As mentioned previously, when operating in user space access mode, - LUNs may be accessed in whole or in part. Only one mode is allowed - at a time and if one mode is active (outstanding references exist), - requests to use the LUN in a different mode are denied. - - The AFU is configured for direct access from user space by adding an - entry to the AFU's resource handle table. The index of the entry is - treated as a resource handle that is returned to the user. The user - is then able to use the handle to reference the LUN during I/O. - -DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL ------------------------- - This ioctl is responsible for transitioning the LUN to virtual mode - of access and configuring the AFU for virtual access from user space - on a per-context basis. Additionally, the block size and last logical - block address (LBA) are returned to the user. - - As mentioned previously, when operating in user space access mode, - LUNs may be accessed in whole or in part. Only one mode is allowed - at a time and if one mode is active (outstanding references exist), - requests to use the LUN in a different mode are denied. - - The AFU is configured for virtual access from user space by adding - an entry to the AFU's resource handle table. The index of the entry - is treated as a resource handle that is returned to the user. The - user is then able to use the handle to reference the LUN during I/O. - - By default, the virtual LUN is created with a size of 0. The user - would need to use the DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_RESIZE ioctl to adjust the grow - the virtual LUN to a desired size. To avoid having to perform this - resize for the initial creation of the virtual LUN, the user has the - option of specifying a size as part of the DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL - ioctl, such that when success is returned to the user, the - resource handle that is provided is already referencing provisioned - storage. This is reflected by the last LBA being a non-zero value. - - When a LUN is accessible from more than one port, this ioctl will - return with the DK_CXLFLASH_ALL_PORTS_ACTIVE return flag set. This - provides the user with a hint that I/O can be retried in the event - of an I/O error as the LUN can be reached over multiple paths. - -DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_RESIZE ------------------------ - This ioctl is responsible for resizing a previously created virtual - LUN and will fail if invoked upon a LUN that is not in virtual - mode. Upon success, an updated last LBA is returned to the user - indicating the new size of the virtual LUN associated with the - resource handle. - - The partitioning of virtual LUNs is jointly mediated by the cxlflash - driver and the AFU. An allocation table is kept for each LUN that is - operating in the virtual mode and used to program a LUN translation - table that the AFU references when provided with a resource handle. - - This ioctl can return -EAGAIN if an AFU sync operation takes too long. - In addition to returning a failure to user, cxlflash will also schedule - an asynchronous AFU reset. Should the user choose to retry the operation, - it is expected to succeed. If this ioctl fails with -EAGAIN, the user - can either retry the operation or treat it as a failure. - -DK_CXLFLASH_RELEASE -------------------- - This ioctl is responsible for releasing a previously obtained - reference to either a physical or virtual LUN. This can be - thought of as the inverse of the DK_CXLFLASH_USER_DIRECT or - DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL ioctls. Upon success, the resource handle - is no longer valid and the entry in the resource handle table is - made available to be used again. - - As part of the release process for virtual LUNs, the virtual LUN - is first resized to 0 to clear out and free the translation tables - associated with the virtual LUN reference. - -DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH ------------------- - This ioctl is responsible for unregistering a context with the - cxlflash driver and release outstanding resources that were - not explicitly released via the DK_CXLFLASH_RELEASE ioctl. Upon - success, all "tokens" which had been provided to the user from the - DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH onward are no longer valid. - - When the DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD flag was returned on a successful - attach, the application _must_ close the fd2 associated with the context - following the detach of the final user of the context. - -DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_CLONE ----------------------- - This ioctl is responsible for cloning a previously created - context to a more recently created context. It exists solely to - support maintaining user space access to storage after a process - forks. Upon success, the child process (which invoked the ioctl) - will have access to the same LUNs via the same resource handle(s) - as the parent, but under a different context. - - Context sharing across processes is not supported with CXL and - therefore each fork must be met with establishing a new context - for the child process. This ioctl simplifies the state management - and playback required by a user in such a scenario. When a process - forks, child process can clone the parents context by first creating - a context (via DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH) and then using this ioctl to - perform the clone from the parent to the child. - - The clone itself is fairly simple. The resource handle and lun - translation tables are copied from the parent context to the child's - and then synced with the AFU. - - When the DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD flag was returned on a successful - attach, the application _must_ close the fd2 associated with the source - context (still resident/accessible in the parent process) following the - clone. This is to avoid a stale entry in the file descriptor table of the - child process. - - This ioctl can return -EAGAIN if an AFU sync operation takes too long. - In addition to returning a failure to user, cxlflash will also schedule - an asynchronous AFU reset. Should the user choose to retry the operation, - it is expected to succeed. If this ioctl fails with -EAGAIN, the user - can either retry the operation or treat it as a failure. - -DK_CXLFLASH_VERIFY ------------------- - This ioctl is used to detect various changes such as the capacity of - the disk changing, the number of LUNs visible changing, etc. In cases - where the changes affect the application (such as a LUN resize), the - cxlflash driver will report the changed state to the application. - - The user calls in when they want to validate that a LUN hasn't been - changed in response to a check condition. As the user is operating out - of band from the kernel, they will see these types of events without - the kernel's knowledge. When encountered, the user's architected - behavior is to call in to this ioctl, indicating what they want to - verify and passing along any appropriate information. For now, only - verifying a LUN change (ie: size different) with sense data is - supported. - -DK_CXLFLASH_RECOVER_AFU ------------------------ - This ioctl is used to drive recovery (if such an action is warranted) - of a specified user context. Any state associated with the user context - is re-established upon successful recovery. - - User contexts are put into an error condition when the device needs to - be reset or is terminating. Users are notified of this error condition - by seeing all 0xF's on an MMIO read. Upon encountering this, the - architected behavior for a user is to call into this ioctl to recover - their context. A user may also call into this ioctl at any time to - check if the device is operating normally. If a failure is returned - from this ioctl, the user is expected to gracefully clean up their - context via release/detach ioctls. Until they do, the context they - hold is not relinquished. The user may also optionally exit the process - at which time the context/resources they held will be freed as part of - the release fop. - - When the DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD flag was returned on a successful - attach, the application _must_ unmap and close the fd2 associated with the - original context following this ioctl returning success and indicating that - the context was recovered (DK_CXLFLASH_RECOVER_AFU_CONTEXT_RESET). - -DK_CXLFLASH_MANAGE_LUN ----------------------- - This ioctl is used to switch a LUN from a mode where it is available - for file-system access (legacy), to a mode where it is set aside for - exclusive user space access (superpipe). In case a LUN is visible - across multiple ports and adapters, this ioctl is used to uniquely - identify each LUN by its World Wide Node Name (WWNN). - - -CXL Flash Driver Host IOCTLs -============================ - - Each host adapter instance that is supported by the cxlflash driver - has a special character device associated with it to enable a set of - host management function. These character devices are hosted in a - class dedicated for cxlflash and can be accessed via /dev/cxlflash/*. - - Applications can be written to perform various functions using the - host ioctl APIs below. - - The structure definitions for these IOCTLs are available in: - uapi/scsi/cxlflash_ioctl.h - -HT_CXLFLASH_LUN_PROVISION -------------------------- - This ioctl is used to create and delete persistent LUNs on cxlflash - devices that lack an external LUN management interface. It is only - valid when used with AFUs that support the LUN provision capability. - - When sufficient space is available, LUNs can be created by specifying - the target port to host the LUN and a desired size in 4K blocks. Upon - success, the LUN ID and WWID of the created LUN will be returned and - the SCSI bus can be scanned to detect the change in LUN topology. Note - that partial allocations are not supported. Should a creation fail due - to a space issue, the target port can be queried for its current LUN - geometry. - - To remove a LUN, the device must first be disassociated from the Linux - SCSI subsystem. The LUN deletion can then be initiated by specifying a - target port and LUN ID. Upon success, the LUN geometry associated with - the port will be updated to reflect new number of provisioned LUNs and - available capacity. - - To query the LUN geometry of a port, the target port is specified and - upon success, the following information is presented: - - - Maximum number of provisioned LUNs allowed for the port - - Current number of provisioned LUNs for the port - - Maximum total capacity of provisioned LUNs for the port (4K blocks) - - Current total capacity of provisioned LUNs for the port (4K blocks) - - With this information, the number of available LUNs and capacity can be - can be calculated. - -HT_CXLFLASH_AFU_DEBUG ---------------------- - This ioctl is used to debug AFUs by supporting a command pass-through - interface. It is only valid when used with AFUs that support the AFU - debug capability. - - With exception of buffer management, AFU debug commands are opaque to - cxlflash and treated as pass-through. For debug commands that do require - data transfer, the user supplies an adequately sized data buffer and must - specify the data transfer direction with respect to the host. There is a - maximum transfer size of 256K imposed. Note that partial read completions - are not supported - when errors are experienced with a host read data - transfer, the data buffer is not copied back to the user. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dawr-power9.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/dawr-power9.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c96ab6befd9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dawr-power9.rst @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +===================== +DAWR issues on POWER9 +===================== + +On POWER9 the Data Address Watchpoint Register (DAWR) can cause a checkstop +if it points to cache inhibited (CI) memory. Currently Linux has no way to +disinguish CI memory when configuring the DAWR, so (for now) the DAWR is +disabled by this commit:: + + commit 9654153158d3e0684a1bdb76dbababdb7111d5a0 + Author: Michael Neuling + Date: Tue Mar 27 15:37:24 2018 +1100 + powerpc: Disable DAWR in the base POWER9 CPU features + +Technical Details: +================== + +DAWR has 6 different ways of being set. +1) ptrace +2) h_set_mode(DAWR) +3) h_set_dabr() +4) kvmppc_set_one_reg() +5) xmon + +For ptrace, we now advertise zero breakpoints on POWER9 via the +PPC_PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO call. This results in GDB falling back to +software emulation of the watchpoint (which is slow). + +h_set_mode(DAWR) and h_set_dabr() will now return an error to the +guest on a POWER9 host. Current Linux guests ignore this error, so +they will silently not get the DAWR. + +kvmppc_set_one_reg() will store the value in the vcpu but won't +actually set it on POWER9 hardware. This is done so we don't break +migration from POWER8 to POWER9, at the cost of silently losing the +DAWR on the migration. + +For xmon, the 'bd' command will return an error on P9. + +Consequences for users +====================== + +For GDB watchpoints (ie 'watch' command) on POWER9 bare metal , GDB +will accept the command. Unfortunately since there is no hardware +support for the watchpoint, GDB will software emulate the watchpoint +making it run very slowly. + +The same will also be true for any guests started on a POWER9 +host. The watchpoint will fail and GDB will fall back to software +emulation. + +If a guest is started on a POWER8 host, GDB will accept the watchpoint +and configure the hardware to use the DAWR. This will run at full +speed since it can use the hardware emulation. Unfortunately if this +guest is migrated to a POWER9 host, the watchpoint will be lost on the +POWER9. Loads and stores to the watchpoint locations will not be +trapped in GDB. The watchpoint is remembered, so if the guest is +migrated back to the POWER8 host, it will start working again. + +Force enabling the DAWR +======================= +Kernels (since ~v5.2) have an option to force enable the DAWR via:: + + echo Y > /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/dawr_enable_dangerous + +This enables the DAWR even on POWER9. + +This is a dangerous setting, USE AT YOUR OWN RISK. + +Some users may not care about a bad user crashing their box +(ie. single user/desktop systems) and really want the DAWR. This +allows them to force enable DAWR. + +This flag can also be used to disable DAWR access. Once this is +cleared, all DAWR access should be cleared immediately and your +machine once again safe from crashing. + +Userspace may get confused by toggling this. If DAWR is force +enabled/disabled between getting the number of breakpoints (via +PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO) and setting the breakpoint, userspace will get an +inconsistent view of what's available. Similarly for guests. + +For the DAWR to be enabled in a KVM guest, the DAWR needs to be force +enabled in the host AND the guest. For this reason, this won't work on +POWERVM as it doesn't allow the HCALL to work. Writes of 'Y' to the +dawr_enable_dangerous file will fail if the hypervisor doesn't support +writing the DAWR. + +To double check the DAWR is working, run this kernel selftest: + + tools/testing/selftests/powerpc/ptrace/ptrace-hwbreak.c + +Any errors/failures/skips mean something is wrong. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2ab99006014c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +=================================== +DSCR (Data Stream Control Register) +=================================== + +DSCR register in powerpc allows user to have some control of prefetch of data +stream in the processor. Please refer to the ISA documents or related manual +for more detailed information regarding how to use this DSCR to attain this +control of the prefetches . This document here provides an overview of kernel +support for DSCR, related kernel objects, it's functionalities and exported +user interface. + +(A) Data Structures: + + (1) thread_struct:: + + dscr /* Thread DSCR value */ + dscr_inherit /* Thread has changed default DSCR */ + + (2) PACA:: + + dscr_default /* per-CPU DSCR default value */ + + (3) sysfs.c:: + + dscr_default /* System DSCR default value */ + +(B) Scheduler Changes: + + Scheduler will write the per-CPU DSCR default which is stored in the + CPU's PACA value into the register if the thread has dscr_inherit value + cleared which means that it has not changed the default DSCR till now. + If the dscr_inherit value is set which means that it has changed the + default DSCR value, scheduler will write the changed value which will + now be contained in thread struct's dscr into the register instead of + the per-CPU default PACA based DSCR value. + + NOTE: Please note here that the system wide global DSCR value never + gets used directly in the scheduler process context switch at all. + +(C) SYSFS Interface: + + - Global DSCR default: /sys/devices/system/cpu/dscr_default + - CPU specific DSCR default: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuN/dscr + + Changing the global DSCR default in the sysfs will change all the CPU + specific DSCR defaults immediately in their PACA structures. Again if + the current process has the dscr_inherit clear, it also writes the new + value into every CPU's DSCR register right away and updates the current + thread's DSCR value as well. + + Changing the CPU specific DSCR default value in the sysfs does exactly + the same thing as above but unlike the global one above, it just changes + stuff for that particular CPU instead for all the CPUs on the system. + +(D) User Space Instructions: + + The DSCR register can be accessed in the user space using any of these + two SPR numbers available for that purpose. + + (1) Problem state SPR: 0x03 (Un-privileged, POWER8 only) + (2) Privileged state SPR: 0x11 (Privileged) + + Accessing DSCR through privileged SPR number (0x11) from user space + works, as it is emulated following an illegal instruction exception + inside the kernel. Both mfspr and mtspr instructions are emulated. + + Accessing DSCR through user level SPR (0x03) from user space will first + create a facility unavailable exception. Inside this exception handler + all mfspr instruction based read attempts will get emulated and returned + where as the first mtspr instruction based write attempts will enable + the DSCR facility for the next time around (both for read and write) by + setting DSCR facility in the FSCR register. + +(E) Specifics about 'dscr_inherit': + + The thread struct element 'dscr_inherit' represents whether the thread + in question has attempted and changed the DSCR itself using any of the + following methods. This element signifies whether the thread wants to + use the CPU default DSCR value or its own changed DSCR value in the + kernel. + + (1) mtspr instruction (SPR number 0x03) + (2) mtspr instruction (SPR number 0x11) + (3) ptrace interface (Explicitly set user DSCR value) + + Any child of the process created after this event in the process inherits + this same behaviour as well. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ece300c64f76..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ - DSCR (Data Stream Control Register) - ================================================ - -DSCR register in powerpc allows user to have some control of prefetch of data -stream in the processor. Please refer to the ISA documents or related manual -for more detailed information regarding how to use this DSCR to attain this -control of the prefetches . This document here provides an overview of kernel -support for DSCR, related kernel objects, it's functionalities and exported -user interface. - -(A) Data Structures: - - (1) thread_struct: - dscr /* Thread DSCR value */ - dscr_inherit /* Thread has changed default DSCR */ - - (2) PACA: - dscr_default /* per-CPU DSCR default value */ - - (3) sysfs.c: - dscr_default /* System DSCR default value */ - -(B) Scheduler Changes: - - Scheduler will write the per-CPU DSCR default which is stored in the - CPU's PACA value into the register if the thread has dscr_inherit value - cleared which means that it has not changed the default DSCR till now. - If the dscr_inherit value is set which means that it has changed the - default DSCR value, scheduler will write the changed value which will - now be contained in thread struct's dscr into the register instead of - the per-CPU default PACA based DSCR value. - - NOTE: Please note here that the system wide global DSCR value never - gets used directly in the scheduler process context switch at all. - -(C) SYSFS Interface: - - Global DSCR default: /sys/devices/system/cpu/dscr_default - CPU specific DSCR default: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuN/dscr - - Changing the global DSCR default in the sysfs will change all the CPU - specific DSCR defaults immediately in their PACA structures. Again if - the current process has the dscr_inherit clear, it also writes the new - value into every CPU's DSCR register right away and updates the current - thread's DSCR value as well. - - Changing the CPU specific DSCR default value in the sysfs does exactly - the same thing as above but unlike the global one above, it just changes - stuff for that particular CPU instead for all the CPUs on the system. - -(D) User Space Instructions: - - The DSCR register can be accessed in the user space using any of these - two SPR numbers available for that purpose. - - (1) Problem state SPR: 0x03 (Un-privileged, POWER8 only) - (2) Privileged state SPR: 0x11 (Privileged) - - Accessing DSCR through privileged SPR number (0x11) from user space - works, as it is emulated following an illegal instruction exception - inside the kernel. Both mfspr and mtspr instructions are emulated. - - Accessing DSCR through user level SPR (0x03) from user space will first - create a facility unavailable exception. Inside this exception handler - all mfspr instruction based read attempts will get emulated and returned - where as the first mtspr instruction based write attempts will enable - the DSCR facility for the next time around (both for read and write) by - setting DSCR facility in the FSCR register. - -(E) Specifics about 'dscr_inherit': - - The thread struct element 'dscr_inherit' represents whether the thread - in question has attempted and changed the DSCR itself using any of the - following methods. This element signifies whether the thread wants to - use the CPU default DSCR value or its own changed DSCR value in the - kernel. - - (1) mtspr instruction (SPR number 0x03) - (2) mtspr instruction (SPR number 0x11) - (3) ptrace interface (Explicitly set user DSCR value) - - Any child of the process created after this event in the process inherits - this same behaviour as well. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..438a87ebc095 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ +========================== +PCI Bus EEH Error Recovery +========================== + +Linas Vepstas + +12 January 2005 + + +Overview: +--------- +The IBM POWER-based pSeries and iSeries computers include PCI bus +controller chips that have extended capabilities for detecting and +reporting a large variety of PCI bus error conditions. These features +go under the name of "EEH", for "Enhanced Error Handling". The EEH +hardware features allow PCI bus errors to be cleared and a PCI +card to be "rebooted", without also having to reboot the operating +system. + +This is in contrast to traditional PCI error handling, where the +PCI chip is wired directly to the CPU, and an error would cause +a CPU machine-check/check-stop condition, halting the CPU entirely. +Another "traditional" technique is to ignore such errors, which +can lead to data corruption, both of user data or of kernel data, +hung/unresponsive adapters, or system crashes/lockups. Thus, +the idea behind EEH is that the operating system can become more +reliable and robust by protecting it from PCI errors, and giving +the OS the ability to "reboot"/recover individual PCI devices. + +Future systems from other vendors, based on the PCI-E specification, +may contain similar features. + + +Causes of EEH Errors +-------------------- +EEH was originally designed to guard against hardware failure, such +as PCI cards dying from heat, humidity, dust, vibration and bad +electrical connections. The vast majority of EEH errors seen in +"real life" are due to either poorly seated PCI cards, or, +unfortunately quite commonly, due to device driver bugs, device firmware +bugs, and sometimes PCI card hardware bugs. + +The most common software bug, is one that causes the device to +attempt to DMA to a location in system memory that has not been +reserved for DMA access for that card. This is a powerful feature, +as it prevents what; otherwise, would have been silent memory +corruption caused by the bad DMA. A number of device driver +bugs have been found and fixed in this way over the past few +years. Other possible causes of EEH errors include data or +address line parity errors (for example, due to poor electrical +connectivity due to a poorly seated card), and PCI-X split-completion +errors (due to software, device firmware, or device PCI hardware bugs). +The vast majority of "true hardware failures" can be cured by +physically removing and re-seating the PCI card. + + +Detection and Recovery +---------------------- +In the following discussion, a generic overview of how to detect +and recover from EEH errors will be presented. This is followed +by an overview of how the current implementation in the Linux +kernel does it. The actual implementation is subject to change, +and some of the finer points are still being debated. These +may in turn be swayed if or when other architectures implement +similar functionality. + +When a PCI Host Bridge (PHB, the bus controller connecting the +PCI bus to the system CPU electronics complex) detects a PCI error +condition, it will "isolate" the affected PCI card. Isolation +will block all writes (either to the card from the system, or +from the card to the system), and it will cause all reads to +return all-ff's (0xff, 0xffff, 0xffffffff for 8/16/32-bit reads). +This value was chosen because it is the same value you would +get if the device was physically unplugged from the slot. +This includes access to PCI memory, I/O space, and PCI config +space. Interrupts; however, will continued to be delivered. + +Detection and recovery are performed with the aid of ppc64 +firmware. The programming interfaces in the Linux kernel +into the firmware are referred to as RTAS (Run-Time Abstraction +Services). The Linux kernel does not (should not) access +the EEH function in the PCI chipsets directly, primarily because +there are a number of different chipsets out there, each with +different interfaces and quirks. The firmware provides a +uniform abstraction layer that will work with all pSeries +and iSeries hardware (and be forwards-compatible). + +If the OS or device driver suspects that a PCI slot has been +EEH-isolated, there is a firmware call it can make to determine if +this is the case. If so, then the device driver should put itself +into a consistent state (given that it won't be able to complete any +pending work) and start recovery of the card. Recovery normally +would consist of resetting the PCI device (holding the PCI #RST +line high for two seconds), followed by setting up the device +config space (the base address registers (BAR's), latency timer, +cache line size, interrupt line, and so on). This is followed by a +reinitialization of the device driver. In a worst-case scenario, +the power to the card can be toggled, at least on hot-plug-capable +slots. In principle, layers far above the device driver probably +do not need to know that the PCI card has been "rebooted" in this +way; ideally, there should be at most a pause in Ethernet/disk/USB +I/O while the card is being reset. + +If the card cannot be recovered after three or four resets, the +kernel/device driver should assume the worst-case scenario, that the +card has died completely, and report this error to the sysadmin. +In addition, error messages are reported through RTAS and also through +syslogd (/var/log/messages) to alert the sysadmin of PCI resets. +The correct way to deal with failed adapters is to use the standard +PCI hotplug tools to remove and replace the dead card. + + +Current PPC64 Linux EEH Implementation +-------------------------------------- +At this time, a generic EEH recovery mechanism has been implemented, +so that individual device drivers do not need to be modified to support +EEH recovery. This generic mechanism piggy-backs on the PCI hotplug +infrastructure, and percolates events up through the userspace/udev +infrastructure. Following is a detailed description of how this is +accomplished. + +EEH must be enabled in the PHB's very early during the boot process, +and if a PCI slot is hot-plugged. The former is performed by +eeh_init() in arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/eeh.c, and the later by +drivers/pci/hotplug/pSeries_pci.c calling in to the eeh.c code. +EEH must be enabled before a PCI scan of the device can proceed. +Current Power5 hardware will not work unless EEH is enabled; +although older Power4 can run with it disabled. Effectively, +EEH can no longer be turned off. PCI devices *must* be +registered with the EEH code; the EEH code needs to know about +the I/O address ranges of the PCI device in order to detect an +error. Given an arbitrary address, the routine +pci_get_device_by_addr() will find the pci device associated +with that address (if any). + +The default arch/powerpc/include/asm/io.h macros readb(), inb(), insb(), +etc. include a check to see if the i/o read returned all-0xff's. +If so, these make a call to eeh_dn_check_failure(), which in turn +asks the firmware if the all-ff's value is the sign of a true EEH +error. If it is not, processing continues as normal. The grand +total number of these false alarms or "false positives" can be +seen in /proc/ppc64/eeh (subject to change). Normally, almost +all of these occur during boot, when the PCI bus is scanned, where +a large number of 0xff reads are part of the bus scan procedure. + +If a frozen slot is detected, code in +arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/eeh.c will print a stack trace to +syslog (/var/log/messages). This stack trace has proven to be very +useful to device-driver authors for finding out at what point the EEH +error was detected, as the error itself usually occurs slightly +beforehand. + +Next, it uses the Linux kernel notifier chain/work queue mechanism to +allow any interested parties to find out about the failure. Device +drivers, or other parts of the kernel, can use +`eeh_register_notifier(struct notifier_block *)` to find out about EEH +events. The event will include a pointer to the pci device, the +device node and some state info. Receivers of the event can "do as +they wish"; the default handler will be described further in this +section. + +To assist in the recovery of the device, eeh.c exports the +following functions: + +rtas_set_slot_reset() + assert the PCI #RST line for 1/8th of a second +rtas_configure_bridge() + ask firmware to configure any PCI bridges + located topologically under the pci slot. +eeh_save_bars() and eeh_restore_bars(): + save and restore the PCI + config-space info for a device and any devices under it. + + +A handler for the EEH notifier_block events is implemented in +drivers/pci/hotplug/pSeries_pci.c, called handle_eeh_events(). +It saves the device BAR's and then calls rpaphp_unconfig_pci_adapter(). +This last call causes the device driver for the card to be stopped, +which causes uevents to go out to user space. This triggers +user-space scripts that might issue commands such as "ifdown eth0" +for ethernet cards, and so on. This handler then sleeps for 5 seconds, +hoping to give the user-space scripts enough time to complete. +It then resets the PCI card, reconfigures the device BAR's, and +any bridges underneath. It then calls rpaphp_enable_pci_slot(), +which restarts the device driver and triggers more user-space +events (for example, calling "ifup eth0" for ethernet cards). + + +Device Shutdown and User-Space Events +------------------------------------- +This section documents what happens when a pci slot is unconfigured, +focusing on how the device driver gets shut down, and on how the +events get delivered to user-space scripts. + +Following is an example sequence of events that cause a device driver +close function to be called during the first phase of an EEH reset. +The following sequence is an example of the pcnet32 device driver:: + + rpa_php_unconfig_pci_adapter (struct slot *) // in rpaphp_pci.c + { + calls + pci_remove_bus_device (struct pci_dev *) // in /drivers/pci/remove.c + { + calls + pci_destroy_dev (struct pci_dev *) + { + calls + device_unregister (&dev->dev) // in /drivers/base/core.c + { + calls + device_del (struct device *) + { + calls + bus_remove_device() // in /drivers/base/bus.c + { + calls + device_release_driver() + { + calls + struct device_driver->remove() which is just + pci_device_remove() // in /drivers/pci/pci_driver.c + { + calls + struct pci_driver->remove() which is just + pcnet32_remove_one() // in /drivers/net/pcnet32.c + { + calls + unregister_netdev() // in /net/core/dev.c + { + calls + dev_close() // in /net/core/dev.c + { + calls dev->stop(); + which is just pcnet32_close() // in pcnet32.c + { + which does what you wanted + to stop the device + } + } + } + which + frees pcnet32 device driver memory + } + }}}}}} + + +in drivers/pci/pci_driver.c, +struct device_driver->remove() is just pci_device_remove() +which calls struct pci_driver->remove() which is pcnet32_remove_one() +which calls unregister_netdev() (in net/core/dev.c) +which calls dev_close() (in net/core/dev.c) +which calls dev->stop() which is pcnet32_close() +which then does the appropriate shutdown. + +--- + +Following is the analogous stack trace for events sent to user-space +when the pci device is unconfigured:: + + rpa_php_unconfig_pci_adapter() { // in rpaphp_pci.c + calls + pci_remove_bus_device (struct pci_dev *) { // in /drivers/pci/remove.c + calls + pci_destroy_dev (struct pci_dev *) { + calls + device_unregister (&dev->dev) { // in /drivers/base/core.c + calls + device_del(struct device * dev) { // in /drivers/base/core.c + calls + kobject_del() { //in /libs/kobject.c + calls + kobject_uevent() { // in /libs/kobject.c + calls + kset_uevent() { // in /lib/kobject.c + calls + kset->uevent_ops->uevent() // which is really just + a call to + dev_uevent() { // in /drivers/base/core.c + calls + dev->bus->uevent() which is really just a call to + pci_uevent () { // in drivers/pci/hotplug.c + which prints device name, etc.... + } + } + then kobject_uevent() sends a netlink uevent to userspace + --> userspace uevent + (during early boot, nobody listens to netlink events and + kobject_uevent() executes uevent_helper[], which runs the + event process /sbin/hotplug) + } + } + kobject_del() then calls sysfs_remove_dir(), which would + trigger any user-space daemon that was watching /sysfs, + and notice the delete event. + + +Pro's and Con's of the Current Design +------------------------------------- +There are several issues with the current EEH software recovery design, +which may be addressed in future revisions. But first, note that the +big plus of the current design is that no changes need to be made to +individual device drivers, so that the current design throws a wide net. +The biggest negative of the design is that it potentially disturbs +network daemons and file systems that didn't need to be disturbed. + +- A minor complaint is that resetting the network card causes + user-space back-to-back ifdown/ifup burps that potentially disturb + network daemons, that didn't need to even know that the pci + card was being rebooted. + +- A more serious concern is that the same reset, for SCSI devices, + causes havoc to mounted file systems. Scripts cannot post-facto + unmount a file system without flushing pending buffers, but this + is impossible, because I/O has already been stopped. Thus, + ideally, the reset should happen at or below the block layer, + so that the file systems are not disturbed. + + Reiserfs does not tolerate errors returned from the block device. + Ext3fs seems to be tolerant, retrying reads/writes until it does + succeed. Both have been only lightly tested in this scenario. + + The SCSI-generic subsystem already has built-in code for performing + SCSI device resets, SCSI bus resets, and SCSI host-bus-adapter + (HBA) resets. These are cascaded into a chain of attempted + resets if a SCSI command fails. These are completely hidden + from the block layer. It would be very natural to add an EEH + reset into this chain of events. + +- If a SCSI error occurs for the root device, all is lost unless + the sysadmin had the foresight to run /bin, /sbin, /etc, /var + and so on, out of ramdisk/tmpfs. + + +Conclusions +----------- +There's forward progress ... diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 678189280bb4..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,334 +0,0 @@ - - - PCI Bus EEH Error Recovery - -------------------------- - Linas Vepstas - - 12 January 2005 - - -Overview: ---------- -The IBM POWER-based pSeries and iSeries computers include PCI bus -controller chips that have extended capabilities for detecting and -reporting a large variety of PCI bus error conditions. These features -go under the name of "EEH", for "Enhanced Error Handling". The EEH -hardware features allow PCI bus errors to be cleared and a PCI -card to be "rebooted", without also having to reboot the operating -system. - -This is in contrast to traditional PCI error handling, where the -PCI chip is wired directly to the CPU, and an error would cause -a CPU machine-check/check-stop condition, halting the CPU entirely. -Another "traditional" technique is to ignore such errors, which -can lead to data corruption, both of user data or of kernel data, -hung/unresponsive adapters, or system crashes/lockups. Thus, -the idea behind EEH is that the operating system can become more -reliable and robust by protecting it from PCI errors, and giving -the OS the ability to "reboot"/recover individual PCI devices. - -Future systems from other vendors, based on the PCI-E specification, -may contain similar features. - - -Causes of EEH Errors --------------------- -EEH was originally designed to guard against hardware failure, such -as PCI cards dying from heat, humidity, dust, vibration and bad -electrical connections. The vast majority of EEH errors seen in -"real life" are due to either poorly seated PCI cards, or, -unfortunately quite commonly, due to device driver bugs, device firmware -bugs, and sometimes PCI card hardware bugs. - -The most common software bug, is one that causes the device to -attempt to DMA to a location in system memory that has not been -reserved for DMA access for that card. This is a powerful feature, -as it prevents what; otherwise, would have been silent memory -corruption caused by the bad DMA. A number of device driver -bugs have been found and fixed in this way over the past few -years. Other possible causes of EEH errors include data or -address line parity errors (for example, due to poor electrical -connectivity due to a poorly seated card), and PCI-X split-completion -errors (due to software, device firmware, or device PCI hardware bugs). -The vast majority of "true hardware failures" can be cured by -physically removing and re-seating the PCI card. - - -Detection and Recovery ----------------------- -In the following discussion, a generic overview of how to detect -and recover from EEH errors will be presented. This is followed -by an overview of how the current implementation in the Linux -kernel does it. The actual implementation is subject to change, -and some of the finer points are still being debated. These -may in turn be swayed if or when other architectures implement -similar functionality. - -When a PCI Host Bridge (PHB, the bus controller connecting the -PCI bus to the system CPU electronics complex) detects a PCI error -condition, it will "isolate" the affected PCI card. Isolation -will block all writes (either to the card from the system, or -from the card to the system), and it will cause all reads to -return all-ff's (0xff, 0xffff, 0xffffffff for 8/16/32-bit reads). -This value was chosen because it is the same value you would -get if the device was physically unplugged from the slot. -This includes access to PCI memory, I/O space, and PCI config -space. Interrupts; however, will continued to be delivered. - -Detection and recovery are performed with the aid of ppc64 -firmware. The programming interfaces in the Linux kernel -into the firmware are referred to as RTAS (Run-Time Abstraction -Services). The Linux kernel does not (should not) access -the EEH function in the PCI chipsets directly, primarily because -there are a number of different chipsets out there, each with -different interfaces and quirks. The firmware provides a -uniform abstraction layer that will work with all pSeries -and iSeries hardware (and be forwards-compatible). - -If the OS or device driver suspects that a PCI slot has been -EEH-isolated, there is a firmware call it can make to determine if -this is the case. If so, then the device driver should put itself -into a consistent state (given that it won't be able to complete any -pending work) and start recovery of the card. Recovery normally -would consist of resetting the PCI device (holding the PCI #RST -line high for two seconds), followed by setting up the device -config space (the base address registers (BAR's), latency timer, -cache line size, interrupt line, and so on). This is followed by a -reinitialization of the device driver. In a worst-case scenario, -the power to the card can be toggled, at least on hot-plug-capable -slots. In principle, layers far above the device driver probably -do not need to know that the PCI card has been "rebooted" in this -way; ideally, there should be at most a pause in Ethernet/disk/USB -I/O while the card is being reset. - -If the card cannot be recovered after three or four resets, the -kernel/device driver should assume the worst-case scenario, that the -card has died completely, and report this error to the sysadmin. -In addition, error messages are reported through RTAS and also through -syslogd (/var/log/messages) to alert the sysadmin of PCI resets. -The correct way to deal with failed adapters is to use the standard -PCI hotplug tools to remove and replace the dead card. - - -Current PPC64 Linux EEH Implementation --------------------------------------- -At this time, a generic EEH recovery mechanism has been implemented, -so that individual device drivers do not need to be modified to support -EEH recovery. This generic mechanism piggy-backs on the PCI hotplug -infrastructure, and percolates events up through the userspace/udev -infrastructure. Following is a detailed description of how this is -accomplished. - -EEH must be enabled in the PHB's very early during the boot process, -and if a PCI slot is hot-plugged. The former is performed by -eeh_init() in arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/eeh.c, and the later by -drivers/pci/hotplug/pSeries_pci.c calling in to the eeh.c code. -EEH must be enabled before a PCI scan of the device can proceed. -Current Power5 hardware will not work unless EEH is enabled; -although older Power4 can run with it disabled. Effectively, -EEH can no longer be turned off. PCI devices *must* be -registered with the EEH code; the EEH code needs to know about -the I/O address ranges of the PCI device in order to detect an -error. Given an arbitrary address, the routine -pci_get_device_by_addr() will find the pci device associated -with that address (if any). - -The default arch/powerpc/include/asm/io.h macros readb(), inb(), insb(), -etc. include a check to see if the i/o read returned all-0xff's. -If so, these make a call to eeh_dn_check_failure(), which in turn -asks the firmware if the all-ff's value is the sign of a true EEH -error. If it is not, processing continues as normal. The grand -total number of these false alarms or "false positives" can be -seen in /proc/ppc64/eeh (subject to change). Normally, almost -all of these occur during boot, when the PCI bus is scanned, where -a large number of 0xff reads are part of the bus scan procedure. - -If a frozen slot is detected, code in -arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/eeh.c will print a stack trace to -syslog (/var/log/messages). This stack trace has proven to be very -useful to device-driver authors for finding out at what point the EEH -error was detected, as the error itself usually occurs slightly -beforehand. - -Next, it uses the Linux kernel notifier chain/work queue mechanism to -allow any interested parties to find out about the failure. Device -drivers, or other parts of the kernel, can use -eeh_register_notifier(struct notifier_block *) to find out about EEH -events. The event will include a pointer to the pci device, the -device node and some state info. Receivers of the event can "do as -they wish"; the default handler will be described further in this -section. - -To assist in the recovery of the device, eeh.c exports the -following functions: - -rtas_set_slot_reset() -- assert the PCI #RST line for 1/8th of a second -rtas_configure_bridge() -- ask firmware to configure any PCI bridges - located topologically under the pci slot. -eeh_save_bars() and eeh_restore_bars(): save and restore the PCI - config-space info for a device and any devices under it. - - -A handler for the EEH notifier_block events is implemented in -drivers/pci/hotplug/pSeries_pci.c, called handle_eeh_events(). -It saves the device BAR's and then calls rpaphp_unconfig_pci_adapter(). -This last call causes the device driver for the card to be stopped, -which causes uevents to go out to user space. This triggers -user-space scripts that might issue commands such as "ifdown eth0" -for ethernet cards, and so on. This handler then sleeps for 5 seconds, -hoping to give the user-space scripts enough time to complete. -It then resets the PCI card, reconfigures the device BAR's, and -any bridges underneath. It then calls rpaphp_enable_pci_slot(), -which restarts the device driver and triggers more user-space -events (for example, calling "ifup eth0" for ethernet cards). - - -Device Shutdown and User-Space Events -------------------------------------- -This section documents what happens when a pci slot is unconfigured, -focusing on how the device driver gets shut down, and on how the -events get delivered to user-space scripts. - -Following is an example sequence of events that cause a device driver -close function to be called during the first phase of an EEH reset. -The following sequence is an example of the pcnet32 device driver. - - rpa_php_unconfig_pci_adapter (struct slot *) // in rpaphp_pci.c - { - calls - pci_remove_bus_device (struct pci_dev *) // in /drivers/pci/remove.c - { - calls - pci_destroy_dev (struct pci_dev *) - { - calls - device_unregister (&dev->dev) // in /drivers/base/core.c - { - calls - device_del (struct device *) - { - calls - bus_remove_device() // in /drivers/base/bus.c - { - calls - device_release_driver() - { - calls - struct device_driver->remove() which is just - pci_device_remove() // in /drivers/pci/pci_driver.c - { - calls - struct pci_driver->remove() which is just - pcnet32_remove_one() // in /drivers/net/pcnet32.c - { - calls - unregister_netdev() // in /net/core/dev.c - { - calls - dev_close() // in /net/core/dev.c - { - calls dev->stop(); - which is just pcnet32_close() // in pcnet32.c - { - which does what you wanted - to stop the device - } - } - } - which - frees pcnet32 device driver memory - } - }}}}}} - - - in drivers/pci/pci_driver.c, - struct device_driver->remove() is just pci_device_remove() - which calls struct pci_driver->remove() which is pcnet32_remove_one() - which calls unregister_netdev() (in net/core/dev.c) - which calls dev_close() (in net/core/dev.c) - which calls dev->stop() which is pcnet32_close() - which then does the appropriate shutdown. - ---- -Following is the analogous stack trace for events sent to user-space -when the pci device is unconfigured. - -rpa_php_unconfig_pci_adapter() { // in rpaphp_pci.c - calls - pci_remove_bus_device (struct pci_dev *) { // in /drivers/pci/remove.c - calls - pci_destroy_dev (struct pci_dev *) { - calls - device_unregister (&dev->dev) { // in /drivers/base/core.c - calls - device_del(struct device * dev) { // in /drivers/base/core.c - calls - kobject_del() { //in /libs/kobject.c - calls - kobject_uevent() { // in /libs/kobject.c - calls - kset_uevent() { // in /lib/kobject.c - calls - kset->uevent_ops->uevent() // which is really just - a call to - dev_uevent() { // in /drivers/base/core.c - calls - dev->bus->uevent() which is really just a call to - pci_uevent () { // in drivers/pci/hotplug.c - which prints device name, etc.... - } - } - then kobject_uevent() sends a netlink uevent to userspace - --> userspace uevent - (during early boot, nobody listens to netlink events and - kobject_uevent() executes uevent_helper[], which runs the - event process /sbin/hotplug) - } - } - kobject_del() then calls sysfs_remove_dir(), which would - trigger any user-space daemon that was watching /sysfs, - and notice the delete event. - - -Pro's and Con's of the Current Design -------------------------------------- -There are several issues with the current EEH software recovery design, -which may be addressed in future revisions. But first, note that the -big plus of the current design is that no changes need to be made to -individual device drivers, so that the current design throws a wide net. -The biggest negative of the design is that it potentially disturbs -network daemons and file systems that didn't need to be disturbed. - --- A minor complaint is that resetting the network card causes - user-space back-to-back ifdown/ifup burps that potentially disturb - network daemons, that didn't need to even know that the pci - card was being rebooted. - --- A more serious concern is that the same reset, for SCSI devices, - causes havoc to mounted file systems. Scripts cannot post-facto - unmount a file system without flushing pending buffers, but this - is impossible, because I/O has already been stopped. Thus, - ideally, the reset should happen at or below the block layer, - so that the file systems are not disturbed. - - Reiserfs does not tolerate errors returned from the block device. - Ext3fs seems to be tolerant, retrying reads/writes until it does - succeed. Both have been only lightly tested in this scenario. - - The SCSI-generic subsystem already has built-in code for performing - SCSI device resets, SCSI bus resets, and SCSI host-bus-adapter - (HBA) resets. These are cascaded into a chain of attempted - resets if a SCSI command fails. These are completely hidden - from the block layer. It would be very natural to add an EEH - reset into this chain of events. - --- If a SCSI error occurs for the root device, all is lost unless - the sysadmin had the foresight to run /bin, /sbin, /etc, /var - and so on, out of ramdisk/tmpfs. - - -Conclusions ------------ -There's forward progress ... - - diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9ca12830a48e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ +====================== +Firmware-Assisted Dump +====================== + +July 2011 + +The goal of firmware-assisted dump is to enable the dump of +a crashed system, and to do so from a fully-reset system, and +to minimize the total elapsed time until the system is back +in production use. + +- Firmware assisted dump (fadump) infrastructure is intended to replace + the existing phyp assisted dump. +- Fadump uses the same firmware interfaces and memory reservation model + as phyp assisted dump. +- Unlike phyp dump, fadump exports the memory dump through /proc/vmcore + in the ELF format in the same way as kdump. This helps us reuse the + kdump infrastructure for dump capture and filtering. +- Unlike phyp dump, userspace tool does not need to refer any sysfs + interface while reading /proc/vmcore. +- Unlike phyp dump, fadump allows user to release all the memory reserved + for dump, with a single operation of echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem. +- Once enabled through kernel boot parameter, fadump can be + started/stopped through /sys/kernel/fadump_registered interface (see + sysfs files section below) and can be easily integrated with kdump + service start/stop init scripts. + +Comparing with kdump or other strategies, firmware-assisted +dump offers several strong, practical advantages: + +- Unlike kdump, the system has been reset, and loaded + with a fresh copy of the kernel. In particular, + PCI and I/O devices have been reinitialized and are + in a clean, consistent state. +- Once the dump is copied out, the memory that held the dump + is immediately available to the running kernel. And therefore, + unlike kdump, fadump doesn't need a 2nd reboot to get back + the system to the production configuration. + +The above can only be accomplished by coordination with, +and assistance from the Power firmware. The procedure is +as follows: + +- The first kernel registers the sections of memory with the + Power firmware for dump preservation during OS initialization. + These registered sections of memory are reserved by the first + kernel during early boot. + +- When a system crashes, the Power firmware will save + the low memory (boot memory of size larger of 5% of system RAM + or 256MB) of RAM to the previous registered region. It will + also save system registers, and hardware PTE's. + + NOTE: + The term 'boot memory' means size of the low memory chunk + that is required for a kernel to boot successfully when + booted with restricted memory. By default, the boot memory + size will be the larger of 5% of system RAM or 256MB. + Alternatively, user can also specify boot memory size + through boot parameter 'crashkernel=' which will override + the default calculated size. Use this option if default + boot memory size is not sufficient for second kernel to + boot successfully. For syntax of crashkernel= parameter, + refer to Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst. If any offset is + provided in crashkernel= parameter, it will be ignored + as fadump uses a predefined offset to reserve memory + for boot memory dump preservation in case of a crash. + +- After the low memory (boot memory) area has been saved, the + firmware will reset PCI and other hardware state. It will + *not* clear the RAM. It will then launch the bootloader, as + normal. + +- The freshly booted kernel will notice that there is a new + node (ibm,dump-kernel) in the device tree, indicating that + there is crash data available from a previous boot. During + the early boot OS will reserve rest of the memory above + boot memory size effectively booting with restricted memory + size. This will make sure that the second kernel will not + touch any of the dump memory area. + +- User-space tools will read /proc/vmcore to obtain the contents + of memory, which holds the previous crashed kernel dump in ELF + format. The userspace tools may copy this info to disk, or + network, nas, san, iscsi, etc. as desired. + +- Once the userspace tool is done saving dump, it will echo + '1' to /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem to release the reserved + memory back to general use, except the memory required for + next firmware-assisted dump registration. + + e.g.:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem + +Please note that the firmware-assisted dump feature +is only available on Power6 and above systems with recent +firmware versions. + +Implementation details: +----------------------- + +During boot, a check is made to see if firmware supports +this feature on that particular machine. If it does, then +we check to see if an active dump is waiting for us. If yes +then everything but boot memory size of RAM is reserved during +early boot (See Fig. 2). This area is released once we finish +collecting the dump from user land scripts (e.g. kdump scripts) +that are run. If there is dump data, then the +/sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem file is created, and the reserved +memory is held. + +If there is no waiting dump data, then only the memory required +to hold CPU state, HPTE region, boot memory dump and elfcore +header, is usually reserved at an offset greater than boot memory +size (see Fig. 1). This area is *not* released: this region will +be kept permanently reserved, so that it can act as a receptacle +for a copy of the boot memory content in addition to CPU state +and HPTE region, in the case a crash does occur. Since this reserved +memory area is used only after the system crash, there is no point in +blocking this significant chunk of memory from production kernel. +Hence, the implementation uses the Linux kernel's Contiguous Memory +Allocator (CMA) for memory reservation if CMA is configured for kernel. +With CMA reservation this memory will be available for applications to +use it, while kernel is prevented from using it. With this fadump will +still be able to capture all of the kernel memory and most of the user +space memory except the user pages that were present in CMA region:: + + o Memory Reservation during first kernel + + Low memory Top of memory + 0 boot memory size | + | | |<--Reserved dump area -->| | + V V | Permanent Reservation | V + +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+ + | | |CPU|HPTE| DUMP |ELF | | + +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+ + | ^ + | | + \ / + ------------------------------------------- + Boot memory content gets transferred to + reserved area by firmware at the time of + crash + Fig. 1 + + o Memory Reservation during second kernel after crash + + Low memory Top of memory + 0 boot memory size | + | |<------------- Reserved dump area ----------- -->| + V V V + +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+ + | | |CPU|HPTE| DUMP |ELF | | + +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+ + | | + V V + Used by second /proc/vmcore + kernel to boot + Fig. 2 + +Currently the dump will be copied from /proc/vmcore to a +a new file upon user intervention. The dump data available through +/proc/vmcore will be in ELF format. Hence the existing kdump +infrastructure (kdump scripts) to save the dump works fine with +minor modifications. + +The tools to examine the dump will be same as the ones +used for kdump. + +How to enable firmware-assisted dump (fadump): +---------------------------------------------- + +1. Set config option CONFIG_FA_DUMP=y and build kernel. +2. Boot into linux kernel with 'fadump=on' kernel cmdline option. + By default, fadump reserved memory will be initialized as CMA area. + Alternatively, user can boot linux kernel with 'fadump=nocma' to + prevent fadump to use CMA. +3. Optionally, user can also set 'crashkernel=' kernel cmdline + to specify size of the memory to reserve for boot memory dump + preservation. + +NOTE: + 1. 'fadump_reserve_mem=' parameter has been deprecated. Instead + use 'crashkernel=' to specify size of the memory to reserve + for boot memory dump preservation. + 2. If firmware-assisted dump fails to reserve memory then it + will fallback to existing kdump mechanism if 'crashkernel=' + option is set at kernel cmdline. + 3. if user wants to capture all of user space memory and ok with + reserved memory not available to production system, then + 'fadump=nocma' kernel parameter can be used to fallback to + old behaviour. + +Sysfs/debugfs files: +-------------------- + +Firmware-assisted dump feature uses sysfs file system to hold +the control files and debugfs file to display memory reserved region. + +Here is the list of files under kernel sysfs: + + /sys/kernel/fadump_enabled + This is used to display the fadump status. + + - 0 = fadump is disabled + - 1 = fadump is enabled + + This interface can be used by kdump init scripts to identify if + fadump is enabled in the kernel and act accordingly. + + /sys/kernel/fadump_registered + This is used to display the fadump registration status as well + as to control (start/stop) the fadump registration. + + - 0 = fadump is not registered. + - 1 = fadump is registered and ready to handle system crash. + + To register fadump echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_registered and + echo 0 > /sys/kernel/fadump_registered for un-register and stop the + fadump. Once the fadump is un-registered, the system crash will not + be handled and vmcore will not be captured. This interface can be + easily integrated with kdump service start/stop. + + /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem + This file is available only when fadump is active during + second kernel. This is used to release the reserved memory + region that are held for saving crash dump. To release the + reserved memory echo 1 to it:: + + echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem + + After echo 1, the content of the /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region + file will change to reflect the new memory reservations. + + The existing userspace tools (kdump infrastructure) can be easily + enhanced to use this interface to release the memory reserved for + dump and continue without 2nd reboot. + +Here is the list of files under powerpc debugfs: +(Assuming debugfs is mounted on /sys/kernel/debug directory.) + + /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region + This file shows the reserved memory regions if fadump is + enabled otherwise this file is empty. The output format + is:: + + : [-] bytes, Dumped: + + e.g. + Contents when fadump is registered during first kernel:: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region + CPU : [0x0000006ffb0000-0x0000006fff001f] 0x40020 bytes, Dumped: 0x0 + HPTE: [0x0000006fff0020-0x0000006fff101f] 0x1000 bytes, Dumped: 0x0 + DUMP: [0x0000006fff1020-0x0000007fff101f] 0x10000000 bytes, Dumped: 0x0 + + Contents when fadump is active during second kernel:: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region + CPU : [0x0000006ffb0000-0x0000006fff001f] 0x40020 bytes, Dumped: 0x40020 + HPTE: [0x0000006fff0020-0x0000006fff101f] 0x1000 bytes, Dumped: 0x1000 + DUMP: [0x0000006fff1020-0x0000007fff101f] 0x10000000 bytes, Dumped: 0x10000000 + : [0x00000010000000-0x0000006ffaffff] 0x5ffb0000 bytes, Dumped: 0x5ffb0000 + +NOTE: + Please refer to Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt on + how to mount the debugfs filesystem. + + +TODO: +----- + - Need to come up with the better approach to find out more + accurate boot memory size that is required for a kernel to + boot successfully when booted with restricted memory. + - The fadump implementation introduces a fadump crash info structure + in the scratch area before the ELF core header. The idea of introducing + this structure is to pass some important crash info data to the second + kernel which will help second kernel to populate ELF core header with + correct data before it gets exported through /proc/vmcore. The current + design implementation does not address a possibility of introducing + additional fields (in future) to this structure without affecting + compatibility. Need to come up with the better approach to address this. + + The possible approaches are: + + 1. Introduce version field for version tracking, bump up the version + whenever a new field is added to the structure in future. The version + field can be used to find out what fields are valid for the current + version of the structure. + 2. Reserve the area of predefined size (say PAGE_SIZE) for this + structure and have unused area as reserved (initialized to zero) + for future field additions. + + The advantage of approach 1 over 2 is we don't need to reserve extra space. + +Author: Mahesh Salgaonkar + +This document is based on the original documentation written for phyp + +assisted dump by Linas Vepstas and Manish Ahuja. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 10e7f4d16c14..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,292 +0,0 @@ - - Firmware-Assisted Dump - ------------------------ - July 2011 - -The goal of firmware-assisted dump is to enable the dump of -a crashed system, and to do so from a fully-reset system, and -to minimize the total elapsed time until the system is back -in production use. - -- Firmware assisted dump (fadump) infrastructure is intended to replace - the existing phyp assisted dump. -- Fadump uses the same firmware interfaces and memory reservation model - as phyp assisted dump. -- Unlike phyp dump, fadump exports the memory dump through /proc/vmcore - in the ELF format in the same way as kdump. This helps us reuse the - kdump infrastructure for dump capture and filtering. -- Unlike phyp dump, userspace tool does not need to refer any sysfs - interface while reading /proc/vmcore. -- Unlike phyp dump, fadump allows user to release all the memory reserved - for dump, with a single operation of echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem. -- Once enabled through kernel boot parameter, fadump can be - started/stopped through /sys/kernel/fadump_registered interface (see - sysfs files section below) and can be easily integrated with kdump - service start/stop init scripts. - -Comparing with kdump or other strategies, firmware-assisted -dump offers several strong, practical advantages: - --- Unlike kdump, the system has been reset, and loaded - with a fresh copy of the kernel. In particular, - PCI and I/O devices have been reinitialized and are - in a clean, consistent state. --- Once the dump is copied out, the memory that held the dump - is immediately available to the running kernel. And therefore, - unlike kdump, fadump doesn't need a 2nd reboot to get back - the system to the production configuration. - -The above can only be accomplished by coordination with, -and assistance from the Power firmware. The procedure is -as follows: - --- The first kernel registers the sections of memory with the - Power firmware for dump preservation during OS initialization. - These registered sections of memory are reserved by the first - kernel during early boot. - --- When a system crashes, the Power firmware will save - the low memory (boot memory of size larger of 5% of system RAM - or 256MB) of RAM to the previous registered region. It will - also save system registers, and hardware PTE's. - - NOTE: The term 'boot memory' means size of the low memory chunk - that is required for a kernel to boot successfully when - booted with restricted memory. By default, the boot memory - size will be the larger of 5% of system RAM or 256MB. - Alternatively, user can also specify boot memory size - through boot parameter 'crashkernel=' which will override - the default calculated size. Use this option if default - boot memory size is not sufficient for second kernel to - boot successfully. For syntax of crashkernel= parameter, - refer to Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst. If any offset is - provided in crashkernel= parameter, it will be ignored - as fadump uses a predefined offset to reserve memory - for boot memory dump preservation in case of a crash. - --- After the low memory (boot memory) area has been saved, the - firmware will reset PCI and other hardware state. It will - *not* clear the RAM. It will then launch the bootloader, as - normal. - --- The freshly booted kernel will notice that there is a new - node (ibm,dump-kernel) in the device tree, indicating that - there is crash data available from a previous boot. During - the early boot OS will reserve rest of the memory above - boot memory size effectively booting with restricted memory - size. This will make sure that the second kernel will not - touch any of the dump memory area. - --- User-space tools will read /proc/vmcore to obtain the contents - of memory, which holds the previous crashed kernel dump in ELF - format. The userspace tools may copy this info to disk, or - network, nas, san, iscsi, etc. as desired. - --- Once the userspace tool is done saving dump, it will echo - '1' to /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem to release the reserved - memory back to general use, except the memory required for - next firmware-assisted dump registration. - - e.g. - # echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem - -Please note that the firmware-assisted dump feature -is only available on Power6 and above systems with recent -firmware versions. - -Implementation details: ----------------------- - -During boot, a check is made to see if firmware supports -this feature on that particular machine. If it does, then -we check to see if an active dump is waiting for us. If yes -then everything but boot memory size of RAM is reserved during -early boot (See Fig. 2). This area is released once we finish -collecting the dump from user land scripts (e.g. kdump scripts) -that are run. If there is dump data, then the -/sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem file is created, and the reserved -memory is held. - -If there is no waiting dump data, then only the memory required -to hold CPU state, HPTE region, boot memory dump and elfcore -header, is usually reserved at an offset greater than boot memory -size (see Fig. 1). This area is *not* released: this region will -be kept permanently reserved, so that it can act as a receptacle -for a copy of the boot memory content in addition to CPU state -and HPTE region, in the case a crash does occur. Since this reserved -memory area is used only after the system crash, there is no point in -blocking this significant chunk of memory from production kernel. -Hence, the implementation uses the Linux kernel's Contiguous Memory -Allocator (CMA) for memory reservation if CMA is configured for kernel. -With CMA reservation this memory will be available for applications to -use it, while kernel is prevented from using it. With this fadump will -still be able to capture all of the kernel memory and most of the user -space memory except the user pages that were present in CMA region. - - o Memory Reservation during first kernel - - Low memory Top of memory - 0 boot memory size | - | | |<--Reserved dump area -->| | - V V | Permanent Reservation | V - +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+ - | | |CPU|HPTE| DUMP |ELF | | - +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+ - | ^ - | | - \ / - ------------------------------------------- - Boot memory content gets transferred to - reserved area by firmware at the time of - crash - Fig. 1 - - o Memory Reservation during second kernel after crash - - Low memory Top of memory - 0 boot memory size | - | |<------------- Reserved dump area ----------- -->| - V V V - +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+ - | | |CPU|HPTE| DUMP |ELF | | - +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+ - | | - V V - Used by second /proc/vmcore - kernel to boot - Fig. 2 - -Currently the dump will be copied from /proc/vmcore to a -a new file upon user intervention. The dump data available through -/proc/vmcore will be in ELF format. Hence the existing kdump -infrastructure (kdump scripts) to save the dump works fine with -minor modifications. - -The tools to examine the dump will be same as the ones -used for kdump. - -How to enable firmware-assisted dump (fadump): -------------------------------------- - -1. Set config option CONFIG_FA_DUMP=y and build kernel. -2. Boot into linux kernel with 'fadump=on' kernel cmdline option. - By default, fadump reserved memory will be initialized as CMA area. - Alternatively, user can boot linux kernel with 'fadump=nocma' to - prevent fadump to use CMA. -3. Optionally, user can also set 'crashkernel=' kernel cmdline - to specify size of the memory to reserve for boot memory dump - preservation. - -NOTE: 1. 'fadump_reserve_mem=' parameter has been deprecated. Instead - use 'crashkernel=' to specify size of the memory to reserve - for boot memory dump preservation. - 2. If firmware-assisted dump fails to reserve memory then it - will fallback to existing kdump mechanism if 'crashkernel=' - option is set at kernel cmdline. - 3. if user wants to capture all of user space memory and ok with - reserved memory not available to production system, then - 'fadump=nocma' kernel parameter can be used to fallback to - old behaviour. - -Sysfs/debugfs files: ------------- - -Firmware-assisted dump feature uses sysfs file system to hold -the control files and debugfs file to display memory reserved region. - -Here is the list of files under kernel sysfs: - - /sys/kernel/fadump_enabled - - This is used to display the fadump status. - 0 = fadump is disabled - 1 = fadump is enabled - - This interface can be used by kdump init scripts to identify if - fadump is enabled in the kernel and act accordingly. - - /sys/kernel/fadump_registered - - This is used to display the fadump registration status as well - as to control (start/stop) the fadump registration. - 0 = fadump is not registered. - 1 = fadump is registered and ready to handle system crash. - - To register fadump echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_registered and - echo 0 > /sys/kernel/fadump_registered for un-register and stop the - fadump. Once the fadump is un-registered, the system crash will not - be handled and vmcore will not be captured. This interface can be - easily integrated with kdump service start/stop. - - /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem - - This file is available only when fadump is active during - second kernel. This is used to release the reserved memory - region that are held for saving crash dump. To release the - reserved memory echo 1 to it: - - echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem - - After echo 1, the content of the /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region - file will change to reflect the new memory reservations. - - The existing userspace tools (kdump infrastructure) can be easily - enhanced to use this interface to release the memory reserved for - dump and continue without 2nd reboot. - -Here is the list of files under powerpc debugfs: -(Assuming debugfs is mounted on /sys/kernel/debug directory.) - - /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region - - This file shows the reserved memory regions if fadump is - enabled otherwise this file is empty. The output format - is: - : [-] bytes, Dumped: - - e.g. - Contents when fadump is registered during first kernel - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region - CPU : [0x0000006ffb0000-0x0000006fff001f] 0x40020 bytes, Dumped: 0x0 - HPTE: [0x0000006fff0020-0x0000006fff101f] 0x1000 bytes, Dumped: 0x0 - DUMP: [0x0000006fff1020-0x0000007fff101f] 0x10000000 bytes, Dumped: 0x0 - - Contents when fadump is active during second kernel - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region - CPU : [0x0000006ffb0000-0x0000006fff001f] 0x40020 bytes, Dumped: 0x40020 - HPTE: [0x0000006fff0020-0x0000006fff101f] 0x1000 bytes, Dumped: 0x1000 - DUMP: [0x0000006fff1020-0x0000007fff101f] 0x10000000 bytes, Dumped: 0x10000000 - : [0x00000010000000-0x0000006ffaffff] 0x5ffb0000 bytes, Dumped: 0x5ffb0000 - -NOTE: Please refer to Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt on - how to mount the debugfs filesystem. - - -TODO: ------ - o Need to come up with the better approach to find out more - accurate boot memory size that is required for a kernel to - boot successfully when booted with restricted memory. - o The fadump implementation introduces a fadump crash info structure - in the scratch area before the ELF core header. The idea of introducing - this structure is to pass some important crash info data to the second - kernel which will help second kernel to populate ELF core header with - correct data before it gets exported through /proc/vmcore. The current - design implementation does not address a possibility of introducing - additional fields (in future) to this structure without affecting - compatibility. Need to come up with the better approach to address this. - The possible approaches are: - 1. Introduce version field for version tracking, bump up the version - whenever a new field is added to the structure in future. The version - field can be used to find out what fields are valid for the current - version of the structure. - 2. Reserve the area of predefined size (say PAGE_SIZE) for this - structure and have unused area as reserved (initialized to zero) - for future field additions. - The advantage of approach 1 over 2 is we don't need to reserve extra space. ---- -Author: Mahesh Salgaonkar -This document is based on the original documentation written for phyp -assisted dump by Linas Vepstas and Manish Ahuja. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6808acde672f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.rst @@ -0,0 +1,581 @@ +=============================================================== +HVCS IBM "Hypervisor Virtual Console Server" Installation Guide +=============================================================== + +for Linux Kernel 2.6.4+ + +Copyright (C) 2004 IBM Corporation + +.. =========================================================================== +.. NOTE:Eight space tabs are the optimum editor setting for reading this file. +.. =========================================================================== + + +Author(s): Ryan S. Arnold + +Date Created: March, 02, 2004 +Last Changed: August, 24, 2004 + +.. Table of contents: + + 1. Driver Introduction: + 2. System Requirements + 3. Build Options: + 3.1 Built-in: + 3.2 Module: + 4. Installation: + 5. Connection: + 6. Disconnection: + 7. Configuration: + 8. Questions & Answers: + 9. Reporting Bugs: + +1. Driver Introduction: +======================= + +This is the device driver for the IBM Hypervisor Virtual Console Server, +"hvcs". The IBM hvcs provides a tty driver interface to allow Linux user +space applications access to the system consoles of logically partitioned +operating systems (Linux and AIX) running on the same partitioned Power5 +ppc64 system. Physical hardware consoles per partition are not practical +on this hardware so system consoles are accessed by this driver using +firmware interfaces to virtual terminal devices. + +2. System Requirements: +======================= + +This device driver was written using 2.6.4 Linux kernel APIs and will only +build and run on kernels of this version or later. + +This driver was written to operate solely on IBM Power5 ppc64 hardware +though some care was taken to abstract the architecture dependent firmware +calls from the driver code. + +Sysfs must be mounted on the system so that the user can determine which +major and minor numbers are associated with each vty-server. Directions +for sysfs mounting are outside the scope of this document. + +3. Build Options: +================= + +The hvcs driver registers itself as a tty driver. The tty layer +dynamically allocates a block of major and minor numbers in a quantity +requested by the registering driver. The hvcs driver asks the tty layer +for 64 of these major/minor numbers by default to use for hvcs device node +entries. + +If the default number of device entries is adequate then this driver can be +built into the kernel. If not, the default can be over-ridden by inserting +the driver as a module with insmod parameters. + +3.1 Built-in: +------------- + +The following menuconfig example demonstrates selecting to build this +driver into the kernel:: + + Device Drivers ---> + Character devices ---> + <*> IBM Hypervisor Virtual Console Server Support + +Begin the kernel make process. + +3.2 Module: +----------- + +The following menuconfig example demonstrates selecting to build this +driver as a kernel module:: + + Device Drivers ---> + Character devices ---> + IBM Hypervisor Virtual Console Server Support + +The make process will build the following kernel modules: + + - hvcs.ko + - hvcserver.ko + +To insert the module with the default allocation execute the following +commands in the order they appear:: + + insmod hvcserver.ko + insmod hvcs.ko + +The hvcserver module contains architecture specific firmware calls and must +be inserted first, otherwise the hvcs module will not find some of the +symbols it expects. + +To override the default use an insmod parameter as follows (requesting 4 +tty devices as an example):: + + insmod hvcs.ko hvcs_parm_num_devs=4 + +There is a maximum number of dev entries that can be specified on insmod. +We think that 1024 is currently a decent maximum number of server adapters +to allow. This can always be changed by modifying the constant in the +source file before building. + +NOTE: The length of time it takes to insmod the driver seems to be related +to the number of tty interfaces the registering driver requests. + +In order to remove the driver module execute the following command:: + + rmmod hvcs.ko + +The recommended method for installing hvcs as a module is to use depmod to +build a current modules.dep file in /lib/modules/`uname -r` and then +execute:: + + modprobe hvcs hvcs_parm_num_devs=4 + +The modules.dep file indicates that hvcserver.ko needs to be inserted +before hvcs.ko and modprobe uses this file to smartly insert the modules in +the proper order. + +The following modprobe command is used to remove hvcs and hvcserver in the +proper order:: + + modprobe -r hvcs + +4. Installation: +================ + +The tty layer creates sysfs entries which contain the major and minor +numbers allocated for the hvcs driver. The following snippet of "tree" +output of the sysfs directory shows where these numbers are presented:: + + sys/ + |-- *other sysfs base dirs* + | + |-- class + | |-- *other classes of devices* + | | + | `-- tty + | |-- *other tty devices* + | | + | |-- hvcs0 + | | `-- dev + | |-- hvcs1 + | | `-- dev + | |-- hvcs2 + | | `-- dev + | |-- hvcs3 + | | `-- dev + | | + | |-- *other tty devices* + | + |-- *other sysfs base dirs* + +For the above examples the following output is a result of cat'ing the +"dev" entry in the hvcs directory:: + + Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs0/ # cat dev + 254:0 + + Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs1/ # cat dev + 254:1 + + Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs2/ # cat dev + 254:2 + + Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs3/ # cat dev + 254:3 + +The output from reading the "dev" attribute is the char device major and +minor numbers that the tty layer has allocated for this driver's use. Most +systems running hvcs will already have the device entries created or udev +will do it automatically. + +Given the example output above, to manually create a /dev/hvcs* node entry +mknod can be used as follows:: + + mknod /dev/hvcs0 c 254 0 + mknod /dev/hvcs1 c 254 1 + mknod /dev/hvcs2 c 254 2 + mknod /dev/hvcs3 c 254 3 + +Using mknod to manually create the device entries makes these device nodes +persistent. Once created they will exist prior to the driver insmod. + +Attempting to connect an application to /dev/hvcs* prior to insertion of +the hvcs module will result in an error message similar to the following:: + + "/dev/hvcs*: No such device". + +NOTE: Just because there is a device node present doesn't mean that there +is a vty-server device configured for that node. + +5. Connection +============= + +Since this driver controls devices that provide a tty interface a user can +interact with the device node entries using any standard tty-interactive +method (e.g. "cat", "dd", "echo"). The intent of this driver however, is +to provide real time console interaction with a Linux partition's console, +which requires the use of applications that provide bi-directional, +interactive I/O with a tty device. + +Applications (e.g. "minicom" and "screen") that act as terminal emulators +or perform terminal type control sequence conversion on the data being +passed through them are NOT acceptable for providing interactive console +I/O. These programs often emulate antiquated terminal types (vt100 and +ANSI) and expect inbound data to take the form of one of these supported +terminal types but they either do not convert, or do not _adequately_ +convert, outbound data into the terminal type of the terminal which invoked +them (though screen makes an attempt and can apparently be configured with +much termcap wrestling.) + +For this reason kermit and cu are two of the recommended applications for +interacting with a Linux console via an hvcs device. These programs simply +act as a conduit for data transfer to and from the tty device. They do not +require inbound data to take the form of a particular terminal type, nor do +they cook outbound data to a particular terminal type. + +In order to ensure proper functioning of console applications one must make +sure that once connected to a /dev/hvcs console that the console's $TERM +env variable is set to the exact terminal type of the terminal emulator +used to launch the interactive I/O application. If one is using xterm and +kermit to connect to /dev/hvcs0 when the console prompt becomes available +one should "export TERM=xterm" on the console. This tells ncurses +applications that are invoked from the console that they should output +control sequences that xterm can understand. + +As a precautionary measure an hvcs user should always "exit" from their +session before disconnecting an application such as kermit from the device +node. If this is not done, the next user to connect to the console will +continue using the previous user's logged in session which includes +using the $TERM variable that the previous user supplied. + +Hotplug add and remove of vty-server adapters affects which /dev/hvcs* node +is used to connect to each vty-server adapter. In order to determine which +vty-server adapter is associated with which /dev/hvcs* node a special sysfs +attribute has been added to each vty-server sysfs entry. This entry is +called "index" and showing it reveals an integer that refers to the +/dev/hvcs* entry to use to connect to that device. For instance cating the +index attribute of vty-server adapter 30000004 shows the following:: + + Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat index + 2 + +This index of '2' means that in order to connect to vty-server adapter +30000004 the user should interact with /dev/hvcs2. + +It should be noted that due to the system hotplug I/O capabilities of a +system the /dev/hvcs* entry that interacts with a particular vty-server +adapter is not guaranteed to remain the same across system reboots. Look +in the Q & A section for more on this issue. + +6. Disconnection +================ + +As a security feature to prevent the delivery of stale data to an +unintended target the Power5 system firmware disables the fetching of data +and discards that data when a connection between a vty-server and a vty has +been severed. As an example, when a vty-server is immediately disconnected +from a vty following output of data to the vty the vty adapter may not have +enough time between when it received the data interrupt and when the +connection was severed to fetch the data from firmware before the fetch is +disabled by firmware. + +When hvcs is being used to serve consoles this behavior is not a huge issue +because the adapter stays connected for large amounts of time following +almost all data writes. When hvcs is being used as a tty conduit to tunnel +data between two partitions [see Q & A below] this is a huge problem +because the standard Linux behavior when cat'ing or dd'ing data to a device +is to open the tty, send the data, and then close the tty. If this driver +manually terminated vty-server connections on tty close this would close +the vty-server and vty connection before the target vty has had a chance to +fetch the data. + +Additionally, disconnecting a vty-server and vty only on module removal or +adapter removal is impractical because other vty-servers in other +partitions may require the usage of the target vty at any time. + +Due to this behavioral restriction disconnection of vty-servers from the +connected vty is a manual procedure using a write to a sysfs attribute +outlined below, on the other hand the initial vty-server connection to a +vty is established automatically by this driver. Manual vty-server +connection is never required. + +In order to terminate the connection between a vty-server and vty the +"vterm_state" sysfs attribute within each vty-server's sysfs entry is used. +Reading this attribute reveals the current connection state of the +vty-server adapter. A zero means that the vty-server is not connected to a +vty. A one indicates that a connection is active. + +Writing a '0' (zero) to the vterm_state attribute will disconnect the VTERM +connection between the vty-server and target vty ONLY if the vterm_state +previously read '1'. The write directive is ignored if the vterm_state +read '0' or if any value other than '0' was written to the vterm_state +attribute. The following example will show the method used for verifying +the vty-server connection status and disconnecting a vty-server connection:: + + Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat vterm_state + 1 + + Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # echo 0 > vterm_state + + Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat vterm_state + 0 + +All vty-server connections are automatically terminated when the device is +hotplug removed and when the module is removed. + +7. Configuration +================ + +Each vty-server has a sysfs entry in the /sys/devices/vio directory, which +is symlinked in several other sysfs tree directories, notably under the +hvcs driver entry, which looks like the following example:: + + Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs # ls + . .. 30000003 30000004 rescan + +By design, firmware notifies the hvcs driver of vty-server lifetimes and +partner vty removals but not the addition of partner vtys. Since an HMC +Super Admin can add partner info dynamically we have provided the hvcs +driver sysfs directory with the "rescan" update attribute which will query +firmware and update the partner info for all the vty-servers that this +driver manages. Writing a '1' to the attribute triggers the update. An +explicit example follows: + + Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs # echo 1 > rescan + +Reading the attribute will indicate a state of '1' or '0'. A one indicates +that an update is in process. A zero indicates that an update has +completed or was never executed. + +Vty-server entries in this directory are a 32 bit partition unique unit +address that is created by firmware. An example vty-server sysfs entry +looks like the following:: + + Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # ls + . current_vty devspec name partner_vtys + .. index partner_clcs vterm_state + +Each entry is provided, by default with a "name" attribute. Reading the +"name" attribute will reveal the device type as shown in the following +example:: + + Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000003 # cat name + vty-server + +Each entry is also provided, by default, with a "devspec" attribute which +reveals the full device specification when read, as shown in the following +example:: + + Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat devspec + /vdevice/vty-server@30000004 + +Each vty-server sysfs dir is provided with two read-only attributes that +provide lists of easily parsed partner vty data: "partner_vtys" and +"partner_clcs":: + + Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat partner_vtys + 30000000 + 30000001 + 30000002 + 30000000 + 30000000 + + Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat partner_clcs + U5112.428.103048A-V3-C0 + U5112.428.103048A-V3-C2 + U5112.428.103048A-V3-C3 + U5112.428.103048A-V4-C0 + U5112.428.103048A-V5-C0 + +Reading partner_vtys returns a list of partner vtys. Vty unit address +numbering is only per-partition-unique so entries will frequently repeat. + +Reading partner_clcs returns a list of "converged location codes" which are +composed of a system serial number followed by "-V*", where the '*' is the +target partition number, and "-C*", where the '*' is the slot of the +adapter. The first vty partner corresponds to the first clc item, the +second vty partner to the second clc item, etc. + +A vty-server can only be connected to a single vty at a time. The entry, +"current_vty" prints the clc of the currently selected partner vty when +read. + +The current_vty can be changed by writing a valid partner clc to the entry +as in the following example:: + + Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # echo U5112.428.10304 + 8A-V4-C0 > current_vty + +Changing the current_vty when a vty-server is already connected to a vty +does not affect the current connection. The change takes effect when the +currently open connection is freed. + +Information on the "vterm_state" attribute was covered earlier on the +chapter entitled "disconnection". + +8. Questions & Answers: +======================= + +Q: What are the security concerns involving hvcs? + +A: There are three main security concerns: + + 1. The creator of the /dev/hvcs* nodes has the ability to restrict + the access of the device entries to certain users or groups. It + may be best to create a special hvcs group privilege for providing + access to system consoles. + + 2. To provide network security when grabbing the console it is + suggested that the user connect to the console hosting partition + using a secure method, such as SSH or sit at a hardware console. + + 3. Make sure to exit the user session when done with a console or + the next vty-server connection (which may be from another + partition) will experience the previously logged in session. + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Q: How do I multiplex a console that I grab through hvcs so that other +people can see it: + +A: You can use "screen" to directly connect to the /dev/hvcs* device and +setup a session on your machine with the console group privileges. As +pointed out earlier by default screen doesn't provide the termcap settings +for most terminal emulators to provide adequate character conversion from +term type "screen" to others. This means that curses based programs may +not display properly in screen sessions. + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Q: Why are the colors all messed up? +Q: Why are the control characters acting strange or not working? +Q: Why is the console output all strange and unintelligible? + +A: Please see the preceding section on "Connection" for a discussion of how +applications can affect the display of character control sequences. +Additionally, just because you logged into the console using and xterm +doesn't mean someone else didn't log into the console with the HMC console +(vt320) before you and leave the session logged in. The best thing to do +is to export TERM to the terminal type of your terminal emulator when you +get the console. Additionally make sure to "exit" the console before you +disconnect from the console. This will ensure that the next user gets +their own TERM type set when they login. + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Q: When I try to CONNECT kermit to an hvcs device I get: +"Sorry, can't open connection: /dev/hvcs*"What is happening? + +A: Some other Power5 console mechanism has a connection to the vty and +isn't giving it up. You can try to force disconnect the consoles from the +HMC by right clicking on the partition and then selecting "close terminal". +Otherwise you have to hunt down the people who have console authority. It +is possible that you already have the console open using another kermit +session and just forgot about it. Please review the console options for +Power5 systems to determine the many ways a system console can be held. + +OR + +A: Another user may not have a connectivity method currently attached to a +/dev/hvcs device but the vterm_state may reveal that they still have the +vty-server connection established. They need to free this using the method +outlined in the section on "Disconnection" in order for others to connect +to the target vty. + +OR + +A: The user profile you are using to execute kermit probably doesn't have +permissions to use the /dev/hvcs* device. + +OR + +A: You probably haven't inserted the hvcs.ko module yet but the /dev/hvcs* +entry still exists (on systems without udev). + +OR + +A: There is not a corresponding vty-server device that maps to an existing +/dev/hvcs* entry. + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Q: When I try to CONNECT kermit to an hvcs device I get: +"Sorry, write access to UUCP lockfile directory denied." + +A: The /dev/hvcs* entry you have specified doesn't exist where you said it +does? Maybe you haven't inserted the module (on systems with udev). + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Q: If I already have one Linux partition installed can I use hvcs on said +partition to provide the console for the install of a second Linux +partition? + +A: Yes granted that your are connected to the /dev/hvcs* device using +kermit or cu or some other program that doesn't provide terminal emulation. + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Q: Can I connect to more than one partition's console at a time using this +driver? + +A: Yes. Of course this means that there must be more than one vty-server +configured for this partition and each must point to a disconnected vty. + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Q: Does the hvcs driver support dynamic (hotplug) addition of devices? + +A: Yes, if you have dlpar and hotplug enabled for your system and it has +been built into the kernel the hvcs drivers is configured to dynamically +handle additions of new devices and removals of unused devices. + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Q: For some reason /dev/hvcs* doesn't map to the same vty-server adapter +after a reboot. What happened? + +A: Assignment of vty-server adapters to /dev/hvcs* entries is always done +in the order that the adapters are exposed. Due to hotplug capabilities of +this driver assignment of hotplug added vty-servers may be in a different +order than how they would be exposed on module load. Rebooting or +reloading the module after dynamic addition may result in the /dev/hvcs* +and vty-server coupling changing if a vty-server adapter was added in a +slot between two other vty-server adapters. Refer to the section above +on how to determine which vty-server goes with which /dev/hvcs* node. +Hint; look at the sysfs "index" attribute for the vty-server. + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Q: Can I use /dev/hvcs* as a conduit to another partition and use a tty +device on that partition as the other end of the pipe? + +A: Yes, on Power5 platforms the hvc_console driver provides a tty interface +for extra /dev/hvc* devices (where /dev/hvc0 is most likely the console). +In order to get a tty conduit working between the two partitions the HMC +Super Admin must create an additional "serial server" for the target +partition with the HMC gui which will show up as /dev/hvc* when the target +partition is rebooted. + +The HMC Super Admin then creates an additional "serial client" for the +current partition and points this at the target partition's newly created +"serial server" adapter (remember the slot). This shows up as an +additional /dev/hvcs* device. + +Now a program on the target system can be configured to read or write to +/dev/hvc* and another program on the current partition can be configured to +read or write to /dev/hvcs*. Now you have a tty conduit between two +partitions. + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +9. Reporting Bugs: +================== + +The proper channel for reporting bugs is either through the Linux OS +distribution company that provided your OS or by posting issues to the +PowerPC development mailing list at: + +linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org + +This request is to provide a documented and searchable public exchange +of the problems and solutions surrounding this driver for the benefit of +all users. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a730ca5a07f8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,567 +0,0 @@ -=========================================================================== - HVCS - IBM "Hypervisor Virtual Console Server" Installation Guide - for Linux Kernel 2.6.4+ - Copyright (C) 2004 IBM Corporation - -=========================================================================== -NOTE:Eight space tabs are the optimum editor setting for reading this file. -=========================================================================== - - Author(s) : Ryan S. Arnold - Date Created: March, 02, 2004 - Last Changed: August, 24, 2004 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Table of contents: - - 1. Driver Introduction: - 2. System Requirements - 3. Build Options: - 3.1 Built-in: - 3.2 Module: - 4. Installation: - 5. Connection: - 6. Disconnection: - 7. Configuration: - 8. Questions & Answers: - 9. Reporting Bugs: - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -1. Driver Introduction: - -This is the device driver for the IBM Hypervisor Virtual Console Server, -"hvcs". The IBM hvcs provides a tty driver interface to allow Linux user -space applications access to the system consoles of logically partitioned -operating systems (Linux and AIX) running on the same partitioned Power5 -ppc64 system. Physical hardware consoles per partition are not practical -on this hardware so system consoles are accessed by this driver using -firmware interfaces to virtual terminal devices. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -2. System Requirements: - -This device driver was written using 2.6.4 Linux kernel APIs and will only -build and run on kernels of this version or later. - -This driver was written to operate solely on IBM Power5 ppc64 hardware -though some care was taken to abstract the architecture dependent firmware -calls from the driver code. - -Sysfs must be mounted on the system so that the user can determine which -major and minor numbers are associated with each vty-server. Directions -for sysfs mounting are outside the scope of this document. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -3. Build Options: - -The hvcs driver registers itself as a tty driver. The tty layer -dynamically allocates a block of major and minor numbers in a quantity -requested by the registering driver. The hvcs driver asks the tty layer -for 64 of these major/minor numbers by default to use for hvcs device node -entries. - -If the default number of device entries is adequate then this driver can be -built into the kernel. If not, the default can be over-ridden by inserting -the driver as a module with insmod parameters. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -3.1 Built-in: - -The following menuconfig example demonstrates selecting to build this -driver into the kernel. - - Device Drivers ---> - Character devices ---> - <*> IBM Hypervisor Virtual Console Server Support - -Begin the kernel make process. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -3.2 Module: - -The following menuconfig example demonstrates selecting to build this -driver as a kernel module. - - Device Drivers ---> - Character devices ---> - IBM Hypervisor Virtual Console Server Support - -The make process will build the following kernel modules: - - hvcs.ko - hvcserver.ko - -To insert the module with the default allocation execute the following -commands in the order they appear: - - insmod hvcserver.ko - insmod hvcs.ko - -The hvcserver module contains architecture specific firmware calls and must -be inserted first, otherwise the hvcs module will not find some of the -symbols it expects. - -To override the default use an insmod parameter as follows (requesting 4 -tty devices as an example): - - insmod hvcs.ko hvcs_parm_num_devs=4 - -There is a maximum number of dev entries that can be specified on insmod. -We think that 1024 is currently a decent maximum number of server adapters -to allow. This can always be changed by modifying the constant in the -source file before building. - -NOTE: The length of time it takes to insmod the driver seems to be related -to the number of tty interfaces the registering driver requests. - -In order to remove the driver module execute the following command: - - rmmod hvcs.ko - -The recommended method for installing hvcs as a module is to use depmod to -build a current modules.dep file in /lib/modules/`uname -r` and then -execute: - -modprobe hvcs hvcs_parm_num_devs=4 - -The modules.dep file indicates that hvcserver.ko needs to be inserted -before hvcs.ko and modprobe uses this file to smartly insert the modules in -the proper order. - -The following modprobe command is used to remove hvcs and hvcserver in the -proper order: - -modprobe -r hvcs - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -4. Installation: - -The tty layer creates sysfs entries which contain the major and minor -numbers allocated for the hvcs driver. The following snippet of "tree" -output of the sysfs directory shows where these numbers are presented: - - sys/ - |-- *other sysfs base dirs* - | - |-- class - | |-- *other classes of devices* - | | - | `-- tty - | |-- *other tty devices* - | | - | |-- hvcs0 - | | `-- dev - | |-- hvcs1 - | | `-- dev - | |-- hvcs2 - | | `-- dev - | |-- hvcs3 - | | `-- dev - | | - | |-- *other tty devices* - | - |-- *other sysfs base dirs* - -For the above examples the following output is a result of cat'ing the -"dev" entry in the hvcs directory: - - Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs0/ # cat dev - 254:0 - - Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs1/ # cat dev - 254:1 - - Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs2/ # cat dev - 254:2 - - Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs3/ # cat dev - 254:3 - -The output from reading the "dev" attribute is the char device major and -minor numbers that the tty layer has allocated for this driver's use. Most -systems running hvcs will already have the device entries created or udev -will do it automatically. - -Given the example output above, to manually create a /dev/hvcs* node entry -mknod can be used as follows: - - mknod /dev/hvcs0 c 254 0 - mknod /dev/hvcs1 c 254 1 - mknod /dev/hvcs2 c 254 2 - mknod /dev/hvcs3 c 254 3 - -Using mknod to manually create the device entries makes these device nodes -persistent. Once created they will exist prior to the driver insmod. - -Attempting to connect an application to /dev/hvcs* prior to insertion of -the hvcs module will result in an error message similar to the following: - - "/dev/hvcs*: No such device". - -NOTE: Just because there is a device node present doesn't mean that there -is a vty-server device configured for that node. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -5. Connection - -Since this driver controls devices that provide a tty interface a user can -interact with the device node entries using any standard tty-interactive -method (e.g. "cat", "dd", "echo"). The intent of this driver however, is -to provide real time console interaction with a Linux partition's console, -which requires the use of applications that provide bi-directional, -interactive I/O with a tty device. - -Applications (e.g. "minicom" and "screen") that act as terminal emulators -or perform terminal type control sequence conversion on the data being -passed through them are NOT acceptable for providing interactive console -I/O. These programs often emulate antiquated terminal types (vt100 and -ANSI) and expect inbound data to take the form of one of these supported -terminal types but they either do not convert, or do not _adequately_ -convert, outbound data into the terminal type of the terminal which invoked -them (though screen makes an attempt and can apparently be configured with -much termcap wrestling.) - -For this reason kermit and cu are two of the recommended applications for -interacting with a Linux console via an hvcs device. These programs simply -act as a conduit for data transfer to and from the tty device. They do not -require inbound data to take the form of a particular terminal type, nor do -they cook outbound data to a particular terminal type. - -In order to ensure proper functioning of console applications one must make -sure that once connected to a /dev/hvcs console that the console's $TERM -env variable is set to the exact terminal type of the terminal emulator -used to launch the interactive I/O application. If one is using xterm and -kermit to connect to /dev/hvcs0 when the console prompt becomes available -one should "export TERM=xterm" on the console. This tells ncurses -applications that are invoked from the console that they should output -control sequences that xterm can understand. - -As a precautionary measure an hvcs user should always "exit" from their -session before disconnecting an application such as kermit from the device -node. If this is not done, the next user to connect to the console will -continue using the previous user's logged in session which includes -using the $TERM variable that the previous user supplied. - -Hotplug add and remove of vty-server adapters affects which /dev/hvcs* node -is used to connect to each vty-server adapter. In order to determine which -vty-server adapter is associated with which /dev/hvcs* node a special sysfs -attribute has been added to each vty-server sysfs entry. This entry is -called "index" and showing it reveals an integer that refers to the -/dev/hvcs* entry to use to connect to that device. For instance cating the -index attribute of vty-server adapter 30000004 shows the following. - - Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat index - 2 - -This index of '2' means that in order to connect to vty-server adapter -30000004 the user should interact with /dev/hvcs2. - -It should be noted that due to the system hotplug I/O capabilities of a -system the /dev/hvcs* entry that interacts with a particular vty-server -adapter is not guaranteed to remain the same across system reboots. Look -in the Q & A section for more on this issue. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -6. Disconnection - -As a security feature to prevent the delivery of stale data to an -unintended target the Power5 system firmware disables the fetching of data -and discards that data when a connection between a vty-server and a vty has -been severed. As an example, when a vty-server is immediately disconnected -from a vty following output of data to the vty the vty adapter may not have -enough time between when it received the data interrupt and when the -connection was severed to fetch the data from firmware before the fetch is -disabled by firmware. - -When hvcs is being used to serve consoles this behavior is not a huge issue -because the adapter stays connected for large amounts of time following -almost all data writes. When hvcs is being used as a tty conduit to tunnel -data between two partitions [see Q & A below] this is a huge problem -because the standard Linux behavior when cat'ing or dd'ing data to a device -is to open the tty, send the data, and then close the tty. If this driver -manually terminated vty-server connections on tty close this would close -the vty-server and vty connection before the target vty has had a chance to -fetch the data. - -Additionally, disconnecting a vty-server and vty only on module removal or -adapter removal is impractical because other vty-servers in other -partitions may require the usage of the target vty at any time. - -Due to this behavioral restriction disconnection of vty-servers from the -connected vty is a manual procedure using a write to a sysfs attribute -outlined below, on the other hand the initial vty-server connection to a -vty is established automatically by this driver. Manual vty-server -connection is never required. - -In order to terminate the connection between a vty-server and vty the -"vterm_state" sysfs attribute within each vty-server's sysfs entry is used. -Reading this attribute reveals the current connection state of the -vty-server adapter. A zero means that the vty-server is not connected to a -vty. A one indicates that a connection is active. - -Writing a '0' (zero) to the vterm_state attribute will disconnect the VTERM -connection between the vty-server and target vty ONLY if the vterm_state -previously read '1'. The write directive is ignored if the vterm_state -read '0' or if any value other than '0' was written to the vterm_state -attribute. The following example will show the method used for verifying -the vty-server connection status and disconnecting a vty-server connection. - - Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat vterm_state - 1 - - Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # echo 0 > vterm_state - - Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat vterm_state - 0 - -All vty-server connections are automatically terminated when the device is -hotplug removed and when the module is removed. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -7. Configuration - -Each vty-server has a sysfs entry in the /sys/devices/vio directory, which -is symlinked in several other sysfs tree directories, notably under the -hvcs driver entry, which looks like the following example: - - Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs # ls - . .. 30000003 30000004 rescan - -By design, firmware notifies the hvcs driver of vty-server lifetimes and -partner vty removals but not the addition of partner vtys. Since an HMC -Super Admin can add partner info dynamically we have provided the hvcs -driver sysfs directory with the "rescan" update attribute which will query -firmware and update the partner info for all the vty-servers that this -driver manages. Writing a '1' to the attribute triggers the update. An -explicit example follows: - - Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs # echo 1 > rescan - -Reading the attribute will indicate a state of '1' or '0'. A one indicates -that an update is in process. A zero indicates that an update has -completed or was never executed. - -Vty-server entries in this directory are a 32 bit partition unique unit -address that is created by firmware. An example vty-server sysfs entry -looks like the following: - - Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # ls - . current_vty devspec name partner_vtys - .. index partner_clcs vterm_state - -Each entry is provided, by default with a "name" attribute. Reading the -"name" attribute will reveal the device type as shown in the following -example: - - Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000003 # cat name - vty-server - -Each entry is also provided, by default, with a "devspec" attribute which -reveals the full device specification when read, as shown in the following -example: - - Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat devspec - /vdevice/vty-server@30000004 - -Each vty-server sysfs dir is provided with two read-only attributes that -provide lists of easily parsed partner vty data: "partner_vtys" and -"partner_clcs". - - Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat partner_vtys - 30000000 - 30000001 - 30000002 - 30000000 - 30000000 - - Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat partner_clcs - U5112.428.103048A-V3-C0 - U5112.428.103048A-V3-C2 - U5112.428.103048A-V3-C3 - U5112.428.103048A-V4-C0 - U5112.428.103048A-V5-C0 - -Reading partner_vtys returns a list of partner vtys. Vty unit address -numbering is only per-partition-unique so entries will frequently repeat. - -Reading partner_clcs returns a list of "converged location codes" which are -composed of a system serial number followed by "-V*", where the '*' is the -target partition number, and "-C*", where the '*' is the slot of the -adapter. The first vty partner corresponds to the first clc item, the -second vty partner to the second clc item, etc. - -A vty-server can only be connected to a single vty at a time. The entry, -"current_vty" prints the clc of the currently selected partner vty when -read. - -The current_vty can be changed by writing a valid partner clc to the entry -as in the following example: - - Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # echo U5112.428.10304 - 8A-V4-C0 > current_vty - -Changing the current_vty when a vty-server is already connected to a vty -does not affect the current connection. The change takes effect when the -currently open connection is freed. - -Information on the "vterm_state" attribute was covered earlier on the -chapter entitled "disconnection". - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -8. Questions & Answers: -=========================================================================== -Q: What are the security concerns involving hvcs? - -A: There are three main security concerns: - - 1. The creator of the /dev/hvcs* nodes has the ability to restrict - the access of the device entries to certain users or groups. It - may be best to create a special hvcs group privilege for providing - access to system consoles. - - 2. To provide network security when grabbing the console it is - suggested that the user connect to the console hosting partition - using a secure method, such as SSH or sit at a hardware console. - - 3. Make sure to exit the user session when done with a console or - the next vty-server connection (which may be from another - partition) will experience the previously logged in session. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Q: How do I multiplex a console that I grab through hvcs so that other -people can see it: - -A: You can use "screen" to directly connect to the /dev/hvcs* device and -setup a session on your machine with the console group privileges. As -pointed out earlier by default screen doesn't provide the termcap settings -for most terminal emulators to provide adequate character conversion from -term type "screen" to others. This means that curses based programs may -not display properly in screen sessions. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Q: Why are the colors all messed up? -Q: Why are the control characters acting strange or not working? -Q: Why is the console output all strange and unintelligible? - -A: Please see the preceding section on "Connection" for a discussion of how -applications can affect the display of character control sequences. -Additionally, just because you logged into the console using and xterm -doesn't mean someone else didn't log into the console with the HMC console -(vt320) before you and leave the session logged in. The best thing to do -is to export TERM to the terminal type of your terminal emulator when you -get the console. Additionally make sure to "exit" the console before you -disconnect from the console. This will ensure that the next user gets -their own TERM type set when they login. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Q: When I try to CONNECT kermit to an hvcs device I get: -"Sorry, can't open connection: /dev/hvcs*"What is happening? - -A: Some other Power5 console mechanism has a connection to the vty and -isn't giving it up. You can try to force disconnect the consoles from the -HMC by right clicking on the partition and then selecting "close terminal". -Otherwise you have to hunt down the people who have console authority. It -is possible that you already have the console open using another kermit -session and just forgot about it. Please review the console options for -Power5 systems to determine the many ways a system console can be held. - -OR - -A: Another user may not have a connectivity method currently attached to a -/dev/hvcs device but the vterm_state may reveal that they still have the -vty-server connection established. They need to free this using the method -outlined in the section on "Disconnection" in order for others to connect -to the target vty. - -OR - -A: The user profile you are using to execute kermit probably doesn't have -permissions to use the /dev/hvcs* device. - -OR - -A: You probably haven't inserted the hvcs.ko module yet but the /dev/hvcs* -entry still exists (on systems without udev). - -OR - -A: There is not a corresponding vty-server device that maps to an existing -/dev/hvcs* entry. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Q: When I try to CONNECT kermit to an hvcs device I get: -"Sorry, write access to UUCP lockfile directory denied." - -A: The /dev/hvcs* entry you have specified doesn't exist where you said it -does? Maybe you haven't inserted the module (on systems with udev). - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Q: If I already have one Linux partition installed can I use hvcs on said -partition to provide the console for the install of a second Linux -partition? - -A: Yes granted that your are connected to the /dev/hvcs* device using -kermit or cu or some other program that doesn't provide terminal emulation. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Q: Can I connect to more than one partition's console at a time using this -driver? - -A: Yes. Of course this means that there must be more than one vty-server -configured for this partition and each must point to a disconnected vty. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Q: Does the hvcs driver support dynamic (hotplug) addition of devices? - -A: Yes, if you have dlpar and hotplug enabled for your system and it has -been built into the kernel the hvcs drivers is configured to dynamically -handle additions of new devices and removals of unused devices. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Q: For some reason /dev/hvcs* doesn't map to the same vty-server adapter -after a reboot. What happened? - -A: Assignment of vty-server adapters to /dev/hvcs* entries is always done -in the order that the adapters are exposed. Due to hotplug capabilities of -this driver assignment of hotplug added vty-servers may be in a different -order than how they would be exposed on module load. Rebooting or -reloading the module after dynamic addition may result in the /dev/hvcs* -and vty-server coupling changing if a vty-server adapter was added in a -slot between two other vty-server adapters. Refer to the section above -on how to determine which vty-server goes with which /dev/hvcs* node. -Hint; look at the sysfs "index" attribute for the vty-server. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Q: Can I use /dev/hvcs* as a conduit to another partition and use a tty -device on that partition as the other end of the pipe? - -A: Yes, on Power5 platforms the hvc_console driver provides a tty interface -for extra /dev/hvc* devices (where /dev/hvc0 is most likely the console). -In order to get a tty conduit working between the two partitions the HMC -Super Admin must create an additional "serial server" for the target -partition with the HMC gui which will show up as /dev/hvc* when the target -partition is rebooted. - -The HMC Super Admin then creates an additional "serial client" for the -current partition and points this at the target partition's newly created -"serial server" adapter (remember the slot). This shows up as an -additional /dev/hvcs* device. - -Now a program on the target system can be configured to read or write to -/dev/hvc* and another program on the current partition can be configured to -read or write to /dev/hvcs*. Now you have a tty conduit between two -partitions. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -9. Reporting Bugs: - -The proper channel for reporting bugs is either through the Linux OS -distribution company that provided your OS or by posting issues to the -PowerPC development mailing list at: - -linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org - -This request is to provide a documented and searchable public exchange -of the problems and solutions surrounding this driver for the benefit of -all users. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/index.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..549b1cdd77ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +======= +powerpc +======= + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + bootwrapper + cpu_families + cpu_features + cxl + cxlflash + dawr-power9 + dscr + eeh-pci-error-recovery + firmware-assisted-dump + hvcs + isa-versions + mpc52xx + pci_iov_resource_on_powernv + pmu-ebb + ptrace + qe_firmware + syscall64-abi + transactional_memory + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/isa-versions.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/isa-versions.rst index 66c24140ebf1..a363d8c1603c 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/isa-versions.rst +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/isa-versions.rst @@ -1,13 +1,12 @@ -:orphan: - +========================== CPU to ISA Version Mapping ========================== Mapping of some CPU versions to relevant ISA versions. -========= ==================== +========= ==================================================================== CPU Architecture version -========= ==================== +========= ==================================================================== Power9 Power ISA v3.0B Power8 Power ISA v2.07 Power7 Power ISA v2.06 @@ -24,7 +23,7 @@ PPC970 - PowerPC User Instruction Set Architecture Book I v2.01 - PowerPC Virtual Environment Architecture Book II v2.01 - PowerPC Operating Environment Architecture Book III v2.01 - Plus Altivec/VMX ~= 2.03 -========= ==================== +========= ==================================================================== Key Features @@ -60,9 +59,9 @@ Power5 No PPC970 No ========== ==== -========== ==================== +========== ==================================== CPU Transactional Memory -========== ==================== +========== ==================================== Power9 Yes (* see transactional_memory.txt) Power8 Yes Power7 No @@ -73,4 +72,4 @@ Power5++ No Power5+ No Power5 No PPC970 No -========== ==================== +========== ==================================== diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8676ac63e077 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.rst @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +============================= +Linux 2.6.x on MPC52xx family +============================= + +For the latest info, go to http://www.246tNt.com/mpc52xx/ + +To compile/use : + + - U-Boot:: + + # tftpboot 200000 uImage + => tftpboot 400000 pRamdisk + => bootm 200000 400000 + + - DBug:: + + # dn -i zImage.initrd.lite5200 + + +Some remarks: + + - The port is named mpc52xxx, and config options are PPC_MPC52xx. The MGT5100 + is not supported, and I'm not sure anyone is interesting in working on it + so. I didn't took 5xxx because there's apparently a lot of 5xxx that have + nothing to do with the MPC5200. I also included the 'MPC' for the same + reason. + - Of course, I inspired myself from the 2.4 port. If you think I forgot to + mention you/your company in the copyright of some code, I'll correct it + ASAP. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0d540a31ea1a..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -Linux 2.6.x on MPC52xx family ------------------------------ - -For the latest info, go to http://www.246tNt.com/mpc52xx/ - -To compile/use : - - - U-Boot: - # tftpboot 200000 uImage - => tftpboot 400000 pRamdisk - => bootm 200000 400000 - - - DBug: - # dn -i zImage.initrd.lite5200 - - -Some remarks : - - The port is named mpc52xxx, and config options are PPC_MPC52xx. The MGT5100 - is not supported, and I'm not sure anyone is interesting in working on it - so. I didn't took 5xxx because there's apparently a lot of 5xxx that have - nothing to do with the MPC5200. I also included the 'MPC' for the same - reason. - - Of course, I inspired myself from the 2.4 port. If you think I forgot to - mention you/your company in the copyright of some code, I'll correct it - ASAP. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f5a5793e1613 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.rst @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +=================================================== +PCI Express I/O Virtualization Resource on Powerenv +=================================================== + +Wei Yang + +Benjamin Herrenschmidt + +Bjorn Helgaas + +26 Aug 2014 + +This document describes the requirement from hardware for PCI MMIO resource +sizing and assignment on PowerKVM and how generic PCI code handles this +requirement. The first two sections describe the concepts of Partitionable +Endpoints and the implementation on P8 (IODA2). The next two sections talks +about considerations on enabling SRIOV on IODA2. + +1. Introduction to Partitionable Endpoints +========================================== + +A Partitionable Endpoint (PE) is a way to group the various resources +associated with a device or a set of devices to provide isolation between +partitions (i.e., filtering of DMA, MSIs etc.) and to provide a mechanism +to freeze a device that is causing errors in order to limit the possibility +of propagation of bad data. + +There is thus, in HW, a table of PE states that contains a pair of "frozen" +state bits (one for MMIO and one for DMA, they get set together but can be +cleared independently) for each PE. + +When a PE is frozen, all stores in any direction are dropped and all loads +return all 1's value. MSIs are also blocked. There's a bit more state that +captures things like the details of the error that caused the freeze etc., but +that's not critical. + +The interesting part is how the various PCIe transactions (MMIO, DMA, ...) +are matched to their corresponding PEs. + +The following section provides a rough description of what we have on P8 +(IODA2). Keep in mind that this is all per PHB (PCI host bridge). Each PHB +is a completely separate HW entity that replicates the entire logic, so has +its own set of PEs, etc. + +2. Implementation of Partitionable Endpoints on P8 (IODA2) +========================================================== + +P8 supports up to 256 Partitionable Endpoints per PHB. + + * Inbound + + For DMA, MSIs and inbound PCIe error messages, we have a table (in + memory but accessed in HW by the chip) that provides a direct + correspondence between a PCIe RID (bus/dev/fn) with a PE number. + We call this the RTT. + + - For DMA we then provide an entire address space for each PE that can + contain two "windows", depending on the value of PCI address bit 59. + Each window can be configured to be remapped via a "TCE table" (IOMMU + translation table), which has various configurable characteristics + not described here. + + - For MSIs, we have two windows in the address space (one at the top of + the 32-bit space and one much higher) which, via a combination of the + address and MSI value, will result in one of the 2048 interrupts per + bridge being triggered. There's a PE# in the interrupt controller + descriptor table as well which is compared with the PE# obtained from + the RTT to "authorize" the device to emit that specific interrupt. + + - Error messages just use the RTT. + + * Outbound. That's where the tricky part is. + + Like other PCI host bridges, the Power8 IODA2 PHB supports "windows" + from the CPU address space to the PCI address space. There is one M32 + window and sixteen M64 windows. They have different characteristics. + First what they have in common: they forward a configurable portion of + the CPU address space to the PCIe bus and must be naturally aligned + power of two in size. The rest is different: + + - The M32 window: + + * Is limited to 4GB in size. + + * Drops the top bits of the address (above the size) and replaces + them with a configurable value. This is typically used to generate + 32-bit PCIe accesses. We configure that window at boot from FW and + don't touch it from Linux; it's usually set to forward a 2GB + portion of address space from the CPU to PCIe + 0x8000_0000..0xffff_ffff. (Note: The top 64KB are actually + reserved for MSIs but this is not a problem at this point; we just + need to ensure Linux doesn't assign anything there, the M32 logic + ignores that however and will forward in that space if we try). + + * It is divided into 256 segments of equal size. A table in the chip + maps each segment to a PE#. That allows portions of the MMIO space + to be assigned to PEs on a segment granularity. For a 2GB window, + the segment granularity is 2GB/256 = 8MB. + + Now, this is the "main" window we use in Linux today (excluding + SR-IOV). We basically use the trick of forcing the bridge MMIO windows + onto a segment alignment/granularity so that the space behind a bridge + can be assigned to a PE. + + Ideally we would like to be able to have individual functions in PEs + but that would mean using a completely different address allocation + scheme where individual function BARs can be "grouped" to fit in one or + more segments. + + - The M64 windows: + + * Must be at least 256MB in size. + + * Do not translate addresses (the address on PCIe is the same as the + address on the PowerBus). There is a way to also set the top 14 + bits which are not conveyed by PowerBus but we don't use this. + + * Can be configured to be segmented. When not segmented, we can + specify the PE# for the entire window. When segmented, a window + has 256 segments; however, there is no table for mapping a segment + to a PE#. The segment number *is* the PE#. + + * Support overlaps. If an address is covered by multiple windows, + there's a defined ordering for which window applies. + + We have code (fairly new compared to the M32 stuff) that exploits that + for large BARs in 64-bit space: + + We configure an M64 window to cover the entire region of address space + that has been assigned by FW for the PHB (about 64GB, ignore the space + for the M32, it comes out of a different "reserve"). We configure it + as segmented. + + Then we do the same thing as with M32, using the bridge alignment + trick, to match to those giant segments. + + Since we cannot remap, we have two additional constraints: + + - We do the PE# allocation *after* the 64-bit space has been assigned + because the addresses we use directly determine the PE#. We then + update the M32 PE# for the devices that use both 32-bit and 64-bit + spaces or assign the remaining PE# to 32-bit only devices. + + - We cannot "group" segments in HW, so if a device ends up using more + than one segment, we end up with more than one PE#. There is a HW + mechanism to make the freeze state cascade to "companion" PEs but + that only works for PCIe error messages (typically used so that if + you freeze a switch, it freezes all its children). So we do it in + SW. We lose a bit of effectiveness of EEH in that case, but that's + the best we found. So when any of the PEs freezes, we freeze the + other ones for that "domain". We thus introduce the concept of + "master PE" which is the one used for DMA, MSIs, etc., and "secondary + PEs" that are used for the remaining M64 segments. + + We would like to investigate using additional M64 windows in "single + PE" mode to overlay over specific BARs to work around some of that, for + example for devices with very large BARs, e.g., GPUs. It would make + sense, but we haven't done it yet. + +3. Considerations for SR-IOV on PowerKVM +======================================== + + * SR-IOV Background + + The PCIe SR-IOV feature allows a single Physical Function (PF) to + support several Virtual Functions (VFs). Registers in the PF's SR-IOV + Capability control the number of VFs and whether they are enabled. + + When VFs are enabled, they appear in Configuration Space like normal + PCI devices, but the BARs in VF config space headers are unusual. For + a non-VF device, software uses BARs in the config space header to + discover the BAR sizes and assign addresses for them. For VF devices, + software uses VF BAR registers in the *PF* SR-IOV Capability to + discover sizes and assign addresses. The BARs in the VF's config space + header are read-only zeros. + + When a VF BAR in the PF SR-IOV Capability is programmed, it sets the + base address for all the corresponding VF(n) BARs. For example, if the + PF SR-IOV Capability is programmed to enable eight VFs, and it has a + 1MB VF BAR0, the address in that VF BAR sets the base of an 8MB region. + This region is divided into eight contiguous 1MB regions, each of which + is a BAR0 for one of the VFs. Note that even though the VF BAR + describes an 8MB region, the alignment requirement is for a single VF, + i.e., 1MB in this example. + + There are several strategies for isolating VFs in PEs: + + - M32 window: There's one M32 window, and it is split into 256 + equally-sized segments. The finest granularity possible is a 256MB + window with 1MB segments. VF BARs that are 1MB or larger could be + mapped to separate PEs in this window. Each segment can be + individually mapped to a PE via the lookup table, so this is quite + flexible, but it works best when all the VF BARs are the same size. If + they are different sizes, the entire window has to be small enough that + the segment size matches the smallest VF BAR, which means larger VF + BARs span several segments. + + - Non-segmented M64 window: A non-segmented M64 window is mapped entirely + to a single PE, so it could only isolate one VF. + + - Single segmented M64 windows: A segmented M64 window could be used just + like the M32 window, but the segments can't be individually mapped to + PEs (the segment number is the PE#), so there isn't as much + flexibility. A VF with multiple BARs would have to be in a "domain" of + multiple PEs, which is not as well isolated as a single PE. + + - Multiple segmented M64 windows: As usual, each window is split into 256 + equally-sized segments, and the segment number is the PE#. But if we + use several M64 windows, they can be set to different base addresses + and different segment sizes. If we have VFs that each have a 1MB BAR + and a 32MB BAR, we could use one M64 window to assign 1MB segments and + another M64 window to assign 32MB segments. + + Finally, the plan to use M64 windows for SR-IOV, which will be described + more in the next two sections. For a given VF BAR, we need to + effectively reserve the entire 256 segments (256 * VF BAR size) and + position the VF BAR to start at the beginning of a free range of + segments/PEs inside that M64 window. + + The goal is of course to be able to give a separate PE for each VF. + + The IODA2 platform has 16 M64 windows, which are used to map MMIO + range to PE#. Each M64 window defines one MMIO range and this range is + divided into 256 segments, with each segment corresponding to one PE. + + We decide to leverage this M64 window to map VFs to individual PEs, since + SR-IOV VF BARs are all the same size. + + But doing so introduces another problem: total_VFs is usually smaller + than the number of M64 window segments, so if we map one VF BAR directly + to one M64 window, some part of the M64 window will map to another + device's MMIO range. + + IODA supports 256 PEs, so segmented windows contain 256 segments, so if + total_VFs is less than 256, we have the situation in Figure 1.0, where + segments [total_VFs, 255] of the M64 window may map to some MMIO range on + other devices:: + + 0 1 total_VFs - 1 + +------+------+- -+------+------+ + | | | ... | | | + +------+------+- -+------+------+ + + VF(n) BAR space + + 0 1 total_VFs - 1 255 + +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ + | | | ... | | | ... | | | + +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ + + M64 window + + Figure 1.0 Direct map VF(n) BAR space + + Our current solution is to allocate 256 segments even if the VF(n) BAR + space doesn't need that much, as shown in Figure 1.1:: + + 0 1 total_VFs - 1 255 + +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ + | | | ... | | | ... | | | + +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ + + VF(n) BAR space + extra + + 0 1 total_VFs - 1 255 + +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ + | | | ... | | | ... | | | + +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ + + M64 window + + Figure 1.1 Map VF(n) BAR space + extra + + Allocating the extra space ensures that the entire M64 window will be + assigned to this one SR-IOV device and none of the space will be + available for other devices. Note that this only expands the space + reserved in software; there are still only total_VFs VFs, and they only + respond to segments [0, total_VFs - 1]. There's nothing in hardware that + responds to segments [total_VFs, 255]. + +4. Implications for the Generic PCI Code +======================================== + +The PCIe SR-IOV spec requires that the base of the VF(n) BAR space be +aligned to the size of an individual VF BAR. + +In IODA2, the MMIO address determines the PE#. If the address is in an M32 +window, we can set the PE# by updating the table that translates segments +to PE#s. Similarly, if the address is in an unsegmented M64 window, we can +set the PE# for the window. But if it's in a segmented M64 window, the +segment number is the PE#. + +Therefore, the only way to control the PE# for a VF is to change the base +of the VF(n) BAR space in the VF BAR. If the PCI core allocates the exact +amount of space required for the VF(n) BAR space, the VF BAR value is fixed +and cannot be changed. + +On the other hand, if the PCI core allocates additional space, the VF BAR +value can be changed as long as the entire VF(n) BAR space remains inside +the space allocated by the core. + +Ideally the segment size will be the same as an individual VF BAR size. +Then each VF will be in its own PE. The VF BARs (and therefore the PE#s) +are contiguous. If VF0 is in PE(x), then VF(n) is in PE(x+n). If we +allocate 256 segments, there are (256 - numVFs) choices for the PE# of VF0. + +If the segment size is smaller than the VF BAR size, it will take several +segments to cover a VF BAR, and a VF will be in several PEs. This is +possible, but the isolation isn't as good, and it reduces the number of PE# +choices because instead of consuming only numVFs segments, the VF(n) BAR +space will consume (numVFs * n) segments. That means there aren't as many +available segments for adjusting base of the VF(n) BAR space. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b55c5cd83f8d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,301 +0,0 @@ -Wei Yang -Benjamin Herrenschmidt -Bjorn Helgaas -26 Aug 2014 - -This document describes the requirement from hardware for PCI MMIO resource -sizing and assignment on PowerKVM and how generic PCI code handles this -requirement. The first two sections describe the concepts of Partitionable -Endpoints and the implementation on P8 (IODA2). The next two sections talks -about considerations on enabling SRIOV on IODA2. - -1. Introduction to Partitionable Endpoints - -A Partitionable Endpoint (PE) is a way to group the various resources -associated with a device or a set of devices to provide isolation between -partitions (i.e., filtering of DMA, MSIs etc.) and to provide a mechanism -to freeze a device that is causing errors in order to limit the possibility -of propagation of bad data. - -There is thus, in HW, a table of PE states that contains a pair of "frozen" -state bits (one for MMIO and one for DMA, they get set together but can be -cleared independently) for each PE. - -When a PE is frozen, all stores in any direction are dropped and all loads -return all 1's value. MSIs are also blocked. There's a bit more state that -captures things like the details of the error that caused the freeze etc., but -that's not critical. - -The interesting part is how the various PCIe transactions (MMIO, DMA, ...) -are matched to their corresponding PEs. - -The following section provides a rough description of what we have on P8 -(IODA2). Keep in mind that this is all per PHB (PCI host bridge). Each PHB -is a completely separate HW entity that replicates the entire logic, so has -its own set of PEs, etc. - -2. Implementation of Partitionable Endpoints on P8 (IODA2) - -P8 supports up to 256 Partitionable Endpoints per PHB. - - * Inbound - - For DMA, MSIs and inbound PCIe error messages, we have a table (in - memory but accessed in HW by the chip) that provides a direct - correspondence between a PCIe RID (bus/dev/fn) with a PE number. - We call this the RTT. - - - For DMA we then provide an entire address space for each PE that can - contain two "windows", depending on the value of PCI address bit 59. - Each window can be configured to be remapped via a "TCE table" (IOMMU - translation table), which has various configurable characteristics - not described here. - - - For MSIs, we have two windows in the address space (one at the top of - the 32-bit space and one much higher) which, via a combination of the - address and MSI value, will result in one of the 2048 interrupts per - bridge being triggered. There's a PE# in the interrupt controller - descriptor table as well which is compared with the PE# obtained from - the RTT to "authorize" the device to emit that specific interrupt. - - - Error messages just use the RTT. - - * Outbound. That's where the tricky part is. - - Like other PCI host bridges, the Power8 IODA2 PHB supports "windows" - from the CPU address space to the PCI address space. There is one M32 - window and sixteen M64 windows. They have different characteristics. - First what they have in common: they forward a configurable portion of - the CPU address space to the PCIe bus and must be naturally aligned - power of two in size. The rest is different: - - - The M32 window: - - * Is limited to 4GB in size. - - * Drops the top bits of the address (above the size) and replaces - them with a configurable value. This is typically used to generate - 32-bit PCIe accesses. We configure that window at boot from FW and - don't touch it from Linux; it's usually set to forward a 2GB - portion of address space from the CPU to PCIe - 0x8000_0000..0xffff_ffff. (Note: The top 64KB are actually - reserved for MSIs but this is not a problem at this point; we just - need to ensure Linux doesn't assign anything there, the M32 logic - ignores that however and will forward in that space if we try). - - * It is divided into 256 segments of equal size. A table in the chip - maps each segment to a PE#. That allows portions of the MMIO space - to be assigned to PEs on a segment granularity. For a 2GB window, - the segment granularity is 2GB/256 = 8MB. - - Now, this is the "main" window we use in Linux today (excluding - SR-IOV). We basically use the trick of forcing the bridge MMIO windows - onto a segment alignment/granularity so that the space behind a bridge - can be assigned to a PE. - - Ideally we would like to be able to have individual functions in PEs - but that would mean using a completely different address allocation - scheme where individual function BARs can be "grouped" to fit in one or - more segments. - - - The M64 windows: - - * Must be at least 256MB in size. - - * Do not translate addresses (the address on PCIe is the same as the - address on the PowerBus). There is a way to also set the top 14 - bits which are not conveyed by PowerBus but we don't use this. - - * Can be configured to be segmented. When not segmented, we can - specify the PE# for the entire window. When segmented, a window - has 256 segments; however, there is no table for mapping a segment - to a PE#. The segment number *is* the PE#. - - * Support overlaps. If an address is covered by multiple windows, - there's a defined ordering for which window applies. - - We have code (fairly new compared to the M32 stuff) that exploits that - for large BARs in 64-bit space: - - We configure an M64 window to cover the entire region of address space - that has been assigned by FW for the PHB (about 64GB, ignore the space - for the M32, it comes out of a different "reserve"). We configure it - as segmented. - - Then we do the same thing as with M32, using the bridge alignment - trick, to match to those giant segments. - - Since we cannot remap, we have two additional constraints: - - - We do the PE# allocation *after* the 64-bit space has been assigned - because the addresses we use directly determine the PE#. We then - update the M32 PE# for the devices that use both 32-bit and 64-bit - spaces or assign the remaining PE# to 32-bit only devices. - - - We cannot "group" segments in HW, so if a device ends up using more - than one segment, we end up with more than one PE#. There is a HW - mechanism to make the freeze state cascade to "companion" PEs but - that only works for PCIe error messages (typically used so that if - you freeze a switch, it freezes all its children). So we do it in - SW. We lose a bit of effectiveness of EEH in that case, but that's - the best we found. So when any of the PEs freezes, we freeze the - other ones for that "domain". We thus introduce the concept of - "master PE" which is the one used for DMA, MSIs, etc., and "secondary - PEs" that are used for the remaining M64 segments. - - We would like to investigate using additional M64 windows in "single - PE" mode to overlay over specific BARs to work around some of that, for - example for devices with very large BARs, e.g., GPUs. It would make - sense, but we haven't done it yet. - -3. Considerations for SR-IOV on PowerKVM - - * SR-IOV Background - - The PCIe SR-IOV feature allows a single Physical Function (PF) to - support several Virtual Functions (VFs). Registers in the PF's SR-IOV - Capability control the number of VFs and whether they are enabled. - - When VFs are enabled, they appear in Configuration Space like normal - PCI devices, but the BARs in VF config space headers are unusual. For - a non-VF device, software uses BARs in the config space header to - discover the BAR sizes and assign addresses for them. For VF devices, - software uses VF BAR registers in the *PF* SR-IOV Capability to - discover sizes and assign addresses. The BARs in the VF's config space - header are read-only zeros. - - When a VF BAR in the PF SR-IOV Capability is programmed, it sets the - base address for all the corresponding VF(n) BARs. For example, if the - PF SR-IOV Capability is programmed to enable eight VFs, and it has a - 1MB VF BAR0, the address in that VF BAR sets the base of an 8MB region. - This region is divided into eight contiguous 1MB regions, each of which - is a BAR0 for one of the VFs. Note that even though the VF BAR - describes an 8MB region, the alignment requirement is for a single VF, - i.e., 1MB in this example. - - There are several strategies for isolating VFs in PEs: - - - M32 window: There's one M32 window, and it is split into 256 - equally-sized segments. The finest granularity possible is a 256MB - window with 1MB segments. VF BARs that are 1MB or larger could be - mapped to separate PEs in this window. Each segment can be - individually mapped to a PE via the lookup table, so this is quite - flexible, but it works best when all the VF BARs are the same size. If - they are different sizes, the entire window has to be small enough that - the segment size matches the smallest VF BAR, which means larger VF - BARs span several segments. - - - Non-segmented M64 window: A non-segmented M64 window is mapped entirely - to a single PE, so it could only isolate one VF. - - - Single segmented M64 windows: A segmented M64 window could be used just - like the M32 window, but the segments can't be individually mapped to - PEs (the segment number is the PE#), so there isn't as much - flexibility. A VF with multiple BARs would have to be in a "domain" of - multiple PEs, which is not as well isolated as a single PE. - - - Multiple segmented M64 windows: As usual, each window is split into 256 - equally-sized segments, and the segment number is the PE#. But if we - use several M64 windows, they can be set to different base addresses - and different segment sizes. If we have VFs that each have a 1MB BAR - and a 32MB BAR, we could use one M64 window to assign 1MB segments and - another M64 window to assign 32MB segments. - - Finally, the plan to use M64 windows for SR-IOV, which will be described - more in the next two sections. For a given VF BAR, we need to - effectively reserve the entire 256 segments (256 * VF BAR size) and - position the VF BAR to start at the beginning of a free range of - segments/PEs inside that M64 window. - - The goal is of course to be able to give a separate PE for each VF. - - The IODA2 platform has 16 M64 windows, which are used to map MMIO - range to PE#. Each M64 window defines one MMIO range and this range is - divided into 256 segments, with each segment corresponding to one PE. - - We decide to leverage this M64 window to map VFs to individual PEs, since - SR-IOV VF BARs are all the same size. - - But doing so introduces another problem: total_VFs is usually smaller - than the number of M64 window segments, so if we map one VF BAR directly - to one M64 window, some part of the M64 window will map to another - device's MMIO range. - - IODA supports 256 PEs, so segmented windows contain 256 segments, so if - total_VFs is less than 256, we have the situation in Figure 1.0, where - segments [total_VFs, 255] of the M64 window may map to some MMIO range on - other devices: - - 0 1 total_VFs - 1 - +------+------+- -+------+------+ - | | | ... | | | - +------+------+- -+------+------+ - - VF(n) BAR space - - 0 1 total_VFs - 1 255 - +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ - | | | ... | | | ... | | | - +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ - - M64 window - - Figure 1.0 Direct map VF(n) BAR space - - Our current solution is to allocate 256 segments even if the VF(n) BAR - space doesn't need that much, as shown in Figure 1.1: - - 0 1 total_VFs - 1 255 - +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ - | | | ... | | | ... | | | - +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ - - VF(n) BAR space + extra - - 0 1 total_VFs - 1 255 - +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ - | | | ... | | | ... | | | - +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ - - M64 window - - Figure 1.1 Map VF(n) BAR space + extra - - Allocating the extra space ensures that the entire M64 window will be - assigned to this one SR-IOV device and none of the space will be - available for other devices. Note that this only expands the space - reserved in software; there are still only total_VFs VFs, and they only - respond to segments [0, total_VFs - 1]. There's nothing in hardware that - responds to segments [total_VFs, 255]. - -4. Implications for the Generic PCI Code - -The PCIe SR-IOV spec requires that the base of the VF(n) BAR space be -aligned to the size of an individual VF BAR. - -In IODA2, the MMIO address determines the PE#. If the address is in an M32 -window, we can set the PE# by updating the table that translates segments -to PE#s. Similarly, if the address is in an unsegmented M64 window, we can -set the PE# for the window. But if it's in a segmented M64 window, the -segment number is the PE#. - -Therefore, the only way to control the PE# for a VF is to change the base -of the VF(n) BAR space in the VF BAR. If the PCI core allocates the exact -amount of space required for the VF(n) BAR space, the VF BAR value is fixed -and cannot be changed. - -On the other hand, if the PCI core allocates additional space, the VF BAR -value can be changed as long as the entire VF(n) BAR space remains inside -the space allocated by the core. - -Ideally the segment size will be the same as an individual VF BAR size. -Then each VF will be in its own PE. The VF BARs (and therefore the PE#s) -are contiguous. If VF0 is in PE(x), then VF(n) is in PE(x+n). If we -allocate 256 segments, there are (256 - numVFs) choices for the PE# of VF0. - -If the segment size is smaller than the VF BAR size, it will take several -segments to cover a VF BAR, and a VF will be in several PEs. This is -possible, but the isolation isn't as good, and it reduces the number of PE# -choices because instead of consuming only numVFs segments, the VF(n) BAR -space will consume (numVFs * n) segments. That means there aren't as many -available segments for adjusting base of the VF(n) BAR space. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4f474758eb55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.rst @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +======================== +PMU Event Based Branches +======================== + +Event Based Branches (EBBs) are a feature which allows the hardware to +branch directly to a specified user space address when certain events occur. + +The full specification is available in Power ISA v2.07: + + https://www.power.org/documentation/power-isa-version-2-07/ + +One type of event for which EBBs can be configured is PMU exceptions. This +document describes the API for configuring the Power PMU to generate EBBs, +using the Linux perf_events API. + + +Terminology +----------- + +Throughout this document we will refer to an "EBB event" or "EBB events". This +just refers to a struct perf_event which has set the "EBB" flag in its +attr.config. All events which can be configured on the hardware PMU are +possible "EBB events". + + +Background +---------- + +When a PMU EBB occurs it is delivered to the currently running process. As such +EBBs can only sensibly be used by programs for self-monitoring. + +It is a feature of the perf_events API that events can be created on other +processes, subject to standard permission checks. This is also true of EBB +events, however unless the target process enables EBBs (via mtspr(BESCR)) no +EBBs will ever be delivered. + +This makes it possible for a process to enable EBBs for itself, but not +actually configure any events. At a later time another process can come along +and attach an EBB event to the process, which will then cause EBBs to be +delivered to the first process. It's not clear if this is actually useful. + + +When the PMU is configured for EBBs, all PMU interrupts are delivered to the +user process. This means once an EBB event is scheduled on the PMU, no non-EBB +events can be configured. This means that EBB events can not be run +concurrently with regular 'perf' commands, or any other perf events. + +It is however safe to run 'perf' commands on a process which is using EBBs. The +kernel will in general schedule the EBB event, and perf will be notified that +its events could not run. + +The exclusion between EBB events and regular events is implemented using the +existing "pinned" and "exclusive" attributes of perf_events. This means EBB +events will be given priority over other events, unless they are also pinned. +If an EBB event and a regular event are both pinned, then whichever is enabled +first will be scheduled and the other will be put in error state. See the +section below titled "Enabling an EBB event" for more information. + + +Creating an EBB event +--------------------- + +To request that an event is counted using EBB, the event code should have bit +63 set. + +EBB events must be created with a particular, and restrictive, set of +attributes - this is so that they interoperate correctly with the rest of the +perf_events subsystem. + +An EBB event must be created with the "pinned" and "exclusive" attributes set. +Note that if you are creating a group of EBB events, only the leader can have +these attributes set. + +An EBB event must NOT set any of the "inherit", "sample_period", "freq" or +"enable_on_exec" attributes. + +An EBB event must be attached to a task. This is specified to perf_event_open() +by passing a pid value, typically 0 indicating the current task. + +All events in a group must agree on whether they want EBB. That is all events +must request EBB, or none may request EBB. + +EBB events must specify the PMC they are to be counted on. This ensures +userspace is able to reliably determine which PMC the event is scheduled on. + + +Enabling an EBB event +--------------------- + +Once an EBB event has been successfully opened, it must be enabled with the +perf_events API. This can be achieved either via the ioctl() interface, or the +prctl() interface. + +However, due to the design of the perf_events API, enabling an event does not +guarantee that it has been scheduled on the PMU. To ensure that the EBB event +has been scheduled on the PMU, you must perform a read() on the event. If the +read() returns EOF, then the event has not been scheduled and EBBs are not +enabled. + +This behaviour occurs because the EBB event is pinned and exclusive. When the +EBB event is enabled it will force all other non-pinned events off the PMU. In +this case the enable will be successful. However if there is already an event +pinned on the PMU then the enable will not be successful. + + +Reading an EBB event +-------------------- + +It is possible to read() from an EBB event. However the results are +meaningless. Because interrupts are being delivered to the user process the +kernel is not able to count the event, and so will return a junk value. + + +Closing an EBB event +-------------------- + +When an EBB event is finished with, you can close it using close() as for any +regular event. If this is the last EBB event the PMU will be deconfigured and +no further PMU EBBs will be delivered. + + +EBB Handler +----------- + +The EBB handler is just regular userspace code, however it must be written in +the style of an interrupt handler. When the handler is entered all registers +are live (possibly) and so must be saved somehow before the handler can invoke +other code. + +It's up to the program how to handle this. For C programs a relatively simple +option is to create an interrupt frame on the stack and save registers there. + +Fork +---- + +EBB events are not inherited across fork. If the child process wishes to use +EBBs it should open a new event for itself. Similarly the EBB state in +BESCR/EBBHR/EBBRR is cleared across fork(). diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 73cd163dbfb8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -PMU Event Based Branches -======================== - -Event Based Branches (EBBs) are a feature which allows the hardware to -branch directly to a specified user space address when certain events occur. - -The full specification is available in Power ISA v2.07: - - https://www.power.org/documentation/power-isa-version-2-07/ - -One type of event for which EBBs can be configured is PMU exceptions. This -document describes the API for configuring the Power PMU to generate EBBs, -using the Linux perf_events API. - - -Terminology ------------ - -Throughout this document we will refer to an "EBB event" or "EBB events". This -just refers to a struct perf_event which has set the "EBB" flag in its -attr.config. All events which can be configured on the hardware PMU are -possible "EBB events". - - -Background ----------- - -When a PMU EBB occurs it is delivered to the currently running process. As such -EBBs can only sensibly be used by programs for self-monitoring. - -It is a feature of the perf_events API that events can be created on other -processes, subject to standard permission checks. This is also true of EBB -events, however unless the target process enables EBBs (via mtspr(BESCR)) no -EBBs will ever be delivered. - -This makes it possible for a process to enable EBBs for itself, but not -actually configure any events. At a later time another process can come along -and attach an EBB event to the process, which will then cause EBBs to be -delivered to the first process. It's not clear if this is actually useful. - - -When the PMU is configured for EBBs, all PMU interrupts are delivered to the -user process. This means once an EBB event is scheduled on the PMU, no non-EBB -events can be configured. This means that EBB events can not be run -concurrently with regular 'perf' commands, or any other perf events. - -It is however safe to run 'perf' commands on a process which is using EBBs. The -kernel will in general schedule the EBB event, and perf will be notified that -its events could not run. - -The exclusion between EBB events and regular events is implemented using the -existing "pinned" and "exclusive" attributes of perf_events. This means EBB -events will be given priority over other events, unless they are also pinned. -If an EBB event and a regular event are both pinned, then whichever is enabled -first will be scheduled and the other will be put in error state. See the -section below titled "Enabling an EBB event" for more information. - - -Creating an EBB event ---------------------- - -To request that an event is counted using EBB, the event code should have bit -63 set. - -EBB events must be created with a particular, and restrictive, set of -attributes - this is so that they interoperate correctly with the rest of the -perf_events subsystem. - -An EBB event must be created with the "pinned" and "exclusive" attributes set. -Note that if you are creating a group of EBB events, only the leader can have -these attributes set. - -An EBB event must NOT set any of the "inherit", "sample_period", "freq" or -"enable_on_exec" attributes. - -An EBB event must be attached to a task. This is specified to perf_event_open() -by passing a pid value, typically 0 indicating the current task. - -All events in a group must agree on whether they want EBB. That is all events -must request EBB, or none may request EBB. - -EBB events must specify the PMC they are to be counted on. This ensures -userspace is able to reliably determine which PMC the event is scheduled on. - - -Enabling an EBB event ---------------------- - -Once an EBB event has been successfully opened, it must be enabled with the -perf_events API. This can be achieved either via the ioctl() interface, or the -prctl() interface. - -However, due to the design of the perf_events API, enabling an event does not -guarantee that it has been scheduled on the PMU. To ensure that the EBB event -has been scheduled on the PMU, you must perform a read() on the event. If the -read() returns EOF, then the event has not been scheduled and EBBs are not -enabled. - -This behaviour occurs because the EBB event is pinned and exclusive. When the -EBB event is enabled it will force all other non-pinned events off the PMU. In -this case the enable will be successful. However if there is already an event -pinned on the PMU then the enable will not be successful. - - -Reading an EBB event --------------------- - -It is possible to read() from an EBB event. However the results are -meaningless. Because interrupts are being delivered to the user process the -kernel is not able to count the event, and so will return a junk value. - - -Closing an EBB event --------------------- - -When an EBB event is finished with, you can close it using close() as for any -regular event. If this is the last EBB event the PMU will be deconfigured and -no further PMU EBBs will be delivered. - - -EBB Handler ------------ - -The EBB handler is just regular userspace code, however it must be written in -the style of an interrupt handler. When the handler is entered all registers -are live (possibly) and so must be saved somehow before the handler can invoke -other code. - -It's up to the program how to handle this. For C programs a relatively simple -option is to create an interrupt frame on the stack and save registers there. - -Fork ----- - -EBB events are not inherited across fork. If the child process wishes to use -EBBs it should open a new event for itself. Similarly the EBB state in -BESCR/EBBHR/EBBRR is cleared across fork(). diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..864d4b6dddd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.rst @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +====== +Ptrace +====== + +GDB intends to support the following hardware debug features of BookE +processors: + +4 hardware breakpoints (IAC) +2 hardware watchpoints (read, write and read-write) (DAC) +2 value conditions for the hardware watchpoints (DVC) + +For that, we need to extend ptrace so that GDB can query and set these +resources. Since we're extending, we're trying to create an interface +that's extendable and that covers both BookE and server processors, so +that GDB doesn't need to special-case each of them. We added the +following 3 new ptrace requests. + +1. PTRACE_PPC_GETHWDEBUGINFO +============================ + +Query for GDB to discover the hardware debug features. The main info to +be returned here is the minimum alignment for the hardware watchpoints. +BookE processors don't have restrictions here, but server processors have +an 8-byte alignment restriction for hardware watchpoints. We'd like to avoid +adding special cases to GDB based on what it sees in AUXV. + +Since we're at it, we added other useful info that the kernel can return to +GDB: this query will return the number of hardware breakpoints, hardware +watchpoints and whether it supports a range of addresses and a condition. +The query will fill the following structure provided by the requesting process:: + + struct ppc_debug_info { + unit32_t version; + unit32_t num_instruction_bps; + unit32_t num_data_bps; + unit32_t num_condition_regs; + unit32_t data_bp_alignment; + unit32_t sizeof_condition; /* size of the DVC register */ + uint64_t features; /* bitmask of the individual flags */ + }; + +features will have bits indicating whether there is support for:: + + #define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_INSN_BP_RANGE 0x1 + #define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_INSN_BP_MASK 0x2 + #define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_DATA_BP_RANGE 0x4 + #define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_DATA_BP_MASK 0x8 + #define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_DATA_BP_DAWR 0x10 + +2. PTRACE_SETHWDEBUG + +Sets a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint, according to the provided structure:: + + struct ppc_hw_breakpoint { + uint32_t version; + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_EXECUTE 0x1 + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_READ 0x2 + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_WRITE 0x4 + uint32_t trigger_type; /* only some combinations allowed */ + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT 0x0 + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_INCLUSIVE 0x1 + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_EXCLUSIVE 0x2 + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_MASK 0x3 + uint32_t addr_mode; /* address match mode */ + + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_MODE 0x3 + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE 0x0 + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_AND 0x1 + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_EXACT 0x1 /* different name for the same thing as above */ + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_OR 0x2 + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_AND_OR 0x3 + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_BE_ALL 0x00ff0000 /* byte enable bits */ + #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_BE(n) (1<<((n)+16)) + uint32_t condition_mode; /* break/watchpoint condition flags */ + + uint64_t addr; + uint64_t addr2; + uint64_t condition_value; + }; + +A request specifies one event, not necessarily just one register to be set. +For instance, if the request is for a watchpoint with a condition, both the +DAC and DVC registers will be set in the same request. + +With this GDB can ask for all kinds of hardware breakpoints and watchpoints +that the BookE supports. COMEFROM breakpoints available in server processors +are not contemplated, but that is out of the scope of this work. + +ptrace will return an integer (handle) uniquely identifying the breakpoint or +watchpoint just created. This integer will be used in the PTRACE_DELHWDEBUG +request to ask for its removal. Return -ENOSPC if the requested breakpoint +can't be allocated on the registers. + +Some examples of using the structure to: + +- set a breakpoint in the first breakpoint register:: + + p.version = PPC_DEBUG_CURRENT_VERSION; + p.trigger_type = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_EXECUTE; + p.addr_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT; + p.condition_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE; + p.addr = (uint64_t) address; + p.addr2 = 0; + p.condition_value = 0; + +- set a watchpoint which triggers on reads in the second watchpoint register:: + + p.version = PPC_DEBUG_CURRENT_VERSION; + p.trigger_type = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_READ; + p.addr_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT; + p.condition_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE; + p.addr = (uint64_t) address; + p.addr2 = 0; + p.condition_value = 0; + +- set a watchpoint which triggers only with a specific value:: + + p.version = PPC_DEBUG_CURRENT_VERSION; + p.trigger_type = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_READ; + p.addr_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT; + p.condition_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_AND | PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_BE_ALL; + p.addr = (uint64_t) address; + p.addr2 = 0; + p.condition_value = (uint64_t) condition; + +- set a ranged hardware breakpoint:: + + p.version = PPC_DEBUG_CURRENT_VERSION; + p.trigger_type = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_EXECUTE; + p.addr_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_INCLUSIVE; + p.condition_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE; + p.addr = (uint64_t) begin_range; + p.addr2 = (uint64_t) end_range; + p.condition_value = 0; + +- set a watchpoint in server processors (BookS):: + + p.version = 1; + p.trigger_type = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_RW; + p.addr_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_INCLUSIVE; + or + p.addr_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT; + + p.condition_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE; + p.addr = (uint64_t) begin_range; + /* For PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_INCLUSIVE addr2 needs to be specified, where + * addr2 - addr <= 8 Bytes. + */ + p.addr2 = (uint64_t) end_range; + p.condition_value = 0; + +3. PTRACE_DELHWDEBUG + +Takes an integer which identifies an existing breakpoint or watchpoint +(i.e., the value returned from PTRACE_SETHWDEBUG), and deletes the +corresponding breakpoint or watchpoint.. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 99c5ce88d0fe..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -GDB intends to support the following hardware debug features of BookE -processors: - -4 hardware breakpoints (IAC) -2 hardware watchpoints (read, write and read-write) (DAC) -2 value conditions for the hardware watchpoints (DVC) - -For that, we need to extend ptrace so that GDB can query and set these -resources. Since we're extending, we're trying to create an interface -that's extendable and that covers both BookE and server processors, so -that GDB doesn't need to special-case each of them. We added the -following 3 new ptrace requests. - -1. PTRACE_PPC_GETHWDEBUGINFO - -Query for GDB to discover the hardware debug features. The main info to -be returned here is the minimum alignment for the hardware watchpoints. -BookE processors don't have restrictions here, but server processors have -an 8-byte alignment restriction for hardware watchpoints. We'd like to avoid -adding special cases to GDB based on what it sees in AUXV. - -Since we're at it, we added other useful info that the kernel can return to -GDB: this query will return the number of hardware breakpoints, hardware -watchpoints and whether it supports a range of addresses and a condition. -The query will fill the following structure provided by the requesting process: - -struct ppc_debug_info { - unit32_t version; - unit32_t num_instruction_bps; - unit32_t num_data_bps; - unit32_t num_condition_regs; - unit32_t data_bp_alignment; - unit32_t sizeof_condition; /* size of the DVC register */ - uint64_t features; /* bitmask of the individual flags */ -}; - -features will have bits indicating whether there is support for: - -#define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_INSN_BP_RANGE 0x1 -#define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_INSN_BP_MASK 0x2 -#define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_DATA_BP_RANGE 0x4 -#define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_DATA_BP_MASK 0x8 -#define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_DATA_BP_DAWR 0x10 - -2. PTRACE_SETHWDEBUG - -Sets a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint, according to the provided structure: - -struct ppc_hw_breakpoint { - uint32_t version; -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_EXECUTE 0x1 -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_READ 0x2 -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_WRITE 0x4 - uint32_t trigger_type; /* only some combinations allowed */ -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT 0x0 -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_INCLUSIVE 0x1 -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_EXCLUSIVE 0x2 -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_MASK 0x3 - uint32_t addr_mode; /* address match mode */ - -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_MODE 0x3 -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE 0x0 -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_AND 0x1 -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_EXACT 0x1 /* different name for the same thing as above */ -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_OR 0x2 -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_AND_OR 0x3 -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_BE_ALL 0x00ff0000 /* byte enable bits */ -#define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_BE(n) (1<<((n)+16)) - uint32_t condition_mode; /* break/watchpoint condition flags */ - - uint64_t addr; - uint64_t addr2; - uint64_t condition_value; -}; - -A request specifies one event, not necessarily just one register to be set. -For instance, if the request is for a watchpoint with a condition, both the -DAC and DVC registers will be set in the same request. - -With this GDB can ask for all kinds of hardware breakpoints and watchpoints -that the BookE supports. COMEFROM breakpoints available in server processors -are not contemplated, but that is out of the scope of this work. - -ptrace will return an integer (handle) uniquely identifying the breakpoint or -watchpoint just created. This integer will be used in the PTRACE_DELHWDEBUG -request to ask for its removal. Return -ENOSPC if the requested breakpoint -can't be allocated on the registers. - -Some examples of using the structure to: - -- set a breakpoint in the first breakpoint register - - p.version = PPC_DEBUG_CURRENT_VERSION; - p.trigger_type = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_EXECUTE; - p.addr_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT; - p.condition_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE; - p.addr = (uint64_t) address; - p.addr2 = 0; - p.condition_value = 0; - -- set a watchpoint which triggers on reads in the second watchpoint register - - p.version = PPC_DEBUG_CURRENT_VERSION; - p.trigger_type = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_READ; - p.addr_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT; - p.condition_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE; - p.addr = (uint64_t) address; - p.addr2 = 0; - p.condition_value = 0; - -- set a watchpoint which triggers only with a specific value - - p.version = PPC_DEBUG_CURRENT_VERSION; - p.trigger_type = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_READ; - p.addr_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT; - p.condition_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_AND | PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_BE_ALL; - p.addr = (uint64_t) address; - p.addr2 = 0; - p.condition_value = (uint64_t) condition; - -- set a ranged hardware breakpoint - - p.version = PPC_DEBUG_CURRENT_VERSION; - p.trigger_type = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_EXECUTE; - p.addr_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_INCLUSIVE; - p.condition_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE; - p.addr = (uint64_t) begin_range; - p.addr2 = (uint64_t) end_range; - p.condition_value = 0; - -- set a watchpoint in server processors (BookS) - - p.version = 1; - p.trigger_type = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_RW; - p.addr_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_INCLUSIVE; - or - p.addr_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT; - - p.condition_mode = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE; - p.addr = (uint64_t) begin_range; - /* For PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_INCLUSIVE addr2 needs to be specified, where - * addr2 - addr <= 8 Bytes. - */ - p.addr2 = (uint64_t) end_range; - p.condition_value = 0; - -3. PTRACE_DELHWDEBUG - -Takes an integer which identifies an existing breakpoint or watchpoint -(i.e., the value returned from PTRACE_SETHWDEBUG), and deletes the -corresponding breakpoint or watchpoint.. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..42f5103140c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@ +========================================= +Freescale QUICC Engine Firmware Uploading +========================================= + +(c) 2007 Timur Tabi , + Freescale Semiconductor + +.. Table of Contents + + I - Software License for Firmware + + II - Microcode Availability + + III - Description and Terminology + + IV - Microcode Programming Details + + V - Firmware Structure Layout + + VI - Sample Code for Creating Firmware Files + +Revision Information +==================== + +November 30, 2007: Rev 1.0 - Initial version + +I - Software License for Firmware +================================= + +Each firmware file comes with its own software license. For information on +the particular license, please see the license text that is distributed with +the firmware. + +II - Microcode Availability +=========================== + +Firmware files are distributed through various channels. Some are available on +http://opensource.freescale.com. For other firmware files, please contact +your Freescale representative or your operating system vendor. + +III - Description and Terminology +================================= + +In this document, the term 'microcode' refers to the sequence of 32-bit +integers that compose the actual QE microcode. + +The term 'firmware' refers to a binary blob that contains the microcode as +well as other data that + + 1) describes the microcode's purpose + 2) describes how and where to upload the microcode + 3) specifies the values of various registers + 4) includes additional data for use by specific device drivers + +Firmware files are binary files that contain only a firmware. + +IV - Microcode Programming Details +=================================== + +The QE architecture allows for only one microcode present in I-RAM for each +RISC processor. To replace any current microcode, a full QE reset (which +disables the microcode) must be performed first. + +QE microcode is uploaded using the following procedure: + +1) The microcode is placed into I-RAM at a specific location, using the + IRAM.IADD and IRAM.IDATA registers. + +2) The CERCR.CIR bit is set to 0 or 1, depending on whether the firmware + needs split I-RAM. Split I-RAM is only meaningful for SOCs that have + QEs with multiple RISC processors, such as the 8360. Splitting the I-RAM + allows each processor to run a different microcode, effectively creating an + asymmetric multiprocessing (AMP) system. + +3) The TIBCR trap registers are loaded with the addresses of the trap handlers + in the microcode. + +4) The RSP.ECCR register is programmed with the value provided. + +5) If necessary, device drivers that need the virtual traps and extended mode + data will use them. + +Virtual Microcode Traps + +These virtual traps are conditional branches in the microcode. These are +"soft" provisional introduced in the ROMcode in order to enable higher +flexibility and save h/w traps If new features are activated or an issue is +being fixed in the RAM package utilizing they should be activated. This data +structure signals the microcode which of these virtual traps is active. + +This structure contains 6 words that the application should copy to some +specific been defined. This table describes the structure:: + + --------------------------------------------------------------- + | Offset in | | Destination Offset | Size of | + | array | Protocol | within PRAM | Operand | + --------------------------------------------------------------| + | 0 | Ethernet | 0xF8 | 4 bytes | + | | interworking | | | + --------------------------------------------------------------- + | 4 | ATM | 0xF8 | 4 bytes | + | | interworking | | | + --------------------------------------------------------------- + | 8 | PPP | 0xF8 | 4 bytes | + | | interworking | | | + --------------------------------------------------------------- + | 12 | Ethernet RX | 0x22 | 1 byte | + | | Distributor Page | | | + --------------------------------------------------------------- + | 16 | ATM Globtal | 0x28 | 1 byte | + | | Params Table | | | + --------------------------------------------------------------- + | 20 | Insert Frame | 0xF8 | 4 bytes | + --------------------------------------------------------------- + + +Extended Modes + +This is a double word bit array (64 bits) that defines special functionality +which has an impact on the software drivers. Each bit has its own impact +and has special instructions for the s/w associated with it. This structure is +described in this table:: + + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + | Bit # | Name | Description | + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + | 0 | General | Indicates that prior to each host command | + | | push command | given by the application, the software must | + | | | assert a special host command (push command)| + | | | CECDR = 0x00800000. | + | | | CECR = 0x01c1000f. | + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + | 1 | UCC ATM | Indicates that after issuing ATM RX INIT | + | | RX INIT | command, the host must issue another special| + | | push command | command (push command) and immediately | + | | | following that re-issue the ATM RX INIT | + | | | command. (This makes the sequence of | + | | | initializing the ATM receiver a sequence of | + | | | three host commands) | + | | | CECDR = 0x00800000. | + | | | CECR = 0x01c1000f. | + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + | 2 | Add/remove | Indicates that following the specific host | + | | command | command: "Add/Remove entry in Hash Lookup | + | | validation | Table" used in Interworking setup, the user | + | | | must issue another command. | + | | | CECDR = 0xce000003. | + | | | CECR = 0x01c10f58. | + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + | 3 | General push | Indicates that the s/w has to initialize | + | | command | some pointers in the Ethernet thread pages | + | | | which are used when Header Compression is | + | | | activated. The full details of these | + | | | pointers is located in the software drivers.| + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + | 4 | General push | Indicates that after issuing Ethernet TX | + | | command | INIT command, user must issue this command | + | | | for each SNUM of Ethernet TX thread. | + | | | CECDR = 0x00800003. | + | | | CECR = 0x7'b{0}, 8'b{Enet TX thread SNUM}, | + | | | 1'b{1}, 12'b{0}, 4'b{1} | + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + | 5 - 31 | N/A | Reserved, set to zero. | + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +V - Firmware Structure Layout +============================== + +QE microcode from Freescale is typically provided as a header file. This +header file contains macros that define the microcode binary itself as well as +some other data used in uploading that microcode. The format of these files +do not lend themselves to simple inclusion into other code. Hence, +the need for a more portable format. This section defines that format. + +Instead of distributing a header file, the microcode and related data are +embedded into a binary blob. This blob is passed to the qe_upload_firmware() +function, which parses the blob and performs everything necessary to upload +the microcode. + +All integers are big-endian. See the comments for function +qe_upload_firmware() for up-to-date implementation information. + +This structure supports versioning, where the version of the structure is +embedded into the structure itself. To ensure forward and backwards +compatibility, all versions of the structure must use the same 'qe_header' +structure at the beginning. + +'header' (type: struct qe_header): + The 'length' field is the size, in bytes, of the entire structure, + including all the microcode embedded in it, as well as the CRC (if + present). + + The 'magic' field is an array of three bytes that contains the letters + 'Q', 'E', and 'F'. This is an identifier that indicates that this + structure is a QE Firmware structure. + + The 'version' field is a single byte that indicates the version of this + structure. If the layout of the structure should ever need to be + changed to add support for additional types of microcode, then the + version number should also be changed. + +The 'id' field is a null-terminated string(suitable for printing) that +identifies the firmware. + +The 'count' field indicates the number of 'microcode' structures. There +must be one and only one 'microcode' structure for each RISC processor. +Therefore, this field also represents the number of RISC processors for this +SOC. + +The 'soc' structure contains the SOC numbers and revisions used to match +the microcode to the SOC itself. Normally, the microcode loader should +check the data in this structure with the SOC number and revisions, and +only upload the microcode if there's a match. However, this check is not +made on all platforms. + +Although it is not recommended, you can specify '0' in the soc.model +field to skip matching SOCs altogether. + +The 'model' field is a 16-bit number that matches the actual SOC. The +'major' and 'minor' fields are the major and minor revision numbers, +respectively, of the SOC. + +For example, to match the 8323, revision 1.0:: + + soc.model = 8323 + soc.major = 1 + soc.minor = 0 + +'padding' is necessary for structure alignment. This field ensures that the +'extended_modes' field is aligned on a 64-bit boundary. + +'extended_modes' is a bitfield that defines special functionality which has an +impact on the device drivers. Each bit has its own impact and has special +instructions for the driver associated with it. This field is stored in +the QE library and available to any driver that calles qe_get_firmware_info(). + +'vtraps' is an array of 8 words that contain virtual trap values for each +virtual traps. As with 'extended_modes', this field is stored in the QE +library and available to any driver that calles qe_get_firmware_info(). + +'microcode' (type: struct qe_microcode): + For each RISC processor there is one 'microcode' structure. The first + 'microcode' structure is for the first RISC, and so on. + + The 'id' field is a null-terminated string suitable for printing that + identifies this particular microcode. + + 'traps' is an array of 16 words that contain hardware trap values + for each of the 16 traps. If trap[i] is 0, then this particular + trap is to be ignored (i.e. not written to TIBCR[i]). The entire value + is written as-is to the TIBCR[i] register, so be sure to set the EN + and T_IBP bits if necessary. + + 'eccr' is the value to program into the ECCR register. + + 'iram_offset' is the offset into IRAM to start writing the + microcode. + + 'count' is the number of 32-bit words in the microcode. + + 'code_offset' is the offset, in bytes, from the beginning of this + structure where the microcode itself can be found. The first + microcode binary should be located immediately after the 'microcode' + array. + + 'major', 'minor', and 'revision' are the major, minor, and revision + version numbers, respectively, of the microcode. If all values are 0, + then these fields are ignored. + + 'reserved' is necessary for structure alignment. Since 'microcode' + is an array, the 64-bit 'extended_modes' field needs to be aligned + on a 64-bit boundary, and this can only happen if the size of + 'microcode' is a multiple of 8 bytes. To ensure that, we add + 'reserved'. + +After the last microcode is a 32-bit CRC. It can be calculated using +this algorithm:: + + u32 crc32(const u8 *p, unsigned int len) + { + unsigned int i; + u32 crc = 0; + + while (len--) { + crc ^= *p++; + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) + crc = (crc >> 1) ^ ((crc & 1) ? 0xedb88320 : 0); + } + return crc; + } + +VI - Sample Code for Creating Firmware Files +============================================ + +A Python program that creates firmware binaries from the header files normally +distributed by Freescale can be found on http://opensource.freescale.com. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e7ac24aec4ff..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,295 +0,0 @@ - Freescale QUICC Engine Firmware Uploading - ----------------------------------------- - -(c) 2007 Timur Tabi , - Freescale Semiconductor - -Table of Contents -================= - - I - Software License for Firmware - - II - Microcode Availability - - III - Description and Terminology - - IV - Microcode Programming Details - - V - Firmware Structure Layout - - VI - Sample Code for Creating Firmware Files - -Revision Information -==================== - -November 30, 2007: Rev 1.0 - Initial version - -I - Software License for Firmware -================================= - -Each firmware file comes with its own software license. For information on -the particular license, please see the license text that is distributed with -the firmware. - -II - Microcode Availability -=========================== - -Firmware files are distributed through various channels. Some are available on -http://opensource.freescale.com. For other firmware files, please contact -your Freescale representative or your operating system vendor. - -III - Description and Terminology -================================ - -In this document, the term 'microcode' refers to the sequence of 32-bit -integers that compose the actual QE microcode. - -The term 'firmware' refers to a binary blob that contains the microcode as -well as other data that - - 1) describes the microcode's purpose - 2) describes how and where to upload the microcode - 3) specifies the values of various registers - 4) includes additional data for use by specific device drivers - -Firmware files are binary files that contain only a firmware. - -IV - Microcode Programming Details -=================================== - -The QE architecture allows for only one microcode present in I-RAM for each -RISC processor. To replace any current microcode, a full QE reset (which -disables the microcode) must be performed first. - -QE microcode is uploaded using the following procedure: - -1) The microcode is placed into I-RAM at a specific location, using the - IRAM.IADD and IRAM.IDATA registers. - -2) The CERCR.CIR bit is set to 0 or 1, depending on whether the firmware - needs split I-RAM. Split I-RAM is only meaningful for SOCs that have - QEs with multiple RISC processors, such as the 8360. Splitting the I-RAM - allows each processor to run a different microcode, effectively creating an - asymmetric multiprocessing (AMP) system. - -3) The TIBCR trap registers are loaded with the addresses of the trap handlers - in the microcode. - -4) The RSP.ECCR register is programmed with the value provided. - -5) If necessary, device drivers that need the virtual traps and extended mode - data will use them. - -Virtual Microcode Traps - -These virtual traps are conditional branches in the microcode. These are -"soft" provisional introduced in the ROMcode in order to enable higher -flexibility and save h/w traps If new features are activated or an issue is -being fixed in the RAM package utilizing they should be activated. This data -structure signals the microcode which of these virtual traps is active. - -This structure contains 6 words that the application should copy to some -specific been defined. This table describes the structure. - - --------------------------------------------------------------- - | Offset in | | Destination Offset | Size of | - | array | Protocol | within PRAM | Operand | - --------------------------------------------------------------| - | 0 | Ethernet | 0xF8 | 4 bytes | - | | interworking | | | - --------------------------------------------------------------- - | 4 | ATM | 0xF8 | 4 bytes | - | | interworking | | | - --------------------------------------------------------------- - | 8 | PPP | 0xF8 | 4 bytes | - | | interworking | | | - --------------------------------------------------------------- - | 12 | Ethernet RX | 0x22 | 1 byte | - | | Distributor Page | | | - --------------------------------------------------------------- - | 16 | ATM Globtal | 0x28 | 1 byte | - | | Params Table | | | - --------------------------------------------------------------- - | 20 | Insert Frame | 0xF8 | 4 bytes | - --------------------------------------------------------------- - - -Extended Modes - -This is a double word bit array (64 bits) that defines special functionality -which has an impact on the software drivers. Each bit has its own impact -and has special instructions for the s/w associated with it. This structure is -described in this table: - - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - | Bit # | Name | Description | - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - | 0 | General | Indicates that prior to each host command | - | | push command | given by the application, the software must | - | | | assert a special host command (push command)| - | | | CECDR = 0x00800000. | - | | | CECR = 0x01c1000f. | - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - | 1 | UCC ATM | Indicates that after issuing ATM RX INIT | - | | RX INIT | command, the host must issue another special| - | | push command | command (push command) and immediately | - | | | following that re-issue the ATM RX INIT | - | | | command. (This makes the sequence of | - | | | initializing the ATM receiver a sequence of | - | | | three host commands) | - | | | CECDR = 0x00800000. | - | | | CECR = 0x01c1000f. | - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - | 2 | Add/remove | Indicates that following the specific host | - | | command | command: "Add/Remove entry in Hash Lookup | - | | validation | Table" used in Interworking setup, the user | - | | | must issue another command. | - | | | CECDR = 0xce000003. | - | | | CECR = 0x01c10f58. | - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - | 3 | General push | Indicates that the s/w has to initialize | - | | command | some pointers in the Ethernet thread pages | - | | | which are used when Header Compression is | - | | | activated. The full details of these | - | | | pointers is located in the software drivers.| - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - | 4 | General push | Indicates that after issuing Ethernet TX | - | | command | INIT command, user must issue this command | - | | | for each SNUM of Ethernet TX thread. | - | | | CECDR = 0x00800003. | - | | | CECR = 0x7'b{0}, 8'b{Enet TX thread SNUM}, | - | | | 1'b{1}, 12'b{0}, 4'b{1} | - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - | 5 - 31 | N/A | Reserved, set to zero. | - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - -V - Firmware Structure Layout -============================== - -QE microcode from Freescale is typically provided as a header file. This -header file contains macros that define the microcode binary itself as well as -some other data used in uploading that microcode. The format of these files -do not lend themselves to simple inclusion into other code. Hence, -the need for a more portable format. This section defines that format. - -Instead of distributing a header file, the microcode and related data are -embedded into a binary blob. This blob is passed to the qe_upload_firmware() -function, which parses the blob and performs everything necessary to upload -the microcode. - -All integers are big-endian. See the comments for function -qe_upload_firmware() for up-to-date implementation information. - -This structure supports versioning, where the version of the structure is -embedded into the structure itself. To ensure forward and backwards -compatibility, all versions of the structure must use the same 'qe_header' -structure at the beginning. - -'header' (type: struct qe_header): - The 'length' field is the size, in bytes, of the entire structure, - including all the microcode embedded in it, as well as the CRC (if - present). - - The 'magic' field is an array of three bytes that contains the letters - 'Q', 'E', and 'F'. This is an identifier that indicates that this - structure is a QE Firmware structure. - - The 'version' field is a single byte that indicates the version of this - structure. If the layout of the structure should ever need to be - changed to add support for additional types of microcode, then the - version number should also be changed. - -The 'id' field is a null-terminated string(suitable for printing) that -identifies the firmware. - -The 'count' field indicates the number of 'microcode' structures. There -must be one and only one 'microcode' structure for each RISC processor. -Therefore, this field also represents the number of RISC processors for this -SOC. - -The 'soc' structure contains the SOC numbers and revisions used to match -the microcode to the SOC itself. Normally, the microcode loader should -check the data in this structure with the SOC number and revisions, and -only upload the microcode if there's a match. However, this check is not -made on all platforms. - -Although it is not recommended, you can specify '0' in the soc.model -field to skip matching SOCs altogether. - -The 'model' field is a 16-bit number that matches the actual SOC. The -'major' and 'minor' fields are the major and minor revision numbers, -respectively, of the SOC. - -For example, to match the 8323, revision 1.0: - soc.model = 8323 - soc.major = 1 - soc.minor = 0 - -'padding' is necessary for structure alignment. This field ensures that the -'extended_modes' field is aligned on a 64-bit boundary. - -'extended_modes' is a bitfield that defines special functionality which has an -impact on the device drivers. Each bit has its own impact and has special -instructions for the driver associated with it. This field is stored in -the QE library and available to any driver that calles qe_get_firmware_info(). - -'vtraps' is an array of 8 words that contain virtual trap values for each -virtual traps. As with 'extended_modes', this field is stored in the QE -library and available to any driver that calles qe_get_firmware_info(). - -'microcode' (type: struct qe_microcode): - For each RISC processor there is one 'microcode' structure. The first - 'microcode' structure is for the first RISC, and so on. - - The 'id' field is a null-terminated string suitable for printing that - identifies this particular microcode. - - 'traps' is an array of 16 words that contain hardware trap values - for each of the 16 traps. If trap[i] is 0, then this particular - trap is to be ignored (i.e. not written to TIBCR[i]). The entire value - is written as-is to the TIBCR[i] register, so be sure to set the EN - and T_IBP bits if necessary. - - 'eccr' is the value to program into the ECCR register. - - 'iram_offset' is the offset into IRAM to start writing the - microcode. - - 'count' is the number of 32-bit words in the microcode. - - 'code_offset' is the offset, in bytes, from the beginning of this - structure where the microcode itself can be found. The first - microcode binary should be located immediately after the 'microcode' - array. - - 'major', 'minor', and 'revision' are the major, minor, and revision - version numbers, respectively, of the microcode. If all values are 0, - then these fields are ignored. - - 'reserved' is necessary for structure alignment. Since 'microcode' - is an array, the 64-bit 'extended_modes' field needs to be aligned - on a 64-bit boundary, and this can only happen if the size of - 'microcode' is a multiple of 8 bytes. To ensure that, we add - 'reserved'. - -After the last microcode is a 32-bit CRC. It can be calculated using -this algorithm: - -u32 crc32(const u8 *p, unsigned int len) -{ - unsigned int i; - u32 crc = 0; - - while (len--) { - crc ^= *p++; - for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) - crc = (crc >> 1) ^ ((crc & 1) ? 0xedb88320 : 0); - } - return crc; -} - -VI - Sample Code for Creating Firmware Files -============================================ - -A Python program that creates firmware binaries from the header files normally -distributed by Freescale can be found on http://opensource.freescale.com. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e49f69f941b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +=============================================== +Power Architecture 64-bit Linux system call ABI +=============================================== + +syscall +======= + +syscall calling sequence\ [1]_ matches the Power Architecture 64-bit ELF ABI +specification C function calling sequence, including register preservation +rules, with the following differences. + +.. [1] Some syscalls (typically low-level management functions) may have + different calling sequences (e.g., rt_sigreturn). + +Parameters and return value +--------------------------- +The system call number is specified in r0. + +There is a maximum of 6 integer parameters to a syscall, passed in r3-r8. + +Both a return value and a return error code are returned. cr0.SO is the return +error code, and r3 is the return value or error code. When cr0.SO is clear, +the syscall succeeded and r3 is the return value. When cr0.SO is set, the +syscall failed and r3 is the error code that generally corresponds to errno. + +Stack +----- +System calls do not modify the caller's stack frame. For example, the caller's +stack frame LR and CR save fields are not used. + +Register preservation rules +--------------------------- +Register preservation rules match the ELF ABI calling sequence with the +following differences: + +=========== ============= ======================================== +r0 Volatile (System call number.) +r3 Volatile (Parameter 1, and return value.) +r4-r8 Volatile (Parameters 2-6.) +cr0 Volatile (cr0.SO is the return error condition) +cr1, cr5-7 Nonvolatile +lr Nonvolatile +=========== ============= ======================================== + +All floating point and vector data registers as well as control and status +registers are nonvolatile. + +Invocation +---------- +The syscall is performed with the sc instruction, and returns with execution +continuing at the instruction following the sc instruction. + +Transactional Memory +-------------------- +Syscall behavior can change if the processor is in transactional or suspended +transaction state, and the syscall can affect the behavior of the transaction. + +If the processor is in suspended state when a syscall is made, the syscall +will be performed as normal, and will return as normal. The syscall will be +performed in suspended state, so its side effects will be persistent according +to the usual transactional memory semantics. A syscall may or may not result +in the transaction being doomed by hardware. + +If the processor is in transactional state when a syscall is made, then the +behavior depends on the presence of PPC_FEATURE2_HTM_NOSC in the AT_HWCAP2 ELF +auxiliary vector. + +- If present, which is the case for newer kernels, then the syscall will not + be performed and the transaction will be doomed by the kernel with the + failure code TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL | TM_CAUSE_PERSISTENT in the TEXASR SPR. + +- If not present (older kernels), then the kernel will suspend the + transactional state and the syscall will proceed as in the case of a + suspended state syscall, and will resume the transactional state before + returning to the caller. This case is not well defined or supported, so this + behavior should not be relied upon. + + +vsyscall +======== + +vsyscall calling sequence matches the syscall calling sequence, with the +following differences. Some vsyscalls may have different calling sequences. + +Parameters and return value +--------------------------- +r0 is not used as an input. The vsyscall is selected by its address. + +Stack +----- +The vsyscall may or may not use the caller's stack frame save areas. + +Register preservation rules +--------------------------- + +=========== ======== +r0 Volatile +cr1, cr5-7 Volatile +lr Volatile +=========== ======== + +Invocation +---------- +The vsyscall is performed with a branch-with-link instruction to the vsyscall +function address. + +Transactional Memory +-------------------- +vsyscalls will run in the same transactional state as the caller. A vsyscall +may or may not result in the transaction being doomed by hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fa716a0d88bd..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -=============================================== -Power Architecture 64-bit Linux system call ABI -=============================================== - -syscall -======= - -syscall calling sequence[*] matches the Power Architecture 64-bit ELF ABI -specification C function calling sequence, including register preservation -rules, with the following differences. - -[*] Some syscalls (typically low-level management functions) may have - different calling sequences (e.g., rt_sigreturn). - -Parameters and return value ---------------------------- -The system call number is specified in r0. - -There is a maximum of 6 integer parameters to a syscall, passed in r3-r8. - -Both a return value and a return error code are returned. cr0.SO is the return -error code, and r3 is the return value or error code. When cr0.SO is clear, -the syscall succeeded and r3 is the return value. When cr0.SO is set, the -syscall failed and r3 is the error code that generally corresponds to errno. - -Stack ------ -System calls do not modify the caller's stack frame. For example, the caller's -stack frame LR and CR save fields are not used. - -Register preservation rules ---------------------------- -Register preservation rules match the ELF ABI calling sequence with the -following differences: - -r0: Volatile. (System call number.) -r3: Volatile. (Parameter 1, and return value.) -r4-r8: Volatile. (Parameters 2-6.) -cr0: Volatile (cr0.SO is the return error condition) -cr1, cr5-7: Nonvolatile. -lr: Nonvolatile. - -All floating point and vector data registers as well as control and status -registers are nonvolatile. - -Invocation ----------- -The syscall is performed with the sc instruction, and returns with execution -continuing at the instruction following the sc instruction. - -Transactional Memory --------------------- -Syscall behavior can change if the processor is in transactional or suspended -transaction state, and the syscall can affect the behavior of the transaction. - -If the processor is in suspended state when a syscall is made, the syscall -will be performed as normal, and will return as normal. The syscall will be -performed in suspended state, so its side effects will be persistent according -to the usual transactional memory semantics. A syscall may or may not result -in the transaction being doomed by hardware. - -If the processor is in transactional state when a syscall is made, then the -behavior depends on the presence of PPC_FEATURE2_HTM_NOSC in the AT_HWCAP2 ELF -auxiliary vector. - -- If present, which is the case for newer kernels, then the syscall will not - be performed and the transaction will be doomed by the kernel with the - failure code TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL | TM_CAUSE_PERSISTENT in the TEXASR SPR. - -- If not present (older kernels), then the kernel will suspend the - transactional state and the syscall will proceed as in the case of a - suspended state syscall, and will resume the transactional state before - returning to the caller. This case is not well defined or supported, so this - behavior should not be relied upon. - - -vsyscall -======== - -vsyscall calling sequence matches the syscall calling sequence, with the -following differences. Some vsyscalls may have different calling sequences. - -Parameters and return value ---------------------------- -r0 is not used as an input. The vsyscall is selected by its address. - -Stack ------ -The vsyscall may or may not use the caller's stack frame save areas. - -Register preservation rules ---------------------------- -r0: Volatile. -cr1, cr5-7: Volatile. -lr: Volatile. - -Invocation ----------- -The vsyscall is performed with a branch-with-link instruction to the vsyscall -function address. - -Transactional Memory --------------------- -vsyscalls will run in the same transactional state as the caller. A vsyscall -may or may not result in the transaction being doomed by hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..09955103acb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.rst @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +============================ +Transactional Memory support +============================ + +POWER kernel support for this feature is currently limited to supporting +its use by user programs. It is not currently used by the kernel itself. + +This file aims to sum up how it is supported by Linux and what behaviour you +can expect from your user programs. + + +Basic overview +============== + +Hardware Transactional Memory is supported on POWER8 processors, and is a +feature that enables a different form of atomic memory access. Several new +instructions are presented to delimit transactions; transactions are +guaranteed to either complete atomically or roll back and undo any partial +changes. + +A simple transaction looks like this:: + + begin_move_money: + tbegin + beq abort_handler + + ld r4, SAVINGS_ACCT(r3) + ld r5, CURRENT_ACCT(r3) + subi r5, r5, 1 + addi r4, r4, 1 + std r4, SAVINGS_ACCT(r3) + std r5, CURRENT_ACCT(r3) + + tend + + b continue + + abort_handler: + ... test for odd failures ... + + /* Retry the transaction if it failed because it conflicted with + * someone else: */ + b begin_move_money + + +The 'tbegin' instruction denotes the start point, and 'tend' the end point. +Between these points the processor is in 'Transactional' state; any memory +references will complete in one go if there are no conflicts with other +transactional or non-transactional accesses within the system. In this +example, the transaction completes as though it were normal straight-line code +IF no other processor has touched SAVINGS_ACCT(r3) or CURRENT_ACCT(r3); an +atomic move of money from the current account to the savings account has been +performed. Even though the normal ld/std instructions are used (note no +lwarx/stwcx), either *both* SAVINGS_ACCT(r3) and CURRENT_ACCT(r3) will be +updated, or neither will be updated. + +If, in the meantime, there is a conflict with the locations accessed by the +transaction, the transaction will be aborted by the CPU. Register and memory +state will roll back to that at the 'tbegin', and control will continue from +'tbegin+4'. The branch to abort_handler will be taken this second time; the +abort handler can check the cause of the failure, and retry. + +Checkpointed registers include all GPRs, FPRs, VRs/VSRs, LR, CCR/CR, CTR, FPCSR +and a few other status/flag regs; see the ISA for details. + +Causes of transaction aborts +============================ + +- Conflicts with cache lines used by other processors +- Signals +- Context switches +- See the ISA for full documentation of everything that will abort transactions. + + +Syscalls +======== + +Syscalls made from within an active transaction will not be performed and the +transaction will be doomed by the kernel with the failure code TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL +| TM_CAUSE_PERSISTENT. + +Syscalls made from within a suspended transaction are performed as normal and +the transaction is not explicitly doomed by the kernel. However, what the +kernel does to perform the syscall may result in the transaction being doomed +by the hardware. The syscall is performed in suspended mode so any side +effects will be persistent, independent of transaction success or failure. No +guarantees are provided by the kernel about which syscalls will affect +transaction success. + +Care must be taken when relying on syscalls to abort during active transactions +if the calls are made via a library. Libraries may cache values (which may +give the appearance of success) or perform operations that cause transaction +failure before entering the kernel (which may produce different failure codes). +Examples are glibc's getpid() and lazy symbol resolution. + + +Signals +======= + +Delivery of signals (both sync and async) during transactions provides a second +thread state (ucontext/mcontext) to represent the second transactional register +state. Signal delivery 'treclaim's to capture both register states, so signals +abort transactions. The usual ucontext_t passed to the signal handler +represents the checkpointed/original register state; the signal appears to have +arisen at 'tbegin+4'. + +If the sighandler ucontext has uc_link set, a second ucontext has been +delivered. For future compatibility the MSR.TS field should be checked to +determine the transactional state -- if so, the second ucontext in uc->uc_link +represents the active transactional registers at the point of the signal. + +For 64-bit processes, uc->uc_mcontext.regs->msr is a full 64-bit MSR and its TS +field shows the transactional mode. + +For 32-bit processes, the mcontext's MSR register is only 32 bits; the top 32 +bits are stored in the MSR of the second ucontext, i.e. in +uc->uc_link->uc_mcontext.regs->msr. The top word contains the transactional +state TS. + +However, basic signal handlers don't need to be aware of transactions +and simply returning from the handler will deal with things correctly: + +Transaction-aware signal handlers can read the transactional register state +from the second ucontext. This will be necessary for crash handlers to +determine, for example, the address of the instruction causing the SIGSEGV. + +Example signal handler:: + + void crash_handler(int sig, siginfo_t *si, void *uc) + { + ucontext_t *ucp = uc; + ucontext_t *transactional_ucp = ucp->uc_link; + + if (ucp_link) { + u64 msr = ucp->uc_mcontext.regs->msr; + /* May have transactional ucontext! */ + #ifndef __powerpc64__ + msr |= ((u64)transactional_ucp->uc_mcontext.regs->msr) << 32; + #endif + if (MSR_TM_ACTIVE(msr)) { + /* Yes, we crashed during a transaction. Oops. */ + fprintf(stderr, "Transaction to be restarted at 0x%llx, but " + "crashy instruction was at 0x%llx\n", + ucp->uc_mcontext.regs->nip, + transactional_ucp->uc_mcontext.regs->nip); + } + } + + fix_the_problem(ucp->dar); + } + +When in an active transaction that takes a signal, we need to be careful with +the stack. It's possible that the stack has moved back up after the tbegin. +The obvious case here is when the tbegin is called inside a function that +returns before a tend. In this case, the stack is part of the checkpointed +transactional memory state. If we write over this non transactionally or in +suspend, we are in trouble because if we get a tm abort, the program counter and +stack pointer will be back at the tbegin but our in memory stack won't be valid +anymore. + +To avoid this, when taking a signal in an active transaction, we need to use +the stack pointer from the checkpointed state, rather than the speculated +state. This ensures that the signal context (written tm suspended) will be +written below the stack required for the rollback. The transaction is aborted +because of the treclaim, so any memory written between the tbegin and the +signal will be rolled back anyway. + +For signals taken in non-TM or suspended mode, we use the +normal/non-checkpointed stack pointer. + +Any transaction initiated inside a sighandler and suspended on return +from the sighandler to the kernel will get reclaimed and discarded. + +Failure cause codes used by kernel +================================== + +These are defined in , and distinguish different reasons why the +kernel aborted a transaction: + + ====================== ================================ + TM_CAUSE_RESCHED Thread was rescheduled. + TM_CAUSE_TLBI Software TLB invalid. + TM_CAUSE_FAC_UNAV FP/VEC/VSX unavailable trap. + TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL Syscall from active transaction. + TM_CAUSE_SIGNAL Signal delivered. + TM_CAUSE_MISC Currently unused. + TM_CAUSE_ALIGNMENT Alignment fault. + TM_CAUSE_EMULATE Emulation that touched memory. + ====================== ================================ + +These can be checked by the user program's abort handler as TEXASR[0:7]. If +bit 7 is set, it indicates that the error is consider persistent. For example +a TM_CAUSE_ALIGNMENT will be persistent while a TM_CAUSE_RESCHED will not. + +GDB +=== + +GDB and ptrace are not currently TM-aware. If one stops during a transaction, +it looks like the transaction has just started (the checkpointed state is +presented). The transaction cannot then be continued and will take the failure +handler route. Furthermore, the transactional 2nd register state will be +inaccessible. GDB can currently be used on programs using TM, but not sensibly +in parts within transactions. + +POWER9 +====== + +TM on POWER9 has issues with storing the complete register state. This +is described in this commit:: + + commit 4bb3c7a0208fc13ca70598efd109901a7cd45ae7 + Author: Paul Mackerras + Date: Wed Mar 21 21:32:01 2018 +1100 + KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Work around transactional memory bugs in POWER9 + +To account for this different POWER9 chips have TM enabled in +different ways. + +On POWER9N DD2.01 and below, TM is disabled. ie +HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM] is not set. + +On POWER9N DD2.1 TM is configured by firmware to always abort a +transaction when tm suspend occurs. So tsuspend will cause a +transaction to be aborted and rolled back. Kernel exceptions will also +cause the transaction to be aborted and rolled back and the exception +will not occur. If userspace constructs a sigcontext that enables TM +suspend, the sigcontext will be rejected by the kernel. This mode is +advertised to users with HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM_NO_SUSPEND] set. +HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM] is not set in this mode. + +On POWER9N DD2.2 and above, KVM and POWERVM emulate TM for guests (as +described in commit 4bb3c7a0208f), hence TM is enabled for guests +ie. HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM] is set for guest userspace. Guests that +makes heavy use of TM suspend (tsuspend or kernel suspend) will result +in traps into the hypervisor and hence will suffer a performance +degradation. Host userspace has TM disabled +ie. HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM] is not set. (although we make enable it +at some point in the future if we bring the emulation into host +userspace context switching). + +POWER9C DD1.2 and above are only available with POWERVM and hence +Linux only runs as a guest. On these systems TM is emulated like on +POWER9N DD2.2. + +Guest migration from POWER8 to POWER9 will work with POWER9N DD2.2 and +POWER9C DD1.2. Since earlier POWER9 processors don't support TM +emulation, migration from POWER8 to POWER9 is not supported there. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 52c023e14f26..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,244 +0,0 @@ -Transactional Memory support -============================ - -POWER kernel support for this feature is currently limited to supporting -its use by user programs. It is not currently used by the kernel itself. - -This file aims to sum up how it is supported by Linux and what behaviour you -can expect from your user programs. - - -Basic overview -============== - -Hardware Transactional Memory is supported on POWER8 processors, and is a -feature that enables a different form of atomic memory access. Several new -instructions are presented to delimit transactions; transactions are -guaranteed to either complete atomically or roll back and undo any partial -changes. - -A simple transaction looks like this: - -begin_move_money: - tbegin - beq abort_handler - - ld r4, SAVINGS_ACCT(r3) - ld r5, CURRENT_ACCT(r3) - subi r5, r5, 1 - addi r4, r4, 1 - std r4, SAVINGS_ACCT(r3) - std r5, CURRENT_ACCT(r3) - - tend - - b continue - -abort_handler: - ... test for odd failures ... - - /* Retry the transaction if it failed because it conflicted with - * someone else: */ - b begin_move_money - - -The 'tbegin' instruction denotes the start point, and 'tend' the end point. -Between these points the processor is in 'Transactional' state; any memory -references will complete in one go if there are no conflicts with other -transactional or non-transactional accesses within the system. In this -example, the transaction completes as though it were normal straight-line code -IF no other processor has touched SAVINGS_ACCT(r3) or CURRENT_ACCT(r3); an -atomic move of money from the current account to the savings account has been -performed. Even though the normal ld/std instructions are used (note no -lwarx/stwcx), either *both* SAVINGS_ACCT(r3) and CURRENT_ACCT(r3) will be -updated, or neither will be updated. - -If, in the meantime, there is a conflict with the locations accessed by the -transaction, the transaction will be aborted by the CPU. Register and memory -state will roll back to that at the 'tbegin', and control will continue from -'tbegin+4'. The branch to abort_handler will be taken this second time; the -abort handler can check the cause of the failure, and retry. - -Checkpointed registers include all GPRs, FPRs, VRs/VSRs, LR, CCR/CR, CTR, FPCSR -and a few other status/flag regs; see the ISA for details. - -Causes of transaction aborts -============================ - -- Conflicts with cache lines used by other processors -- Signals -- Context switches -- See the ISA for full documentation of everything that will abort transactions. - - -Syscalls -======== - -Syscalls made from within an active transaction will not be performed and the -transaction will be doomed by the kernel with the failure code TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL -| TM_CAUSE_PERSISTENT. - -Syscalls made from within a suspended transaction are performed as normal and -the transaction is not explicitly doomed by the kernel. However, what the -kernel does to perform the syscall may result in the transaction being doomed -by the hardware. The syscall is performed in suspended mode so any side -effects will be persistent, independent of transaction success or failure. No -guarantees are provided by the kernel about which syscalls will affect -transaction success. - -Care must be taken when relying on syscalls to abort during active transactions -if the calls are made via a library. Libraries may cache values (which may -give the appearance of success) or perform operations that cause transaction -failure before entering the kernel (which may produce different failure codes). -Examples are glibc's getpid() and lazy symbol resolution. - - -Signals -======= - -Delivery of signals (both sync and async) during transactions provides a second -thread state (ucontext/mcontext) to represent the second transactional register -state. Signal delivery 'treclaim's to capture both register states, so signals -abort transactions. The usual ucontext_t passed to the signal handler -represents the checkpointed/original register state; the signal appears to have -arisen at 'tbegin+4'. - -If the sighandler ucontext has uc_link set, a second ucontext has been -delivered. For future compatibility the MSR.TS field should be checked to -determine the transactional state -- if so, the second ucontext in uc->uc_link -represents the active transactional registers at the point of the signal. - -For 64-bit processes, uc->uc_mcontext.regs->msr is a full 64-bit MSR and its TS -field shows the transactional mode. - -For 32-bit processes, the mcontext's MSR register is only 32 bits; the top 32 -bits are stored in the MSR of the second ucontext, i.e. in -uc->uc_link->uc_mcontext.regs->msr. The top word contains the transactional -state TS. - -However, basic signal handlers don't need to be aware of transactions -and simply returning from the handler will deal with things correctly: - -Transaction-aware signal handlers can read the transactional register state -from the second ucontext. This will be necessary for crash handlers to -determine, for example, the address of the instruction causing the SIGSEGV. - -Example signal handler: - - void crash_handler(int sig, siginfo_t *si, void *uc) - { - ucontext_t *ucp = uc; - ucontext_t *transactional_ucp = ucp->uc_link; - - if (ucp_link) { - u64 msr = ucp->uc_mcontext.regs->msr; - /* May have transactional ucontext! */ -#ifndef __powerpc64__ - msr |= ((u64)transactional_ucp->uc_mcontext.regs->msr) << 32; -#endif - if (MSR_TM_ACTIVE(msr)) { - /* Yes, we crashed during a transaction. Oops. */ - fprintf(stderr, "Transaction to be restarted at 0x%llx, but " - "crashy instruction was at 0x%llx\n", - ucp->uc_mcontext.regs->nip, - transactional_ucp->uc_mcontext.regs->nip); - } - } - - fix_the_problem(ucp->dar); - } - -When in an active transaction that takes a signal, we need to be careful with -the stack. It's possible that the stack has moved back up after the tbegin. -The obvious case here is when the tbegin is called inside a function that -returns before a tend. In this case, the stack is part of the checkpointed -transactional memory state. If we write over this non transactionally or in -suspend, we are in trouble because if we get a tm abort, the program counter and -stack pointer will be back at the tbegin but our in memory stack won't be valid -anymore. - -To avoid this, when taking a signal in an active transaction, we need to use -the stack pointer from the checkpointed state, rather than the speculated -state. This ensures that the signal context (written tm suspended) will be -written below the stack required for the rollback. The transaction is aborted -because of the treclaim, so any memory written between the tbegin and the -signal will be rolled back anyway. - -For signals taken in non-TM or suspended mode, we use the -normal/non-checkpointed stack pointer. - -Any transaction initiated inside a sighandler and suspended on return -from the sighandler to the kernel will get reclaimed and discarded. - -Failure cause codes used by kernel -================================== - -These are defined in , and distinguish different reasons why the -kernel aborted a transaction: - - TM_CAUSE_RESCHED Thread was rescheduled. - TM_CAUSE_TLBI Software TLB invalid. - TM_CAUSE_FAC_UNAV FP/VEC/VSX unavailable trap. - TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL Syscall from active transaction. - TM_CAUSE_SIGNAL Signal delivered. - TM_CAUSE_MISC Currently unused. - TM_CAUSE_ALIGNMENT Alignment fault. - TM_CAUSE_EMULATE Emulation that touched memory. - -These can be checked by the user program's abort handler as TEXASR[0:7]. If -bit 7 is set, it indicates that the error is consider persistent. For example -a TM_CAUSE_ALIGNMENT will be persistent while a TM_CAUSE_RESCHED will not. - -GDB -=== - -GDB and ptrace are not currently TM-aware. If one stops during a transaction, -it looks like the transaction has just started (the checkpointed state is -presented). The transaction cannot then be continued and will take the failure -handler route. Furthermore, the transactional 2nd register state will be -inaccessible. GDB can currently be used on programs using TM, but not sensibly -in parts within transactions. - -POWER9 -====== - -TM on POWER9 has issues with storing the complete register state. This -is described in this commit: - - commit 4bb3c7a0208fc13ca70598efd109901a7cd45ae7 - Author: Paul Mackerras - Date: Wed Mar 21 21:32:01 2018 +1100 - KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Work around transactional memory bugs in POWER9 - -To account for this different POWER9 chips have TM enabled in -different ways. - -On POWER9N DD2.01 and below, TM is disabled. ie -HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM] is not set. - -On POWER9N DD2.1 TM is configured by firmware to always abort a -transaction when tm suspend occurs. So tsuspend will cause a -transaction to be aborted and rolled back. Kernel exceptions will also -cause the transaction to be aborted and rolled back and the exception -will not occur. If userspace constructs a sigcontext that enables TM -suspend, the sigcontext will be rejected by the kernel. This mode is -advertised to users with HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM_NO_SUSPEND] set. -HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM] is not set in this mode. - -On POWER9N DD2.2 and above, KVM and POWERVM emulate TM for guests (as -described in commit 4bb3c7a0208f), hence TM is enabled for guests -ie. HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM] is set for guest userspace. Guests that -makes heavy use of TM suspend (tsuspend or kernel suspend) will result -in traps into the hypervisor and hence will suffer a performance -degradation. Host userspace has TM disabled -ie. HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM] is not set. (although we make enable it -at some point in the future if we bring the emulation into host -userspace context switching). - -POWER9C DD1.2 and above are only available with POWERVM and hence -Linux only runs as a guest. On these systems TM is emulated like on -POWER9N DD2.2. - -Guest migration from POWER8 to POWER9 will work with POWER9N DD2.2 and -POWER9C DD1.2. Since earlier POWER9 processors don't support TM -emulation, migration from POWER8 to POWER9 is not supported there. diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index c144bd6a432e..8671909ee75c 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -4468,7 +4468,7 @@ F: arch/powerpc/platforms/powernv/pci-cxl.c F: drivers/misc/cxl/ F: include/misc/cxl* F: include/uapi/misc/cxl.h -F: Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt +F: Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst F: Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl CXLFLASH (IBM Coherent Accelerator Processor Interface CAPI Flash) SCSI DRIVER @@ -4479,7 +4479,7 @@ L: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org S: Supported F: drivers/scsi/cxlflash/ F: include/uapi/scsi/cxlflash_ioctl.h -F: Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.txt +F: Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.rst CYBERPRO FB DRIVER M: Russell King @@ -12353,7 +12353,7 @@ F: Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst F: drivers/pci/pcie/aer.c F: drivers/pci/pcie/dpc.c F: drivers/pci/pcie/err.c -F: Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt +F: Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst F: arch/powerpc/kernel/eeh*.c F: arch/powerpc/platforms/*/eeh*.c F: arch/powerpc/include/*/eeh*.h diff --git a/arch/powerpc/kernel/exceptions-64s.S b/arch/powerpc/kernel/exceptions-64s.S index eee5bef736c8..6ba3cc2ef8ab 100644 --- a/arch/powerpc/kernel/exceptions-64s.S +++ b/arch/powerpc/kernel/exceptions-64s.S @@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ EXC_COMMON(trap_0b_common, 0xb00, unknown_exception) * * Call convention: * - * syscall register convention is in Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.txt + * syscall register convention is in Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst * * For hypercalls, the register convention is as follows: * r0 volatile diff --git a/drivers/soc/fsl/qe/qe.c b/drivers/soc/fsl/qe/qe.c index 62c6ba17991a..c9519e62308c 100644 --- a/drivers/soc/fsl/qe/qe.c +++ b/drivers/soc/fsl/qe/qe.c @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ static void qe_upload_microcode(const void *base, /* * Upload a microcode to the I-RAM at a specific address. * - * See Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.txt for information on QE microcode + * See Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst for information on QE microcode * uploading. * * Currently, only version 1 is supported, so the 'version' field must be diff --git a/drivers/tty/hvc/hvcs.c b/drivers/tty/hvc/hvcs.c index cb4db1b3ca3c..5fb214e67d73 100644 --- a/drivers/tty/hvc/hvcs.c +++ b/drivers/tty/hvc/hvcs.c @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ * using the 2.6 Linux kernel kref construct. * * For direction on installation and usage of this driver please reference - * Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt. + * Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.rst. */ #include diff --git a/include/soc/fsl/qe/qe.h b/include/soc/fsl/qe/qe.h index 3f9d6b6a5691..c1036d16ed03 100644 --- a/include/soc/fsl/qe/qe.h +++ b/include/soc/fsl/qe/qe.h @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ static inline int qe_alive_during_sleep(void) /* Structure that defines QE firmware binary files. * - * See Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.txt for a description of these + * See Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst for a description of these * fields. */ struct qe_firmware { -- cgit v1.2.3 From bff9e34c678552eb172916d9288913e8bd8cc9d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Mon, 15 Jul 2019 05:31:06 -0300 Subject: docs: fix broken doc references due to renames Some files got renamed but probably due to some merge conflicts, a few references still point to the old locations. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt | 2 +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt | 2 +- Documentation/locking/spinlocks.rst | 4 ++-- Documentation/memory-barriers.txt | 2 +- Documentation/translations/ko_KR/memory-barriers.txt | 2 +- Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst | 2 +- MAINTAINERS | 8 ++++---- drivers/gpu/drm/drm_modes.c | 2 +- drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-nvidia-gpu.c | 2 +- drivers/scsi/hpsa.c | 4 ++-- 10 files changed, 15 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt index 8151f0195f76..23f115dc87cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Using hlist_nulls to protect read-mostly linked lists and objects using SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU allocations. -Please read the basics in Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt +Please read the basics in Documentation/RCU/listRCU.rst Using special makers (called 'nulls') is a convenient way to solve following problem : diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt index 326f29b270ad..2d325bed37e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt @@ -703,4 +703,4 @@ cpus { https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/ [6] ARM Linux Kernel documentation - Booting AArch64 Linux - Documentation/arm64/booting.txt + Documentation/arm64/booting.rst diff --git a/Documentation/locking/spinlocks.rst b/Documentation/locking/spinlocks.rst index 098107fb7d86..e93ec6645238 100644 --- a/Documentation/locking/spinlocks.rst +++ b/Documentation/locking/spinlocks.rst @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ itself. The read lock allows many concurrent readers. Anything that **changes** the list will have to get the write lock. NOTE! RCU is better for list traversal, but requires careful - attention to design detail (see Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt). + attention to design detail (see Documentation/RCU/listRCU.rst). Also, you cannot "upgrade" a read-lock to a write-lock, so if you at _any_ time need to do any changes (even if you don't do it every time), you have @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ to get the write-lock at the very beginning. NOTE! We are working hard to remove reader-writer spinlocks in most cases, so please don't add a new one without consensus. (Instead, see - Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt for complete information.) + Documentation/RCU/rcu.rst for complete information.) ---- diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt index 045bb8148fe9..1adbb8a371c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ There are certain things that the Linux kernel memory barriers do not guarantee: [*] For information on bus mastering DMA and coherency please read: - Documentation/PCI/pci.rst + Documentation/driver-api/pci/pci.rst Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt Documentation/DMA-API.txt diff --git a/Documentation/translations/ko_KR/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/translations/ko_KR/memory-barriers.txt index a33c2a536542..2774624ee843 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/ko_KR/memory-barriers.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/ko_KR/memory-barriers.txt @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ ACQUIRE 는 해당 오퍼레이션의 로드 부분에만 적용되고 RELEASE [*] 버스 마스터링 DMA 와 일관성에 대해서는 다음을 참고하시기 바랍니다: - Documentation/PCI/pci.rst + Documentation/driver-api/pci/pci.rst Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt Documentation/DMA-API.txt diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst b/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst index 94a96371113e..49c647dba8aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Last reviewed: 08/20/2018 and loop forever. This is generally not what a watchdog user wants. For those wishing to learn more please see: - Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst + Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt (panic=) Your Linux Distribution specific documentation. diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 8671909ee75c..5fe6fd597138 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ L: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org W: http://ez.analog.com/community/linux-device-drivers S: Supported F: drivers/iio/adc/ad7124.c -F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7124.txt +F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7124.yaml ANALOG DEVICES INC AD7606 DRIVER M: Stefan Popa @@ -4189,7 +4189,7 @@ M: Jens Axboe L: cgroups@vger.kernel.org L: linux-block@vger.kernel.org T: git git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block -F: Documentation/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst +F: Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst F: block/blk-cgroup.c F: include/linux/blk-cgroup.h F: block/blk-throttle.c @@ -6848,7 +6848,7 @@ R: Sagi Shahar R: Jon Olson L: netdev@vger.kernel.org S: Supported -F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/google/gve.txt +F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/google/gve.rst F: drivers/net/ethernet/google GPD POCKET FAN DRIVER @@ -12096,7 +12096,7 @@ M: Juergen Gross M: Alok Kataria L: virtualization@lists.linux-foundation.org S: Supported -F: Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.txt +F: Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.rst F: arch/*/kernel/paravirt* F: arch/*/include/asm/paravirt*.h F: include/linux/hypervisor.h diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_modes.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_modes.c index 57e6408288c8..4645af681ef8 100644 --- a/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_modes.c +++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_modes.c @@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@ static int drm_mode_parse_cmdline_options(char *str, size_t len, * * Additionals options can be provided following the mode, using a comma to * separate each option. Valid options can be found in - * Documentation/fb/modedb.txt. + * Documentation/fb/modedb.rst. * * The intermediate drm_cmdline_mode structure is required to store additional * options from the command line modline like the force-enable/disable flag. diff --git a/drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-nvidia-gpu.c b/drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-nvidia-gpu.c index cfc76b5de726..5a1235fd86bb 100644 --- a/drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-nvidia-gpu.c +++ b/drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-nvidia-gpu.c @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ static void gpu_i2c_remove(struct pci_dev *pdev) /* * We need gpu_i2c_suspend() even if it is stub, for runtime pm to work * correctly. Without it, lspci shows runtime pm status as "D0" for the card. - * Documentation/power/pci.txt also insists for driver to provide this. + * Documentation/power/pci.rst also insists for driver to provide this. */ static __maybe_unused int gpu_i2c_suspend(struct device *dev) { diff --git a/drivers/scsi/hpsa.c b/drivers/scsi/hpsa.c index 43a6b5350775..eaf6177ac9ee 100644 --- a/drivers/scsi/hpsa.c +++ b/drivers/scsi/hpsa.c @@ -7798,7 +7798,7 @@ static void hpsa_free_pci_init(struct ctlr_info *h) hpsa_disable_interrupt_mode(h); /* pci_init 2 */ /* * call pci_disable_device before pci_release_regions per - * Documentation/PCI/pci.rst + * Documentation/driver-api/pci/pci.rst */ pci_disable_device(h->pdev); /* pci_init 1 */ pci_release_regions(h->pdev); /* pci_init 2 */ @@ -7881,7 +7881,7 @@ clean2: /* intmode+region, pci */ clean1: /* * call pci_disable_device before pci_release_regions per - * Documentation/PCI/pci.rst + * Documentation/driver-api/pci/pci.rst */ pci_disable_device(h->pdev); pci_release_regions(h->pdev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0aafd138b322d0b1bec3f14cdef4be3374d9fc39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Marc Zyngier Date: Tue, 16 Jul 2019 18:43:08 +0100 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Update my email address to @kernel.org I will soon lose access to my @arm.com email address, so let's update the MAINTAINERS file to point to my @kernel.org address, as well as .mailmap for good measure. Note that my @arm.com address will still work, but someone else will be reading whatever is sent there. Don't say you didn't know! Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier Signed-off-by: Will Deacon --- .mailmap | 1 + MAINTAINERS | 8 ++++---- 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap index 0fef932de3db..23cfed2e015c 100644 --- a/.mailmap +++ b/.mailmap @@ -132,6 +132,7 @@ Linus Lüssing Li Yang Li Yang Maciej W. Rozycki +Marc Zyngier Marcin Nowakowski Mark Brown Mark Yao diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 783569e3c4b4..b3d1eaddc5cf 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ F: include/uapi/linux/if_arcnet.h ARM ARCHITECTED TIMER DRIVER M: Mark Rutland -M: Marc Zyngier +M: Marc Zyngier L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers) S: Maintained F: arch/arm/include/asm/arch_timer.h @@ -8490,7 +8490,7 @@ S: Obsolete F: include/uapi/linux/ipx.h IRQ DOMAINS (IRQ NUMBER MAPPING LIBRARY) -M: Marc Zyngier +M: Marc Zyngier S: Maintained T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip.git irq/core F: Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt @@ -8508,7 +8508,7 @@ F: kernel/irq/ IRQCHIP DRIVERS M: Thomas Gleixner M: Jason Cooper -M: Marc Zyngier +M: Marc Zyngier L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip.git irq/core @@ -8828,7 +8828,7 @@ F: arch/x86/include/asm/svm.h F: arch/x86/kvm/svm.c KERNEL VIRTUAL MACHINE FOR ARM/ARM64 (KVM/arm, KVM/arm64) -M: Marc Zyngier +M: Marc Zyngier R: James Morse R: Julien Thierry R: Suzuki K Pouloze -- cgit v1.2.3 From 01233d47836d96264f3d66eda4514739b0ce7d9d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Suzuki K Poulose Date: Wed, 17 Jul 2019 13:33:30 +0100 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Fix spelling mistake in my name Fix a typo in my name for the KVM-ARM reviewers entry. Acked-by: Marc Zyngier Signed-off-by: Suzuki K Poulose Signed-off-by: Will Deacon --- MAINTAINERS | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index b3d1eaddc5cf..ef195bda7c70 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -8831,7 +8831,7 @@ KERNEL VIRTUAL MACHINE FOR ARM/ARM64 (KVM/arm, KVM/arm64) M: Marc Zyngier R: James Morse R: Julien Thierry -R: Suzuki K Pouloze +R: Suzuki K Poulose L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers) L: kvmarm@lists.cs.columbia.edu T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvmarm/kvmarm.git -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8d419adb0511c8f0a2324fefb27752051eacc995 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Julien Thierry Date: Wed, 17 Jul 2019 11:32:15 +0100 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Update my email address My @arm.com address will stop working in a couple of weeks. Update MAINTAINERS and .mailmap files with an address I'll have access to. Signed-off-by: Julien Thierry Signed-off-by: Will Deacon --- .mailmap | 1 + MAINTAINERS | 2 +- 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap index 23cfed2e015c..1043793cd557 100644 --- a/.mailmap +++ b/.mailmap @@ -116,6 +116,7 @@ John Stultz Juha Yrjola Juha Yrjola Juha Yrjola +Julien Thierry Kay Sievers Kenneth W Chen Konstantin Khlebnikov diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index ef195bda7c70..50cf99beb7af 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -8830,7 +8830,7 @@ F: arch/x86/kvm/svm.c KERNEL VIRTUAL MACHINE FOR ARM/ARM64 (KVM/arm, KVM/arm64) M: Marc Zyngier R: James Morse -R: Julien Thierry +R: Julien Thierry R: Suzuki K Poulose L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers) L: kvmarm@lists.cs.columbia.edu -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4574b0b9abc83a3522b2e91c43b9f0c479855d3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean-Philippe Brucker Date: Mon, 22 Jul 2019 14:44:40 +0100 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Update my email address Update MAINTAINERS and .mailmap with my @linaro.org address, since I don't have access to my @arm.com address anymore. Signed-off-by: Jean-Philippe Brucker Signed-off-by: Will Deacon --- .mailmap | 1 + MAINTAINERS | 2 +- 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap index 1043793cd557..acba1a6163f1 100644 --- a/.mailmap +++ b/.mailmap @@ -98,6 +98,7 @@ Jason Gunthorpe Javi Merino Jean Tourrilhes + Jeff Garzik Jeff Layton Jeff Layton diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 50cf99beb7af..3d5577d5ca3d 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -17123,7 +17123,7 @@ F: drivers/virtio/virtio_input.c F: include/uapi/linux/virtio_input.h VIRTIO IOMMU DRIVER -M: Jean-Philippe Brucker +M: Jean-Philippe Brucker L: virtualization@lists.linux-foundation.org S: Maintained F: drivers/iommu/virtio-iommu.c -- cgit v1.2.3 From f4da5d074c8e51fcafd44889bf1caaa6a71ed6d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Palmer Dabbelt Date: Thu, 27 Jun 2019 17:27:53 -0700 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Add Paul as a RISC-V maintainer The RISC-V port has grown significantly over the past year. Paul's been helping out for a while ago. We agreed in person that he'd take over collecting the patches and submitting the PRs, but it looks like I forgot to make it official. Signed-off-by: Palmer Dabbelt Signed-off-by: Paul Walmsley --- MAINTAINERS | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 500cdb68ccbc..b6479a5f6a9a 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -13717,6 +13717,7 @@ F: drivers/mtd/nand/raw/r852.c F: drivers/mtd/nand/raw/r852.h RISC-V ARCHITECTURE +M: Paul Walmsley M: Palmer Dabbelt M: Albert Ou L: linux-riscv@lists.infradead.org -- cgit v1.2.3 From e32db73c5aca895a43061cf6621076aa798530e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Maxime Ripard Date: Thu, 18 Jul 2019 21:24:55 +0200 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Update my email address Use my kernel.org address instead of the bootlin one. Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard --- .mailmap | 2 ++ MAINTAINERS | 10 +++++----- 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap index 0fef932de3db..509d258a9e77 100644 --- a/.mailmap +++ b/.mailmap @@ -157,6 +157,8 @@ Matt Ranostay Matthew Ranostay Matt Ranostay Matt Redfearn +Maxime Ripard +Maxime Ripard Mayuresh Janorkar Michael Buesch Michel Dänzer diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 783569e3c4b4..8743615770a9 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ S: Maintained F: drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/ ALLWINNER VPU DRIVER -M: Maxime Ripard +M: Maxime Ripard M: Paul Kocialkowski L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained @@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ S: Maintained F: drivers/clk/sunxi/ ARM/Allwinner sunXi SoC support -M: Maxime Ripard +M: Maxime Ripard M: Chen-Yu Tsai L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers) S: Maintained @@ -3573,7 +3573,7 @@ F: Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.txt F: fs/cachefiles/ CADENCE MIPI-CSI2 BRIDGES -M: Maxime Ripard +M: Maxime Ripard L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cdns,*.txt @@ -5291,7 +5291,7 @@ F: include/linux/vga* DRM DRIVERS AND MISC GPU PATCHES M: Maarten Lankhorst -M: Maxime Ripard +M: Maxime Ripard M: Sean Paul W: https://01.org/linuxgraphics/gfx-docs/maintainer-tools/drm-misc.html S: Maintained @@ -5304,7 +5304,7 @@ F: include/uapi/drm/drm* F: include/linux/vga* DRM DRIVERS FOR ALLWINNER A10 -M: Maxime Ripard +M: Maxime Ripard L: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org S: Supported F: drivers/gpu/drm/sun4i/ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2f5947dfcaecb99f2dd559156eecbeb7b95e4c02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Hellwig Date: Wed, 24 Jul 2019 09:24:49 +0200 Subject: Documentation: move Documentation/virtual to Documentation/virt Renaming docs seems to be en vogue at the moment, so fix on of the grossly misnamed directories. We usually never use "virtual" as a shortcut for virtualization in the kernel, but always virt, as seen in the virt/ top-level directory. Fix up the documentation to match that. Fixes: ed16648eb5b8 ("Move kvm, uml, and lguest subdirectories under a common "virtual" directory, I.E:") Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini --- Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt | 2 +- Documentation/virt/index.rst | 18 + Documentation/virt/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst | 250 + Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt | 5296 ++++++++++++++++++++ Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.txt | 53 + Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/psci.txt | 61 + Documentation/virt/kvm/cpuid.rst | 107 + Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/README | 1 + Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-its.txt | 181 + Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt | 251 + Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt | 127 + Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/mpic.txt | 53 + Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt | 163 + Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt | 62 + Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vfio.txt | 36 + Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vm.txt | 270 + Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xics.txt | 66 + Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.txt | 197 + Documentation/virt/kvm/halt-polling.txt | 136 + Documentation/virt/kvm/hypercalls.txt | 154 + Documentation/virt/kvm/index.rst | 11 + Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.txt | 215 + Documentation/virt/kvm/mmu.txt | 449 ++ Documentation/virt/kvm/msr.txt | 284 ++ Documentation/virt/kvm/nested-vmx.txt | 240 + Documentation/virt/kvm/ppc-pv.txt | 212 + Documentation/virt/kvm/review-checklist.txt | 38 + Documentation/virt/kvm/s390-diag.txt | 83 + Documentation/virt/kvm/timekeeping.txt | 612 +++ Documentation/virt/kvm/vcpu-requests.rst | 307 ++ Documentation/virt/paravirt_ops.rst | 35 + Documentation/virt/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt | 4589 +++++++++++++++++ Documentation/virtual/index.rst | 18 - .../virtual/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst | 250 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt | 5296 -------------------- Documentation/virtual/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.txt | 53 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/arm/psci.txt | 61 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.rst | 107 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/README | 1 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-its.txt | 181 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt | 251 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt | 127 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/mpic.txt | 53 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt | 163 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt | 62 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vfio.txt | 36 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt | 270 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/xics.txt | 66 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/xive.txt | 197 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/halt-polling.txt | 136 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/hypercalls.txt | 154 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/index.rst | 11 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/locking.txt | 215 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt | 449 -- Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt | 284 -- Documentation/virtual/kvm/nested-vmx.txt | 240 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt | 212 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/review-checklist.txt | 38 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/s390-diag.txt | 83 - Documentation/virtual/kvm/timekeeping.txt | 612 --- Documentation/virtual/kvm/vcpu-requests.rst | 307 -- Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.rst | 35 - Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt | 4589 ----------------- MAINTAINERS | 6 +- arch/powerpc/include/uapi/asm/kvm_para.h | 2 +- arch/x86/kvm/mmu.c | 2 +- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 4 +- tools/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 4 +- virt/kvm/arm/arm.c | 2 +- virt/kvm/arm/vgic/vgic-mmio-v3.c | 2 +- virt/kvm/arm/vgic/vgic.h | 4 +- 71 files changed, 14571 insertions(+), 14571 deletions(-) create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/index.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/psci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/cpuid.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/README create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-its.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/mpic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vfio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xics.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/halt-polling.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/hypercalls.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/index.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/mmu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/msr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/nested-vmx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/ppc-pv.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/review-checklist.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/s390-diag.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/timekeeping.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/kvm/vcpu-requests.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/paravirt_ops.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/index.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/arm/psci.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/README delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-its.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/mpic.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vfio.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/xics.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/xive.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/halt-polling.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/hypercalls.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/index.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/locking.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/nested-vmx.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/review-checklist.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/s390-diag.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/timekeeping.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/vcpu-requests.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt index 099c5a4be95b..8a8880cec34b 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@ mem_encrypt=on: Activate SME mem_encrypt=off: Do not activate SME - Refer to Documentation/virtual/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst + Refer to Documentation/virt/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst for details on when memory encryption can be activated. mem_sleep_default= [SUSPEND] Default system suspend mode: diff --git a/Documentation/virt/index.rst b/Documentation/virt/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..062ffb527043 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +============================ +Linux Virtualization Support +============================ + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + kvm/index + paravirt_ops + +.. only:: html and subproject + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d18c97b4e140 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +====================================== +Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) +====================================== + +Overview +======== + +Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) is a feature found on AMD processors. + +SEV is an extension to the AMD-V architecture which supports running +virtual machines (VMs) under the control of a hypervisor. When enabled, +the memory contents of a VM will be transparently encrypted with a key +unique to that VM. + +The hypervisor can determine the SEV support through the CPUID +instruction. The CPUID function 0x8000001f reports information related +to SEV:: + + 0x8000001f[eax]: + Bit[1] indicates support for SEV + ... + [ecx]: + Bits[31:0] Number of encrypted guests supported simultaneously + +If support for SEV is present, MSR 0xc001_0010 (MSR_K8_SYSCFG) and MSR 0xc001_0015 +(MSR_K7_HWCR) can be used to determine if it can be enabled:: + + 0xc001_0010: + Bit[23] 1 = memory encryption can be enabled + 0 = memory encryption can not be enabled + + 0xc001_0015: + Bit[0] 1 = memory encryption can be enabled + 0 = memory encryption can not be enabled + +When SEV support is available, it can be enabled in a specific VM by +setting the SEV bit before executing VMRUN.:: + + VMCB[0x90]: + Bit[1] 1 = SEV is enabled + 0 = SEV is disabled + +SEV hardware uses ASIDs to associate a memory encryption key with a VM. +Hence, the ASID for the SEV-enabled guests must be from 1 to a maximum value +defined in the CPUID 0x8000001f[ecx] field. + +SEV Key Management +================== + +The SEV guest key management is handled by a separate processor called the AMD +Secure Processor (AMD-SP). Firmware running inside the AMD-SP provides a secure +key management interface to perform common hypervisor activities such as +encrypting bootstrap code, snapshot, migrating and debugging the guest. For more +information, see the SEV Key Management spec [api-spec]_ + +KVM implements the following commands to support common lifecycle events of SEV +guests, such as launching, running, snapshotting, migrating and decommissioning. + +1. KVM_SEV_INIT +--------------- + +The KVM_SEV_INIT command is used by the hypervisor to initialize the SEV platform +context. In a typical workflow, this command should be the first command issued. + +Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error + +2. KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_START +----------------------- + +The KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_START command is used for creating the memory encryption +context. To create the encryption context, user must provide a guest policy, +the owner's public Diffie-Hellman (PDH) key and session information. + +Parameters: struct kvm_sev_launch_start (in/out) + +Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error + +:: + + struct kvm_sev_launch_start { + __u32 handle; /* if zero then firmware creates a new handle */ + __u32 policy; /* guest's policy */ + + __u64 dh_uaddr; /* userspace address pointing to the guest owner's PDH key */ + __u32 dh_len; + + __u64 session_addr; /* userspace address which points to the guest session information */ + __u32 session_len; + }; + +On success, the 'handle' field contains a new handle and on error, a negative value. + +For more details, see SEV spec Section 6.2. + +3. KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_UPDATE_DATA +----------------------------- + +The KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_UPDATE_DATA is used for encrypting a memory region. It also +calculates a measurement of the memory contents. The measurement is a signature +of the memory contents that can be sent to the guest owner as an attestation +that the memory was encrypted correctly by the firmware. + +Parameters (in): struct kvm_sev_launch_update_data + +Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error + +:: + + struct kvm_sev_launch_update { + __u64 uaddr; /* userspace address to be encrypted (must be 16-byte aligned) */ + __u32 len; /* length of the data to be encrypted (must be 16-byte aligned) */ + }; + +For more details, see SEV spec Section 6.3. + +4. KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_MEASURE +------------------------- + +The KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_MEASURE command is used to retrieve the measurement of the +data encrypted by the KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_UPDATE_DATA command. The guest owner may +wait to provide the guest with confidential information until it can verify the +measurement. Since the guest owner knows the initial contents of the guest at +boot, the measurement can be verified by comparing it to what the guest owner +expects. + +Parameters (in): struct kvm_sev_launch_measure + +Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error + +:: + + struct kvm_sev_launch_measure { + __u64 uaddr; /* where to copy the measurement */ + __u32 len; /* length of measurement blob */ + }; + +For more details on the measurement verification flow, see SEV spec Section 6.4. + +5. KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_FINISH +------------------------ + +After completion of the launch flow, the KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_FINISH command can be +issued to make the guest ready for the execution. + +Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error + +6. KVM_SEV_GUEST_STATUS +----------------------- + +The KVM_SEV_GUEST_STATUS command is used to retrieve status information about a +SEV-enabled guest. + +Parameters (out): struct kvm_sev_guest_status + +Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error + +:: + + struct kvm_sev_guest_status { + __u32 handle; /* guest handle */ + __u32 policy; /* guest policy */ + __u8 state; /* guest state (see enum below) */ + }; + +SEV guest state: + +:: + + enum { + SEV_STATE_INVALID = 0; + SEV_STATE_LAUNCHING, /* guest is currently being launched */ + SEV_STATE_SECRET, /* guest is being launched and ready to accept the ciphertext data */ + SEV_STATE_RUNNING, /* guest is fully launched and running */ + SEV_STATE_RECEIVING, /* guest is being migrated in from another SEV machine */ + SEV_STATE_SENDING /* guest is getting migrated out to another SEV machine */ + }; + +7. KVM_SEV_DBG_DECRYPT +---------------------- + +The KVM_SEV_DEBUG_DECRYPT command can be used by the hypervisor to request the +firmware to decrypt the data at the given memory region. + +Parameters (in): struct kvm_sev_dbg + +Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error + +:: + + struct kvm_sev_dbg { + __u64 src_uaddr; /* userspace address of data to decrypt */ + __u64 dst_uaddr; /* userspace address of destination */ + __u32 len; /* length of memory region to decrypt */ + }; + +The command returns an error if the guest policy does not allow debugging. + +8. KVM_SEV_DBG_ENCRYPT +---------------------- + +The KVM_SEV_DEBUG_ENCRYPT command can be used by the hypervisor to request the +firmware to encrypt the data at the given memory region. + +Parameters (in): struct kvm_sev_dbg + +Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error + +:: + + struct kvm_sev_dbg { + __u64 src_uaddr; /* userspace address of data to encrypt */ + __u64 dst_uaddr; /* userspace address of destination */ + __u32 len; /* length of memory region to encrypt */ + }; + +The command returns an error if the guest policy does not allow debugging. + +9. KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_SECRET +------------------------ + +The KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_SECRET command can be used by the hypervisor to inject secret +data after the measurement has been validated by the guest owner. + +Parameters (in): struct kvm_sev_launch_secret + +Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error + +:: + + struct kvm_sev_launch_secret { + __u64 hdr_uaddr; /* userspace address containing the packet header */ + __u32 hdr_len; + + __u64 guest_uaddr; /* the guest memory region where the secret should be injected */ + __u32 guest_len; + + __u64 trans_uaddr; /* the hypervisor memory region which contains the secret */ + __u32 trans_len; + }; + +References +========== + + +See [white-paper]_, [api-spec]_, [amd-apm]_ and [kvm-forum]_ for more info. + +.. [white-paper] http://amd-dev.wpengine.netdna-cdn.com/wordpress/media/2013/12/AMD_Memory_Encryption_Whitepaper_v7-Public.pdf +.. [api-spec] http://support.amd.com/TechDocs/55766_SEV-KM_API_Specification.pdf +.. [amd-apm] http://support.amd.com/TechDocs/24593.pdf (section 15.34) +.. [kvm-forum] http://www.linux-kvm.org/images/7/74/02x08A-Thomas_Lendacky-AMDs_Virtualizatoin_Memory_Encryption_Technology.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2d067767b617 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5296 @@ +The Definitive KVM (Kernel-based Virtual Machine) API Documentation +=================================================================== + +1. General description +---------------------- + +The kvm API is a set of ioctls that are issued to control various aspects +of a virtual machine. The ioctls belong to three classes: + + - System ioctls: These query and set global attributes which affect the + whole kvm subsystem. In addition a system ioctl is used to create + virtual machines. + + - VM ioctls: These query and set attributes that affect an entire virtual + machine, for example memory layout. In addition a VM ioctl is used to + create virtual cpus (vcpus) and devices. + + VM ioctls must be issued from the same process (address space) that was + used to create the VM. + + - vcpu ioctls: These query and set attributes that control the operation + of a single virtual cpu. + + vcpu ioctls should be issued from the same thread that was used to create + the vcpu, except for asynchronous vcpu ioctl that are marked as such in + the documentation. Otherwise, the first ioctl after switching threads + could see a performance impact. + + - device ioctls: These query and set attributes that control the operation + of a single device. + + device ioctls must be issued from the same process (address space) that + was used to create the VM. + +2. File descriptors +------------------- + +The kvm API is centered around file descriptors. An initial +open("/dev/kvm") obtains a handle to the kvm subsystem; this handle +can be used to issue system ioctls. A KVM_CREATE_VM ioctl on this +handle will create a VM file descriptor which can be used to issue VM +ioctls. A KVM_CREATE_VCPU or KVM_CREATE_DEVICE ioctl on a VM fd will +create a virtual cpu or device and return a file descriptor pointing to +the new resource. Finally, ioctls on a vcpu or device fd can be used +to control the vcpu or device. For vcpus, this includes the important +task of actually running guest code. + +In general file descriptors can be migrated among processes by means +of fork() and the SCM_RIGHTS facility of unix domain socket. These +kinds of tricks are explicitly not supported by kvm. While they will +not cause harm to the host, their actual behavior is not guaranteed by +the API. See "General description" for details on the ioctl usage +model that is supported by KVM. + +It is important to note that althought VM ioctls may only be issued from +the process that created the VM, a VM's lifecycle is associated with its +file descriptor, not its creator (process). In other words, the VM and +its resources, *including the associated address space*, are not freed +until the last reference to the VM's file descriptor has been released. +For example, if fork() is issued after ioctl(KVM_CREATE_VM), the VM will +not be freed until both the parent (original) process and its child have +put their references to the VM's file descriptor. + +Because a VM's resources are not freed until the last reference to its +file descriptor is released, creating additional references to a VM via +via fork(), dup(), etc... without careful consideration is strongly +discouraged and may have unwanted side effects, e.g. memory allocated +by and on behalf of the VM's process may not be freed/unaccounted when +the VM is shut down. + + +3. Extensions +------------- + +As of Linux 2.6.22, the KVM ABI has been stabilized: no backward +incompatible change are allowed. However, there is an extension +facility that allows backward-compatible extensions to the API to be +queried and used. + +The extension mechanism is not based on the Linux version number. +Instead, kvm defines extension identifiers and a facility to query +whether a particular extension identifier is available. If it is, a +set of ioctls is available for application use. + + +4. API description +------------------ + +This section describes ioctls that can be used to control kvm guests. +For each ioctl, the following information is provided along with a +description: + + Capability: which KVM extension provides this ioctl. Can be 'basic', + which means that is will be provided by any kernel that supports + API version 12 (see section 4.1), a KVM_CAP_xyz constant, which + means availability needs to be checked with KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION + (see section 4.4), or 'none' which means that while not all kernels + support this ioctl, there's no capability bit to check its + availability: for kernels that don't support the ioctl, + the ioctl returns -ENOTTY. + + Architectures: which instruction set architectures provide this ioctl. + x86 includes both i386 and x86_64. + + Type: system, vm, or vcpu. + + Parameters: what parameters are accepted by the ioctl. + + Returns: the return value. General error numbers (EBADF, ENOMEM, EINVAL) + are not detailed, but errors with specific meanings are. + + +4.1 KVM_GET_API_VERSION + +Capability: basic +Architectures: all +Type: system ioctl +Parameters: none +Returns: the constant KVM_API_VERSION (=12) + +This identifies the API version as the stable kvm API. It is not +expected that this number will change. However, Linux 2.6.20 and +2.6.21 report earlier versions; these are not documented and not +supported. Applications should refuse to run if KVM_GET_API_VERSION +returns a value other than 12. If this check passes, all ioctls +described as 'basic' will be available. + + +4.2 KVM_CREATE_VM + +Capability: basic +Architectures: all +Type: system ioctl +Parameters: machine type identifier (KVM_VM_*) +Returns: a VM fd that can be used to control the new virtual machine. + +The new VM has no virtual cpus and no memory. +You probably want to use 0 as machine type. + +In order to create user controlled virtual machines on S390, check +KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL and use the flag KVM_VM_S390_UCONTROL as +privileged user (CAP_SYS_ADMIN). + +To use hardware assisted virtualization on MIPS (VZ ASE) rather than +the default trap & emulate implementation (which changes the virtual +memory layout to fit in user mode), check KVM_CAP_MIPS_VZ and use the +flag KVM_VM_MIPS_VZ. + + +On arm64, the physical address size for a VM (IPA Size limit) is limited +to 40bits by default. The limit can be configured if the host supports the +extension KVM_CAP_ARM_VM_IPA_SIZE. When supported, use +KVM_VM_TYPE_ARM_IPA_SIZE(IPA_Bits) to set the size in the machine type +identifier, where IPA_Bits is the maximum width of any physical +address used by the VM. The IPA_Bits is encoded in bits[7-0] of the +machine type identifier. + +e.g, to configure a guest to use 48bit physical address size : + + vm_fd = ioctl(dev_fd, KVM_CREATE_VM, KVM_VM_TYPE_ARM_IPA_SIZE(48)); + +The requested size (IPA_Bits) must be : + 0 - Implies default size, 40bits (for backward compatibility) + + or + + N - Implies N bits, where N is a positive integer such that, + 32 <= N <= Host_IPA_Limit + +Host_IPA_Limit is the maximum possible value for IPA_Bits on the host and +is dependent on the CPU capability and the kernel configuration. The limit can +be retrieved using KVM_CAP_ARM_VM_IPA_SIZE of the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION +ioctl() at run-time. + +Please note that configuring the IPA size does not affect the capability +exposed by the guest CPUs in ID_AA64MMFR0_EL1[PARange]. It only affects +size of the address translated by the stage2 level (guest physical to +host physical address translations). + + +4.3 KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST, KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST + +Capability: basic, KVM_CAP_GET_MSR_FEATURES for KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST +Architectures: x86 +Type: system ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_msr_list (in/out) +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error +Errors: + EFAULT: the msr index list cannot be read from or written to + E2BIG: the msr index list is to be to fit in the array specified by + the user. + +struct kvm_msr_list { + __u32 nmsrs; /* number of msrs in entries */ + __u32 indices[0]; +}; + +The user fills in the size of the indices array in nmsrs, and in return +kvm adjusts nmsrs to reflect the actual number of msrs and fills in the +indices array with their numbers. + +KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST returns the guest msrs that are supported. The list +varies by kvm version and host processor, but does not change otherwise. + +Note: if kvm indicates supports MCE (KVM_CAP_MCE), then the MCE bank MSRs are +not returned in the MSR list, as different vcpus can have a different number +of banks, as set via the KVM_X86_SETUP_MCE ioctl. + +KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST returns the list of MSRs that can be passed +to the KVM_GET_MSRS system ioctl. This lets userspace probe host capabilities +and processor features that are exposed via MSRs (e.g., VMX capabilities). +This list also varies by kvm version and host processor, but does not change +otherwise. + + +4.4 KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION + +Capability: basic, KVM_CAP_CHECK_EXTENSION_VM for vm ioctl +Architectures: all +Type: system ioctl, vm ioctl +Parameters: extension identifier (KVM_CAP_*) +Returns: 0 if unsupported; 1 (or some other positive integer) if supported + +The API allows the application to query about extensions to the core +kvm API. Userspace passes an extension identifier (an integer) and +receives an integer that describes the extension availability. +Generally 0 means no and 1 means yes, but some extensions may report +additional information in the integer return value. + +Based on their initialization different VMs may have different capabilities. +It is thus encouraged to use the vm ioctl to query for capabilities (available +with KVM_CAP_CHECK_EXTENSION_VM on the vm fd) + +4.5 KVM_GET_VCPU_MMAP_SIZE + +Capability: basic +Architectures: all +Type: system ioctl +Parameters: none +Returns: size of vcpu mmap area, in bytes + +The KVM_RUN ioctl (cf.) communicates with userspace via a shared +memory region. This ioctl returns the size of that region. See the +KVM_RUN documentation for details. + + +4.6 KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION + +Capability: basic +Architectures: all +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_memory_region (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed. + + +4.7 KVM_CREATE_VCPU + +Capability: basic +Architectures: all +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: vcpu id (apic id on x86) +Returns: vcpu fd on success, -1 on error + +This API adds a vcpu to a virtual machine. No more than max_vcpus may be added. +The vcpu id is an integer in the range [0, max_vcpu_id). + +The recommended max_vcpus value can be retrieved using the KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS of +the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl() at run-time. +The maximum possible value for max_vcpus can be retrieved using the +KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPUS of the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl() at run-time. + +If the KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS does not exist, you should assume that max_vcpus is 4 +cpus max. +If the KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPUS does not exist, you should assume that max_vcpus is +same as the value returned from KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS. + +The maximum possible value for max_vcpu_id can be retrieved using the +KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPU_ID of the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl() at run-time. + +If the KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPU_ID does not exist, you should assume that max_vcpu_id +is the same as the value returned from KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPUS. + +On powerpc using book3s_hv mode, the vcpus are mapped onto virtual +threads in one or more virtual CPU cores. (This is because the +hardware requires all the hardware threads in a CPU core to be in the +same partition.) The KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT capability indicates the number +of vcpus per virtual core (vcore). The vcore id is obtained by +dividing the vcpu id by the number of vcpus per vcore. The vcpus in a +given vcore will always be in the same physical core as each other +(though that might be a different physical core from time to time). +Userspace can control the threading (SMT) mode of the guest by its +allocation of vcpu ids. For example, if userspace wants +single-threaded guest vcpus, it should make all vcpu ids be a multiple +of the number of vcpus per vcore. + +For virtual cpus that have been created with S390 user controlled virtual +machines, the resulting vcpu fd can be memory mapped at page offset +KVM_S390_SIE_PAGE_OFFSET in order to obtain a memory map of the virtual +cpu's hardware control block. + + +4.8 KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG (vm ioctl) + +Capability: basic +Architectures: all +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_dirty_log (in/out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +/* for KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG */ +struct kvm_dirty_log { + __u32 slot; + __u32 padding; + union { + void __user *dirty_bitmap; /* one bit per page */ + __u64 padding; + }; +}; + +Given a memory slot, return a bitmap containing any pages dirtied +since the last call to this ioctl. Bit 0 is the first page in the +memory slot. Ensure the entire structure is cleared to avoid padding +issues. + +If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 specifies +the address space for which you want to return the dirty bitmap. +They must be less than the value that KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns for +the KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE capability. + +The bits in the dirty bitmap are cleared before the ioctl returns, unless +KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 is enabled. For more information, +see the description of the capability. + +4.9 KVM_SET_MEMORY_ALIAS + +Capability: basic +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_memory_alias (in) +Returns: 0 (success), -1 (error) + +This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed. + + +4.10 KVM_RUN + +Capability: basic +Architectures: all +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error +Errors: + EINTR: an unmasked signal is pending + +This ioctl is used to run a guest virtual cpu. While there are no +explicit parameters, there is an implicit parameter block that can be +obtained by mmap()ing the vcpu fd at offset 0, with the size given by +KVM_GET_VCPU_MMAP_SIZE. The parameter block is formatted as a 'struct +kvm_run' (see below). + + +4.11 KVM_GET_REGS + +Capability: basic +Architectures: all except ARM, arm64 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_regs (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Reads the general purpose registers from the vcpu. + +/* x86 */ +struct kvm_regs { + /* out (KVM_GET_REGS) / in (KVM_SET_REGS) */ + __u64 rax, rbx, rcx, rdx; + __u64 rsi, rdi, rsp, rbp; + __u64 r8, r9, r10, r11; + __u64 r12, r13, r14, r15; + __u64 rip, rflags; +}; + +/* mips */ +struct kvm_regs { + /* out (KVM_GET_REGS) / in (KVM_SET_REGS) */ + __u64 gpr[32]; + __u64 hi; + __u64 lo; + __u64 pc; +}; + + +4.12 KVM_SET_REGS + +Capability: basic +Architectures: all except ARM, arm64 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_regs (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Writes the general purpose registers into the vcpu. + +See KVM_GET_REGS for the data structure. + + +4.13 KVM_GET_SREGS + +Capability: basic +Architectures: x86, ppc +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_sregs (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Reads special registers from the vcpu. + +/* x86 */ +struct kvm_sregs { + struct kvm_segment cs, ds, es, fs, gs, ss; + struct kvm_segment tr, ldt; + struct kvm_dtable gdt, idt; + __u64 cr0, cr2, cr3, cr4, cr8; + __u64 efer; + __u64 apic_base; + __u64 interrupt_bitmap[(KVM_NR_INTERRUPTS + 63) / 64]; +}; + +/* ppc -- see arch/powerpc/include/uapi/asm/kvm.h */ + +interrupt_bitmap is a bitmap of pending external interrupts. At most +one bit may be set. This interrupt has been acknowledged by the APIC +but not yet injected into the cpu core. + + +4.14 KVM_SET_SREGS + +Capability: basic +Architectures: x86, ppc +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_sregs (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Writes special registers into the vcpu. See KVM_GET_SREGS for the +data structures. + + +4.15 KVM_TRANSLATE + +Capability: basic +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_translation (in/out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Translates a virtual address according to the vcpu's current address +translation mode. + +struct kvm_translation { + /* in */ + __u64 linear_address; + + /* out */ + __u64 physical_address; + __u8 valid; + __u8 writeable; + __u8 usermode; + __u8 pad[5]; +}; + + +4.16 KVM_INTERRUPT + +Capability: basic +Architectures: x86, ppc, mips +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_interrupt (in) +Returns: 0 on success, negative on failure. + +Queues a hardware interrupt vector to be injected. + +/* for KVM_INTERRUPT */ +struct kvm_interrupt { + /* in */ + __u32 irq; +}; + +X86: + +Returns: 0 on success, + -EEXIST if an interrupt is already enqueued + -EINVAL the the irq number is invalid + -ENXIO if the PIC is in the kernel + -EFAULT if the pointer is invalid + +Note 'irq' is an interrupt vector, not an interrupt pin or line. This +ioctl is useful if the in-kernel PIC is not used. + +PPC: + +Queues an external interrupt to be injected. This ioctl is overleaded +with 3 different irq values: + +a) KVM_INTERRUPT_SET + + This injects an edge type external interrupt into the guest once it's ready + to receive interrupts. When injected, the interrupt is done. + +b) KVM_INTERRUPT_UNSET + + This unsets any pending interrupt. + + Only available with KVM_CAP_PPC_UNSET_IRQ. + +c) KVM_INTERRUPT_SET_LEVEL + + This injects a level type external interrupt into the guest context. The + interrupt stays pending until a specific ioctl with KVM_INTERRUPT_UNSET + is triggered. + + Only available with KVM_CAP_PPC_IRQ_LEVEL. + +Note that any value for 'irq' other than the ones stated above is invalid +and incurs unexpected behavior. + +This is an asynchronous vcpu ioctl and can be invoked from any thread. + +MIPS: + +Queues an external interrupt to be injected into the virtual CPU. A negative +interrupt number dequeues the interrupt. + +This is an asynchronous vcpu ioctl and can be invoked from any thread. + + +4.17 KVM_DEBUG_GUEST + +Capability: basic +Architectures: none +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: none) +Returns: -1 on error + +Support for this has been removed. Use KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG instead. + + +4.18 KVM_GET_MSRS + +Capability: basic (vcpu), KVM_CAP_GET_MSR_FEATURES (system) +Architectures: x86 +Type: system ioctl, vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_msrs (in/out) +Returns: number of msrs successfully returned; + -1 on error + +When used as a system ioctl: +Reads the values of MSR-based features that are available for the VM. This +is similar to KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID, but it returns MSR indices and values. +The list of msr-based features can be obtained using KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST +in a system ioctl. + +When used as a vcpu ioctl: +Reads model-specific registers from the vcpu. Supported msr indices can +be obtained using KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST in a system ioctl. + +struct kvm_msrs { + __u32 nmsrs; /* number of msrs in entries */ + __u32 pad; + + struct kvm_msr_entry entries[0]; +}; + +struct kvm_msr_entry { + __u32 index; + __u32 reserved; + __u64 data; +}; + +Application code should set the 'nmsrs' member (which indicates the +size of the entries array) and the 'index' member of each array entry. +kvm will fill in the 'data' member. + + +4.19 KVM_SET_MSRS + +Capability: basic +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_msrs (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Writes model-specific registers to the vcpu. See KVM_GET_MSRS for the +data structures. + +Application code should set the 'nmsrs' member (which indicates the +size of the entries array), and the 'index' and 'data' members of each +array entry. + + +4.20 KVM_SET_CPUID + +Capability: basic +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_cpuid (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Defines the vcpu responses to the cpuid instruction. Applications +should use the KVM_SET_CPUID2 ioctl if available. + + +struct kvm_cpuid_entry { + __u32 function; + __u32 eax; + __u32 ebx; + __u32 ecx; + __u32 edx; + __u32 padding; +}; + +/* for KVM_SET_CPUID */ +struct kvm_cpuid { + __u32 nent; + __u32 padding; + struct kvm_cpuid_entry entries[0]; +}; + + +4.21 KVM_SET_SIGNAL_MASK + +Capability: basic +Architectures: all +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_signal_mask (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Defines which signals are blocked during execution of KVM_RUN. This +signal mask temporarily overrides the threads signal mask. Any +unblocked signal received (except SIGKILL and SIGSTOP, which retain +their traditional behaviour) will cause KVM_RUN to return with -EINTR. + +Note the signal will only be delivered if not blocked by the original +signal mask. + +/* for KVM_SET_SIGNAL_MASK */ +struct kvm_signal_mask { + __u32 len; + __u8 sigset[0]; +}; + + +4.22 KVM_GET_FPU + +Capability: basic +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_fpu (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Reads the floating point state from the vcpu. + +/* for KVM_GET_FPU and KVM_SET_FPU */ +struct kvm_fpu { + __u8 fpr[8][16]; + __u16 fcw; + __u16 fsw; + __u8 ftwx; /* in fxsave format */ + __u8 pad1; + __u16 last_opcode; + __u64 last_ip; + __u64 last_dp; + __u8 xmm[16][16]; + __u32 mxcsr; + __u32 pad2; +}; + + +4.23 KVM_SET_FPU + +Capability: basic +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_fpu (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Writes the floating point state to the vcpu. + +/* for KVM_GET_FPU and KVM_SET_FPU */ +struct kvm_fpu { + __u8 fpr[8][16]; + __u16 fcw; + __u16 fsw; + __u8 ftwx; /* in fxsave format */ + __u8 pad1; + __u16 last_opcode; + __u64 last_ip; + __u64 last_dp; + __u8 xmm[16][16]; + __u32 mxcsr; + __u32 pad2; +}; + + +4.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP + +Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP, KVM_CAP_S390_IRQCHIP (s390) +Architectures: x86, ARM, arm64, s390 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Creates an interrupt controller model in the kernel. +On x86, creates a virtual ioapic, a virtual PIC (two PICs, nested), and sets up +future vcpus to have a local APIC. IRQ routing for GSIs 0-15 is set to both +PIC and IOAPIC; GSI 16-23 only go to the IOAPIC. +On ARM/arm64, a GICv2 is created. Any other GIC versions require the usage of +KVM_CREATE_DEVICE, which also supports creating a GICv2. Using +KVM_CREATE_DEVICE is preferred over KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP for GICv2. +On s390, a dummy irq routing table is created. + +Note that on s390 the KVM_CAP_S390_IRQCHIP vm capability needs to be enabled +before KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP can be used. + + +4.25 KVM_IRQ_LINE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP +Architectures: x86, arm, arm64 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_irq_level +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Sets the level of a GSI input to the interrupt controller model in the kernel. +On some architectures it is required that an interrupt controller model has +been previously created with KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Note that edge-triggered +interrupts require the level to be set to 1 and then back to 0. + +On real hardware, interrupt pins can be active-low or active-high. This +does not matter for the level field of struct kvm_irq_level: 1 always +means active (asserted), 0 means inactive (deasserted). + +x86 allows the operating system to program the interrupt polarity +(active-low/active-high) for level-triggered interrupts, and KVM used +to consider the polarity. However, due to bitrot in the handling of +active-low interrupts, the above convention is now valid on x86 too. +This is signaled by KVM_CAP_X86_IOAPIC_POLARITY_IGNORED. Userspace +should not present interrupts to the guest as active-low unless this +capability is present (or unless it is not using the in-kernel irqchip, +of course). + + +ARM/arm64 can signal an interrupt either at the CPU level, or at the +in-kernel irqchip (GIC), and for in-kernel irqchip can tell the GIC to +use PPIs designated for specific cpus. The irq field is interpreted +like this: + +  bits: | 31 ... 24 | 23 ... 16 | 15 ... 0 | + field: | irq_type | vcpu_index | irq_id | + +The irq_type field has the following values: +- irq_type[0]: out-of-kernel GIC: irq_id 0 is IRQ, irq_id 1 is FIQ +- irq_type[1]: in-kernel GIC: SPI, irq_id between 32 and 1019 (incl.) + (the vcpu_index field is ignored) +- irq_type[2]: in-kernel GIC: PPI, irq_id between 16 and 31 (incl.) + +(The irq_id field thus corresponds nicely to the IRQ ID in the ARM GIC specs) + +In both cases, level is used to assert/deassert the line. + +struct kvm_irq_level { + union { + __u32 irq; /* GSI */ + __s32 status; /* not used for KVM_IRQ_LEVEL */ + }; + __u32 level; /* 0 or 1 */ +}; + + +4.26 KVM_GET_IRQCHIP + +Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_irqchip (in/out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Reads the state of a kernel interrupt controller created with +KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP into a buffer provided by the caller. + +struct kvm_irqchip { + __u32 chip_id; /* 0 = PIC1, 1 = PIC2, 2 = IOAPIC */ + __u32 pad; + union { + char dummy[512]; /* reserving space */ + struct kvm_pic_state pic; + struct kvm_ioapic_state ioapic; + } chip; +}; + + +4.27 KVM_SET_IRQCHIP + +Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_irqchip (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Sets the state of a kernel interrupt controller created with +KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP from a buffer provided by the caller. + +struct kvm_irqchip { + __u32 chip_id; /* 0 = PIC1, 1 = PIC2, 2 = IOAPIC */ + __u32 pad; + union { + char dummy[512]; /* reserving space */ + struct kvm_pic_state pic; + struct kvm_ioapic_state ioapic; + } chip; +}; + + +4.28 KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG + +Capability: KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_xen_hvm_config (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Sets the MSR that the Xen HVM guest uses to initialize its hypercall +page, and provides the starting address and size of the hypercall +blobs in userspace. When the guest writes the MSR, kvm copies one +page of a blob (32- or 64-bit, depending on the vcpu mode) to guest +memory. + +struct kvm_xen_hvm_config { + __u32 flags; + __u32 msr; + __u64 blob_addr_32; + __u64 blob_addr_64; + __u8 blob_size_32; + __u8 blob_size_64; + __u8 pad2[30]; +}; + + +4.29 KVM_GET_CLOCK + +Capability: KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_clock_data (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Gets the current timestamp of kvmclock as seen by the current guest. In +conjunction with KVM_SET_CLOCK, it is used to ensure monotonicity on scenarios +such as migration. + +When KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK is passed to KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION, it returns the +set of bits that KVM can return in struct kvm_clock_data's flag member. + +The only flag defined now is KVM_CLOCK_TSC_STABLE. If set, the returned +value is the exact kvmclock value seen by all VCPUs at the instant +when KVM_GET_CLOCK was called. If clear, the returned value is simply +CLOCK_MONOTONIC plus a constant offset; the offset can be modified +with KVM_SET_CLOCK. KVM will try to make all VCPUs follow this clock, +but the exact value read by each VCPU could differ, because the host +TSC is not stable. + +struct kvm_clock_data { + __u64 clock; /* kvmclock current value */ + __u32 flags; + __u32 pad[9]; +}; + + +4.30 KVM_SET_CLOCK + +Capability: KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_clock_data (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Sets the current timestamp of kvmclock to the value specified in its parameter. +In conjunction with KVM_GET_CLOCK, it is used to ensure monotonicity on scenarios +such as migration. + +struct kvm_clock_data { + __u64 clock; /* kvmclock current value */ + __u32 flags; + __u32 pad[9]; +}; + + +4.31 KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS +Extended by: KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW +Architectures: x86, arm, arm64 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_vcpu_event (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +X86: + +Gets currently pending exceptions, interrupts, and NMIs as well as related +states of the vcpu. + +struct kvm_vcpu_events { + struct { + __u8 injected; + __u8 nr; + __u8 has_error_code; + __u8 pending; + __u32 error_code; + } exception; + struct { + __u8 injected; + __u8 nr; + __u8 soft; + __u8 shadow; + } interrupt; + struct { + __u8 injected; + __u8 pending; + __u8 masked; + __u8 pad; + } nmi; + __u32 sipi_vector; + __u32 flags; + struct { + __u8 smm; + __u8 pending; + __u8 smm_inside_nmi; + __u8 latched_init; + } smi; + __u8 reserved[27]; + __u8 exception_has_payload; + __u64 exception_payload; +}; + +The following bits are defined in the flags field: + +- KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW may be set to signal that + interrupt.shadow contains a valid state. + +- KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM may be set to signal that smi contains a + valid state. + +- KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_PAYLOAD may be set to signal that the + exception_has_payload, exception_payload, and exception.pending + fields contain a valid state. This bit will be set whenever + KVM_CAP_EXCEPTION_PAYLOAD is enabled. + +ARM/ARM64: + +If the guest accesses a device that is being emulated by the host kernel in +such a way that a real device would generate a physical SError, KVM may make +a virtual SError pending for that VCPU. This system error interrupt remains +pending until the guest takes the exception by unmasking PSTATE.A. + +Running the VCPU may cause it to take a pending SError, or make an access that +causes an SError to become pending. The event's description is only valid while +the VPCU is not running. + +This API provides a way to read and write the pending 'event' state that is not +visible to the guest. To save, restore or migrate a VCPU the struct representing +the state can be read then written using this GET/SET API, along with the other +guest-visible registers. It is not possible to 'cancel' an SError that has been +made pending. + +A device being emulated in user-space may also wish to generate an SError. To do +this the events structure can be populated by user-space. The current state +should be read first, to ensure no existing SError is pending. If an existing +SError is pending, the architecture's 'Multiple SError interrupts' rules should +be followed. (2.5.3 of DDI0587.a "ARM Reliability, Availability, and +Serviceability (RAS) Specification"). + +SError exceptions always have an ESR value. Some CPUs have the ability to +specify what the virtual SError's ESR value should be. These systems will +advertise KVM_CAP_ARM_INJECT_SERROR_ESR. In this case exception.has_esr will +always have a non-zero value when read, and the agent making an SError pending +should specify the ISS field in the lower 24 bits of exception.serror_esr. If +the system supports KVM_CAP_ARM_INJECT_SERROR_ESR, but user-space sets the events +with exception.has_esr as zero, KVM will choose an ESR. + +Specifying exception.has_esr on a system that does not support it will return +-EINVAL. Setting anything other than the lower 24bits of exception.serror_esr +will return -EINVAL. + +struct kvm_vcpu_events { + struct { + __u8 serror_pending; + __u8 serror_has_esr; + /* Align it to 8 bytes */ + __u8 pad[6]; + __u64 serror_esr; + } exception; + __u32 reserved[12]; +}; + +4.32 KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS +Extended by: KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW +Architectures: x86, arm, arm64 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_vcpu_event (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +X86: + +Set pending exceptions, interrupts, and NMIs as well as related states of the +vcpu. + +See KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS for the data structure. + +Fields that may be modified asynchronously by running VCPUs can be excluded +from the update. These fields are nmi.pending, sipi_vector, smi.smm, +smi.pending. Keep the corresponding bits in the flags field cleared to +suppress overwriting the current in-kernel state. The bits are: + +KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_NMI_PENDING - transfer nmi.pending to the kernel +KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SIPI_VECTOR - transfer sipi_vector +KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM - transfer the smi sub-struct. + +If KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW is available, KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW can be set in +the flags field to signal that interrupt.shadow contains a valid state and +shall be written into the VCPU. + +KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM can only be set if KVM_CAP_X86_SMM is available. + +If KVM_CAP_EXCEPTION_PAYLOAD is enabled, KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_PAYLOAD +can be set in the flags field to signal that the +exception_has_payload, exception_payload, and exception.pending fields +contain a valid state and shall be written into the VCPU. + +ARM/ARM64: + +Set the pending SError exception state for this VCPU. It is not possible to +'cancel' an Serror that has been made pending. + +See KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS for the data structure. + + +4.33 KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_DEBUGREGS +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_debugregs (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Reads debug registers from the vcpu. + +struct kvm_debugregs { + __u64 db[4]; + __u64 dr6; + __u64 dr7; + __u64 flags; + __u64 reserved[9]; +}; + + +4.34 KVM_SET_DEBUGREGS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_DEBUGREGS +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_debugregs (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Writes debug registers into the vcpu. + +See KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS for the data structure. The flags field is unused +yet and must be cleared on entry. + + +4.35 KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION + +Capability: KVM_CAP_USER_MEMORY +Architectures: all +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_userspace_memory_region (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +struct kvm_userspace_memory_region { + __u32 slot; + __u32 flags; + __u64 guest_phys_addr; + __u64 memory_size; /* bytes */ + __u64 userspace_addr; /* start of the userspace allocated memory */ +}; + +/* for kvm_memory_region::flags */ +#define KVM_MEM_LOG_DIRTY_PAGES (1UL << 0) +#define KVM_MEM_READONLY (1UL << 1) + +This ioctl allows the user to create, modify or delete a guest physical +memory slot. Bits 0-15 of "slot" specify the slot id and this value +should be less than the maximum number of user memory slots supported per +VM. The maximum allowed slots can be queried using KVM_CAP_NR_MEMSLOTS. +Slots may not overlap in guest physical address space. + +If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 of "slot" +specifies the address space which is being modified. They must be +less than the value that KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns for the +KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE capability. Slots in separate address spaces +are unrelated; the restriction on overlapping slots only applies within +each address space. + +Deleting a slot is done by passing zero for memory_size. When changing +an existing slot, it may be moved in the guest physical memory space, +or its flags may be modified, but it may not be resized. + +Memory for the region is taken starting at the address denoted by the +field userspace_addr, which must point at user addressable memory for +the entire memory slot size. Any object may back this memory, including +anonymous memory, ordinary files, and hugetlbfs. + +It is recommended that the lower 21 bits of guest_phys_addr and userspace_addr +be identical. This allows large pages in the guest to be backed by large +pages in the host. + +The flags field supports two flags: KVM_MEM_LOG_DIRTY_PAGES and +KVM_MEM_READONLY. The former can be set to instruct KVM to keep track of +writes to memory within the slot. See KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG ioctl to know how to +use it. The latter can be set, if KVM_CAP_READONLY_MEM capability allows it, +to make a new slot read-only. In this case, writes to this memory will be +posted to userspace as KVM_EXIT_MMIO exits. + +When the KVM_CAP_SYNC_MMU capability is available, changes in the backing of +the memory region are automatically reflected into the guest. For example, an +mmap() that affects the region will be made visible immediately. Another +example is madvise(MADV_DROP). + +It is recommended to use this API instead of the KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION ioctl. +The KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION does not allow fine grained control over memory +allocation and is deprecated. + + +4.36 KVM_SET_TSS_ADDR + +Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_TSS_ADDR +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: unsigned long tss_address (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +This ioctl defines the physical address of a three-page region in the guest +physical address space. The region must be within the first 4GB of the +guest physical address space and must not conflict with any memory slot +or any mmio address. The guest may malfunction if it accesses this memory +region. + +This ioctl is required on Intel-based hosts. This is needed on Intel hardware +because of a quirk in the virtualization implementation (see the internals +documentation when it pops into existence). + + +4.37 KVM_ENABLE_CAP + +Capability: KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP +Architectures: mips, ppc, s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_enable_cap (in) +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +Capability: KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP_VM +Architectures: all +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_enable_cap (in) +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + ++Not all extensions are enabled by default. Using this ioctl the application +can enable an extension, making it available to the guest. + +On systems that do not support this ioctl, it always fails. On systems that +do support it, it only works for extensions that are supported for enablement. + +To check if a capability can be enabled, the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl should +be used. + +struct kvm_enable_cap { + /* in */ + __u32 cap; + +The capability that is supposed to get enabled. + + __u32 flags; + +A bitfield indicating future enhancements. Has to be 0 for now. + + __u64 args[4]; + +Arguments for enabling a feature. If a feature needs initial values to +function properly, this is the place to put them. + + __u8 pad[64]; +}; + +The vcpu ioctl should be used for vcpu-specific capabilities, the vm ioctl +for vm-wide capabilities. + +4.38 KVM_GET_MP_STATE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE +Architectures: x86, s390, arm, arm64 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (out) +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +struct kvm_mp_state { + __u32 mp_state; +}; + +Returns the vcpu's current "multiprocessing state" (though also valid on +uniprocessor guests). + +Possible values are: + + - KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE: the vcpu is currently running [x86,arm/arm64] + - KVM_MP_STATE_UNINITIALIZED: the vcpu is an application processor (AP) + which has not yet received an INIT signal [x86] + - KVM_MP_STATE_INIT_RECEIVED: the vcpu has received an INIT signal, and is + now ready for a SIPI [x86] + - KVM_MP_STATE_HALTED: the vcpu has executed a HLT instruction and + is waiting for an interrupt [x86] + - KVM_MP_STATE_SIPI_RECEIVED: the vcpu has just received a SIPI (vector + accessible via KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS) [x86] + - KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED: the vcpu is stopped [s390,arm/arm64] + - KVM_MP_STATE_CHECK_STOP: the vcpu is in a special error state [s390] + - KVM_MP_STATE_OPERATING: the vcpu is operating (running or halted) + [s390] + - KVM_MP_STATE_LOAD: the vcpu is in a special load/startup state + [s390] + +On x86, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an +in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace on +these architectures. + +For arm/arm64: + +The only states that are valid are KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED and +KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE which reflect if the vcpu is paused or not. + +4.39 KVM_SET_MP_STATE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE +Architectures: x86, s390, arm, arm64 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (in) +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +Sets the vcpu's current "multiprocessing state"; see KVM_GET_MP_STATE for +arguments. + +On x86, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an +in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace on +these architectures. + +For arm/arm64: + +The only states that are valid are KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED and +KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE which reflect if the vcpu should be paused or not. + +4.40 KVM_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR + +Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: unsigned long identity (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +This ioctl defines the physical address of a one-page region in the guest +physical address space. The region must be within the first 4GB of the +guest physical address space and must not conflict with any memory slot +or any mmio address. The guest may malfunction if it accesses this memory +region. + +Setting the address to 0 will result in resetting the address to its default +(0xfffbc000). + +This ioctl is required on Intel-based hosts. This is needed on Intel hardware +because of a quirk in the virtualization implementation (see the internals +documentation when it pops into existence). + +Fails if any VCPU has already been created. + +4.41 KVM_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID + +Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: unsigned long vcpu_id +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Define which vcpu is the Bootstrap Processor (BSP). Values are the same +as the vcpu id in KVM_CREATE_VCPU. If this ioctl is not called, the default +is vcpu 0. + + +4.42 KVM_GET_XSAVE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_xsave (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +struct kvm_xsave { + __u32 region[1024]; +}; + +This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xsave struct to the userspace. + + +4.43 KVM_SET_XSAVE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_xsave (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +struct kvm_xsave { + __u32 region[1024]; +}; + +This ioctl would copy userspace's xsave struct to the kernel. + + +4.44 KVM_GET_XCRS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_xcrs (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +struct kvm_xcr { + __u32 xcr; + __u32 reserved; + __u64 value; +}; + +struct kvm_xcrs { + __u32 nr_xcrs; + __u32 flags; + struct kvm_xcr xcrs[KVM_MAX_XCRS]; + __u64 padding[16]; +}; + +This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xcrs to the userspace. + + +4.45 KVM_SET_XCRS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_xcrs (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +struct kvm_xcr { + __u32 xcr; + __u32 reserved; + __u64 value; +}; + +struct kvm_xcrs { + __u32 nr_xcrs; + __u32 flags; + struct kvm_xcr xcrs[KVM_MAX_XCRS]; + __u64 padding[16]; +}; + +This ioctl would set vcpu's xcr to the value userspace specified. + + +4.46 KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID + +Capability: KVM_CAP_EXT_CPUID +Architectures: x86 +Type: system ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_cpuid2 (in/out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +struct kvm_cpuid2 { + __u32 nent; + __u32 padding; + struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 entries[0]; +}; + +#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX BIT(0) +#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC BIT(1) +#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT BIT(2) + +struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 { + __u32 function; + __u32 index; + __u32 flags; + __u32 eax; + __u32 ebx; + __u32 ecx; + __u32 edx; + __u32 padding[3]; +}; + +This ioctl returns x86 cpuid features which are supported by both the +hardware and kvm in its default configuration. Userspace can use the +information returned by this ioctl to construct cpuid information (for +KVM_SET_CPUID2) that is consistent with hardware, kernel, and +userspace capabilities, and with user requirements (for example, the +user may wish to constrain cpuid to emulate older hardware, or for +feature consistency across a cluster). + +Note that certain capabilities, such as KVM_CAP_X86_DISABLE_EXITS, may +expose cpuid features (e.g. MONITOR) which are not supported by kvm in +its default configuration. If userspace enables such capabilities, it +is responsible for modifying the results of this ioctl appropriately. + +Userspace invokes KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID by passing a kvm_cpuid2 structure +with the 'nent' field indicating the number of entries in the variable-size +array 'entries'. If the number of entries is too low to describe the cpu +capabilities, an error (E2BIG) is returned. If the number is too high, +the 'nent' field is adjusted and an error (ENOMEM) is returned. If the +number is just right, the 'nent' field is adjusted to the number of valid +entries in the 'entries' array, which is then filled. + +The entries returned are the host cpuid as returned by the cpuid instruction, +with unknown or unsupported features masked out. Some features (for example, +x2apic), may not be present in the host cpu, but are exposed by kvm if it can +emulate them efficiently. The fields in each entry are defined as follows: + + function: the eax value used to obtain the entry + index: the ecx value used to obtain the entry (for entries that are + affected by ecx) + flags: an OR of zero or more of the following: + KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX: + if the index field is valid + KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC: + if cpuid for this function returns different values for successive + invocations; there will be several entries with the same function, + all with this flag set + KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT: + for KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC entries, set if this entry is + the first entry to be read by a cpu + eax, ebx, ecx, edx: the values returned by the cpuid instruction for + this function/index combination + +The TSC deadline timer feature (CPUID leaf 1, ecx[24]) is always returned +as false, since the feature depends on KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP for local APIC +support. Instead it is reported via + + ioctl(KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION, KVM_CAP_TSC_DEADLINE_TIMER) + +if that returns true and you use KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP, or if you emulate the +feature in userspace, then you can enable the feature for KVM_SET_CPUID2. + + +4.47 KVM_PPC_GET_PVINFO + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_PVINFO +Architectures: ppc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_pvinfo (out) +Returns: 0 on success, !0 on error + +struct kvm_ppc_pvinfo { + __u32 flags; + __u32 hcall[4]; + __u8 pad[108]; +}; + +This ioctl fetches PV specific information that need to be passed to the guest +using the device tree or other means from vm context. + +The hcall array defines 4 instructions that make up a hypercall. + +If any additional field gets added to this structure later on, a bit for that +additional piece of information will be set in the flags bitmap. + +The flags bitmap is defined as: + + /* the host supports the ePAPR idle hcall + #define KVM_PPC_PVINFO_FLAGS_EV_IDLE (1<<0) + +4.52 KVM_SET_GSI_ROUTING + +Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING +Architectures: x86 s390 arm arm64 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_irq_routing (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Sets the GSI routing table entries, overwriting any previously set entries. + +On arm/arm64, GSI routing has the following limitation: +- GSI routing does not apply to KVM_IRQ_LINE but only to KVM_IRQFD. + +struct kvm_irq_routing { + __u32 nr; + __u32 flags; + struct kvm_irq_routing_entry entries[0]; +}; + +No flags are specified so far, the corresponding field must be set to zero. + +struct kvm_irq_routing_entry { + __u32 gsi; + __u32 type; + __u32 flags; + __u32 pad; + union { + struct kvm_irq_routing_irqchip irqchip; + struct kvm_irq_routing_msi msi; + struct kvm_irq_routing_s390_adapter adapter; + struct kvm_irq_routing_hv_sint hv_sint; + __u32 pad[8]; + } u; +}; + +/* gsi routing entry types */ +#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_IRQCHIP 1 +#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_MSI 2 +#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_S390_ADAPTER 3 +#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_HV_SINT 4 + +flags: +- KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID: used along with KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_MSI routing entry + type, specifies that the devid field contains a valid value. The per-VM + KVM_CAP_MSI_DEVID capability advertises the requirement to provide + the device ID. If this capability is not available, userspace should + never set the KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID flag as the ioctl might fail. +- zero otherwise + +struct kvm_irq_routing_irqchip { + __u32 irqchip; + __u32 pin; +}; + +struct kvm_irq_routing_msi { + __u32 address_lo; + __u32 address_hi; + __u32 data; + union { + __u32 pad; + __u32 devid; + }; +}; + +If KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID is set, devid contains a unique device identifier +for the device that wrote the MSI message. For PCI, this is usually a +BFD identifier in the lower 16 bits. + +On x86, address_hi is ignored unless the KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS +feature of KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API capability is enabled. If it is enabled, +address_hi bits 31-8 provide bits 31-8 of the destination id. Bits 7-0 of +address_hi must be zero. + +struct kvm_irq_routing_s390_adapter { + __u64 ind_addr; + __u64 summary_addr; + __u64 ind_offset; + __u32 summary_offset; + __u32 adapter_id; +}; + +struct kvm_irq_routing_hv_sint { + __u32 vcpu; + __u32 sint; +}; + + +4.55 KVM_SET_TSC_KHZ + +Capability: KVM_CAP_TSC_CONTROL +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: virtual tsc_khz +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Specifies the tsc frequency for the virtual machine. The unit of the +frequency is KHz. + + +4.56 KVM_GET_TSC_KHZ + +Capability: KVM_CAP_GET_TSC_KHZ +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: none +Returns: virtual tsc-khz on success, negative value on error + +Returns the tsc frequency of the guest. The unit of the return value is +KHz. If the host has unstable tsc this ioctl returns -EIO instead as an +error. + + +4.57 KVM_GET_LAPIC + +Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_lapic_state (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +#define KVM_APIC_REG_SIZE 0x400 +struct kvm_lapic_state { + char regs[KVM_APIC_REG_SIZE]; +}; + +Reads the Local APIC registers and copies them into the input argument. The +data format and layout are the same as documented in the architecture manual. + +If KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS feature of KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API is +enabled, then the format of APIC_ID register depends on the APIC mode +(reported by MSR_IA32_APICBASE) of its VCPU. x2APIC stores APIC ID in +the APIC_ID register (bytes 32-35). xAPIC only allows an 8-bit APIC ID +which is stored in bits 31-24 of the APIC register, or equivalently in +byte 35 of struct kvm_lapic_state's regs field. KVM_GET_LAPIC must then +be called after MSR_IA32_APICBASE has been set with KVM_SET_MSR. + +If KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS feature is disabled, struct kvm_lapic_state +always uses xAPIC format. + + +4.58 KVM_SET_LAPIC + +Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_lapic_state (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +#define KVM_APIC_REG_SIZE 0x400 +struct kvm_lapic_state { + char regs[KVM_APIC_REG_SIZE]; +}; + +Copies the input argument into the Local APIC registers. The data format +and layout are the same as documented in the architecture manual. + +The format of the APIC ID register (bytes 32-35 of struct kvm_lapic_state's +regs field) depends on the state of the KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API capability. +See the note in KVM_GET_LAPIC. + + +4.59 KVM_IOEVENTFD + +Capability: KVM_CAP_IOEVENTFD +Architectures: all +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_ioeventfd (in) +Returns: 0 on success, !0 on error + +This ioctl attaches or detaches an ioeventfd to a legal pio/mmio address +within the guest. A guest write in the registered address will signal the +provided event instead of triggering an exit. + +struct kvm_ioeventfd { + __u64 datamatch; + __u64 addr; /* legal pio/mmio address */ + __u32 len; /* 0, 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes */ + __s32 fd; + __u32 flags; + __u8 pad[36]; +}; + +For the special case of virtio-ccw devices on s390, the ioevent is matched +to a subchannel/virtqueue tuple instead. + +The following flags are defined: + +#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_DATAMATCH (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_datamatch) +#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_PIO (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_pio) +#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_DEASSIGN (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_deassign) +#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_VIRTIO_CCW_NOTIFY \ + (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_virtio_ccw_notify) + +If datamatch flag is set, the event will be signaled only if the written value +to the registered address is equal to datamatch in struct kvm_ioeventfd. + +For virtio-ccw devices, addr contains the subchannel id and datamatch the +virtqueue index. + +With KVM_CAP_IOEVENTFD_ANY_LENGTH, a zero length ioeventfd is allowed, and +the kernel will ignore the length of guest write and may get a faster vmexit. +The speedup may only apply to specific architectures, but the ioeventfd will +work anyway. + +4.60 KVM_DIRTY_TLB + +Capability: KVM_CAP_SW_TLB +Architectures: ppc +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_dirty_tlb (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +struct kvm_dirty_tlb { + __u64 bitmap; + __u32 num_dirty; +}; + +This must be called whenever userspace has changed an entry in the shared +TLB, prior to calling KVM_RUN on the associated vcpu. + +The "bitmap" field is the userspace address of an array. This array +consists of a number of bits, equal to the total number of TLB entries as +determined by the last successful call to KVM_CONFIG_TLB, rounded up to the +nearest multiple of 64. + +Each bit corresponds to one TLB entry, ordered the same as in the shared TLB +array. + +The array is little-endian: the bit 0 is the least significant bit of the +first byte, bit 8 is the least significant bit of the second byte, etc. +This avoids any complications with differing word sizes. + +The "num_dirty" field is a performance hint for KVM to determine whether it +should skip processing the bitmap and just invalidate everything. It must +be set to the number of set bits in the bitmap. + + +4.62 KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE +Architectures: powerpc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_create_spapr_tce (in) +Returns: file descriptor for manipulating the created TCE table + +This creates a virtual TCE (translation control entry) table, which +is an IOMMU for PAPR-style virtual I/O. It is used to translate +logical addresses used in virtual I/O into guest physical addresses, +and provides a scatter/gather capability for PAPR virtual I/O. + +/* for KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE */ +struct kvm_create_spapr_tce { + __u64 liobn; + __u32 window_size; +}; + +The liobn field gives the logical IO bus number for which to create a +TCE table. The window_size field specifies the size of the DMA window +which this TCE table will translate - the table will contain one 64 +bit TCE entry for every 4kiB of the DMA window. + +When the guest issues an H_PUT_TCE hcall on a liobn for which a TCE +table has been created using this ioctl(), the kernel will handle it +in real mode, updating the TCE table. H_PUT_TCE calls for other +liobns will cause a vm exit and must be handled by userspace. + +The return value is a file descriptor which can be passed to mmap(2) +to map the created TCE table into userspace. This lets userspace read +the entries written by kernel-handled H_PUT_TCE calls, and also lets +userspace update the TCE table directly which is useful in some +circumstances. + + +4.63 KVM_ALLOCATE_RMA + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_RMA +Architectures: powerpc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_allocate_rma (out) +Returns: file descriptor for mapping the allocated RMA + +This allocates a Real Mode Area (RMA) from the pool allocated at boot +time by the kernel. An RMA is a physically-contiguous, aligned region +of memory used on older POWER processors to provide the memory which +will be accessed by real-mode (MMU off) accesses in a KVM guest. +POWER processors support a set of sizes for the RMA that usually +includes 64MB, 128MB, 256MB and some larger powers of two. + +/* for KVM_ALLOCATE_RMA */ +struct kvm_allocate_rma { + __u64 rma_size; +}; + +The return value is a file descriptor which can be passed to mmap(2) +to map the allocated RMA into userspace. The mapped area can then be +passed to the KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION ioctl to establish it as the +RMA for a virtual machine. The size of the RMA in bytes (which is +fixed at host kernel boot time) is returned in the rma_size field of +the argument structure. + +The KVM_CAP_PPC_RMA capability is 1 or 2 if the KVM_ALLOCATE_RMA ioctl +is supported; 2 if the processor requires all virtual machines to have +an RMA, or 1 if the processor can use an RMA but doesn't require it, +because it supports the Virtual RMA (VRMA) facility. + + +4.64 KVM_NMI + +Capability: KVM_CAP_USER_NMI +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Queues an NMI on the thread's vcpu. Note this is well defined only +when KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP has not been called, since this is an interface +between the virtual cpu core and virtual local APIC. After KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP +has been called, this interface is completely emulated within the kernel. + +To use this to emulate the LINT1 input with KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP, use the +following algorithm: + + - pause the vcpu + - read the local APIC's state (KVM_GET_LAPIC) + - check whether changing LINT1 will queue an NMI (see the LVT entry for LINT1) + - if so, issue KVM_NMI + - resume the vcpu + +Some guests configure the LINT1 NMI input to cause a panic, aiding in +debugging. + + +4.65 KVM_S390_UCAS_MAP + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping (in) +Returns: 0 in case of success + +The parameter is defined like this: + struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping { + __u64 user_addr; + __u64 vcpu_addr; + __u64 length; + }; + +This ioctl maps the memory at "user_addr" with the length "length" to +the vcpu's address space starting at "vcpu_addr". All parameters need to +be aligned by 1 megabyte. + + +4.66 KVM_S390_UCAS_UNMAP + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping (in) +Returns: 0 in case of success + +The parameter is defined like this: + struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping { + __u64 user_addr; + __u64 vcpu_addr; + __u64 length; + }; + +This ioctl unmaps the memory in the vcpu's address space starting at +"vcpu_addr" with the length "length". The field "user_addr" is ignored. +All parameters need to be aligned by 1 megabyte. + + +4.67 KVM_S390_VCPU_FAULT + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: vcpu absolute address (in) +Returns: 0 in case of success + +This call creates a page table entry on the virtual cpu's address space +(for user controlled virtual machines) or the virtual machine's address +space (for regular virtual machines). This only works for minor faults, +thus it's recommended to access subject memory page via the user page +table upfront. This is useful to handle validity intercepts for user +controlled virtual machines to fault in the virtual cpu's lowcore pages +prior to calling the KVM_RUN ioctl. + + +4.68 KVM_SET_ONE_REG + +Capability: KVM_CAP_ONE_REG +Architectures: all +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_one_reg (in) +Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure +Errors: +  ENOENT:   no such register +  EINVAL:   invalid register ID, or no such register +  EPERM:    (arm64) register access not allowed before vcpu finalization +(These error codes are indicative only: do not rely on a specific error +code being returned in a specific situation.) + +struct kvm_one_reg { + __u64 id; + __u64 addr; +}; + +Using this ioctl, a single vcpu register can be set to a specific value +defined by user space with the passed in struct kvm_one_reg, where id +refers to the register identifier as described below and addr is a pointer +to a variable with the respective size. There can be architecture agnostic +and architecture specific registers. Each have their own range of operation +and their own constants and width. To keep track of the implemented +registers, find a list below: + + Arch | Register | Width (bits) + | | + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_HIOR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_IAC1 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_IAC2 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_IAC3 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_IAC4 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DAC1 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DAC2 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DABR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DSCR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PURR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SPURR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DAR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DSISR | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_AMR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_UAMOR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MMCR0 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MMCR1 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MMCRA | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MMCR2 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MMCRS | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SIAR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SDAR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SIER | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC1 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC2 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC3 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC4 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC5 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC6 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC7 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC8 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_FPR0 | 64 + ... + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_FPR31 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VR0 | 128 + ... + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VR31 | 128 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VSR0 | 128 + ... + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VSR31 | 128 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_FPSCR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VSCR | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VPA_ADDR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VPA_SLB | 128 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VPA_DTL | 128 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_EPCR | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_EPR | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TCR | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TSR | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_OR_TSR | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_CLEAR_TSR | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MAS0 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MAS1 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MAS2 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MAS7_3 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MAS4 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MAS6 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MMUCFG | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB0CFG | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB1CFG | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB2CFG | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB3CFG | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB0PS | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB1PS | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB2PS | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB3PS | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_EPTCFG | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_ICP_STATE | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VP_STATE | 128 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TB_OFFSET | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SPMC1 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SPMC2 | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_IAMR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TFHAR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TFIAR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TEXASR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_FSCR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PSPB | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_EBBHR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_EBBRR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_BESCR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TAR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DPDES | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DAWR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DAWRX | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_CIABR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_IC | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VTB | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_CSIGR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TACR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TCSCR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PID | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_ACOP | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VRSAVE | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_LPCR | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_LPCR_64 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PPR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_ARCH_COMPAT | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DABRX | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_WORT | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SPRG9 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DBSR | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TIDR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PSSCR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DEC_EXPIRY | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PTCR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_GPR0 | 64 + ... + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_GPR31 | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_VSR0 | 128 + ... + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_VSR63 | 128 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_CR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_LR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_CTR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_FPSCR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_AMR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_PPR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_VRSAVE | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_VSCR | 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_DSCR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_TAR | 64 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_XER | 64 + | | + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_R0 | 64 + ... + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_R31 | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_HI | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_LO | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_PC | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_INDEX | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ENTRYLO0 | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ENTRYLO1 | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONTEXT | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONTEXTCONFIG| 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_USERLOCAL | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_XCONTEXTCONFIG| 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PAGEMASK | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PAGEGRAIN | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_SEGCTL0 | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_SEGCTL1 | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_SEGCTL2 | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PWBASE | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PWFIELD | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PWSIZE | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_WIRED | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PWCTL | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_HWRENA | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_BADVADDR | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_BADINSTR | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_BADINSTRP | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_COUNT | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ENTRYHI | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_COMPARE | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_STATUS | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_INTCTL | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CAUSE | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_EPC | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PRID | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_EBASE | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG1 | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG2 | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG3 | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG4 | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG5 | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG7 | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_XCONTEXT | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ERROREPC | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_KSCRATCH1 | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_KSCRATCH2 | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_KSCRATCH3 | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_KSCRATCH4 | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_KSCRATCH5 | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_KSCRATCH6 | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_MAAR(0..63) | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_COUNT_CTL | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_COUNT_RESUME | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_COUNT_HZ | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_32(0..31) | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_64(0..31) | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_128(0..31) | 128 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_IR | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_CSR | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_IR | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_CSR | 32 + +ARM registers are mapped using the lower 32 bits. The upper 16 of that +is the register group type, or coprocessor number: + +ARM core registers have the following id bit patterns: + 0x4020 0000 0010 + +ARM 32-bit CP15 registers have the following id bit patterns: + 0x4020 0000 000F + +ARM 64-bit CP15 registers have the following id bit patterns: + 0x4030 0000 000F + +ARM CCSIDR registers are demultiplexed by CSSELR value: + 0x4020 0000 0011 00 + +ARM 32-bit VFP control registers have the following id bit patterns: + 0x4020 0000 0012 1 + +ARM 64-bit FP registers have the following id bit patterns: + 0x4030 0000 0012 0 + +ARM firmware pseudo-registers have the following bit pattern: + 0x4030 0000 0014 + + +arm64 registers are mapped using the lower 32 bits. The upper 16 of +that is the register group type, or coprocessor number: + +arm64 core/FP-SIMD registers have the following id bit patterns. Note +that the size of the access is variable, as the kvm_regs structure +contains elements ranging from 32 to 128 bits. The index is a 32bit +value in the kvm_regs structure seen as a 32bit array. + 0x60x0 0000 0010 + +Specifically: + Encoding Register Bits kvm_regs member +---------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x6030 0000 0010 0000 X0 64 regs.regs[0] + 0x6030 0000 0010 0002 X1 64 regs.regs[1] + ... + 0x6030 0000 0010 003c X30 64 regs.regs[30] + 0x6030 0000 0010 003e SP 64 regs.sp + 0x6030 0000 0010 0040 PC 64 regs.pc + 0x6030 0000 0010 0042 PSTATE 64 regs.pstate + 0x6030 0000 0010 0044 SP_EL1 64 sp_el1 + 0x6030 0000 0010 0046 ELR_EL1 64 elr_el1 + 0x6030 0000 0010 0048 SPSR_EL1 64 spsr[KVM_SPSR_EL1] (alias SPSR_SVC) + 0x6030 0000 0010 004a SPSR_ABT 64 spsr[KVM_SPSR_ABT] + 0x6030 0000 0010 004c SPSR_UND 64 spsr[KVM_SPSR_UND] + 0x6030 0000 0010 004e SPSR_IRQ 64 spsr[KVM_SPSR_IRQ] + 0x6060 0000 0010 0050 SPSR_FIQ 64 spsr[KVM_SPSR_FIQ] + 0x6040 0000 0010 0054 V0 128 fp_regs.vregs[0] (*) + 0x6040 0000 0010 0058 V1 128 fp_regs.vregs[1] (*) + ... + 0x6040 0000 0010 00d0 V31 128 fp_regs.vregs[31] (*) + 0x6020 0000 0010 00d4 FPSR 32 fp_regs.fpsr + 0x6020 0000 0010 00d5 FPCR 32 fp_regs.fpcr + +(*) These encodings are not accepted for SVE-enabled vcpus. See + KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT. + + The equivalent register content can be accessed via bits [127:0] of + the corresponding SVE Zn registers instead for vcpus that have SVE + enabled (see below). + +arm64 CCSIDR registers are demultiplexed by CSSELR value: + 0x6020 0000 0011 00 + +arm64 system registers have the following id bit patterns: + 0x6030 0000 0013 + +arm64 firmware pseudo-registers have the following bit pattern: + 0x6030 0000 0014 + +arm64 SVE registers have the following bit patterns: + 0x6080 0000 0015 00 Zn bits[2048*slice + 2047 : 2048*slice] + 0x6050 0000 0015 04 Pn bits[256*slice + 255 : 256*slice] + 0x6050 0000 0015 060 FFR bits[256*slice + 255 : 256*slice] + 0x6060 0000 0015 ffff KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS pseudo-register + +Access to register IDs where 2048 * slice >= 128 * max_vq will fail with +ENOENT. max_vq is the vcpu's maximum supported vector length in 128-bit +quadwords: see (**) below. + +These registers are only accessible on vcpus for which SVE is enabled. +See KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT for details. + +In addition, except for KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS, these registers are not +accessible until the vcpu's SVE configuration has been finalized +using KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE(KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE). See KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT +and KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE for more information about this procedure. + +KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS is a pseudo-register that allows the set of vector +lengths supported by the vcpu to be discovered and configured by +userspace. When transferred to or from user memory via KVM_GET_ONE_REG +or KVM_SET_ONE_REG, the value of this register is of type +__u64[KVM_ARM64_SVE_VLS_WORDS], and encodes the set of vector lengths as +follows: + +__u64 vector_lengths[KVM_ARM64_SVE_VLS_WORDS]; + +if (vq >= SVE_VQ_MIN && vq <= SVE_VQ_MAX && + ((vector_lengths[(vq - KVM_ARM64_SVE_VQ_MIN) / 64] >> + ((vq - KVM_ARM64_SVE_VQ_MIN) % 64)) & 1)) + /* Vector length vq * 16 bytes supported */ +else + /* Vector length vq * 16 bytes not supported */ + +(**) The maximum value vq for which the above condition is true is +max_vq. This is the maximum vector length available to the guest on +this vcpu, and determines which register slices are visible through +this ioctl interface. + +(See Documentation/arm64/sve.rst for an explanation of the "vq" +nomenclature.) + +KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS is only accessible after KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT. +KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT initialises it to the best set of vector lengths that +the host supports. + +Userspace may subsequently modify it if desired until the vcpu's SVE +configuration is finalized using KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE(KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE). + +Apart from simply removing all vector lengths from the host set that +exceed some value, support for arbitrarily chosen sets of vector lengths +is hardware-dependent and may not be available. Attempting to configure +an invalid set of vector lengths via KVM_SET_ONE_REG will fail with +EINVAL. + +After the vcpu's SVE configuration is finalized, further attempts to +write this register will fail with EPERM. + + +MIPS registers are mapped using the lower 32 bits. The upper 16 of that is +the register group type: + +MIPS core registers (see above) have the following id bit patterns: + 0x7030 0000 0000 + +MIPS CP0 registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_* above) have the following id bit +patterns depending on whether they're 32-bit or 64-bit registers: + 0x7020 0000 0001 00 (32-bit) + 0x7030 0000 0001 00 (64-bit) + +Note: KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ENTRYLO0 and KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ENTRYLO1 are the MIPS64 +versions of the EntryLo registers regardless of the word size of the host +hardware, host kernel, guest, and whether XPA is present in the guest, i.e. +with the RI and XI bits (if they exist) in bits 63 and 62 respectively, and +the PFNX field starting at bit 30. + +MIPS MAARs (see KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_MAAR(*) above) have the following id bit +patterns: + 0x7030 0000 0001 01 + +MIPS KVM control registers (see above) have the following id bit patterns: + 0x7030 0000 0002 + +MIPS FPU registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_{32,64}() above) have the following +id bit patterns depending on the size of the register being accessed. They are +always accessed according to the current guest FPU mode (Status.FR and +Config5.FRE), i.e. as the guest would see them, and they become unpredictable +if the guest FPU mode is changed. MIPS SIMD Architecture (MSA) vector +registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_128() above) have similar patterns as they +overlap the FPU registers: + 0x7020 0000 0003 00 <0:3> (32-bit FPU registers) + 0x7030 0000 0003 00 <0:3> (64-bit FPU registers) + 0x7040 0000 0003 00 <0:3> (128-bit MSA vector registers) + +MIPS FPU control registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_{IR,CSR} above) have the +following id bit patterns: + 0x7020 0000 0003 01 <0:3> + +MIPS MSA control registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_{IR,CSR} above) have the +following id bit patterns: + 0x7020 0000 0003 02 <0:3> + + +4.69 KVM_GET_ONE_REG + +Capability: KVM_CAP_ONE_REG +Architectures: all +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_one_reg (in and out) +Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure +Errors include: +  ENOENT:   no such register +  EINVAL:   invalid register ID, or no such register +  EPERM:    (arm64) register access not allowed before vcpu finalization +(These error codes are indicative only: do not rely on a specific error +code being returned in a specific situation.) + +This ioctl allows to receive the value of a single register implemented +in a vcpu. The register to read is indicated by the "id" field of the +kvm_one_reg struct passed in. On success, the register value can be found +at the memory location pointed to by "addr". + +The list of registers accessible using this interface is identical to the +list in 4.68. + + +4.70 KVM_KVMCLOCK_CTRL + +Capability: KVM_CAP_KVMCLOCK_CTRL +Architectures: Any that implement pvclocks (currently x86 only) +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: None +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +This signals to the host kernel that the specified guest is being paused by +userspace. The host will set a flag in the pvclock structure that is checked +from the soft lockup watchdog. The flag is part of the pvclock structure that +is shared between guest and host, specifically the second bit of the flags +field of the pvclock_vcpu_time_info structure. It will be set exclusively by +the host and read/cleared exclusively by the guest. The guest operation of +checking and clearing the flag must an atomic operation so +load-link/store-conditional, or equivalent must be used. There are two cases +where the guest will clear the flag: when the soft lockup watchdog timer resets +itself or when a soft lockup is detected. This ioctl can be called any time +after pausing the vcpu, but before it is resumed. + + +4.71 KVM_SIGNAL_MSI + +Capability: KVM_CAP_SIGNAL_MSI +Architectures: x86 arm arm64 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_msi (in) +Returns: >0 on delivery, 0 if guest blocked the MSI, and -1 on error + +Directly inject a MSI message. Only valid with in-kernel irqchip that handles +MSI messages. + +struct kvm_msi { + __u32 address_lo; + __u32 address_hi; + __u32 data; + __u32 flags; + __u32 devid; + __u8 pad[12]; +}; + +flags: KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID: devid contains a valid value. The per-VM + KVM_CAP_MSI_DEVID capability advertises the requirement to provide + the device ID. If this capability is not available, userspace + should never set the KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID flag as the ioctl might fail. + +If KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID is set, devid contains a unique device identifier +for the device that wrote the MSI message. For PCI, this is usually a +BFD identifier in the lower 16 bits. + +On x86, address_hi is ignored unless the KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS +feature of KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API capability is enabled. If it is enabled, +address_hi bits 31-8 provide bits 31-8 of the destination id. Bits 7-0 of +address_hi must be zero. + + +4.71 KVM_CREATE_PIT2 + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PIT2 +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_pit_config (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Creates an in-kernel device model for the i8254 PIT. This call is only valid +after enabling in-kernel irqchip support via KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. The following +parameters have to be passed: + +struct kvm_pit_config { + __u32 flags; + __u32 pad[15]; +}; + +Valid flags are: + +#define KVM_PIT_SPEAKER_DUMMY 1 /* emulate speaker port stub */ + +PIT timer interrupts may use a per-VM kernel thread for injection. If it +exists, this thread will have a name of the following pattern: + +kvm-pit/ + +When running a guest with elevated priorities, the scheduling parameters of +this thread may have to be adjusted accordingly. + +This IOCTL replaces the obsolete KVM_CREATE_PIT. + + +4.72 KVM_GET_PIT2 + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PIT_STATE2 +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_pit_state2 (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Retrieves the state of the in-kernel PIT model. Only valid after +KVM_CREATE_PIT2. The state is returned in the following structure: + +struct kvm_pit_state2 { + struct kvm_pit_channel_state channels[3]; + __u32 flags; + __u32 reserved[9]; +}; + +Valid flags are: + +/* disable PIT in HPET legacy mode */ +#define KVM_PIT_FLAGS_HPET_LEGACY 0x00000001 + +This IOCTL replaces the obsolete KVM_GET_PIT. + + +4.73 KVM_SET_PIT2 + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PIT_STATE2 +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_pit_state2 (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Sets the state of the in-kernel PIT model. Only valid after KVM_CREATE_PIT2. +See KVM_GET_PIT2 for details on struct kvm_pit_state2. + +This IOCTL replaces the obsolete KVM_SET_PIT. + + +4.74 KVM_PPC_GET_SMMU_INFO + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_SMMU_INFO +Architectures: powerpc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: None +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +This populates and returns a structure describing the features of +the "Server" class MMU emulation supported by KVM. +This can in turn be used by userspace to generate the appropriate +device-tree properties for the guest operating system. + +The structure contains some global information, followed by an +array of supported segment page sizes: + + struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { + __u64 flags; + __u32 slb_size; + __u32 pad; + struct kvm_ppc_one_seg_page_size sps[KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_MAX_SZ]; + }; + +The supported flags are: + + - KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_REAL: + When that flag is set, guest page sizes must "fit" the backing + store page sizes. When not set, any page size in the list can + be used regardless of how they are backed by userspace. + + - KVM_PPC_1T_SEGMENTS + The emulated MMU supports 1T segments in addition to the + standard 256M ones. + + - KVM_PPC_NO_HASH + This flag indicates that HPT guests are not supported by KVM, + thus all guests must use radix MMU mode. + +The "slb_size" field indicates how many SLB entries are supported + +The "sps" array contains 8 entries indicating the supported base +page sizes for a segment in increasing order. Each entry is defined +as follow: + + struct kvm_ppc_one_seg_page_size { + __u32 page_shift; /* Base page shift of segment (or 0) */ + __u32 slb_enc; /* SLB encoding for BookS */ + struct kvm_ppc_one_page_size enc[KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_MAX_SZ]; + }; + +An entry with a "page_shift" of 0 is unused. Because the array is +organized in increasing order, a lookup can stop when encoutering +such an entry. + +The "slb_enc" field provides the encoding to use in the SLB for the +page size. The bits are in positions such as the value can directly +be OR'ed into the "vsid" argument of the slbmte instruction. + +The "enc" array is a list which for each of those segment base page +size provides the list of supported actual page sizes (which can be +only larger or equal to the base page size), along with the +corresponding encoding in the hash PTE. Similarly, the array is +8 entries sorted by increasing sizes and an entry with a "0" shift +is an empty entry and a terminator: + + struct kvm_ppc_one_page_size { + __u32 page_shift; /* Page shift (or 0) */ + __u32 pte_enc; /* Encoding in the HPTE (>>12) */ + }; + +The "pte_enc" field provides a value that can OR'ed into the hash +PTE's RPN field (ie, it needs to be shifted left by 12 to OR it +into the hash PTE second double word). + +4.75 KVM_IRQFD + +Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQFD +Architectures: x86 s390 arm arm64 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_irqfd (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Allows setting an eventfd to directly trigger a guest interrupt. +kvm_irqfd.fd specifies the file descriptor to use as the eventfd and +kvm_irqfd.gsi specifies the irqchip pin toggled by this event. When +an event is triggered on the eventfd, an interrupt is injected into +the guest using the specified gsi pin. The irqfd is removed using +the KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_DEASSIGN flag, specifying both kvm_irqfd.fd +and kvm_irqfd.gsi. + +With KVM_CAP_IRQFD_RESAMPLE, KVM_IRQFD supports a de-assert and notify +mechanism allowing emulation of level-triggered, irqfd-based +interrupts. When KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_RESAMPLE is set the user must pass an +additional eventfd in the kvm_irqfd.resamplefd field. When operating +in resample mode, posting of an interrupt through kvm_irq.fd asserts +the specified gsi in the irqchip. When the irqchip is resampled, such +as from an EOI, the gsi is de-asserted and the user is notified via +kvm_irqfd.resamplefd. It is the user's responsibility to re-queue +the interrupt if the device making use of it still requires service. +Note that closing the resamplefd is not sufficient to disable the +irqfd. The KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_RESAMPLE is only necessary on assignment +and need not be specified with KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_DEASSIGN. + +On arm/arm64, gsi routing being supported, the following can happen: +- in case no routing entry is associated to this gsi, injection fails +- in case the gsi is associated to an irqchip routing entry, + irqchip.pin + 32 corresponds to the injected SPI ID. +- in case the gsi is associated to an MSI routing entry, the MSI + message and device ID are translated into an LPI (support restricted + to GICv3 ITS in-kernel emulation). + +4.76 KVM_PPC_ALLOCATE_HTAB + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_ALLOC_HTAB +Architectures: powerpc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: Pointer to u32 containing hash table order (in/out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +This requests the host kernel to allocate an MMU hash table for a +guest using the PAPR paravirtualization interface. This only does +anything if the kernel is configured to use the Book 3S HV style of +virtualization. Otherwise the capability doesn't exist and the ioctl +returns an ENOTTY error. The rest of this description assumes Book 3S +HV. + +There must be no vcpus running when this ioctl is called; if there +are, it will do nothing and return an EBUSY error. + +The parameter is a pointer to a 32-bit unsigned integer variable +containing the order (log base 2) of the desired size of the hash +table, which must be between 18 and 46. On successful return from the +ioctl, the value will not be changed by the kernel. + +If no hash table has been allocated when any vcpu is asked to run +(with the KVM_RUN ioctl), the host kernel will allocate a +default-sized hash table (16 MB). + +If this ioctl is called when a hash table has already been allocated, +with a different order from the existing hash table, the existing hash +table will be freed and a new one allocated. If this is ioctl is +called when a hash table has already been allocated of the same order +as specified, the kernel will clear out the existing hash table (zero +all HPTEs). In either case, if the guest is using the virtualized +real-mode area (VRMA) facility, the kernel will re-create the VMRA +HPTEs on the next KVM_RUN of any vcpu. + +4.77 KVM_S390_INTERRUPT + +Capability: basic +Architectures: s390 +Type: vm ioctl, vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_interrupt (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Allows to inject an interrupt to the guest. Interrupts can be floating +(vm ioctl) or per cpu (vcpu ioctl), depending on the interrupt type. + +Interrupt parameters are passed via kvm_s390_interrupt: + +struct kvm_s390_interrupt { + __u32 type; + __u32 parm; + __u64 parm64; +}; + +type can be one of the following: + +KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP (vcpu) - sigp stop; optional flags in parm +KVM_S390_PROGRAM_INT (vcpu) - program check; code in parm +KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX (vcpu) - sigp set prefix; prefix address in parm +KVM_S390_RESTART (vcpu) - restart +KVM_S390_INT_CLOCK_COMP (vcpu) - clock comparator interrupt +KVM_S390_INT_CPU_TIMER (vcpu) - CPU timer interrupt +KVM_S390_INT_VIRTIO (vm) - virtio external interrupt; external interrupt + parameters in parm and parm64 +KVM_S390_INT_SERVICE (vm) - sclp external interrupt; sclp parameter in parm +KVM_S390_INT_EMERGENCY (vcpu) - sigp emergency; source cpu in parm +KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL (vcpu) - sigp external call; source cpu in parm +KVM_S390_INT_IO(ai,cssid,ssid,schid) (vm) - compound value to indicate an + I/O interrupt (ai - adapter interrupt; cssid,ssid,schid - subchannel); + I/O interruption parameters in parm (subchannel) and parm64 (intparm, + interruption subclass) +KVM_S390_MCHK (vm, vcpu) - machine check interrupt; cr 14 bits in parm, + machine check interrupt code in parm64 (note that + machine checks needing further payload are not + supported by this ioctl) + +This is an asynchronous vcpu ioctl and can be invoked from any thread. + +4.78 KVM_PPC_GET_HTAB_FD + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_HTAB_FD +Architectures: powerpc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: Pointer to struct kvm_get_htab_fd (in) +Returns: file descriptor number (>= 0) on success, -1 on error + +This returns a file descriptor that can be used either to read out the +entries in the guest's hashed page table (HPT), or to write entries to +initialize the HPT. The returned fd can only be written to if the +KVM_GET_HTAB_WRITE bit is set in the flags field of the argument, and +can only be read if that bit is clear. The argument struct looks like +this: + +/* For KVM_PPC_GET_HTAB_FD */ +struct kvm_get_htab_fd { + __u64 flags; + __u64 start_index; + __u64 reserved[2]; +}; + +/* Values for kvm_get_htab_fd.flags */ +#define KVM_GET_HTAB_BOLTED_ONLY ((__u64)0x1) +#define KVM_GET_HTAB_WRITE ((__u64)0x2) + +The `start_index' field gives the index in the HPT of the entry at +which to start reading. It is ignored when writing. + +Reads on the fd will initially supply information about all +"interesting" HPT entries. Interesting entries are those with the +bolted bit set, if the KVM_GET_HTAB_BOLTED_ONLY bit is set, otherwise +all entries. When the end of the HPT is reached, the read() will +return. If read() is called again on the fd, it will start again from +the beginning of the HPT, but will only return HPT entries that have +changed since they were last read. + +Data read or written is structured as a header (8 bytes) followed by a +series of valid HPT entries (16 bytes) each. The header indicates how +many valid HPT entries there are and how many invalid entries follow +the valid entries. The invalid entries are not represented explicitly +in the stream. The header format is: + +struct kvm_get_htab_header { + __u32 index; + __u16 n_valid; + __u16 n_invalid; +}; + +Writes to the fd create HPT entries starting at the index given in the +header; first `n_valid' valid entries with contents from the data +written, then `n_invalid' invalid entries, invalidating any previously +valid entries found. + +4.79 KVM_CREATE_DEVICE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_create_device (in/out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error +Errors: + ENODEV: The device type is unknown or unsupported + EEXIST: Device already created, and this type of device may not + be instantiated multiple times + + Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types or + have their standard meanings. + +Creates an emulated device in the kernel. The file descriptor returned +in fd can be used with KVM_SET/GET/HAS_DEVICE_ATTR. + +If the KVM_CREATE_DEVICE_TEST flag is set, only test whether the +device type is supported (not necessarily whether it can be created +in the current vm). + +Individual devices should not define flags. Attributes should be used +for specifying any behavior that is not implied by the device type +number. + +struct kvm_create_device { + __u32 type; /* in: KVM_DEV_TYPE_xxx */ + __u32 fd; /* out: device handle */ + __u32 flags; /* in: KVM_CREATE_DEVICE_xxx */ +}; + +4.80 KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR/KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR + +Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL, KVM_CAP_VM_ATTRIBUTES for vm device, + KVM_CAP_VCPU_ATTRIBUTES for vcpu device +Type: device ioctl, vm ioctl, vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_device_attr +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error +Errors: + ENXIO: The group or attribute is unknown/unsupported for this device + or hardware support is missing. + EPERM: The attribute cannot (currently) be accessed this way + (e.g. read-only attribute, or attribute that only makes + sense when the device is in a different state) + + Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types. + +Gets/sets a specified piece of device configuration and/or state. The +semantics are device-specific. See individual device documentation in +the "devices" directory. As with ONE_REG, the size of the data +transferred is defined by the particular attribute. + +struct kvm_device_attr { + __u32 flags; /* no flags currently defined */ + __u32 group; /* device-defined */ + __u64 attr; /* group-defined */ + __u64 addr; /* userspace address of attr data */ +}; + +4.81 KVM_HAS_DEVICE_ATTR + +Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL, KVM_CAP_VM_ATTRIBUTES for vm device, + KVM_CAP_VCPU_ATTRIBUTES for vcpu device +Type: device ioctl, vm ioctl, vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_device_attr +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error +Errors: + ENXIO: The group or attribute is unknown/unsupported for this device + or hardware support is missing. + +Tests whether a device supports a particular attribute. A successful +return indicates the attribute is implemented. It does not necessarily +indicate that the attribute can be read or written in the device's +current state. "addr" is ignored. + +4.82 KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT + +Capability: basic +Architectures: arm, arm64 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_vcpu_init (in) +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error +Errors: +  EINVAL:    the target is unknown, or the combination of features is invalid. +  ENOENT:    a features bit specified is unknown. + +This tells KVM what type of CPU to present to the guest, and what +optional features it should have.  This will cause a reset of the cpu +registers to their initial values.  If this is not called, KVM_RUN will +return ENOEXEC for that vcpu. + +Note that because some registers reflect machine topology, all vcpus +should be created before this ioctl is invoked. + +Userspace can call this function multiple times for a given vcpu, including +after the vcpu has been run. This will reset the vcpu to its initial +state. All calls to this function after the initial call must use the same +target and same set of feature flags, otherwise EINVAL will be returned. + +Possible features: + - KVM_ARM_VCPU_POWER_OFF: Starts the CPU in a power-off state. + Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI. If not set, the CPU will be powered on + and execute guest code when KVM_RUN is called. + - KVM_ARM_VCPU_EL1_32BIT: Starts the CPU in a 32bit mode. + Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_EL1_32BIT (arm64 only). + - KVM_ARM_VCPU_PSCI_0_2: Emulate PSCI v0.2 (or a future revision + backward compatible with v0.2) for the CPU. + Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI_0_2. + - KVM_ARM_VCPU_PMU_V3: Emulate PMUv3 for the CPU. + Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PMU_V3. + + - KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS: Enables Address Pointer authentication + for arm64 only. + Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS. + If KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS and KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_GENERIC are + both present, then both KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS and + KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_GENERIC must be requested or neither must be + requested. + + - KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_GENERIC: Enables Generic Pointer authentication + for arm64 only. + Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_GENERIC. + If KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS and KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_GENERIC are + both present, then both KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS and + KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_GENERIC must be requested or neither must be + requested. + + - KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE: Enables SVE for the CPU (arm64 only). + Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_SVE. + Requires KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE(KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE): + + * After KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT: + + - KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS may be read using KVM_GET_ONE_REG: the + initial value of this pseudo-register indicates the best set of + vector lengths possible for a vcpu on this host. + + * Before KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE(KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE): + + - KVM_RUN and KVM_GET_REG_LIST are not available; + + - KVM_GET_ONE_REG and KVM_SET_ONE_REG cannot be used to access + the scalable archietctural SVE registers + KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_ZREG(), KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_PREG() or + KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_FFR; + + - KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS may optionally be written using + KVM_SET_ONE_REG, to modify the set of vector lengths available + for the vcpu. + + * After KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE(KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE): + + - the KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS pseudo-register is immutable, and can + no longer be written using KVM_SET_ONE_REG. + +4.83 KVM_ARM_PREFERRED_TARGET + +Capability: basic +Architectures: arm, arm64 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct struct kvm_vcpu_init (out) +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error +Errors: + ENODEV: no preferred target available for the host + +This queries KVM for preferred CPU target type which can be emulated +by KVM on underlying host. + +The ioctl returns struct kvm_vcpu_init instance containing information +about preferred CPU target type and recommended features for it. The +kvm_vcpu_init->features bitmap returned will have feature bits set if +the preferred target recommends setting these features, but this is +not mandatory. + +The information returned by this ioctl can be used to prepare an instance +of struct kvm_vcpu_init for KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT ioctl which will result in +in VCPU matching underlying host. + + +4.84 KVM_GET_REG_LIST + +Capability: basic +Architectures: arm, arm64, mips +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_reg_list (in/out) +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error +Errors: +  E2BIG:     the reg index list is too big to fit in the array specified by +             the user (the number required will be written into n). + +struct kvm_reg_list { + __u64 n; /* number of registers in reg[] */ + __u64 reg[0]; +}; + +This ioctl returns the guest registers that are supported for the +KVM_GET_ONE_REG/KVM_SET_ONE_REG calls. + + +4.85 KVM_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR (deprecated) + +Capability: KVM_CAP_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR +Architectures: arm, arm64 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_arm_device_address (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error +Errors: + ENODEV: The device id is unknown + ENXIO: Device not supported on current system + EEXIST: Address already set + E2BIG: Address outside guest physical address space + EBUSY: Address overlaps with other device range + +struct kvm_arm_device_addr { + __u64 id; + __u64 addr; +}; + +Specify a device address in the guest's physical address space where guests +can access emulated or directly exposed devices, which the host kernel needs +to know about. The id field is an architecture specific identifier for a +specific device. + +ARM/arm64 divides the id field into two parts, a device id and an +address type id specific to the individual device. + +  bits: | 63 ... 32 | 31 ... 16 | 15 ... 0 | + field: | 0x00000000 | device id | addr type id | + +ARM/arm64 currently only require this when using the in-kernel GIC +support for the hardware VGIC features, using KVM_ARM_DEVICE_VGIC_V2 +as the device id. When setting the base address for the guest's +mapping of the VGIC virtual CPU and distributor interface, the ioctl +must be called after calling KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP, but before calling +KVM_RUN on any of the VCPUs. Calling this ioctl twice for any of the +base addresses will return -EEXIST. + +Note, this IOCTL is deprecated and the more flexible SET/GET_DEVICE_ATTR API +should be used instead. + + +4.86 KVM_PPC_RTAS_DEFINE_TOKEN + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_RTAS +Architectures: ppc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_rtas_token_args +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Defines a token value for a RTAS (Run Time Abstraction Services) +service in order to allow it to be handled in the kernel. The +argument struct gives the name of the service, which must be the name +of a service that has a kernel-side implementation. If the token +value is non-zero, it will be associated with that service, and +subsequent RTAS calls by the guest specifying that token will be +handled by the kernel. If the token value is 0, then any token +associated with the service will be forgotten, and subsequent RTAS +calls by the guest for that service will be passed to userspace to be +handled. + +4.87 KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG + +Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_GUEST_DEBUG +Architectures: x86, s390, ppc, arm64 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_guest_debug (in) +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +struct kvm_guest_debug { + __u32 control; + __u32 pad; + struct kvm_guest_debug_arch arch; +}; + +Set up the processor specific debug registers and configure vcpu for +handling guest debug events. There are two parts to the structure, the +first a control bitfield indicates the type of debug events to handle +when running. Common control bits are: + + - KVM_GUESTDBG_ENABLE: guest debugging is enabled + - KVM_GUESTDBG_SINGLESTEP: the next run should single-step + +The top 16 bits of the control field are architecture specific control +flags which can include the following: + + - KVM_GUESTDBG_USE_SW_BP: using software breakpoints [x86, arm64] + - KVM_GUESTDBG_USE_HW_BP: using hardware breakpoints [x86, s390, arm64] + - KVM_GUESTDBG_INJECT_DB: inject DB type exception [x86] + - KVM_GUESTDBG_INJECT_BP: inject BP type exception [x86] + - KVM_GUESTDBG_EXIT_PENDING: trigger an immediate guest exit [s390] + +For example KVM_GUESTDBG_USE_SW_BP indicates that software breakpoints +are enabled in memory so we need to ensure breakpoint exceptions are +correctly trapped and the KVM run loop exits at the breakpoint and not +running off into the normal guest vector. For KVM_GUESTDBG_USE_HW_BP +we need to ensure the guest vCPUs architecture specific registers are +updated to the correct (supplied) values. + +The second part of the structure is architecture specific and +typically contains a set of debug registers. + +For arm64 the number of debug registers is implementation defined and +can be determined by querying the KVM_CAP_GUEST_DEBUG_HW_BPS and +KVM_CAP_GUEST_DEBUG_HW_WPS capabilities which return a positive number +indicating the number of supported registers. + +When debug events exit the main run loop with the reason +KVM_EXIT_DEBUG with the kvm_debug_exit_arch part of the kvm_run +structure containing architecture specific debug information. + +4.88 KVM_GET_EMULATED_CPUID + +Capability: KVM_CAP_EXT_EMUL_CPUID +Architectures: x86 +Type: system ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_cpuid2 (in/out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +struct kvm_cpuid2 { + __u32 nent; + __u32 flags; + struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 entries[0]; +}; + +The member 'flags' is used for passing flags from userspace. + +#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX BIT(0) +#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC BIT(1) +#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT BIT(2) + +struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 { + __u32 function; + __u32 index; + __u32 flags; + __u32 eax; + __u32 ebx; + __u32 ecx; + __u32 edx; + __u32 padding[3]; +}; + +This ioctl returns x86 cpuid features which are emulated by +kvm.Userspace can use the information returned by this ioctl to query +which features are emulated by kvm instead of being present natively. + +Userspace invokes KVM_GET_EMULATED_CPUID by passing a kvm_cpuid2 +structure with the 'nent' field indicating the number of entries in +the variable-size array 'entries'. If the number of entries is too low +to describe the cpu capabilities, an error (E2BIG) is returned. If the +number is too high, the 'nent' field is adjusted and an error (ENOMEM) +is returned. If the number is just right, the 'nent' field is adjusted +to the number of valid entries in the 'entries' array, which is then +filled. + +The entries returned are the set CPUID bits of the respective features +which kvm emulates, as returned by the CPUID instruction, with unknown +or unsupported feature bits cleared. + +Features like x2apic, for example, may not be present in the host cpu +but are exposed by kvm in KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID because they can be +emulated efficiently and thus not included here. + +The fields in each entry are defined as follows: + + function: the eax value used to obtain the entry + index: the ecx value used to obtain the entry (for entries that are + affected by ecx) + flags: an OR of zero or more of the following: + KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX: + if the index field is valid + KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC: + if cpuid for this function returns different values for successive + invocations; there will be several entries with the same function, + all with this flag set + KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT: + for KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC entries, set if this entry is + the first entry to be read by a cpu + eax, ebx, ecx, edx: the values returned by the cpuid instruction for + this function/index combination + +4.89 KVM_S390_MEM_OP + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_MEM_OP +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_mem_op (in) +Returns: = 0 on success, + < 0 on generic error (e.g. -EFAULT or -ENOMEM), + > 0 if an exception occurred while walking the page tables + +Read or write data from/to the logical (virtual) memory of a VCPU. + +Parameters are specified via the following structure: + +struct kvm_s390_mem_op { + __u64 gaddr; /* the guest address */ + __u64 flags; /* flags */ + __u32 size; /* amount of bytes */ + __u32 op; /* type of operation */ + __u64 buf; /* buffer in userspace */ + __u8 ar; /* the access register number */ + __u8 reserved[31]; /* should be set to 0 */ +}; + +The type of operation is specified in the "op" field. It is either +KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_READ for reading from logical memory space or +KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_WRITE for writing to logical memory space. The +KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_CHECK_ONLY flag can be set in the "flags" field to check +whether the corresponding memory access would create an access exception +(without touching the data in the memory at the destination). In case an +access exception occurred while walking the MMU tables of the guest, the +ioctl returns a positive error number to indicate the type of exception. +This exception is also raised directly at the corresponding VCPU if the +flag KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_INJECT_EXCEPTION is set in the "flags" field. + +The start address of the memory region has to be specified in the "gaddr" +field, and the length of the region in the "size" field. "buf" is the buffer +supplied by the userspace application where the read data should be written +to for KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_READ, or where the data that should be written +is stored for a KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_WRITE. "buf" is unused and can be NULL +when KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_CHECK_ONLY is specified. "ar" designates the access +register number to be used. + +The "reserved" field is meant for future extensions. It is not used by +KVM with the currently defined set of flags. + +4.90 KVM_S390_GET_SKEYS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_SKEYS +Architectures: s390 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_skeys +Returns: 0 on success, KVM_S390_GET_KEYS_NONE if guest is not using storage + keys, negative value on error + +This ioctl is used to get guest storage key values on the s390 +architecture. The ioctl takes parameters via the kvm_s390_skeys struct. + +struct kvm_s390_skeys { + __u64 start_gfn; + __u64 count; + __u64 skeydata_addr; + __u32 flags; + __u32 reserved[9]; +}; + +The start_gfn field is the number of the first guest frame whose storage keys +you want to get. + +The count field is the number of consecutive frames (starting from start_gfn) +whose storage keys to get. The count field must be at least 1 and the maximum +allowed value is defined as KVM_S390_SKEYS_ALLOC_MAX. Values outside this range +will cause the ioctl to return -EINVAL. + +The skeydata_addr field is the address to a buffer large enough to hold count +bytes. This buffer will be filled with storage key data by the ioctl. + +4.91 KVM_S390_SET_SKEYS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_SKEYS +Architectures: s390 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_skeys +Returns: 0 on success, negative value on error + +This ioctl is used to set guest storage key values on the s390 +architecture. The ioctl takes parameters via the kvm_s390_skeys struct. +See section on KVM_S390_GET_SKEYS for struct definition. + +The start_gfn field is the number of the first guest frame whose storage keys +you want to set. + +The count field is the number of consecutive frames (starting from start_gfn) +whose storage keys to get. The count field must be at least 1 and the maximum +allowed value is defined as KVM_S390_SKEYS_ALLOC_MAX. Values outside this range +will cause the ioctl to return -EINVAL. + +The skeydata_addr field is the address to a buffer containing count bytes of +storage keys. Each byte in the buffer will be set as the storage key for a +single frame starting at start_gfn for count frames. + +Note: If any architecturally invalid key value is found in the given data then +the ioctl will return -EINVAL. + +4.92 KVM_S390_IRQ + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_INJECT_IRQ +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_irq (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error +Errors: + EINVAL: interrupt type is invalid + type is KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP and flag parameter is invalid value + type is KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL and code is bigger + than the maximum of VCPUs + EBUSY: type is KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX and vcpu is not stopped + type is KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP and a stop irq is already pending + type is KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL and an external call interrupt + is already pending + +Allows to inject an interrupt to the guest. + +Using struct kvm_s390_irq as a parameter allows +to inject additional payload which is not +possible via KVM_S390_INTERRUPT. + +Interrupt parameters are passed via kvm_s390_irq: + +struct kvm_s390_irq { + __u64 type; + union { + struct kvm_s390_io_info io; + struct kvm_s390_ext_info ext; + struct kvm_s390_pgm_info pgm; + struct kvm_s390_emerg_info emerg; + struct kvm_s390_extcall_info extcall; + struct kvm_s390_prefix_info prefix; + struct kvm_s390_stop_info stop; + struct kvm_s390_mchk_info mchk; + char reserved[64]; + } u; +}; + +type can be one of the following: + +KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP - sigp stop; parameter in .stop +KVM_S390_PROGRAM_INT - program check; parameters in .pgm +KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX - sigp set prefix; parameters in .prefix +KVM_S390_RESTART - restart; no parameters +KVM_S390_INT_CLOCK_COMP - clock comparator interrupt; no parameters +KVM_S390_INT_CPU_TIMER - CPU timer interrupt; no parameters +KVM_S390_INT_EMERGENCY - sigp emergency; parameters in .emerg +KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL - sigp external call; parameters in .extcall +KVM_S390_MCHK - machine check interrupt; parameters in .mchk + +This is an asynchronous vcpu ioctl and can be invoked from any thread. + +4.94 KVM_S390_GET_IRQ_STATE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_IRQ_STATE +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_irq_state (out) +Returns: >= number of bytes copied into buffer, + -EINVAL if buffer size is 0, + -ENOBUFS if buffer size is too small to fit all pending interrupts, + -EFAULT if the buffer address was invalid + +This ioctl allows userspace to retrieve the complete state of all currently +pending interrupts in a single buffer. Use cases include migration +and introspection. The parameter structure contains the address of a +userspace buffer and its length: + +struct kvm_s390_irq_state { + __u64 buf; + __u32 flags; /* will stay unused for compatibility reasons */ + __u32 len; + __u32 reserved[4]; /* will stay unused for compatibility reasons */ +}; + +Userspace passes in the above struct and for each pending interrupt a +struct kvm_s390_irq is copied to the provided buffer. + +The structure contains a flags and a reserved field for future extensions. As +the kernel never checked for flags == 0 and QEMU never pre-zeroed flags and +reserved, these fields can not be used in the future without breaking +compatibility. + +If -ENOBUFS is returned the buffer provided was too small and userspace +may retry with a bigger buffer. + +4.95 KVM_S390_SET_IRQ_STATE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_IRQ_STATE +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_irq_state (in) +Returns: 0 on success, + -EFAULT if the buffer address was invalid, + -EINVAL for an invalid buffer length (see below), + -EBUSY if there were already interrupts pending, + errors occurring when actually injecting the + interrupt. See KVM_S390_IRQ. + +This ioctl allows userspace to set the complete state of all cpu-local +interrupts currently pending for the vcpu. It is intended for restoring +interrupt state after a migration. The input parameter is a userspace buffer +containing a struct kvm_s390_irq_state: + +struct kvm_s390_irq_state { + __u64 buf; + __u32 flags; /* will stay unused for compatibility reasons */ + __u32 len; + __u32 reserved[4]; /* will stay unused for compatibility reasons */ +}; + +The restrictions for flags and reserved apply as well. +(see KVM_S390_GET_IRQ_STATE) + +The userspace memory referenced by buf contains a struct kvm_s390_irq +for each interrupt to be injected into the guest. +If one of the interrupts could not be injected for some reason the +ioctl aborts. + +len must be a multiple of sizeof(struct kvm_s390_irq). It must be > 0 +and it must not exceed (max_vcpus + 32) * sizeof(struct kvm_s390_irq), +which is the maximum number of possibly pending cpu-local interrupts. + +4.96 KVM_SMI + +Capability: KVM_CAP_X86_SMM +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Queues an SMI on the thread's vcpu. + +4.97 KVM_CAP_PPC_MULTITCE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_MULTITCE +Architectures: ppc +Type: vm + +This capability means the kernel is capable of handling hypercalls +H_PUT_TCE_INDIRECT and H_STUFF_TCE without passing those into the user +space. This significantly accelerates DMA operations for PPC KVM guests. +User space should expect that its handlers for these hypercalls +are not going to be called if user space previously registered LIOBN +in KVM (via KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE or similar calls). + +In order to enable H_PUT_TCE_INDIRECT and H_STUFF_TCE use in the guest, +user space might have to advertise it for the guest. For example, +IBM pSeries (sPAPR) guest starts using them if "hcall-multi-tce" is +present in the "ibm,hypertas-functions" device-tree property. + +The hypercalls mentioned above may or may not be processed successfully +in the kernel based fast path. If they can not be handled by the kernel, +they will get passed on to user space. So user space still has to have +an implementation for these despite the in kernel acceleration. + +This capability is always enabled. + +4.98 KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE_64 + +Capability: KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE_64 +Architectures: powerpc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_create_spapr_tce_64 (in) +Returns: file descriptor for manipulating the created TCE table + +This is an extension for KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE which only supports 32bit +windows, described in 4.62 KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE + +This capability uses extended struct in ioctl interface: + +/* for KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE_64 */ +struct kvm_create_spapr_tce_64 { + __u64 liobn; + __u32 page_shift; + __u32 flags; + __u64 offset; /* in pages */ + __u64 size; /* in pages */ +}; + +The aim of extension is to support an additional bigger DMA window with +a variable page size. +KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE_64 receives a 64bit window size, an IOMMU page shift and +a bus offset of the corresponding DMA window, @size and @offset are numbers +of IOMMU pages. + +@flags are not used at the moment. + +The rest of functionality is identical to KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE. + +4.99 KVM_REINJECT_CONTROL + +Capability: KVM_CAP_REINJECT_CONTROL +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_reinject_control (in) +Returns: 0 on success, + -EFAULT if struct kvm_reinject_control cannot be read, + -ENXIO if KVM_CREATE_PIT or KVM_CREATE_PIT2 didn't succeed earlier. + +i8254 (PIT) has two modes, reinject and !reinject. The default is reinject, +where KVM queues elapsed i8254 ticks and monitors completion of interrupt from +vector(s) that i8254 injects. Reinject mode dequeues a tick and injects its +interrupt whenever there isn't a pending interrupt from i8254. +!reinject mode injects an interrupt as soon as a tick arrives. + +struct kvm_reinject_control { + __u8 pit_reinject; + __u8 reserved[31]; +}; + +pit_reinject = 0 (!reinject mode) is recommended, unless running an old +operating system that uses the PIT for timing (e.g. Linux 2.4.x). + +4.100 KVM_PPC_CONFIGURE_V3_MMU + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_RADIX_MMU or KVM_CAP_PPC_HASH_MMU_V3 +Architectures: ppc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_mmuv3_cfg (in) +Returns: 0 on success, + -EFAULT if struct kvm_ppc_mmuv3_cfg cannot be read, + -EINVAL if the configuration is invalid + +This ioctl controls whether the guest will use radix or HPT (hashed +page table) translation, and sets the pointer to the process table for +the guest. + +struct kvm_ppc_mmuv3_cfg { + __u64 flags; + __u64 process_table; +}; + +There are two bits that can be set in flags; KVM_PPC_MMUV3_RADIX and +KVM_PPC_MMUV3_GTSE. KVM_PPC_MMUV3_RADIX, if set, configures the guest +to use radix tree translation, and if clear, to use HPT translation. +KVM_PPC_MMUV3_GTSE, if set and if KVM permits it, configures the guest +to be able to use the global TLB and SLB invalidation instructions; +if clear, the guest may not use these instructions. + +The process_table field specifies the address and size of the guest +process table, which is in the guest's space. This field is formatted +as the second doubleword of the partition table entry, as defined in +the Power ISA V3.00, Book III section 5.7.6.1. + +4.101 KVM_PPC_GET_RMMU_INFO + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_RADIX_MMU +Architectures: ppc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_rmmu_info (out) +Returns: 0 on success, + -EFAULT if struct kvm_ppc_rmmu_info cannot be written, + -EINVAL if no useful information can be returned + +This ioctl returns a structure containing two things: (a) a list +containing supported radix tree geometries, and (b) a list that maps +page sizes to put in the "AP" (actual page size) field for the tlbie +(TLB invalidate entry) instruction. + +struct kvm_ppc_rmmu_info { + struct kvm_ppc_radix_geom { + __u8 page_shift; + __u8 level_bits[4]; + __u8 pad[3]; + } geometries[8]; + __u32 ap_encodings[8]; +}; + +The geometries[] field gives up to 8 supported geometries for the +radix page table, in terms of the log base 2 of the smallest page +size, and the number of bits indexed at each level of the tree, from +the PTE level up to the PGD level in that order. Any unused entries +will have 0 in the page_shift field. + +The ap_encodings gives the supported page sizes and their AP field +encodings, encoded with the AP value in the top 3 bits and the log +base 2 of the page size in the bottom 6 bits. + +4.102 KVM_PPC_RESIZE_HPT_PREPARE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_SPAPR_RESIZE_HPT +Architectures: powerpc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_resize_hpt (in) +Returns: 0 on successful completion, + >0 if a new HPT is being prepared, the value is an estimated + number of milliseconds until preparation is complete + -EFAULT if struct kvm_reinject_control cannot be read, + -EINVAL if the supplied shift or flags are invalid + -ENOMEM if unable to allocate the new HPT + -ENOSPC if there was a hash collision when moving existing + HPT entries to the new HPT + -EIO on other error conditions + +Used to implement the PAPR extension for runtime resizing of a guest's +Hashed Page Table (HPT). Specifically this starts, stops or monitors +the preparation of a new potential HPT for the guest, essentially +implementing the H_RESIZE_HPT_PREPARE hypercall. + +If called with shift > 0 when there is no pending HPT for the guest, +this begins preparation of a new pending HPT of size 2^(shift) bytes. +It then returns a positive integer with the estimated number of +milliseconds until preparation is complete. + +If called when there is a pending HPT whose size does not match that +requested in the parameters, discards the existing pending HPT and +creates a new one as above. + +If called when there is a pending HPT of the size requested, will: + * If preparation of the pending HPT is already complete, return 0 + * If preparation of the pending HPT has failed, return an error + code, then discard the pending HPT. + * If preparation of the pending HPT is still in progress, return an + estimated number of milliseconds until preparation is complete. + +If called with shift == 0, discards any currently pending HPT and +returns 0 (i.e. cancels any in-progress preparation). + +flags is reserved for future expansion, currently setting any bits in +flags will result in an -EINVAL. + +Normally this will be called repeatedly with the same parameters until +it returns <= 0. The first call will initiate preparation, subsequent +ones will monitor preparation until it completes or fails. + +struct kvm_ppc_resize_hpt { + __u64 flags; + __u32 shift; + __u32 pad; +}; + +4.103 KVM_PPC_RESIZE_HPT_COMMIT + +Capability: KVM_CAP_SPAPR_RESIZE_HPT +Architectures: powerpc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_resize_hpt (in) +Returns: 0 on successful completion, + -EFAULT if struct kvm_reinject_control cannot be read, + -EINVAL if the supplied shift or flags are invalid + -ENXIO is there is no pending HPT, or the pending HPT doesn't + have the requested size + -EBUSY if the pending HPT is not fully prepared + -ENOSPC if there was a hash collision when moving existing + HPT entries to the new HPT + -EIO on other error conditions + +Used to implement the PAPR extension for runtime resizing of a guest's +Hashed Page Table (HPT). Specifically this requests that the guest be +transferred to working with the new HPT, essentially implementing the +H_RESIZE_HPT_COMMIT hypercall. + +This should only be called after KVM_PPC_RESIZE_HPT_PREPARE has +returned 0 with the same parameters. In other cases +KVM_PPC_RESIZE_HPT_COMMIT will return an error (usually -ENXIO or +-EBUSY, though others may be possible if the preparation was started, +but failed). + +This will have undefined effects on the guest if it has not already +placed itself in a quiescent state where no vcpu will make MMU enabled +memory accesses. + +On succsful completion, the pending HPT will become the guest's active +HPT and the previous HPT will be discarded. + +On failure, the guest will still be operating on its previous HPT. + +struct kvm_ppc_resize_hpt { + __u64 flags; + __u32 shift; + __u32 pad; +}; + +4.104 KVM_X86_GET_MCE_CAP_SUPPORTED + +Capability: KVM_CAP_MCE +Architectures: x86 +Type: system ioctl +Parameters: u64 mce_cap (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Returns supported MCE capabilities. The u64 mce_cap parameter +has the same format as the MSR_IA32_MCG_CAP register. Supported +capabilities will have the corresponding bits set. + +4.105 KVM_X86_SETUP_MCE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_MCE +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: u64 mcg_cap (in) +Returns: 0 on success, + -EFAULT if u64 mcg_cap cannot be read, + -EINVAL if the requested number of banks is invalid, + -EINVAL if requested MCE capability is not supported. + +Initializes MCE support for use. The u64 mcg_cap parameter +has the same format as the MSR_IA32_MCG_CAP register and +specifies which capabilities should be enabled. The maximum +supported number of error-reporting banks can be retrieved when +checking for KVM_CAP_MCE. The supported capabilities can be +retrieved with KVM_X86_GET_MCE_CAP_SUPPORTED. + +4.106 KVM_X86_SET_MCE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_MCE +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_x86_mce (in) +Returns: 0 on success, + -EFAULT if struct kvm_x86_mce cannot be read, + -EINVAL if the bank number is invalid, + -EINVAL if VAL bit is not set in status field. + +Inject a machine check error (MCE) into the guest. The input +parameter is: + +struct kvm_x86_mce { + __u64 status; + __u64 addr; + __u64 misc; + __u64 mcg_status; + __u8 bank; + __u8 pad1[7]; + __u64 pad2[3]; +}; + +If the MCE being reported is an uncorrected error, KVM will +inject it as an MCE exception into the guest. If the guest +MCG_STATUS register reports that an MCE is in progress, KVM +causes an KVM_EXIT_SHUTDOWN vmexit. + +Otherwise, if the MCE is a corrected error, KVM will just +store it in the corresponding bank (provided this bank is +not holding a previously reported uncorrected error). + +4.107 KVM_S390_GET_CMMA_BITS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_CMMA_MIGRATION +Architectures: s390 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_cmma_log (in, out) +Returns: 0 on success, a negative value on error + +This ioctl is used to get the values of the CMMA bits on the s390 +architecture. It is meant to be used in two scenarios: +- During live migration to save the CMMA values. Live migration needs + to be enabled via the KVM_REQ_START_MIGRATION VM property. +- To non-destructively peek at the CMMA values, with the flag + KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK set. + +The ioctl takes parameters via the kvm_s390_cmma_log struct. The desired +values are written to a buffer whose location is indicated via the "values" +member in the kvm_s390_cmma_log struct. The values in the input struct are +also updated as needed. +Each CMMA value takes up one byte. + +struct kvm_s390_cmma_log { + __u64 start_gfn; + __u32 count; + __u32 flags; + union { + __u64 remaining; + __u64 mask; + }; + __u64 values; +}; + +start_gfn is the number of the first guest frame whose CMMA values are +to be retrieved, + +count is the length of the buffer in bytes, + +values points to the buffer where the result will be written to. + +If count is greater than KVM_S390_SKEYS_MAX, then it is considered to be +KVM_S390_SKEYS_MAX. KVM_S390_SKEYS_MAX is re-used for consistency with +other ioctls. + +The result is written in the buffer pointed to by the field values, and +the values of the input parameter are updated as follows. + +Depending on the flags, different actions are performed. The only +supported flag so far is KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK. + +The default behaviour if KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK is not set is: +start_gfn will indicate the first page frame whose CMMA bits were dirty. +It is not necessarily the same as the one passed as input, as clean pages +are skipped. + +count will indicate the number of bytes actually written in the buffer. +It can (and very often will) be smaller than the input value, since the +buffer is only filled until 16 bytes of clean values are found (which +are then not copied in the buffer). Since a CMMA migration block needs +the base address and the length, for a total of 16 bytes, we will send +back some clean data if there is some dirty data afterwards, as long as +the size of the clean data does not exceed the size of the header. This +allows to minimize the amount of data to be saved or transferred over +the network at the expense of more roundtrips to userspace. The next +invocation of the ioctl will skip over all the clean values, saving +potentially more than just the 16 bytes we found. + +If KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK is set: +the existing storage attributes are read even when not in migration +mode, and no other action is performed; + +the output start_gfn will be equal to the input start_gfn, + +the output count will be equal to the input count, except if the end of +memory has been reached. + +In both cases: +the field "remaining" will indicate the total number of dirty CMMA values +still remaining, or 0 if KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK is set and migration mode is +not enabled. + +mask is unused. + +values points to the userspace buffer where the result will be stored. + +This ioctl can fail with -ENOMEM if not enough memory can be allocated to +complete the task, with -ENXIO if CMMA is not enabled, with -EINVAL if +KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK is not set but migration mode was not enabled, with +-EFAULT if the userspace address is invalid or if no page table is +present for the addresses (e.g. when using hugepages). + +4.108 KVM_S390_SET_CMMA_BITS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_CMMA_MIGRATION +Architectures: s390 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_cmma_log (in) +Returns: 0 on success, a negative value on error + +This ioctl is used to set the values of the CMMA bits on the s390 +architecture. It is meant to be used during live migration to restore +the CMMA values, but there are no restrictions on its use. +The ioctl takes parameters via the kvm_s390_cmma_values struct. +Each CMMA value takes up one byte. + +struct kvm_s390_cmma_log { + __u64 start_gfn; + __u32 count; + __u32 flags; + union { + __u64 remaining; + __u64 mask; + }; + __u64 values; +}; + +start_gfn indicates the starting guest frame number, + +count indicates how many values are to be considered in the buffer, + +flags is not used and must be 0. + +mask indicates which PGSTE bits are to be considered. + +remaining is not used. + +values points to the buffer in userspace where to store the values. + +This ioctl can fail with -ENOMEM if not enough memory can be allocated to +complete the task, with -ENXIO if CMMA is not enabled, with -EINVAL if +the count field is too large (e.g. more than KVM_S390_CMMA_SIZE_MAX) or +if the flags field was not 0, with -EFAULT if the userspace address is +invalid, if invalid pages are written to (e.g. after the end of memory) +or if no page table is present for the addresses (e.g. when using +hugepages). + +4.109 KVM_PPC_GET_CPU_CHAR + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_CPU_CHAR +Architectures: powerpc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_cpu_char (out) +Returns: 0 on successful completion + -EFAULT if struct kvm_ppc_cpu_char cannot be written + +This ioctl gives userspace information about certain characteristics +of the CPU relating to speculative execution of instructions and +possible information leakage resulting from speculative execution (see +CVE-2017-5715, CVE-2017-5753 and CVE-2017-5754). The information is +returned in struct kvm_ppc_cpu_char, which looks like this: + +struct kvm_ppc_cpu_char { + __u64 character; /* characteristics of the CPU */ + __u64 behaviour; /* recommended software behaviour */ + __u64 character_mask; /* valid bits in character */ + __u64 behaviour_mask; /* valid bits in behaviour */ +}; + +For extensibility, the character_mask and behaviour_mask fields +indicate which bits of character and behaviour have been filled in by +the kernel. If the set of defined bits is extended in future then +userspace will be able to tell whether it is running on a kernel that +knows about the new bits. + +The character field describes attributes of the CPU which can help +with preventing inadvertent information disclosure - specifically, +whether there is an instruction to flash-invalidate the L1 data cache +(ori 30,30,0 or mtspr SPRN_TRIG2,rN), whether the L1 data cache is set +to a mode where entries can only be used by the thread that created +them, whether the bcctr[l] instruction prevents speculation, and +whether a speculation barrier instruction (ori 31,31,0) is provided. + +The behaviour field describes actions that software should take to +prevent inadvertent information disclosure, and thus describes which +vulnerabilities the hardware is subject to; specifically whether the +L1 data cache should be flushed when returning to user mode from the +kernel, and whether a speculation barrier should be placed between an +array bounds check and the array access. + +These fields use the same bit definitions as the new +H_GET_CPU_CHARACTERISTICS hypercall. + +4.110 KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_OP + +Capability: basic +Architectures: x86 +Type: system +Parameters: an opaque platform specific structure (in/out) +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +If the platform supports creating encrypted VMs then this ioctl can be used +for issuing platform-specific memory encryption commands to manage those +encrypted VMs. + +Currently, this ioctl is used for issuing Secure Encrypted Virtualization +(SEV) commands on AMD Processors. The SEV commands are defined in +Documentation/virt/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst. + +4.111 KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_REG_REGION + +Capability: basic +Architectures: x86 +Type: system +Parameters: struct kvm_enc_region (in) +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +This ioctl can be used to register a guest memory region which may +contain encrypted data (e.g. guest RAM, SMRAM etc). + +It is used in the SEV-enabled guest. When encryption is enabled, a guest +memory region may contain encrypted data. The SEV memory encryption +engine uses a tweak such that two identical plaintext pages, each at +different locations will have differing ciphertexts. So swapping or +moving ciphertext of those pages will not result in plaintext being +swapped. So relocating (or migrating) physical backing pages for the SEV +guest will require some additional steps. + +Note: The current SEV key management spec does not provide commands to +swap or migrate (move) ciphertext pages. Hence, for now we pin the guest +memory region registered with the ioctl. + +4.112 KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_UNREG_REGION + +Capability: basic +Architectures: x86 +Type: system +Parameters: struct kvm_enc_region (in) +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +This ioctl can be used to unregister the guest memory region registered +with KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_REG_REGION ioctl above. + +4.113 KVM_HYPERV_EVENTFD + +Capability: KVM_CAP_HYPERV_EVENTFD +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_hyperv_eventfd (in) + +This ioctl (un)registers an eventfd to receive notifications from the guest on +the specified Hyper-V connection id through the SIGNAL_EVENT hypercall, without +causing a user exit. SIGNAL_EVENT hypercall with non-zero event flag number +(bits 24-31) still triggers a KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_HCALL user exit. + +struct kvm_hyperv_eventfd { + __u32 conn_id; + __s32 fd; + __u32 flags; + __u32 padding[3]; +}; + +The conn_id field should fit within 24 bits: + +#define KVM_HYPERV_CONN_ID_MASK 0x00ffffff + +The acceptable values for the flags field are: + +#define KVM_HYPERV_EVENTFD_DEASSIGN (1 << 0) + +Returns: 0 on success, + -EINVAL if conn_id or flags is outside the allowed range + -ENOENT on deassign if the conn_id isn't registered + -EEXIST on assign if the conn_id is already registered + +4.114 KVM_GET_NESTED_STATE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_NESTED_STATE +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_nested_state (in/out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error +Errors: + E2BIG: the total state size exceeds the value of 'size' specified by + the user; the size required will be written into size. + +struct kvm_nested_state { + __u16 flags; + __u16 format; + __u32 size; + + union { + struct kvm_vmx_nested_state_hdr vmx; + struct kvm_svm_nested_state_hdr svm; + + /* Pad the header to 128 bytes. */ + __u8 pad[120]; + } hdr; + + union { + struct kvm_vmx_nested_state_data vmx[0]; + struct kvm_svm_nested_state_data svm[0]; + } data; +}; + +#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_GUEST_MODE 0x00000001 +#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_RUN_PENDING 0x00000002 +#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_EVMCS 0x00000004 + +#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_FORMAT_VMX 0 +#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_FORMAT_SVM 1 + +#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_VMCS_SIZE 0x1000 + +#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_SMM_GUEST_MODE 0x00000001 +#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_SMM_VMXON 0x00000002 + +struct kvm_vmx_nested_state_hdr { + __u64 vmxon_pa; + __u64 vmcs12_pa; + + struct { + __u16 flags; + } smm; +}; + +struct kvm_vmx_nested_state_data { + __u8 vmcs12[KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_VMCS_SIZE]; + __u8 shadow_vmcs12[KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_VMCS_SIZE]; +}; + +This ioctl copies the vcpu's nested virtualization state from the kernel to +userspace. + +The maximum size of the state can be retrieved by passing KVM_CAP_NESTED_STATE +to the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl(). + +4.115 KVM_SET_NESTED_STATE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_NESTED_STATE +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_nested_state (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +This copies the vcpu's kvm_nested_state struct from userspace to the kernel. +For the definition of struct kvm_nested_state, see KVM_GET_NESTED_STATE. + +4.116 KVM_(UN)REGISTER_COALESCED_MMIO + +Capability: KVM_CAP_COALESCED_MMIO (for coalesced mmio) + KVM_CAP_COALESCED_PIO (for coalesced pio) +Architectures: all +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_coalesced_mmio_zone +Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error + +Coalesced I/O is a performance optimization that defers hardware +register write emulation so that userspace exits are avoided. It is +typically used to reduce the overhead of emulating frequently accessed +hardware registers. + +When a hardware register is configured for coalesced I/O, write accesses +do not exit to userspace and their value is recorded in a ring buffer +that is shared between kernel and userspace. + +Coalesced I/O is used if one or more write accesses to a hardware +register can be deferred until a read or a write to another hardware +register on the same device. This last access will cause a vmexit and +userspace will process accesses from the ring buffer before emulating +it. That will avoid exiting to userspace on repeated writes. + +Coalesced pio is based on coalesced mmio. There is little difference +between coalesced mmio and pio except that coalesced pio records accesses +to I/O ports. + +4.117 KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY_LOG (vm ioctl) + +Capability: KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 +Architectures: x86, arm, arm64, mips +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_dirty_log (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +/* for KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY_LOG */ +struct kvm_clear_dirty_log { + __u32 slot; + __u32 num_pages; + __u64 first_page; + union { + void __user *dirty_bitmap; /* one bit per page */ + __u64 padding; + }; +}; + +The ioctl clears the dirty status of pages in a memory slot, according to +the bitmap that is passed in struct kvm_clear_dirty_log's dirty_bitmap +field. Bit 0 of the bitmap corresponds to page "first_page" in the +memory slot, and num_pages is the size in bits of the input bitmap. +first_page must be a multiple of 64; num_pages must also be a multiple of +64 unless first_page + num_pages is the size of the memory slot. For each +bit that is set in the input bitmap, the corresponding page is marked "clean" +in KVM's dirty bitmap, and dirty tracking is re-enabled for that page +(for example via write-protection, or by clearing the dirty bit in +a page table entry). + +If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 specifies +the address space for which you want to return the dirty bitmap. +They must be less than the value that KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns for +the KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE capability. + +This ioctl is mostly useful when KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 +is enabled; for more information, see the description of the capability. +However, it can always be used as long as KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION confirms +that KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 is present. + +4.118 KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_HV_CPUID + +Capability: KVM_CAP_HYPERV_CPUID +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_cpuid2 (in/out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +struct kvm_cpuid2 { + __u32 nent; + __u32 padding; + struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 entries[0]; +}; + +struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 { + __u32 function; + __u32 index; + __u32 flags; + __u32 eax; + __u32 ebx; + __u32 ecx; + __u32 edx; + __u32 padding[3]; +}; + +This ioctl returns x86 cpuid features leaves related to Hyper-V emulation in +KVM. Userspace can use the information returned by this ioctl to construct +cpuid information presented to guests consuming Hyper-V enlightenments (e.g. +Windows or Hyper-V guests). + +CPUID feature leaves returned by this ioctl are defined by Hyper-V Top Level +Functional Specification (TLFS). These leaves can't be obtained with +KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID ioctl because some of them intersect with KVM feature +leaves (0x40000000, 0x40000001). + +Currently, the following list of CPUID leaves are returned: + HYPERV_CPUID_VENDOR_AND_MAX_FUNCTIONS + HYPERV_CPUID_INTERFACE + HYPERV_CPUID_VERSION + HYPERV_CPUID_FEATURES + HYPERV_CPUID_ENLIGHTMENT_INFO + HYPERV_CPUID_IMPLEMENT_LIMITS + HYPERV_CPUID_NESTED_FEATURES + +HYPERV_CPUID_NESTED_FEATURES leaf is only exposed when Enlightened VMCS was +enabled on the corresponding vCPU (KVM_CAP_HYPERV_ENLIGHTENED_VMCS). + +Userspace invokes KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID by passing a kvm_cpuid2 structure +with the 'nent' field indicating the number of entries in the variable-size +array 'entries'. If the number of entries is too low to describe all Hyper-V +feature leaves, an error (E2BIG) is returned. If the number is more or equal +to the number of Hyper-V feature leaves, the 'nent' field is adjusted to the +number of valid entries in the 'entries' array, which is then filled. + +'index' and 'flags' fields in 'struct kvm_cpuid_entry2' are currently reserved, +userspace should not expect to get any particular value there. + +4.119 KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE + +Architectures: arm, arm64 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: int feature (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error +Errors: + EPERM: feature not enabled, needs configuration, or already finalized + EINVAL: feature unknown or not present + +Recognised values for feature: + arm64 KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE (requires KVM_CAP_ARM_SVE) + +Finalizes the configuration of the specified vcpu feature. + +The vcpu must already have been initialised, enabling the affected feature, by +means of a successful KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT call with the appropriate flag set in +features[]. + +For affected vcpu features, this is a mandatory step that must be performed +before the vcpu is fully usable. + +Between KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT and KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE, the feature may be +configured by use of ioctls such as KVM_SET_ONE_REG. The exact configuration +that should be performaned and how to do it are feature-dependent. + +Other calls that depend on a particular feature being finalized, such as +KVM_RUN, KVM_GET_REG_LIST, KVM_GET_ONE_REG and KVM_SET_ONE_REG, will fail with +-EPERM unless the feature has already been finalized by means of a +KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE call. + +See KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT for details of vcpu features that require finalization +using this ioctl. + +4.120 KVM_SET_PMU_EVENT_FILTER + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PMU_EVENT_FILTER +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_pmu_event_filter (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +struct kvm_pmu_event_filter { + __u32 action; + __u32 nevents; + __u32 fixed_counter_bitmap; + __u32 flags; + __u32 pad[4]; + __u64 events[0]; +}; + +This ioctl restricts the set of PMU events that the guest can program. +The argument holds a list of events which will be allowed or denied. +The eventsel+umask of each event the guest attempts to program is compared +against the events field to determine whether the guest should have access. +The events field only controls general purpose counters; fixed purpose +counters are controlled by the fixed_counter_bitmap. + +No flags are defined yet, the field must be zero. + +Valid values for 'action': +#define KVM_PMU_EVENT_ALLOW 0 +#define KVM_PMU_EVENT_DENY 1 + + +5. The kvm_run structure +------------------------ + +Application code obtains a pointer to the kvm_run structure by +mmap()ing a vcpu fd. From that point, application code can control +execution by changing fields in kvm_run prior to calling the KVM_RUN +ioctl, and obtain information about the reason KVM_RUN returned by +looking up structure members. + +struct kvm_run { + /* in */ + __u8 request_interrupt_window; + +Request that KVM_RUN return when it becomes possible to inject external +interrupts into the guest. Useful in conjunction with KVM_INTERRUPT. + + __u8 immediate_exit; + +This field is polled once when KVM_RUN starts; if non-zero, KVM_RUN +exits immediately, returning -EINTR. In the common scenario where a +signal is used to "kick" a VCPU out of KVM_RUN, this field can be used +to avoid usage of KVM_SET_SIGNAL_MASK, which has worse scalability. +Rather than blocking the signal outside KVM_RUN, userspace can set up +a signal handler that sets run->immediate_exit to a non-zero value. + +This field is ignored if KVM_CAP_IMMEDIATE_EXIT is not available. + + __u8 padding1[6]; + + /* out */ + __u32 exit_reason; + +When KVM_RUN has returned successfully (return value 0), this informs +application code why KVM_RUN has returned. Allowable values for this +field are detailed below. + + __u8 ready_for_interrupt_injection; + +If request_interrupt_window has been specified, this field indicates +an interrupt can be injected now with KVM_INTERRUPT. + + __u8 if_flag; + +The value of the current interrupt flag. Only valid if in-kernel +local APIC is not used. + + __u16 flags; + +More architecture-specific flags detailing state of the VCPU that may +affect the device's behavior. The only currently defined flag is +KVM_RUN_X86_SMM, which is valid on x86 machines and is set if the +VCPU is in system management mode. + + /* in (pre_kvm_run), out (post_kvm_run) */ + __u64 cr8; + +The value of the cr8 register. Only valid if in-kernel local APIC is +not used. Both input and output. + + __u64 apic_base; + +The value of the APIC BASE msr. Only valid if in-kernel local +APIC is not used. Both input and output. + + union { + /* KVM_EXIT_UNKNOWN */ + struct { + __u64 hardware_exit_reason; + } hw; + +If exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_UNKNOWN, the vcpu has exited due to unknown +reasons. Further architecture-specific information is available in +hardware_exit_reason. + + /* KVM_EXIT_FAIL_ENTRY */ + struct { + __u64 hardware_entry_failure_reason; + } fail_entry; + +If exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_FAIL_ENTRY, the vcpu could not be run due +to unknown reasons. Further architecture-specific information is +available in hardware_entry_failure_reason. + + /* KVM_EXIT_EXCEPTION */ + struct { + __u32 exception; + __u32 error_code; + } ex; + +Unused. + + /* KVM_EXIT_IO */ + struct { +#define KVM_EXIT_IO_IN 0 +#define KVM_EXIT_IO_OUT 1 + __u8 direction; + __u8 size; /* bytes */ + __u16 port; + __u32 count; + __u64 data_offset; /* relative to kvm_run start */ + } io; + +If exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_IO, then the vcpu has +executed a port I/O instruction which could not be satisfied by kvm. +data_offset describes where the data is located (KVM_EXIT_IO_OUT) or +where kvm expects application code to place the data for the next +KVM_RUN invocation (KVM_EXIT_IO_IN). Data format is a packed array. + + /* KVM_EXIT_DEBUG */ + struct { + struct kvm_debug_exit_arch arch; + } debug; + +If the exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_DEBUG, then a vcpu is processing a debug event +for which architecture specific information is returned. + + /* KVM_EXIT_MMIO */ + struct { + __u64 phys_addr; + __u8 data[8]; + __u32 len; + __u8 is_write; + } mmio; + +If exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_MMIO, then the vcpu has +executed a memory-mapped I/O instruction which could not be satisfied +by kvm. The 'data' member contains the written data if 'is_write' is +true, and should be filled by application code otherwise. + +The 'data' member contains, in its first 'len' bytes, the value as it would +appear if the VCPU performed a load or store of the appropriate width directly +to the byte array. + +NOTE: For KVM_EXIT_IO, KVM_EXIT_MMIO, KVM_EXIT_OSI, KVM_EXIT_PAPR and + KVM_EXIT_EPR the corresponding +operations are complete (and guest state is consistent) only after userspace +has re-entered the kernel with KVM_RUN. The kernel side will first finish +incomplete operations and then check for pending signals. Userspace +can re-enter the guest with an unmasked signal pending to complete +pending operations. + + /* KVM_EXIT_HYPERCALL */ + struct { + __u64 nr; + __u64 args[6]; + __u64 ret; + __u32 longmode; + __u32 pad; + } hypercall; + +Unused. This was once used for 'hypercall to userspace'. To implement +such functionality, use KVM_EXIT_IO (x86) or KVM_EXIT_MMIO (all except s390). +Note KVM_EXIT_IO is significantly faster than KVM_EXIT_MMIO. + + /* KVM_EXIT_TPR_ACCESS */ + struct { + __u64 rip; + __u32 is_write; + __u32 pad; + } tpr_access; + +To be documented (KVM_TPR_ACCESS_REPORTING). + + /* KVM_EXIT_S390_SIEIC */ + struct { + __u8 icptcode; + __u64 mask; /* psw upper half */ + __u64 addr; /* psw lower half */ + __u16 ipa; + __u32 ipb; + } s390_sieic; + +s390 specific. + + /* KVM_EXIT_S390_RESET */ +#define KVM_S390_RESET_POR 1 +#define KVM_S390_RESET_CLEAR 2 +#define KVM_S390_RESET_SUBSYSTEM 4 +#define KVM_S390_RESET_CPU_INIT 8 +#define KVM_S390_RESET_IPL 16 + __u64 s390_reset_flags; + +s390 specific. + + /* KVM_EXIT_S390_UCONTROL */ + struct { + __u64 trans_exc_code; + __u32 pgm_code; + } s390_ucontrol; + +s390 specific. A page fault has occurred for a user controlled virtual +machine (KVM_VM_S390_UNCONTROL) on it's host page table that cannot be +resolved by the kernel. +The program code and the translation exception code that were placed +in the cpu's lowcore are presented here as defined by the z Architecture +Principles of Operation Book in the Chapter for Dynamic Address Translation +(DAT) + + /* KVM_EXIT_DCR */ + struct { + __u32 dcrn; + __u32 data; + __u8 is_write; + } dcr; + +Deprecated - was used for 440 KVM. + + /* KVM_EXIT_OSI */ + struct { + __u64 gprs[32]; + } osi; + +MOL uses a special hypercall interface it calls 'OSI'. To enable it, we catch +hypercalls and exit with this exit struct that contains all the guest gprs. + +If exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_OSI, then the vcpu has triggered such a hypercall. +Userspace can now handle the hypercall and when it's done modify the gprs as +necessary. Upon guest entry all guest GPRs will then be replaced by the values +in this struct. + + /* KVM_EXIT_PAPR_HCALL */ + struct { + __u64 nr; + __u64 ret; + __u64 args[9]; + } papr_hcall; + +This is used on 64-bit PowerPC when emulating a pSeries partition, +e.g. with the 'pseries' machine type in qemu. It occurs when the +guest does a hypercall using the 'sc 1' instruction. The 'nr' field +contains the hypercall number (from the guest R3), and 'args' contains +the arguments (from the guest R4 - R12). Userspace should put the +return code in 'ret' and any extra returned values in args[]. +The possible hypercalls are defined in the Power Architecture Platform +Requirements (PAPR) document available from www.power.org (free +developer registration required to access it). + + /* KVM_EXIT_S390_TSCH */ + struct { + __u16 subchannel_id; + __u16 subchannel_nr; + __u32 io_int_parm; + __u32 io_int_word; + __u32 ipb; + __u8 dequeued; + } s390_tsch; + +s390 specific. This exit occurs when KVM_CAP_S390_CSS_SUPPORT has been enabled +and TEST SUBCHANNEL was intercepted. If dequeued is set, a pending I/O +interrupt for the target subchannel has been dequeued and subchannel_id, +subchannel_nr, io_int_parm and io_int_word contain the parameters for that +interrupt. ipb is needed for instruction parameter decoding. + + /* KVM_EXIT_EPR */ + struct { + __u32 epr; + } epr; + +On FSL BookE PowerPC chips, the interrupt controller has a fast patch +interrupt acknowledge path to the core. When the core successfully +delivers an interrupt, it automatically populates the EPR register with +the interrupt vector number and acknowledges the interrupt inside +the interrupt controller. + +In case the interrupt controller lives in user space, we need to do +the interrupt acknowledge cycle through it to fetch the next to be +delivered interrupt vector using this exit. + +It gets triggered whenever both KVM_CAP_PPC_EPR are enabled and an +external interrupt has just been delivered into the guest. User space +should put the acknowledged interrupt vector into the 'epr' field. + + /* KVM_EXIT_SYSTEM_EVENT */ + struct { +#define KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_SHUTDOWN 1 +#define KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_RESET 2 +#define KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_CRASH 3 + __u32 type; + __u64 flags; + } system_event; + +If exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_SYSTEM_EVENT then the vcpu has triggered +a system-level event using some architecture specific mechanism (hypercall +or some special instruction). In case of ARM/ARM64, this is triggered using +HVC instruction based PSCI call from the vcpu. The 'type' field describes +the system-level event type. The 'flags' field describes architecture +specific flags for the system-level event. + +Valid values for 'type' are: + KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_SHUTDOWN -- the guest has requested a shutdown of the + VM. Userspace is not obliged to honour this, and if it does honour + this does not need to destroy the VM synchronously (ie it may call + KVM_RUN again before shutdown finally occurs). + KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_RESET -- the guest has requested a reset of the VM. + As with SHUTDOWN, userspace can choose to ignore the request, or + to schedule the reset to occur in the future and may call KVM_RUN again. + KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_CRASH -- the guest crash occurred and the guest + has requested a crash condition maintenance. Userspace can choose + to ignore the request, or to gather VM memory core dump and/or + reset/shutdown of the VM. + + /* KVM_EXIT_IOAPIC_EOI */ + struct { + __u8 vector; + } eoi; + +Indicates that the VCPU's in-kernel local APIC received an EOI for a +level-triggered IOAPIC interrupt. This exit only triggers when the +IOAPIC is implemented in userspace (i.e. KVM_CAP_SPLIT_IRQCHIP is enabled); +the userspace IOAPIC should process the EOI and retrigger the interrupt if +it is still asserted. Vector is the LAPIC interrupt vector for which the +EOI was received. + + struct kvm_hyperv_exit { +#define KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_SYNIC 1 +#define KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_HCALL 2 + __u32 type; + union { + struct { + __u32 msr; + __u64 control; + __u64 evt_page; + __u64 msg_page; + } synic; + struct { + __u64 input; + __u64 result; + __u64 params[2]; + } hcall; + } u; + }; + /* KVM_EXIT_HYPERV */ + struct kvm_hyperv_exit hyperv; +Indicates that the VCPU exits into userspace to process some tasks +related to Hyper-V emulation. +Valid values for 'type' are: + KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_SYNIC -- synchronously notify user-space about +Hyper-V SynIC state change. Notification is used to remap SynIC +event/message pages and to enable/disable SynIC messages/events processing +in userspace. + + /* Fix the size of the union. */ + char padding[256]; + }; + + /* + * shared registers between kvm and userspace. + * kvm_valid_regs specifies the register classes set by the host + * kvm_dirty_regs specified the register classes dirtied by userspace + * struct kvm_sync_regs is architecture specific, as well as the + * bits for kvm_valid_regs and kvm_dirty_regs + */ + __u64 kvm_valid_regs; + __u64 kvm_dirty_regs; + union { + struct kvm_sync_regs regs; + char padding[SYNC_REGS_SIZE_BYTES]; + } s; + +If KVM_CAP_SYNC_REGS is defined, these fields allow userspace to access +certain guest registers without having to call SET/GET_*REGS. Thus we can +avoid some system call overhead if userspace has to handle the exit. +Userspace can query the validity of the structure by checking +kvm_valid_regs for specific bits. These bits are architecture specific +and usually define the validity of a groups of registers. (e.g. one bit + for general purpose registers) + +Please note that the kernel is allowed to use the kvm_run structure as the +primary storage for certain register types. Therefore, the kernel may use the +values in kvm_run even if the corresponding bit in kvm_dirty_regs is not set. + +}; + + + +6. Capabilities that can be enabled on vCPUs +-------------------------------------------- + +There are certain capabilities that change the behavior of the virtual CPU or +the virtual machine when enabled. To enable them, please see section 4.37. +Below you can find a list of capabilities and what their effect on the vCPU or +the virtual machine is when enabling them. + +The following information is provided along with the description: + + Architectures: which instruction set architectures provide this ioctl. + x86 includes both i386 and x86_64. + + Target: whether this is a per-vcpu or per-vm capability. + + Parameters: what parameters are accepted by the capability. + + Returns: the return value. General error numbers (EBADF, ENOMEM, EINVAL) + are not detailed, but errors with specific meanings are. + + +6.1 KVM_CAP_PPC_OSI + +Architectures: ppc +Target: vcpu +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +This capability enables interception of OSI hypercalls that otherwise would +be treated as normal system calls to be injected into the guest. OSI hypercalls +were invented by Mac-on-Linux to have a standardized communication mechanism +between the guest and the host. + +When this capability is enabled, KVM_EXIT_OSI can occur. + + +6.2 KVM_CAP_PPC_PAPR + +Architectures: ppc +Target: vcpu +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +This capability enables interception of PAPR hypercalls. PAPR hypercalls are +done using the hypercall instruction "sc 1". + +It also sets the guest privilege level to "supervisor" mode. Usually the guest +runs in "hypervisor" privilege mode with a few missing features. + +In addition to the above, it changes the semantics of SDR1. In this mode, the +HTAB address part of SDR1 contains an HVA instead of a GPA, as PAPR keeps the +HTAB invisible to the guest. + +When this capability is enabled, KVM_EXIT_PAPR_HCALL can occur. + + +6.3 KVM_CAP_SW_TLB + +Architectures: ppc +Target: vcpu +Parameters: args[0] is the address of a struct kvm_config_tlb +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +struct kvm_config_tlb { + __u64 params; + __u64 array; + __u32 mmu_type; + __u32 array_len; +}; + +Configures the virtual CPU's TLB array, establishing a shared memory area +between userspace and KVM. The "params" and "array" fields are userspace +addresses of mmu-type-specific data structures. The "array_len" field is an +safety mechanism, and should be set to the size in bytes of the memory that +userspace has reserved for the array. It must be at least the size dictated +by "mmu_type" and "params". + +While KVM_RUN is active, the shared region is under control of KVM. Its +contents are undefined, and any modification by userspace results in +boundedly undefined behavior. + +On return from KVM_RUN, the shared region will reflect the current state of +the guest's TLB. If userspace makes any changes, it must call KVM_DIRTY_TLB +to tell KVM which entries have been changed, prior to calling KVM_RUN again +on this vcpu. + +For mmu types KVM_MMU_FSL_BOOKE_NOHV and KVM_MMU_FSL_BOOKE_HV: + - The "params" field is of type "struct kvm_book3e_206_tlb_params". + - The "array" field points to an array of type "struct + kvm_book3e_206_tlb_entry". + - The array consists of all entries in the first TLB, followed by all + entries in the second TLB. + - Within a TLB, entries are ordered first by increasing set number. Within a + set, entries are ordered by way (increasing ESEL). + - The hash for determining set number in TLB0 is: (MAS2 >> 12) & (num_sets - 1) + where "num_sets" is the tlb_sizes[] value divided by the tlb_ways[] value. + - The tsize field of mas1 shall be set to 4K on TLB0, even though the + hardware ignores this value for TLB0. + +6.4 KVM_CAP_S390_CSS_SUPPORT + +Architectures: s390 +Target: vcpu +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +This capability enables support for handling of channel I/O instructions. + +TEST PENDING INTERRUPTION and the interrupt portion of TEST SUBCHANNEL are +handled in-kernel, while the other I/O instructions are passed to userspace. + +When this capability is enabled, KVM_EXIT_S390_TSCH will occur on TEST +SUBCHANNEL intercepts. + +Note that even though this capability is enabled per-vcpu, the complete +virtual machine is affected. + +6.5 KVM_CAP_PPC_EPR + +Architectures: ppc +Target: vcpu +Parameters: args[0] defines whether the proxy facility is active +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +This capability enables or disables the delivery of interrupts through the +external proxy facility. + +When enabled (args[0] != 0), every time the guest gets an external interrupt +delivered, it automatically exits into user space with a KVM_EXIT_EPR exit +to receive the topmost interrupt vector. + +When disabled (args[0] == 0), behavior is as if this facility is unsupported. + +When this capability is enabled, KVM_EXIT_EPR can occur. + +6.6 KVM_CAP_IRQ_MPIC + +Architectures: ppc +Parameters: args[0] is the MPIC device fd + args[1] is the MPIC CPU number for this vcpu + +This capability connects the vcpu to an in-kernel MPIC device. + +6.7 KVM_CAP_IRQ_XICS + +Architectures: ppc +Target: vcpu +Parameters: args[0] is the XICS device fd + args[1] is the XICS CPU number (server ID) for this vcpu + +This capability connects the vcpu to an in-kernel XICS device. + +6.8 KVM_CAP_S390_IRQCHIP + +Architectures: s390 +Target: vm +Parameters: none + +This capability enables the in-kernel irqchip for s390. Please refer to +"4.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP" for details. + +6.9 KVM_CAP_MIPS_FPU + +Architectures: mips +Target: vcpu +Parameters: args[0] is reserved for future use (should be 0). + +This capability allows the use of the host Floating Point Unit by the guest. It +allows the Config1.FP bit to be set to enable the FPU in the guest. Once this is +done the KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_* and KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_* registers can be accessed +(depending on the current guest FPU register mode), and the Status.FR, +Config5.FRE bits are accessible via the KVM API and also from the guest, +depending on them being supported by the FPU. + +6.10 KVM_CAP_MIPS_MSA + +Architectures: mips +Target: vcpu +Parameters: args[0] is reserved for future use (should be 0). + +This capability allows the use of the MIPS SIMD Architecture (MSA) by the guest. +It allows the Config3.MSAP bit to be set to enable the use of MSA by the guest. +Once this is done the KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_* and KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_* registers can be +accessed, and the Config5.MSAEn bit is accessible via the KVM API and also from +the guest. + +6.74 KVM_CAP_SYNC_REGS +Architectures: s390, x86 +Target: s390: always enabled, x86: vcpu +Parameters: none +Returns: x86: KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns a bit-array indicating which register +sets are supported (bitfields defined in arch/x86/include/uapi/asm/kvm.h). + +As described above in the kvm_sync_regs struct info in section 5 (kvm_run): +KVM_CAP_SYNC_REGS "allow[s] userspace to access certain guest registers +without having to call SET/GET_*REGS". This reduces overhead by eliminating +repeated ioctl calls for setting and/or getting register values. This is +particularly important when userspace is making synchronous guest state +modifications, e.g. when emulating and/or intercepting instructions in +userspace. + +For s390 specifics, please refer to the source code. + +For x86: +- the register sets to be copied out to kvm_run are selectable + by userspace (rather that all sets being copied out for every exit). +- vcpu_events are available in addition to regs and sregs. + +For x86, the 'kvm_valid_regs' field of struct kvm_run is overloaded to +function as an input bit-array field set by userspace to indicate the +specific register sets to be copied out on the next exit. + +To indicate when userspace has modified values that should be copied into +the vCPU, the all architecture bitarray field, 'kvm_dirty_regs' must be set. +This is done using the same bitflags as for the 'kvm_valid_regs' field. +If the dirty bit is not set, then the register set values will not be copied +into the vCPU even if they've been modified. + +Unused bitfields in the bitarrays must be set to zero. + +struct kvm_sync_regs { + struct kvm_regs regs; + struct kvm_sregs sregs; + struct kvm_vcpu_events events; +}; + +6.75 KVM_CAP_PPC_IRQ_XIVE + +Architectures: ppc +Target: vcpu +Parameters: args[0] is the XIVE device fd + args[1] is the XIVE CPU number (server ID) for this vcpu + +This capability connects the vcpu to an in-kernel XIVE device. + +7. Capabilities that can be enabled on VMs +------------------------------------------ + +There are certain capabilities that change the behavior of the virtual +machine when enabled. To enable them, please see section 4.37. Below +you can find a list of capabilities and what their effect on the VM +is when enabling them. + +The following information is provided along with the description: + + Architectures: which instruction set architectures provide this ioctl. + x86 includes both i386 and x86_64. + + Parameters: what parameters are accepted by the capability. + + Returns: the return value. General error numbers (EBADF, ENOMEM, EINVAL) + are not detailed, but errors with specific meanings are. + + +7.1 KVM_CAP_PPC_ENABLE_HCALL + +Architectures: ppc +Parameters: args[0] is the sPAPR hcall number + args[1] is 0 to disable, 1 to enable in-kernel handling + +This capability controls whether individual sPAPR hypercalls (hcalls) +get handled by the kernel or not. Enabling or disabling in-kernel +handling of an hcall is effective across the VM. On creation, an +initial set of hcalls are enabled for in-kernel handling, which +consists of those hcalls for which in-kernel handlers were implemented +before this capability was implemented. If disabled, the kernel will +not to attempt to handle the hcall, but will always exit to userspace +to handle it. Note that it may not make sense to enable some and +disable others of a group of related hcalls, but KVM does not prevent +userspace from doing that. + +If the hcall number specified is not one that has an in-kernel +implementation, the KVM_ENABLE_CAP ioctl will fail with an EINVAL +error. + +7.2 KVM_CAP_S390_USER_SIGP + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none + +This capability controls which SIGP orders will be handled completely in user +space. With this capability enabled, all fast orders will be handled completely +in the kernel: +- SENSE +- SENSE RUNNING +- EXTERNAL CALL +- EMERGENCY SIGNAL +- CONDITIONAL EMERGENCY SIGNAL + +All other orders will be handled completely in user space. + +Only privileged operation exceptions will be checked for in the kernel (or even +in the hardware prior to interception). If this capability is not enabled, the +old way of handling SIGP orders is used (partially in kernel and user space). + +7.3 KVM_CAP_S390_VECTOR_REGISTERS + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success, negative value on error + +Allows use of the vector registers introduced with z13 processor, and +provides for the synchronization between host and user space. Will +return -EINVAL if the machine does not support vectors. + +7.4 KVM_CAP_S390_USER_STSI + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none + +This capability allows post-handlers for the STSI instruction. After +initial handling in the kernel, KVM exits to user space with +KVM_EXIT_S390_STSI to allow user space to insert further data. + +Before exiting to userspace, kvm handlers should fill in s390_stsi field of +vcpu->run: +struct { + __u64 addr; + __u8 ar; + __u8 reserved; + __u8 fc; + __u8 sel1; + __u16 sel2; +} s390_stsi; + +@addr - guest address of STSI SYSIB +@fc - function code +@sel1 - selector 1 +@sel2 - selector 2 +@ar - access register number + +KVM handlers should exit to userspace with rc = -EREMOTE. + +7.5 KVM_CAP_SPLIT_IRQCHIP + +Architectures: x86 +Parameters: args[0] - number of routes reserved for userspace IOAPICs +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Create a local apic for each processor in the kernel. This can be used +instead of KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP if the userspace VMM wishes to emulate the +IOAPIC and PIC (and also the PIT, even though this has to be enabled +separately). + +This capability also enables in kernel routing of interrupt requests; +when KVM_CAP_SPLIT_IRQCHIP only routes of KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_MSI type are +used in the IRQ routing table. The first args[0] MSI routes are reserved +for the IOAPIC pins. Whenever the LAPIC receives an EOI for these routes, +a KVM_EXIT_IOAPIC_EOI vmexit will be reported to userspace. + +Fails if VCPU has already been created, or if the irqchip is already in the +kernel (i.e. KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP has already been called). + +7.6 KVM_CAP_S390_RI + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none + +Allows use of runtime-instrumentation introduced with zEC12 processor. +Will return -EINVAL if the machine does not support runtime-instrumentation. +Will return -EBUSY if a VCPU has already been created. + +7.7 KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API + +Architectures: x86 +Parameters: args[0] - features that should be enabled +Returns: 0 on success, -EINVAL when args[0] contains invalid features + +Valid feature flags in args[0] are + +#define KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS (1ULL << 0) +#define KVM_X2APIC_API_DISABLE_BROADCAST_QUIRK (1ULL << 1) + +Enabling KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS changes the behavior of +KVM_SET_GSI_ROUTING, KVM_SIGNAL_MSI, KVM_SET_LAPIC, and KVM_GET_LAPIC, +allowing the use of 32-bit APIC IDs. See KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API in their +respective sections. + +KVM_X2APIC_API_DISABLE_BROADCAST_QUIRK must be enabled for x2APIC to work +in logical mode or with more than 255 VCPUs. Otherwise, KVM treats 0xff +as a broadcast even in x2APIC mode in order to support physical x2APIC +without interrupt remapping. This is undesirable in logical mode, +where 0xff represents CPUs 0-7 in cluster 0. + +7.8 KVM_CAP_S390_USER_INSTR0 + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none + +With this capability enabled, all illegal instructions 0x0000 (2 bytes) will +be intercepted and forwarded to user space. User space can use this +mechanism e.g. to realize 2-byte software breakpoints. The kernel will +not inject an operating exception for these instructions, user space has +to take care of that. + +This capability can be enabled dynamically even if VCPUs were already +created and are running. + +7.9 KVM_CAP_S390_GS + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success; -EINVAL if the machine does not support + guarded storage; -EBUSY if a VCPU has already been created. + +Allows use of guarded storage for the KVM guest. + +7.10 KVM_CAP_S390_AIS + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none + +Allow use of adapter-interruption suppression. +Returns: 0 on success; -EBUSY if a VCPU has already been created. + +7.11 KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT + +Architectures: ppc +Parameters: vsmt_mode, flags + +Enabling this capability on a VM provides userspace with a way to set +the desired virtual SMT mode (i.e. the number of virtual CPUs per +virtual core). The virtual SMT mode, vsmt_mode, must be a power of 2 +between 1 and 8. On POWER8, vsmt_mode must also be no greater than +the number of threads per subcore for the host. Currently flags must +be 0. A successful call to enable this capability will result in +vsmt_mode being returned when the KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT capability is +subsequently queried for the VM. This capability is only supported by +HV KVM, and can only be set before any VCPUs have been created. +The KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT_POSSIBLE capability indicates which virtual SMT +modes are available. + +7.12 KVM_CAP_PPC_FWNMI + +Architectures: ppc +Parameters: none + +With this capability a machine check exception in the guest address +space will cause KVM to exit the guest with NMI exit reason. This +enables QEMU to build error log and branch to guest kernel registered +machine check handling routine. Without this capability KVM will +branch to guests' 0x200 interrupt vector. + +7.13 KVM_CAP_X86_DISABLE_EXITS + +Architectures: x86 +Parameters: args[0] defines which exits are disabled +Returns: 0 on success, -EINVAL when args[0] contains invalid exits + +Valid bits in args[0] are + +#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_MWAIT (1 << 0) +#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_HLT (1 << 1) +#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_PAUSE (1 << 2) +#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_CSTATE (1 << 3) + +Enabling this capability on a VM provides userspace with a way to no +longer intercept some instructions for improved latency in some +workloads, and is suggested when vCPUs are associated to dedicated +physical CPUs. More bits can be added in the future; userspace can +just pass the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION result to KVM_ENABLE_CAP to disable +all such vmexits. + +Do not enable KVM_FEATURE_PV_UNHALT if you disable HLT exits. + +7.14 KVM_CAP_S390_HPAGE_1M + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success, -EINVAL if hpage module parameter was not set + or cmma is enabled, or the VM has the KVM_VM_S390_UCONTROL + flag set + +With this capability the KVM support for memory backing with 1m pages +through hugetlbfs can be enabled for a VM. After the capability is +enabled, cmma can't be enabled anymore and pfmfi and the storage key +interpretation are disabled. If cmma has already been enabled or the +hpage module parameter is not set to 1, -EINVAL is returned. + +While it is generally possible to create a huge page backed VM without +this capability, the VM will not be able to run. + +7.15 KVM_CAP_MSR_PLATFORM_INFO + +Architectures: x86 +Parameters: args[0] whether feature should be enabled or not + +With this capability, a guest may read the MSR_PLATFORM_INFO MSR. Otherwise, +a #GP would be raised when the guest tries to access. Currently, this +capability does not enable write permissions of this MSR for the guest. + +7.16 KVM_CAP_PPC_NESTED_HV + +Architectures: ppc +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success, -EINVAL when the implementation doesn't support + nested-HV virtualization. + +HV-KVM on POWER9 and later systems allows for "nested-HV" +virtualization, which provides a way for a guest VM to run guests that +can run using the CPU's supervisor mode (privileged non-hypervisor +state). Enabling this capability on a VM depends on the CPU having +the necessary functionality and on the facility being enabled with a +kvm-hv module parameter. + +7.17 KVM_CAP_EXCEPTION_PAYLOAD + +Architectures: x86 +Parameters: args[0] whether feature should be enabled or not + +With this capability enabled, CR2 will not be modified prior to the +emulated VM-exit when L1 intercepts a #PF exception that occurs in +L2. Similarly, for kvm-intel only, DR6 will not be modified prior to +the emulated VM-exit when L1 intercepts a #DB exception that occurs in +L2. As a result, when KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS reports a pending #PF (or +#DB) exception for L2, exception.has_payload will be set and the +faulting address (or the new DR6 bits*) will be reported in the +exception_payload field. Similarly, when userspace injects a #PF (or +#DB) into L2 using KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS, it is expected to set +exception.has_payload and to put the faulting address (or the new DR6 +bits*) in the exception_payload field. + +This capability also enables exception.pending in struct +kvm_vcpu_events, which allows userspace to distinguish between pending +and injected exceptions. + + +* For the new DR6 bits, note that bit 16 is set iff the #DB exception + will clear DR6.RTM. + +7.18 KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 + +Architectures: x86, arm, arm64, mips +Parameters: args[0] whether feature should be enabled or not + +With this capability enabled, KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG will not automatically +clear and write-protect all pages that are returned as dirty. +Rather, userspace will have to do this operation separately using +KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY_LOG. + +At the cost of a slightly more complicated operation, this provides better +scalability and responsiveness for two reasons. First, +KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY_LOG ioctl can operate on a 64-page granularity rather +than requiring to sync a full memslot; this ensures that KVM does not +take spinlocks for an extended period of time. Second, in some cases a +large amount of time can pass between a call to KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG and +userspace actually using the data in the page. Pages can be modified +during this time, which is inefficint for both the guest and userspace: +the guest will incur a higher penalty due to write protection faults, +while userspace can see false reports of dirty pages. Manual reprotection +helps reducing this time, improving guest performance and reducing the +number of dirty log false positives. + +KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 was previously available under the name +KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT, but the implementation had bugs that make +it hard or impossible to use it correctly. The availability of +KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 signals that those bugs are fixed. +Userspace should not try to use KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT. + +8. Other capabilities. +---------------------- + +This section lists capabilities that give information about other +features of the KVM implementation. + +8.1 KVM_CAP_PPC_HWRNG + +Architectures: ppc + +This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION indicates that it is +available, means that that the kernel has an implementation of the +H_RANDOM hypercall backed by a hardware random-number generator. +If present, the kernel H_RANDOM handler can be enabled for guest use +with the KVM_CAP_PPC_ENABLE_HCALL capability. + +8.2 KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SYNIC + +Architectures: x86 +This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION indicates that it is +available, means that that the kernel has an implementation of the +Hyper-V Synthetic interrupt controller(SynIC). Hyper-V SynIC is +used to support Windows Hyper-V based guest paravirt drivers(VMBus). + +In order to use SynIC, it has to be activated by setting this +capability via KVM_ENABLE_CAP ioctl on the vcpu fd. Note that this +will disable the use of APIC hardware virtualization even if supported +by the CPU, as it's incompatible with SynIC auto-EOI behavior. + +8.3 KVM_CAP_PPC_RADIX_MMU + +Architectures: ppc + +This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION indicates that it is +available, means that that the kernel can support guests using the +radix MMU defined in Power ISA V3.00 (as implemented in the POWER9 +processor). + +8.4 KVM_CAP_PPC_HASH_MMU_V3 + +Architectures: ppc + +This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION indicates that it is +available, means that that the kernel can support guests using the +hashed page table MMU defined in Power ISA V3.00 (as implemented in +the POWER9 processor), including in-memory segment tables. + +8.5 KVM_CAP_MIPS_VZ + +Architectures: mips + +This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION on the main kvm handle indicates that +it is available, means that full hardware assisted virtualization capabilities +of the hardware are available for use through KVM. An appropriate +KVM_VM_MIPS_* type must be passed to KVM_CREATE_VM to create a VM which +utilises it. + +If KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION on a kvm VM handle indicates that this capability is +available, it means that the VM is using full hardware assisted virtualization +capabilities of the hardware. This is useful to check after creating a VM with +KVM_VM_MIPS_DEFAULT. + +The value returned by KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION should be compared against known +values (see below). All other values are reserved. This is to allow for the +possibility of other hardware assisted virtualization implementations which +may be incompatible with the MIPS VZ ASE. + + 0: The trap & emulate implementation is in use to run guest code in user + mode. Guest virtual memory segments are rearranged to fit the guest in the + user mode address space. + + 1: The MIPS VZ ASE is in use, providing full hardware assisted + virtualization, including standard guest virtual memory segments. + +8.6 KVM_CAP_MIPS_TE + +Architectures: mips + +This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION on the main kvm handle indicates that +it is available, means that the trap & emulate implementation is available to +run guest code in user mode, even if KVM_CAP_MIPS_VZ indicates that hardware +assisted virtualisation is also available. KVM_VM_MIPS_TE (0) must be passed +to KVM_CREATE_VM to create a VM which utilises it. + +If KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION on a kvm VM handle indicates that this capability is +available, it means that the VM is using trap & emulate. + +8.7 KVM_CAP_MIPS_64BIT + +Architectures: mips + +This capability indicates the supported architecture type of the guest, i.e. the +supported register and address width. + +The values returned when this capability is checked by KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION on a +kvm VM handle correspond roughly to the CP0_Config.AT register field, and should +be checked specifically against known values (see below). All other values are +reserved. + + 0: MIPS32 or microMIPS32. + Both registers and addresses are 32-bits wide. + It will only be possible to run 32-bit guest code. + + 1: MIPS64 or microMIPS64 with access only to 32-bit compatibility segments. + Registers are 64-bits wide, but addresses are 32-bits wide. + 64-bit guest code may run but cannot access MIPS64 memory segments. + It will also be possible to run 32-bit guest code. + + 2: MIPS64 or microMIPS64 with access to all address segments. + Both registers and addresses are 64-bits wide. + It will be possible to run 64-bit or 32-bit guest code. + +8.9 KVM_CAP_ARM_USER_IRQ + +Architectures: arm, arm64 +This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION indicates that it is available, means +that if userspace creates a VM without an in-kernel interrupt controller, it +will be notified of changes to the output level of in-kernel emulated devices, +which can generate virtual interrupts, presented to the VM. +For such VMs, on every return to userspace, the kernel +updates the vcpu's run->s.regs.device_irq_level field to represent the actual +output level of the device. + +Whenever kvm detects a change in the device output level, kvm guarantees at +least one return to userspace before running the VM. This exit could either +be a KVM_EXIT_INTR or any other exit event, like KVM_EXIT_MMIO. This way, +userspace can always sample the device output level and re-compute the state of +the userspace interrupt controller. Userspace should always check the state +of run->s.regs.device_irq_level on every kvm exit. +The value in run->s.regs.device_irq_level can represent both level and edge +triggered interrupt signals, depending on the device. Edge triggered interrupt +signals will exit to userspace with the bit in run->s.regs.device_irq_level +set exactly once per edge signal. + +The field run->s.regs.device_irq_level is available independent of +run->kvm_valid_regs or run->kvm_dirty_regs bits. + +If KVM_CAP_ARM_USER_IRQ is supported, the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl returns a +number larger than 0 indicating the version of this capability is implemented +and thereby which bits in in run->s.regs.device_irq_level can signal values. + +Currently the following bits are defined for the device_irq_level bitmap: + + KVM_CAP_ARM_USER_IRQ >= 1: + + KVM_ARM_DEV_EL1_VTIMER - EL1 virtual timer + KVM_ARM_DEV_EL1_PTIMER - EL1 physical timer + KVM_ARM_DEV_PMU - ARM PMU overflow interrupt signal + +Future versions of kvm may implement additional events. These will get +indicated by returning a higher number from KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION and will be +listed above. + +8.10 KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT_POSSIBLE + +Architectures: ppc + +Querying this capability returns a bitmap indicating the possible +virtual SMT modes that can be set using KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT. If bit N +(counting from the right) is set, then a virtual SMT mode of 2^N is +available. + +8.11 KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SYNIC2 + +Architectures: x86 + +This capability enables a newer version of Hyper-V Synthetic interrupt +controller (SynIC). The only difference with KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SYNIC is that KVM +doesn't clear SynIC message and event flags pages when they are enabled by +writing to the respective MSRs. + +8.12 KVM_CAP_HYPERV_VP_INDEX + +Architectures: x86 + +This capability indicates that userspace can load HV_X64_MSR_VP_INDEX msr. Its +value is used to denote the target vcpu for a SynIC interrupt. For +compatibilty, KVM initializes this msr to KVM's internal vcpu index. When this +capability is absent, userspace can still query this msr's value. + +8.13 KVM_CAP_S390_AIS_MIGRATION + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none + +This capability indicates if the flic device will be able to get/set the +AIS states for migration via the KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM_ALL attribute and allows +to discover this without having to create a flic device. + +8.14 KVM_CAP_S390_PSW + +Architectures: s390 + +This capability indicates that the PSW is exposed via the kvm_run structure. + +8.15 KVM_CAP_S390_GMAP + +Architectures: s390 + +This capability indicates that the user space memory used as guest mapping can +be anywhere in the user memory address space, as long as the memory slots are +aligned and sized to a segment (1MB) boundary. + +8.16 KVM_CAP_S390_COW + +Architectures: s390 + +This capability indicates that the user space memory used as guest mapping can +use copy-on-write semantics as well as dirty pages tracking via read-only page +tables. + +8.17 KVM_CAP_S390_BPB + +Architectures: s390 + +This capability indicates that kvm will implement the interfaces to handle +reset, migration and nested KVM for branch prediction blocking. The stfle +facility 82 should not be provided to the guest without this capability. + +8.18 KVM_CAP_HYPERV_TLBFLUSH + +Architectures: x86 + +This capability indicates that KVM supports paravirtualized Hyper-V TLB Flush +hypercalls: +HvFlushVirtualAddressSpace, HvFlushVirtualAddressSpaceEx, +HvFlushVirtualAddressList, HvFlushVirtualAddressListEx. + +8.19 KVM_CAP_ARM_INJECT_SERROR_ESR + +Architectures: arm, arm64 + +This capability indicates that userspace can specify (via the +KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS ioctl) the syndrome value reported to the guest when it +takes a virtual SError interrupt exception. +If KVM advertises this capability, userspace can only specify the ISS field for +the ESR syndrome. Other parts of the ESR, such as the EC are generated by the +CPU when the exception is taken. If this virtual SError is taken to EL1 using +AArch64, this value will be reported in the ISS field of ESR_ELx. + +See KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS for more details. +8.20 KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SEND_IPI + +Architectures: x86 + +This capability indicates that KVM supports paravirtualized Hyper-V IPI send +hypercalls: +HvCallSendSyntheticClusterIpi, HvCallSendSyntheticClusterIpiEx. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a20a0bee268d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +* Internal ABI between the kernel and HYP + +This file documents the interaction between the Linux kernel and the +hypervisor layer when running Linux as a hypervisor (for example +KVM). It doesn't cover the interaction of the kernel with the +hypervisor when running as a guest (under Xen, KVM or any other +hypervisor), or any hypervisor-specific interaction when the kernel is +used as a host. + +On arm and arm64 (without VHE), the kernel doesn't run in hypervisor +mode, but still needs to interact with it, allowing a built-in +hypervisor to be either installed or torn down. + +In order to achieve this, the kernel must be booted at HYP (arm) or +EL2 (arm64), allowing it to install a set of stubs before dropping to +SVC/EL1. These stubs are accessible by using a 'hvc #0' instruction, +and only act on individual CPUs. + +Unless specified otherwise, any built-in hypervisor must implement +these functions (see arch/arm{,64}/include/asm/virt.h): + +* r0/x0 = HVC_SET_VECTORS + r1/x1 = vectors + + Set HVBAR/VBAR_EL2 to 'vectors' to enable a hypervisor. 'vectors' + must be a physical address, and respect the alignment requirements + of the architecture. Only implemented by the initial stubs, not by + Linux hypervisors. + +* r0/x0 = HVC_RESET_VECTORS + + Turn HYP/EL2 MMU off, and reset HVBAR/VBAR_EL2 to the initials + stubs' exception vector value. This effectively disables an existing + hypervisor. + +* r0/x0 = HVC_SOFT_RESTART + r1/x1 = restart address + x2 = x0's value when entering the next payload (arm64) + x3 = x1's value when entering the next payload (arm64) + x4 = x2's value when entering the next payload (arm64) + + Mask all exceptions, disable the MMU, move the arguments into place + (arm64 only), and jump to the restart address while at HYP/EL2. This + hypercall is not expected to return to its caller. + +Any other value of r0/x0 triggers a hypervisor-specific handling, +which is not documented here. + +The return value of a stub hypercall is held by r0/x0, and is 0 on +success, and HVC_STUB_ERR on error. A stub hypercall is allowed to +clobber any of the caller-saved registers (x0-x18 on arm64, r0-r3 and +ip on arm). It is thus recommended to use a function call to perform +the hypercall. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/psci.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/psci.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..559586fc9d37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/psci.txt @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +KVM implements the PSCI (Power State Coordination Interface) +specification in order to provide services such as CPU on/off, reset +and power-off to the guest. + +The PSCI specification is regularly updated to provide new features, +and KVM implements these updates if they make sense from a virtualization +point of view. + +This means that a guest booted on two different versions of KVM can +observe two different "firmware" revisions. This could cause issues if +a given guest is tied to a particular PSCI revision (unlikely), or if +a migration causes a different PSCI version to be exposed out of the +blue to an unsuspecting guest. + +In order to remedy this situation, KVM exposes a set of "firmware +pseudo-registers" that can be manipulated using the GET/SET_ONE_REG +interface. These registers can be saved/restored by userspace, and set +to a convenient value if required. + +The following register is defined: + +* KVM_REG_ARM_PSCI_VERSION: + + - Only valid if the vcpu has the KVM_ARM_VCPU_PSCI_0_2 feature set + (and thus has already been initialized) + - Returns the current PSCI version on GET_ONE_REG (defaulting to the + highest PSCI version implemented by KVM and compatible with v0.2) + - Allows any PSCI version implemented by KVM and compatible with + v0.2 to be set with SET_ONE_REG + - Affects the whole VM (even if the register view is per-vcpu) + +* KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_1: + Holds the state of the firmware support to mitigate CVE-2017-5715, as + offered by KVM to the guest via a HVC call. The workaround is described + under SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_1 in [1]. + Accepted values are: + KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_1_NOT_AVAIL: KVM does not offer + firmware support for the workaround. The mitigation status for the + guest is unknown. + KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_1_AVAIL: The workaround HVC call is + available to the guest and required for the mitigation. + KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_1_NOT_REQUIRED: The workaround HVC call + is available to the guest, but it is not needed on this VCPU. + +* KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2: + Holds the state of the firmware support to mitigate CVE-2018-3639, as + offered by KVM to the guest via a HVC call. The workaround is described + under SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2 in [1]. + Accepted values are: + KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2_NOT_AVAIL: A workaround is not + available. KVM does not offer firmware support for the workaround. + KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2_UNKNOWN: The workaround state is + unknown. KVM does not offer firmware support for the workaround. + KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2_AVAIL: The workaround is available, + and can be disabled by a vCPU. If + KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2_ENABLED is set, it is active for + this vCPU. + KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2_NOT_REQUIRED: The workaround is + always active on this vCPU or it is not needed. + +[1] https://developer.arm.com/-/media/developer/pdf/ARM_DEN_0070A_Firmware_interfaces_for_mitigating_CVE-2017-5715.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/cpuid.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/cpuid.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..01b081f6e7ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/cpuid.rst @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +============== +KVM CPUID bits +============== + +:Author: Glauber Costa + +A guest running on a kvm host, can check some of its features using +cpuid. This is not always guaranteed to work, since userspace can +mask-out some, or even all KVM-related cpuid features before launching +a guest. + +KVM cpuid functions are: + +function: KVM_CPUID_SIGNATURE (0x40000000) + +returns:: + + eax = 0x40000001 + ebx = 0x4b4d564b + ecx = 0x564b4d56 + edx = 0x4d + +Note that this value in ebx, ecx and edx corresponds to the string "KVMKVMKVM". +The value in eax corresponds to the maximum cpuid function present in this leaf, +and will be updated if more functions are added in the future. +Note also that old hosts set eax value to 0x0. This should +be interpreted as if the value was 0x40000001. +This function queries the presence of KVM cpuid leafs. + +function: define KVM_CPUID_FEATURES (0x40000001) + +returns:: + + ebx, ecx + eax = an OR'ed group of (1 << flag) + +where ``flag`` is defined as below: + +================================= =========== ================================ +flag value meaning +================================= =========== ================================ +KVM_FEATURE_CLOCKSOURCE 0 kvmclock available at msrs + 0x11 and 0x12 + +KVM_FEATURE_NOP_IO_DELAY 1 not necessary to perform delays + on PIO operations + +KVM_FEATURE_MMU_OP 2 deprecated + +KVM_FEATURE_CLOCKSOURCE2 3 kvmclock available at msrs + + 0x4b564d00 and 0x4b564d01 +KVM_FEATURE_ASYNC_PF 4 async pf can be enabled by + writing to msr 0x4b564d02 + +KVM_FEATURE_STEAL_TIME 5 steal time can be enabled by + writing to msr 0x4b564d03 + +KVM_FEATURE_PV_EOI 6 paravirtualized end of interrupt + handler can be enabled by + writing to msr 0x4b564d04 + +KVM_FEATURE_PV_UNHAULT 7 guest checks this feature bit + before enabling paravirtualized + spinlock support + +KVM_FEATURE_PV_TLB_FLUSH 9 guest checks this feature bit + before enabling paravirtualized + tlb flush + +KVM_FEATURE_ASYNC_PF_VMEXIT 10 paravirtualized async PF VM EXIT + can be enabled by setting bit 2 + when writing to msr 0x4b564d02 + +KVM_FEATURE_PV_SEND_IPI 11 guest checks this feature bit + before enabling paravirtualized + sebd IPIs + +KVM_FEATURE_PV_POLL_CONTROL 12 host-side polling on HLT can + be disabled by writing + to msr 0x4b564d05. + +KVM_FEATURE_PV_SCHED_YIELD 13 guest checks this feature bit + before using paravirtualized + sched yield. + +KVM_FEATURE_CLOCSOURCE_STABLE_BIT 24 host will warn if no guest-side + per-cpu warps are expeced in + kvmclock +================================= =========== ================================ + +:: + + edx = an OR'ed group of (1 << flag) + +Where ``flag`` here is defined as below: + +================== ============ ================================= +flag value meaning +================== ============ ================================= +KVM_HINTS_REALTIME 0 guest checks this feature bit to + determine that vCPUs are never + preempted for an unlimited time + allowing optimizations +================== ============ ================================= diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/README b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/README new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..34a69834124a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/README @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +This directory contains specific device bindings for KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-its.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-its.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..eeaa95b893a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-its.txt @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +ARM Virtual Interrupt Translation Service (ITS) +=============================================== + +Device types supported: + KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_ITS ARM Interrupt Translation Service Controller + +The ITS allows MSI(-X) interrupts to be injected into guests. This extension is +optional. Creating a virtual ITS controller also requires a host GICv3 (see +arm-vgic-v3.txt), but does not depend on having physical ITS controllers. + +There can be multiple ITS controllers per guest, each of them has to have +a separate, non-overlapping MMIO region. + + +Groups: + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_ADDR + Attributes: + KVM_VGIC_ITS_ADDR_TYPE (rw, 64-bit) + Base address in the guest physical address space of the GICv3 ITS + control register frame. + This address needs to be 64K aligned and the region covers 128K. + Errors: + -E2BIG: Address outside of addressable IPA range + -EINVAL: Incorrectly aligned address + -EEXIST: Address already configured + -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr. + -ENODEV: Incorrect attribute or the ITS is not supported. + + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CTRL + Attributes: + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_CTRL_INIT + request the initialization of the ITS, no additional parameter in + kvm_device_attr.addr. + + KVM_DEV_ARM_ITS_CTRL_RESET + reset the ITS, no additional parameter in kvm_device_attr.addr. + See "ITS Reset State" section. + + KVM_DEV_ARM_ITS_SAVE_TABLES + save the ITS table data into guest RAM, at the location provisioned + by the guest in corresponding registers/table entries. + + The layout of the tables in guest memory defines an ABI. The entries + are laid out in little endian format as described in the last paragraph. + + KVM_DEV_ARM_ITS_RESTORE_TABLES + restore the ITS tables from guest RAM to ITS internal structures. + + The GICV3 must be restored before the ITS and all ITS registers but + the GITS_CTLR must be restored before restoring the ITS tables. + + The GITS_IIDR read-only register must also be restored before + calling KVM_DEV_ARM_ITS_RESTORE_TABLES as the IIDR revision field + encodes the ABI revision. + + The expected ordering when restoring the GICv3/ITS is described in section + "ITS Restore Sequence". + + Errors: + -ENXIO: ITS not properly configured as required prior to setting + this attribute + -ENOMEM: Memory shortage when allocating ITS internal data + -EINVAL: Inconsistent restored data + -EFAULT: Invalid guest ram access + -EBUSY: One or more VCPUS are running + -EACCES: The virtual ITS is backed by a physical GICv4 ITS, and the + state is not available + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_ITS_REGS + Attributes: + The attr field of kvm_device_attr encodes the offset of the + ITS register, relative to the ITS control frame base address + (ITS_base). + + kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u64 value whatever the width + of the addressed register (32/64 bits). 64 bit registers can only + be accessed with full length. + + Writes to read-only registers are ignored by the kernel except for: + - GITS_CREADR. It must be restored otherwise commands in the queue + will be re-executed after restoring CWRITER. GITS_CREADR must be + restored before restoring the GITS_CTLR which is likely to enable the + ITS. Also it must be restored after GITS_CBASER since a write to + GITS_CBASER resets GITS_CREADR. + - GITS_IIDR. The Revision field encodes the table layout ABI revision. + In the future we might implement direct injection of virtual LPIs. + This will require an upgrade of the table layout and an evolution of + the ABI. GITS_IIDR must be restored before calling + KVM_DEV_ARM_ITS_RESTORE_TABLES. + + For other registers, getting or setting a register has the same + effect as reading/writing the register on real hardware. + Errors: + -ENXIO: Offset does not correspond to any supported register + -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr + -EINVAL: Offset is not 64-bit aligned + -EBUSY: one or more VCPUS are running + + ITS Restore Sequence: + ------------------------- + +The following ordering must be followed when restoring the GIC and the ITS: +a) restore all guest memory and create vcpus +b) restore all redistributors +c) provide the ITS base address + (KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_ADDR) +d) restore the ITS in the following order: + 1. Restore GITS_CBASER + 2. Restore all other GITS_ registers, except GITS_CTLR! + 3. Load the ITS table data (KVM_DEV_ARM_ITS_RESTORE_TABLES) + 4. Restore GITS_CTLR + +Then vcpus can be started. + + ITS Table ABI REV0: + ------------------- + + Revision 0 of the ABI only supports the features of a virtual GICv3, and does + not support a virtual GICv4 with support for direct injection of virtual + interrupts for nested hypervisors. + + The device table and ITT are indexed by the DeviceID and EventID, + respectively. The collection table is not indexed by CollectionID, and the + entries in the collection are listed in no particular order. + All entries are 8 bytes. + + Device Table Entry (DTE): + + bits: | 63| 62 ... 49 | 48 ... 5 | 4 ... 0 | + values: | V | next | ITT_addr | Size | + + where; + - V indicates whether the entry is valid. If not, other fields + are not meaningful. + - next: equals to 0 if this entry is the last one; otherwise it + corresponds to the DeviceID offset to the next DTE, capped by + 2^14 -1. + - ITT_addr matches bits [51:8] of the ITT address (256 Byte aligned). + - Size specifies the supported number of bits for the EventID, + minus one + + Collection Table Entry (CTE): + + bits: | 63| 62 .. 52 | 51 ... 16 | 15 ... 0 | + values: | V | RES0 | RDBase | ICID | + + where: + - V indicates whether the entry is valid. If not, other fields are + not meaningful. + - RES0: reserved field with Should-Be-Zero-or-Preserved behavior. + - RDBase is the PE number (GICR_TYPER.Processor_Number semantic), + - ICID is the collection ID + + Interrupt Translation Entry (ITE): + + bits: | 63 ... 48 | 47 ... 16 | 15 ... 0 | + values: | next | pINTID | ICID | + + where: + - next: equals to 0 if this entry is the last one; otherwise it corresponds + to the EventID offset to the next ITE capped by 2^16 -1. + - pINTID is the physical LPI ID; if zero, it means the entry is not valid + and other fields are not meaningful. + - ICID is the collection ID + + ITS Reset State: + ---------------- + +RESET returns the ITS to the same state that it was when first created and +initialized. When the RESET command returns, the following things are +guaranteed: + +- The ITS is not enabled and quiescent + GITS_CTLR.Enabled = 0 .Quiescent=1 +- There is no internally cached state +- No collection or device table are used + GITS_BASER.Valid = 0 +- GITS_CBASER = 0, GITS_CREADR = 0, GITS_CWRITER = 0 +- The ABI version is unchanged and remains the one set when the ITS + device was first created. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ff290b43c8e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +ARM Virtual Generic Interrupt Controller v3 and later (VGICv3) +============================================================== + + +Device types supported: + KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3 ARM Generic Interrupt Controller v3.0 + +Only one VGIC instance may be instantiated through this API. The created VGIC +will act as the VM interrupt controller, requiring emulated user-space devices +to inject interrupts to the VGIC instead of directly to CPUs. It is not +possible to create both a GICv3 and GICv2 on the same VM. + +Creating a guest GICv3 device requires a host GICv3 as well. + + +Groups: + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_ADDR + Attributes: + KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_DIST (rw, 64-bit) + Base address in the guest physical address space of the GICv3 distributor + register mappings. Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3. + This address needs to be 64K aligned and the region covers 64 KByte. + + KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_REDIST (rw, 64-bit) + Base address in the guest physical address space of the GICv3 + redistributor register mappings. There are two 64K pages for each + VCPU and all of the redistributor pages are contiguous. + Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3. + This address needs to be 64K aligned. + + KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_REDIST_REGION (rw, 64-bit) + The attribute data pointed to by kvm_device_attr.addr is a __u64 value: + bits: | 63 .... 52 | 51 .... 16 | 15 - 12 |11 - 0 + values: | count | base | flags | index + - index encodes the unique redistributor region index + - flags: reserved for future use, currently 0 + - base field encodes bits [51:16] of the guest physical base address + of the first redistributor in the region. + - count encodes the number of redistributors in the region. Must be + greater than 0. + There are two 64K pages for each redistributor in the region and + redistributors are laid out contiguously within the region. Regions + are filled with redistributors in the index order. The sum of all + region count fields must be greater than or equal to the number of + VCPUs. Redistributor regions must be registered in the incremental + index order, starting from index 0. + The characteristics of a specific redistributor region can be read + by presetting the index field in the attr data. + Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3. + + It is invalid to mix calls with KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_REDIST and + KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_REDIST_REGION attributes. + + Errors: + -E2BIG: Address outside of addressable IPA range + -EINVAL: Incorrectly aligned address, bad redistributor region + count/index, mixed redistributor region attribute usage + -EEXIST: Address already configured + -ENOENT: Attempt to read the characteristics of a non existing + redistributor region + -ENXIO: The group or attribute is unknown/unsupported for this device + or hardware support is missing. + -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr. + + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_DIST_REGS + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_REDIST_REGS + Attributes: + The attr field of kvm_device_attr encodes two values: + bits: | 63 .... 32 | 31 .... 0 | + values: | mpidr | offset | + + All distributor regs are (rw, 32-bit) and kvm_device_attr.addr points to a + __u32 value. 64-bit registers must be accessed by separately accessing the + lower and higher word. + + Writes to read-only registers are ignored by the kernel. + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_DIST_REGS accesses the main distributor registers. + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_REDIST_REGS accesses the redistributor of the CPU + specified by the mpidr. + + The offset is relative to the "[Re]Distributor base address" as defined + in the GICv3/4 specs. Getting or setting such a register has the same + effect as reading or writing the register on real hardware, except for the + following registers: GICD_STATUSR, GICR_STATUSR, GICD_ISPENDR, + GICR_ISPENDR0, GICD_ICPENDR, and GICR_ICPENDR0. These registers behave + differently when accessed via this interface compared to their + architecturally defined behavior to allow software a full view of the + VGIC's internal state. + + The mpidr field is used to specify which + redistributor is accessed. The mpidr is ignored for the distributor. + + The mpidr encoding is based on the affinity information in the + architecture defined MPIDR, and the field is encoded as follows: + | 63 .... 56 | 55 .... 48 | 47 .... 40 | 39 .... 32 | + | Aff3 | Aff2 | Aff1 | Aff0 | + + Note that distributor fields are not banked, but return the same value + regardless of the mpidr used to access the register. + + GICD_IIDR.Revision is updated when the KVM implementation is changed in a + way directly observable by the guest or userspace. Userspace should read + GICD_IIDR from KVM and write back the read value to confirm its expected + behavior is aligned with the KVM implementation. Userspace should set + GICD_IIDR before setting any other registers to ensure the expected + behavior. + + + The GICD_STATUSR and GICR_STATUSR registers are architecturally defined such + that a write of a clear bit has no effect, whereas a write with a set bit + clears that value. To allow userspace to freely set the values of these two + registers, setting the attributes with the register offsets for these two + registers simply sets the non-reserved bits to the value written. + + + Accesses (reads and writes) to the GICD_ISPENDR register region and + GICR_ISPENDR0 registers get/set the value of the latched pending state for + the interrupts. + + This is identical to the value returned by a guest read from ISPENDR for an + edge triggered interrupt, but may differ for level triggered interrupts. + For edge triggered interrupts, once an interrupt becomes pending (whether + because of an edge detected on the input line or because of a guest write + to ISPENDR) this state is "latched", and only cleared when either the + interrupt is activated or when the guest writes to ICPENDR. A level + triggered interrupt may be pending either because the level input is held + high by a device, or because of a guest write to the ISPENDR register. Only + ISPENDR writes are latched; if the device lowers the line level then the + interrupt is no longer pending unless the guest also wrote to ISPENDR, and + conversely writes to ICPENDR or activations of the interrupt do not clear + the pending status if the line level is still being held high. (These + rules are documented in the GICv3 specification descriptions of the ICPENDR + and ISPENDR registers.) For a level triggered interrupt the value accessed + here is that of the latch which is set by ISPENDR and cleared by ICPENDR or + interrupt activation, whereas the value returned by a guest read from + ISPENDR is the logical OR of the latch value and the input line level. + + Raw access to the latch state is provided to userspace so that it can save + and restore the entire GIC internal state (which is defined by the + combination of the current input line level and the latch state, and cannot + be deduced from purely the line level and the value of the ISPENDR + registers). + + Accesses to GICD_ICPENDR register region and GICR_ICPENDR0 registers have + RAZ/WI semantics, meaning that reads always return 0 and writes are always + ignored. + + Errors: + -ENXIO: Getting or setting this register is not yet supported + -EBUSY: One or more VCPUs are running + + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CPU_SYSREGS + Attributes: + The attr field of kvm_device_attr encodes two values: + bits: | 63 .... 32 | 31 .... 16 | 15 .... 0 | + values: | mpidr | RES | instr | + + The mpidr field encodes the CPU ID based on the affinity information in the + architecture defined MPIDR, and the field is encoded as follows: + | 63 .... 56 | 55 .... 48 | 47 .... 40 | 39 .... 32 | + | Aff3 | Aff2 | Aff1 | Aff0 | + + The instr field encodes the system register to access based on the fields + defined in the A64 instruction set encoding for system register access + (RES means the bits are reserved for future use and should be zero): + + | 15 ... 14 | 13 ... 11 | 10 ... 7 | 6 ... 3 | 2 ... 0 | + | Op 0 | Op1 | CRn | CRm | Op2 | + + All system regs accessed through this API are (rw, 64-bit) and + kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u64 value. + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CPU_SYSREGS accesses the CPU interface registers for the + CPU specified by the mpidr field. + + CPU interface registers access is not implemented for AArch32 mode. + Error -ENXIO is returned when accessed in AArch32 mode. + Errors: + -ENXIO: Getting or setting this register is not yet supported + -EBUSY: VCPU is running + -EINVAL: Invalid mpidr or register value supplied + + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_NR_IRQS + Attributes: + A value describing the number of interrupts (SGI, PPI and SPI) for + this GIC instance, ranging from 64 to 1024, in increments of 32. + + kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u32 value. + + Errors: + -EINVAL: Value set is out of the expected range + -EBUSY: Value has already be set. + + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CTRL + Attributes: + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_CTRL_INIT + request the initialization of the VGIC, no additional parameter in + kvm_device_attr.addr. + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_SAVE_PENDING_TABLES + save all LPI pending bits into guest RAM pending tables. + + The first kB of the pending table is not altered by this operation. + Errors: + -ENXIO: VGIC not properly configured as required prior to calling + this attribute + -ENODEV: no online VCPU + -ENOMEM: memory shortage when allocating vgic internal data + -EFAULT: Invalid guest ram access + -EBUSY: One or more VCPUS are running + + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_LEVEL_INFO + Attributes: + The attr field of kvm_device_attr encodes the following values: + bits: | 63 .... 32 | 31 .... 10 | 9 .... 0 | + values: | mpidr | info | vINTID | + + The vINTID specifies which set of IRQs is reported on. + + The info field specifies which information userspace wants to get or set + using this interface. Currently we support the following info values: + + VGIC_LEVEL_INFO_LINE_LEVEL: + Get/Set the input level of the IRQ line for a set of 32 contiguously + numbered interrupts. + vINTID must be a multiple of 32. + + kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u32 value which will contain a + bitmap where a set bit means the interrupt level is asserted. + + Bit[n] indicates the status for interrupt vINTID + n. + + SGIs and any interrupt with a higher ID than the number of interrupts + supported, will be RAZ/WI. LPIs are always edge-triggered and are + therefore not supported by this interface. + + PPIs are reported per VCPU as specified in the mpidr field, and SPIs are + reported with the same value regardless of the mpidr specified. + + The mpidr field encodes the CPU ID based on the affinity information in the + architecture defined MPIDR, and the field is encoded as follows: + | 63 .... 56 | 55 .... 48 | 47 .... 40 | 39 .... 32 | + | Aff3 | Aff2 | Aff1 | Aff0 | + Errors: + -EINVAL: vINTID is not multiple of 32 or + info field is not VGIC_LEVEL_INFO_LINE_LEVEL diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..97b6518148f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +ARM Virtual Generic Interrupt Controller v2 (VGIC) +================================================== + +Device types supported: + KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2 ARM Generic Interrupt Controller v2.0 + +Only one VGIC instance may be instantiated through either this API or the +legacy KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP API. The created VGIC will act as the VM interrupt +controller, requiring emulated user-space devices to inject interrupts to the +VGIC instead of directly to CPUs. + +GICv3 implementations with hardware compatibility support allow creating a +guest GICv2 through this interface. For information on creating a guest GICv3 +device and guest ITS devices, see arm-vgic-v3.txt. It is not possible to +create both a GICv3 and GICv2 device on the same VM. + + +Groups: + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_ADDR + Attributes: + KVM_VGIC_V2_ADDR_TYPE_DIST (rw, 64-bit) + Base address in the guest physical address space of the GIC distributor + register mappings. Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2. + This address needs to be 4K aligned and the region covers 4 KByte. + + KVM_VGIC_V2_ADDR_TYPE_CPU (rw, 64-bit) + Base address in the guest physical address space of the GIC virtual cpu + interface register mappings. Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2. + This address needs to be 4K aligned and the region covers 4 KByte. + Errors: + -E2BIG: Address outside of addressable IPA range + -EINVAL: Incorrectly aligned address + -EEXIST: Address already configured + -ENXIO: The group or attribute is unknown/unsupported for this device + or hardware support is missing. + -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr. + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_DIST_REGS + Attributes: + The attr field of kvm_device_attr encodes two values: + bits: | 63 .... 40 | 39 .. 32 | 31 .... 0 | + values: | reserved | vcpu_index | offset | + + All distributor regs are (rw, 32-bit) + + The offset is relative to the "Distributor base address" as defined in the + GICv2 specs. Getting or setting such a register has the same effect as + reading or writing the register on the actual hardware from the cpu whose + index is specified with the vcpu_index field. Note that most distributor + fields are not banked, but return the same value regardless of the + vcpu_index used to access the register. + + GICD_IIDR.Revision is updated when the KVM implementation of an emulated + GICv2 is changed in a way directly observable by the guest or userspace. + Userspace should read GICD_IIDR from KVM and write back the read value to + confirm its expected behavior is aligned with the KVM implementation. + Userspace should set GICD_IIDR before setting any other registers (both + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_DIST_REGS and KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CPU_REGS) to ensure + the expected behavior. Unless GICD_IIDR has been set from userspace, writes + to the interrupt group registers (GICD_IGROUPR) are ignored. + Errors: + -ENXIO: Getting or setting this register is not yet supported + -EBUSY: One or more VCPUs are running + -EINVAL: Invalid vcpu_index supplied + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CPU_REGS + Attributes: + The attr field of kvm_device_attr encodes two values: + bits: | 63 .... 40 | 39 .. 32 | 31 .... 0 | + values: | reserved | vcpu_index | offset | + + All CPU interface regs are (rw, 32-bit) + + The offset specifies the offset from the "CPU interface base address" as + defined in the GICv2 specs. Getting or setting such a register has the + same effect as reading or writing the register on the actual hardware. + + The Active Priorities Registers APRn are implementation defined, so we set a + fixed format for our implementation that fits with the model of a "GICv2 + implementation without the security extensions" which we present to the + guest. This interface always exposes four register APR[0-3] describing the + maximum possible 128 preemption levels. The semantics of the register + indicate if any interrupts in a given preemption level are in the active + state by setting the corresponding bit. + + Thus, preemption level X has one or more active interrupts if and only if: + + APRn[X mod 32] == 0b1, where n = X / 32 + + Bits for undefined preemption levels are RAZ/WI. + + Note that this differs from a CPU's view of the APRs on hardware in which + a GIC without the security extensions expose group 0 and group 1 active + priorities in separate register groups, whereas we show a combined view + similar to GICv2's GICH_APR. + + For historical reasons and to provide ABI compatibility with userspace we + export the GICC_PMR register in the format of the GICH_VMCR.VMPriMask + field in the lower 5 bits of a word, meaning that userspace must always + use the lower 5 bits to communicate with the KVM device and must shift the + value left by 3 places to obtain the actual priority mask level. + + Errors: + -ENXIO: Getting or setting this register is not yet supported + -EBUSY: One or more VCPUs are running + -EINVAL: Invalid vcpu_index supplied + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_NR_IRQS + Attributes: + A value describing the number of interrupts (SGI, PPI and SPI) for + this GIC instance, ranging from 64 to 1024, in increments of 32. + + Errors: + -EINVAL: Value set is out of the expected range + -EBUSY: Value has already be set, or GIC has already been initialized + with default values. + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CTRL + Attributes: + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_CTRL_INIT + request the initialization of the VGIC or ITS, no additional parameter + in kvm_device_attr.addr. + Errors: + -ENXIO: VGIC not properly configured as required prior to calling + this attribute + -ENODEV: no online VCPU + -ENOMEM: memory shortage when allocating vgic internal data diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/mpic.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/mpic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8257397adc3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/mpic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +MPIC interrupt controller +========================= + +Device types supported: + KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_20 Freescale MPIC v2.0 + KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_42 Freescale MPIC v4.2 + +Only one MPIC instance, of any type, may be instantiated. The created +MPIC will act as the system interrupt controller, connecting to each +vcpu's interrupt inputs. + +Groups: + KVM_DEV_MPIC_GRP_MISC + Attributes: + KVM_DEV_MPIC_BASE_ADDR (rw, 64-bit) + Base address of the 256 KiB MPIC register space. Must be + naturally aligned. A value of zero disables the mapping. + Reset value is zero. + + KVM_DEV_MPIC_GRP_REGISTER (rw, 32-bit) + Access an MPIC register, as if the access were made from the guest. + "attr" is the byte offset into the MPIC register space. Accesses + must be 4-byte aligned. + + MSIs may be signaled by using this attribute group to write + to the relevant MSIIR. + + KVM_DEV_MPIC_GRP_IRQ_ACTIVE (rw, 32-bit) + IRQ input line for each standard openpic source. 0 is inactive and 1 + is active, regardless of interrupt sense. + + For edge-triggered interrupts: Writing 1 is considered an activating + edge, and writing 0 is ignored. Reading returns 1 if a previously + signaled edge has not been acknowledged, and 0 otherwise. + + "attr" is the IRQ number. IRQ numbers for standard sources are the + byte offset of the relevant IVPR from EIVPR0, divided by 32. + +IRQ Routing: + + The MPIC emulation supports IRQ routing. Only a single MPIC device can + be instantiated. Once that device has been created, it's available as + irqchip id 0. + + This irqchip 0 has 256 interrupt pins, which expose the interrupts in + the main array of interrupt sources (a.k.a. "SRC" interrupts). + + The numbering is the same as the MPIC device tree binding -- based on + the register offset from the beginning of the sources array, without + regard to any subdivisions in chip documentation such as "internal" + or "external" interrupts. + + Access to non-SRC interrupts is not implemented through IRQ routing mechanisms. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a4e20a090174 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +FLIC (floating interrupt controller) +==================================== + +FLIC handles floating (non per-cpu) interrupts, i.e. I/O, service and some +machine check interruptions. All interrupts are stored in a per-vm list of +pending interrupts. FLIC performs operations on this list. + +Only one FLIC instance may be instantiated. + +FLIC provides support to +- add interrupts (KVM_DEV_FLIC_ENQUEUE) +- inspect currently pending interrupts (KVM_FLIC_GET_ALL_IRQS) +- purge all pending floating interrupts (KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IRQS) +- purge one pending floating I/O interrupt (KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IO_IRQ) +- enable/disable for the guest transparent async page faults +- register and modify adapter interrupt sources (KVM_DEV_FLIC_ADAPTER_*) +- modify AIS (adapter-interruption-suppression) mode state (KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM) +- inject adapter interrupts on a specified adapter (KVM_DEV_FLIC_AIRQ_INJECT) +- get/set all AIS mode states (KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM_ALL) + +Groups: + KVM_DEV_FLIC_ENQUEUE + Passes a buffer and length into the kernel which are then injected into + the list of pending interrupts. + attr->addr contains the pointer to the buffer and attr->attr contains + the length of the buffer. + The format of the data structure kvm_s390_irq as it is copied from userspace + is defined in usr/include/linux/kvm.h. + + KVM_DEV_FLIC_GET_ALL_IRQS + Copies all floating interrupts into a buffer provided by userspace. + When the buffer is too small it returns -ENOMEM, which is the indication + for userspace to try again with a bigger buffer. + -ENOBUFS is returned when the allocation of a kernelspace buffer has + failed. + -EFAULT is returned when copying data to userspace failed. + All interrupts remain pending, i.e. are not deleted from the list of + currently pending interrupts. + attr->addr contains the userspace address of the buffer into which all + interrupt data will be copied. + attr->attr contains the size of the buffer in bytes. + + KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IRQS + Simply deletes all elements from the list of currently pending floating + interrupts. No interrupts are injected into the guest. + + KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IO_IRQ + Deletes one (if any) I/O interrupt for a subchannel identified by the + subsystem identification word passed via the buffer specified by + attr->addr (address) and attr->attr (length). + + KVM_DEV_FLIC_APF_ENABLE + Enables async page faults for the guest. So in case of a major page fault + the host is allowed to handle this async and continues the guest. + + KVM_DEV_FLIC_APF_DISABLE_WAIT + Disables async page faults for the guest and waits until already pending + async page faults are done. This is necessary to trigger a completion interrupt + for every init interrupt before migrating the interrupt list. + + KVM_DEV_FLIC_ADAPTER_REGISTER + Register an I/O adapter interrupt source. Takes a kvm_s390_io_adapter + describing the adapter to register: + +struct kvm_s390_io_adapter { + __u32 id; + __u8 isc; + __u8 maskable; + __u8 swap; + __u8 flags; +}; + + id contains the unique id for the adapter, isc the I/O interruption subclass + to use, maskable whether this adapter may be masked (interrupts turned off), + swap whether the indicators need to be byte swapped, and flags contains + further characteristics of the adapter. + Currently defined values for 'flags' are: + - KVM_S390_ADAPTER_SUPPRESSIBLE: adapter is subject to AIS + (adapter-interrupt-suppression) facility. This flag only has an effect if + the AIS capability is enabled. + Unknown flag values are ignored. + + + KVM_DEV_FLIC_ADAPTER_MODIFY + Modifies attributes of an existing I/O adapter interrupt source. Takes + a kvm_s390_io_adapter_req specifying the adapter and the operation: + +struct kvm_s390_io_adapter_req { + __u32 id; + __u8 type; + __u8 mask; + __u16 pad0; + __u64 addr; +}; + + id specifies the adapter and type the operation. The supported operations + are: + + KVM_S390_IO_ADAPTER_MASK + mask or unmask the adapter, as specified in mask + + KVM_S390_IO_ADAPTER_MAP + perform a gmap translation for the guest address provided in addr, + pin a userspace page for the translated address and add it to the + list of mappings + Note: A new mapping will be created unconditionally; therefore, + the calling code should avoid making duplicate mappings. + + KVM_S390_IO_ADAPTER_UNMAP + release a userspace page for the translated address specified in addr + from the list of mappings + + KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM + modify the adapter-interruption-suppression mode for a given isc if the + AIS capability is enabled. Takes a kvm_s390_ais_req describing: + +struct kvm_s390_ais_req { + __u8 isc; + __u16 mode; +}; + + isc contains the target I/O interruption subclass, mode the target + adapter-interruption-suppression mode. The following modes are + currently supported: + - KVM_S390_AIS_MODE_ALL: ALL-Interruptions Mode, i.e. airq injection + is always allowed; + - KVM_S390_AIS_MODE_SINGLE: SINGLE-Interruption Mode, i.e. airq + injection is only allowed once and the following adapter interrupts + will be suppressed until the mode is set again to ALL-Interruptions + or SINGLE-Interruption mode. + + KVM_DEV_FLIC_AIRQ_INJECT + Inject adapter interrupts on a specified adapter. + attr->attr contains the unique id for the adapter, which allows for + adapter-specific checks and actions. + For adapters subject to AIS, handle the airq injection suppression for + an isc according to the adapter-interruption-suppression mode on condition + that the AIS capability is enabled. + + KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM_ALL + Gets or sets the adapter-interruption-suppression mode for all ISCs. Takes + a kvm_s390_ais_all describing: + +struct kvm_s390_ais_all { + __u8 simm; /* Single-Interruption-Mode mask */ + __u8 nimm; /* No-Interruption-Mode mask * +}; + + simm contains Single-Interruption-Mode mask for all ISCs, nimm contains + No-Interruption-Mode mask for all ISCs. Each bit in simm and nimm corresponds + to an ISC (MSB0 bit 0 to ISC 0 and so on). The combination of simm bit and + nimm bit presents AIS mode for a ISC. + + KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM_ALL is indicated by KVM_CAP_S390_AIS_MIGRATION. + +Note: The KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR/KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR device ioctls executed on +FLIC with an unknown group or attribute gives the error code EINVAL (instead of +ENXIO, as specified in the API documentation). It is not possible to conclude +that a FLIC operation is unavailable based on the error code resulting from a +usage attempt. + +Note: The KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IO_IRQ ioctl will return EINVAL in case a zero +schid is specified. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2b5dab16c4f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +Generic vcpu interface +==================================== + +The virtual cpu "device" also accepts the ioctls KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR, +KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR, and KVM_HAS_DEVICE_ATTR. The interface uses the same struct +kvm_device_attr as other devices, but targets VCPU-wide settings and controls. + +The groups and attributes per virtual cpu, if any, are architecture specific. + +1. GROUP: KVM_ARM_VCPU_PMU_V3_CTRL +Architectures: ARM64 + +1.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_ARM_VCPU_PMU_V3_IRQ +Parameters: in kvm_device_attr.addr the address for PMU overflow interrupt is a + pointer to an int +Returns: -EBUSY: The PMU overflow interrupt is already set + -ENXIO: The overflow interrupt not set when attempting to get it + -ENODEV: PMUv3 not supported + -EINVAL: Invalid PMU overflow interrupt number supplied or + trying to set the IRQ number without using an in-kernel + irqchip. + +A value describing the PMUv3 (Performance Monitor Unit v3) overflow interrupt +number for this vcpu. This interrupt could be a PPI or SPI, but the interrupt +type must be same for each vcpu. As a PPI, the interrupt number is the same for +all vcpus, while as an SPI it must be a separate number per vcpu. + +1.2 ATTRIBUTE: KVM_ARM_VCPU_PMU_V3_INIT +Parameters: no additional parameter in kvm_device_attr.addr +Returns: -ENODEV: PMUv3 not supported or GIC not initialized + -ENXIO: PMUv3 not properly configured or in-kernel irqchip not + configured as required prior to calling this attribute + -EBUSY: PMUv3 already initialized + +Request the initialization of the PMUv3. If using the PMUv3 with an in-kernel +virtual GIC implementation, this must be done after initializing the in-kernel +irqchip. + + +2. GROUP: KVM_ARM_VCPU_TIMER_CTRL +Architectures: ARM,ARM64 + +2.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_ARM_VCPU_TIMER_IRQ_VTIMER +2.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_ARM_VCPU_TIMER_IRQ_PTIMER +Parameters: in kvm_device_attr.addr the address for the timer interrupt is a + pointer to an int +Returns: -EINVAL: Invalid timer interrupt number + -EBUSY: One or more VCPUs has already run + +A value describing the architected timer interrupt number when connected to an +in-kernel virtual GIC. These must be a PPI (16 <= intid < 32). Setting the +attribute overrides the default values (see below). + +KVM_ARM_VCPU_TIMER_IRQ_VTIMER: The EL1 virtual timer intid (default: 27) +KVM_ARM_VCPU_TIMER_IRQ_PTIMER: The EL1 physical timer intid (default: 30) + +Setting the same PPI for different timers will prevent the VCPUs from running. +Setting the interrupt number on a VCPU configures all VCPUs created at that +time to use the number provided for a given timer, overwriting any previously +configured values on other VCPUs. Userspace should configure the interrupt +numbers on at least one VCPU after creating all VCPUs and before running any +VCPUs. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vfio.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vfio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..528c77c8022c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vfio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +VFIO virtual device +=================== + +Device types supported: + KVM_DEV_TYPE_VFIO + +Only one VFIO instance may be created per VM. The created device +tracks VFIO groups in use by the VM and features of those groups +important to the correctness and acceleration of the VM. As groups +are enabled and disabled for use by the VM, KVM should be updated +about their presence. When registered with KVM, a reference to the +VFIO-group is held by KVM. + +Groups: + KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP + +KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP attributes: + KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP_ADD: Add a VFIO group to VFIO-KVM device tracking + kvm_device_attr.addr points to an int32_t file descriptor + for the VFIO group. + KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP_DEL: Remove a VFIO group from VFIO-KVM device tracking + kvm_device_attr.addr points to an int32_t file descriptor + for the VFIO group. + KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP_SET_SPAPR_TCE: attaches a guest visible TCE table + allocated by sPAPR KVM. + kvm_device_attr.addr points to a struct: + + struct kvm_vfio_spapr_tce { + __s32 groupfd; + __s32 tablefd; + }; + + where + @groupfd is a file descriptor for a VFIO group; + @tablefd is a file descriptor for a TCE table allocated via + KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vm.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4ffb82b02468 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +Generic vm interface +==================================== + +The virtual machine "device" also accepts the ioctls KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR, +KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR, and KVM_HAS_DEVICE_ATTR. The interface uses the same +struct kvm_device_attr as other devices, but targets VM-wide settings +and controls. + +The groups and attributes per virtual machine, if any, are architecture +specific. + +1. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_CTRL +Architectures: s390 + +1.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_ENABLE_CMMA +Parameters: none +Returns: -EBUSY if a vcpu is already defined, otherwise 0 + +Enables Collaborative Memory Management Assist (CMMA) for the virtual machine. + +1.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_CLR_CMMA +Parameters: none +Returns: -EINVAL if CMMA was not enabled + 0 otherwise + +Clear the CMMA status for all guest pages, so any pages the guest marked +as unused are again used any may not be reclaimed by the host. + +1.3. ATTRIBUTE KVM_S390_VM_MEM_LIMIT_SIZE +Parameters: in attr->addr the address for the new limit of guest memory +Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible + -EINVAL if the virtual machine is of type UCONTROL + -E2BIG if the given guest memory is to big for that machine + -EBUSY if a vcpu is already defined + -ENOMEM if not enough memory is available for a new shadow guest mapping + 0 otherwise + +Allows userspace to query the actual limit and set a new limit for +the maximum guest memory size. The limit will be rounded up to +2048 MB, 4096 GB, 8192 TB respectively, as this limit is governed by +the number of page table levels. In the case that there is no limit we will set +the limit to KVM_S390_NO_MEM_LIMIT (U64_MAX). + +2. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MODEL +Architectures: s390 + +2.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE (r/o) + +Allows user space to retrieve machine and kvm specific cpu related information: + +struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_machine { + __u64 cpuid; # CPUID of host + __u32 ibc; # IBC level range offered by host + __u8 pad[4]; + __u64 fac_mask[256]; # set of cpu facilities enabled by KVM + __u64 fac_list[256]; # set of cpu facilities offered by host +} + +Parameters: address of buffer to store the machine related cpu data + of type struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_machine* +Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space + -ENOMEM if not enough memory is available to process the ioctl + 0 in case of success + +2.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_PROCESSOR (r/w) + +Allows user space to retrieve or request to change cpu related information for a vcpu: + +struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_processor { + __u64 cpuid; # CPUID currently (to be) used by this vcpu + __u16 ibc; # IBC level currently (to be) used by this vcpu + __u8 pad[6]; + __u64 fac_list[256]; # set of cpu facilities currently (to be) used + # by this vcpu +} + +KVM does not enforce or limit the cpu model data in any form. Take the information +retrieved by means of KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE as hint for reasonable configuration +setups. Instruction interceptions triggered by additionally set facility bits that +are not handled by KVM need to by imlemented in the VM driver code. + +Parameters: address of buffer to store/set the processor related cpu + data of type struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_processor*. +Returns: -EBUSY in case 1 or more vcpus are already activated (only in write case) + -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space + -ENOMEM if not enough memory is available to process the ioctl + 0 in case of success + +2.3. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE_FEAT (r/o) + +Allows user space to retrieve available cpu features. A feature is available if +provided by the hardware and supported by kvm. In theory, cpu features could +even be completely emulated by kvm. + +struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_feat { + __u64 feat[16]; # Bitmap (1 = feature available), MSB 0 bit numbering +}; + +Parameters: address of a buffer to load the feature list from. +Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space. + 0 in case of success. + +2.4. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_PROCESSOR_FEAT (r/w) + +Allows user space to retrieve or change enabled cpu features for all VCPUs of a +VM. Features that are not available cannot be enabled. + +See 2.3. for a description of the parameter struct. + +Parameters: address of a buffer to store/load the feature list from. +Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space. + -EINVAL if a cpu feature that is not available is to be enabled. + -EBUSY if at least one VCPU has already been defined. + 0 in case of success. + +2.5. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE_SUBFUNC (r/o) + +Allows user space to retrieve available cpu subfunctions without any filtering +done by a set IBC. These subfunctions are indicated to the guest VCPU via +query or "test bit" subfunctions and used e.g. by cpacf functions, plo and ptff. + +A subfunction block is only valid if KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE contains the +STFL(E) bit introducing the affected instruction. If the affected instruction +indicates subfunctions via a "query subfunction", the response block is +contained in the returned struct. If the affected instruction +indicates subfunctions via a "test bit" mechanism, the subfunction codes are +contained in the returned struct in MSB 0 bit numbering. + +struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_subfunc { + u8 plo[32]; # always valid (ESA/390 feature) + u8 ptff[16]; # valid with TOD-clock steering + u8 kmac[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist + u8 kmc[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist + u8 km[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist + u8 kimd[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist + u8 klmd[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist + u8 pckmo[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 3 + u8 kmctr[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 4 + u8 kmf[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 4 + u8 kmo[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 4 + u8 pcc[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 4 + u8 ppno[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 5 + u8 kma[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 8 + u8 kdsa[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 9 + u8 reserved[1792]; # reserved for future instructions +}; + +Parameters: address of a buffer to load the subfunction blocks from. +Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space. + 0 in case of success. + +2.6. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_PROCESSOR_SUBFUNC (r/w) + +Allows user space to retrieve or change cpu subfunctions to be indicated for +all VCPUs of a VM. This attribute will only be available if kernel and +hardware support are in place. + +The kernel uses the configured subfunction blocks for indication to +the guest. A subfunction block will only be used if the associated STFL(E) bit +has not been disabled by user space (so the instruction to be queried is +actually available for the guest). + +As long as no data has been written, a read will fail. The IBC will be used +to determine available subfunctions in this case, this will guarantee backward +compatibility. + +See 2.5. for a description of the parameter struct. + +Parameters: address of a buffer to store/load the subfunction blocks from. +Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space. + -EINVAL when reading, if there was no write yet. + -EBUSY if at least one VCPU has already been defined. + 0 in case of success. + +3. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_TOD +Architectures: s390 + +3.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_TOD_HIGH + +Allows user space to set/get the TOD clock extension (u8) (superseded by +KVM_S390_VM_TOD_EXT). + +Parameters: address of a buffer in user space to store the data (u8) to +Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space + -EINVAL if setting the TOD clock extension to != 0 is not supported + +3.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_TOD_LOW + +Allows user space to set/get bits 0-63 of the TOD clock register as defined in +the POP (u64). + +Parameters: address of a buffer in user space to store the data (u64) to +Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space + +3.3. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_TOD_EXT +Allows user space to set/get bits 0-63 of the TOD clock register as defined in +the POP (u64). If the guest CPU model supports the TOD clock extension (u8), it +also allows user space to get/set it. If the guest CPU model does not support +it, it is stored as 0 and not allowed to be set to a value != 0. + +Parameters: address of a buffer in user space to store the data + (kvm_s390_vm_tod_clock) to +Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space + -EINVAL if setting the TOD clock extension to != 0 is not supported + +4. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO +Architectures: s390 + +4.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO_ENABLE_AES_KW (w/o) + +Allows user space to enable aes key wrapping, including generating a new +wrapping key. + +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 + +4.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO_ENABLE_DEA_KW (w/o) + +Allows user space to enable dea key wrapping, including generating a new +wrapping key. + +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 + +4.3. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO_DISABLE_AES_KW (w/o) + +Allows user space to disable aes key wrapping, clearing the wrapping key. + +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 + +4.4. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO_DISABLE_DEA_KW (w/o) + +Allows user space to disable dea key wrapping, clearing the wrapping key. + +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 + +5. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_MIGRATION +Architectures: s390 + +5.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MIGRATION_STOP (w/o) + +Allows userspace to stop migration mode, needed for PGSTE migration. +Setting this attribute when migration mode is not active will have no +effects. + +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 + +5.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MIGRATION_START (w/o) + +Allows userspace to start migration mode, needed for PGSTE migration. +Setting this attribute when migration mode is already active will have +no effects. + +Parameters: none +Returns: -ENOMEM if there is not enough free memory to start migration mode + -EINVAL if the state of the VM is invalid (e.g. no memory defined) + 0 in case of success. + +5.3. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MIGRATION_STATUS (r/o) + +Allows userspace to query the status of migration mode. + +Parameters: address of a buffer in user space to store the data (u64) to; + the data itself is either 0 if migration mode is disabled or 1 + if it is enabled +Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space + 0 in case of success. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xics.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xics.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..42864935ac5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xics.txt @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +XICS interrupt controller + +Device type supported: KVM_DEV_TYPE_XICS + +Groups: + KVM_DEV_XICS_SOURCES + Attributes: One per interrupt source, indexed by the source number. + +This device emulates the XICS (eXternal Interrupt Controller +Specification) defined in PAPR. The XICS has a set of interrupt +sources, each identified by a 20-bit source number, and a set of +Interrupt Control Presentation (ICP) entities, also called "servers", +each associated with a virtual CPU. + +The ICP entities are created by enabling the KVM_CAP_IRQ_ARCH +capability for each vcpu, specifying KVM_CAP_IRQ_XICS in args[0] and +the interrupt server number (i.e. the vcpu number from the XICS's +point of view) in args[1] of the kvm_enable_cap struct. Each ICP has +64 bits of state which can be read and written using the +KVM_GET_ONE_REG and KVM_SET_ONE_REG ioctls on the vcpu. The 64 bit +state word has the following bitfields, starting at the +least-significant end of the word: + +* Unused, 16 bits + +* Pending interrupt priority, 8 bits + Zero is the highest priority, 255 means no interrupt is pending. + +* Pending IPI (inter-processor interrupt) priority, 8 bits + Zero is the highest priority, 255 means no IPI is pending. + +* Pending interrupt source number, 24 bits + Zero means no interrupt pending, 2 means an IPI is pending + +* Current processor priority, 8 bits + Zero is the highest priority, meaning no interrupts can be + delivered, and 255 is the lowest priority. + +Each source has 64 bits of state that can be read and written using +the KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR and KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR ioctls, specifying the +KVM_DEV_XICS_SOURCES attribute group, with the attribute number being +the interrupt source number. The 64 bit state word has the following +bitfields, starting from the least-significant end of the word: + +* Destination (server number), 32 bits + This specifies where the interrupt should be sent, and is the + interrupt server number specified for the destination vcpu. + +* Priority, 8 bits + This is the priority specified for this interrupt source, where 0 is + the highest priority and 255 is the lowest. An interrupt with a + priority of 255 will never be delivered. + +* Level sensitive flag, 1 bit + This bit is 1 for a level-sensitive interrupt source, or 0 for + edge-sensitive (or MSI). + +* Masked flag, 1 bit + This bit is set to 1 if the interrupt is masked (cannot be delivered + regardless of its priority), for example by the ibm,int-off RTAS + call, or 0 if it is not masked. + +* Pending flag, 1 bit + This bit is 1 if the source has a pending interrupt, otherwise 0. + +Only one XICS instance may be created per VM. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9a24a4525253 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.txt @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +POWER9 eXternal Interrupt Virtualization Engine (XIVE Gen1) +========================================================== + +Device types supported: + KVM_DEV_TYPE_XIVE POWER9 XIVE Interrupt Controller generation 1 + +This device acts as a VM interrupt controller. It provides the KVM +interface to configure the interrupt sources of a VM in the underlying +POWER9 XIVE interrupt controller. + +Only one XIVE instance may be instantiated. A guest XIVE device +requires a POWER9 host and the guest OS should have support for the +XIVE native exploitation interrupt mode. If not, it should run using +the legacy interrupt mode, referred as XICS (POWER7/8). + +* Device Mappings + + The KVM device exposes different MMIO ranges of the XIVE HW which + are required for interrupt management. These are exposed to the + guest in VMAs populated with a custom VM fault handler. + + 1. Thread Interrupt Management Area (TIMA) + + Each thread has an associated Thread Interrupt Management context + composed of a set of registers. These registers let the thread + handle priority management and interrupt acknowledgment. The most + important are : + + - Interrupt Pending Buffer (IPB) + - Current Processor Priority (CPPR) + - Notification Source Register (NSR) + + They are exposed to software in four different pages each proposing + a view with a different privilege. The first page is for the + physical thread context and the second for the hypervisor. Only the + third (operating system) and the fourth (user level) are exposed the + guest. + + 2. Event State Buffer (ESB) + + Each source is associated with an Event State Buffer (ESB) with + either a pair of even/odd pair of pages which provides commands to + manage the source: to trigger, to EOI, to turn off the source for + instance. + + 3. Device pass-through + + When a device is passed-through into the guest, the source + interrupts are from a different HW controller (PHB4) and the ESB + pages exposed to the guest should accommadate this change. + + The passthru_irq helpers, kvmppc_xive_set_mapped() and + kvmppc_xive_clr_mapped() are called when the device HW irqs are + mapped into or unmapped from the guest IRQ number space. The KVM + device extends these helpers to clear the ESB pages of the guest IRQ + number being mapped and then lets the VM fault handler repopulate. + The handler will insert the ESB page corresponding to the HW + interrupt of the device being passed-through or the initial IPI ESB + page if the device has being removed. + + The ESB remapping is fully transparent to the guest and the OS + device driver. All handling is done within VFIO and the above + helpers in KVM-PPC. + +* Groups: + + 1. KVM_DEV_XIVE_GRP_CTRL + Provides global controls on the device + Attributes: + 1.1 KVM_DEV_XIVE_RESET (write only) + Resets the interrupt controller configuration for sources and event + queues. To be used by kexec and kdump. + Errors: none + + 1.2 KVM_DEV_XIVE_EQ_SYNC (write only) + Sync all the sources and queues and mark the EQ pages dirty. This + to make sure that a consistent memory state is captured when + migrating the VM. + Errors: none + + 2. KVM_DEV_XIVE_GRP_SOURCE (write only) + Initializes a new source in the XIVE device and mask it. + Attributes: + Interrupt source number (64-bit) + The kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u64 value: + bits: | 63 .... 2 | 1 | 0 + values: | unused | level | type + - type: 0:MSI 1:LSI + - level: assertion level in case of an LSI. + Errors: + -E2BIG: Interrupt source number is out of range + -ENOMEM: Could not create a new source block + -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr. + -ENXIO: Could not allocate underlying HW interrupt + + 3. KVM_DEV_XIVE_GRP_SOURCE_CONFIG (write only) + Configures source targeting + Attributes: + Interrupt source number (64-bit) + The kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u64 value: + bits: | 63 .... 33 | 32 | 31 .. 3 | 2 .. 0 + values: | eisn | mask | server | priority + - priority: 0-7 interrupt priority level + - server: CPU number chosen to handle the interrupt + - mask: mask flag (unused) + - eisn: Effective Interrupt Source Number + Errors: + -ENOENT: Unknown source number + -EINVAL: Not initialized source number + -EINVAL: Invalid priority + -EINVAL: Invalid CPU number. + -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr. + -ENXIO: CPU event queues not configured or configuration of the + underlying HW interrupt failed + -EBUSY: No CPU available to serve interrupt + + 4. KVM_DEV_XIVE_GRP_EQ_CONFIG (read-write) + Configures an event queue of a CPU + Attributes: + EQ descriptor identifier (64-bit) + The EQ descriptor identifier is a tuple (server, priority) : + bits: | 63 .... 32 | 31 .. 3 | 2 .. 0 + values: | unused | server | priority + The kvm_device_attr.addr points to : + struct kvm_ppc_xive_eq { + __u32 flags; + __u32 qshift; + __u64 qaddr; + __u32 qtoggle; + __u32 qindex; + __u8 pad[40]; + }; + - flags: queue flags + KVM_XIVE_EQ_ALWAYS_NOTIFY (required) + forces notification without using the coalescing mechanism + provided by the XIVE END ESBs. + - qshift: queue size (power of 2) + - qaddr: real address of queue + - qtoggle: current queue toggle bit + - qindex: current queue index + - pad: reserved for future use + Errors: + -ENOENT: Invalid CPU number + -EINVAL: Invalid priority + -EINVAL: Invalid flags + -EINVAL: Invalid queue size + -EINVAL: Invalid queue address + -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr. + -EIO: Configuration of the underlying HW failed + + 5. KVM_DEV_XIVE_GRP_SOURCE_SYNC (write only) + Synchronize the source to flush event notifications + Attributes: + Interrupt source number (64-bit) + Errors: + -ENOENT: Unknown source number + -EINVAL: Not initialized source number + +* VCPU state + + The XIVE IC maintains VP interrupt state in an internal structure + called the NVT. When a VP is not dispatched on a HW processor + thread, this structure can be updated by HW if the VP is the target + of an event notification. + + It is important for migration to capture the cached IPB from the NVT + as it synthesizes the priorities of the pending interrupts. We + capture a bit more to report debug information. + + KVM_REG_PPC_VP_STATE (2 * 64bits) + bits: | 63 .... 32 | 31 .... 0 | + values: | TIMA word0 | TIMA word1 | + bits: | 127 .......... 64 | + values: | unused | + +* Migration: + + Saving the state of a VM using the XIVE native exploitation mode + should follow a specific sequence. When the VM is stopped : + + 1. Mask all sources (PQ=01) to stop the flow of events. + + 2. Sync the XIVE device with the KVM control KVM_DEV_XIVE_EQ_SYNC to + flush any in-flight event notification and to stabilize the EQs. At + this stage, the EQ pages are marked dirty to make sure they are + transferred in the migration sequence. + + 3. Capture the state of the source targeting, the EQs configuration + and the state of thread interrupt context registers. + + Restore is similar : + + 1. Restore the EQ configuration. As targeting depends on it. + 2. Restore targeting + 3. Restore the thread interrupt contexts + 4. Restore the source states + 5. Let the vCPU run diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/halt-polling.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/halt-polling.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4f791b128dd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/halt-polling.txt @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +The KVM halt polling system +=========================== + +The KVM halt polling system provides a feature within KVM whereby the latency +of a guest can, under some circumstances, be reduced by polling in the host +for some time period after the guest has elected to no longer run by cedeing. +That is, when a guest vcpu has ceded, or in the case of powerpc when all of the +vcpus of a single vcore have ceded, the host kernel polls for wakeup conditions +before giving up the cpu to the scheduler in order to let something else run. + +Polling provides a latency advantage in cases where the guest can be run again +very quickly by at least saving us a trip through the scheduler, normally on +the order of a few micro-seconds, although performance benefits are workload +dependant. In the event that no wakeup source arrives during the polling +interval or some other task on the runqueue is runnable the scheduler is +invoked. Thus halt polling is especially useful on workloads with very short +wakeup periods where the time spent halt polling is minimised and the time +savings of not invoking the scheduler are distinguishable. + +The generic halt polling code is implemented in: + + virt/kvm/kvm_main.c: kvm_vcpu_block() + +The powerpc kvm-hv specific case is implemented in: + + arch/powerpc/kvm/book3s_hv.c: kvmppc_vcore_blocked() + +Halt Polling Interval +===================== + +The maximum time for which to poll before invoking the scheduler, referred to +as the halt polling interval, is increased and decreased based on the perceived +effectiveness of the polling in an attempt to limit pointless polling. +This value is stored in either the vcpu struct: + + kvm_vcpu->halt_poll_ns + +or in the case of powerpc kvm-hv, in the vcore struct: + + kvmppc_vcore->halt_poll_ns + +Thus this is a per vcpu (or vcore) value. + +During polling if a wakeup source is received within the halt polling interval, +the interval is left unchanged. In the event that a wakeup source isn't +received during the polling interval (and thus schedule is invoked) there are +two options, either the polling interval and total block time[0] were less than +the global max polling interval (see module params below), or the total block +time was greater than the global max polling interval. + +In the event that both the polling interval and total block time were less than +the global max polling interval then the polling interval can be increased in +the hope that next time during the longer polling interval the wake up source +will be received while the host is polling and the latency benefits will be +received. The polling interval is grown in the function grow_halt_poll_ns() and +is multiplied by the module parameters halt_poll_ns_grow and +halt_poll_ns_grow_start. + +In the event that the total block time was greater than the global max polling +interval then the host will never poll for long enough (limited by the global +max) to wakeup during the polling interval so it may as well be shrunk in order +to avoid pointless polling. The polling interval is shrunk in the function +shrink_halt_poll_ns() and is divided by the module parameter +halt_poll_ns_shrink, or set to 0 iff halt_poll_ns_shrink == 0. + +It is worth noting that this adjustment process attempts to hone in on some +steady state polling interval but will only really do a good job for wakeups +which come at an approximately constant rate, otherwise there will be constant +adjustment of the polling interval. + +[0] total block time: the time between when the halt polling function is + invoked and a wakeup source received (irrespective of + whether the scheduler is invoked within that function). + +Module Parameters +================= + +The kvm module has 3 tuneable module parameters to adjust the global max +polling interval as well as the rate at which the polling interval is grown and +shrunk. These variables are defined in include/linux/kvm_host.h and as module +parameters in virt/kvm/kvm_main.c, or arch/powerpc/kvm/book3s_hv.c in the +powerpc kvm-hv case. + +Module Parameter | Description | Default Value +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +halt_poll_ns | The global max polling | KVM_HALT_POLL_NS_DEFAULT + | interval which defines | + | the ceiling value of the | + | polling interval for | (per arch value) + | each vcpu. | +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +halt_poll_ns_grow | The value by which the | 2 + | halt polling interval is | + | multiplied in the | + | grow_halt_poll_ns() | + | function. | +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +halt_poll_ns_grow_start | The initial value to grow | 10000 + | to from zero in the | + | grow_halt_poll_ns() | + | function. | +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +halt_poll_ns_shrink | The value by which the | 0 + | halt polling interval is | + | divided in the | + | shrink_halt_poll_ns() | + | function. | +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +These module parameters can be set from the debugfs files in: + + /sys/module/kvm/parameters/ + +Note: that these module parameters are system wide values and are not able to + be tuned on a per vm basis. + +Further Notes +============= + +- Care should be taken when setting the halt_poll_ns module parameter as a +large value has the potential to drive the cpu usage to 100% on a machine which +would be almost entirely idle otherwise. This is because even if a guest has +wakeups during which very little work is done and which are quite far apart, if +the period is shorter than the global max polling interval (halt_poll_ns) then +the host will always poll for the entire block time and thus cpu utilisation +will go to 100%. + +- Halt polling essentially presents a trade off between power usage and latency +and the module parameters should be used to tune the affinity for this. Idle +cpu time is essentially converted to host kernel time with the aim of decreasing +latency when entering the guest. + +- Halt polling will only be conducted by the host when no other tasks are +runnable on that cpu, otherwise the polling will cease immediately and +schedule will be invoked to allow that other task to run. Thus this doesn't +allow a guest to denial of service the cpu. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/hypercalls.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/hypercalls.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5f6d291bd004 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/hypercalls.txt @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +Linux KVM Hypercall: +=================== +X86: + KVM Hypercalls have a three-byte sequence of either the vmcall or the vmmcall + instruction. The hypervisor can replace it with instructions that are + guaranteed to be supported. + + Up to four arguments may be passed in rbx, rcx, rdx, and rsi respectively. + The hypercall number should be placed in rax and the return value will be + placed in rax. No other registers will be clobbered unless explicitly stated + by the particular hypercall. + +S390: + R2-R7 are used for parameters 1-6. In addition, R1 is used for hypercall + number. The return value is written to R2. + + S390 uses diagnose instruction as hypercall (0x500) along with hypercall + number in R1. + + For further information on the S390 diagnose call as supported by KVM, + refer to Documentation/virt/kvm/s390-diag.txt. + + PowerPC: + It uses R3-R10 and hypercall number in R11. R4-R11 are used as output registers. + Return value is placed in R3. + + KVM hypercalls uses 4 byte opcode, that are patched with 'hypercall-instructions' + property inside the device tree's /hypervisor node. + For more information refer to Documentation/virt/kvm/ppc-pv.txt + +MIPS: + KVM hypercalls use the HYPCALL instruction with code 0 and the hypercall + number in $2 (v0). Up to four arguments may be placed in $4-$7 (a0-a3) and + the return value is placed in $2 (v0). + +KVM Hypercalls Documentation +=========================== +The template for each hypercall is: +1. Hypercall name. +2. Architecture(s) +3. Status (deprecated, obsolete, active) +4. Purpose + +1. KVM_HC_VAPIC_POLL_IRQ +------------------------ +Architecture: x86 +Status: active +Purpose: Trigger guest exit so that the host can check for pending +interrupts on reentry. + +2. KVM_HC_MMU_OP +------------------------ +Architecture: x86 +Status: deprecated. +Purpose: Support MMU operations such as writing to PTE, +flushing TLB, release PT. + +3. KVM_HC_FEATURES +------------------------ +Architecture: PPC +Status: active +Purpose: Expose hypercall availability to the guest. On x86 platforms, cpuid +used to enumerate which hypercalls are available. On PPC, either device tree +based lookup ( which is also what EPAPR dictates) OR KVM specific enumeration +mechanism (which is this hypercall) can be used. + +4. KVM_HC_PPC_MAP_MAGIC_PAGE +------------------------ +Architecture: PPC +Status: active +Purpose: To enable communication between the hypervisor and guest there is a +shared page that contains parts of supervisor visible register state. +The guest can map this shared page to access its supervisor register through +memory using this hypercall. + +5. KVM_HC_KICK_CPU +------------------------ +Architecture: x86 +Status: active +Purpose: Hypercall used to wakeup a vcpu from HLT state +Usage example : A vcpu of a paravirtualized guest that is busywaiting in guest +kernel mode for an event to occur (ex: a spinlock to become available) can +execute HLT instruction once it has busy-waited for more than a threshold +time-interval. Execution of HLT instruction would cause the hypervisor to put +the vcpu to sleep until occurrence of an appropriate event. Another vcpu of the +same guest can wakeup the sleeping vcpu by issuing KVM_HC_KICK_CPU hypercall, +specifying APIC ID (a1) of the vcpu to be woken up. An additional argument (a0) +is used in the hypercall for future use. + + +6. KVM_HC_CLOCK_PAIRING +------------------------ +Architecture: x86 +Status: active +Purpose: Hypercall used to synchronize host and guest clocks. +Usage: + +a0: guest physical address where host copies +"struct kvm_clock_offset" structure. + +a1: clock_type, ATM only KVM_CLOCK_PAIRING_WALLCLOCK (0) +is supported (corresponding to the host's CLOCK_REALTIME clock). + + struct kvm_clock_pairing { + __s64 sec; + __s64 nsec; + __u64 tsc; + __u32 flags; + __u32 pad[9]; + }; + + Where: + * sec: seconds from clock_type clock. + * nsec: nanoseconds from clock_type clock. + * tsc: guest TSC value used to calculate sec/nsec pair + * flags: flags, unused (0) at the moment. + +The hypercall lets a guest compute a precise timestamp across +host and guest. The guest can use the returned TSC value to +compute the CLOCK_REALTIME for its clock, at the same instant. + +Returns KVM_EOPNOTSUPP if the host does not use TSC clocksource, +or if clock type is different than KVM_CLOCK_PAIRING_WALLCLOCK. + +6. KVM_HC_SEND_IPI +------------------------ +Architecture: x86 +Status: active +Purpose: Send IPIs to multiple vCPUs. + +a0: lower part of the bitmap of destination APIC IDs +a1: higher part of the bitmap of destination APIC IDs +a2: the lowest APIC ID in bitmap +a3: APIC ICR + +The hypercall lets a guest send multicast IPIs, with at most 128 +128 destinations per hypercall in 64-bit mode and 64 vCPUs per +hypercall in 32-bit mode. The destinations are represented by a +bitmap contained in the first two arguments (a0 and a1). Bit 0 of +a0 corresponds to the APIC ID in the third argument (a2), bit 1 +corresponds to the APIC ID a2+1, and so on. + +Returns the number of CPUs to which the IPIs were delivered successfully. + +7. KVM_HC_SCHED_YIELD +------------------------ +Architecture: x86 +Status: active +Purpose: Hypercall used to yield if the IPI target vCPU is preempted + +a0: destination APIC ID + +Usage example: When sending a call-function IPI-many to vCPUs, yield if +any of the IPI target vCPUs was preempted. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/index.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0b206a06f5be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +=== +KVM +=== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + amd-memory-encryption + cpuid diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..635cd6eaf714 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.txt @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +KVM Lock Overview +================= + +1. Acquisition Orders +--------------------- + +The acquisition orders for mutexes are as follows: + +- kvm->lock is taken outside vcpu->mutex + +- kvm->lock is taken outside kvm->slots_lock and kvm->irq_lock + +- kvm->slots_lock is taken outside kvm->irq_lock, though acquiring + them together is quite rare. + +On x86, vcpu->mutex is taken outside kvm->arch.hyperv.hv_lock. + +Everything else is a leaf: no other lock is taken inside the critical +sections. + +2: Exception +------------ + +Fast page fault: + +Fast page fault is the fast path which fixes the guest page fault out of +the mmu-lock on x86. Currently, the page fault can be fast in one of the +following two cases: + +1. Access Tracking: The SPTE is not present, but it is marked for access +tracking i.e. the SPTE_SPECIAL_MASK is set. That means we need to +restore the saved R/X bits. This is described in more detail later below. + +2. Write-Protection: The SPTE is present and the fault is +caused by write-protect. That means we just need to change the W bit of the +spte. + +What we use to avoid all the race is the SPTE_HOST_WRITEABLE bit and +SPTE_MMU_WRITEABLE bit on the spte: +- SPTE_HOST_WRITEABLE means the gfn is writable on host. +- SPTE_MMU_WRITEABLE means the gfn is writable on mmu. The bit is set when + the gfn is writable on guest mmu and it is not write-protected by shadow + page write-protection. + +On fast page fault path, we will use cmpxchg to atomically set the spte W +bit if spte.SPTE_HOST_WRITEABLE = 1 and spte.SPTE_WRITE_PROTECT = 1, or +restore the saved R/X bits if VMX_EPT_TRACK_ACCESS mask is set, or both. This +is safe because whenever changing these bits can be detected by cmpxchg. + +But we need carefully check these cases: +1): The mapping from gfn to pfn +The mapping from gfn to pfn may be changed since we can only ensure the pfn +is not changed during cmpxchg. This is a ABA problem, for example, below case +will happen: + +At the beginning: +gpte = gfn1 +gfn1 is mapped to pfn1 on host +spte is the shadow page table entry corresponding with gpte and +spte = pfn1 + + VCPU 0 VCPU0 +on fast page fault path: + + old_spte = *spte; + pfn1 is swapped out: + spte = 0; + + pfn1 is re-alloced for gfn2. + + gpte is changed to point to + gfn2 by the guest: + spte = pfn1; + + if (cmpxchg(spte, old_spte, old_spte+W) + mark_page_dirty(vcpu->kvm, gfn1) + OOPS!!! + +We dirty-log for gfn1, that means gfn2 is lost in dirty-bitmap. + +For direct sp, we can easily avoid it since the spte of direct sp is fixed +to gfn. For indirect sp, before we do cmpxchg, we call gfn_to_pfn_atomic() +to pin gfn to pfn, because after gfn_to_pfn_atomic(): +- We have held the refcount of pfn that means the pfn can not be freed and + be reused for another gfn. +- The pfn is writable that means it can not be shared between different gfns + by KSM. + +Then, we can ensure the dirty bitmaps is correctly set for a gfn. + +Currently, to simplify the whole things, we disable fast page fault for +indirect shadow page. + +2): Dirty bit tracking +In the origin code, the spte can be fast updated (non-atomically) if the +spte is read-only and the Accessed bit has already been set since the +Accessed bit and Dirty bit can not be lost. + +But it is not true after fast page fault since the spte can be marked +writable between reading spte and updating spte. Like below case: + +At the beginning: +spte.W = 0 +spte.Accessed = 1 + + VCPU 0 VCPU0 +In mmu_spte_clear_track_bits(): + + old_spte = *spte; + + /* 'if' condition is satisfied. */ + if (old_spte.Accessed == 1 && + old_spte.W == 0) + spte = 0ull; + on fast page fault path: + spte.W = 1 + memory write on the spte: + spte.Dirty = 1 + + + else + old_spte = xchg(spte, 0ull) + + + if (old_spte.Accessed == 1) + kvm_set_pfn_accessed(spte.pfn); + if (old_spte.Dirty == 1) + kvm_set_pfn_dirty(spte.pfn); + OOPS!!! + +The Dirty bit is lost in this case. + +In order to avoid this kind of issue, we always treat the spte as "volatile" +if it can be updated out of mmu-lock, see spte_has_volatile_bits(), it means, +the spte is always atomically updated in this case. + +3): flush tlbs due to spte updated +If the spte is updated from writable to readonly, we should flush all TLBs, +otherwise rmap_write_protect will find a read-only spte, even though the +writable spte might be cached on a CPU's TLB. + +As mentioned before, the spte can be updated to writable out of mmu-lock on +fast page fault path, in order to easily audit the path, we see if TLBs need +be flushed caused by this reason in mmu_spte_update() since this is a common +function to update spte (present -> present). + +Since the spte is "volatile" if it can be updated out of mmu-lock, we always +atomically update the spte, the race caused by fast page fault can be avoided, +See the comments in spte_has_volatile_bits() and mmu_spte_update(). + +Lockless Access Tracking: + +This is used for Intel CPUs that are using EPT but do not support the EPT A/D +bits. In this case, when the KVM MMU notifier is called to track accesses to a +page (via kvm_mmu_notifier_clear_flush_young), it marks the PTE as not-present +by clearing the RWX bits in the PTE and storing the original R & X bits in +some unused/ignored bits. In addition, the SPTE_SPECIAL_MASK is also set on the +PTE (using the ignored bit 62). When the VM tries to access the page later on, +a fault is generated and the fast page fault mechanism described above is used +to atomically restore the PTE to a Present state. The W bit is not saved when +the PTE is marked for access tracking and during restoration to the Present +state, the W bit is set depending on whether or not it was a write access. If +it wasn't, then the W bit will remain clear until a write access happens, at +which time it will be set using the Dirty tracking mechanism described above. + +3. Reference +------------ + +Name: kvm_lock +Type: mutex +Arch: any +Protects: - vm_list + +Name: kvm_count_lock +Type: raw_spinlock_t +Arch: any +Protects: - hardware virtualization enable/disable +Comment: 'raw' because hardware enabling/disabling must be atomic /wrt + migration. + +Name: kvm_arch::tsc_write_lock +Type: raw_spinlock +Arch: x86 +Protects: - kvm_arch::{last_tsc_write,last_tsc_nsec,last_tsc_offset} + - tsc offset in vmcb +Comment: 'raw' because updating the tsc offsets must not be preempted. + +Name: kvm->mmu_lock +Type: spinlock_t +Arch: any +Protects: -shadow page/shadow tlb entry +Comment: it is a spinlock since it is used in mmu notifier. + +Name: kvm->srcu +Type: srcu lock +Arch: any +Protects: - kvm->memslots + - kvm->buses +Comment: The srcu read lock must be held while accessing memslots (e.g. + when using gfn_to_* functions) and while accessing in-kernel + MMIO/PIO address->device structure mapping (kvm->buses). + The srcu index can be stored in kvm_vcpu->srcu_idx per vcpu + if it is needed by multiple functions. + +Name: blocked_vcpu_on_cpu_lock +Type: spinlock_t +Arch: x86 +Protects: blocked_vcpu_on_cpu +Comment: This is a per-CPU lock and it is used for VT-d posted-interrupts. + When VT-d posted-interrupts is supported and the VM has assigned + devices, we put the blocked vCPU on the list blocked_vcpu_on_cpu + protected by blocked_vcpu_on_cpu_lock, when VT-d hardware issues + wakeup notification event since external interrupts from the + assigned devices happens, we will find the vCPU on the list to + wakeup. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/mmu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1b9880dfba0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/mmu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +The x86 kvm shadow mmu +====================== + +The mmu (in arch/x86/kvm, files mmu.[ch] and paging_tmpl.h) is responsible +for presenting a standard x86 mmu to the guest, while translating guest +physical addresses to host physical addresses. + +The mmu code attempts to satisfy the following requirements: + +- correctness: the guest should not be able to determine that it is running + on an emulated mmu except for timing (we attempt to comply + with the specification, not emulate the characteristics of + a particular implementation such as tlb size) +- security: the guest must not be able to touch host memory not assigned + to it +- performance: minimize the performance penalty imposed by the mmu +- scaling: need to scale to large memory and large vcpu guests +- hardware: support the full range of x86 virtualization hardware +- integration: Linux memory management code must be in control of guest memory + so that swapping, page migration, page merging, transparent + hugepages, and similar features work without change +- dirty tracking: report writes to guest memory to enable live migration + and framebuffer-based displays +- footprint: keep the amount of pinned kernel memory low (most memory + should be shrinkable) +- reliability: avoid multipage or GFP_ATOMIC allocations + +Acronyms +======== + +pfn host page frame number +hpa host physical address +hva host virtual address +gfn guest frame number +gpa guest physical address +gva guest virtual address +ngpa nested guest physical address +ngva nested guest virtual address +pte page table entry (used also to refer generically to paging structure + entries) +gpte guest pte (referring to gfns) +spte shadow pte (referring to pfns) +tdp two dimensional paging (vendor neutral term for NPT and EPT) + +Virtual and real hardware supported +=================================== + +The mmu supports first-generation mmu hardware, which allows an atomic switch +of the current paging mode and cr3 during guest entry, as well as +two-dimensional paging (AMD's NPT and Intel's EPT). The emulated hardware +it exposes is the traditional 2/3/4 level x86 mmu, with support for global +pages, pae, pse, pse36, cr0.wp, and 1GB pages. Emulated hardware also +able to expose NPT capable hardware on NPT capable hosts. + +Translation +=========== + +The primary job of the mmu is to program the processor's mmu to translate +addresses for the guest. Different translations are required at different +times: + +- when guest paging is disabled, we translate guest physical addresses to + host physical addresses (gpa->hpa) +- when guest paging is enabled, we translate guest virtual addresses, to + guest physical addresses, to host physical addresses (gva->gpa->hpa) +- when the guest launches a guest of its own, we translate nested guest + virtual addresses, to nested guest physical addresses, to guest physical + addresses, to host physical addresses (ngva->ngpa->gpa->hpa) + +The primary challenge is to encode between 1 and 3 translations into hardware +that support only 1 (traditional) and 2 (tdp) translations. When the +number of required translations matches the hardware, the mmu operates in +direct mode; otherwise it operates in shadow mode (see below). + +Memory +====== + +Guest memory (gpa) is part of the user address space of the process that is +using kvm. Userspace defines the translation between guest addresses and user +addresses (gpa->hva); note that two gpas may alias to the same hva, but not +vice versa. + +These hvas may be backed using any method available to the host: anonymous +memory, file backed memory, and device memory. Memory might be paged by the +host at any time. + +Events +====== + +The mmu is driven by events, some from the guest, some from the host. + +Guest generated events: +- writes to control registers (especially cr3) +- invlpg/invlpga instruction execution +- access to missing or protected translations + +Host generated events: +- changes in the gpa->hpa translation (either through gpa->hva changes or + through hva->hpa changes) +- memory pressure (the shrinker) + +Shadow pages +============ + +The principal data structure is the shadow page, 'struct kvm_mmu_page'. A +shadow page contains 512 sptes, which can be either leaf or nonleaf sptes. A +shadow page may contain a mix of leaf and nonleaf sptes. + +A nonleaf spte allows the hardware mmu to reach the leaf pages and +is not related to a translation directly. It points to other shadow pages. + +A leaf spte corresponds to either one or two translations encoded into +one paging structure entry. These are always the lowest level of the +translation stack, with optional higher level translations left to NPT/EPT. +Leaf ptes point at guest pages. + +The following table shows translations encoded by leaf ptes, with higher-level +translations in parentheses: + + Non-nested guests: + nonpaging: gpa->hpa + paging: gva->gpa->hpa + paging, tdp: (gva->)gpa->hpa + Nested guests: + non-tdp: ngva->gpa->hpa (*) + tdp: (ngva->)ngpa->gpa->hpa + +(*) the guest hypervisor will encode the ngva->gpa translation into its page + tables if npt is not present + +Shadow pages contain the following information: + role.level: + The level in the shadow paging hierarchy that this shadow page belongs to. + 1=4k sptes, 2=2M sptes, 3=1G sptes, etc. + role.direct: + If set, leaf sptes reachable from this page are for a linear range. + Examples include real mode translation, large guest pages backed by small + host pages, and gpa->hpa translations when NPT or EPT is active. + The linear range starts at (gfn << PAGE_SHIFT) and its size is determined + by role.level (2MB for first level, 1GB for second level, 0.5TB for third + level, 256TB for fourth level) + If clear, this page corresponds to a guest page table denoted by the gfn + field. + role.quadrant: + When role.gpte_is_8_bytes=0, the guest uses 32-bit gptes while the host uses 64-bit + sptes. That means a guest page table contains more ptes than the host, + so multiple shadow pages are needed to shadow one guest page. + For first-level shadow pages, role.quadrant can be 0 or 1 and denotes the + first or second 512-gpte block in the guest page table. For second-level + page tables, each 32-bit gpte is converted to two 64-bit sptes + (since each first-level guest page is shadowed by two first-level + shadow pages) so role.quadrant takes values in the range 0..3. Each + quadrant maps 1GB virtual address space. + role.access: + Inherited guest access permissions in the form uwx. Note execute + permission is positive, not negative. + role.invalid: + The page is invalid and should not be used. It is a root page that is + currently pinned (by a cpu hardware register pointing to it); once it is + unpinned it will be destroyed. + role.gpte_is_8_bytes: + Reflects the size of the guest PTE for which the page is valid, i.e. '1' + if 64-bit gptes are in use, '0' if 32-bit gptes are in use. + role.nxe: + Contains the value of efer.nxe for which the page is valid. + role.cr0_wp: + Contains the value of cr0.wp for which the page is valid. + role.smep_andnot_wp: + Contains the value of cr4.smep && !cr0.wp for which the page is valid + (pages for which this is true are different from other pages; see the + treatment of cr0.wp=0 below). + role.smap_andnot_wp: + Contains the value of cr4.smap && !cr0.wp for which the page is valid + (pages for which this is true are different from other pages; see the + treatment of cr0.wp=0 below). + role.ept_sp: + This is a virtual flag to denote a shadowed nested EPT page. ept_sp + is true if "cr0_wp && smap_andnot_wp", an otherwise invalid combination. + role.smm: + Is 1 if the page is valid in system management mode. This field + determines which of the kvm_memslots array was used to build this + shadow page; it is also used to go back from a struct kvm_mmu_page + to a memslot, through the kvm_memslots_for_spte_role macro and + __gfn_to_memslot. + role.ad_disabled: + Is 1 if the MMU instance cannot use A/D bits. EPT did not have A/D + bits before Haswell; shadow EPT page tables also cannot use A/D bits + if the L1 hypervisor does not enable them. + gfn: + Either the guest page table containing the translations shadowed by this + page, or the base page frame for linear translations. See role.direct. + spt: + A pageful of 64-bit sptes containing the translations for this page. + Accessed by both kvm and hardware. + The page pointed to by spt will have its page->private pointing back + at the shadow page structure. + sptes in spt point either at guest pages, or at lower-level shadow pages. + Specifically, if sp1 and sp2 are shadow pages, then sp1->spt[n] may point + at __pa(sp2->spt). sp2 will point back at sp1 through parent_pte. + The spt array forms a DAG structure with the shadow page as a node, and + guest pages as leaves. + gfns: + An array of 512 guest frame numbers, one for each present pte. Used to + perform a reverse map from a pte to a gfn. When role.direct is set, any + element of this array can be calculated from the gfn field when used, in + this case, the array of gfns is not allocated. See role.direct and gfn. + root_count: + A counter keeping track of how many hardware registers (guest cr3 or + pdptrs) are now pointing at the page. While this counter is nonzero, the + page cannot be destroyed. See role.invalid. + parent_ptes: + The reverse mapping for the pte/ptes pointing at this page's spt. If + parent_ptes bit 0 is zero, only one spte points at this page and + parent_ptes points at this single spte, otherwise, there exists multiple + sptes pointing at this page and (parent_ptes & ~0x1) points at a data + structure with a list of parent sptes. + unsync: + If true, then the translations in this page may not match the guest's + translation. This is equivalent to the state of the tlb when a pte is + changed but before the tlb entry is flushed. Accordingly, unsync ptes + are synchronized when the guest executes invlpg or flushes its tlb by + other means. Valid for leaf pages. + unsync_children: + How many sptes in the page point at pages that are unsync (or have + unsynchronized children). + unsync_child_bitmap: + A bitmap indicating which sptes in spt point (directly or indirectly) at + pages that may be unsynchronized. Used to quickly locate all unsychronized + pages reachable from a given page. + clear_spte_count: + Only present on 32-bit hosts, where a 64-bit spte cannot be written + atomically. The reader uses this while running out of the MMU lock + to detect in-progress updates and retry them until the writer has + finished the write. + write_flooding_count: + A guest may write to a page table many times, causing a lot of + emulations if the page needs to be write-protected (see "Synchronized + and unsynchronized pages" below). Leaf pages can be unsynchronized + so that they do not trigger frequent emulation, but this is not + possible for non-leafs. This field counts the number of emulations + since the last time the page table was actually used; if emulation + is triggered too frequently on this page, KVM will unmap the page + to avoid emulation in the future. + +Reverse map +=========== + +The mmu maintains a reverse mapping whereby all ptes mapping a page can be +reached given its gfn. This is used, for example, when swapping out a page. + +Synchronized and unsynchronized pages +===================================== + +The guest uses two events to synchronize its tlb and page tables: tlb flushes +and page invalidations (invlpg). + +A tlb flush means that we need to synchronize all sptes reachable from the +guest's cr3. This is expensive, so we keep all guest page tables write +protected, and synchronize sptes to gptes when a gpte is written. + +A special case is when a guest page table is reachable from the current +guest cr3. In this case, the guest is obliged to issue an invlpg instruction +before using the translation. We take advantage of that by removing write +protection from the guest page, and allowing the guest to modify it freely. +We synchronize modified gptes when the guest invokes invlpg. This reduces +the amount of emulation we have to do when the guest modifies multiple gptes, +or when the a guest page is no longer used as a page table and is used for +random guest data. + +As a side effect we have to resynchronize all reachable unsynchronized shadow +pages on a tlb flush. + + +Reaction to events +================== + +- guest page fault (or npt page fault, or ept violation) + +This is the most complicated event. The cause of a page fault can be: + + - a true guest fault (the guest translation won't allow the access) (*) + - access to a missing translation + - access to a protected translation + - when logging dirty pages, memory is write protected + - synchronized shadow pages are write protected (*) + - access to untranslatable memory (mmio) + + (*) not applicable in direct mode + +Handling a page fault is performed as follows: + + - if the RSV bit of the error code is set, the page fault is caused by guest + accessing MMIO and cached MMIO information is available. + - walk shadow page table + - check for valid generation number in the spte (see "Fast invalidation of + MMIO sptes" below) + - cache the information to vcpu->arch.mmio_gva, vcpu->arch.access and + vcpu->arch.mmio_gfn, and call the emulator + - If both P bit and R/W bit of error code are set, this could possibly + be handled as a "fast page fault" (fixed without taking the MMU lock). See + the description in Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.txt. + - if needed, walk the guest page tables to determine the guest translation + (gva->gpa or ngpa->gpa) + - if permissions are insufficient, reflect the fault back to the guest + - determine the host page + - if this is an mmio request, there is no host page; cache the info to + vcpu->arch.mmio_gva, vcpu->arch.access and vcpu->arch.mmio_gfn + - walk the shadow page table to find the spte for the translation, + instantiating missing intermediate page tables as necessary + - If this is an mmio request, cache the mmio info to the spte and set some + reserved bit on the spte (see callers of kvm_mmu_set_mmio_spte_mask) + - try to unsynchronize the page + - if successful, we can let the guest continue and modify the gpte + - emulate the instruction + - if failed, unshadow the page and let the guest continue + - update any translations that were modified by the instruction + +invlpg handling: + + - walk the shadow page hierarchy and drop affected translations + - try to reinstantiate the indicated translation in the hope that the + guest will use it in the near future + +Guest control register updates: + +- mov to cr3 + - look up new shadow roots + - synchronize newly reachable shadow pages + +- mov to cr0/cr4/efer + - set up mmu context for new paging mode + - look up new shadow roots + - synchronize newly reachable shadow pages + +Host translation updates: + + - mmu notifier called with updated hva + - look up affected sptes through reverse map + - drop (or update) translations + +Emulating cr0.wp +================ + +If tdp is not enabled, the host must keep cr0.wp=1 so page write protection +works for the guest kernel, not guest guest userspace. When the guest +cr0.wp=1, this does not present a problem. However when the guest cr0.wp=0, +we cannot map the permissions for gpte.u=1, gpte.w=0 to any spte (the +semantics require allowing any guest kernel access plus user read access). + +We handle this by mapping the permissions to two possible sptes, depending +on fault type: + +- kernel write fault: spte.u=0, spte.w=1 (allows full kernel access, + disallows user access) +- read fault: spte.u=1, spte.w=0 (allows full read access, disallows kernel + write access) + +(user write faults generate a #PF) + +In the first case there are two additional complications: +- if CR4.SMEP is enabled: since we've turned the page into a kernel page, + the kernel may now execute it. We handle this by also setting spte.nx. + If we get a user fetch or read fault, we'll change spte.u=1 and + spte.nx=gpte.nx back. For this to work, KVM forces EFER.NX to 1 when + shadow paging is in use. +- if CR4.SMAP is disabled: since the page has been changed to a kernel + page, it can not be reused when CR4.SMAP is enabled. We set + CR4.SMAP && !CR0.WP into shadow page's role to avoid this case. Note, + here we do not care the case that CR4.SMAP is enabled since KVM will + directly inject #PF to guest due to failed permission check. + +To prevent an spte that was converted into a kernel page with cr0.wp=0 +from being written by the kernel after cr0.wp has changed to 1, we make +the value of cr0.wp part of the page role. This means that an spte created +with one value of cr0.wp cannot be used when cr0.wp has a different value - +it will simply be missed by the shadow page lookup code. A similar issue +exists when an spte created with cr0.wp=0 and cr4.smep=0 is used after +changing cr4.smep to 1. To avoid this, the value of !cr0.wp && cr4.smep +is also made a part of the page role. + +Large pages +=========== + +The mmu supports all combinations of large and small guest and host pages. +Supported page sizes include 4k, 2M, 4M, and 1G. 4M pages are treated as +two separate 2M pages, on both guest and host, since the mmu always uses PAE +paging. + +To instantiate a large spte, four constraints must be satisfied: + +- the spte must point to a large host page +- the guest pte must be a large pte of at least equivalent size (if tdp is + enabled, there is no guest pte and this condition is satisfied) +- if the spte will be writeable, the large page frame may not overlap any + write-protected pages +- the guest page must be wholly contained by a single memory slot + +To check the last two conditions, the mmu maintains a ->disallow_lpage set of +arrays for each memory slot and large page size. Every write protected page +causes its disallow_lpage to be incremented, thus preventing instantiation of +a large spte. The frames at the end of an unaligned memory slot have +artificially inflated ->disallow_lpages so they can never be instantiated. + +Fast invalidation of MMIO sptes +=============================== + +As mentioned in "Reaction to events" above, kvm will cache MMIO +information in leaf sptes. When a new memslot is added or an existing +memslot is changed, this information may become stale and needs to be +invalidated. This also needs to hold the MMU lock while walking all +shadow pages, and is made more scalable with a similar technique. + +MMIO sptes have a few spare bits, which are used to store a +generation number. The global generation number is stored in +kvm_memslots(kvm)->generation, and increased whenever guest memory info +changes. + +When KVM finds an MMIO spte, it checks the generation number of the spte. +If the generation number of the spte does not equal the global generation +number, it will ignore the cached MMIO information and handle the page +fault through the slow path. + +Since only 19 bits are used to store generation-number on mmio spte, all +pages are zapped when there is an overflow. + +Unfortunately, a single memory access might access kvm_memslots(kvm) multiple +times, the last one happening when the generation number is retrieved and +stored into the MMIO spte. Thus, the MMIO spte might be created based on +out-of-date information, but with an up-to-date generation number. + +To avoid this, the generation number is incremented again after synchronize_srcu +returns; thus, bit 63 of kvm_memslots(kvm)->generation set to 1 only during a +memslot update, while some SRCU readers might be using the old copy. We do not +want to use an MMIO sptes created with an odd generation number, and we can do +this without losing a bit in the MMIO spte. The "update in-progress" bit of the +generation is not stored in MMIO spte, and is so is implicitly zero when the +generation is extracted out of the spte. If KVM is unlucky and creates an MMIO +spte while an update is in-progress, the next access to the spte will always be +a cache miss. For example, a subsequent access during the update window will +miss due to the in-progress flag diverging, while an access after the update +window closes will have a higher generation number (as compared to the spte). + + +Further reading +=============== + +- NPT presentation from KVM Forum 2008 + http://www.linux-kvm.org/images/c/c8/KvmForum2008%24kdf2008_21.pdf + diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/msr.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/msr.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df1f4338b3ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/msr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +KVM-specific MSRs. +Glauber Costa , Red Hat Inc, 2010 +===================================================== + +KVM makes use of some custom MSRs to service some requests. + +Custom MSRs have a range reserved for them, that goes from +0x4b564d00 to 0x4b564dff. There are MSRs outside this area, +but they are deprecated and their use is discouraged. + +Custom MSR list +-------- + +The current supported Custom MSR list is: + +MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW: 0x4b564d00 + + data: 4-byte alignment physical address of a memory area which must be + in guest RAM. This memory is expected to hold a copy of the following + structure: + + struct pvclock_wall_clock { + u32 version; + u32 sec; + u32 nsec; + } __attribute__((__packed__)); + + whose data will be filled in by the hypervisor. The hypervisor is only + guaranteed to update this data at the moment of MSR write. + Users that want to reliably query this information more than once have + to write more than once to this MSR. Fields have the following meanings: + + version: guest has to check version before and after grabbing + time information and check that they are both equal and even. + An odd version indicates an in-progress update. + + sec: number of seconds for wallclock at time of boot. + + nsec: number of nanoseconds for wallclock at time of boot. + + In order to get the current wallclock time, the system_time from + MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW needs to be added. + + Note that although MSRs are per-CPU entities, the effect of this + particular MSR is global. + + Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 3 in 0x4000001 cpuid + leaf prior to usage. + +MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW: 0x4b564d01 + + data: 4-byte aligned physical address of a memory area which must be in + guest RAM, plus an enable bit in bit 0. This memory is expected to hold + a copy of the following structure: + + struct pvclock_vcpu_time_info { + u32 version; + u32 pad0; + u64 tsc_timestamp; + u64 system_time; + u32 tsc_to_system_mul; + s8 tsc_shift; + u8 flags; + u8 pad[2]; + } __attribute__((__packed__)); /* 32 bytes */ + + whose data will be filled in by the hypervisor periodically. Only one + write, or registration, is needed for each VCPU. The interval between + updates of this structure is arbitrary and implementation-dependent. + The hypervisor may update this structure at any time it sees fit until + anything with bit0 == 0 is written to it. + + Fields have the following meanings: + + version: guest has to check version before and after grabbing + time information and check that they are both equal and even. + An odd version indicates an in-progress update. + + tsc_timestamp: the tsc value at the current VCPU at the time + of the update of this structure. Guests can subtract this value + from current tsc to derive a notion of elapsed time since the + structure update. + + system_time: a host notion of monotonic time, including sleep + time at the time this structure was last updated. Unit is + nanoseconds. + + tsc_to_system_mul: multiplier to be used when converting + tsc-related quantity to nanoseconds + + tsc_shift: shift to be used when converting tsc-related + quantity to nanoseconds. This shift will ensure that + multiplication with tsc_to_system_mul does not overflow. + A positive value denotes a left shift, a negative value + a right shift. + + The conversion from tsc to nanoseconds involves an additional + right shift by 32 bits. With this information, guests can + derive per-CPU time by doing: + + time = (current_tsc - tsc_timestamp) + if (tsc_shift >= 0) + time <<= tsc_shift; + else + time >>= -tsc_shift; + time = (time * tsc_to_system_mul) >> 32 + time = time + system_time + + flags: bits in this field indicate extended capabilities + coordinated between the guest and the hypervisor. Availability + of specific flags has to be checked in 0x40000001 cpuid leaf. + Current flags are: + + flag bit | cpuid bit | meaning + ------------------------------------------------------------- + | | time measures taken across + 0 | 24 | multiple cpus are guaranteed to + | | be monotonic + ------------------------------------------------------------- + | | guest vcpu has been paused by + 1 | N/A | the host + | | See 4.70 in api.txt + ------------------------------------------------------------- + + Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 3 in 0x4000001 cpuid + leaf prior to usage. + + +MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK: 0x11 + + data and functioning: same as MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW. Use that instead. + + This MSR falls outside the reserved KVM range and may be removed in the + future. Its usage is deprecated. + + Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 0 in 0x4000001 cpuid + leaf prior to usage. + +MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME: 0x12 + + data and functioning: same as MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW. Use that instead. + + This MSR falls outside the reserved KVM range and may be removed in the + future. Its usage is deprecated. + + Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 0 in 0x4000001 cpuid + leaf prior to usage. + + The suggested algorithm for detecting kvmclock presence is then: + + if (!kvm_para_available()) /* refer to cpuid.txt */ + return NON_PRESENT; + + flags = cpuid_eax(0x40000001); + if (flags & 3) { + msr_kvm_system_time = MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW; + msr_kvm_wall_clock = MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW; + return PRESENT; + } else if (flags & 0) { + msr_kvm_system_time = MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME; + msr_kvm_wall_clock = MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK; + return PRESENT; + } else + return NON_PRESENT; + +MSR_KVM_ASYNC_PF_EN: 0x4b564d02 + data: Bits 63-6 hold 64-byte aligned physical address of a + 64 byte memory area which must be in guest RAM and must be + zeroed. Bits 5-3 are reserved and should be zero. Bit 0 is 1 + when asynchronous page faults are enabled on the vcpu 0 when + disabled. Bit 1 is 1 if asynchronous page faults can be injected + when vcpu is in cpl == 0. Bit 2 is 1 if asynchronous page faults + are delivered to L1 as #PF vmexits. Bit 2 can be set only if + KVM_FEATURE_ASYNC_PF_VMEXIT is present in CPUID. + + First 4 byte of 64 byte memory location will be written to by + the hypervisor at the time of asynchronous page fault (APF) + injection to indicate type of asynchronous page fault. Value + of 1 means that the page referred to by the page fault is not + present. Value 2 means that the page is now available. Disabling + interrupt inhibits APFs. Guest must not enable interrupt + before the reason is read, or it may be overwritten by another + APF. Since APF uses the same exception vector as regular page + fault guest must reset the reason to 0 before it does + something that can generate normal page fault. If during page + fault APF reason is 0 it means that this is regular page + fault. + + During delivery of type 1 APF cr2 contains a token that will + be used to notify a guest when missing page becomes + available. When page becomes available type 2 APF is sent with + cr2 set to the token associated with the page. There is special + kind of token 0xffffffff which tells vcpu that it should wake + up all processes waiting for APFs and no individual type 2 APFs + will be sent. + + If APF is disabled while there are outstanding APFs, they will + not be delivered. + + Currently type 2 APF will be always delivered on the same vcpu as + type 1 was, but guest should not rely on that. + +MSR_KVM_STEAL_TIME: 0x4b564d03 + + data: 64-byte alignment physical address of a memory area which must be + in guest RAM, plus an enable bit in bit 0. This memory is expected to + hold a copy of the following structure: + + struct kvm_steal_time { + __u64 steal; + __u32 version; + __u32 flags; + __u8 preempted; + __u8 u8_pad[3]; + __u32 pad[11]; + } + + whose data will be filled in by the hypervisor periodically. Only one + write, or registration, is needed for each VCPU. The interval between + updates of this structure is arbitrary and implementation-dependent. + The hypervisor may update this structure at any time it sees fit until + anything with bit0 == 0 is written to it. Guest is required to make sure + this structure is initialized to zero. + + Fields have the following meanings: + + version: a sequence counter. In other words, guest has to check + this field before and after grabbing time information and make + sure they are both equal and even. An odd version indicates an + in-progress update. + + flags: At this point, always zero. May be used to indicate + changes in this structure in the future. + + steal: the amount of time in which this vCPU did not run, in + nanoseconds. Time during which the vcpu is idle, will not be + reported as steal time. + + preempted: indicate the vCPU who owns this struct is running or + not. Non-zero values mean the vCPU has been preempted. Zero + means the vCPU is not preempted. NOTE, it is always zero if the + the hypervisor doesn't support this field. + +MSR_KVM_EOI_EN: 0x4b564d04 + data: Bit 0 is 1 when PV end of interrupt is enabled on the vcpu; 0 + when disabled. Bit 1 is reserved and must be zero. When PV end of + interrupt is enabled (bit 0 set), bits 63-2 hold a 4-byte aligned + physical address of a 4 byte memory area which must be in guest RAM and + must be zeroed. + + The first, least significant bit of 4 byte memory location will be + written to by the hypervisor, typically at the time of interrupt + injection. Value of 1 means that guest can skip writing EOI to the apic + (using MSR or MMIO write); instead, it is sufficient to signal + EOI by clearing the bit in guest memory - this location will + later be polled by the hypervisor. + Value of 0 means that the EOI write is required. + + It is always safe for the guest to ignore the optimization and perform + the APIC EOI write anyway. + + Hypervisor is guaranteed to only modify this least + significant bit while in the current VCPU context, this means that + guest does not need to use either lock prefix or memory ordering + primitives to synchronise with the hypervisor. + + However, hypervisor can set and clear this memory bit at any time: + therefore to make sure hypervisor does not interrupt the + guest and clear the least significant bit in the memory area + in the window between guest testing it to detect + whether it can skip EOI apic write and between guest + clearing it to signal EOI to the hypervisor, + guest must both read the least significant bit in the memory area and + clear it using a single CPU instruction, such as test and clear, or + compare and exchange. + +MSR_KVM_POLL_CONTROL: 0x4b564d05 + Control host-side polling. + + data: Bit 0 enables (1) or disables (0) host-side HLT polling logic. + + KVM guests can request the host not to poll on HLT, for example if + they are performing polling themselves. + diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/nested-vmx.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/nested-vmx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..97eb1353e962 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/nested-vmx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +Nested VMX +========== + +Overview +--------- + +On Intel processors, KVM uses Intel's VMX (Virtual-Machine eXtensions) +to easily and efficiently run guest operating systems. Normally, these guests +*cannot* themselves be hypervisors running their own guests, because in VMX, +guests cannot use VMX instructions. + +The "Nested VMX" feature adds this missing capability - of running guest +hypervisors (which use VMX) with their own nested guests. It does so by +allowing a guest to use VMX instructions, and correctly and efficiently +emulating them using the single level of VMX available in the hardware. + +We describe in much greater detail the theory behind the nested VMX feature, +its implementation and its performance characteristics, in the OSDI 2010 paper +"The Turtles Project: Design and Implementation of Nested Virtualization", +available at: + + http://www.usenix.org/events/osdi10/tech/full_papers/Ben-Yehuda.pdf + + +Terminology +----------- + +Single-level virtualization has two levels - the host (KVM) and the guests. +In nested virtualization, we have three levels: The host (KVM), which we call +L0, the guest hypervisor, which we call L1, and its nested guest, which we +call L2. + + +Running nested VMX +------------------ + +The nested VMX feature is disabled by default. It can be enabled by giving +the "nested=1" option to the kvm-intel module. + +No modifications are required to user space (qemu). However, qemu's default +emulated CPU type (qemu64) does not list the "VMX" CPU feature, so it must be +explicitly enabled, by giving qemu one of the following options: + + -cpu host (emulated CPU has all features of the real CPU) + + -cpu qemu64,+vmx (add just the vmx feature to a named CPU type) + + +ABIs +---- + +Nested VMX aims to present a standard and (eventually) fully-functional VMX +implementation for the a guest hypervisor to use. As such, the official +specification of the ABI that it provides is Intel's VMX specification, +namely volume 3B of their "Intel 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software +Developer's Manual". Not all of VMX's features are currently fully supported, +but the goal is to eventually support them all, starting with the VMX features +which are used in practice by popular hypervisors (KVM and others). + +As a VMX implementation, nested VMX presents a VMCS structure to L1. +As mandated by the spec, other than the two fields revision_id and abort, +this structure is *opaque* to its user, who is not supposed to know or care +about its internal structure. Rather, the structure is accessed through the +VMREAD and VMWRITE instructions. +Still, for debugging purposes, KVM developers might be interested to know the +internals of this structure; This is struct vmcs12 from arch/x86/kvm/vmx.c. + +The name "vmcs12" refers to the VMCS that L1 builds for L2. In the code we +also have "vmcs01", the VMCS that L0 built for L1, and "vmcs02" is the VMCS +which L0 builds to actually run L2 - how this is done is explained in the +aforementioned paper. + +For convenience, we repeat the content of struct vmcs12 here. If the internals +of this structure changes, this can break live migration across KVM versions. +VMCS12_REVISION (from vmx.c) should be changed if struct vmcs12 or its inner +struct shadow_vmcs is ever changed. + + typedef u64 natural_width; + struct __packed vmcs12 { + /* According to the Intel spec, a VMCS region must start with + * these two user-visible fields */ + u32 revision_id; + u32 abort; + + u32 launch_state; /* set to 0 by VMCLEAR, to 1 by VMLAUNCH */ + u32 padding[7]; /* room for future expansion */ + + u64 io_bitmap_a; + u64 io_bitmap_b; + u64 msr_bitmap; + u64 vm_exit_msr_store_addr; + u64 vm_exit_msr_load_addr; + u64 vm_entry_msr_load_addr; + u64 tsc_offset; + u64 virtual_apic_page_addr; + u64 apic_access_addr; + u64 ept_pointer; + u64 guest_physical_address; + u64 vmcs_link_pointer; + u64 guest_ia32_debugctl; + u64 guest_ia32_pat; + u64 guest_ia32_efer; + u64 guest_pdptr0; + u64 guest_pdptr1; + u64 guest_pdptr2; + u64 guest_pdptr3; + u64 host_ia32_pat; + u64 host_ia32_efer; + u64 padding64[8]; /* room for future expansion */ + natural_width cr0_guest_host_mask; + natural_width cr4_guest_host_mask; + natural_width cr0_read_shadow; + natural_width cr4_read_shadow; + natural_width cr3_target_value0; + natural_width cr3_target_value1; + natural_width cr3_target_value2; + natural_width cr3_target_value3; + natural_width exit_qualification; + natural_width guest_linear_address; + natural_width guest_cr0; + natural_width guest_cr3; + natural_width guest_cr4; + natural_width guest_es_base; + natural_width guest_cs_base; + natural_width guest_ss_base; + natural_width guest_ds_base; + natural_width guest_fs_base; + natural_width guest_gs_base; + natural_width guest_ldtr_base; + natural_width guest_tr_base; + natural_width guest_gdtr_base; + natural_width guest_idtr_base; + natural_width guest_dr7; + natural_width guest_rsp; + natural_width guest_rip; + natural_width guest_rflags; + natural_width guest_pending_dbg_exceptions; + natural_width guest_sysenter_esp; + natural_width guest_sysenter_eip; + natural_width host_cr0; + natural_width host_cr3; + natural_width host_cr4; + natural_width host_fs_base; + natural_width host_gs_base; + natural_width host_tr_base; + natural_width host_gdtr_base; + natural_width host_idtr_base; + natural_width host_ia32_sysenter_esp; + natural_width host_ia32_sysenter_eip; + natural_width host_rsp; + natural_width host_rip; + natural_width paddingl[8]; /* room for future expansion */ + u32 pin_based_vm_exec_control; + u32 cpu_based_vm_exec_control; + u32 exception_bitmap; + u32 page_fault_error_code_mask; + u32 page_fault_error_code_match; + u32 cr3_target_count; + u32 vm_exit_controls; + u32 vm_exit_msr_store_count; + u32 vm_exit_msr_load_count; + u32 vm_entry_controls; + u32 vm_entry_msr_load_count; + u32 vm_entry_intr_info_field; + u32 vm_entry_exception_error_code; + u32 vm_entry_instruction_len; + u32 tpr_threshold; + u32 secondary_vm_exec_control; + u32 vm_instruction_error; + u32 vm_exit_reason; + u32 vm_exit_intr_info; + u32 vm_exit_intr_error_code; + u32 idt_vectoring_info_field; + u32 idt_vectoring_error_code; + u32 vm_exit_instruction_len; + u32 vmx_instruction_info; + u32 guest_es_limit; + u32 guest_cs_limit; + u32 guest_ss_limit; + u32 guest_ds_limit; + u32 guest_fs_limit; + u32 guest_gs_limit; + u32 guest_ldtr_limit; + u32 guest_tr_limit; + u32 guest_gdtr_limit; + u32 guest_idtr_limit; + u32 guest_es_ar_bytes; + u32 guest_cs_ar_bytes; + u32 guest_ss_ar_bytes; + u32 guest_ds_ar_bytes; + u32 guest_fs_ar_bytes; + u32 guest_gs_ar_bytes; + u32 guest_ldtr_ar_bytes; + u32 guest_tr_ar_bytes; + u32 guest_interruptibility_info; + u32 guest_activity_state; + u32 guest_sysenter_cs; + u32 host_ia32_sysenter_cs; + u32 padding32[8]; /* room for future expansion */ + u16 virtual_processor_id; + u16 guest_es_selector; + u16 guest_cs_selector; + u16 guest_ss_selector; + u16 guest_ds_selector; + u16 guest_fs_selector; + u16 guest_gs_selector; + u16 guest_ldtr_selector; + u16 guest_tr_selector; + u16 host_es_selector; + u16 host_cs_selector; + u16 host_ss_selector; + u16 host_ds_selector; + u16 host_fs_selector; + u16 host_gs_selector; + u16 host_tr_selector; + }; + + +Authors +------- + +These patches were written by: + Abel Gordon, abelg il.ibm.com + Nadav Har'El, nyh il.ibm.com + Orit Wasserman, oritw il.ibm.com + Ben-Ami Yassor, benami il.ibm.com + Muli Ben-Yehuda, muli il.ibm.com + +With contributions by: + Anthony Liguori, aliguori us.ibm.com + Mike Day, mdday us.ibm.com + Michael Factor, factor il.ibm.com + Zvi Dubitzky, dubi il.ibm.com + +And valuable reviews by: + Avi Kivity, avi redhat.com + Gleb Natapov, gleb redhat.com + Marcelo Tosatti, mtosatti redhat.com + Kevin Tian, kevin.tian intel.com + and others. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/ppc-pv.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/ppc-pv.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e26115ce4258 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/ppc-pv.txt @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +The PPC KVM paravirtual interface +================================= + +The basic execution principle by which KVM on PowerPC works is to run all kernel +space code in PR=1 which is user space. This way we trap all privileged +instructions and can emulate them accordingly. + +Unfortunately that is also the downfall. There are quite some privileged +instructions that needlessly return us to the hypervisor even though they +could be handled differently. + +This is what the PPC PV interface helps with. It takes privileged instructions +and transforms them into unprivileged ones with some help from the hypervisor. +This cuts down virtualization costs by about 50% on some of my benchmarks. + +The code for that interface can be found in arch/powerpc/kernel/kvm* + +Querying for existence +====================== + +To find out if we're running on KVM or not, we leverage the device tree. When +Linux is running on KVM, a node /hypervisor exists. That node contains a +compatible property with the value "linux,kvm". + +Once you determined you're running under a PV capable KVM, you can now use +hypercalls as described below. + +KVM hypercalls +============== + +Inside the device tree's /hypervisor node there's a property called +'hypercall-instructions'. This property contains at most 4 opcodes that make +up the hypercall. To call a hypercall, just call these instructions. + +The parameters are as follows: + + Register IN OUT + + r0 - volatile + r3 1st parameter Return code + r4 2nd parameter 1st output value + r5 3rd parameter 2nd output value + r6 4th parameter 3rd output value + r7 5th parameter 4th output value + r8 6th parameter 5th output value + r9 7th parameter 6th output value + r10 8th parameter 7th output value + r11 hypercall number 8th output value + r12 - volatile + +Hypercall definitions are shared in generic code, so the same hypercall numbers +apply for x86 and powerpc alike with the exception that each KVM hypercall +also needs to be ORed with the KVM vendor code which is (42 << 16). + +Return codes can be as follows: + + Code Meaning + + 0 Success + 12 Hypercall not implemented + <0 Error + +The magic page +============== + +To enable communication between the hypervisor and guest there is a new shared +page that contains parts of supervisor visible register state. The guest can +map this shared page using the KVM hypercall KVM_HC_PPC_MAP_MAGIC_PAGE. + +With this hypercall issued the guest always gets the magic page mapped at the +desired location. The first parameter indicates the effective address when the +MMU is enabled. The second parameter indicates the address in real mode, if +applicable to the target. For now, we always map the page to -4096. This way we +can access it using absolute load and store functions. The following +instruction reads the first field of the magic page: + + ld rX, -4096(0) + +The interface is designed to be extensible should there be need later to add +additional registers to the magic page. If you add fields to the magic page, +also define a new hypercall feature to indicate that the host can give you more +registers. Only if the host supports the additional features, make use of them. + +The magic page layout is described by struct kvm_vcpu_arch_shared +in arch/powerpc/include/asm/kvm_para.h. + +Magic page features +=================== + +When mapping the magic page using the KVM hypercall KVM_HC_PPC_MAP_MAGIC_PAGE, +a second return value is passed to the guest. This second return value contains +a bitmap of available features inside the magic page. + +The following enhancements to the magic page are currently available: + + KVM_MAGIC_FEAT_SR Maps SR registers r/w in the magic page + KVM_MAGIC_FEAT_MAS0_TO_SPRG7 Maps MASn, ESR, PIR and high SPRGs + +For enhanced features in the magic page, please check for the existence of the +feature before using them! + +Magic page flags +================ + +In addition to features that indicate whether a host is capable of a particular +feature we also have a channel for a guest to tell the guest whether it's capable +of something. This is what we call "flags". + +Flags are passed to the host in the low 12 bits of the Effective Address. + +The following flags are currently available for a guest to expose: + + MAGIC_PAGE_FLAG_NOT_MAPPED_NX Guest handles NX bits correctly wrt magic page + +MSR bits +======== + +The MSR contains bits that require hypervisor intervention and bits that do +not require direct hypervisor intervention because they only get interpreted +when entering the guest or don't have any impact on the hypervisor's behavior. + +The following bits are safe to be set inside the guest: + + MSR_EE + MSR_RI + +If any other bit changes in the MSR, please still use mtmsr(d). + +Patched instructions +==================== + +The "ld" and "std" instructions are transformed to "lwz" and "stw" instructions +respectively on 32 bit systems with an added offset of 4 to accommodate for big +endianness. + +The following is a list of mapping the Linux kernel performs when running as +guest. Implementing any of those mappings is optional, as the instruction traps +also act on the shared page. So calling privileged instructions still works as +before. + +From To +==== == + +mfmsr rX ld rX, magic_page->msr +mfsprg rX, 0 ld rX, magic_page->sprg0 +mfsprg rX, 1 ld rX, magic_page->sprg1 +mfsprg rX, 2 ld rX, magic_page->sprg2 +mfsprg rX, 3 ld rX, magic_page->sprg3 +mfsrr0 rX ld rX, magic_page->srr0 +mfsrr1 rX ld rX, magic_page->srr1 +mfdar rX ld rX, magic_page->dar +mfdsisr rX lwz rX, magic_page->dsisr + +mtmsr rX std rX, magic_page->msr +mtsprg 0, rX std rX, magic_page->sprg0 +mtsprg 1, rX std rX, magic_page->sprg1 +mtsprg 2, rX std rX, magic_page->sprg2 +mtsprg 3, rX std rX, magic_page->sprg3 +mtsrr0 rX std rX, magic_page->srr0 +mtsrr1 rX std rX, magic_page->srr1 +mtdar rX std rX, magic_page->dar +mtdsisr rX stw rX, magic_page->dsisr + +tlbsync nop + +mtmsrd rX, 0 b +mtmsr rX b + +mtmsrd rX, 1 b + +[Book3S only] +mtsrin rX, rY b + +[BookE only] +wrteei [0|1] b + + +Some instructions require more logic to determine what's going on than a load +or store instruction can deliver. To enable patching of those, we keep some +RAM around where we can live translate instructions to. What happens is the +following: + + 1) copy emulation code to memory + 2) patch that code to fit the emulated instruction + 3) patch that code to return to the original pc + 4 + 4) patch the original instruction to branch to the new code + +That way we can inject an arbitrary amount of code as replacement for a single +instruction. This allows us to check for pending interrupts when setting EE=1 +for example. + +Hypercall ABIs in KVM on PowerPC +================================= +1) KVM hypercalls (ePAPR) + +These are ePAPR compliant hypercall implementation (mentioned above). Even +generic hypercalls are implemented here, like the ePAPR idle hcall. These are +available on all targets. + +2) PAPR hypercalls + +PAPR hypercalls are needed to run server PowerPC PAPR guests (-M pseries in QEMU). +These are the same hypercalls that pHyp, the POWER hypervisor implements. Some of +them are handled in the kernel, some are handled in user space. This is only +available on book3s_64. + +3) OSI hypercalls + +Mac-on-Linux is another user of KVM on PowerPC, which has its own hypercall (long +before KVM). This is supported to maintain compatibility. All these hypercalls get +forwarded to user space. This is only useful on book3s_32, but can be used with +book3s_64 as well. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/review-checklist.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/review-checklist.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..499af499e296 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/review-checklist.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +Review checklist for kvm patches +================================ + +1. The patch must follow Documentation/process/coding-style.rst and + Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst. + +2. Patches should be against kvm.git master branch. + +3. If the patch introduces or modifies a new userspace API: + - the API must be documented in Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt + - the API must be discoverable using KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION + +4. New state must include support for save/restore. + +5. New features must default to off (userspace should explicitly request them). + Performance improvements can and should default to on. + +6. New cpu features should be exposed via KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID2 + +7. Emulator changes should be accompanied by unit tests for qemu-kvm.git + kvm/test directory. + +8. Changes should be vendor neutral when possible. Changes to common code + are better than duplicating changes to vendor code. + +9. Similarly, prefer changes to arch independent code than to arch dependent + code. + +10. User/kernel interfaces and guest/host interfaces must be 64-bit clean + (all variables and sizes naturally aligned on 64-bit; use specific types + only - u64 rather than ulong). + +11. New guest visible features must either be documented in a hardware manual + or be accompanied by documentation. + +12. Features must be robust against reset and kexec - for example, shared + host/guest memory must be unshared to prevent the host from writing to + guest memory that the guest has not reserved for this purpose. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/s390-diag.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/s390-diag.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7c52e5f8b210 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/s390-diag.txt @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +The s390 DIAGNOSE call on KVM +============================= + +KVM on s390 supports the DIAGNOSE call for making hypercalls, both for +native hypercalls and for selected hypercalls found on other s390 +hypervisors. + +Note that bits are numbered as by the usual s390 convention (most significant +bit on the left). + + +General remarks +--------------- + +DIAGNOSE calls by the guest cause a mandatory intercept. This implies +all supported DIAGNOSE calls need to be handled by either KVM or its +userspace. + +All DIAGNOSE calls supported by KVM use the RS-a format: + +-------------------------------------- +| '83' | R1 | R3 | B2 | D2 | +-------------------------------------- +0 8 12 16 20 31 + +The second-operand address (obtained by the base/displacement calculation) +is not used to address data. Instead, bits 48-63 of this address specify +the function code, and bits 0-47 are ignored. + +The supported DIAGNOSE function codes vary by the userspace used. For +DIAGNOSE function codes not specific to KVM, please refer to the +documentation for the s390 hypervisors defining them. + + +DIAGNOSE function code 'X'500' - KVM virtio functions +----------------------------------------------------- + +If the function code specifies 0x500, various virtio-related functions +are performed. + +General register 1 contains the virtio subfunction code. Supported +virtio subfunctions depend on KVM's userspace. Generally, userspace +provides either s390-virtio (subcodes 0-2) or virtio-ccw (subcode 3). + +Upon completion of the DIAGNOSE instruction, general register 2 contains +the function's return code, which is either a return code or a subcode +specific value. + +Subcode 0 - s390-virtio notification and early console printk + Handled by userspace. + +Subcode 1 - s390-virtio reset + Handled by userspace. + +Subcode 2 - s390-virtio set status + Handled by userspace. + +Subcode 3 - virtio-ccw notification + Handled by either userspace or KVM (ioeventfd case). + + General register 2 contains a subchannel-identification word denoting + the subchannel of the virtio-ccw proxy device to be notified. + + General register 3 contains the number of the virtqueue to be notified. + + General register 4 contains a 64bit identifier for KVM usage (the + kvm_io_bus cookie). If general register 4 does not contain a valid + identifier, it is ignored. + + After completion of the DIAGNOSE call, general register 2 may contain + a 64bit identifier (in the kvm_io_bus cookie case), or a negative + error value, if an internal error occurred. + + See also the virtio standard for a discussion of this hypercall. + + +DIAGNOSE function code 'X'501 - KVM breakpoint +---------------------------------------------- + +If the function code specifies 0x501, breakpoint functions may be performed. +This function code is handled by userspace. + +This diagnose function code has no subfunctions and uses no parameters. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/timekeeping.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/timekeeping.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..76808a17ad84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/timekeeping.txt @@ -0,0 +1,612 @@ + + Timekeeping Virtualization for X86-Based Architectures + + Zachary Amsden + Copyright (c) 2010, Red Hat. All rights reserved. + +1) Overview +2) Timing Devices +3) TSC Hardware +4) Virtualization Problems + +========================================================================= + +1) Overview + +One of the most complicated parts of the X86 platform, and specifically, +the virtualization of this platform is the plethora of timing devices available +and the complexity of emulating those devices. In addition, virtualization of +time introduces a new set of challenges because it introduces a multiplexed +division of time beyond the control of the guest CPU. + +First, we will describe the various timekeeping hardware available, then +present some of the problems which arise and solutions available, giving +specific recommendations for certain classes of KVM guests. + +The purpose of this document is to collect data and information relevant to +timekeeping which may be difficult to find elsewhere, specifically, +information relevant to KVM and hardware-based virtualization. + +========================================================================= + +2) Timing Devices + +First we discuss the basic hardware devices available. TSC and the related +KVM clock are special enough to warrant a full exposition and are described in +the following section. + +2.1) i8254 - PIT + +One of the first timer devices available is the programmable interrupt timer, +or PIT. The PIT has a fixed frequency 1.193182 MHz base clock and three +channels which can be programmed to deliver periodic or one-shot interrupts. +These three channels can be configured in different modes and have individual +counters. Channel 1 and 2 were not available for general use in the original +IBM PC, and historically were connected to control RAM refresh and the PC +speaker. Now the PIT is typically integrated as part of an emulated chipset +and a separate physical PIT is not used. + +The PIT uses I/O ports 0x40 - 0x43. Access to the 16-bit counters is done +using single or multiple byte access to the I/O ports. There are 6 modes +available, but not all modes are available to all timers, as only timer 2 +has a connected gate input, required for modes 1 and 5. The gate line is +controlled by port 61h, bit 0, as illustrated in the following diagram. + + -------------- ---------------- +| | | | +| 1.1932 MHz |---------->| CLOCK OUT | ---------> IRQ 0 +| Clock | | | | + -------------- | +->| GATE TIMER 0 | + | ---------------- + | + | ---------------- + | | | + |------>| CLOCK OUT | ---------> 66.3 KHZ DRAM + | | | (aka /dev/null) + | +->| GATE TIMER 1 | + | ---------------- + | + | ---------------- + | | | + |------>| CLOCK OUT | ---------> Port 61h, bit 5 + | | | +Port 61h, bit 0 ---------->| GATE TIMER 2 | \_.---- ____ + ---------------- _| )--|LPF|---Speaker + / *---- \___/ +Port 61h, bit 1 -----------------------------------/ + +The timer modes are now described. + +Mode 0: Single Timeout. This is a one-shot software timeout that counts down + when the gate is high (always true for timers 0 and 1). When the count + reaches zero, the output goes high. + +Mode 1: Triggered One-shot. The output is initially set high. When the gate + line is set high, a countdown is initiated (which does not stop if the gate is + lowered), during which the output is set low. When the count reaches zero, + the output goes high. + +Mode 2: Rate Generator. The output is initially set high. When the countdown + reaches 1, the output goes low for one count and then returns high. The value + is reloaded and the countdown automatically resumes. If the gate line goes + low, the count is halted. If the output is low when the gate is lowered, the + output automatically goes high (this only affects timer 2). + +Mode 3: Square Wave. This generates a high / low square wave. The count + determines the length of the pulse, which alternates between high and low + when zero is reached. The count only proceeds when gate is high and is + automatically reloaded on reaching zero. The count is decremented twice at + each clock to generate a full high / low cycle at the full periodic rate. + If the count is even, the clock remains high for N/2 counts and low for N/2 + counts; if the clock is odd, the clock is high for (N+1)/2 counts and low + for (N-1)/2 counts. Only even values are latched by the counter, so odd + values are not observed when reading. This is the intended mode for timer 2, + which generates sine-like tones by low-pass filtering the square wave output. + +Mode 4: Software Strobe. After programming this mode and loading the counter, + the output remains high until the counter reaches zero. Then the output + goes low for 1 clock cycle and returns high. The counter is not reloaded. + Counting only occurs when gate is high. + +Mode 5: Hardware Strobe. After programming and loading the counter, the + output remains high. When the gate is raised, a countdown is initiated + (which does not stop if the gate is lowered). When the counter reaches zero, + the output goes low for 1 clock cycle and then returns high. The counter is + not reloaded. + +In addition to normal binary counting, the PIT supports BCD counting. The +command port, 0x43 is used to set the counter and mode for each of the three +timers. + +PIT commands, issued to port 0x43, using the following bit encoding: + +Bit 7-4: Command (See table below) +Bit 3-1: Mode (000 = Mode 0, 101 = Mode 5, 11X = undefined) +Bit 0 : Binary (0) / BCD (1) + +Command table: + +0000 - Latch Timer 0 count for port 0x40 + sample and hold the count to be read in port 0x40; + additional commands ignored until counter is read; + mode bits ignored. + +0001 - Set Timer 0 LSB mode for port 0x40 + set timer to read LSB only and force MSB to zero; + mode bits set timer mode + +0010 - Set Timer 0 MSB mode for port 0x40 + set timer to read MSB only and force LSB to zero; + mode bits set timer mode + +0011 - Set Timer 0 16-bit mode for port 0x40 + set timer to read / write LSB first, then MSB; + mode bits set timer mode + +0100 - Latch Timer 1 count for port 0x41 - as described above +0101 - Set Timer 1 LSB mode for port 0x41 - as described above +0110 - Set Timer 1 MSB mode for port 0x41 - as described above +0111 - Set Timer 1 16-bit mode for port 0x41 - as described above + +1000 - Latch Timer 2 count for port 0x42 - as described above +1001 - Set Timer 2 LSB mode for port 0x42 - as described above +1010 - Set Timer 2 MSB mode for port 0x42 - as described above +1011 - Set Timer 2 16-bit mode for port 0x42 as described above + +1101 - General counter latch + Latch combination of counters into corresponding ports + Bit 3 = Counter 2 + Bit 2 = Counter 1 + Bit 1 = Counter 0 + Bit 0 = Unused + +1110 - Latch timer status + Latch combination of counter mode into corresponding ports + Bit 3 = Counter 2 + Bit 2 = Counter 1 + Bit 1 = Counter 0 + + The output of ports 0x40-0x42 following this command will be: + + Bit 7 = Output pin + Bit 6 = Count loaded (0 if timer has expired) + Bit 5-4 = Read / Write mode + 01 = MSB only + 10 = LSB only + 11 = LSB / MSB (16-bit) + Bit 3-1 = Mode + Bit 0 = Binary (0) / BCD mode (1) + +2.2) RTC + +The second device which was available in the original PC was the MC146818 real +time clock. The original device is now obsolete, and usually emulated by the +system chipset, sometimes by an HPET and some frankenstein IRQ routing. + +The RTC is accessed through CMOS variables, which uses an index register to +control which bytes are read. Since there is only one index register, read +of the CMOS and read of the RTC require lock protection (in addition, it is +dangerous to allow userspace utilities such as hwclock to have direct RTC +access, as they could corrupt kernel reads and writes of CMOS memory). + +The RTC generates an interrupt which is usually routed to IRQ 8. The interrupt +can function as a periodic timer, an additional once a day alarm, and can issue +interrupts after an update of the CMOS registers by the MC146818 is complete. +The type of interrupt is signalled in the RTC status registers. + +The RTC will update the current time fields by battery power even while the +system is off. The current time fields should not be read while an update is +in progress, as indicated in the status register. + +The clock uses a 32.768kHz crystal, so bits 6-4 of register A should be +programmed to a 32kHz divider if the RTC is to count seconds. + +This is the RAM map originally used for the RTC/CMOS: + +Location Size Description +------------------------------------------ +00h byte Current second (BCD) +01h byte Seconds alarm (BCD) +02h byte Current minute (BCD) +03h byte Minutes alarm (BCD) +04h byte Current hour (BCD) +05h byte Hours alarm (BCD) +06h byte Current day of week (BCD) +07h byte Current day of month (BCD) +08h byte Current month (BCD) +09h byte Current year (BCD) +0Ah byte Register A + bit 7 = Update in progress + bit 6-4 = Divider for clock + 000 = 4.194 MHz + 001 = 1.049 MHz + 010 = 32 kHz + 10X = test modes + 110 = reset / disable + 111 = reset / disable + bit 3-0 = Rate selection for periodic interrupt + 000 = periodic timer disabled + 001 = 3.90625 uS + 010 = 7.8125 uS + 011 = .122070 mS + 100 = .244141 mS + ... + 1101 = 125 mS + 1110 = 250 mS + 1111 = 500 mS +0Bh byte Register B + bit 7 = Run (0) / Halt (1) + bit 6 = Periodic interrupt enable + bit 5 = Alarm interrupt enable + bit 4 = Update-ended interrupt enable + bit 3 = Square wave interrupt enable + bit 2 = BCD calendar (0) / Binary (1) + bit 1 = 12-hour mode (0) / 24-hour mode (1) + bit 0 = 0 (DST off) / 1 (DST enabled) +OCh byte Register C (read only) + bit 7 = interrupt request flag (IRQF) + bit 6 = periodic interrupt flag (PF) + bit 5 = alarm interrupt flag (AF) + bit 4 = update interrupt flag (UF) + bit 3-0 = reserved +ODh byte Register D (read only) + bit 7 = RTC has power + bit 6-0 = reserved +32h byte Current century BCD (*) + (*) location vendor specific and now determined from ACPI global tables + +2.3) APIC + +On Pentium and later processors, an on-board timer is available to each CPU +as part of the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. The APIC is +accessed through memory-mapped registers and provides interrupt service to each +CPU, used for IPIs and local timer interrupts. + +Although in theory the APIC is a safe and stable source for local interrupts, +in practice, many bugs and glitches have occurred due to the special nature of +the APIC CPU-local memory-mapped hardware. Beware that CPU errata may affect +the use of the APIC and that workarounds may be required. In addition, some of +these workarounds pose unique constraints for virtualization - requiring either +extra overhead incurred from extra reads of memory-mapped I/O or additional +functionality that may be more computationally expensive to implement. + +Since the APIC is documented quite well in the Intel and AMD manuals, we will +avoid repetition of the detail here. It should be pointed out that the APIC +timer is programmed through the LVT (local vector timer) register, is capable +of one-shot or periodic operation, and is based on the bus clock divided down +by the programmable divider register. + +2.4) HPET + +HPET is quite complex, and was originally intended to replace the PIT / RTC +support of the X86 PC. It remains to be seen whether that will be the case, as +the de facto standard of PC hardware is to emulate these older devices. Some +systems designated as legacy free may support only the HPET as a hardware timer +device. + +The HPET spec is rather loose and vague, requiring at least 3 hardware timers, +but allowing implementation freedom to support many more. It also imposes no +fixed rate on the timer frequency, but does impose some extremal values on +frequency, error and slew. + +In general, the HPET is recommended as a high precision (compared to PIT /RTC) +time source which is independent of local variation (as there is only one HPET +in any given system). The HPET is also memory-mapped, and its presence is +indicated through ACPI tables by the BIOS. + +Detailed specification of the HPET is beyond the current scope of this +document, as it is also very well documented elsewhere. + +2.5) Offboard Timers + +Several cards, both proprietary (watchdog boards) and commonplace (e1000) have +timing chips built into the cards which may have registers which are accessible +to kernel or user drivers. To the author's knowledge, using these to generate +a clocksource for a Linux or other kernel has not yet been attempted and is in +general frowned upon as not playing by the agreed rules of the game. Such a +timer device would require additional support to be virtualized properly and is +not considered important at this time as no known operating system does this. + +========================================================================= + +3) TSC Hardware + +The TSC or time stamp counter is relatively simple in theory; it counts +instruction cycles issued by the processor, which can be used as a measure of +time. In practice, due to a number of problems, it is the most complicated +timekeeping device to use. + +The TSC is represented internally as a 64-bit MSR which can be read with the +RDMSR, RDTSC, or RDTSCP (when available) instructions. In the past, hardware +limitations made it possible to write the TSC, but generally on old hardware it +was only possible to write the low 32-bits of the 64-bit counter, and the upper +32-bits of the counter were cleared. Now, however, on Intel processors family +0Fh, for models 3, 4 and 6, and family 06h, models e and f, this restriction +has been lifted and all 64-bits are writable. On AMD systems, the ability to +write the TSC MSR is not an architectural guarantee. + +The TSC is accessible from CPL-0 and conditionally, for CPL > 0 software by +means of the CR4.TSD bit, which when enabled, disables CPL > 0 TSC access. + +Some vendors have implemented an additional instruction, RDTSCP, which returns +atomically not just the TSC, but an indicator which corresponds to the +processor number. This can be used to index into an array of TSC variables to +determine offset information in SMP systems where TSCs are not synchronized. +The presence of this instruction must be determined by consulting CPUID feature +bits. + +Both VMX and SVM provide extension fields in the virtualization hardware which +allows the guest visible TSC to be offset by a constant. Newer implementations +promise to allow the TSC to additionally be scaled, but this hardware is not +yet widely available. + +3.1) TSC synchronization + +The TSC is a CPU-local clock in most implementations. This means, on SMP +platforms, the TSCs of different CPUs may start at different times depending +on when the CPUs are powered on. Generally, CPUs on the same die will share +the same clock, however, this is not always the case. + +The BIOS may attempt to resynchronize the TSCs during the poweron process and +the operating system or other system software may attempt to do this as well. +Several hardware limitations make the problem worse - if it is not possible to +write the full 64-bits of the TSC, it may be impossible to match the TSC in +newly arriving CPUs to that of the rest of the system, resulting in +unsynchronized TSCs. This may be done by BIOS or system software, but in +practice, getting a perfectly synchronized TSC will not be possible unless all +values are read from the same clock, which generally only is possible on single +socket systems or those with special hardware support. + +3.2) TSC and CPU hotplug + +As touched on already, CPUs which arrive later than the boot time of the system +may not have a TSC value that is synchronized with the rest of the system. +Either system software, BIOS, or SMM code may actually try to establish the TSC +to a value matching the rest of the system, but a perfect match is usually not +a guarantee. This can have the effect of bringing a system from a state where +TSC is synchronized back to a state where TSC synchronization flaws, however +small, may be exposed to the OS and any virtualization environment. + +3.3) TSC and multi-socket / NUMA + +Multi-socket systems, especially large multi-socket systems are likely to have +individual clocksources rather than a single, universally distributed clock. +Since these clocks are driven by different crystals, they will not have +perfectly matched frequency, and temperature and electrical variations will +cause the CPU clocks, and thus the TSCs to drift over time. Depending on the +exact clock and bus design, the drift may or may not be fixed in absolute +error, and may accumulate over time. + +In addition, very large systems may deliberately slew the clocks of individual +cores. This technique, known as spread-spectrum clocking, reduces EMI at the +clock frequency and harmonics of it, which may be required to pass FCC +standards for telecommunications and computer equipment. + +It is recommended not to trust the TSCs to remain synchronized on NUMA or +multiple socket systems for these reasons. + +3.4) TSC and C-states + +C-states, or idling states of the processor, especially C1E and deeper sleep +states may be problematic for TSC as well. The TSC may stop advancing in such +a state, resulting in a TSC which is behind that of other CPUs when execution +is resumed. Such CPUs must be detected and flagged by the operating system +based on CPU and chipset identifications. + +The TSC in such a case may be corrected by catching it up to a known external +clocksource. + +3.5) TSC frequency change / P-states + +To make things slightly more interesting, some CPUs may change frequency. They +may or may not run the TSC at the same rate, and because the frequency change +may be staggered or slewed, at some points in time, the TSC rate may not be +known other than falling within a range of values. In this case, the TSC will +not be a stable time source, and must be calibrated against a known, stable, +external clock to be a usable source of time. + +Whether the TSC runs at a constant rate or scales with the P-state is model +dependent and must be determined by inspecting CPUID, chipset or vendor +specific MSR fields. + +In addition, some vendors have known bugs where the P-state is actually +compensated for properly during normal operation, but when the processor is +inactive, the P-state may be raised temporarily to service cache misses from +other processors. In such cases, the TSC on halted CPUs could advance faster +than that of non-halted processors. AMD Turion processors are known to have +this problem. + +3.6) TSC and STPCLK / T-states + +External signals given to the processor may also have the effect of stopping +the TSC. This is typically done for thermal emergency power control to prevent +an overheating condition, and typically, there is no way to detect that this +condition has happened. + +3.7) TSC virtualization - VMX + +VMX provides conditional trapping of RDTSC, RDMSR, WRMSR and RDTSCP +instructions, which is enough for full virtualization of TSC in any manner. In +addition, VMX allows passing through the host TSC plus an additional TSC_OFFSET +field specified in the VMCS. Special instructions must be used to read and +write the VMCS field. + +3.8) TSC virtualization - SVM + +SVM provides conditional trapping of RDTSC, RDMSR, WRMSR and RDTSCP +instructions, which is enough for full virtualization of TSC in any manner. In +addition, SVM allows passing through the host TSC plus an additional offset +field specified in the SVM control block. + +3.9) TSC feature bits in Linux + +In summary, there is no way to guarantee the TSC remains in perfect +synchronization unless it is explicitly guaranteed by the architecture. Even +if so, the TSCs in multi-sockets or NUMA systems may still run independently +despite being locally consistent. + +The following feature bits are used by Linux to signal various TSC attributes, +but they can only be taken to be meaningful for UP or single node systems. + +X86_FEATURE_TSC : The TSC is available in hardware +X86_FEATURE_RDTSCP : The RDTSCP instruction is available +X86_FEATURE_CONSTANT_TSC : The TSC rate is unchanged with P-states +X86_FEATURE_NONSTOP_TSC : The TSC does not stop in C-states +X86_FEATURE_TSC_RELIABLE : TSC sync checks are skipped (VMware) + +4) Virtualization Problems + +Timekeeping is especially problematic for virtualization because a number of +challenges arise. The most obvious problem is that time is now shared between +the host and, potentially, a number of virtual machines. Thus the virtual +operating system does not run with 100% usage of the CPU, despite the fact that +it may very well make that assumption. It may expect it to remain true to very +exacting bounds when interrupt sources are disabled, but in reality only its +virtual interrupt sources are disabled, and the machine may still be preempted +at any time. This causes problems as the passage of real time, the injection +of machine interrupts and the associated clock sources are no longer completely +synchronized with real time. + +This same problem can occur on native hardware to a degree, as SMM mode may +steal cycles from the naturally on X86 systems when SMM mode is used by the +BIOS, but not in such an extreme fashion. However, the fact that SMM mode may +cause similar problems to virtualization makes it a good justification for +solving many of these problems on bare metal. + +4.1) Interrupt clocking + +One of the most immediate problems that occurs with legacy operating systems +is that the system timekeeping routines are often designed to keep track of +time by counting periodic interrupts. These interrupts may come from the PIT +or the RTC, but the problem is the same: the host virtualization engine may not +be able to deliver the proper number of interrupts per second, and so guest +time may fall behind. This is especially problematic if a high interrupt rate +is selected, such as 1000 HZ, which is unfortunately the default for many Linux +guests. + +There are three approaches to solving this problem; first, it may be possible +to simply ignore it. Guests which have a separate time source for tracking +'wall clock' or 'real time' may not need any adjustment of their interrupts to +maintain proper time. If this is not sufficient, it may be necessary to inject +additional interrupts into the guest in order to increase the effective +interrupt rate. This approach leads to complications in extreme conditions, +where host load or guest lag is too much to compensate for, and thus another +solution to the problem has risen: the guest may need to become aware of lost +ticks and compensate for them internally. Although promising in theory, the +implementation of this policy in Linux has been extremely error prone, and a +number of buggy variants of lost tick compensation are distributed across +commonly used Linux systems. + +Windows uses periodic RTC clocking as a means of keeping time internally, and +thus requires interrupt slewing to keep proper time. It does use a low enough +rate (ed: is it 18.2 Hz?) however that it has not yet been a problem in +practice. + +4.2) TSC sampling and serialization + +As the highest precision time source available, the cycle counter of the CPU +has aroused much interest from developers. As explained above, this timer has +many problems unique to its nature as a local, potentially unstable and +potentially unsynchronized source. One issue which is not unique to the TSC, +but is highlighted because of its very precise nature is sampling delay. By +definition, the counter, once read is already old. However, it is also +possible for the counter to be read ahead of the actual use of the result. +This is a consequence of the superscalar execution of the instruction stream, +which may execute instructions out of order. Such execution is called +non-serialized. Forcing serialized execution is necessary for precise +measurement with the TSC, and requires a serializing instruction, such as CPUID +or an MSR read. + +Since CPUID may actually be virtualized by a trap and emulate mechanism, this +serialization can pose a performance issue for hardware virtualization. An +accurate time stamp counter reading may therefore not always be available, and +it may be necessary for an implementation to guard against "backwards" reads of +the TSC as seen from other CPUs, even in an otherwise perfectly synchronized +system. + +4.3) Timespec aliasing + +Additionally, this lack of serialization from the TSC poses another challenge +when using results of the TSC when measured against another time source. As +the TSC is much higher precision, many possible values of the TSC may be read +while another clock is still expressing the same value. + +That is, you may read (T,T+10) while external clock C maintains the same value. +Due to non-serialized reads, you may actually end up with a range which +fluctuates - from (T-1.. T+10). Thus, any time calculated from a TSC, but +calibrated against an external value may have a range of valid values. +Re-calibrating this computation may actually cause time, as computed after the +calibration, to go backwards, compared with time computed before the +calibration. + +This problem is particularly pronounced with an internal time source in Linux, +the kernel time, which is expressed in the theoretically high resolution +timespec - but which advances in much larger granularity intervals, sometimes +at the rate of jiffies, and possibly in catchup modes, at a much larger step. + +This aliasing requires care in the computation and recalibration of kvmclock +and any other values derived from TSC computation (such as TSC virtualization +itself). + +4.4) Migration + +Migration of a virtual machine raises problems for timekeeping in two ways. +First, the migration itself may take time, during which interrupts cannot be +delivered, and after which, the guest time may need to be caught up. NTP may +be able to help to some degree here, as the clock correction required is +typically small enough to fall in the NTP-correctable window. + +An additional concern is that timers based off the TSC (or HPET, if the raw bus +clock is exposed) may now be running at different rates, requiring compensation +in some way in the hypervisor by virtualizing these timers. In addition, +migrating to a faster machine may preclude the use of a passthrough TSC, as a +faster clock cannot be made visible to a guest without the potential of time +advancing faster than usual. A slower clock is less of a problem, as it can +always be caught up to the original rate. KVM clock avoids these problems by +simply storing multipliers and offsets against the TSC for the guest to convert +back into nanosecond resolution values. + +4.5) Scheduling + +Since scheduling may be based on precise timing and firing of interrupts, the +scheduling algorithms of an operating system may be adversely affected by +virtualization. In theory, the effect is random and should be universally +distributed, but in contrived as well as real scenarios (guest device access, +causes of virtualization exits, possible context switch), this may not always +be the case. The effect of this has not been well studied. + +In an attempt to work around this, several implementations have provided a +paravirtualized scheduler clock, which reveals the true amount of CPU time for +which a virtual machine has been running. + +4.6) Watchdogs + +Watchdog timers, such as the lock detector in Linux may fire accidentally when +running under hardware virtualization due to timer interrupts being delayed or +misinterpretation of the passage of real time. Usually, these warnings are +spurious and can be ignored, but in some circumstances it may be necessary to +disable such detection. + +4.7) Delays and precision timing + +Precise timing and delays may not be possible in a virtualized system. This +can happen if the system is controlling physical hardware, or issues delays to +compensate for slower I/O to and from devices. The first issue is not solvable +in general for a virtualized system; hardware control software can't be +adequately virtualized without a full real-time operating system, which would +require an RT aware virtualization platform. + +The second issue may cause performance problems, but this is unlikely to be a +significant issue. In many cases these delays may be eliminated through +configuration or paravirtualization. + +4.8) Covert channels and leaks + +In addition to the above problems, time information will inevitably leak to the +guest about the host in anything but a perfect implementation of virtualized +time. This may allow the guest to infer the presence of a hypervisor (as in a +red-pill type detection), and it may allow information to leak between guests +by using CPU utilization itself as a signalling channel. Preventing such +problems would require completely isolated virtual time which may not track +real time any longer. This may be useful in certain security or QA contexts, +but in general isn't recommended for real-world deployment scenarios. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/vcpu-requests.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/vcpu-requests.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5feb3706a7ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/vcpu-requests.rst @@ -0,0 +1,307 @@ +================= +KVM VCPU Requests +================= + +Overview +======== + +KVM supports an internal API enabling threads to request a VCPU thread to +perform some activity. For example, a thread may request a VCPU to flush +its TLB with a VCPU request. The API consists of the following functions:: + + /* Check if any requests are pending for VCPU @vcpu. */ + bool kvm_request_pending(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu); + + /* Check if VCPU @vcpu has request @req pending. */ + bool kvm_test_request(int req, struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu); + + /* Clear request @req for VCPU @vcpu. */ + void kvm_clear_request(int req, struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu); + + /* + * Check if VCPU @vcpu has request @req pending. When the request is + * pending it will be cleared and a memory barrier, which pairs with + * another in kvm_make_request(), will be issued. + */ + bool kvm_check_request(int req, struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu); + + /* + * Make request @req of VCPU @vcpu. Issues a memory barrier, which pairs + * with another in kvm_check_request(), prior to setting the request. + */ + void kvm_make_request(int req, struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu); + + /* Make request @req of all VCPUs of the VM with struct kvm @kvm. */ + bool kvm_make_all_cpus_request(struct kvm *kvm, unsigned int req); + +Typically a requester wants the VCPU to perform the activity as soon +as possible after making the request. This means most requests +(kvm_make_request() calls) are followed by a call to kvm_vcpu_kick(), +and kvm_make_all_cpus_request() has the kicking of all VCPUs built +into it. + +VCPU Kicks +---------- + +The goal of a VCPU kick is to bring a VCPU thread out of guest mode in +order to perform some KVM maintenance. To do so, an IPI is sent, forcing +a guest mode exit. However, a VCPU thread may not be in guest mode at the +time of the kick. Therefore, depending on the mode and state of the VCPU +thread, there are two other actions a kick may take. All three actions +are listed below: + +1) Send an IPI. This forces a guest mode exit. +2) Waking a sleeping VCPU. Sleeping VCPUs are VCPU threads outside guest + mode that wait on waitqueues. Waking them removes the threads from + the waitqueues, allowing the threads to run again. This behavior + may be suppressed, see KVM_REQUEST_NO_WAKEUP below. +3) Nothing. When the VCPU is not in guest mode and the VCPU thread is not + sleeping, then there is nothing to do. + +VCPU Mode +--------- + +VCPUs have a mode state, ``vcpu->mode``, that is used to track whether the +guest is running in guest mode or not, as well as some specific +outside guest mode states. The architecture may use ``vcpu->mode`` to +ensure VCPU requests are seen by VCPUs (see "Ensuring Requests Are Seen"), +as well as to avoid sending unnecessary IPIs (see "IPI Reduction"), and +even to ensure IPI acknowledgements are waited upon (see "Waiting for +Acknowledgements"). The following modes are defined: + +OUTSIDE_GUEST_MODE + + The VCPU thread is outside guest mode. + +IN_GUEST_MODE + + The VCPU thread is in guest mode. + +EXITING_GUEST_MODE + + The VCPU thread is transitioning from IN_GUEST_MODE to + OUTSIDE_GUEST_MODE. + +READING_SHADOW_PAGE_TABLES + + The VCPU thread is outside guest mode, but it wants the sender of + certain VCPU requests, namely KVM_REQ_TLB_FLUSH, to wait until the VCPU + thread is done reading the page tables. + +VCPU Request Internals +====================== + +VCPU requests are simply bit indices of the ``vcpu->requests`` bitmap. +This means general bitops, like those documented in [atomic-ops]_ could +also be used, e.g. :: + + clear_bit(KVM_REQ_UNHALT & KVM_REQUEST_MASK, &vcpu->requests); + +However, VCPU request users should refrain from doing so, as it would +break the abstraction. The first 8 bits are reserved for architecture +independent requests, all additional bits are available for architecture +dependent requests. + +Architecture Independent Requests +--------------------------------- + +KVM_REQ_TLB_FLUSH + + KVM's common MMU notifier may need to flush all of a guest's TLB + entries, calling kvm_flush_remote_tlbs() to do so. Architectures that + choose to use the common kvm_flush_remote_tlbs() implementation will + need to handle this VCPU request. + +KVM_REQ_MMU_RELOAD + + When shadow page tables are used and memory slots are removed it's + necessary to inform each VCPU to completely refresh the tables. This + request is used for that. + +KVM_REQ_PENDING_TIMER + + This request may be made from a timer handler run on the host on behalf + of a VCPU. It informs the VCPU thread to inject a timer interrupt. + +KVM_REQ_UNHALT + + This request may be made from the KVM common function kvm_vcpu_block(), + which is used to emulate an instruction that causes a CPU to halt until + one of an architectural specific set of events and/or interrupts is + received (determined by checking kvm_arch_vcpu_runnable()). When that + event or interrupt arrives kvm_vcpu_block() makes the request. This is + in contrast to when kvm_vcpu_block() returns due to any other reason, + such as a pending signal, which does not indicate the VCPU's halt + emulation should stop, and therefore does not make the request. + +KVM_REQUEST_MASK +---------------- + +VCPU requests should be masked by KVM_REQUEST_MASK before using them with +bitops. This is because only the lower 8 bits are used to represent the +request's number. The upper bits are used as flags. Currently only two +flags are defined. + +VCPU Request Flags +------------------ + +KVM_REQUEST_NO_WAKEUP + + This flag is applied to requests that only need immediate attention + from VCPUs running in guest mode. That is, sleeping VCPUs do not need + to be awaken for these requests. Sleeping VCPUs will handle the + requests when they are awaken later for some other reason. + +KVM_REQUEST_WAIT + + When requests with this flag are made with kvm_make_all_cpus_request(), + then the caller will wait for each VCPU to acknowledge its IPI before + proceeding. This flag only applies to VCPUs that would receive IPIs. + If, for example, the VCPU is sleeping, so no IPI is necessary, then + the requesting thread does not wait. This means that this flag may be + safely combined with KVM_REQUEST_NO_WAKEUP. See "Waiting for + Acknowledgements" for more information about requests with + KVM_REQUEST_WAIT. + +VCPU Requests with Associated State +=================================== + +Requesters that want the receiving VCPU to handle new state need to ensure +the newly written state is observable to the receiving VCPU thread's CPU +by the time it observes the request. This means a write memory barrier +must be inserted after writing the new state and before setting the VCPU +request bit. Additionally, on the receiving VCPU thread's side, a +corresponding read barrier must be inserted after reading the request bit +and before proceeding to read the new state associated with it. See +scenario 3, Message and Flag, of [lwn-mb]_ and the kernel documentation +[memory-barriers]_. + +The pair of functions, kvm_check_request() and kvm_make_request(), provide +the memory barriers, allowing this requirement to be handled internally by +the API. + +Ensuring Requests Are Seen +========================== + +When making requests to VCPUs, we want to avoid the receiving VCPU +executing in guest mode for an arbitrary long time without handling the +request. We can be sure this won't happen as long as we ensure the VCPU +thread checks kvm_request_pending() before entering guest mode and that a +kick will send an IPI to force an exit from guest mode when necessary. +Extra care must be taken to cover the period after the VCPU thread's last +kvm_request_pending() check and before it has entered guest mode, as kick +IPIs will only trigger guest mode exits for VCPU threads that are in guest +mode or at least have already disabled interrupts in order to prepare to +enter guest mode. This means that an optimized implementation (see "IPI +Reduction") must be certain when it's safe to not send the IPI. One +solution, which all architectures except s390 apply, is to: + +- set ``vcpu->mode`` to IN_GUEST_MODE between disabling the interrupts and + the last kvm_request_pending() check; +- enable interrupts atomically when entering the guest. + +This solution also requires memory barriers to be placed carefully in both +the requesting thread and the receiving VCPU. With the memory barriers we +can exclude the possibility of a VCPU thread observing +!kvm_request_pending() on its last check and then not receiving an IPI for +the next request made of it, even if the request is made immediately after +the check. This is done by way of the Dekker memory barrier pattern +(scenario 10 of [lwn-mb]_). As the Dekker pattern requires two variables, +this solution pairs ``vcpu->mode`` with ``vcpu->requests``. Substituting +them into the pattern gives:: + + CPU1 CPU2 + ================= ================= + local_irq_disable(); + WRITE_ONCE(vcpu->mode, IN_GUEST_MODE); kvm_make_request(REQ, vcpu); + smp_mb(); smp_mb(); + if (kvm_request_pending(vcpu)) { if (READ_ONCE(vcpu->mode) == + IN_GUEST_MODE) { + ...abort guest entry... ...send IPI... + } } + +As stated above, the IPI is only useful for VCPU threads in guest mode or +that have already disabled interrupts. This is why this specific case of +the Dekker pattern has been extended to disable interrupts before setting +``vcpu->mode`` to IN_GUEST_MODE. WRITE_ONCE() and READ_ONCE() are used to +pedantically implement the memory barrier pattern, guaranteeing the +compiler doesn't interfere with ``vcpu->mode``'s carefully planned +accesses. + +IPI Reduction +------------- + +As only one IPI is needed to get a VCPU to check for any/all requests, +then they may be coalesced. This is easily done by having the first IPI +sending kick also change the VCPU mode to something !IN_GUEST_MODE. The +transitional state, EXITING_GUEST_MODE, is used for this purpose. + +Waiting for Acknowledgements +---------------------------- + +Some requests, those with the KVM_REQUEST_WAIT flag set, require IPIs to +be sent, and the acknowledgements to be waited upon, even when the target +VCPU threads are in modes other than IN_GUEST_MODE. For example, one case +is when a target VCPU thread is in READING_SHADOW_PAGE_TABLES mode, which +is set after disabling interrupts. To support these cases, the +KVM_REQUEST_WAIT flag changes the condition for sending an IPI from +checking that the VCPU is IN_GUEST_MODE to checking that it is not +OUTSIDE_GUEST_MODE. + +Request-less VCPU Kicks +----------------------- + +As the determination of whether or not to send an IPI depends on the +two-variable Dekker memory barrier pattern, then it's clear that +request-less VCPU kicks are almost never correct. Without the assurance +that a non-IPI generating kick will still result in an action by the +receiving VCPU, as the final kvm_request_pending() check does for +request-accompanying kicks, then the kick may not do anything useful at +all. If, for instance, a request-less kick was made to a VCPU that was +just about to set its mode to IN_GUEST_MODE, meaning no IPI is sent, then +the VCPU thread may continue its entry without actually having done +whatever it was the kick was meant to initiate. + +One exception is x86's posted interrupt mechanism. In this case, however, +even the request-less VCPU kick is coupled with the same +local_irq_disable() + smp_mb() pattern described above; the ON bit +(Outstanding Notification) in the posted interrupt descriptor takes the +role of ``vcpu->requests``. When sending a posted interrupt, PIR.ON is +set before reading ``vcpu->mode``; dually, in the VCPU thread, +vmx_sync_pir_to_irr() reads PIR after setting ``vcpu->mode`` to +IN_GUEST_MODE. + +Additional Considerations +========================= + +Sleeping VCPUs +-------------- + +VCPU threads may need to consider requests before and/or after calling +functions that may put them to sleep, e.g. kvm_vcpu_block(). Whether they +do or not, and, if they do, which requests need consideration, is +architecture dependent. kvm_vcpu_block() calls kvm_arch_vcpu_runnable() +to check if it should awaken. One reason to do so is to provide +architectures a function where requests may be checked if necessary. + +Clearing Requests +----------------- + +Generally it only makes sense for the receiving VCPU thread to clear a +request. However, in some circumstances, such as when the requesting +thread and the receiving VCPU thread are executed serially, such as when +they are the same thread, or when they are using some form of concurrency +control to temporarily execute synchronously, then it's possible to know +that the request may be cleared immediately, rather than waiting for the +receiving VCPU thread to handle the request in VCPU RUN. The only current +examples of this are kvm_vcpu_block() calls made by VCPUs to block +themselves. A possible side-effect of that call is to make the +KVM_REQ_UNHALT request, which may then be cleared immediately when the +VCPU returns from the call. + +References +========== + +.. [atomic-ops] Documentation/core-api/atomic_ops.rst +.. [memory-barriers] Documentation/memory-barriers.txt +.. [lwn-mb] https://lwn.net/Articles/573436/ diff --git a/Documentation/virt/paravirt_ops.rst b/Documentation/virt/paravirt_ops.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6b789d27cead --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/paravirt_ops.rst @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +============ +Paravirt_ops +============ + +Linux provides support for different hypervisor virtualization technologies. +Historically different binary kernels would be required in order to support +different hypervisors, this restriction was removed with pv_ops. +Linux pv_ops is a virtualization API which enables support for different +hypervisors. It allows each hypervisor to override critical operations and +allows a single kernel binary to run on all supported execution environments +including native machine -- without any hypervisors. + +pv_ops provides a set of function pointers which represent operations +corresponding to low level critical instructions and high level +functionalities in various areas. pv-ops allows for optimizations at run +time by enabling binary patching of the low-ops critical operations +at boot time. + +pv_ops operations are classified into three categories: + +- simple indirect call + These operations correspond to high level functionality where it is + known that the overhead of indirect call isn't very important. + +- indirect call which allows optimization with binary patch + Usually these operations correspond to low level critical instructions. They + are called frequently and are performance critical. The overhead is + very important. + +- a set of macros for hand written assembly code + Hand written assembly codes (.S files) also need paravirtualization + because they include sensitive instructions or some of code paths in + them are very performance critical. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/virt/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..87b80f589e1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4589 @@ + User Mode Linux HOWTO + User Mode Linux Core Team + Mon Nov 18 14:16:16 EST 2002 + + This document describes the use and abuse of Jeff Dike's User Mode + Linux: a port of the Linux kernel as a normal Intel Linux process. + ______________________________________________________________________ + + Table of Contents + + 1. Introduction + + 1.1 How is User Mode Linux Different? + 1.2 Why Would I Want User Mode Linux? + + 2. Compiling the kernel and modules + + 2.1 Compiling the kernel + 2.2 Compiling and installing kernel modules + 2.3 Compiling and installing uml_utilities + + 3. Running UML and logging in + + 3.1 Running UML + 3.2 Logging in + 3.3 Examples + + 4. UML on 2G/2G hosts + + 4.1 Introduction + 4.2 The problem + 4.3 The solution + + 5. Setting up serial lines and consoles + + 5.1 Specifying the device + 5.2 Specifying the channel + 5.3 Examples + + 6. Setting up the network + + 6.1 General setup + 6.2 Userspace daemons + 6.3 Specifying ethernet addresses + 6.4 UML interface setup + 6.5 Multicast + 6.6 TUN/TAP with the uml_net helper + 6.7 TUN/TAP with a preconfigured tap device + 6.8 Ethertap + 6.9 The switch daemon + 6.10 Slip + 6.11 Slirp + 6.12 pcap + 6.13 Setting up the host yourself + + 7. Sharing Filesystems between Virtual Machines + + 7.1 A warning + 7.2 Using layered block devices + 7.3 Note! + 7.4 Another warning + 7.5 uml_moo : Merging a COW file with its backing file + + 8. Creating filesystems + + 8.1 Create the filesystem file + 8.2 Assign the file to a UML device + 8.3 Creating and mounting the filesystem + + 9. Host file access + + 9.1 Using hostfs + 9.2 hostfs as the root filesystem + 9.3 Building hostfs + + 10. The Management Console + 10.1 version + 10.2 halt and reboot + 10.3 config + 10.4 remove + 10.5 sysrq + 10.6 help + 10.7 cad + 10.8 stop + 10.9 go + + 11. Kernel debugging + + 11.1 Starting the kernel under gdb + 11.2 Examining sleeping processes + 11.3 Running ddd on UML + 11.4 Debugging modules + 11.5 Attaching gdb to the kernel + 11.6 Using alternate debuggers + + 12. Kernel debugging examples + + 12.1 The case of the hung fsck + 12.2 Episode 2: The case of the hung fsck + + 13. What to do when UML doesn't work + + 13.1 Strange compilation errors when you build from source + 13.2 (obsolete) + 13.3 A variety of panics and hangs with /tmp on a reiserfs filesystem + 13.4 The compile fails with errors about conflicting types for 'open', 'dup', and 'waitpid' + 13.5 UML doesn't work when /tmp is an NFS filesystem + 13.6 UML hangs on boot when compiled with gprof support + 13.7 syslogd dies with a SIGTERM on startup + 13.8 TUN/TAP networking doesn't work on a 2.4 host + 13.9 You can network to the host but not to other machines on the net + 13.10 I have no root and I want to scream + 13.11 UML build conflict between ptrace.h and ucontext.h + 13.12 The UML BogoMips is exactly half the host's BogoMips + 13.13 When you run UML, it immediately segfaults + 13.14 xterms appear, then immediately disappear + 13.15 Any other panic, hang, or strange behavior + + 14. Diagnosing Problems + + 14.1 Case 1 : Normal kernel panics + 14.2 Case 2 : Tracing thread panics + 14.3 Case 3 : Tracing thread panics caused by other threads + 14.4 Case 4 : Hangs + + 15. Thanks + + 15.1 Code and Documentation + 15.2 Flushing out bugs + 15.3 Buglets and clean-ups + 15.4 Case Studies + 15.5 Other contributions + + + ______________________________________________________________________ + + 1. Introduction + + Welcome to User Mode Linux. It's going to be fun. + + + + 1.1. How is User Mode Linux Different? + + Normally, the Linux Kernel talks straight to your hardware (video + card, keyboard, hard drives, etc), and any programs which run ask the + kernel to operate the hardware, like so: + + + + +-----------+-----------+----+ + | Process 1 | Process 2 | ...| + +-----------+-----------+----+ + | Linux Kernel | + +----------------------------+ + | Hardware | + +----------------------------+ + + + + + The User Mode Linux Kernel is different; instead of talking to the + hardware, it talks to a `real' Linux kernel (called the `host kernel' + from now on), like any other program. Programs can then run inside + User-Mode Linux as if they were running under a normal kernel, like + so: + + + + +----------------+ + | Process 2 | ...| + +-----------+----------------+ + | Process 1 | User-Mode Linux| + +----------------------------+ + | Linux Kernel | + +----------------------------+ + | Hardware | + +----------------------------+ + + + + + + 1.2. Why Would I Want User Mode Linux? + + + 1. If User Mode Linux crashes, your host kernel is still fine. + + 2. You can run a usermode kernel as a non-root user. + + 3. You can debug the User Mode Linux like any normal process. + + 4. You can run gprof (profiling) and gcov (coverage testing). + + 5. You can play with your kernel without breaking things. + + 6. You can use it as a sandbox for testing new apps. + + 7. You can try new development kernels safely. + + 8. You can run different distributions simultaneously. + + 9. It's extremely fun. + + + + + + 2. Compiling the kernel and modules + + + + + 2.1. Compiling the kernel + + + Compiling the user mode kernel is just like compiling any other + kernel. Let's go through the steps, using 2.4.0-prerelease (current + as of this writing) as an example: + + + 1. Download the latest UML patch from + + the download page + . + + + 3. Make a directory and unpack the kernel into it. + + + + host% + mkdir ~/uml + + + + + + + host% + cd ~/uml + + + + + + + host% + tar -xzvf linux-2.4.0-prerelease.tar.bz2 + + + + + + + 4. Apply the patch using + + + + host% + cd ~/uml/linux + + + + host% + bzcat uml-patch-2.4.0-prerelease.bz2 | patch -p1 + + + + + + + 5. Run your favorite config; `make xconfig ARCH=um' is the most + convenient. `make config ARCH=um' and 'make menuconfig ARCH=um' + will work as well. The defaults will give you a useful kernel. If + you want to change something, go ahead, it probably won't hurt + anything. + + + Note: If the host is configured with a 2G/2G address space split + rather than the usual 3G/1G split, then the packaged UML binaries + will not run. They will immediately segfault. See ``UML on 2G/2G + hosts'' for the scoop on running UML on your system. + + + + 6. Finish with `make linux ARCH=um': the result is a file called + `linux' in the top directory of your source tree. + + Make sure that you don't build this kernel in /usr/src/linux. On some + distributions, /usr/include/asm is a link into this pool. The user- + mode build changes the other end of that link, and things that include + stop compiling. + + The sources are also available from cvs at the project's cvs page, + which has directions on getting the sources. You can also browse the + CVS pool from there. + + If you get the CVS sources, you will have to check them out into an + empty directory. You will then have to copy each file into the + corresponding directory in the appropriate kernel pool. + + If you don't have the latest kernel pool, you can get the + corresponding user-mode sources with + + + host% cvs co -r v_2_3_x linux + + + + + where 'x' is the version in your pool. Note that you will not get the + bug fixes and enhancements that have gone into subsequent releases. + + + 2.2. Compiling and installing kernel modules + + UML modules are built in the same way as the native kernel (with the + exception of the 'ARCH=um' that you always need for UML): + + + host% make modules ARCH=um + + + + + Any modules that you want to load into this kernel need to be built in + the user-mode pool. Modules from the native kernel won't work. + + You can install them by using ftp or something to copy them into the + virtual machine and dropping them into /lib/modules/`uname -r`. + + You can also get the kernel build process to install them as follows: + + 1. with the kernel not booted, mount the root filesystem in the top + level of the kernel pool: + + + host% mount root_fs mnt -o loop + + + + + + + 2. run + + + host% + make modules_install INSTALL_MOD_PATH=`pwd`/mnt ARCH=um + + + + + + + 3. unmount the filesystem + + + host% umount mnt + + + + + + + 4. boot the kernel on it + + + When the system is booted, you can use insmod as usual to get the + modules into the kernel. A number of things have been loaded into UML + as modules, especially filesystems and network protocols and filters, + so most symbols which need to be exported probably already are. + However, if you do find symbols that need exporting, let us + know, and + they'll be "taken care of". + + + + 2.3. Compiling and installing uml_utilities + + Many features of the UML kernel require a user-space helper program, + so a uml_utilities package is distributed separately from the kernel + patch which provides these helpers. Included within this is: + + o port-helper - Used by consoles which connect to xterms or ports + + o tunctl - Configuration tool to create and delete tap devices + + o uml_net - Setuid binary for automatic tap device configuration + + o uml_switch - User-space virtual switch required for daemon + transport + + The uml_utilities tree is compiled with: + + + host# + make && make install + + + + + Note that UML kernel patches may require a specific version of the + uml_utilities distribution. If you don't keep up with the mailing + lists, ensure that you have the latest release of uml_utilities if you + are experiencing problems with your UML kernel, particularly when + dealing with consoles or command-line switches to the helper programs + + + + + + + + + 3. Running UML and logging in + + + + 3.1. Running UML + + It runs on 2.2.15 or later, and all 2.4 kernels. + + + Booting UML is straightforward. Simply run 'linux': it will try to + mount the file `root_fs' in the current directory. You do not need to + run it as root. If your root filesystem is not named `root_fs', then + you need to put a `ubd0=root_fs_whatever' switch on the linux command + line. + + + You will need a filesystem to boot UML from. There are a number + available for download from here . There are also several tools + which can be + used to generate UML-compatible filesystem images from media. + The kernel will boot up and present you with a login prompt. + + + Note: If the host is configured with a 2G/2G address space split + rather than the usual 3G/1G split, then the packaged UML binaries will + not run. They will immediately segfault. See ``UML on 2G/2G hosts'' + for the scoop on running UML on your system. + + + + 3.2. Logging in + + + + The prepackaged filesystems have a root account with password 'root' + and a user account with password 'user'. The login banner will + generally tell you how to log in. So, you log in and you will find + yourself inside a little virtual machine. Our filesystems have a + variety of commands and utilities installed (and it is fairly easy to + add more), so you will have a lot of tools with which to poke around + the system. + + There are a couple of other ways to log in: + + o On a virtual console + + + + Each virtual console that is configured (i.e. the device exists in + /dev and /etc/inittab runs a getty on it) will come up in its own + xterm. If you get tired of the xterms, read ``Setting up serial + lines and consoles'' to see how to attach the consoles to + something else, like host ptys. + + + + o Over the serial line + + + In the boot output, find a line that looks like: + + + + serial line 0 assigned pty /dev/ptyp1 + + + + + Attach your favorite terminal program to the corresponding tty. I.e. + for minicom, the command would be + + + host% minicom -o -p /dev/ttyp1 + + + + + + + o Over the net + + + If the network is running, then you can telnet to the virtual + machine and log in to it. See ``Setting up the network'' to learn + about setting up a virtual network. + + When you're done using it, run halt, and the kernel will bring itself + down and the process will exit. + + + 3.3. Examples + + Here are some examples of UML in action: + + o A login session + + o A virtual network + + + + + + + + 4. UML on 2G/2G hosts + + + + + 4.1. Introduction + + + Most Linux machines are configured so that the kernel occupies the + upper 1G (0xc0000000 - 0xffffffff) of the 4G address space and + processes use the lower 3G (0x00000000 - 0xbfffffff). However, some + machine are configured with a 2G/2G split, with the kernel occupying + the upper 2G (0x80000000 - 0xffffffff) and processes using the lower + 2G (0x00000000 - 0x7fffffff). + + + + + 4.2. The problem + + + The prebuilt UML binaries on this site will not run on 2G/2G hosts + because UML occupies the upper .5G of the 3G process address space + (0xa0000000 - 0xbfffffff). Obviously, on 2G/2G hosts, this is right + in the middle of the kernel address space, so UML won't even load - it + will immediately segfault. + + + + + 4.3. The solution + + + The fix for this is to rebuild UML from source after enabling + CONFIG_HOST_2G_2G (under 'General Setup'). This will cause UML to + load itself in the top .5G of that smaller process address space, + where it will run fine. See ``Compiling the kernel and modules'' if + you need help building UML from source. + + + + + + + + + + + 5. Setting up serial lines and consoles + + + It is possible to attach UML serial lines and consoles to many types + of host I/O channels by specifying them on the command line. + + + You can attach them to host ptys, ttys, file descriptors, and ports. + This allows you to do things like + + o have a UML console appear on an unused host console, + + o hook two virtual machines together by having one attach to a pty + and having the other attach to the corresponding tty + + o make a virtual machine accessible from the net by attaching a + console to a port on the host. + + + The general format of the command line option is device=channel. + + + + 5.1. Specifying the device + + Devices are specified with "con" or "ssl" (console or serial line, + respectively), optionally with a device number if you are talking + about a specific device. + + + Using just "con" or "ssl" describes all of the consoles or serial + lines. If you want to talk about console #3 or serial line #10, they + would be "con3" and "ssl10", respectively. + + + A specific device name will override a less general "con=" or "ssl=". + So, for example, you can assign a pty to each of the serial lines + except for the first two like this: + + + ssl=pty ssl0=tty:/dev/tty0 ssl1=tty:/dev/tty1 + + + + + The specificity of the device name is all that matters; order on the + command line is irrelevant. + + + + 5.2. Specifying the channel + + There are a number of different types of channels to attach a UML + device to, each with a different way of specifying exactly what to + attach to. + + o pseudo-terminals - device=pty pts terminals - device=pts + + + This will cause UML to allocate a free host pseudo-terminal for the + device. The terminal that it got will be announced in the boot + log. You access it by attaching a terminal program to the + corresponding tty: + + o screen /dev/pts/n + + o screen /dev/ttyxx + + o minicom -o -p /dev/ttyxx - minicom seems not able to handle pts + devices + + o kermit - start it up, 'open' the device, then 'connect' + + + + + + o terminals - device=tty:tty device file + + + This will make UML attach the device to the specified tty (i.e + + + con1=tty:/dev/tty3 + + + + + will attach UML's console 1 to the host's /dev/tty3). If the tty that + you specify is the slave end of a tty/pty pair, something else must + have already opened the corresponding pty in order for this to work. + + + + + + o xterms - device=xterm + + + UML will run an xterm and the device will be attached to it. + + + + + + o Port - device=port:port number + + + This will attach the UML devices to the specified host port. + Attaching console 1 to the host's port 9000 would be done like + this: + + + con1=port:9000 + + + + + Attaching all the serial lines to that port would be done similarly: + + + ssl=port:9000 + + + + + You access these devices by telnetting to that port. Each active tel- + net session gets a different device. If there are more telnets to a + port than UML devices attached to it, then the extra telnet sessions + will block until an existing telnet detaches, or until another device + becomes active (i.e. by being activated in /etc/inittab). + + This channel has the advantage that you can both attach multiple UML + devices to it and know how to access them without reading the UML boot + log. It is also unique in allowing access to a UML from remote + machines without requiring that the UML be networked. This could be + useful in allowing public access to UMLs because they would be + accessible from the net, but wouldn't need any kind of network + filtering or access control because they would have no network access. + + + If you attach the main console to a portal, then the UML boot will + appear to hang. In reality, it's waiting for a telnet to connect, at + which point the boot will proceed. + + + + + + o already-existing file descriptors - device=file descriptor + + + If you set up a file descriptor on the UML command line, you can + attach a UML device to it. This is most commonly used to put the + main console back on stdin and stdout after assigning all the other + consoles to something else: + + + con0=fd:0,fd:1 con=pts + + + + + + + + + o Nothing - device=null + + + This allows the device to be opened, in contrast to 'none', but + reads will block, and writes will succeed and the data will be + thrown out. + + + + + + o None - device=none + + + This causes the device to disappear. + + + + You can also specify different input and output channels for a device + by putting a comma between them: + + + ssl3=tty:/dev/tty2,xterm + + + + + will cause serial line 3 to accept input on the host's /dev/tty2 and + display output on an xterm. That's a silly example - the most common + use of this syntax is to reattach the main console to stdin and stdout + as shown above. + + + If you decide to move the main console away from stdin/stdout, the + initial boot output will appear in the terminal that you're running + UML in. However, once the console driver has been officially + initialized, then the boot output will start appearing wherever you + specified that console 0 should be. That device will receive all + subsequent output. + + + + 5.3. Examples + + There are a number of interesting things you can do with this + capability. + + + First, this is how you get rid of those bleeding console xterms by + attaching them to host ptys: + + + con=pty con0=fd:0,fd:1 + + + + + This will make a UML console take over an unused host virtual console, + so that when you switch to it, you will see the UML login prompt + rather than the host login prompt: + + + con1=tty:/dev/tty6 + + + + + You can attach two virtual machines together with what amounts to a + serial line as follows: + + Run one UML with a serial line attached to a pty - + + + ssl1=pty + + + + + Look at the boot log to see what pty it got (this example will assume + that it got /dev/ptyp1). + + Boot the other UML with a serial line attached to the corresponding + tty - + + + ssl1=tty:/dev/ttyp1 + + + + + Log in, make sure that it has no getty on that serial line, attach a + terminal program like minicom to it, and you should see the login + prompt of the other virtual machine. + + + 6. Setting up the network + + + + This page describes how to set up the various transports and to + provide a UML instance with network access to the host, other machines + on the local net, and the rest of the net. + + + As of 2.4.5, UML networking has been completely redone to make it much + easier to set up, fix bugs, and add new features. + + + There is a new helper, uml_net, which does the host setup that + requires root privileges. + + + There are currently five transport types available for a UML virtual + machine to exchange packets with other hosts: + + o ethertap + + o TUN/TAP + + o Multicast + + o a switch daemon + + o slip + + o slirp + + o pcap + + The TUN/TAP, ethertap, slip, and slirp transports allow a UML + instance to exchange packets with the host. They may be directed + to the host or the host may just act as a router to provide access + to other physical or virtual machines. + + + The pcap transport is a synthetic read-only interface, using the + libpcap binary to collect packets from interfaces on the host and + filter them. This is useful for building preconfigured traffic + monitors or sniffers. + + + The daemon and multicast transports provide a completely virtual + network to other virtual machines. This network is completely + disconnected from the physical network unless one of the virtual + machines on it is acting as a gateway. + + + With so many host transports, which one should you use? Here's when + you should use each one: + + o ethertap - if you want access to the host networking and it is + running 2.2 + + o TUN/TAP - if you want access to the host networking and it is + running 2.4. Also, the TUN/TAP transport is able to use a + preconfigured device, allowing it to avoid using the setuid uml_net + helper, which is a security advantage. + + o Multicast - if you want a purely virtual network and you don't want + to set up anything but the UML + + o a switch daemon - if you want a purely virtual network and you + don't mind running the daemon in order to get somewhat better + performance + + o slip - there is no particular reason to run the slip backend unless + ethertap and TUN/TAP are just not available for some reason + + o slirp - if you don't have root access on the host to setup + networking, or if you don't want to allocate an IP to your UML + + o pcap - not much use for actual network connectivity, but great for + monitoring traffic on the host + + Ethertap is available on 2.4 and works fine. TUN/TAP is preferred + to it because it has better performance and ethertap is officially + considered obsolete in 2.4. Also, the root helper only needs to + run occasionally for TUN/TAP, rather than handling every packet, as + it does with ethertap. This is a slight security advantage since + it provides fewer opportunities for a nasty UML user to somehow + exploit the helper's root privileges. + + + 6.1. General setup + + First, you must have the virtual network enabled in your UML. If are + running a prebuilt kernel from this site, everything is already + enabled. If you build the kernel yourself, under the "Network device + support" menu, enable "Network device support", and then the three + transports. + + + The next step is to provide a network device to the virtual machine. + This is done by describing it on the kernel command line. + + The general format is + + + eth = , + + + + + For example, a virtual ethernet device may be attached to a host + ethertap device as follows: + + + eth0=ethertap,tap0,fe:fd:0:0:0:1,192.168.0.254 + + + + + This sets up eth0 inside the virtual machine to attach itself to the + host /dev/tap0, assigns it an ethernet address, and assigns the host + tap0 interface an IP address. + + + + Note that the IP address you assign to the host end of the tap device + must be different than the IP you assign to the eth device inside UML. + If you are short on IPs and don't want to consume two per UML, then + you can reuse the host's eth IP address for the host ends of the tap + devices. Internally, the UMLs must still get unique IPs for their eth + devices. You can also give the UMLs non-routable IPs (192.168.x.x or + 10.x.x.x) and have the host masquerade them. This will let outgoing + connections work, but incoming connections won't without more work, + such as port forwarding from the host. + Also note that when you configure the host side of an interface, it is + only acting as a gateway. It will respond to pings sent to it + locally, but is not useful to do that since it's a host interface. + You are not talking to the UML when you ping that interface and get a + response. + + + You can also add devices to a UML and remove them at runtime. See the + ``The Management Console'' page for details. + + + The sections below describe this in more detail. + + + Once you've decided how you're going to set up the devices, you boot + UML, log in, configure the UML side of the devices, and set up routes + to the outside world. At that point, you will be able to talk to any + other machines, physical or virtual, on the net. + + + If ifconfig inside UML fails and the network refuses to come up, run + tell you what went wrong. + + + + 6.2. Userspace daemons + + You will likely need the setuid helper, or the switch daemon, or both. + They are both installed with the RPM and deb, so if you've installed + either, you can skip the rest of this section. + + + If not, then you need to check them out of CVS, build them, and + install them. The helper is uml_net, in CVS /tools/uml_net, and the + daemon is uml_switch, in CVS /tools/uml_router. They are both built + with a plain 'make'. Both need to be installed in a directory that's + in your path - /usr/bin is recommend. On top of that, uml_net needs + to be setuid root. + + + + 6.3. Specifying ethernet addresses + + Below, you will see that the TUN/TAP, ethertap, and daemon interfaces + allow you to specify hardware addresses for the virtual ethernet + devices. This is generally not necessary. If you don't have a + specific reason to do it, you probably shouldn't. If one is not + specified on the command line, the driver will assign one based on the + device IP address. It will provide the address fe:fd:nn:nn:nn:nn + where nn.nn.nn.nn is the device IP address. This is nearly always + sufficient to guarantee a unique hardware address for the device. A + couple of exceptions are: + + o Another set of virtual ethernet devices are on the same network and + they are assigned hardware addresses using a different scheme which + may conflict with the UML IP address-based scheme + + o You aren't going to use the device for IP networking, so you don't + assign the device an IP address + + If you let the driver provide the hardware address, you should make + sure that the device IP address is known before the interface is + brought up. So, inside UML, this will guarantee that: + + + + UML# + ifconfig eth0 192.168.0.250 up + + + + + If you decide to assign the hardware address yourself, make sure that + the first byte of the address is even. Addresses with an odd first + byte are broadcast addresses, which you don't want assigned to a + device. + + + + 6.4. UML interface setup + + Once the network devices have been described on the command line, you + should boot UML and log in. + + + The first thing to do is bring the interface up: + + + UML# ifconfig ethn ip-address up + + + + + You should be able to ping the host at this point. + + + To reach the rest of the world, you should set a default route to the + host: + + + UML# route add default gw host ip + + + + + Again, with host ip of 192.168.0.4: + + + UML# route add default gw 192.168.0.4 + + + + + This page used to recommend setting a network route to your local net. + This is wrong, because it will cause UML to try to figure out hardware + addresses of the local machines by arping on the interface to the + host. Since that interface is basically a single strand of ethernet + with two nodes on it (UML and the host) and arp requests don't cross + networks, they will fail to elicit any responses. So, what you want + is for UML to just blindly throw all packets at the host and let it + figure out what to do with them, which is what leaving out the network + route and adding the default route does. + + + Note: If you can't communicate with other hosts on your physical + ethernet, it's probably because of a network route that's + automatically set up. If you run 'route -n' and see a route that + looks like this: + + + + + Destination Gateway Genmask Flags Metric Ref Use Iface + 192.168.0.0 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.0 U 0 0 0 eth0 + + + + + with a mask that's not 255.255.255.255, then replace it with a route + to your host: + + + UML# + route del -net 192.168.0.0 dev eth0 netmask 255.255.255.0 + + + + + + + UML# + route add -host 192.168.0.4 dev eth0 + + + + + This, plus the default route to the host, will allow UML to exchange + packets with any machine on your ethernet. + + + + 6.5. Multicast + + The simplest way to set up a virtual network between multiple UMLs is + to use the mcast transport. This was written by Harald Welte and is + present in UML version 2.4.5-5um and later. Your system must have + multicast enabled in the kernel and there must be a multicast-capable + network device on the host. Normally, this is eth0, but if there is + no ethernet card on the host, then you will likely get strange error + messages when you bring the device up inside UML. + + + To use it, run two UMLs with + + + eth0=mcast + + + + + on their command lines. Log in, configure the ethernet device in each + machine with different IP addresses: + + + UML1# ifconfig eth0 192.168.0.254 + + + + + + + UML2# ifconfig eth0 192.168.0.253 + + + + + and they should be able to talk to each other. + + The full set of command line options for this transport are + + + + ethn=mcast,ethernet address,multicast + address,multicast port,ttl + + + + + Harald's original README is here and explains these in detail, as well as + some other issues. + + There is also a related point-to-point only "ucast" transport. + This is useful when your network does not support multicast, and + all network connections are simple point to point links. + + The full set of command line options for this transport are + + + ethn=ucast,ethernet address,remote address,listen port,remote port + + + + + 6.6. TUN/TAP with the uml_net helper + + TUN/TAP is the preferred mechanism on 2.4 to exchange packets with the + host. The TUN/TAP backend has been in UML since 2.4.9-3um. + + + The easiest way to get up and running is to let the setuid uml_net + helper do the host setup for you. This involves insmod-ing the tun.o + module if necessary, configuring the device, and setting up IP + forwarding, routing, and proxy arp. If you are new to UML networking, + do this first. If you're concerned about the security implications of + the setuid helper, use it to get up and running, then read the next + section to see how to have UML use a preconfigured tap device, which + avoids the use of uml_net. + + + If you specify an IP address for the host side of the device, the + uml_net helper will do all necessary setup on the host - the only + requirement is that TUN/TAP be available, either built in to the host + kernel or as the tun.o module. + + The format of the command line switch to attach a device to a TUN/TAP + device is + + + eth =tuntap,,, + + + + + For example, this argument will attach the UML's eth0 to the next + available tap device and assign an ethernet address to it based on its + IP address + + + eth0=tuntap,,,192.168.0.254 + + + + + + + Note that the IP address that must be used for the eth device inside + UML is fixed by the routing and proxy arp that is set up on the + TUN/TAP device on the host. You can use a different one, but it won't + work because reply packets won't reach the UML. This is a feature. + It prevents a nasty UML user from doing things like setting the UML IP + to the same as the network's nameserver or mail server. + + + There are a couple potential problems with running the TUN/TAP + transport on a 2.4 host kernel + + o TUN/TAP seems not to work on 2.4.3 and earlier. Upgrade the host + kernel or use the ethertap transport. + + o With an upgraded kernel, TUN/TAP may fail with + + + File descriptor in bad state + + + + + This is due to a header mismatch between the upgraded kernel and the + kernel that was originally installed on the machine. The fix is to + make sure that /usr/src/linux points to the headers for the running + kernel. + + These were pointed out by Tim Robinson in + name="this uml- + user post"> . + + + + 6.7. TUN/TAP with a preconfigured tap device + + If you prefer not to have UML use uml_net (which is somewhat + insecure), with UML 2.4.17-11, you can set up a TUN/TAP device + beforehand. The setup needs to be done as root, but once that's done, + there is no need for root assistance. Setting up the device is done + as follows: + + o Create the device with tunctl (available from the UML utilities + tarball) + + + + + host# tunctl -u uid + + + + + where uid is the user id or username that UML will be run as. This + will tell you what device was created. + + o Configure the device IP (change IP addresses and device name to + suit) + + + + + host# ifconfig tap0 192.168.0.254 up + + + + + + o Set up routing and arping if desired - this is my recipe, there are + other ways of doing the same thing + + + host# + bash -c 'echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward' + + host# + route add -host 192.168.0.253 dev tap0 + + + + + + + host# + bash -c 'echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/tap0/proxy_arp' + + + + + + + host# + arp -Ds 192.168.0.253 eth0 pub + + + + + Note that this must be done every time the host boots - this configu- + ration is not stored across host reboots. So, it's probably a good + idea to stick it in an rc file. An even better idea would be a little + utility which reads the information from a config file and sets up + devices at boot time. + + o Rather than using up two IPs and ARPing for one of them, you can + also provide direct access to your LAN by the UML by using a + bridge. + + + host# + brctl addbr br0 + + + + + + + host# + ifconfig eth0 0.0.0.0 promisc up + + + + + + + host# + ifconfig tap0 0.0.0.0 promisc up + + + + + + + host# + ifconfig br0 192.168.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 up + + + + + + + + host# + brctl stp br0 off + + + + + + + host# + brctl setfd br0 1 + + + + + + + host# + brctl sethello br0 1 + + + + + + + host# + brctl addif br0 eth0 + + + + + + + host# + brctl addif br0 tap0 + + + + + Note that 'br0' should be setup using ifconfig with the existing IP + address of eth0, as eth0 no longer has its own IP. + + o + + + Also, the /dev/net/tun device must be writable by the user running + UML in order for the UML to use the device that's been configured + for it. The simplest thing to do is + + + host# chmod 666 /dev/net/tun + + + + + Making it world-writable looks bad, but it seems not to be + exploitable as a security hole. However, it does allow anyone to cre- + ate useless tap devices (useless because they can't configure them), + which is a DOS attack. A somewhat more secure alternative would to be + to create a group containing all the users who have preconfigured tap + devices and chgrp /dev/net/tun to that group with mode 664 or 660. + + + o Once the device is set up, run UML with 'eth0=tuntap,device name' + (i.e. 'eth0=tuntap,tap0') on the command line (or do it with the + mconsole config command). + + o Bring the eth device up in UML and you're in business. + + If you don't want that tap device any more, you can make it non- + persistent with + + + host# tunctl -d tap device + + + + + Finally, tunctl has a -b (for brief mode) switch which causes it to + output only the name of the tap device it created. This makes it + suitable for capture by a script: + + + host# TAP=`tunctl -u 1000 -b` + + + + + + + 6.8. Ethertap + + Ethertap is the general mechanism on 2.2 for userspace processes to + exchange packets with the kernel. + + + + To use this transport, you need to describe the virtual network device + on the UML command line. The general format for this is + + + eth =ethertap, , , + + + + + So, the previous example + + + eth0=ethertap,tap0,fe:fd:0:0:0:1,192.168.0.254 + + + + + attaches the UML eth0 device to the host /dev/tap0, assigns it the + ethernet address fe:fd:0:0:0:1, and assigns the IP address + 192.168.0.254 to the tap device. + + + + The tap device is mandatory, but the others are optional. If the + ethernet address is omitted, one will be assigned to it. + + + The presence of the tap IP address will cause the helper to run and do + whatever host setup is needed to allow the virtual machine to + communicate with the outside world. If you're not sure you know what + you're doing, this is the way to go. + + + If it is absent, then you must configure the tap device and whatever + arping and routing you will need on the host. However, even in this + case, the uml_net helper still needs to be in your path and it must be + setuid root if you're not running UML as root. This is because the + tap device doesn't support SIGIO, which UML needs in order to use + something as a source of input. So, the helper is used as a + convenient asynchronous IO thread. + + If you're using the uml_net helper, you can ignore the following host + setup - uml_net will do it for you. You just need to make sure you + have ethertap available, either built in to the host kernel or + available as a module. + + + If you want to set things up yourself, you need to make sure that the + appropriate /dev entry exists. If it doesn't, become root and create + it as follows: + + + mknod /dev/tap c 36 + 16 + + + + + For example, this is how to create /dev/tap0: + + + mknod /dev/tap0 c 36 0 + 16 + + + + + You also need to make sure that the host kernel has ethertap support. + If ethertap is enabled as a module, you apparently need to insmod + ethertap once for each ethertap device you want to enable. So, + + + host# + insmod ethertap + + + + + will give you the tap0 interface. To get the tap1 interface, you need + to run + + + host# + insmod ethertap unit=1 -o ethertap1 + + + + + + + + 6.9. The switch daemon + + Note: This is the daemon formerly known as uml_router, but which was + renamed so the network weenies of the world would stop growling at me. + + + The switch daemon, uml_switch, provides a mechanism for creating a + totally virtual network. By default, it provides no connection to the + host network (but see -tap, below). + + + The first thing you need to do is run the daemon. Running it with no + arguments will make it listen on a default pair of unix domain + sockets. + + + If you want it to listen on a different pair of sockets, use + + + -unix control socket data socket + + + + + + If you want it to act as a hub rather than a switch, use + + + -hub + + + + + + If you want the switch to be connected to host networking (allowing + the umls to get access to the outside world through the host), use + + + -tap tap0 + + + + + + Note that the tap device must be preconfigured (see "TUN/TAP with a + preconfigured tap device", above). If you're using a different tap + device than tap0, specify that instead of tap0. + + + uml_switch can be backgrounded as follows + + + host% + uml_switch [ options ] < /dev/null > /dev/null + + + + + The reason it doesn't background by default is that it listens to + stdin for EOF. When it sees that, it exits. + + + The general format of the kernel command line switch is + + + + ethn=daemon,ethernet address,socket + type,control socket,data socket + + + + + You can leave off everything except the 'daemon'. You only need to + specify the ethernet address if the one that will be assigned to it + isn't acceptable for some reason. The rest of the arguments describe + how to communicate with the daemon. You should only specify them if + you told the daemon to use different sockets than the default. So, if + you ran the daemon with no arguments, running the UML on the same + machine with + eth0=daemon + + + + + will cause the eth0 driver to attach itself to the daemon correctly. + + + + 6.10. Slip + + Slip is another, less general, mechanism for a process to communicate + with the host networking. In contrast to the ethertap interface, + which exchanges ethernet frames with the host and can be used to + transport any higher-level protocol, it can only be used to transport + IP. + + + The general format of the command line switch is + + + + ethn=slip,slip IP + + + + + The slip IP argument is the IP address that will be assigned to the + host end of the slip device. If it is specified, the helper will run + and will set up the host so that the virtual machine can reach it and + the rest of the network. + + + There are some oddities with this interface that you should be aware + of. You should only specify one slip device on a given virtual + machine, and its name inside UML will be 'umn', not 'eth0' or whatever + you specified on the command line. These problems will be fixed at + some point. + + + + 6.11. Slirp + + slirp uses an external program, usually /usr/bin/slirp, to provide IP + only networking connectivity through the host. This is similar to IP + masquerading with a firewall, although the translation is performed in + user-space, rather than by the kernel. As slirp does not set up any + interfaces on the host, or changes routing, slirp does not require + root access or setuid binaries on the host. + + + The general format of the command line switch for slirp is: + + + + ethn=slirp,ethernet address,slirp path + + + + + The ethernet address is optional, as UML will set up the interface + with an ethernet address based upon the initial IP address of the + interface. The slirp path is generally /usr/bin/slirp, although it + will depend on distribution. + + + The slirp program can have a number of options passed to the command + line and we can't add them to the UML command line, as they will be + parsed incorrectly. Instead, a wrapper shell script can be written or + the options inserted into the /.slirprc file. More information on + all of the slirp options can be found in its man pages. + + + The eth0 interface on UML should be set up with the IP 10.2.0.15, + although you can use anything as long as it is not used by a network + you will be connecting to. The default route on UML should be set to + use + + + UML# + route add default dev eth0 + + + + + slirp provides a number of useful IP addresses which can be used by + UML, such as 10.0.2.3 which is an alias for the DNS server specified + in /etc/resolv.conf on the host or the IP given in the 'dns' option + for slirp. + + + Even with a baudrate setting higher than 115200, the slirp connection + is limited to 115200. If you need it to go faster, the slirp binary + needs to be compiled with FULL_BOLT defined in config.h. + + + + 6.12. pcap + + The pcap transport is attached to a UML ethernet device on the command + line or with uml_mconsole with the following syntax: + + + + ethn=pcap,host interface,filter + expression,option1,option2 + + + + + The expression and options are optional. + + + The interface is whatever network device on the host you want to + sniff. The expression is a pcap filter expression, which is also what + tcpdump uses, so if you know how to specify tcpdump filters, you will + use the same expressions here. The options are up to two of + 'promisc', control whether pcap puts the host interface into + promiscuous mode. 'optimize' and 'nooptimize' control whether the pcap + expression optimizer is used. + + + Example: + + + + eth0=pcap,eth0,tcp + + eth1=pcap,eth0,!tcp + + + + will cause the UML eth0 to emit all tcp packets on the host eth0 and + the UML eth1 to emit all non-tcp packets on the host eth0. + + + + 6.13. Setting up the host yourself + + If you don't specify an address for the host side of the ethertap or + slip device, UML won't do any setup on the host. So this is what is + needed to get things working (the examples use a host-side IP of + 192.168.0.251 and a UML-side IP of 192.168.0.250 - adjust to suit your + own network): + + o The device needs to be configured with its IP address. Tap devices + are also configured with an mtu of 1484. Slip devices are + configured with a point-to-point address pointing at the UML ip + address. + + + host# ifconfig tap0 arp mtu 1484 192.168.0.251 up + + + + + + + host# + ifconfig sl0 192.168.0.251 pointopoint 192.168.0.250 up + + + + + + o If a tap device is being set up, a route is set to the UML IP. + + + UML# route add -host 192.168.0.250 gw 192.168.0.251 + + + + + + o To allow other hosts on your network to see the virtual machine, + proxy arp is set up for it. + + + host# arp -Ds 192.168.0.250 eth0 pub + + + + + + o Finally, the host is set up to route packets. + + + host# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward + + + + + + + + + + + 7. Sharing Filesystems between Virtual Machines + + + + + 7.1. A warning + + Don't attempt to share filesystems simply by booting two UMLs from the + same file. That's the same thing as booting two physical machines + from a shared disk. It will result in filesystem corruption. + + + + 7.2. Using layered block devices + + The way to share a filesystem between two virtual machines is to use + the copy-on-write (COW) layering capability of the ubd block driver. + As of 2.4.6-2um, the driver supports layering a read-write private + device over a read-only shared device. A machine's writes are stored + in the private device, while reads come from either device - the + private one if the requested block is valid in it, the shared one if + not. Using this scheme, the majority of data which is unchanged is + shared between an arbitrary number of virtual machines, each of which + has a much smaller file containing the changes that it has made. With + a large number of UMLs booting from a large root filesystem, this + leads to a huge disk space saving. It will also help performance, + since the host will be able to cache the shared data using a much + smaller amount of memory, so UML disk requests will be served from the + host's memory rather than its disks. + + + + + To add a copy-on-write layer to an existing block device file, simply + add the name of the COW file to the appropriate ubd switch: + + + ubd0=root_fs_cow,root_fs_debian_22 + + + + + where 'root_fs_cow' is the private COW file and 'root_fs_debian_22' is + the existing shared filesystem. The COW file need not exist. If it + doesn't, the driver will create and initialize it. Once the COW file + has been initialized, it can be used on its own on the command line: + + + ubd0=root_fs_cow + + + + + The name of the backing file is stored in the COW file header, so it + would be redundant to continue specifying it on the command line. + + + + 7.3. Note! + + When checking the size of the COW file in order to see the gobs of + space that you're saving, make sure you use 'ls -ls' to see the actual + disk consumption rather than the length of the file. The COW file is + sparse, so the length will be very different from the disk usage. + Here is a 'ls -l' of a COW file and backing file from one boot and + shutdown: + host% ls -l cow.debian debian2.2 + -rw-r--r-- 1 jdike jdike 492504064 Aug 6 21:16 cow.debian + -rwxrw-rw- 1 jdike jdike 537919488 Aug 6 20:42 debian2.2 + + + + + Doesn't look like much saved space, does it? Well, here's 'ls -ls': + + + host% ls -ls cow.debian debian2.2 + 880 -rw-r--r-- 1 jdike jdike 492504064 Aug 6 21:16 cow.debian + 525832 -rwxrw-rw- 1 jdike jdike 537919488 Aug 6 20:42 debian2.2 + + + + + Now, you can see that the COW file has less than a meg of disk, rather + than 492 meg. + + + + 7.4. Another warning + + Once a filesystem is being used as a readonly backing file for a COW + file, do not boot directly from it or modify it in any way. Doing so + will invalidate any COW files that are using it. The mtime and size + of the backing file are stored in the COW file header at its creation, + and they must continue to match. If they don't, the driver will + refuse to use the COW file. + + + + + If you attempt to evade this restriction by changing either the + backing file or the COW header by hand, you will get a corrupted + filesystem. + + + + + Among other things, this means that upgrading the distribution in a + backing file and expecting that all of the COW files using it will see + the upgrade will not work. + + + + + 7.5. uml_moo : Merging a COW file with its backing file + + Depending on how you use UML and COW devices, it may be advisable to + merge the changes in the COW file into the backing file every once in + a while. + + + + + The utility that does this is uml_moo. Its usage is + + + host% uml_moo COW file new backing file + + + + + There's no need to specify the backing file since that information is + already in the COW file header. If you're paranoid, boot the new + merged file, and if you're happy with it, move it over the old backing + file. + + + + + uml_moo creates a new backing file by default as a safety measure. It + also has a destructive merge option which will merge the COW file + directly into its current backing file. This is really only usable + when the backing file only has one COW file associated with it. If + there are multiple COWs associated with a backing file, a -d merge of + one of them will invalidate all of the others. However, it is + convenient if you're short of disk space, and it should also be + noticeably faster than a non-destructive merge. + + + + + uml_moo is installed with the UML deb and RPM. If you didn't install + UML from one of those packages, you can also get it from the UML + utilities tar file in tools/moo. + + + + + + + + + 8. Creating filesystems + + + You may want to create and mount new UML filesystems, either because + your root filesystem isn't large enough or because you want to use a + filesystem other than ext2. + + + This was written on the occasion of reiserfs being included in the + 2.4.1 kernel pool, and therefore the 2.4.1 UML, so the examples will + talk about reiserfs. This information is generic, and the examples + should be easy to translate to the filesystem of your choice. + + + 8.1. Create the filesystem file + + dd is your friend. All you need to do is tell dd to create an empty + file of the appropriate size. I usually make it sparse to save time + and to avoid allocating disk space until it's actually used. For + example, the following command will create a sparse 100 meg file full + of zeroes. + + + host% + dd if=/dev/zero of=new_filesystem seek=100 count=1 bs=1M + + + + + + + 8.2. Assign the file to a UML device + + Add an argument like the following to the UML command line: + + ubd4=new_filesystem + + + + + making sure that you use an unassigned ubd device number. + + + + 8.3. Creating and mounting the filesystem + + Make sure that the filesystem is available, either by being built into + the kernel, or available as a module, then boot up UML and log in. If + the root filesystem doesn't have the filesystem utilities (mkfs, fsck, + etc), then get them into UML by way of the net or hostfs. + + + Make the new filesystem on the device assigned to the new file: + + + host# mkreiserfs /dev/ubd/4 + + + <----------- MKREISERFSv2 -----------> + + ReiserFS version 3.6.25 + Block size 4096 bytes + Block count 25856 + Used blocks 8212 + Journal - 8192 blocks (18-8209), journal header is in block 8210 + Bitmaps: 17 + Root block 8211 + Hash function "r5" + ATTENTION: ALL DATA WILL BE LOST ON '/dev/ubd/4'! (y/n)y + journal size 8192 (from 18) + Initializing journal - 0%....20%....40%....60%....80%....100% + Syncing..done. + + + + + Now, mount it: + + + UML# + mount /dev/ubd/4 /mnt + + + + + and you're in business. + + + + + + + + + + 9. Host file access + + + If you want to access files on the host machine from inside UML, you + can treat it as a separate machine and either nfs mount directories + from the host or copy files into the virtual machine with scp or rcp. + However, since UML is running on the host, it can access those + files just like any other process and make them available inside the + virtual machine without needing to use the network. + + + This is now possible with the hostfs virtual filesystem. With it, you + can mount a host directory into the UML filesystem and access the + files contained in it just as you would on the host. + + + 9.1. Using hostfs + + To begin with, make sure that hostfs is available inside the virtual + machine with + + + UML# cat /proc/filesystems + + + + . hostfs should be listed. If it's not, either rebuild the kernel + with hostfs configured into it or make sure that hostfs is built as a + module and available inside the virtual machine, and insmod it. + + + Now all you need to do is run mount: + + + UML# mount none /mnt/host -t hostfs + + + + + will mount the host's / on the virtual machine's /mnt/host. + + + If you don't want to mount the host root directory, then you can + specify a subdirectory to mount with the -o switch to mount: + + + UML# mount none /mnt/home -t hostfs -o /home + + + + + will mount the hosts's /home on the virtual machine's /mnt/home. + + + + 9.2. hostfs as the root filesystem + + It's possible to boot from a directory hierarchy on the host using + hostfs rather than using the standard filesystem in a file. + + To start, you need that hierarchy. The easiest way is to loop mount + an existing root_fs file: + + + host# mount root_fs uml_root_dir -o loop + + + + + You need to change the filesystem type of / in etc/fstab to be + 'hostfs', so that line looks like this: + + /dev/ubd/0 / hostfs defaults 1 1 + + + + + Then you need to chown to yourself all the files in that directory + that are owned by root. This worked for me: + + + host# find . -uid 0 -exec chown jdike {} \; + + + + + Next, make sure that your UML kernel has hostfs compiled in, not as a + module. Then run UML with the boot device pointing at that directory: + + + ubd0=/path/to/uml/root/directory + + + + + UML should then boot as it does normally. + + + 9.3. Building hostfs + + If you need to build hostfs because it's not in your kernel, you have + two choices: + + + + o Compiling hostfs into the kernel: + + + Reconfigure the kernel and set the 'Host filesystem' option under + + + o Compiling hostfs as a module: + + + Reconfigure the kernel and set the 'Host filesystem' option under + be in arch/um/fs/hostfs/hostfs.o. Install that in + /lib/modules/`uname -r`/fs in the virtual machine, boot it up, and + + + UML# insmod hostfs + + + + + + + + + + + + + 10. The Management Console + + + + The UML management console is a low-level interface to the kernel, + somewhat like the i386 SysRq interface. Since there is a full-blown + operating system under UML, there is much greater flexibility possible + than with the SysRq mechanism. + + + There are a number of things you can do with the mconsole interface: + + o get the kernel version + + o add and remove devices + + o halt or reboot the machine + + o Send SysRq commands + + o Pause and resume the UML + + + You need the mconsole client (uml_mconsole) which is present in CVS + (/tools/mconsole) in 2.4.5-9um and later, and will be in the RPM in + 2.4.6. + + + You also need CONFIG_MCONSOLE (under 'General Setup') enabled in UML. + When you boot UML, you'll see a line like: + + + mconsole initialized on /home/jdike/.uml/umlNJ32yL/mconsole + + + + + If you specify a unique machine id one the UML command line, i.e. + + + umid=debian + + + + + you'll see this + + + mconsole initialized on /home/jdike/.uml/debian/mconsole + + + + + That file is the socket that uml_mconsole will use to communicate with + UML. Run it with either the umid or the full path as its argument: + + + host% uml_mconsole debian + + + + + or + + + host% uml_mconsole /home/jdike/.uml/debian/mconsole + + + + + You'll get a prompt, at which you can run one of these commands: + + o version + + o halt + + o reboot + + o config + + o remove + + o sysrq + + o help + + o cad + + o stop + + o go + + + 10.1. version + + This takes no arguments. It prints the UML version. + + + (mconsole) version + OK Linux usermode 2.4.5-9um #1 Wed Jun 20 22:47:08 EDT 2001 i686 + + + + + There are a couple actual uses for this. It's a simple no-op which + can be used to check that a UML is running. It's also a way of + sending an interrupt to the UML. This is sometimes useful on SMP + hosts, where there's a bug which causes signals to UML to be lost, + often causing it to appear to hang. Sending such a UML the mconsole + version command is a good way to 'wake it up' before networking has + been enabled, as it does not do anything to the function of the UML. + + + + 10.2. halt and reboot + + These take no arguments. They shut the machine down immediately, with + no syncing of disks and no clean shutdown of userspace. So, they are + pretty close to crashing the machine. + + + (mconsole) halt + OK + + + + + + + 10.3. config + + "config" adds a new device to the virtual machine. Currently the ubd + and network drivers support this. It takes one argument, which is the + device to add, with the same syntax as the kernel command line. + + + + + (mconsole) + config ubd3=/home/jdike/incoming/roots/root_fs_debian22 + + OK + (mconsole) config eth1=mcast + OK + + + + + + + 10.4. remove + + "remove" deletes a device from the system. Its argument is just the + name of the device to be removed. The device must be idle in whatever + sense the driver considers necessary. In the case of the ubd driver, + the removed block device must not be mounted, swapped on, or otherwise + open, and in the case of the network driver, the device must be down. + + + (mconsole) remove ubd3 + OK + (mconsole) remove eth1 + OK + + + + + + + 10.5. sysrq + + This takes one argument, which is a single letter. It calls the + generic kernel's SysRq driver, which does whatever is called for by + that argument. See the SysRq documentation in + Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst in your favorite kernel tree to + see what letters are valid and what they do. + + + + 10.6. help + + "help" returns a string listing the valid commands and what each one + does. + + + + 10.7. cad + + This invokes the Ctl-Alt-Del action on init. What exactly this ends + up doing is up to /etc/inittab. Normally, it reboots the machine. + With UML, this is usually not desired, so if a halt would be better, + then find the section of inittab that looks like this + + + # What to do when CTRL-ALT-DEL is pressed. + ca:12345:ctrlaltdel:/sbin/shutdown -t1 -a -r now + + + + + and change the command to halt. + + + + 10.8. stop + + This puts the UML in a loop reading mconsole requests until a 'go' + mconsole command is received. This is very useful for making backups + of UML filesystems, as the UML can be stopped, then synced via 'sysrq + s', so that everything is written to the filesystem. You can then copy + the filesystem and then send the UML 'go' via mconsole. + + + Note that a UML running with more than one CPU will have problems + after you send the 'stop' command, as only one CPU will be held in a + mconsole loop and all others will continue as normal. This is a bug, + and will be fixed. + + + + 10.9. go + + This resumes a UML after being paused by a 'stop' command. Note that + when the UML has resumed, TCP connections may have timed out and if + the UML is paused for a long period of time, crond might go a little + crazy, running all the jobs it didn't do earlier. + + + + + + + + + 11. Kernel debugging + + + Note: The interface that makes debugging, as described here, possible + is present in 2.4.0-test6 kernels and later. + + + Since the user-mode kernel runs as a normal Linux process, it is + possible to debug it with gdb almost like any other process. It is + slightly different because the kernel's threads are already being + ptraced for system call interception, so gdb can't ptrace them. + However, a mechanism has been added to work around that problem. + + + In order to debug the kernel, you need build it from source. See + ``Compiling the kernel and modules'' for information on doing that. + Make sure that you enable CONFIG_DEBUGSYM and CONFIG_PT_PROXY during + the config. These will compile the kernel with -g, and enable the + ptrace proxy so that gdb works with UML, respectively. + + + + + 11.1. Starting the kernel under gdb + + You can have the kernel running under the control of gdb from the + beginning by putting 'debug' on the command line. You will get an + xterm with gdb running inside it. The kernel will send some commands + to gdb which will leave it stopped at the beginning of start_kernel. + At this point, you can get things going with 'next', 'step', or + 'cont'. + + + There is a transcript of a debugging session here , with breakpoints being set in the scheduler and in an + interrupt handler. + 11.2. Examining sleeping processes + + Not every bug is evident in the currently running process. Sometimes, + processes hang in the kernel when they shouldn't because they've + deadlocked on a semaphore or something similar. In this case, when + you ^C gdb and get a backtrace, you will see the idle thread, which + isn't very relevant. + + + What you want is the stack of whatever process is sleeping when it + shouldn't be. You need to figure out which process that is, which is + generally fairly easy. Then you need to get its host process id, + which you can do either by looking at ps on the host or at + task.thread.extern_pid in gdb. + + + Now what you do is this: + + o detach from the current thread + + + (UML gdb) det + + + + + + o attach to the thread you are interested in + + + (UML gdb) att + + + + + + o look at its stack and anything else of interest + + + (UML gdb) bt + + + + + Note that you can't do anything at this point that requires that a + process execute, e.g. calling a function + + o when you're done looking at that process, reattach to the current + thread and continue it + + + (UML gdb) + att 1 + + + + + + + (UML gdb) + c + + + + + Here, specifying any pid which is not the process id of a UML thread + will cause gdb to reattach to the current thread. I commonly use 1, + but any other invalid pid would work. + + + + 11.3. Running ddd on UML + + ddd works on UML, but requires a special kludge. The process goes + like this: + + o Start ddd + + + host% ddd linux + + + + + + o With ps, get the pid of the gdb that ddd started. You can ask the + gdb to tell you, but for some reason that confuses things and + causes a hang. + + o run UML with 'debug=parent gdb-pid=' added to the command line + - it will just sit there after you hit return + + o type 'att 1' to the ddd gdb and you will see something like + + + 0xa013dc51 in __kill () + + + (gdb) + + + + + + o At this point, type 'c', UML will boot up, and you can use ddd just + as you do on any other process. + + + + 11.4. Debugging modules + + gdb has support for debugging code which is dynamically loaded into + the process. This support is what is needed to debug kernel modules + under UML. + + + Using that support is somewhat complicated. You have to tell gdb what + object file you just loaded into UML and where in memory it is. Then, + it can read the symbol table, and figure out where all the symbols are + from the load address that you provided. It gets more interesting + when you load the module again (i.e. after an rmmod). You have to + tell gdb to forget about all its symbols, including the main UML ones + for some reason, then load then all back in again. + + + There's an easy way and a hard way to do this. The easy way is to use + the umlgdb expect script written by Chandan Kudige. It basically + automates the process for you. + + + First, you must tell it where your modules are. There is a list in + the script that looks like this: + set MODULE_PATHS { + "fat" "/usr/src/uml/linux-2.4.18/fs/fat/fat.o" + "isofs" "/usr/src/uml/linux-2.4.18/fs/isofs/isofs.o" + "minix" "/usr/src/uml/linux-2.4.18/fs/minix/minix.o" + } + + + + + You change that to list the names and paths of the modules that you + are going to debug. Then you run it from the toplevel directory of + your UML pool and it basically tells you what to do: + + + + + ******** GDB pid is 21903 ******** + Start UML as: ./linux debug gdb-pid=21903 + + + + GNU gdb 5.0rh-5 Red Hat Linux 7.1 + Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, and you are + welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain conditions. + Type "show copying" to see the conditions. + There is absolutely no warranty for GDB. Type "show warranty" for details. + This GDB was configured as "i386-redhat-linux"... + (gdb) b sys_init_module + Breakpoint 1 at 0xa0011923: file module.c, line 349. + (gdb) att 1 + + + + + After you run UML and it sits there doing nothing, you hit return at + the 'att 1' and continue it: + + + Attaching to program: /home/jdike/linux/2.4/um/./linux, process 1 + 0xa00f4221 in __kill () + (UML gdb) c + Continuing. + + + + + At this point, you debug normally. When you insmod something, the + expect magic will kick in and you'll see something like: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + *** Module hostfs loaded *** + Breakpoint 1, sys_init_module (name_user=0x805abb0 "hostfs", + mod_user=0x8070e00) at module.c:349 + 349 char *name, *n_name, *name_tmp = NULL; + (UML gdb) finish + Run till exit from #0 sys_init_module (name_user=0x805abb0 "hostfs", + mod_user=0x8070e00) at module.c:349 + 0xa00e2e23 in execute_syscall (r=0xa8140284) at syscall_kern.c:411 + 411 else res = EXECUTE_SYSCALL(syscall, regs); + Value returned is $1 = 0 + (UML gdb) + p/x (int)module_list + module_list->size_of_struct + + $2 = 0xa9021054 + (UML gdb) symbol-file ./linux + Load new symbol table from "./linux"? (y or n) y + Reading symbols from ./linux... + done. + (UML gdb) + add-symbol-file /home/jdike/linux/2.4/um/arch/um/fs/hostfs/hostfs.o 0xa9021054 + + add symbol table from file "/home/jdike/linux/2.4/um/arch/um/fs/hostfs/hostfs.o" at + .text_addr = 0xa9021054 + (y or n) y + + Reading symbols from /home/jdike/linux/2.4/um/arch/um/fs/hostfs/hostfs.o... + done. + (UML gdb) p *module_list + $1 = {size_of_struct = 84, next = 0xa0178720, name = 0xa9022de0 "hostfs", + size = 9016, uc = {usecount = {counter = 0}, pad = 0}, flags = 1, + nsyms = 57, ndeps = 0, syms = 0xa9023170, deps = 0x0, refs = 0x0, + init = 0xa90221f0 , cleanup = 0xa902222c , + ex_table_start = 0x0, ex_table_end = 0x0, persist_start = 0x0, + persist_end = 0x0, can_unload = 0, runsize = 0, kallsyms_start = 0x0, + kallsyms_end = 0x0, + archdata_start = 0x1b855
, + archdata_end = 0xe5890000
, + kernel_data = 0xf689c35d
} + >> Finished loading symbols for hostfs ... + + + + + That's the easy way. It's highly recommended. The hard way is + described below in case you're interested in what's going on. + + + Boot the kernel under the debugger and load the module with insmod or + modprobe. With gdb, do: + + + (UML gdb) p module_list + + + + + This is a list of modules that have been loaded into the kernel, with + the most recently loaded module first. Normally, the module you want + is at module_list. If it's not, walk down the next links, looking at + the name fields until find the module you want to debug. Take the + address of that structure, and add module.size_of_struct (which in + 2.4.10 kernels is 96 (0x60)) to it. Gdb can make this hard addition + for you :-): + + + + (UML gdb) + printf "%#x\n", (int)module_list module_list->size_of_struct + + + + + The offset from the module start occasionally changes (before 2.4.0, + it was module.size_of_struct + 4), so it's a good idea to check the + init and cleanup addresses once in a while, as describe below. Now + do: + + + (UML gdb) + add-symbol-file /path/to/module/on/host that_address + + + + + Tell gdb you really want to do it, and you're in business. + + + If there's any doubt that you got the offset right, like breakpoints + appear not to work, or they're appearing in the wrong place, you can + check it by looking at the module structure. The init and cleanup + fields should look like: + + + init = 0x588066b0 , cleanup = 0x588066c0 + + + + + with no offsets on the symbol names. If the names are right, but they + are offset, then the offset tells you how much you need to add to the + address you gave to add-symbol-file. + + + When you want to load in a new version of the module, you need to get + gdb to forget about the old one. The only way I've found to do that + is to tell gdb to forget about all symbols that it knows about: + + + (UML gdb) symbol-file + + + + + Then reload the symbols from the kernel binary: + + + (UML gdb) symbol-file /path/to/kernel + + + + + and repeat the process above. You'll also need to re-enable break- + points. They were disabled when you dumped all the symbols because + gdb couldn't figure out where they should go. + + + + 11.5. Attaching gdb to the kernel + + If you don't have the kernel running under gdb, you can attach gdb to + it later by sending the tracing thread a SIGUSR1. The first line of + the console output identifies its pid: + tracing thread pid = 20093 + + + + + When you send it the signal: + + + host% kill -USR1 20093 + + + + + you will get an xterm with gdb running in it. + + + If you have the mconsole compiled into UML, then the mconsole client + can be used to start gdb: + + + (mconsole) (mconsole) config gdb=xterm + + + + + will fire up an xterm with gdb running in it. + + + + 11.6. Using alternate debuggers + + UML has support for attaching to an already running debugger rather + than starting gdb itself. This is present in CVS as of 17 Apr 2001. + I sent it to Alan for inclusion in the ac tree, and it will be in my + 2.4.4 release. + + + This is useful when gdb is a subprocess of some UI, such as emacs or + ddd. It can also be used to run debuggers other than gdb on UML. + Below is an example of using strace as an alternate debugger. + + + To do this, you need to get the pid of the debugger and pass it in + with the + + + If you are using gdb under some UI, then tell it to 'att 1', and + you'll find yourself attached to UML. + + + If you are using something other than gdb as your debugger, then + you'll need to get it to do the equivalent of 'att 1' if it doesn't do + it automatically. + + + An example of an alternate debugger is strace. You can strace the + actual kernel as follows: + + o Run the following in a shell + + + host% + sh -c 'echo pid=$$; echo -n hit return; read x; exec strace -p 1 -o strace.out' + + + + o Run UML with 'debug' and 'gdb-pid=' with the pid printed out + by the previous command + + o Hit return in the shell, and UML will start running, and strace + output will start accumulating in the output file. + + Note that this is different from running + + + host% strace ./linux + + + + + That will strace only the main UML thread, the tracing thread, which + doesn't do any of the actual kernel work. It just oversees the vir- + tual machine. In contrast, using strace as described above will show + you the low-level activity of the virtual machine. + + + + + + 12. Kernel debugging examples + + 12.1. The case of the hung fsck + + When booting up the kernel, fsck failed, and dropped me into a shell + to fix things up. I ran fsck -y, which hung: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Setting hostname uml [ OK ] + Checking root filesystem + /dev/fhd0 was not cleanly unmounted, check forced. + Error reading block 86894 (Attempt to read block from filesystem resulted in short read) while reading indirect blocks of inode 19780. + + /dev/fhd0: UNEXPECTED INCONSISTENCY; RUN fsck MANUALLY. + (i.e., without -a or -p options) + [ FAILED ] + + *** An error occurred during the file system check. + *** Dropping you to a shell; the system will reboot + *** when you leave the shell. + Give root password for maintenance + (or type Control-D for normal startup): + + [root@uml /root]# fsck -y /dev/fhd0 + fsck -y /dev/fhd0 + Parallelizing fsck version 1.14 (9-Jan-1999) + e2fsck 1.14, 9-Jan-1999 for EXT2 FS 0.5b, 95/08/09 + /dev/fhd0 contains a file system with errors, check forced. + Pass 1: Checking inodes, blocks, and sizes + Error reading block 86894 (Attempt to read block from filesystem resulted in short read) while reading indirect blocks of inode 19780. Ignore error? yes + + Inode 19780, i_blocks is 1548, should be 540. Fix? yes + + Pass 2: Checking directory structure + Error reading block 49405 (Attempt to read block from filesystem resulted in short read). Ignore error? yes + + Directory inode 11858, block 0, offset 0: directory corrupted + Salvage? yes + + Missing '.' in directory inode 11858. + Fix? yes + + Missing '..' in directory inode 11858. + Fix? yes + + + + + + The standard drill in this sort of situation is to fire up gdb on the + signal thread, which, in this case, was pid 1935. In another window, + I run gdb and attach pid 1935. + + + + + ~/linux/2.3.26/um 1016: gdb linux + GNU gdb 4.17.0.11 with Linux support + Copyright 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, and you are + welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain conditions. + Type "show copying" to see the conditions. + There is absolutely no warranty for GDB. Type "show warranty" for details. + This GDB was configured as "i386-redhat-linux"... + + (gdb) att 1935 + Attaching to program `/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/linux', Pid 1935 + 0x100756d9 in __wait4 () + + + + + + + Let's see what's currently running: + + + + (gdb) p current_task.pid + $1 = 0 + + + + + + It's the idle thread, which means that fsck went to sleep for some + reason and never woke up. + + + Let's guess that the last process in the process list is fsck: + + + + (gdb) p current_task.prev_task.comm + $13 = "fsck.ext2\000\000\000\000\000\000" + + + + + + It is, so let's see what it thinks it's up to: + + + + (gdb) p current_task.prev_task.thread + $14 = {extern_pid = 1980, tracing = 0, want_tracing = 0, forking = 0, + kernel_stack_page = 0, signal_stack = 1342627840, syscall = {id = 4, args = { + 3, 134973440, 1024, 0, 1024}, have_result = 0, result = 50590720}, + request = {op = 2, u = {exec = {ip = 1350467584, sp = 2952789424}, fork = { + regs = {1350467584, 2952789424, 0 }, sigstack = 0, + pid = 0}, switch_to = 0x507e8000, thread = {proc = 0x507e8000, + arg = 0xaffffdb0, flags = 0, new_pid = 0}, input_request = { + op = 1350467584, fd = -1342177872, proc = 0, pid = 0}}}} + + + + + + The interesting things here are the fact that its .thread.syscall.id + is __NR_write (see the big switch in arch/um/kernel/syscall_kern.c or + the defines in include/asm-um/arch/unistd.h), and that it never + returned. Also, its .request.op is OP_SWITCH (see + arch/um/include/user_util.h). These mean that it went into a write, + and, for some reason, called schedule(). + + + The fact that it never returned from write means that its stack should + be fairly interesting. Its pid is 1980 (.thread.extern_pid). That + process is being ptraced by the signal thread, so it must be detached + before gdb can attach it: + + + + + + + + + + + (gdb) call detach(1980) + + Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault. + + The program being debugged stopped while in a function called from GDB. + When the function (detach) is done executing, GDB will silently + stop (instead of continuing to evaluate the expression containing + the function call). + (gdb) call detach(1980) + $15 = 0 + + + + + + The first detach segfaults for some reason, and the second one + succeeds. + + + Now I detach from the signal thread, attach to the fsck thread, and + look at its stack: + + + (gdb) det + Detaching from program: /home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/linux Pid 1935 + (gdb) att 1980 + Attaching to program `/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/linux', Pid 1980 + 0x10070451 in __kill () + (gdb) bt + #0 0x10070451 in __kill () + #1 0x10068ccd in usr1_pid (pid=1980) at process.c:30 + #2 0x1006a03f in _switch_to (prev=0x50072000, next=0x507e8000) + at process_kern.c:156 + #3 0x1006a052 in switch_to (prev=0x50072000, next=0x507e8000, last=0x50072000) + at process_kern.c:161 + #4 0x10001d12 in schedule () at core.c:777 + #5 0x1006a744 in __down (sem=0x507d241c) at semaphore.c:71 + #6 0x1006aa10 in __down_failed () at semaphore.c:157 + #7 0x1006c5d8 in segv_handler (sc=0x5006e940) at trap_user.c:174 + #8 0x1006c5ec in kern_segv_handler (sig=11) at trap_user.c:182 + #9 + #10 0x10155404 in errno () + #11 0x1006c0aa in segv (address=1342179328, is_write=2) at trap_kern.c:50 + #12 0x1006c5d8 in segv_handler (sc=0x5006eaf8) at trap_user.c:174 + #13 0x1006c5ec in kern_segv_handler (sig=11) at trap_user.c:182 + #14 + #15 0xc0fd in ?? () + #16 0x10016647 in sys_write (fd=3, + buf=0x80b8800
, count=1024) + at read_write.c:159 + #17 0x1006d5b3 in execute_syscall (syscall=4, args=0x5006ef08) + at syscall_kern.c:254 + #18 0x1006af87 in really_do_syscall (sig=12) at syscall_user.c:35 + #19 + #20 0x400dc8b0 in ?? () + + + + + + The interesting things here are : + + o There are two segfaults on this stack (frames 9 and 14) + + o The first faulting address (frame 11) is 0x50000800 + + (gdb) p (void *)1342179328 + $16 = (void *) 0x50000800 + + + + + + The initial faulting address is interesting because it is on the idle + thread's stack. I had been seeing the idle thread segfault for no + apparent reason, and the cause looked like stack corruption. In hopes + of catching the culprit in the act, I had turned off all protections + to that stack while the idle thread wasn't running. This apparently + tripped that trap. + + + However, the more immediate problem is that second segfault and I'm + going to concentrate on that. First, I want to see where the fault + happened, so I have to go look at the sigcontent struct in frame 8: + + + + (gdb) up + #1 0x10068ccd in usr1_pid (pid=1980) at process.c:30 + 30 kill(pid, SIGUSR1); + (gdb) + #2 0x1006a03f in _switch_to (prev=0x50072000, next=0x507e8000) + at process_kern.c:156 + 156 usr1_pid(getpid()); + (gdb) + #3 0x1006a052 in switch_to (prev=0x50072000, next=0x507e8000, last=0x50072000) + at process_kern.c:161 + 161 _switch_to(prev, next); + (gdb) + #4 0x10001d12 in schedule () at core.c:777 + 777 switch_to(prev, next, prev); + (gdb) + #5 0x1006a744 in __down (sem=0x507d241c) at semaphore.c:71 + 71 schedule(); + (gdb) + #6 0x1006aa10 in __down_failed () at semaphore.c:157 + 157 } + (gdb) + #7 0x1006c5d8 in segv_handler (sc=0x5006e940) at trap_user.c:174 + 174 segv(sc->cr2, sc->err & 2); + (gdb) + #8 0x1006c5ec in kern_segv_handler (sig=11) at trap_user.c:182 + 182 segv_handler(sc); + (gdb) p *sc + Cannot access memory at address 0x0. + + + + + That's not very useful, so I'll try a more manual method: + + + (gdb) p *((struct sigcontext *) (&sig + 1)) + $19 = {gs = 0, __gsh = 0, fs = 0, __fsh = 0, es = 43, __esh = 0, ds = 43, + __dsh = 0, edi = 1342179328, esi = 1350378548, ebp = 1342630440, + esp = 1342630420, ebx = 1348150624, edx = 1280, ecx = 0, eax = 0, + trapno = 14, err = 4, eip = 268480945, cs = 35, __csh = 0, eflags = 66118, + esp_at_signal = 1342630420, ss = 43, __ssh = 0, fpstate = 0x0, oldmask = 0, + cr2 = 1280} + + + + The ip is in handle_mm_fault: + + + (gdb) p (void *)268480945 + $20 = (void *) 0x1000b1b1 + (gdb) i sym $20 + handle_mm_fault + 57 in section .text + + + + + + Specifically, it's in pte_alloc: + + + (gdb) i line *$20 + Line 124 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" + starts at address 0x1000b1b1 + and ends at 0x1000b1b7 . + + + + + + To find where in handle_mm_fault this is, I'll jump forward in the + code until I see an address in that procedure: + + + + (gdb) i line *0x1000b1c0 + Line 126 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" + starts at address 0x1000b1b7 + and ends at 0x1000b1c3 . + (gdb) i line *0x1000b1d0 + Line 131 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" + starts at address 0x1000b1d0 + and ends at 0x1000b1da . + (gdb) i line *0x1000b1e0 + Line 61 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" + starts at address 0x1000b1da + and ends at 0x1000b1e1 . + (gdb) i line *0x1000b1f0 + Line 134 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" + starts at address 0x1000b1f0 + and ends at 0x1000b200 . + (gdb) i line *0x1000b200 + Line 135 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" + starts at address 0x1000b200 + and ends at 0x1000b208 . + (gdb) i line *0x1000b210 + Line 139 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" + starts at address 0x1000b210 + and ends at 0x1000b219 . + (gdb) i line *0x1000b220 + Line 1168 of "memory.c" starts at address 0x1000b21e + and ends at 0x1000b222 . + + + + + + Something is apparently wrong with the page tables or vma_structs, so + lets go back to frame 11 and have a look at them: + + + + #11 0x1006c0aa in segv (address=1342179328, is_write=2) at trap_kern.c:50 + 50 handle_mm_fault(current, vma, address, is_write); + (gdb) call pgd_offset_proc(vma->vm_mm, address) + $22 = (pgd_t *) 0x80a548c + + + + + + That's pretty bogus. Page tables aren't supposed to be in process + text or data areas. Let's see what's in the vma: + + + (gdb) p *vma + $23 = {vm_mm = 0x507d2434, vm_start = 0, vm_end = 134512640, + vm_next = 0x80a4f8c, vm_page_prot = {pgprot = 0}, vm_flags = 31200, + vm_avl_height = 2058, vm_avl_left = 0x80a8c94, vm_avl_right = 0x80d1000, + vm_next_share = 0xaffffdb0, vm_pprev_share = 0xaffffe63, + vm_ops = 0xaffffe7a, vm_pgoff = 2952789626, vm_file = 0xafffffec, + vm_private_data = 0x62} + (gdb) p *vma.vm_mm + $24 = {mmap = 0x507d2434, mmap_avl = 0x0, mmap_cache = 0x8048000, + pgd = 0x80a4f8c, mm_users = {counter = 0}, mm_count = {counter = 134904288}, + map_count = 134909076, mmap_sem = {count = {counter = 135073792}, + sleepers = -1342177872, wait = {lock = , + task_list = {next = 0xaffffe63, prev = 0xaffffe7a}, + __magic = -1342177670, __creator = -1342177300}, __magic = 98}, + page_table_lock = {}, context = 138, start_code = 0, end_code = 0, + start_data = 0, end_data = 0, start_brk = 0, brk = 0, start_stack = 0, + arg_start = 0, arg_end = 0, env_start = 0, env_end = 0, rss = 1350381536, + total_vm = 0, locked_vm = 0, def_flags = 0, cpu_vm_mask = 0, swap_cnt = 0, + swap_address = 0, segments = 0x0} + + + + + + This also pretty bogus. With all of the 0x80xxxxx and 0xaffffxxx + addresses, this is looking like a stack was plonked down on top of + these structures. Maybe it's a stack overflow from the next page: + + + + (gdb) p vma + $25 = (struct vm_area_struct *) 0x507d2434 + + + + + + That's towards the lower quarter of the page, so that would have to + have been pretty heavy stack overflow: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (gdb) x/100x $25 + 0x507d2434: 0x507d2434 0x00000000 0x08048000 0x080a4f8c + 0x507d2444: 0x00000000 0x080a79e0 0x080a8c94 0x080d1000 + 0x507d2454: 0xaffffdb0 0xaffffe63 0xaffffe7a 0xaffffe7a + 0x507d2464: 0xafffffec 0x00000062 0x0000008a 0x00000000 + 0x507d2474: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d2484: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d2494: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x507d2fe0 0x00000000 + 0x507d24a4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d24b4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d24c4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d24d4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d24e4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d24f4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d2504: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d2514: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d2524: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d2534: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x507d25dc 0x00000000 + 0x507d2544: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d2554: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d2564: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d2574: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d2584: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d2594: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d25a4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + 0x507d25b4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 + + + + + + It's not stack overflow. The only "stack-like" piece of this data is + the vma_struct itself. + + + At this point, I don't see any avenues to pursue, so I just have to + admit that I have no idea what's going on. What I will do, though, is + stick a trap on the segfault handler which will stop if it sees any + writes to the idle thread's stack. That was the thing that happened + first, and it may be that if I can catch it immediately, what's going + on will be somewhat clearer. + + + 12.2. Episode 2: The case of the hung fsck + + After setting a trap in the SEGV handler for accesses to the signal + thread's stack, I reran the kernel. + + + fsck hung again, this time by hitting the trap: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Setting hostname uml [ OK ] + Checking root filesystem + /dev/fhd0 contains a file system with errors, check forced. + Error reading block 86894 (Attempt to read block from filesystem resulted in short read) while reading indirect blocks of inode 19780. + + /dev/fhd0: UNEXPECTED INCONSISTENCY; RUN fsck MANUALLY. + (i.e., without -a or -p options) + [ FAILED ] + + *** An error occurred during the file system check. + *** Dropping you to a shell; the system will reboot + *** when you leave the shell. + Give root password for maintenance + (or type Control-D for normal startup): + + [root@uml /root]# fsck -y /dev/fhd0 + fsck -y /dev/fhd0 + Parallelizing fsck version 1.14 (9-Jan-1999) + e2fsck 1.14, 9-Jan-1999 for EXT2 FS 0.5b, 95/08/09 + /dev/fhd0 contains a file system with errors, check forced. + Pass 1: Checking inodes, blocks, and sizes + Error reading block 86894 (Attempt to read block from filesystem resulted in short read) while reading indirect blocks of inode 19780. Ignore error? yes + + Pass 2: Checking directory structure + Error reading block 49405 (Attempt to read block from filesystem resulted in short read). Ignore error? yes + + Directory inode 11858, block 0, offset 0: directory corrupted + Salvage? yes + + Missing '.' in directory inode 11858. + Fix? yes + + Missing '..' in directory inode 11858. + Fix? yes + + Untested (4127) [100fe44c]: trap_kern.c line 31 + + + + + + I need to get the signal thread to detach from pid 4127 so that I can + attach to it with gdb. This is done by sending it a SIGUSR1, which is + caught by the signal thread, which detaches the process: + + + kill -USR1 4127 + + + + + + Now I can run gdb on it: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ~/linux/2.3.26/um 1034: gdb linux + GNU gdb 4.17.0.11 with Linux support + Copyright 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, and you are + welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain conditions. + Type "show copying" to see the conditions. + There is absolutely no warranty for GDB. Type "show warranty" for details. + This GDB was configured as "i386-redhat-linux"... + (gdb) att 4127 + Attaching to program `/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/linux', Pid 4127 + 0x10075891 in __libc_nanosleep () + + + + + + The backtrace shows that it was in a write and that the fault address + (address in frame 3) is 0x50000800, which is right in the middle of + the signal thread's stack page: + + + (gdb) bt + #0 0x10075891 in __libc_nanosleep () + #1 0x1007584d in __sleep (seconds=1000000) + at ../sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/sleep.c:78 + #2 0x1006ce9a in stop () at user_util.c:191 + #3 0x1006bf88 in segv (address=1342179328, is_write=2) at trap_kern.c:31 + #4 0x1006c628 in segv_handler (sc=0x5006eaf8) at trap_user.c:174 + #5 0x1006c63c in kern_segv_handler (sig=11) at trap_user.c:182 + #6 + #7 0xc0fd in ?? () + #8 0x10016647 in sys_write (fd=3, buf=0x80b8800 "R.", count=1024) + at read_write.c:159 + #9 0x1006d603 in execute_syscall (syscall=4, args=0x5006ef08) + at syscall_kern.c:254 + #10 0x1006af87 in really_do_syscall (sig=12) at syscall_user.c:35 + #11 + #12 0x400dc8b0 in ?? () + #13 + #14 0x400dc8b0 in ?? () + #15 0x80545fd in ?? () + #16 0x804daae in ?? () + #17 0x8054334 in ?? () + #18 0x804d23e in ?? () + #19 0x8049632 in ?? () + #20 0x80491d2 in ?? () + #21 0x80596b5 in ?? () + (gdb) p (void *)1342179328 + $3 = (void *) 0x50000800 + + + + + + Going up the stack to the segv_handler frame and looking at where in + the code the access happened shows that it happened near line 110 of + block_dev.c: + + + + + + + + + + (gdb) up + #1 0x1007584d in __sleep (seconds=1000000) + at ../sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/sleep.c:78 + ../sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/sleep.c:78: No such file or directory. + (gdb) + #2 0x1006ce9a in stop () at user_util.c:191 + 191 while(1) sleep(1000000); + (gdb) + #3 0x1006bf88 in segv (address=1342179328, is_write=2) at trap_kern.c:31 + 31 KERN_UNTESTED(); + (gdb) + #4 0x1006c628 in segv_handler (sc=0x5006eaf8) at trap_user.c:174 + 174 segv(sc->cr2, sc->err & 2); + (gdb) p *sc + $1 = {gs = 0, __gsh = 0, fs = 0, __fsh = 0, es = 43, __esh = 0, ds = 43, + __dsh = 0, edi = 1342179328, esi = 134973440, ebp = 1342631484, + esp = 1342630864, ebx = 256, edx = 0, ecx = 256, eax = 1024, trapno = 14, + err = 6, eip = 268550834, cs = 35, __csh = 0, eflags = 66070, + esp_at_signal = 1342630864, ss = 43, __ssh = 0, fpstate = 0x0, oldmask = 0, + cr2 = 1342179328} + (gdb) p (void *)268550834 + $2 = (void *) 0x1001c2b2 + (gdb) i sym $2 + block_write + 1090 in section .text + (gdb) i line *$2 + Line 209 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/arch/string.h" + starts at address 0x1001c2a1 + and ends at 0x1001c2bf . + (gdb) i line *0x1001c2c0 + Line 110 of "block_dev.c" starts at address 0x1001c2bf + and ends at 0x1001c2e3 . + + + + + + Looking at the source shows that the fault happened during a call to + copy_from_user to copy the data into the kernel: + + + 107 count -= chars; + 108 copy_from_user(p,buf,chars); + 109 p += chars; + 110 buf += chars; + + + + + + p is the pointer which must contain 0x50000800, since buf contains + 0x80b8800 (frame 8 above). It is defined as: + + + p = offset + bh->b_data; + + + + + + I need to figure out what bh is, and it just so happens that bh is + passed as an argument to mark_buffer_uptodate and mark_buffer_dirty a + few lines later, so I do a little disassembly: + + + + + (gdb) disas 0x1001c2bf 0x1001c2e0 + Dump of assembler code from 0x1001c2bf to 0x1001c2d0: + 0x1001c2bf : addl %eax,0xc(%ebp) + 0x1001c2c2 : movl 0xfffffdd4(%ebp),%edx + 0x1001c2c8 : btsl $0x0,0x18(%edx) + 0x1001c2cd : btsl $0x1,0x18(%edx) + 0x1001c2d2 : sbbl %ecx,%ecx + 0x1001c2d4 : testl %ecx,%ecx + 0x1001c2d6 : jne 0x1001c2e3 + 0x1001c2d8 : pushl $0x0 + 0x1001c2da : pushl %edx + 0x1001c2db : call 0x1001819c <__mark_buffer_dirty> + End of assembler dump. + + + + + + At that point, bh is in %edx (address 0x1001c2da), which is calculated + at 0x1001c2c2 as %ebp + 0xfffffdd4, so I figure exactly what that is, + taking %ebp from the sigcontext_struct above: + + + (gdb) p (void *)1342631484 + $5 = (void *) 0x5006ee3c + (gdb) p 0x5006ee3c+0xfffffdd4 + $6 = 1342630928 + (gdb) p (void *)$6 + $7 = (void *) 0x5006ec10 + (gdb) p *((void **)$7) + $8 = (void *) 0x50100200 + + + + + + Now, I look at the structure to see what's in it, and particularly, + what its b_data field contains: + + + (gdb) p *((struct buffer_head *)0x50100200) + $13 = {b_next = 0x50289380, b_blocknr = 49405, b_size = 1024, b_list = 0, + b_dev = 15872, b_count = {counter = 1}, b_rdev = 15872, b_state = 24, + b_flushtime = 0, b_next_free = 0x501001a0, b_prev_free = 0x50100260, + b_this_page = 0x501001a0, b_reqnext = 0x0, b_pprev = 0x507fcf58, + b_data = 0x50000800 "", b_page = 0x50004000, + b_end_io = 0x10017f60 , b_dev_id = 0x0, + b_rsector = 98810, b_wait = {lock = , + task_list = {next = 0x50100248, prev = 0x50100248}, __magic = 1343226448, + __creator = 0}, b_kiobuf = 0x0} + + + + + + The b_data field is indeed 0x50000800, so the question becomes how + that happened. The rest of the structure looks fine, so this probably + is not a case of data corruption. It happened on purpose somehow. + + + The b_page field is a pointer to the page_struct representing the + 0x50000000 page. Looking at it shows the kernel's idea of the state + of that page: + + + + (gdb) p *$13.b_page + $17 = {list = {next = 0x50004a5c, prev = 0x100c5174}, mapping = 0x0, + index = 0, next_hash = 0x0, count = {counter = 1}, flags = 132, lru = { + next = 0x50008460, prev = 0x50019350}, wait = { + lock = , task_list = {next = 0x50004024, + prev = 0x50004024}, __magic = 1342193708, __creator = 0}, + pprev_hash = 0x0, buffers = 0x501002c0, virtual = 1342177280, + zone = 0x100c5160} + + + + + + Some sanity-checking: the virtual field shows the "virtual" address of + this page, which in this kernel is the same as its "physical" address, + and the page_struct itself should be mem_map[0], since it represents + the first page of memory: + + + + (gdb) p (void *)1342177280 + $18 = (void *) 0x50000000 + (gdb) p mem_map + $19 = (mem_map_t *) 0x50004000 + + + + + + These check out fine. + + + Now to check out the page_struct itself. In particular, the flags + field shows whether the page is considered free or not: + + + (gdb) p (void *)132 + $21 = (void *) 0x84 + + + + + + The "reserved" bit is the high bit, which is definitely not set, so + the kernel considers the signal stack page to be free and available to + be used. + + + At this point, I jump to conclusions and start looking at my early + boot code, because that's where that page is supposed to be reserved. + + + In my setup_arch procedure, I have the following code which looks just + fine: + + + + bootmap_size = init_bootmem(start_pfn, end_pfn - start_pfn); + free_bootmem(__pa(low_physmem) + bootmap_size, high_physmem - low_physmem); + + + + + + Two stack pages have already been allocated, and low_physmem points to + the third page, which is the beginning of free memory. + The init_bootmem call declares the entire memory to the boot memory + manager, which marks it all reserved. The free_bootmem call frees up + all of it, except for the first two pages. This looks correct to me. + + + So, I decide to see init_bootmem run and make sure that it is marking + those first two pages as reserved. I never get that far. + + + Stepping into init_bootmem, and looking at bootmem_map before looking + at what it contains shows the following: + + + + (gdb) p bootmem_map + $3 = (void *) 0x50000000 + + + + + + Aha! The light dawns. That first page is doing double duty as a + stack and as the boot memory map. The last thing that the boot memory + manager does is to free the pages used by its memory map, so this page + is getting freed even its marked as reserved. + + + The fix was to initialize the boot memory manager before allocating + those two stack pages, and then allocate them through the boot memory + manager. After doing this, and fixing a couple of subsequent buglets, + the stack corruption problem disappeared. + + + + + + 13. What to do when UML doesn't work + + + + + 13.1. Strange compilation errors when you build from source + + As of test11, it is necessary to have "ARCH=um" in the environment or + on the make command line for all steps in building UML, including + clean, distclean, or mrproper, config, menuconfig, or xconfig, dep, + and linux. If you forget for any of them, the i386 build seems to + contaminate the UML build. If this happens, start from scratch with + + + host% + make mrproper ARCH=um + + + + + and repeat the build process with ARCH=um on all the steps. + + + See ``Compiling the kernel and modules'' for more details. + + + Another cause of strange compilation errors is building UML in + /usr/src/linux. If you do this, the first thing you need to do is + clean up the mess you made. The /usr/src/linux/asm link will now + point to /usr/src/linux/asm-um. Make it point back to + /usr/src/linux/asm-i386. Then, move your UML pool someplace else and + build it there. Also see below, where a more specific set of symptoms + is described. + + + + 13.3. A variety of panics and hangs with /tmp on a reiserfs filesys- + tem + + I saw this on reiserfs 3.5.21 and it seems to be fixed in 3.5.27. + Panics preceded by + + + Detaching pid nnnn + + + + are diagnostic of this problem. This is a reiserfs bug which causes a + thread to occasionally read stale data from a mmapped page shared with + another thread. The fix is to upgrade the filesystem or to have /tmp + be an ext2 filesystem. + + + + 13.4. The compile fails with errors about conflicting types for + 'open', 'dup', and 'waitpid' + + This happens when you build in /usr/src/linux. The UML build makes + the include/asm link point to include/asm-um. /usr/include/asm points + to /usr/src/linux/include/asm, so when that link gets moved, files + which need to include the asm-i386 versions of headers get the + incompatible asm-um versions. The fix is to move the include/asm link + back to include/asm-i386 and to do UML builds someplace else. + + + + 13.5. UML doesn't work when /tmp is an NFS filesystem + + This seems to be a similar situation with the ReiserFS problem above. + Some versions of NFS seems not to handle mmap correctly, which UML + depends on. The workaround is have /tmp be a non-NFS directory. + + + 13.6. UML hangs on boot when compiled with gprof support + + If you build UML with gprof support and, early in the boot, it does + this + + + kernel BUG at page_alloc.c:100! + + + + + you have a buggy gcc. You can work around the problem by removing + UM_FASTCALL from CFLAGS in arch/um/Makefile-i386. This will open up + another bug, but that one is fairly hard to reproduce. + + + + 13.7. syslogd dies with a SIGTERM on startup + + The exact boot error depends on the distribution that you're booting, + but Debian produces this: + + + /etc/rc2.d/S10sysklogd: line 49: 93 Terminated + start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --exec /sbin/syslogd -- $SYSLOGD + + + + + This is a syslogd bug. There's a race between a parent process + installing a signal handler and its child sending the signal. See + this uml-devel post for the details. + + + + 13.8. TUN/TAP networking doesn't work on a 2.4 host + + There are a couple of problems which were + name="pointed + out"> by Tim Robinson + + o It doesn't work on hosts running 2.4.7 (or thereabouts) or earlier. + The fix is to upgrade to something more recent and then read the + next item. + + o If you see + + + File descriptor in bad state + + + + when you bring up the device inside UML, you have a header mismatch + between the original kernel and the upgraded one. Make /usr/src/linux + point at the new headers. This will only be a problem if you build + uml_net yourself. + + + + 13.9. You can network to the host but not to other machines on the + net + + If you can connect to the host, and the host can connect to UML, but + you cannot connect to any other machines, then you may need to enable + IP Masquerading on the host. Usually this is only experienced when + using private IP addresses (192.168.x.x or 10.x.x.x) for host/UML + networking, rather than the public address space that your host is + connected to. UML does not enable IP Masquerading, so you will need + to create a static rule to enable it: + + + host% + iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE + + + + + Replace eth0 with the interface that you use to talk to the rest of + the world. + + + Documentation on IP Masquerading, and SNAT, can be found at + www.netfilter.org . + + + If you can reach the local net, but not the outside Internet, then + that is usually a routing problem. The UML needs a default route: + + + UML# + route add default gw gateway IP + + + + + The gateway IP can be any machine on the local net that knows how to + reach the outside world. Usually, this is the host or the local net- + work's gateway. + + + Occasionally, we hear from someone who can reach some machines, but + not others on the same net, or who can reach some ports on other + machines, but not others. These are usually caused by strange + firewalling somewhere between the UML and the other box. You track + this down by running tcpdump on every interface the packets travel + over and see where they disappear. When you find a machine that takes + the packets in, but does not send them onward, that's the culprit. + + + + 13.10. I have no root and I want to scream + + Thanks to Birgit Wahlich for telling me about this strange one. It + turns out that there's a limit of six environment variables on the + kernel command line. When that limit is reached or exceeded, argument + processing stops, which means that the 'root=' argument that UML + usually adds is not seen. So, the filesystem has no idea what the + root device is, so it panics. + + + The fix is to put less stuff on the command line. Glomming all your + setup variables into one is probably the best way to go. + + + + 13.11. UML build conflict between ptrace.h and ucontext.h + + On some older systems, /usr/include/asm/ptrace.h and + /usr/include/sys/ucontext.h define the same names. So, when they're + included together, the defines from one completely mess up the parsing + of the other, producing errors like: + /usr/include/sys/ucontext.h:47: parse error before + `10' + + + + + plus a pile of warnings. + + + This is a libc botch, which has since been fixed, and I don't see any + way around it besides upgrading. + + + + 13.12. The UML BogoMips is exactly half the host's BogoMips + + On i386 kernels, there are two ways of running the loop that is used + to calculate the BogoMips rating, using the TSC if it's there or using + a one-instruction loop. The TSC produces twice the BogoMips as the + loop. UML uses the loop, since it has nothing resembling a TSC, and + will get almost exactly the same BogoMips as a host using the loop. + However, on a host with a TSC, its BogoMips will be double the loop + BogoMips, and therefore double the UML BogoMips. + + + + 13.13. When you run UML, it immediately segfaults + + If the host is configured with the 2G/2G address space split, that's + why. See ``UML on 2G/2G hosts'' for the details on getting UML to + run on your host. + + + + 13.14. xterms appear, then immediately disappear + + If you're running an up to date kernel with an old release of + uml_utilities, the port-helper program will not work properly, so + xterms will exit straight after they appear. The solution is to + upgrade to the latest release of uml_utilities. Usually this problem + occurs when you have installed a packaged release of UML then compiled + your own development kernel without upgrading the uml_utilities from + the source distribution. + + + + 13.15. Any other panic, hang, or strange behavior + + If you're seeing truly strange behavior, such as hangs or panics that + happen in random places, or you try running the debugger to see what's + happening and it acts strangely, then it could be a problem in the + host kernel. If you're not running a stock Linus or -ac kernel, then + try that. An early version of the preemption patch and a 2.4.10 SuSE + kernel have caused very strange problems in UML. + + + Otherwise, let me know about it. Send a message to one of the UML + mailing lists - either the developer list - user-mode-linux-devel at + lists dot sourceforge dot net (subscription info) or the user list - + user-mode-linux-user at lists dot sourceforge do net (subscription + info), whichever you prefer. Don't assume that everyone knows about + it and that a fix is imminent. + + + If you want to be super-helpful, read ``Diagnosing Problems'' and + follow the instructions contained therein. + 14. Diagnosing Problems + + + If you get UML to crash, hang, or otherwise misbehave, you should + report this on one of the project mailing lists, either the developer + list - user-mode-linux-devel at lists dot sourceforge dot net + (subscription info) or the user list - user-mode-linux-user at lists + dot sourceforge dot net (subscription info). When you do, it is + likely that I will want more information. So, it would be helpful to + read the stuff below, do whatever is applicable in your case, and + report the results to the list. + + + For any diagnosis, you're going to need to build a debugging kernel. + The binaries from this site aren't debuggable. If you haven't done + this before, read about ``Compiling the kernel and modules'' and + ``Kernel debugging'' UML first. + + + 14.1. Case 1 : Normal kernel panics + + The most common case is for a normal thread to panic. To debug this, + you will need to run it under the debugger (add 'debug' to the command + line). An xterm will start up with gdb running inside it. Continue + it when it stops in start_kernel and make it crash. Now ^C gdb and + + + If the panic was a "Kernel mode fault", then there will be a segv + frame on the stack and I'm going to want some more information. The + stack might look something like this: + + + (UML gdb) backtrace + #0 0x1009bf76 in __sigprocmask (how=1, set=0x5f347940, oset=0x0) + at ../sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/sigprocmask.c:49 + #1 0x10091411 in change_sig (signal=10, on=1) at process.c:218 + #2 0x10094785 in timer_handler (sig=26) at time_kern.c:32 + #3 0x1009bf38 in __restore () + at ../sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/i386/sigaction.c:125 + #4 0x1009534c in segv (address=8, ip=268849158, is_write=2, is_user=0) + at trap_kern.c:66 + #5 0x10095c04 in segv_handler (sig=11) at trap_user.c:285 + #6 0x1009bf38 in __restore () + + + + + I'm going to want to see the symbol and line information for the value + of ip in the segv frame. In this case, you would do the following: + + + (UML gdb) i sym 268849158 + + + + + and + + + (UML gdb) i line *268849158 + + + + + The reason for this is the __restore frame right above the segv_han- + dler frame is hiding the frame that actually segfaulted. So, I have + to get that information from the faulting ip. + + + 14.2. Case 2 : Tracing thread panics + + The less common and more painful case is when the tracing thread + panics. In this case, the kernel debugger will be useless because it + needs a healthy tracing thread in order to work. The first thing to + do is get a backtrace from the tracing thread. This is done by + figuring out what its pid is, firing up gdb, and attaching it to that + pid. You can figure out the tracing thread pid by looking at the + first line of the console output, which will look like this: + + + tracing thread pid = 15851 + + + + + or by running ps on the host and finding the line that looks like + this: + + + jdike 15851 4.5 0.4 132568 1104 pts/0 S 21:34 0:05 ./linux [(tracing thread)] + + + + + If the panic was 'segfault in signals', then follow the instructions + above for collecting information about the location of the seg fault. + + + If the tracing thread flaked out all by itself, then send that + backtrace in and wait for our crack debugging team to fix the problem. + + + 14.3. Case 3 : Tracing thread panics caused by other threads + + However, there are cases where the misbehavior of another thread + caused the problem. The most common panic of this type is: + + + wait_for_stop failed to wait for to stop with + + + + + In this case, you'll need to get a backtrace from the process men- + tioned in the panic, which is complicated by the fact that the kernel + debugger is defunct and without some fancy footwork, another gdb can't + attach to it. So, this is how the fancy footwork goes: + + In a shell: + + + host% kill -STOP pid + + + + + Run gdb on the tracing thread as described in case 2 and do: + + + (host gdb) call detach(pid) + + + If you get a segfault, do it again. It always works the second time. + + Detach from the tracing thread and attach to that other thread: + + + (host gdb) detach + + + + + + + (host gdb) attach pid + + + + + If gdb hangs when attaching to that process, go back to a shell and + do: + + + host% + kill -CONT pid + + + + + And then get the backtrace: + + + (host gdb) backtrace + + + + + + 14.4. Case 4 : Hangs + + Hangs seem to be fairly rare, but they sometimes happen. When a hang + happens, we need a backtrace from the offending process. Run the + kernel debugger as described in case 1 and get a backtrace. If the + current process is not the idle thread, then send in the backtrace. + You can tell that it's the idle thread if the stack looks like this: + + + #0 0x100b1401 in __libc_nanosleep () + #1 0x100a2885 in idle_sleep (secs=10) at time.c:122 + #2 0x100a546f in do_idle () at process_kern.c:445 + #3 0x100a5508 in cpu_idle () at process_kern.c:471 + #4 0x100ec18f in start_kernel () at init/main.c:592 + #5 0x100a3e10 in start_kernel_proc (unused=0x0) at um_arch.c:71 + #6 0x100a383f in signal_tramp (arg=0x100a3dd8) at trap_user.c:50 + + + + + If this is the case, then some other process is at fault, and went to + sleep when it shouldn't have. Run ps on the host and figure out which + process should not have gone to sleep and stayed asleep. Then attach + to it with gdb and get a backtrace as described in case 3. + + + + + + + 15. Thanks + + + A number of people have helped this project in various ways, and this + page gives recognition where recognition is due. + + + If you're listed here and you would prefer a real link on your name, + or no link at all, instead of the despammed email address pseudo-link, + let me know. + + + If you're not listed here and you think maybe you should be, please + let me know that as well. I try to get everyone, but sometimes my + bookkeeping lapses and I forget about contributions. + + + 15.1. Code and Documentation + + Rusty Russell - + + o wrote the HOWTO + + o prodded me into making this project official and putting it on + SourceForge + + o came up with the way cool UML logo + + o redid the config process + + + Peter Moulder - Fixed my config and build + processes, and added some useful code to the block driver + + + Bill Stearns - + + o HOWTO updates + + o lots of bug reports + + o lots of testing + + o dedicated a box (uml.ists.dartmouth.edu) to support UML development + + o wrote the mkrootfs script, which allows bootable filesystems of + RPM-based distributions to be cranked out + + o cranked out a large number of filesystems with said script + + + Jim Leu - Wrote the virtual ethernet driver + and associated usermode tools + + Lars Brinkhoff - Contributed the ptrace + proxy from his own project to allow easier + kernel debugging + + + Andrea Arcangeli - Redid some of the early boot + code so that it would work on machines with Large File Support + + + Chris Emerson - Did + the first UML port to Linux/ppc + + + Harald Welte - Wrote the multicast + transport for the network driver + + + Jorgen Cederlof - Added special file support to hostfs + + + Greg Lonnon - Changed the ubd driver + to allow it to layer a COW file on a shared read-only filesystem and + wrote the iomem emulation support + + + Henrik Nordstrom - Provided a variety + of patches, fixes, and clues + + + Lennert Buytenhek - Contributed various patches, a rewrite of the + network driver, the first implementation of the mconsole driver, and + did the bulk of the work needed to get SMP working again. + + + Yon Uriarte - Fixed the TUN/TAP network backend while I slept. + + + Adam Heath - Made a bunch of nice cleanups to the initialization code, + plus various other small patches. + + + Matt Zimmerman - Matt volunteered to be the UML Debian maintainer and + is doing a real nice job of it. He also noticed and fixed a number of + actually and potentially exploitable security holes in uml_net. Plus + the occasional patch. I like patches. + + + James McMechan - James seems to have taken over maintenance of the ubd + driver and is doing a nice job of it. + + + Chandan Kudige - wrote the umlgdb script which automates the reloading + of module symbols. + + + Steve Schmidtke - wrote the UML slirp transport and hostaudio drivers, + enabling UML processes to access audio devices on the host. He also + submitted patches for the slip transport and lots of other things. + + + David Coulson - + + o Set up the usermodelinux.org site, + which is a great way of keeping the UML user community on top of + UML goings-on. + + o Site documentation and updates + + o Nifty little UML management daemon UMLd + + + o Lots of testing and bug reports + + + + + 15.2. Flushing out bugs + + + + o Yuri Pudgorodsky + + o Gerald Britton + + o Ian Wehrman + + o Gord Lamb + + o Eugene Koontz + + o John H. Hartman + + o Anders Karlsson + + o Daniel Phillips + + o John Fremlin + + o Rainer Burgstaller + + o James Stevenson + + o Matt Clay + + o Cliff Jefferies + + o Geoff Hoff + + o Lennert Buytenhek + + o Al Viro + + o Frank Klingenhoefer + + o Livio Baldini Soares + + o Jon Burgess + + o Petru Paler + + o Paul + + o Chris Reahard + + o Sverker Nilsson + + o Gong Su + + o johan verrept + + o Bjorn Eriksson + + o Lorenzo Allegrucci + + o Muli Ben-Yehuda + + o David Mansfield + + o Howard Goff + + o Mike Anderson + + o John Byrne + + o Sapan J. Batia + + o Iris Huang + + o Jan Hudec + + o Voluspa + + + + + 15.3. Buglets and clean-ups + + + + o Dave Zarzycki + + o Adam Lazur + + o Boria Feigin + + o Brian J. Murrell + + o JS + + o Roman Zippel + + o Wil Cooley + + o Ayelet Shemesh + + o Will Dyson + + o Sverker Nilsson + + o dvorak + + o v.naga srinivas + + o Shlomi Fish + + o Roger Binns + + o johan verrept + + o MrChuoi + + o Peter Cleve + + o Vincent Guffens + + o Nathan Scott + + o Patrick Caulfield + + o jbearce + + o Catalin Marinas + + o Shane Spencer + + o Zou Min + + + o Ryan Boder + + o Lorenzo Colitti + + o Gwendal Grignou + + o Andre' Breiler + + o Tsutomu Yasuda + + + + 15.4. Case Studies + + + o Jon Wright + + o William McEwan + + o Michael Richardson + + + + 15.5. Other contributions + + + Bill Carr made the Red Hat mkrootfs script + work with RH 6.2. + + Michael Jennings sent in some material which + is now gracing the top of the index page of this site. + + SGI (and more specifically Ralf Baechle ) gave me an account on oss.sgi.com + . The bandwidth there made it possible to + produce most of the filesystems available on the project download + page. + + Laurent Bonnaud took the old grotty + Debian filesystem that I've been distributing and updated it to 2.2. + It is now available by itself here. + + Rik van Riel gave me some ftp space on ftp.nl.linux.org so I can make + releases even when Sourceforge is broken. + + Rodrigo de Castro looked at my broken pte code and told me what was + wrong with it, letting me fix a long-standing (several weeks) and + serious set of bugs. + + Chris Reahard built a specialized root filesystem for running a DNS + server jailed inside UML. It's available from the download + page in the Jail + Filesystems section. + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/index.rst b/Documentation/virtual/index.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 062ffb527043..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/index.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -============================ -Linux Virtualization Support -============================ - -.. toctree:: - :maxdepth: 2 - - kvm/index - paravirt_ops - -.. only:: html and subproject - - Indices - ======= - - * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst deleted file mode 100644 index d18c97b4e140..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,250 +0,0 @@ -====================================== -Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) -====================================== - -Overview -======== - -Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) is a feature found on AMD processors. - -SEV is an extension to the AMD-V architecture which supports running -virtual machines (VMs) under the control of a hypervisor. When enabled, -the memory contents of a VM will be transparently encrypted with a key -unique to that VM. - -The hypervisor can determine the SEV support through the CPUID -instruction. The CPUID function 0x8000001f reports information related -to SEV:: - - 0x8000001f[eax]: - Bit[1] indicates support for SEV - ... - [ecx]: - Bits[31:0] Number of encrypted guests supported simultaneously - -If support for SEV is present, MSR 0xc001_0010 (MSR_K8_SYSCFG) and MSR 0xc001_0015 -(MSR_K7_HWCR) can be used to determine if it can be enabled:: - - 0xc001_0010: - Bit[23] 1 = memory encryption can be enabled - 0 = memory encryption can not be enabled - - 0xc001_0015: - Bit[0] 1 = memory encryption can be enabled - 0 = memory encryption can not be enabled - -When SEV support is available, it can be enabled in a specific VM by -setting the SEV bit before executing VMRUN.:: - - VMCB[0x90]: - Bit[1] 1 = SEV is enabled - 0 = SEV is disabled - -SEV hardware uses ASIDs to associate a memory encryption key with a VM. -Hence, the ASID for the SEV-enabled guests must be from 1 to a maximum value -defined in the CPUID 0x8000001f[ecx] field. - -SEV Key Management -================== - -The SEV guest key management is handled by a separate processor called the AMD -Secure Processor (AMD-SP). Firmware running inside the AMD-SP provides a secure -key management interface to perform common hypervisor activities such as -encrypting bootstrap code, snapshot, migrating and debugging the guest. For more -information, see the SEV Key Management spec [api-spec]_ - -KVM implements the following commands to support common lifecycle events of SEV -guests, such as launching, running, snapshotting, migrating and decommissioning. - -1. KVM_SEV_INIT ---------------- - -The KVM_SEV_INIT command is used by the hypervisor to initialize the SEV platform -context. In a typical workflow, this command should be the first command issued. - -Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error - -2. KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_START ------------------------ - -The KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_START command is used for creating the memory encryption -context. To create the encryption context, user must provide a guest policy, -the owner's public Diffie-Hellman (PDH) key and session information. - -Parameters: struct kvm_sev_launch_start (in/out) - -Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error - -:: - - struct kvm_sev_launch_start { - __u32 handle; /* if zero then firmware creates a new handle */ - __u32 policy; /* guest's policy */ - - __u64 dh_uaddr; /* userspace address pointing to the guest owner's PDH key */ - __u32 dh_len; - - __u64 session_addr; /* userspace address which points to the guest session information */ - __u32 session_len; - }; - -On success, the 'handle' field contains a new handle and on error, a negative value. - -For more details, see SEV spec Section 6.2. - -3. KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_UPDATE_DATA ------------------------------ - -The KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_UPDATE_DATA is used for encrypting a memory region. It also -calculates a measurement of the memory contents. The measurement is a signature -of the memory contents that can be sent to the guest owner as an attestation -that the memory was encrypted correctly by the firmware. - -Parameters (in): struct kvm_sev_launch_update_data - -Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error - -:: - - struct kvm_sev_launch_update { - __u64 uaddr; /* userspace address to be encrypted (must be 16-byte aligned) */ - __u32 len; /* length of the data to be encrypted (must be 16-byte aligned) */ - }; - -For more details, see SEV spec Section 6.3. - -4. KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_MEASURE -------------------------- - -The KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_MEASURE command is used to retrieve the measurement of the -data encrypted by the KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_UPDATE_DATA command. The guest owner may -wait to provide the guest with confidential information until it can verify the -measurement. Since the guest owner knows the initial contents of the guest at -boot, the measurement can be verified by comparing it to what the guest owner -expects. - -Parameters (in): struct kvm_sev_launch_measure - -Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error - -:: - - struct kvm_sev_launch_measure { - __u64 uaddr; /* where to copy the measurement */ - __u32 len; /* length of measurement blob */ - }; - -For more details on the measurement verification flow, see SEV spec Section 6.4. - -5. KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_FINISH ------------------------- - -After completion of the launch flow, the KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_FINISH command can be -issued to make the guest ready for the execution. - -Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error - -6. KVM_SEV_GUEST_STATUS ------------------------ - -The KVM_SEV_GUEST_STATUS command is used to retrieve status information about a -SEV-enabled guest. - -Parameters (out): struct kvm_sev_guest_status - -Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error - -:: - - struct kvm_sev_guest_status { - __u32 handle; /* guest handle */ - __u32 policy; /* guest policy */ - __u8 state; /* guest state (see enum below) */ - }; - -SEV guest state: - -:: - - enum { - SEV_STATE_INVALID = 0; - SEV_STATE_LAUNCHING, /* guest is currently being launched */ - SEV_STATE_SECRET, /* guest is being launched and ready to accept the ciphertext data */ - SEV_STATE_RUNNING, /* guest is fully launched and running */ - SEV_STATE_RECEIVING, /* guest is being migrated in from another SEV machine */ - SEV_STATE_SENDING /* guest is getting migrated out to another SEV machine */ - }; - -7. KVM_SEV_DBG_DECRYPT ----------------------- - -The KVM_SEV_DEBUG_DECRYPT command can be used by the hypervisor to request the -firmware to decrypt the data at the given memory region. - -Parameters (in): struct kvm_sev_dbg - -Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error - -:: - - struct kvm_sev_dbg { - __u64 src_uaddr; /* userspace address of data to decrypt */ - __u64 dst_uaddr; /* userspace address of destination */ - __u32 len; /* length of memory region to decrypt */ - }; - -The command returns an error if the guest policy does not allow debugging. - -8. KVM_SEV_DBG_ENCRYPT ----------------------- - -The KVM_SEV_DEBUG_ENCRYPT command can be used by the hypervisor to request the -firmware to encrypt the data at the given memory region. - -Parameters (in): struct kvm_sev_dbg - -Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error - -:: - - struct kvm_sev_dbg { - __u64 src_uaddr; /* userspace address of data to encrypt */ - __u64 dst_uaddr; /* userspace address of destination */ - __u32 len; /* length of memory region to encrypt */ - }; - -The command returns an error if the guest policy does not allow debugging. - -9. KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_SECRET ------------------------- - -The KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_SECRET command can be used by the hypervisor to inject secret -data after the measurement has been validated by the guest owner. - -Parameters (in): struct kvm_sev_launch_secret - -Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error - -:: - - struct kvm_sev_launch_secret { - __u64 hdr_uaddr; /* userspace address containing the packet header */ - __u32 hdr_len; - - __u64 guest_uaddr; /* the guest memory region where the secret should be injected */ - __u32 guest_len; - - __u64 trans_uaddr; /* the hypervisor memory region which contains the secret */ - __u32 trans_len; - }; - -References -========== - - -See [white-paper]_, [api-spec]_, [amd-apm]_ and [kvm-forum]_ for more info. - -.. [white-paper] http://amd-dev.wpengine.netdna-cdn.com/wordpress/media/2013/12/AMD_Memory_Encryption_Whitepaper_v7-Public.pdf -.. [api-spec] http://support.amd.com/TechDocs/55766_SEV-KM_API_Specification.pdf -.. [amd-apm] http://support.amd.com/TechDocs/24593.pdf (section 15.34) -.. [kvm-forum] http://www.linux-kvm.org/images/7/74/02x08A-Thomas_Lendacky-AMDs_Virtualizatoin_Memory_Encryption_Technology.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e54a3f51ddc5..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5296 +0,0 @@ -The Definitive KVM (Kernel-based Virtual Machine) API Documentation -=================================================================== - -1. General description ----------------------- - -The kvm API is a set of ioctls that are issued to control various aspects -of a virtual machine. The ioctls belong to three classes: - - - System ioctls: These query and set global attributes which affect the - whole kvm subsystem. In addition a system ioctl is used to create - virtual machines. - - - VM ioctls: These query and set attributes that affect an entire virtual - machine, for example memory layout. In addition a VM ioctl is used to - create virtual cpus (vcpus) and devices. - - VM ioctls must be issued from the same process (address space) that was - used to create the VM. - - - vcpu ioctls: These query and set attributes that control the operation - of a single virtual cpu. - - vcpu ioctls should be issued from the same thread that was used to create - the vcpu, except for asynchronous vcpu ioctl that are marked as such in - the documentation. Otherwise, the first ioctl after switching threads - could see a performance impact. - - - device ioctls: These query and set attributes that control the operation - of a single device. - - device ioctls must be issued from the same process (address space) that - was used to create the VM. - -2. File descriptors -------------------- - -The kvm API is centered around file descriptors. An initial -open("/dev/kvm") obtains a handle to the kvm subsystem; this handle -can be used to issue system ioctls. A KVM_CREATE_VM ioctl on this -handle will create a VM file descriptor which can be used to issue VM -ioctls. A KVM_CREATE_VCPU or KVM_CREATE_DEVICE ioctl on a VM fd will -create a virtual cpu or device and return a file descriptor pointing to -the new resource. Finally, ioctls on a vcpu or device fd can be used -to control the vcpu or device. For vcpus, this includes the important -task of actually running guest code. - -In general file descriptors can be migrated among processes by means -of fork() and the SCM_RIGHTS facility of unix domain socket. These -kinds of tricks are explicitly not supported by kvm. While they will -not cause harm to the host, their actual behavior is not guaranteed by -the API. See "General description" for details on the ioctl usage -model that is supported by KVM. - -It is important to note that althought VM ioctls may only be issued from -the process that created the VM, a VM's lifecycle is associated with its -file descriptor, not its creator (process). In other words, the VM and -its resources, *including the associated address space*, are not freed -until the last reference to the VM's file descriptor has been released. -For example, if fork() is issued after ioctl(KVM_CREATE_VM), the VM will -not be freed until both the parent (original) process and its child have -put their references to the VM's file descriptor. - -Because a VM's resources are not freed until the last reference to its -file descriptor is released, creating additional references to a VM via -via fork(), dup(), etc... without careful consideration is strongly -discouraged and may have unwanted side effects, e.g. memory allocated -by and on behalf of the VM's process may not be freed/unaccounted when -the VM is shut down. - - -3. Extensions -------------- - -As of Linux 2.6.22, the KVM ABI has been stabilized: no backward -incompatible change are allowed. However, there is an extension -facility that allows backward-compatible extensions to the API to be -queried and used. - -The extension mechanism is not based on the Linux version number. -Instead, kvm defines extension identifiers and a facility to query -whether a particular extension identifier is available. If it is, a -set of ioctls is available for application use. - - -4. API description ------------------- - -This section describes ioctls that can be used to control kvm guests. -For each ioctl, the following information is provided along with a -description: - - Capability: which KVM extension provides this ioctl. Can be 'basic', - which means that is will be provided by any kernel that supports - API version 12 (see section 4.1), a KVM_CAP_xyz constant, which - means availability needs to be checked with KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION - (see section 4.4), or 'none' which means that while not all kernels - support this ioctl, there's no capability bit to check its - availability: for kernels that don't support the ioctl, - the ioctl returns -ENOTTY. - - Architectures: which instruction set architectures provide this ioctl. - x86 includes both i386 and x86_64. - - Type: system, vm, or vcpu. - - Parameters: what parameters are accepted by the ioctl. - - Returns: the return value. General error numbers (EBADF, ENOMEM, EINVAL) - are not detailed, but errors with specific meanings are. - - -4.1 KVM_GET_API_VERSION - -Capability: basic -Architectures: all -Type: system ioctl -Parameters: none -Returns: the constant KVM_API_VERSION (=12) - -This identifies the API version as the stable kvm API. It is not -expected that this number will change. However, Linux 2.6.20 and -2.6.21 report earlier versions; these are not documented and not -supported. Applications should refuse to run if KVM_GET_API_VERSION -returns a value other than 12. If this check passes, all ioctls -described as 'basic' will be available. - - -4.2 KVM_CREATE_VM - -Capability: basic -Architectures: all -Type: system ioctl -Parameters: machine type identifier (KVM_VM_*) -Returns: a VM fd that can be used to control the new virtual machine. - -The new VM has no virtual cpus and no memory. -You probably want to use 0 as machine type. - -In order to create user controlled virtual machines on S390, check -KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL and use the flag KVM_VM_S390_UCONTROL as -privileged user (CAP_SYS_ADMIN). - -To use hardware assisted virtualization on MIPS (VZ ASE) rather than -the default trap & emulate implementation (which changes the virtual -memory layout to fit in user mode), check KVM_CAP_MIPS_VZ and use the -flag KVM_VM_MIPS_VZ. - - -On arm64, the physical address size for a VM (IPA Size limit) is limited -to 40bits by default. The limit can be configured if the host supports the -extension KVM_CAP_ARM_VM_IPA_SIZE. When supported, use -KVM_VM_TYPE_ARM_IPA_SIZE(IPA_Bits) to set the size in the machine type -identifier, where IPA_Bits is the maximum width of any physical -address used by the VM. The IPA_Bits is encoded in bits[7-0] of the -machine type identifier. - -e.g, to configure a guest to use 48bit physical address size : - - vm_fd = ioctl(dev_fd, KVM_CREATE_VM, KVM_VM_TYPE_ARM_IPA_SIZE(48)); - -The requested size (IPA_Bits) must be : - 0 - Implies default size, 40bits (for backward compatibility) - - or - - N - Implies N bits, where N is a positive integer such that, - 32 <= N <= Host_IPA_Limit - -Host_IPA_Limit is the maximum possible value for IPA_Bits on the host and -is dependent on the CPU capability and the kernel configuration. The limit can -be retrieved using KVM_CAP_ARM_VM_IPA_SIZE of the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION -ioctl() at run-time. - -Please note that configuring the IPA size does not affect the capability -exposed by the guest CPUs in ID_AA64MMFR0_EL1[PARange]. It only affects -size of the address translated by the stage2 level (guest physical to -host physical address translations). - - -4.3 KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST, KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST - -Capability: basic, KVM_CAP_GET_MSR_FEATURES for KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST -Architectures: x86 -Type: system ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_msr_list (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error -Errors: - EFAULT: the msr index list cannot be read from or written to - E2BIG: the msr index list is to be to fit in the array specified by - the user. - -struct kvm_msr_list { - __u32 nmsrs; /* number of msrs in entries */ - __u32 indices[0]; -}; - -The user fills in the size of the indices array in nmsrs, and in return -kvm adjusts nmsrs to reflect the actual number of msrs and fills in the -indices array with their numbers. - -KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST returns the guest msrs that are supported. The list -varies by kvm version and host processor, but does not change otherwise. - -Note: if kvm indicates supports MCE (KVM_CAP_MCE), then the MCE bank MSRs are -not returned in the MSR list, as different vcpus can have a different number -of banks, as set via the KVM_X86_SETUP_MCE ioctl. - -KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST returns the list of MSRs that can be passed -to the KVM_GET_MSRS system ioctl. This lets userspace probe host capabilities -and processor features that are exposed via MSRs (e.g., VMX capabilities). -This list also varies by kvm version and host processor, but does not change -otherwise. - - -4.4 KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION - -Capability: basic, KVM_CAP_CHECK_EXTENSION_VM for vm ioctl -Architectures: all -Type: system ioctl, vm ioctl -Parameters: extension identifier (KVM_CAP_*) -Returns: 0 if unsupported; 1 (or some other positive integer) if supported - -The API allows the application to query about extensions to the core -kvm API. Userspace passes an extension identifier (an integer) and -receives an integer that describes the extension availability. -Generally 0 means no and 1 means yes, but some extensions may report -additional information in the integer return value. - -Based on their initialization different VMs may have different capabilities. -It is thus encouraged to use the vm ioctl to query for capabilities (available -with KVM_CAP_CHECK_EXTENSION_VM on the vm fd) - -4.5 KVM_GET_VCPU_MMAP_SIZE - -Capability: basic -Architectures: all -Type: system ioctl -Parameters: none -Returns: size of vcpu mmap area, in bytes - -The KVM_RUN ioctl (cf.) communicates with userspace via a shared -memory region. This ioctl returns the size of that region. See the -KVM_RUN documentation for details. - - -4.6 KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION - -Capability: basic -Architectures: all -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_memory_region (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed. - - -4.7 KVM_CREATE_VCPU - -Capability: basic -Architectures: all -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: vcpu id (apic id on x86) -Returns: vcpu fd on success, -1 on error - -This API adds a vcpu to a virtual machine. No more than max_vcpus may be added. -The vcpu id is an integer in the range [0, max_vcpu_id). - -The recommended max_vcpus value can be retrieved using the KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS of -the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl() at run-time. -The maximum possible value for max_vcpus can be retrieved using the -KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPUS of the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl() at run-time. - -If the KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS does not exist, you should assume that max_vcpus is 4 -cpus max. -If the KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPUS does not exist, you should assume that max_vcpus is -same as the value returned from KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS. - -The maximum possible value for max_vcpu_id can be retrieved using the -KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPU_ID of the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl() at run-time. - -If the KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPU_ID does not exist, you should assume that max_vcpu_id -is the same as the value returned from KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPUS. - -On powerpc using book3s_hv mode, the vcpus are mapped onto virtual -threads in one or more virtual CPU cores. (This is because the -hardware requires all the hardware threads in a CPU core to be in the -same partition.) The KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT capability indicates the number -of vcpus per virtual core (vcore). The vcore id is obtained by -dividing the vcpu id by the number of vcpus per vcore. The vcpus in a -given vcore will always be in the same physical core as each other -(though that might be a different physical core from time to time). -Userspace can control the threading (SMT) mode of the guest by its -allocation of vcpu ids. For example, if userspace wants -single-threaded guest vcpus, it should make all vcpu ids be a multiple -of the number of vcpus per vcore. - -For virtual cpus that have been created with S390 user controlled virtual -machines, the resulting vcpu fd can be memory mapped at page offset -KVM_S390_SIE_PAGE_OFFSET in order to obtain a memory map of the virtual -cpu's hardware control block. - - -4.8 KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG (vm ioctl) - -Capability: basic -Architectures: all -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_dirty_log (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -/* for KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG */ -struct kvm_dirty_log { - __u32 slot; - __u32 padding; - union { - void __user *dirty_bitmap; /* one bit per page */ - __u64 padding; - }; -}; - -Given a memory slot, return a bitmap containing any pages dirtied -since the last call to this ioctl. Bit 0 is the first page in the -memory slot. Ensure the entire structure is cleared to avoid padding -issues. - -If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 specifies -the address space for which you want to return the dirty bitmap. -They must be less than the value that KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns for -the KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE capability. - -The bits in the dirty bitmap are cleared before the ioctl returns, unless -KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 is enabled. For more information, -see the description of the capability. - -4.9 KVM_SET_MEMORY_ALIAS - -Capability: basic -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_memory_alias (in) -Returns: 0 (success), -1 (error) - -This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed. - - -4.10 KVM_RUN - -Capability: basic -Architectures: all -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error -Errors: - EINTR: an unmasked signal is pending - -This ioctl is used to run a guest virtual cpu. While there are no -explicit parameters, there is an implicit parameter block that can be -obtained by mmap()ing the vcpu fd at offset 0, with the size given by -KVM_GET_VCPU_MMAP_SIZE. The parameter block is formatted as a 'struct -kvm_run' (see below). - - -4.11 KVM_GET_REGS - -Capability: basic -Architectures: all except ARM, arm64 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_regs (out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Reads the general purpose registers from the vcpu. - -/* x86 */ -struct kvm_regs { - /* out (KVM_GET_REGS) / in (KVM_SET_REGS) */ - __u64 rax, rbx, rcx, rdx; - __u64 rsi, rdi, rsp, rbp; - __u64 r8, r9, r10, r11; - __u64 r12, r13, r14, r15; - __u64 rip, rflags; -}; - -/* mips */ -struct kvm_regs { - /* out (KVM_GET_REGS) / in (KVM_SET_REGS) */ - __u64 gpr[32]; - __u64 hi; - __u64 lo; - __u64 pc; -}; - - -4.12 KVM_SET_REGS - -Capability: basic -Architectures: all except ARM, arm64 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_regs (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Writes the general purpose registers into the vcpu. - -See KVM_GET_REGS for the data structure. - - -4.13 KVM_GET_SREGS - -Capability: basic -Architectures: x86, ppc -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_sregs (out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Reads special registers from the vcpu. - -/* x86 */ -struct kvm_sregs { - struct kvm_segment cs, ds, es, fs, gs, ss; - struct kvm_segment tr, ldt; - struct kvm_dtable gdt, idt; - __u64 cr0, cr2, cr3, cr4, cr8; - __u64 efer; - __u64 apic_base; - __u64 interrupt_bitmap[(KVM_NR_INTERRUPTS + 63) / 64]; -}; - -/* ppc -- see arch/powerpc/include/uapi/asm/kvm.h */ - -interrupt_bitmap is a bitmap of pending external interrupts. At most -one bit may be set. This interrupt has been acknowledged by the APIC -but not yet injected into the cpu core. - - -4.14 KVM_SET_SREGS - -Capability: basic -Architectures: x86, ppc -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_sregs (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Writes special registers into the vcpu. See KVM_GET_SREGS for the -data structures. - - -4.15 KVM_TRANSLATE - -Capability: basic -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_translation (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Translates a virtual address according to the vcpu's current address -translation mode. - -struct kvm_translation { - /* in */ - __u64 linear_address; - - /* out */ - __u64 physical_address; - __u8 valid; - __u8 writeable; - __u8 usermode; - __u8 pad[5]; -}; - - -4.16 KVM_INTERRUPT - -Capability: basic -Architectures: x86, ppc, mips -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_interrupt (in) -Returns: 0 on success, negative on failure. - -Queues a hardware interrupt vector to be injected. - -/* for KVM_INTERRUPT */ -struct kvm_interrupt { - /* in */ - __u32 irq; -}; - -X86: - -Returns: 0 on success, - -EEXIST if an interrupt is already enqueued - -EINVAL the the irq number is invalid - -ENXIO if the PIC is in the kernel - -EFAULT if the pointer is invalid - -Note 'irq' is an interrupt vector, not an interrupt pin or line. This -ioctl is useful if the in-kernel PIC is not used. - -PPC: - -Queues an external interrupt to be injected. This ioctl is overleaded -with 3 different irq values: - -a) KVM_INTERRUPT_SET - - This injects an edge type external interrupt into the guest once it's ready - to receive interrupts. When injected, the interrupt is done. - -b) KVM_INTERRUPT_UNSET - - This unsets any pending interrupt. - - Only available with KVM_CAP_PPC_UNSET_IRQ. - -c) KVM_INTERRUPT_SET_LEVEL - - This injects a level type external interrupt into the guest context. The - interrupt stays pending until a specific ioctl with KVM_INTERRUPT_UNSET - is triggered. - - Only available with KVM_CAP_PPC_IRQ_LEVEL. - -Note that any value for 'irq' other than the ones stated above is invalid -and incurs unexpected behavior. - -This is an asynchronous vcpu ioctl and can be invoked from any thread. - -MIPS: - -Queues an external interrupt to be injected into the virtual CPU. A negative -interrupt number dequeues the interrupt. - -This is an asynchronous vcpu ioctl and can be invoked from any thread. - - -4.17 KVM_DEBUG_GUEST - -Capability: basic -Architectures: none -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: none) -Returns: -1 on error - -Support for this has been removed. Use KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG instead. - - -4.18 KVM_GET_MSRS - -Capability: basic (vcpu), KVM_CAP_GET_MSR_FEATURES (system) -Architectures: x86 -Type: system ioctl, vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_msrs (in/out) -Returns: number of msrs successfully returned; - -1 on error - -When used as a system ioctl: -Reads the values of MSR-based features that are available for the VM. This -is similar to KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID, but it returns MSR indices and values. -The list of msr-based features can be obtained using KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST -in a system ioctl. - -When used as a vcpu ioctl: -Reads model-specific registers from the vcpu. Supported msr indices can -be obtained using KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST in a system ioctl. - -struct kvm_msrs { - __u32 nmsrs; /* number of msrs in entries */ - __u32 pad; - - struct kvm_msr_entry entries[0]; -}; - -struct kvm_msr_entry { - __u32 index; - __u32 reserved; - __u64 data; -}; - -Application code should set the 'nmsrs' member (which indicates the -size of the entries array) and the 'index' member of each array entry. -kvm will fill in the 'data' member. - - -4.19 KVM_SET_MSRS - -Capability: basic -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_msrs (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Writes model-specific registers to the vcpu. See KVM_GET_MSRS for the -data structures. - -Application code should set the 'nmsrs' member (which indicates the -size of the entries array), and the 'index' and 'data' members of each -array entry. - - -4.20 KVM_SET_CPUID - -Capability: basic -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_cpuid (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Defines the vcpu responses to the cpuid instruction. Applications -should use the KVM_SET_CPUID2 ioctl if available. - - -struct kvm_cpuid_entry { - __u32 function; - __u32 eax; - __u32 ebx; - __u32 ecx; - __u32 edx; - __u32 padding; -}; - -/* for KVM_SET_CPUID */ -struct kvm_cpuid { - __u32 nent; - __u32 padding; - struct kvm_cpuid_entry entries[0]; -}; - - -4.21 KVM_SET_SIGNAL_MASK - -Capability: basic -Architectures: all -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_signal_mask (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Defines which signals are blocked during execution of KVM_RUN. This -signal mask temporarily overrides the threads signal mask. Any -unblocked signal received (except SIGKILL and SIGSTOP, which retain -their traditional behaviour) will cause KVM_RUN to return with -EINTR. - -Note the signal will only be delivered if not blocked by the original -signal mask. - -/* for KVM_SET_SIGNAL_MASK */ -struct kvm_signal_mask { - __u32 len; - __u8 sigset[0]; -}; - - -4.22 KVM_GET_FPU - -Capability: basic -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_fpu (out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Reads the floating point state from the vcpu. - -/* for KVM_GET_FPU and KVM_SET_FPU */ -struct kvm_fpu { - __u8 fpr[8][16]; - __u16 fcw; - __u16 fsw; - __u8 ftwx; /* in fxsave format */ - __u8 pad1; - __u16 last_opcode; - __u64 last_ip; - __u64 last_dp; - __u8 xmm[16][16]; - __u32 mxcsr; - __u32 pad2; -}; - - -4.23 KVM_SET_FPU - -Capability: basic -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_fpu (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Writes the floating point state to the vcpu. - -/* for KVM_GET_FPU and KVM_SET_FPU */ -struct kvm_fpu { - __u8 fpr[8][16]; - __u16 fcw; - __u16 fsw; - __u8 ftwx; /* in fxsave format */ - __u8 pad1; - __u16 last_opcode; - __u64 last_ip; - __u64 last_dp; - __u8 xmm[16][16]; - __u32 mxcsr; - __u32 pad2; -}; - - -4.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP - -Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP, KVM_CAP_S390_IRQCHIP (s390) -Architectures: x86, ARM, arm64, s390 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Creates an interrupt controller model in the kernel. -On x86, creates a virtual ioapic, a virtual PIC (two PICs, nested), and sets up -future vcpus to have a local APIC. IRQ routing for GSIs 0-15 is set to both -PIC and IOAPIC; GSI 16-23 only go to the IOAPIC. -On ARM/arm64, a GICv2 is created. Any other GIC versions require the usage of -KVM_CREATE_DEVICE, which also supports creating a GICv2. Using -KVM_CREATE_DEVICE is preferred over KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP for GICv2. -On s390, a dummy irq routing table is created. - -Note that on s390 the KVM_CAP_S390_IRQCHIP vm capability needs to be enabled -before KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP can be used. - - -4.25 KVM_IRQ_LINE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP -Architectures: x86, arm, arm64 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_irq_level -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Sets the level of a GSI input to the interrupt controller model in the kernel. -On some architectures it is required that an interrupt controller model has -been previously created with KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Note that edge-triggered -interrupts require the level to be set to 1 and then back to 0. - -On real hardware, interrupt pins can be active-low or active-high. This -does not matter for the level field of struct kvm_irq_level: 1 always -means active (asserted), 0 means inactive (deasserted). - -x86 allows the operating system to program the interrupt polarity -(active-low/active-high) for level-triggered interrupts, and KVM used -to consider the polarity. However, due to bitrot in the handling of -active-low interrupts, the above convention is now valid on x86 too. -This is signaled by KVM_CAP_X86_IOAPIC_POLARITY_IGNORED. Userspace -should not present interrupts to the guest as active-low unless this -capability is present (or unless it is not using the in-kernel irqchip, -of course). - - -ARM/arm64 can signal an interrupt either at the CPU level, or at the -in-kernel irqchip (GIC), and for in-kernel irqchip can tell the GIC to -use PPIs designated for specific cpus. The irq field is interpreted -like this: - -  bits: | 31 ... 24 | 23 ... 16 | 15 ... 0 | - field: | irq_type | vcpu_index | irq_id | - -The irq_type field has the following values: -- irq_type[0]: out-of-kernel GIC: irq_id 0 is IRQ, irq_id 1 is FIQ -- irq_type[1]: in-kernel GIC: SPI, irq_id between 32 and 1019 (incl.) - (the vcpu_index field is ignored) -- irq_type[2]: in-kernel GIC: PPI, irq_id between 16 and 31 (incl.) - -(The irq_id field thus corresponds nicely to the IRQ ID in the ARM GIC specs) - -In both cases, level is used to assert/deassert the line. - -struct kvm_irq_level { - union { - __u32 irq; /* GSI */ - __s32 status; /* not used for KVM_IRQ_LEVEL */ - }; - __u32 level; /* 0 or 1 */ -}; - - -4.26 KVM_GET_IRQCHIP - -Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_irqchip (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Reads the state of a kernel interrupt controller created with -KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP into a buffer provided by the caller. - -struct kvm_irqchip { - __u32 chip_id; /* 0 = PIC1, 1 = PIC2, 2 = IOAPIC */ - __u32 pad; - union { - char dummy[512]; /* reserving space */ - struct kvm_pic_state pic; - struct kvm_ioapic_state ioapic; - } chip; -}; - - -4.27 KVM_SET_IRQCHIP - -Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_irqchip (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Sets the state of a kernel interrupt controller created with -KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP from a buffer provided by the caller. - -struct kvm_irqchip { - __u32 chip_id; /* 0 = PIC1, 1 = PIC2, 2 = IOAPIC */ - __u32 pad; - union { - char dummy[512]; /* reserving space */ - struct kvm_pic_state pic; - struct kvm_ioapic_state ioapic; - } chip; -}; - - -4.28 KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG - -Capability: KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_xen_hvm_config (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Sets the MSR that the Xen HVM guest uses to initialize its hypercall -page, and provides the starting address and size of the hypercall -blobs in userspace. When the guest writes the MSR, kvm copies one -page of a blob (32- or 64-bit, depending on the vcpu mode) to guest -memory. - -struct kvm_xen_hvm_config { - __u32 flags; - __u32 msr; - __u64 blob_addr_32; - __u64 blob_addr_64; - __u8 blob_size_32; - __u8 blob_size_64; - __u8 pad2[30]; -}; - - -4.29 KVM_GET_CLOCK - -Capability: KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_clock_data (out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Gets the current timestamp of kvmclock as seen by the current guest. In -conjunction with KVM_SET_CLOCK, it is used to ensure monotonicity on scenarios -such as migration. - -When KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK is passed to KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION, it returns the -set of bits that KVM can return in struct kvm_clock_data's flag member. - -The only flag defined now is KVM_CLOCK_TSC_STABLE. If set, the returned -value is the exact kvmclock value seen by all VCPUs at the instant -when KVM_GET_CLOCK was called. If clear, the returned value is simply -CLOCK_MONOTONIC plus a constant offset; the offset can be modified -with KVM_SET_CLOCK. KVM will try to make all VCPUs follow this clock, -but the exact value read by each VCPU could differ, because the host -TSC is not stable. - -struct kvm_clock_data { - __u64 clock; /* kvmclock current value */ - __u32 flags; - __u32 pad[9]; -}; - - -4.30 KVM_SET_CLOCK - -Capability: KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_clock_data (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Sets the current timestamp of kvmclock to the value specified in its parameter. -In conjunction with KVM_GET_CLOCK, it is used to ensure monotonicity on scenarios -such as migration. - -struct kvm_clock_data { - __u64 clock; /* kvmclock current value */ - __u32 flags; - __u32 pad[9]; -}; - - -4.31 KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS - -Capability: KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS -Extended by: KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW -Architectures: x86, arm, arm64 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_vcpu_event (out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -X86: - -Gets currently pending exceptions, interrupts, and NMIs as well as related -states of the vcpu. - -struct kvm_vcpu_events { - struct { - __u8 injected; - __u8 nr; - __u8 has_error_code; - __u8 pending; - __u32 error_code; - } exception; - struct { - __u8 injected; - __u8 nr; - __u8 soft; - __u8 shadow; - } interrupt; - struct { - __u8 injected; - __u8 pending; - __u8 masked; - __u8 pad; - } nmi; - __u32 sipi_vector; - __u32 flags; - struct { - __u8 smm; - __u8 pending; - __u8 smm_inside_nmi; - __u8 latched_init; - } smi; - __u8 reserved[27]; - __u8 exception_has_payload; - __u64 exception_payload; -}; - -The following bits are defined in the flags field: - -- KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW may be set to signal that - interrupt.shadow contains a valid state. - -- KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM may be set to signal that smi contains a - valid state. - -- KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_PAYLOAD may be set to signal that the - exception_has_payload, exception_payload, and exception.pending - fields contain a valid state. This bit will be set whenever - KVM_CAP_EXCEPTION_PAYLOAD is enabled. - -ARM/ARM64: - -If the guest accesses a device that is being emulated by the host kernel in -such a way that a real device would generate a physical SError, KVM may make -a virtual SError pending for that VCPU. This system error interrupt remains -pending until the guest takes the exception by unmasking PSTATE.A. - -Running the VCPU may cause it to take a pending SError, or make an access that -causes an SError to become pending. The event's description is only valid while -the VPCU is not running. - -This API provides a way to read and write the pending 'event' state that is not -visible to the guest. To save, restore or migrate a VCPU the struct representing -the state can be read then written using this GET/SET API, along with the other -guest-visible registers. It is not possible to 'cancel' an SError that has been -made pending. - -A device being emulated in user-space may also wish to generate an SError. To do -this the events structure can be populated by user-space. The current state -should be read first, to ensure no existing SError is pending. If an existing -SError is pending, the architecture's 'Multiple SError interrupts' rules should -be followed. (2.5.3 of DDI0587.a "ARM Reliability, Availability, and -Serviceability (RAS) Specification"). - -SError exceptions always have an ESR value. Some CPUs have the ability to -specify what the virtual SError's ESR value should be. These systems will -advertise KVM_CAP_ARM_INJECT_SERROR_ESR. In this case exception.has_esr will -always have a non-zero value when read, and the agent making an SError pending -should specify the ISS field in the lower 24 bits of exception.serror_esr. If -the system supports KVM_CAP_ARM_INJECT_SERROR_ESR, but user-space sets the events -with exception.has_esr as zero, KVM will choose an ESR. - -Specifying exception.has_esr on a system that does not support it will return --EINVAL. Setting anything other than the lower 24bits of exception.serror_esr -will return -EINVAL. - -struct kvm_vcpu_events { - struct { - __u8 serror_pending; - __u8 serror_has_esr; - /* Align it to 8 bytes */ - __u8 pad[6]; - __u64 serror_esr; - } exception; - __u32 reserved[12]; -}; - -4.32 KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS - -Capability: KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS -Extended by: KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW -Architectures: x86, arm, arm64 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_vcpu_event (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -X86: - -Set pending exceptions, interrupts, and NMIs as well as related states of the -vcpu. - -See KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS for the data structure. - -Fields that may be modified asynchronously by running VCPUs can be excluded -from the update. These fields are nmi.pending, sipi_vector, smi.smm, -smi.pending. Keep the corresponding bits in the flags field cleared to -suppress overwriting the current in-kernel state. The bits are: - -KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_NMI_PENDING - transfer nmi.pending to the kernel -KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SIPI_VECTOR - transfer sipi_vector -KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM - transfer the smi sub-struct. - -If KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW is available, KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW can be set in -the flags field to signal that interrupt.shadow contains a valid state and -shall be written into the VCPU. - -KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM can only be set if KVM_CAP_X86_SMM is available. - -If KVM_CAP_EXCEPTION_PAYLOAD is enabled, KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_PAYLOAD -can be set in the flags field to signal that the -exception_has_payload, exception_payload, and exception.pending fields -contain a valid state and shall be written into the VCPU. - -ARM/ARM64: - -Set the pending SError exception state for this VCPU. It is not possible to -'cancel' an Serror that has been made pending. - -See KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS for the data structure. - - -4.33 KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS - -Capability: KVM_CAP_DEBUGREGS -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_debugregs (out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Reads debug registers from the vcpu. - -struct kvm_debugregs { - __u64 db[4]; - __u64 dr6; - __u64 dr7; - __u64 flags; - __u64 reserved[9]; -}; - - -4.34 KVM_SET_DEBUGREGS - -Capability: KVM_CAP_DEBUGREGS -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_debugregs (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Writes debug registers into the vcpu. - -See KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS for the data structure. The flags field is unused -yet and must be cleared on entry. - - -4.35 KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION - -Capability: KVM_CAP_USER_MEMORY -Architectures: all -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_userspace_memory_region (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -struct kvm_userspace_memory_region { - __u32 slot; - __u32 flags; - __u64 guest_phys_addr; - __u64 memory_size; /* bytes */ - __u64 userspace_addr; /* start of the userspace allocated memory */ -}; - -/* for kvm_memory_region::flags */ -#define KVM_MEM_LOG_DIRTY_PAGES (1UL << 0) -#define KVM_MEM_READONLY (1UL << 1) - -This ioctl allows the user to create, modify or delete a guest physical -memory slot. Bits 0-15 of "slot" specify the slot id and this value -should be less than the maximum number of user memory slots supported per -VM. The maximum allowed slots can be queried using KVM_CAP_NR_MEMSLOTS. -Slots may not overlap in guest physical address space. - -If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 of "slot" -specifies the address space which is being modified. They must be -less than the value that KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns for the -KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE capability. Slots in separate address spaces -are unrelated; the restriction on overlapping slots only applies within -each address space. - -Deleting a slot is done by passing zero for memory_size. When changing -an existing slot, it may be moved in the guest physical memory space, -or its flags may be modified, but it may not be resized. - -Memory for the region is taken starting at the address denoted by the -field userspace_addr, which must point at user addressable memory for -the entire memory slot size. Any object may back this memory, including -anonymous memory, ordinary files, and hugetlbfs. - -It is recommended that the lower 21 bits of guest_phys_addr and userspace_addr -be identical. This allows large pages in the guest to be backed by large -pages in the host. - -The flags field supports two flags: KVM_MEM_LOG_DIRTY_PAGES and -KVM_MEM_READONLY. The former can be set to instruct KVM to keep track of -writes to memory within the slot. See KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG ioctl to know how to -use it. The latter can be set, if KVM_CAP_READONLY_MEM capability allows it, -to make a new slot read-only. In this case, writes to this memory will be -posted to userspace as KVM_EXIT_MMIO exits. - -When the KVM_CAP_SYNC_MMU capability is available, changes in the backing of -the memory region are automatically reflected into the guest. For example, an -mmap() that affects the region will be made visible immediately. Another -example is madvise(MADV_DROP). - -It is recommended to use this API instead of the KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION ioctl. -The KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION does not allow fine grained control over memory -allocation and is deprecated. - - -4.36 KVM_SET_TSS_ADDR - -Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_TSS_ADDR -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: unsigned long tss_address (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -This ioctl defines the physical address of a three-page region in the guest -physical address space. The region must be within the first 4GB of the -guest physical address space and must not conflict with any memory slot -or any mmio address. The guest may malfunction if it accesses this memory -region. - -This ioctl is required on Intel-based hosts. This is needed on Intel hardware -because of a quirk in the virtualization implementation (see the internals -documentation when it pops into existence). - - -4.37 KVM_ENABLE_CAP - -Capability: KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP -Architectures: mips, ppc, s390 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_enable_cap (in) -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -Capability: KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP_VM -Architectures: all -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_enable_cap (in) -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -+Not all extensions are enabled by default. Using this ioctl the application -can enable an extension, making it available to the guest. - -On systems that do not support this ioctl, it always fails. On systems that -do support it, it only works for extensions that are supported for enablement. - -To check if a capability can be enabled, the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl should -be used. - -struct kvm_enable_cap { - /* in */ - __u32 cap; - -The capability that is supposed to get enabled. - - __u32 flags; - -A bitfield indicating future enhancements. Has to be 0 for now. - - __u64 args[4]; - -Arguments for enabling a feature. If a feature needs initial values to -function properly, this is the place to put them. - - __u8 pad[64]; -}; - -The vcpu ioctl should be used for vcpu-specific capabilities, the vm ioctl -for vm-wide capabilities. - -4.38 KVM_GET_MP_STATE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE -Architectures: x86, s390, arm, arm64 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (out) -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -struct kvm_mp_state { - __u32 mp_state; -}; - -Returns the vcpu's current "multiprocessing state" (though also valid on -uniprocessor guests). - -Possible values are: - - - KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE: the vcpu is currently running [x86,arm/arm64] - - KVM_MP_STATE_UNINITIALIZED: the vcpu is an application processor (AP) - which has not yet received an INIT signal [x86] - - KVM_MP_STATE_INIT_RECEIVED: the vcpu has received an INIT signal, and is - now ready for a SIPI [x86] - - KVM_MP_STATE_HALTED: the vcpu has executed a HLT instruction and - is waiting for an interrupt [x86] - - KVM_MP_STATE_SIPI_RECEIVED: the vcpu has just received a SIPI (vector - accessible via KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS) [x86] - - KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED: the vcpu is stopped [s390,arm/arm64] - - KVM_MP_STATE_CHECK_STOP: the vcpu is in a special error state [s390] - - KVM_MP_STATE_OPERATING: the vcpu is operating (running or halted) - [s390] - - KVM_MP_STATE_LOAD: the vcpu is in a special load/startup state - [s390] - -On x86, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an -in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace on -these architectures. - -For arm/arm64: - -The only states that are valid are KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED and -KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE which reflect if the vcpu is paused or not. - -4.39 KVM_SET_MP_STATE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE -Architectures: x86, s390, arm, arm64 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (in) -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -Sets the vcpu's current "multiprocessing state"; see KVM_GET_MP_STATE for -arguments. - -On x86, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an -in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace on -these architectures. - -For arm/arm64: - -The only states that are valid are KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED and -KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE which reflect if the vcpu should be paused or not. - -4.40 KVM_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR - -Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: unsigned long identity (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -This ioctl defines the physical address of a one-page region in the guest -physical address space. The region must be within the first 4GB of the -guest physical address space and must not conflict with any memory slot -or any mmio address. The guest may malfunction if it accesses this memory -region. - -Setting the address to 0 will result in resetting the address to its default -(0xfffbc000). - -This ioctl is required on Intel-based hosts. This is needed on Intel hardware -because of a quirk in the virtualization implementation (see the internals -documentation when it pops into existence). - -Fails if any VCPU has already been created. - -4.41 KVM_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID - -Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: unsigned long vcpu_id -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Define which vcpu is the Bootstrap Processor (BSP). Values are the same -as the vcpu id in KVM_CREATE_VCPU. If this ioctl is not called, the default -is vcpu 0. - - -4.42 KVM_GET_XSAVE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_xsave (out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -struct kvm_xsave { - __u32 region[1024]; -}; - -This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xsave struct to the userspace. - - -4.43 KVM_SET_XSAVE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_xsave (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -struct kvm_xsave { - __u32 region[1024]; -}; - -This ioctl would copy userspace's xsave struct to the kernel. - - -4.44 KVM_GET_XCRS - -Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_xcrs (out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -struct kvm_xcr { - __u32 xcr; - __u32 reserved; - __u64 value; -}; - -struct kvm_xcrs { - __u32 nr_xcrs; - __u32 flags; - struct kvm_xcr xcrs[KVM_MAX_XCRS]; - __u64 padding[16]; -}; - -This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xcrs to the userspace. - - -4.45 KVM_SET_XCRS - -Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_xcrs (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -struct kvm_xcr { - __u32 xcr; - __u32 reserved; - __u64 value; -}; - -struct kvm_xcrs { - __u32 nr_xcrs; - __u32 flags; - struct kvm_xcr xcrs[KVM_MAX_XCRS]; - __u64 padding[16]; -}; - -This ioctl would set vcpu's xcr to the value userspace specified. - - -4.46 KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID - -Capability: KVM_CAP_EXT_CPUID -Architectures: x86 -Type: system ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_cpuid2 (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -struct kvm_cpuid2 { - __u32 nent; - __u32 padding; - struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 entries[0]; -}; - -#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX BIT(0) -#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC BIT(1) -#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT BIT(2) - -struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 { - __u32 function; - __u32 index; - __u32 flags; - __u32 eax; - __u32 ebx; - __u32 ecx; - __u32 edx; - __u32 padding[3]; -}; - -This ioctl returns x86 cpuid features which are supported by both the -hardware and kvm in its default configuration. Userspace can use the -information returned by this ioctl to construct cpuid information (for -KVM_SET_CPUID2) that is consistent with hardware, kernel, and -userspace capabilities, and with user requirements (for example, the -user may wish to constrain cpuid to emulate older hardware, or for -feature consistency across a cluster). - -Note that certain capabilities, such as KVM_CAP_X86_DISABLE_EXITS, may -expose cpuid features (e.g. MONITOR) which are not supported by kvm in -its default configuration. If userspace enables such capabilities, it -is responsible for modifying the results of this ioctl appropriately. - -Userspace invokes KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID by passing a kvm_cpuid2 structure -with the 'nent' field indicating the number of entries in the variable-size -array 'entries'. If the number of entries is too low to describe the cpu -capabilities, an error (E2BIG) is returned. If the number is too high, -the 'nent' field is adjusted and an error (ENOMEM) is returned. If the -number is just right, the 'nent' field is adjusted to the number of valid -entries in the 'entries' array, which is then filled. - -The entries returned are the host cpuid as returned by the cpuid instruction, -with unknown or unsupported features masked out. Some features (for example, -x2apic), may not be present in the host cpu, but are exposed by kvm if it can -emulate them efficiently. The fields in each entry are defined as follows: - - function: the eax value used to obtain the entry - index: the ecx value used to obtain the entry (for entries that are - affected by ecx) - flags: an OR of zero or more of the following: - KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX: - if the index field is valid - KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC: - if cpuid for this function returns different values for successive - invocations; there will be several entries with the same function, - all with this flag set - KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT: - for KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC entries, set if this entry is - the first entry to be read by a cpu - eax, ebx, ecx, edx: the values returned by the cpuid instruction for - this function/index combination - -The TSC deadline timer feature (CPUID leaf 1, ecx[24]) is always returned -as false, since the feature depends on KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP for local APIC -support. Instead it is reported via - - ioctl(KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION, KVM_CAP_TSC_DEADLINE_TIMER) - -if that returns true and you use KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP, or if you emulate the -feature in userspace, then you can enable the feature for KVM_SET_CPUID2. - - -4.47 KVM_PPC_GET_PVINFO - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_PVINFO -Architectures: ppc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_pvinfo (out) -Returns: 0 on success, !0 on error - -struct kvm_ppc_pvinfo { - __u32 flags; - __u32 hcall[4]; - __u8 pad[108]; -}; - -This ioctl fetches PV specific information that need to be passed to the guest -using the device tree or other means from vm context. - -The hcall array defines 4 instructions that make up a hypercall. - -If any additional field gets added to this structure later on, a bit for that -additional piece of information will be set in the flags bitmap. - -The flags bitmap is defined as: - - /* the host supports the ePAPR idle hcall - #define KVM_PPC_PVINFO_FLAGS_EV_IDLE (1<<0) - -4.52 KVM_SET_GSI_ROUTING - -Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING -Architectures: x86 s390 arm arm64 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_irq_routing (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Sets the GSI routing table entries, overwriting any previously set entries. - -On arm/arm64, GSI routing has the following limitation: -- GSI routing does not apply to KVM_IRQ_LINE but only to KVM_IRQFD. - -struct kvm_irq_routing { - __u32 nr; - __u32 flags; - struct kvm_irq_routing_entry entries[0]; -}; - -No flags are specified so far, the corresponding field must be set to zero. - -struct kvm_irq_routing_entry { - __u32 gsi; - __u32 type; - __u32 flags; - __u32 pad; - union { - struct kvm_irq_routing_irqchip irqchip; - struct kvm_irq_routing_msi msi; - struct kvm_irq_routing_s390_adapter adapter; - struct kvm_irq_routing_hv_sint hv_sint; - __u32 pad[8]; - } u; -}; - -/* gsi routing entry types */ -#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_IRQCHIP 1 -#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_MSI 2 -#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_S390_ADAPTER 3 -#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_HV_SINT 4 - -flags: -- KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID: used along with KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_MSI routing entry - type, specifies that the devid field contains a valid value. The per-VM - KVM_CAP_MSI_DEVID capability advertises the requirement to provide - the device ID. If this capability is not available, userspace should - never set the KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID flag as the ioctl might fail. -- zero otherwise - -struct kvm_irq_routing_irqchip { - __u32 irqchip; - __u32 pin; -}; - -struct kvm_irq_routing_msi { - __u32 address_lo; - __u32 address_hi; - __u32 data; - union { - __u32 pad; - __u32 devid; - }; -}; - -If KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID is set, devid contains a unique device identifier -for the device that wrote the MSI message. For PCI, this is usually a -BFD identifier in the lower 16 bits. - -On x86, address_hi is ignored unless the KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS -feature of KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API capability is enabled. If it is enabled, -address_hi bits 31-8 provide bits 31-8 of the destination id. Bits 7-0 of -address_hi must be zero. - -struct kvm_irq_routing_s390_adapter { - __u64 ind_addr; - __u64 summary_addr; - __u64 ind_offset; - __u32 summary_offset; - __u32 adapter_id; -}; - -struct kvm_irq_routing_hv_sint { - __u32 vcpu; - __u32 sint; -}; - - -4.55 KVM_SET_TSC_KHZ - -Capability: KVM_CAP_TSC_CONTROL -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: virtual tsc_khz -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Specifies the tsc frequency for the virtual machine. The unit of the -frequency is KHz. - - -4.56 KVM_GET_TSC_KHZ - -Capability: KVM_CAP_GET_TSC_KHZ -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: none -Returns: virtual tsc-khz on success, negative value on error - -Returns the tsc frequency of the guest. The unit of the return value is -KHz. If the host has unstable tsc this ioctl returns -EIO instead as an -error. - - -4.57 KVM_GET_LAPIC - -Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_lapic_state (out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -#define KVM_APIC_REG_SIZE 0x400 -struct kvm_lapic_state { - char regs[KVM_APIC_REG_SIZE]; -}; - -Reads the Local APIC registers and copies them into the input argument. The -data format and layout are the same as documented in the architecture manual. - -If KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS feature of KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API is -enabled, then the format of APIC_ID register depends on the APIC mode -(reported by MSR_IA32_APICBASE) of its VCPU. x2APIC stores APIC ID in -the APIC_ID register (bytes 32-35). xAPIC only allows an 8-bit APIC ID -which is stored in bits 31-24 of the APIC register, or equivalently in -byte 35 of struct kvm_lapic_state's regs field. KVM_GET_LAPIC must then -be called after MSR_IA32_APICBASE has been set with KVM_SET_MSR. - -If KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS feature is disabled, struct kvm_lapic_state -always uses xAPIC format. - - -4.58 KVM_SET_LAPIC - -Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_lapic_state (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -#define KVM_APIC_REG_SIZE 0x400 -struct kvm_lapic_state { - char regs[KVM_APIC_REG_SIZE]; -}; - -Copies the input argument into the Local APIC registers. The data format -and layout are the same as documented in the architecture manual. - -The format of the APIC ID register (bytes 32-35 of struct kvm_lapic_state's -regs field) depends on the state of the KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API capability. -See the note in KVM_GET_LAPIC. - - -4.59 KVM_IOEVENTFD - -Capability: KVM_CAP_IOEVENTFD -Architectures: all -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_ioeventfd (in) -Returns: 0 on success, !0 on error - -This ioctl attaches or detaches an ioeventfd to a legal pio/mmio address -within the guest. A guest write in the registered address will signal the -provided event instead of triggering an exit. - -struct kvm_ioeventfd { - __u64 datamatch; - __u64 addr; /* legal pio/mmio address */ - __u32 len; /* 0, 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes */ - __s32 fd; - __u32 flags; - __u8 pad[36]; -}; - -For the special case of virtio-ccw devices on s390, the ioevent is matched -to a subchannel/virtqueue tuple instead. - -The following flags are defined: - -#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_DATAMATCH (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_datamatch) -#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_PIO (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_pio) -#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_DEASSIGN (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_deassign) -#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_VIRTIO_CCW_NOTIFY \ - (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_virtio_ccw_notify) - -If datamatch flag is set, the event will be signaled only if the written value -to the registered address is equal to datamatch in struct kvm_ioeventfd. - -For virtio-ccw devices, addr contains the subchannel id and datamatch the -virtqueue index. - -With KVM_CAP_IOEVENTFD_ANY_LENGTH, a zero length ioeventfd is allowed, and -the kernel will ignore the length of guest write and may get a faster vmexit. -The speedup may only apply to specific architectures, but the ioeventfd will -work anyway. - -4.60 KVM_DIRTY_TLB - -Capability: KVM_CAP_SW_TLB -Architectures: ppc -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_dirty_tlb (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -struct kvm_dirty_tlb { - __u64 bitmap; - __u32 num_dirty; -}; - -This must be called whenever userspace has changed an entry in the shared -TLB, prior to calling KVM_RUN on the associated vcpu. - -The "bitmap" field is the userspace address of an array. This array -consists of a number of bits, equal to the total number of TLB entries as -determined by the last successful call to KVM_CONFIG_TLB, rounded up to the -nearest multiple of 64. - -Each bit corresponds to one TLB entry, ordered the same as in the shared TLB -array. - -The array is little-endian: the bit 0 is the least significant bit of the -first byte, bit 8 is the least significant bit of the second byte, etc. -This avoids any complications with differing word sizes. - -The "num_dirty" field is a performance hint for KVM to determine whether it -should skip processing the bitmap and just invalidate everything. It must -be set to the number of set bits in the bitmap. - - -4.62 KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE -Architectures: powerpc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_create_spapr_tce (in) -Returns: file descriptor for manipulating the created TCE table - -This creates a virtual TCE (translation control entry) table, which -is an IOMMU for PAPR-style virtual I/O. It is used to translate -logical addresses used in virtual I/O into guest physical addresses, -and provides a scatter/gather capability for PAPR virtual I/O. - -/* for KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE */ -struct kvm_create_spapr_tce { - __u64 liobn; - __u32 window_size; -}; - -The liobn field gives the logical IO bus number for which to create a -TCE table. The window_size field specifies the size of the DMA window -which this TCE table will translate - the table will contain one 64 -bit TCE entry for every 4kiB of the DMA window. - -When the guest issues an H_PUT_TCE hcall on a liobn for which a TCE -table has been created using this ioctl(), the kernel will handle it -in real mode, updating the TCE table. H_PUT_TCE calls for other -liobns will cause a vm exit and must be handled by userspace. - -The return value is a file descriptor which can be passed to mmap(2) -to map the created TCE table into userspace. This lets userspace read -the entries written by kernel-handled H_PUT_TCE calls, and also lets -userspace update the TCE table directly which is useful in some -circumstances. - - -4.63 KVM_ALLOCATE_RMA - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_RMA -Architectures: powerpc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_allocate_rma (out) -Returns: file descriptor for mapping the allocated RMA - -This allocates a Real Mode Area (RMA) from the pool allocated at boot -time by the kernel. An RMA is a physically-contiguous, aligned region -of memory used on older POWER processors to provide the memory which -will be accessed by real-mode (MMU off) accesses in a KVM guest. -POWER processors support a set of sizes for the RMA that usually -includes 64MB, 128MB, 256MB and some larger powers of two. - -/* for KVM_ALLOCATE_RMA */ -struct kvm_allocate_rma { - __u64 rma_size; -}; - -The return value is a file descriptor which can be passed to mmap(2) -to map the allocated RMA into userspace. The mapped area can then be -passed to the KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION ioctl to establish it as the -RMA for a virtual machine. The size of the RMA in bytes (which is -fixed at host kernel boot time) is returned in the rma_size field of -the argument structure. - -The KVM_CAP_PPC_RMA capability is 1 or 2 if the KVM_ALLOCATE_RMA ioctl -is supported; 2 if the processor requires all virtual machines to have -an RMA, or 1 if the processor can use an RMA but doesn't require it, -because it supports the Virtual RMA (VRMA) facility. - - -4.64 KVM_NMI - -Capability: KVM_CAP_USER_NMI -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Queues an NMI on the thread's vcpu. Note this is well defined only -when KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP has not been called, since this is an interface -between the virtual cpu core and virtual local APIC. After KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP -has been called, this interface is completely emulated within the kernel. - -To use this to emulate the LINT1 input with KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP, use the -following algorithm: - - - pause the vcpu - - read the local APIC's state (KVM_GET_LAPIC) - - check whether changing LINT1 will queue an NMI (see the LVT entry for LINT1) - - if so, issue KVM_NMI - - resume the vcpu - -Some guests configure the LINT1 NMI input to cause a panic, aiding in -debugging. - - -4.65 KVM_S390_UCAS_MAP - -Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL -Architectures: s390 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping (in) -Returns: 0 in case of success - -The parameter is defined like this: - struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping { - __u64 user_addr; - __u64 vcpu_addr; - __u64 length; - }; - -This ioctl maps the memory at "user_addr" with the length "length" to -the vcpu's address space starting at "vcpu_addr". All parameters need to -be aligned by 1 megabyte. - - -4.66 KVM_S390_UCAS_UNMAP - -Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL -Architectures: s390 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping (in) -Returns: 0 in case of success - -The parameter is defined like this: - struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping { - __u64 user_addr; - __u64 vcpu_addr; - __u64 length; - }; - -This ioctl unmaps the memory in the vcpu's address space starting at -"vcpu_addr" with the length "length". The field "user_addr" is ignored. -All parameters need to be aligned by 1 megabyte. - - -4.67 KVM_S390_VCPU_FAULT - -Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL -Architectures: s390 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: vcpu absolute address (in) -Returns: 0 in case of success - -This call creates a page table entry on the virtual cpu's address space -(for user controlled virtual machines) or the virtual machine's address -space (for regular virtual machines). This only works for minor faults, -thus it's recommended to access subject memory page via the user page -table upfront. This is useful to handle validity intercepts for user -controlled virtual machines to fault in the virtual cpu's lowcore pages -prior to calling the KVM_RUN ioctl. - - -4.68 KVM_SET_ONE_REG - -Capability: KVM_CAP_ONE_REG -Architectures: all -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_one_reg (in) -Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure -Errors: -  ENOENT:   no such register -  EINVAL:   invalid register ID, or no such register -  EPERM:    (arm64) register access not allowed before vcpu finalization -(These error codes are indicative only: do not rely on a specific error -code being returned in a specific situation.) - -struct kvm_one_reg { - __u64 id; - __u64 addr; -}; - -Using this ioctl, a single vcpu register can be set to a specific value -defined by user space with the passed in struct kvm_one_reg, where id -refers to the register identifier as described below and addr is a pointer -to a variable with the respective size. There can be architecture agnostic -and architecture specific registers. Each have their own range of operation -and their own constants and width. To keep track of the implemented -registers, find a list below: - - Arch | Register | Width (bits) - | | - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_HIOR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_IAC1 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_IAC2 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_IAC3 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_IAC4 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DAC1 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DAC2 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DABR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DSCR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PURR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SPURR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DAR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DSISR | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_AMR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_UAMOR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MMCR0 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MMCR1 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MMCRA | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MMCR2 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MMCRS | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SIAR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SDAR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SIER | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC1 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC2 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC3 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC4 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC5 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC6 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC7 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PMC8 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_FPR0 | 64 - ... - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_FPR31 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VR0 | 128 - ... - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VR31 | 128 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VSR0 | 128 - ... - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VSR31 | 128 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_FPSCR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VSCR | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VPA_ADDR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VPA_SLB | 128 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VPA_DTL | 128 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_EPCR | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_EPR | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TCR | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TSR | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_OR_TSR | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_CLEAR_TSR | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MAS0 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MAS1 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MAS2 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MAS7_3 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MAS4 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MAS6 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_MMUCFG | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB0CFG | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB1CFG | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB2CFG | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB3CFG | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB0PS | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB1PS | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB2PS | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TLB3PS | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_EPTCFG | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_ICP_STATE | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VP_STATE | 128 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TB_OFFSET | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SPMC1 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SPMC2 | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_IAMR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TFHAR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TFIAR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TEXASR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_FSCR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PSPB | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_EBBHR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_EBBRR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_BESCR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TAR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DPDES | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DAWR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DAWRX | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_CIABR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_IC | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VTB | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_CSIGR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TACR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TCSCR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PID | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_ACOP | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VRSAVE | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_LPCR | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_LPCR_64 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PPR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_ARCH_COMPAT | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DABRX | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_WORT | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_SPRG9 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DBSR | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TIDR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PSSCR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DEC_EXPIRY | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PTCR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_GPR0 | 64 - ... - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_GPR31 | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_VSR0 | 128 - ... - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_VSR63 | 128 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_CR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_LR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_CTR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_FPSCR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_AMR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_PPR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_VRSAVE | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_VSCR | 32 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_DSCR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_TAR | 64 - PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_XER | 64 - | | - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_R0 | 64 - ... - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_R31 | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_HI | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_LO | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_PC | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_INDEX | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ENTRYLO0 | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ENTRYLO1 | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONTEXT | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONTEXTCONFIG| 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_USERLOCAL | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_XCONTEXTCONFIG| 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PAGEMASK | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PAGEGRAIN | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_SEGCTL0 | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_SEGCTL1 | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_SEGCTL2 | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PWBASE | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PWFIELD | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PWSIZE | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_WIRED | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PWCTL | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_HWRENA | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_BADVADDR | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_BADINSTR | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_BADINSTRP | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_COUNT | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ENTRYHI | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_COMPARE | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_STATUS | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_INTCTL | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CAUSE | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_EPC | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PRID | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_EBASE | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG1 | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG2 | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG3 | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG4 | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG5 | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG7 | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_XCONTEXT | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ERROREPC | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_KSCRATCH1 | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_KSCRATCH2 | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_KSCRATCH3 | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_KSCRATCH4 | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_KSCRATCH5 | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_KSCRATCH6 | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_MAAR(0..63) | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_COUNT_CTL | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_COUNT_RESUME | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_COUNT_HZ | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_32(0..31) | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_64(0..31) | 64 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_128(0..31) | 128 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_IR | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_CSR | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_IR | 32 - MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_CSR | 32 - -ARM registers are mapped using the lower 32 bits. The upper 16 of that -is the register group type, or coprocessor number: - -ARM core registers have the following id bit patterns: - 0x4020 0000 0010 - -ARM 32-bit CP15 registers have the following id bit patterns: - 0x4020 0000 000F - -ARM 64-bit CP15 registers have the following id bit patterns: - 0x4030 0000 000F - -ARM CCSIDR registers are demultiplexed by CSSELR value: - 0x4020 0000 0011 00 - -ARM 32-bit VFP control registers have the following id bit patterns: - 0x4020 0000 0012 1 - -ARM 64-bit FP registers have the following id bit patterns: - 0x4030 0000 0012 0 - -ARM firmware pseudo-registers have the following bit pattern: - 0x4030 0000 0014 - - -arm64 registers are mapped using the lower 32 bits. The upper 16 of -that is the register group type, or coprocessor number: - -arm64 core/FP-SIMD registers have the following id bit patterns. Note -that the size of the access is variable, as the kvm_regs structure -contains elements ranging from 32 to 128 bits. The index is a 32bit -value in the kvm_regs structure seen as a 32bit array. - 0x60x0 0000 0010 - -Specifically: - Encoding Register Bits kvm_regs member ----------------------------------------------------------------- - 0x6030 0000 0010 0000 X0 64 regs.regs[0] - 0x6030 0000 0010 0002 X1 64 regs.regs[1] - ... - 0x6030 0000 0010 003c X30 64 regs.regs[30] - 0x6030 0000 0010 003e SP 64 regs.sp - 0x6030 0000 0010 0040 PC 64 regs.pc - 0x6030 0000 0010 0042 PSTATE 64 regs.pstate - 0x6030 0000 0010 0044 SP_EL1 64 sp_el1 - 0x6030 0000 0010 0046 ELR_EL1 64 elr_el1 - 0x6030 0000 0010 0048 SPSR_EL1 64 spsr[KVM_SPSR_EL1] (alias SPSR_SVC) - 0x6030 0000 0010 004a SPSR_ABT 64 spsr[KVM_SPSR_ABT] - 0x6030 0000 0010 004c SPSR_UND 64 spsr[KVM_SPSR_UND] - 0x6030 0000 0010 004e SPSR_IRQ 64 spsr[KVM_SPSR_IRQ] - 0x6060 0000 0010 0050 SPSR_FIQ 64 spsr[KVM_SPSR_FIQ] - 0x6040 0000 0010 0054 V0 128 fp_regs.vregs[0] (*) - 0x6040 0000 0010 0058 V1 128 fp_regs.vregs[1] (*) - ... - 0x6040 0000 0010 00d0 V31 128 fp_regs.vregs[31] (*) - 0x6020 0000 0010 00d4 FPSR 32 fp_regs.fpsr - 0x6020 0000 0010 00d5 FPCR 32 fp_regs.fpcr - -(*) These encodings are not accepted for SVE-enabled vcpus. See - KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT. - - The equivalent register content can be accessed via bits [127:0] of - the corresponding SVE Zn registers instead for vcpus that have SVE - enabled (see below). - -arm64 CCSIDR registers are demultiplexed by CSSELR value: - 0x6020 0000 0011 00 - -arm64 system registers have the following id bit patterns: - 0x6030 0000 0013 - -arm64 firmware pseudo-registers have the following bit pattern: - 0x6030 0000 0014 - -arm64 SVE registers have the following bit patterns: - 0x6080 0000 0015 00 Zn bits[2048*slice + 2047 : 2048*slice] - 0x6050 0000 0015 04 Pn bits[256*slice + 255 : 256*slice] - 0x6050 0000 0015 060 FFR bits[256*slice + 255 : 256*slice] - 0x6060 0000 0015 ffff KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS pseudo-register - -Access to register IDs where 2048 * slice >= 128 * max_vq will fail with -ENOENT. max_vq is the vcpu's maximum supported vector length in 128-bit -quadwords: see (**) below. - -These registers are only accessible on vcpus for which SVE is enabled. -See KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT for details. - -In addition, except for KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS, these registers are not -accessible until the vcpu's SVE configuration has been finalized -using KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE(KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE). See KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT -and KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE for more information about this procedure. - -KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS is a pseudo-register that allows the set of vector -lengths supported by the vcpu to be discovered and configured by -userspace. When transferred to or from user memory via KVM_GET_ONE_REG -or KVM_SET_ONE_REG, the value of this register is of type -__u64[KVM_ARM64_SVE_VLS_WORDS], and encodes the set of vector lengths as -follows: - -__u64 vector_lengths[KVM_ARM64_SVE_VLS_WORDS]; - -if (vq >= SVE_VQ_MIN && vq <= SVE_VQ_MAX && - ((vector_lengths[(vq - KVM_ARM64_SVE_VQ_MIN) / 64] >> - ((vq - KVM_ARM64_SVE_VQ_MIN) % 64)) & 1)) - /* Vector length vq * 16 bytes supported */ -else - /* Vector length vq * 16 bytes not supported */ - -(**) The maximum value vq for which the above condition is true is -max_vq. This is the maximum vector length available to the guest on -this vcpu, and determines which register slices are visible through -this ioctl interface. - -(See Documentation/arm64/sve.rst for an explanation of the "vq" -nomenclature.) - -KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS is only accessible after KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT. -KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT initialises it to the best set of vector lengths that -the host supports. - -Userspace may subsequently modify it if desired until the vcpu's SVE -configuration is finalized using KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE(KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE). - -Apart from simply removing all vector lengths from the host set that -exceed some value, support for arbitrarily chosen sets of vector lengths -is hardware-dependent and may not be available. Attempting to configure -an invalid set of vector lengths via KVM_SET_ONE_REG will fail with -EINVAL. - -After the vcpu's SVE configuration is finalized, further attempts to -write this register will fail with EPERM. - - -MIPS registers are mapped using the lower 32 bits. The upper 16 of that is -the register group type: - -MIPS core registers (see above) have the following id bit patterns: - 0x7030 0000 0000 - -MIPS CP0 registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_* above) have the following id bit -patterns depending on whether they're 32-bit or 64-bit registers: - 0x7020 0000 0001 00 (32-bit) - 0x7030 0000 0001 00 (64-bit) - -Note: KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ENTRYLO0 and KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ENTRYLO1 are the MIPS64 -versions of the EntryLo registers regardless of the word size of the host -hardware, host kernel, guest, and whether XPA is present in the guest, i.e. -with the RI and XI bits (if they exist) in bits 63 and 62 respectively, and -the PFNX field starting at bit 30. - -MIPS MAARs (see KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_MAAR(*) above) have the following id bit -patterns: - 0x7030 0000 0001 01 - -MIPS KVM control registers (see above) have the following id bit patterns: - 0x7030 0000 0002 - -MIPS FPU registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_{32,64}() above) have the following -id bit patterns depending on the size of the register being accessed. They are -always accessed according to the current guest FPU mode (Status.FR and -Config5.FRE), i.e. as the guest would see them, and they become unpredictable -if the guest FPU mode is changed. MIPS SIMD Architecture (MSA) vector -registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_128() above) have similar patterns as they -overlap the FPU registers: - 0x7020 0000 0003 00 <0:3> (32-bit FPU registers) - 0x7030 0000 0003 00 <0:3> (64-bit FPU registers) - 0x7040 0000 0003 00 <0:3> (128-bit MSA vector registers) - -MIPS FPU control registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_{IR,CSR} above) have the -following id bit patterns: - 0x7020 0000 0003 01 <0:3> - -MIPS MSA control registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_{IR,CSR} above) have the -following id bit patterns: - 0x7020 0000 0003 02 <0:3> - - -4.69 KVM_GET_ONE_REG - -Capability: KVM_CAP_ONE_REG -Architectures: all -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_one_reg (in and out) -Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure -Errors include: -  ENOENT:   no such register -  EINVAL:   invalid register ID, or no such register -  EPERM:    (arm64) register access not allowed before vcpu finalization -(These error codes are indicative only: do not rely on a specific error -code being returned in a specific situation.) - -This ioctl allows to receive the value of a single register implemented -in a vcpu. The register to read is indicated by the "id" field of the -kvm_one_reg struct passed in. On success, the register value can be found -at the memory location pointed to by "addr". - -The list of registers accessible using this interface is identical to the -list in 4.68. - - -4.70 KVM_KVMCLOCK_CTRL - -Capability: KVM_CAP_KVMCLOCK_CTRL -Architectures: Any that implement pvclocks (currently x86 only) -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: None -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -This signals to the host kernel that the specified guest is being paused by -userspace. The host will set a flag in the pvclock structure that is checked -from the soft lockup watchdog. The flag is part of the pvclock structure that -is shared between guest and host, specifically the second bit of the flags -field of the pvclock_vcpu_time_info structure. It will be set exclusively by -the host and read/cleared exclusively by the guest. The guest operation of -checking and clearing the flag must an atomic operation so -load-link/store-conditional, or equivalent must be used. There are two cases -where the guest will clear the flag: when the soft lockup watchdog timer resets -itself or when a soft lockup is detected. This ioctl can be called any time -after pausing the vcpu, but before it is resumed. - - -4.71 KVM_SIGNAL_MSI - -Capability: KVM_CAP_SIGNAL_MSI -Architectures: x86 arm arm64 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_msi (in) -Returns: >0 on delivery, 0 if guest blocked the MSI, and -1 on error - -Directly inject a MSI message. Only valid with in-kernel irqchip that handles -MSI messages. - -struct kvm_msi { - __u32 address_lo; - __u32 address_hi; - __u32 data; - __u32 flags; - __u32 devid; - __u8 pad[12]; -}; - -flags: KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID: devid contains a valid value. The per-VM - KVM_CAP_MSI_DEVID capability advertises the requirement to provide - the device ID. If this capability is not available, userspace - should never set the KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID flag as the ioctl might fail. - -If KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID is set, devid contains a unique device identifier -for the device that wrote the MSI message. For PCI, this is usually a -BFD identifier in the lower 16 bits. - -On x86, address_hi is ignored unless the KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS -feature of KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API capability is enabled. If it is enabled, -address_hi bits 31-8 provide bits 31-8 of the destination id. Bits 7-0 of -address_hi must be zero. - - -4.71 KVM_CREATE_PIT2 - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PIT2 -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_pit_config (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Creates an in-kernel device model for the i8254 PIT. This call is only valid -after enabling in-kernel irqchip support via KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. The following -parameters have to be passed: - -struct kvm_pit_config { - __u32 flags; - __u32 pad[15]; -}; - -Valid flags are: - -#define KVM_PIT_SPEAKER_DUMMY 1 /* emulate speaker port stub */ - -PIT timer interrupts may use a per-VM kernel thread for injection. If it -exists, this thread will have a name of the following pattern: - -kvm-pit/ - -When running a guest with elevated priorities, the scheduling parameters of -this thread may have to be adjusted accordingly. - -This IOCTL replaces the obsolete KVM_CREATE_PIT. - - -4.72 KVM_GET_PIT2 - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PIT_STATE2 -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_pit_state2 (out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Retrieves the state of the in-kernel PIT model. Only valid after -KVM_CREATE_PIT2. The state is returned in the following structure: - -struct kvm_pit_state2 { - struct kvm_pit_channel_state channels[3]; - __u32 flags; - __u32 reserved[9]; -}; - -Valid flags are: - -/* disable PIT in HPET legacy mode */ -#define KVM_PIT_FLAGS_HPET_LEGACY 0x00000001 - -This IOCTL replaces the obsolete KVM_GET_PIT. - - -4.73 KVM_SET_PIT2 - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PIT_STATE2 -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_pit_state2 (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Sets the state of the in-kernel PIT model. Only valid after KVM_CREATE_PIT2. -See KVM_GET_PIT2 for details on struct kvm_pit_state2. - -This IOCTL replaces the obsolete KVM_SET_PIT. - - -4.74 KVM_PPC_GET_SMMU_INFO - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_SMMU_INFO -Architectures: powerpc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: None -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -This populates and returns a structure describing the features of -the "Server" class MMU emulation supported by KVM. -This can in turn be used by userspace to generate the appropriate -device-tree properties for the guest operating system. - -The structure contains some global information, followed by an -array of supported segment page sizes: - - struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { - __u64 flags; - __u32 slb_size; - __u32 pad; - struct kvm_ppc_one_seg_page_size sps[KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_MAX_SZ]; - }; - -The supported flags are: - - - KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_REAL: - When that flag is set, guest page sizes must "fit" the backing - store page sizes. When not set, any page size in the list can - be used regardless of how they are backed by userspace. - - - KVM_PPC_1T_SEGMENTS - The emulated MMU supports 1T segments in addition to the - standard 256M ones. - - - KVM_PPC_NO_HASH - This flag indicates that HPT guests are not supported by KVM, - thus all guests must use radix MMU mode. - -The "slb_size" field indicates how many SLB entries are supported - -The "sps" array contains 8 entries indicating the supported base -page sizes for a segment in increasing order. Each entry is defined -as follow: - - struct kvm_ppc_one_seg_page_size { - __u32 page_shift; /* Base page shift of segment (or 0) */ - __u32 slb_enc; /* SLB encoding for BookS */ - struct kvm_ppc_one_page_size enc[KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_MAX_SZ]; - }; - -An entry with a "page_shift" of 0 is unused. Because the array is -organized in increasing order, a lookup can stop when encoutering -such an entry. - -The "slb_enc" field provides the encoding to use in the SLB for the -page size. The bits are in positions such as the value can directly -be OR'ed into the "vsid" argument of the slbmte instruction. - -The "enc" array is a list which for each of those segment base page -size provides the list of supported actual page sizes (which can be -only larger or equal to the base page size), along with the -corresponding encoding in the hash PTE. Similarly, the array is -8 entries sorted by increasing sizes and an entry with a "0" shift -is an empty entry and a terminator: - - struct kvm_ppc_one_page_size { - __u32 page_shift; /* Page shift (or 0) */ - __u32 pte_enc; /* Encoding in the HPTE (>>12) */ - }; - -The "pte_enc" field provides a value that can OR'ed into the hash -PTE's RPN field (ie, it needs to be shifted left by 12 to OR it -into the hash PTE second double word). - -4.75 KVM_IRQFD - -Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQFD -Architectures: x86 s390 arm arm64 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_irqfd (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Allows setting an eventfd to directly trigger a guest interrupt. -kvm_irqfd.fd specifies the file descriptor to use as the eventfd and -kvm_irqfd.gsi specifies the irqchip pin toggled by this event. When -an event is triggered on the eventfd, an interrupt is injected into -the guest using the specified gsi pin. The irqfd is removed using -the KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_DEASSIGN flag, specifying both kvm_irqfd.fd -and kvm_irqfd.gsi. - -With KVM_CAP_IRQFD_RESAMPLE, KVM_IRQFD supports a de-assert and notify -mechanism allowing emulation of level-triggered, irqfd-based -interrupts. When KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_RESAMPLE is set the user must pass an -additional eventfd in the kvm_irqfd.resamplefd field. When operating -in resample mode, posting of an interrupt through kvm_irq.fd asserts -the specified gsi in the irqchip. When the irqchip is resampled, such -as from an EOI, the gsi is de-asserted and the user is notified via -kvm_irqfd.resamplefd. It is the user's responsibility to re-queue -the interrupt if the device making use of it still requires service. -Note that closing the resamplefd is not sufficient to disable the -irqfd. The KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_RESAMPLE is only necessary on assignment -and need not be specified with KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_DEASSIGN. - -On arm/arm64, gsi routing being supported, the following can happen: -- in case no routing entry is associated to this gsi, injection fails -- in case the gsi is associated to an irqchip routing entry, - irqchip.pin + 32 corresponds to the injected SPI ID. -- in case the gsi is associated to an MSI routing entry, the MSI - message and device ID are translated into an LPI (support restricted - to GICv3 ITS in-kernel emulation). - -4.76 KVM_PPC_ALLOCATE_HTAB - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_ALLOC_HTAB -Architectures: powerpc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: Pointer to u32 containing hash table order (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -This requests the host kernel to allocate an MMU hash table for a -guest using the PAPR paravirtualization interface. This only does -anything if the kernel is configured to use the Book 3S HV style of -virtualization. Otherwise the capability doesn't exist and the ioctl -returns an ENOTTY error. The rest of this description assumes Book 3S -HV. - -There must be no vcpus running when this ioctl is called; if there -are, it will do nothing and return an EBUSY error. - -The parameter is a pointer to a 32-bit unsigned integer variable -containing the order (log base 2) of the desired size of the hash -table, which must be between 18 and 46. On successful return from the -ioctl, the value will not be changed by the kernel. - -If no hash table has been allocated when any vcpu is asked to run -(with the KVM_RUN ioctl), the host kernel will allocate a -default-sized hash table (16 MB). - -If this ioctl is called when a hash table has already been allocated, -with a different order from the existing hash table, the existing hash -table will be freed and a new one allocated. If this is ioctl is -called when a hash table has already been allocated of the same order -as specified, the kernel will clear out the existing hash table (zero -all HPTEs). In either case, if the guest is using the virtualized -real-mode area (VRMA) facility, the kernel will re-create the VMRA -HPTEs on the next KVM_RUN of any vcpu. - -4.77 KVM_S390_INTERRUPT - -Capability: basic -Architectures: s390 -Type: vm ioctl, vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_s390_interrupt (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Allows to inject an interrupt to the guest. Interrupts can be floating -(vm ioctl) or per cpu (vcpu ioctl), depending on the interrupt type. - -Interrupt parameters are passed via kvm_s390_interrupt: - -struct kvm_s390_interrupt { - __u32 type; - __u32 parm; - __u64 parm64; -}; - -type can be one of the following: - -KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP (vcpu) - sigp stop; optional flags in parm -KVM_S390_PROGRAM_INT (vcpu) - program check; code in parm -KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX (vcpu) - sigp set prefix; prefix address in parm -KVM_S390_RESTART (vcpu) - restart -KVM_S390_INT_CLOCK_COMP (vcpu) - clock comparator interrupt -KVM_S390_INT_CPU_TIMER (vcpu) - CPU timer interrupt -KVM_S390_INT_VIRTIO (vm) - virtio external interrupt; external interrupt - parameters in parm and parm64 -KVM_S390_INT_SERVICE (vm) - sclp external interrupt; sclp parameter in parm -KVM_S390_INT_EMERGENCY (vcpu) - sigp emergency; source cpu in parm -KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL (vcpu) - sigp external call; source cpu in parm -KVM_S390_INT_IO(ai,cssid,ssid,schid) (vm) - compound value to indicate an - I/O interrupt (ai - adapter interrupt; cssid,ssid,schid - subchannel); - I/O interruption parameters in parm (subchannel) and parm64 (intparm, - interruption subclass) -KVM_S390_MCHK (vm, vcpu) - machine check interrupt; cr 14 bits in parm, - machine check interrupt code in parm64 (note that - machine checks needing further payload are not - supported by this ioctl) - -This is an asynchronous vcpu ioctl and can be invoked from any thread. - -4.78 KVM_PPC_GET_HTAB_FD - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_HTAB_FD -Architectures: powerpc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: Pointer to struct kvm_get_htab_fd (in) -Returns: file descriptor number (>= 0) on success, -1 on error - -This returns a file descriptor that can be used either to read out the -entries in the guest's hashed page table (HPT), or to write entries to -initialize the HPT. The returned fd can only be written to if the -KVM_GET_HTAB_WRITE bit is set in the flags field of the argument, and -can only be read if that bit is clear. The argument struct looks like -this: - -/* For KVM_PPC_GET_HTAB_FD */ -struct kvm_get_htab_fd { - __u64 flags; - __u64 start_index; - __u64 reserved[2]; -}; - -/* Values for kvm_get_htab_fd.flags */ -#define KVM_GET_HTAB_BOLTED_ONLY ((__u64)0x1) -#define KVM_GET_HTAB_WRITE ((__u64)0x2) - -The `start_index' field gives the index in the HPT of the entry at -which to start reading. It is ignored when writing. - -Reads on the fd will initially supply information about all -"interesting" HPT entries. Interesting entries are those with the -bolted bit set, if the KVM_GET_HTAB_BOLTED_ONLY bit is set, otherwise -all entries. When the end of the HPT is reached, the read() will -return. If read() is called again on the fd, it will start again from -the beginning of the HPT, but will only return HPT entries that have -changed since they were last read. - -Data read or written is structured as a header (8 bytes) followed by a -series of valid HPT entries (16 bytes) each. The header indicates how -many valid HPT entries there are and how many invalid entries follow -the valid entries. The invalid entries are not represented explicitly -in the stream. The header format is: - -struct kvm_get_htab_header { - __u32 index; - __u16 n_valid; - __u16 n_invalid; -}; - -Writes to the fd create HPT entries starting at the index given in the -header; first `n_valid' valid entries with contents from the data -written, then `n_invalid' invalid entries, invalidating any previously -valid entries found. - -4.79 KVM_CREATE_DEVICE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_create_device (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error -Errors: - ENODEV: The device type is unknown or unsupported - EEXIST: Device already created, and this type of device may not - be instantiated multiple times - - Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types or - have their standard meanings. - -Creates an emulated device in the kernel. The file descriptor returned -in fd can be used with KVM_SET/GET/HAS_DEVICE_ATTR. - -If the KVM_CREATE_DEVICE_TEST flag is set, only test whether the -device type is supported (not necessarily whether it can be created -in the current vm). - -Individual devices should not define flags. Attributes should be used -for specifying any behavior that is not implied by the device type -number. - -struct kvm_create_device { - __u32 type; /* in: KVM_DEV_TYPE_xxx */ - __u32 fd; /* out: device handle */ - __u32 flags; /* in: KVM_CREATE_DEVICE_xxx */ -}; - -4.80 KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR/KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR - -Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL, KVM_CAP_VM_ATTRIBUTES for vm device, - KVM_CAP_VCPU_ATTRIBUTES for vcpu device -Type: device ioctl, vm ioctl, vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_device_attr -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error -Errors: - ENXIO: The group or attribute is unknown/unsupported for this device - or hardware support is missing. - EPERM: The attribute cannot (currently) be accessed this way - (e.g. read-only attribute, or attribute that only makes - sense when the device is in a different state) - - Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types. - -Gets/sets a specified piece of device configuration and/or state. The -semantics are device-specific. See individual device documentation in -the "devices" directory. As with ONE_REG, the size of the data -transferred is defined by the particular attribute. - -struct kvm_device_attr { - __u32 flags; /* no flags currently defined */ - __u32 group; /* device-defined */ - __u64 attr; /* group-defined */ - __u64 addr; /* userspace address of attr data */ -}; - -4.81 KVM_HAS_DEVICE_ATTR - -Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL, KVM_CAP_VM_ATTRIBUTES for vm device, - KVM_CAP_VCPU_ATTRIBUTES for vcpu device -Type: device ioctl, vm ioctl, vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_device_attr -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error -Errors: - ENXIO: The group or attribute is unknown/unsupported for this device - or hardware support is missing. - -Tests whether a device supports a particular attribute. A successful -return indicates the attribute is implemented. It does not necessarily -indicate that the attribute can be read or written in the device's -current state. "addr" is ignored. - -4.82 KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT - -Capability: basic -Architectures: arm, arm64 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_vcpu_init (in) -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error -Errors: -  EINVAL:    the target is unknown, or the combination of features is invalid. -  ENOENT:    a features bit specified is unknown. - -This tells KVM what type of CPU to present to the guest, and what -optional features it should have.  This will cause a reset of the cpu -registers to their initial values.  If this is not called, KVM_RUN will -return ENOEXEC for that vcpu. - -Note that because some registers reflect machine topology, all vcpus -should be created before this ioctl is invoked. - -Userspace can call this function multiple times for a given vcpu, including -after the vcpu has been run. This will reset the vcpu to its initial -state. All calls to this function after the initial call must use the same -target and same set of feature flags, otherwise EINVAL will be returned. - -Possible features: - - KVM_ARM_VCPU_POWER_OFF: Starts the CPU in a power-off state. - Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI. If not set, the CPU will be powered on - and execute guest code when KVM_RUN is called. - - KVM_ARM_VCPU_EL1_32BIT: Starts the CPU in a 32bit mode. - Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_EL1_32BIT (arm64 only). - - KVM_ARM_VCPU_PSCI_0_2: Emulate PSCI v0.2 (or a future revision - backward compatible with v0.2) for the CPU. - Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI_0_2. - - KVM_ARM_VCPU_PMU_V3: Emulate PMUv3 for the CPU. - Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PMU_V3. - - - KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS: Enables Address Pointer authentication - for arm64 only. - Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS. - If KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS and KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_GENERIC are - both present, then both KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS and - KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_GENERIC must be requested or neither must be - requested. - - - KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_GENERIC: Enables Generic Pointer authentication - for arm64 only. - Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_GENERIC. - If KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS and KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_GENERIC are - both present, then both KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS and - KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_GENERIC must be requested or neither must be - requested. - - - KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE: Enables SVE for the CPU (arm64 only). - Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_SVE. - Requires KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE(KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE): - - * After KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT: - - - KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS may be read using KVM_GET_ONE_REG: the - initial value of this pseudo-register indicates the best set of - vector lengths possible for a vcpu on this host. - - * Before KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE(KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE): - - - KVM_RUN and KVM_GET_REG_LIST are not available; - - - KVM_GET_ONE_REG and KVM_SET_ONE_REG cannot be used to access - the scalable archietctural SVE registers - KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_ZREG(), KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_PREG() or - KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_FFR; - - - KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS may optionally be written using - KVM_SET_ONE_REG, to modify the set of vector lengths available - for the vcpu. - - * After KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE(KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE): - - - the KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_VLS pseudo-register is immutable, and can - no longer be written using KVM_SET_ONE_REG. - -4.83 KVM_ARM_PREFERRED_TARGET - -Capability: basic -Architectures: arm, arm64 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct struct kvm_vcpu_init (out) -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error -Errors: - ENODEV: no preferred target available for the host - -This queries KVM for preferred CPU target type which can be emulated -by KVM on underlying host. - -The ioctl returns struct kvm_vcpu_init instance containing information -about preferred CPU target type and recommended features for it. The -kvm_vcpu_init->features bitmap returned will have feature bits set if -the preferred target recommends setting these features, but this is -not mandatory. - -The information returned by this ioctl can be used to prepare an instance -of struct kvm_vcpu_init for KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT ioctl which will result in -in VCPU matching underlying host. - - -4.84 KVM_GET_REG_LIST - -Capability: basic -Architectures: arm, arm64, mips -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_reg_list (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error -Errors: -  E2BIG:     the reg index list is too big to fit in the array specified by -             the user (the number required will be written into n). - -struct kvm_reg_list { - __u64 n; /* number of registers in reg[] */ - __u64 reg[0]; -}; - -This ioctl returns the guest registers that are supported for the -KVM_GET_ONE_REG/KVM_SET_ONE_REG calls. - - -4.85 KVM_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR (deprecated) - -Capability: KVM_CAP_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR -Architectures: arm, arm64 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_arm_device_address (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error -Errors: - ENODEV: The device id is unknown - ENXIO: Device not supported on current system - EEXIST: Address already set - E2BIG: Address outside guest physical address space - EBUSY: Address overlaps with other device range - -struct kvm_arm_device_addr { - __u64 id; - __u64 addr; -}; - -Specify a device address in the guest's physical address space where guests -can access emulated or directly exposed devices, which the host kernel needs -to know about. The id field is an architecture specific identifier for a -specific device. - -ARM/arm64 divides the id field into two parts, a device id and an -address type id specific to the individual device. - -  bits: | 63 ... 32 | 31 ... 16 | 15 ... 0 | - field: | 0x00000000 | device id | addr type id | - -ARM/arm64 currently only require this when using the in-kernel GIC -support for the hardware VGIC features, using KVM_ARM_DEVICE_VGIC_V2 -as the device id. When setting the base address for the guest's -mapping of the VGIC virtual CPU and distributor interface, the ioctl -must be called after calling KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP, but before calling -KVM_RUN on any of the VCPUs. Calling this ioctl twice for any of the -base addresses will return -EEXIST. - -Note, this IOCTL is deprecated and the more flexible SET/GET_DEVICE_ATTR API -should be used instead. - - -4.86 KVM_PPC_RTAS_DEFINE_TOKEN - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_RTAS -Architectures: ppc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_rtas_token_args -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Defines a token value for a RTAS (Run Time Abstraction Services) -service in order to allow it to be handled in the kernel. The -argument struct gives the name of the service, which must be the name -of a service that has a kernel-side implementation. If the token -value is non-zero, it will be associated with that service, and -subsequent RTAS calls by the guest specifying that token will be -handled by the kernel. If the token value is 0, then any token -associated with the service will be forgotten, and subsequent RTAS -calls by the guest for that service will be passed to userspace to be -handled. - -4.87 KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG - -Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_GUEST_DEBUG -Architectures: x86, s390, ppc, arm64 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_guest_debug (in) -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -struct kvm_guest_debug { - __u32 control; - __u32 pad; - struct kvm_guest_debug_arch arch; -}; - -Set up the processor specific debug registers and configure vcpu for -handling guest debug events. There are two parts to the structure, the -first a control bitfield indicates the type of debug events to handle -when running. Common control bits are: - - - KVM_GUESTDBG_ENABLE: guest debugging is enabled - - KVM_GUESTDBG_SINGLESTEP: the next run should single-step - -The top 16 bits of the control field are architecture specific control -flags which can include the following: - - - KVM_GUESTDBG_USE_SW_BP: using software breakpoints [x86, arm64] - - KVM_GUESTDBG_USE_HW_BP: using hardware breakpoints [x86, s390, arm64] - - KVM_GUESTDBG_INJECT_DB: inject DB type exception [x86] - - KVM_GUESTDBG_INJECT_BP: inject BP type exception [x86] - - KVM_GUESTDBG_EXIT_PENDING: trigger an immediate guest exit [s390] - -For example KVM_GUESTDBG_USE_SW_BP indicates that software breakpoints -are enabled in memory so we need to ensure breakpoint exceptions are -correctly trapped and the KVM run loop exits at the breakpoint and not -running off into the normal guest vector. For KVM_GUESTDBG_USE_HW_BP -we need to ensure the guest vCPUs architecture specific registers are -updated to the correct (supplied) values. - -The second part of the structure is architecture specific and -typically contains a set of debug registers. - -For arm64 the number of debug registers is implementation defined and -can be determined by querying the KVM_CAP_GUEST_DEBUG_HW_BPS and -KVM_CAP_GUEST_DEBUG_HW_WPS capabilities which return a positive number -indicating the number of supported registers. - -When debug events exit the main run loop with the reason -KVM_EXIT_DEBUG with the kvm_debug_exit_arch part of the kvm_run -structure containing architecture specific debug information. - -4.88 KVM_GET_EMULATED_CPUID - -Capability: KVM_CAP_EXT_EMUL_CPUID -Architectures: x86 -Type: system ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_cpuid2 (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -struct kvm_cpuid2 { - __u32 nent; - __u32 flags; - struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 entries[0]; -}; - -The member 'flags' is used for passing flags from userspace. - -#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX BIT(0) -#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC BIT(1) -#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT BIT(2) - -struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 { - __u32 function; - __u32 index; - __u32 flags; - __u32 eax; - __u32 ebx; - __u32 ecx; - __u32 edx; - __u32 padding[3]; -}; - -This ioctl returns x86 cpuid features which are emulated by -kvm.Userspace can use the information returned by this ioctl to query -which features are emulated by kvm instead of being present natively. - -Userspace invokes KVM_GET_EMULATED_CPUID by passing a kvm_cpuid2 -structure with the 'nent' field indicating the number of entries in -the variable-size array 'entries'. If the number of entries is too low -to describe the cpu capabilities, an error (E2BIG) is returned. If the -number is too high, the 'nent' field is adjusted and an error (ENOMEM) -is returned. If the number is just right, the 'nent' field is adjusted -to the number of valid entries in the 'entries' array, which is then -filled. - -The entries returned are the set CPUID bits of the respective features -which kvm emulates, as returned by the CPUID instruction, with unknown -or unsupported feature bits cleared. - -Features like x2apic, for example, may not be present in the host cpu -but are exposed by kvm in KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID because they can be -emulated efficiently and thus not included here. - -The fields in each entry are defined as follows: - - function: the eax value used to obtain the entry - index: the ecx value used to obtain the entry (for entries that are - affected by ecx) - flags: an OR of zero or more of the following: - KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX: - if the index field is valid - KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC: - if cpuid for this function returns different values for successive - invocations; there will be several entries with the same function, - all with this flag set - KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT: - for KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC entries, set if this entry is - the first entry to be read by a cpu - eax, ebx, ecx, edx: the values returned by the cpuid instruction for - this function/index combination - -4.89 KVM_S390_MEM_OP - -Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_MEM_OP -Architectures: s390 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_s390_mem_op (in) -Returns: = 0 on success, - < 0 on generic error (e.g. -EFAULT or -ENOMEM), - > 0 if an exception occurred while walking the page tables - -Read or write data from/to the logical (virtual) memory of a VCPU. - -Parameters are specified via the following structure: - -struct kvm_s390_mem_op { - __u64 gaddr; /* the guest address */ - __u64 flags; /* flags */ - __u32 size; /* amount of bytes */ - __u32 op; /* type of operation */ - __u64 buf; /* buffer in userspace */ - __u8 ar; /* the access register number */ - __u8 reserved[31]; /* should be set to 0 */ -}; - -The type of operation is specified in the "op" field. It is either -KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_READ for reading from logical memory space or -KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_WRITE for writing to logical memory space. The -KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_CHECK_ONLY flag can be set in the "flags" field to check -whether the corresponding memory access would create an access exception -(without touching the data in the memory at the destination). In case an -access exception occurred while walking the MMU tables of the guest, the -ioctl returns a positive error number to indicate the type of exception. -This exception is also raised directly at the corresponding VCPU if the -flag KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_INJECT_EXCEPTION is set in the "flags" field. - -The start address of the memory region has to be specified in the "gaddr" -field, and the length of the region in the "size" field. "buf" is the buffer -supplied by the userspace application where the read data should be written -to for KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_READ, or where the data that should be written -is stored for a KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_WRITE. "buf" is unused and can be NULL -when KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_CHECK_ONLY is specified. "ar" designates the access -register number to be used. - -The "reserved" field is meant for future extensions. It is not used by -KVM with the currently defined set of flags. - -4.90 KVM_S390_GET_SKEYS - -Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_SKEYS -Architectures: s390 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_s390_skeys -Returns: 0 on success, KVM_S390_GET_KEYS_NONE if guest is not using storage - keys, negative value on error - -This ioctl is used to get guest storage key values on the s390 -architecture. The ioctl takes parameters via the kvm_s390_skeys struct. - -struct kvm_s390_skeys { - __u64 start_gfn; - __u64 count; - __u64 skeydata_addr; - __u32 flags; - __u32 reserved[9]; -}; - -The start_gfn field is the number of the first guest frame whose storage keys -you want to get. - -The count field is the number of consecutive frames (starting from start_gfn) -whose storage keys to get. The count field must be at least 1 and the maximum -allowed value is defined as KVM_S390_SKEYS_ALLOC_MAX. Values outside this range -will cause the ioctl to return -EINVAL. - -The skeydata_addr field is the address to a buffer large enough to hold count -bytes. This buffer will be filled with storage key data by the ioctl. - -4.91 KVM_S390_SET_SKEYS - -Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_SKEYS -Architectures: s390 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_s390_skeys -Returns: 0 on success, negative value on error - -This ioctl is used to set guest storage key values on the s390 -architecture. The ioctl takes parameters via the kvm_s390_skeys struct. -See section on KVM_S390_GET_SKEYS for struct definition. - -The start_gfn field is the number of the first guest frame whose storage keys -you want to set. - -The count field is the number of consecutive frames (starting from start_gfn) -whose storage keys to get. The count field must be at least 1 and the maximum -allowed value is defined as KVM_S390_SKEYS_ALLOC_MAX. Values outside this range -will cause the ioctl to return -EINVAL. - -The skeydata_addr field is the address to a buffer containing count bytes of -storage keys. Each byte in the buffer will be set as the storage key for a -single frame starting at start_gfn for count frames. - -Note: If any architecturally invalid key value is found in the given data then -the ioctl will return -EINVAL. - -4.92 KVM_S390_IRQ - -Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_INJECT_IRQ -Architectures: s390 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_s390_irq (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error -Errors: - EINVAL: interrupt type is invalid - type is KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP and flag parameter is invalid value - type is KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL and code is bigger - than the maximum of VCPUs - EBUSY: type is KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX and vcpu is not stopped - type is KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP and a stop irq is already pending - type is KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL and an external call interrupt - is already pending - -Allows to inject an interrupt to the guest. - -Using struct kvm_s390_irq as a parameter allows -to inject additional payload which is not -possible via KVM_S390_INTERRUPT. - -Interrupt parameters are passed via kvm_s390_irq: - -struct kvm_s390_irq { - __u64 type; - union { - struct kvm_s390_io_info io; - struct kvm_s390_ext_info ext; - struct kvm_s390_pgm_info pgm; - struct kvm_s390_emerg_info emerg; - struct kvm_s390_extcall_info extcall; - struct kvm_s390_prefix_info prefix; - struct kvm_s390_stop_info stop; - struct kvm_s390_mchk_info mchk; - char reserved[64]; - } u; -}; - -type can be one of the following: - -KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP - sigp stop; parameter in .stop -KVM_S390_PROGRAM_INT - program check; parameters in .pgm -KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX - sigp set prefix; parameters in .prefix -KVM_S390_RESTART - restart; no parameters -KVM_S390_INT_CLOCK_COMP - clock comparator interrupt; no parameters -KVM_S390_INT_CPU_TIMER - CPU timer interrupt; no parameters -KVM_S390_INT_EMERGENCY - sigp emergency; parameters in .emerg -KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL - sigp external call; parameters in .extcall -KVM_S390_MCHK - machine check interrupt; parameters in .mchk - -This is an asynchronous vcpu ioctl and can be invoked from any thread. - -4.94 KVM_S390_GET_IRQ_STATE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_IRQ_STATE -Architectures: s390 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_s390_irq_state (out) -Returns: >= number of bytes copied into buffer, - -EINVAL if buffer size is 0, - -ENOBUFS if buffer size is too small to fit all pending interrupts, - -EFAULT if the buffer address was invalid - -This ioctl allows userspace to retrieve the complete state of all currently -pending interrupts in a single buffer. Use cases include migration -and introspection. The parameter structure contains the address of a -userspace buffer and its length: - -struct kvm_s390_irq_state { - __u64 buf; - __u32 flags; /* will stay unused for compatibility reasons */ - __u32 len; - __u32 reserved[4]; /* will stay unused for compatibility reasons */ -}; - -Userspace passes in the above struct and for each pending interrupt a -struct kvm_s390_irq is copied to the provided buffer. - -The structure contains a flags and a reserved field for future extensions. As -the kernel never checked for flags == 0 and QEMU never pre-zeroed flags and -reserved, these fields can not be used in the future without breaking -compatibility. - -If -ENOBUFS is returned the buffer provided was too small and userspace -may retry with a bigger buffer. - -4.95 KVM_S390_SET_IRQ_STATE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_IRQ_STATE -Architectures: s390 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_s390_irq_state (in) -Returns: 0 on success, - -EFAULT if the buffer address was invalid, - -EINVAL for an invalid buffer length (see below), - -EBUSY if there were already interrupts pending, - errors occurring when actually injecting the - interrupt. See KVM_S390_IRQ. - -This ioctl allows userspace to set the complete state of all cpu-local -interrupts currently pending for the vcpu. It is intended for restoring -interrupt state after a migration. The input parameter is a userspace buffer -containing a struct kvm_s390_irq_state: - -struct kvm_s390_irq_state { - __u64 buf; - __u32 flags; /* will stay unused for compatibility reasons */ - __u32 len; - __u32 reserved[4]; /* will stay unused for compatibility reasons */ -}; - -The restrictions for flags and reserved apply as well. -(see KVM_S390_GET_IRQ_STATE) - -The userspace memory referenced by buf contains a struct kvm_s390_irq -for each interrupt to be injected into the guest. -If one of the interrupts could not be injected for some reason the -ioctl aborts. - -len must be a multiple of sizeof(struct kvm_s390_irq). It must be > 0 -and it must not exceed (max_vcpus + 32) * sizeof(struct kvm_s390_irq), -which is the maximum number of possibly pending cpu-local interrupts. - -4.96 KVM_SMI - -Capability: KVM_CAP_X86_SMM -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Queues an SMI on the thread's vcpu. - -4.97 KVM_CAP_PPC_MULTITCE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_MULTITCE -Architectures: ppc -Type: vm - -This capability means the kernel is capable of handling hypercalls -H_PUT_TCE_INDIRECT and H_STUFF_TCE without passing those into the user -space. This significantly accelerates DMA operations for PPC KVM guests. -User space should expect that its handlers for these hypercalls -are not going to be called if user space previously registered LIOBN -in KVM (via KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE or similar calls). - -In order to enable H_PUT_TCE_INDIRECT and H_STUFF_TCE use in the guest, -user space might have to advertise it for the guest. For example, -IBM pSeries (sPAPR) guest starts using them if "hcall-multi-tce" is -present in the "ibm,hypertas-functions" device-tree property. - -The hypercalls mentioned above may or may not be processed successfully -in the kernel based fast path. If they can not be handled by the kernel, -they will get passed on to user space. So user space still has to have -an implementation for these despite the in kernel acceleration. - -This capability is always enabled. - -4.98 KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE_64 - -Capability: KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE_64 -Architectures: powerpc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_create_spapr_tce_64 (in) -Returns: file descriptor for manipulating the created TCE table - -This is an extension for KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE which only supports 32bit -windows, described in 4.62 KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE - -This capability uses extended struct in ioctl interface: - -/* for KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE_64 */ -struct kvm_create_spapr_tce_64 { - __u64 liobn; - __u32 page_shift; - __u32 flags; - __u64 offset; /* in pages */ - __u64 size; /* in pages */ -}; - -The aim of extension is to support an additional bigger DMA window with -a variable page size. -KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE_64 receives a 64bit window size, an IOMMU page shift and -a bus offset of the corresponding DMA window, @size and @offset are numbers -of IOMMU pages. - -@flags are not used at the moment. - -The rest of functionality is identical to KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE. - -4.99 KVM_REINJECT_CONTROL - -Capability: KVM_CAP_REINJECT_CONTROL -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_reinject_control (in) -Returns: 0 on success, - -EFAULT if struct kvm_reinject_control cannot be read, - -ENXIO if KVM_CREATE_PIT or KVM_CREATE_PIT2 didn't succeed earlier. - -i8254 (PIT) has two modes, reinject and !reinject. The default is reinject, -where KVM queues elapsed i8254 ticks and monitors completion of interrupt from -vector(s) that i8254 injects. Reinject mode dequeues a tick and injects its -interrupt whenever there isn't a pending interrupt from i8254. -!reinject mode injects an interrupt as soon as a tick arrives. - -struct kvm_reinject_control { - __u8 pit_reinject; - __u8 reserved[31]; -}; - -pit_reinject = 0 (!reinject mode) is recommended, unless running an old -operating system that uses the PIT for timing (e.g. Linux 2.4.x). - -4.100 KVM_PPC_CONFIGURE_V3_MMU - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_RADIX_MMU or KVM_CAP_PPC_HASH_MMU_V3 -Architectures: ppc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_mmuv3_cfg (in) -Returns: 0 on success, - -EFAULT if struct kvm_ppc_mmuv3_cfg cannot be read, - -EINVAL if the configuration is invalid - -This ioctl controls whether the guest will use radix or HPT (hashed -page table) translation, and sets the pointer to the process table for -the guest. - -struct kvm_ppc_mmuv3_cfg { - __u64 flags; - __u64 process_table; -}; - -There are two bits that can be set in flags; KVM_PPC_MMUV3_RADIX and -KVM_PPC_MMUV3_GTSE. KVM_PPC_MMUV3_RADIX, if set, configures the guest -to use radix tree translation, and if clear, to use HPT translation. -KVM_PPC_MMUV3_GTSE, if set and if KVM permits it, configures the guest -to be able to use the global TLB and SLB invalidation instructions; -if clear, the guest may not use these instructions. - -The process_table field specifies the address and size of the guest -process table, which is in the guest's space. This field is formatted -as the second doubleword of the partition table entry, as defined in -the Power ISA V3.00, Book III section 5.7.6.1. - -4.101 KVM_PPC_GET_RMMU_INFO - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_RADIX_MMU -Architectures: ppc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_rmmu_info (out) -Returns: 0 on success, - -EFAULT if struct kvm_ppc_rmmu_info cannot be written, - -EINVAL if no useful information can be returned - -This ioctl returns a structure containing two things: (a) a list -containing supported radix tree geometries, and (b) a list that maps -page sizes to put in the "AP" (actual page size) field for the tlbie -(TLB invalidate entry) instruction. - -struct kvm_ppc_rmmu_info { - struct kvm_ppc_radix_geom { - __u8 page_shift; - __u8 level_bits[4]; - __u8 pad[3]; - } geometries[8]; - __u32 ap_encodings[8]; -}; - -The geometries[] field gives up to 8 supported geometries for the -radix page table, in terms of the log base 2 of the smallest page -size, and the number of bits indexed at each level of the tree, from -the PTE level up to the PGD level in that order. Any unused entries -will have 0 in the page_shift field. - -The ap_encodings gives the supported page sizes and their AP field -encodings, encoded with the AP value in the top 3 bits and the log -base 2 of the page size in the bottom 6 bits. - -4.102 KVM_PPC_RESIZE_HPT_PREPARE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_SPAPR_RESIZE_HPT -Architectures: powerpc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_resize_hpt (in) -Returns: 0 on successful completion, - >0 if a new HPT is being prepared, the value is an estimated - number of milliseconds until preparation is complete - -EFAULT if struct kvm_reinject_control cannot be read, - -EINVAL if the supplied shift or flags are invalid - -ENOMEM if unable to allocate the new HPT - -ENOSPC if there was a hash collision when moving existing - HPT entries to the new HPT - -EIO on other error conditions - -Used to implement the PAPR extension for runtime resizing of a guest's -Hashed Page Table (HPT). Specifically this starts, stops or monitors -the preparation of a new potential HPT for the guest, essentially -implementing the H_RESIZE_HPT_PREPARE hypercall. - -If called with shift > 0 when there is no pending HPT for the guest, -this begins preparation of a new pending HPT of size 2^(shift) bytes. -It then returns a positive integer with the estimated number of -milliseconds until preparation is complete. - -If called when there is a pending HPT whose size does not match that -requested in the parameters, discards the existing pending HPT and -creates a new one as above. - -If called when there is a pending HPT of the size requested, will: - * If preparation of the pending HPT is already complete, return 0 - * If preparation of the pending HPT has failed, return an error - code, then discard the pending HPT. - * If preparation of the pending HPT is still in progress, return an - estimated number of milliseconds until preparation is complete. - -If called with shift == 0, discards any currently pending HPT and -returns 0 (i.e. cancels any in-progress preparation). - -flags is reserved for future expansion, currently setting any bits in -flags will result in an -EINVAL. - -Normally this will be called repeatedly with the same parameters until -it returns <= 0. The first call will initiate preparation, subsequent -ones will monitor preparation until it completes or fails. - -struct kvm_ppc_resize_hpt { - __u64 flags; - __u32 shift; - __u32 pad; -}; - -4.103 KVM_PPC_RESIZE_HPT_COMMIT - -Capability: KVM_CAP_SPAPR_RESIZE_HPT -Architectures: powerpc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_resize_hpt (in) -Returns: 0 on successful completion, - -EFAULT if struct kvm_reinject_control cannot be read, - -EINVAL if the supplied shift or flags are invalid - -ENXIO is there is no pending HPT, or the pending HPT doesn't - have the requested size - -EBUSY if the pending HPT is not fully prepared - -ENOSPC if there was a hash collision when moving existing - HPT entries to the new HPT - -EIO on other error conditions - -Used to implement the PAPR extension for runtime resizing of a guest's -Hashed Page Table (HPT). Specifically this requests that the guest be -transferred to working with the new HPT, essentially implementing the -H_RESIZE_HPT_COMMIT hypercall. - -This should only be called after KVM_PPC_RESIZE_HPT_PREPARE has -returned 0 with the same parameters. In other cases -KVM_PPC_RESIZE_HPT_COMMIT will return an error (usually -ENXIO or --EBUSY, though others may be possible if the preparation was started, -but failed). - -This will have undefined effects on the guest if it has not already -placed itself in a quiescent state where no vcpu will make MMU enabled -memory accesses. - -On succsful completion, the pending HPT will become the guest's active -HPT and the previous HPT will be discarded. - -On failure, the guest will still be operating on its previous HPT. - -struct kvm_ppc_resize_hpt { - __u64 flags; - __u32 shift; - __u32 pad; -}; - -4.104 KVM_X86_GET_MCE_CAP_SUPPORTED - -Capability: KVM_CAP_MCE -Architectures: x86 -Type: system ioctl -Parameters: u64 mce_cap (out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Returns supported MCE capabilities. The u64 mce_cap parameter -has the same format as the MSR_IA32_MCG_CAP register. Supported -capabilities will have the corresponding bits set. - -4.105 KVM_X86_SETUP_MCE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_MCE -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: u64 mcg_cap (in) -Returns: 0 on success, - -EFAULT if u64 mcg_cap cannot be read, - -EINVAL if the requested number of banks is invalid, - -EINVAL if requested MCE capability is not supported. - -Initializes MCE support for use. The u64 mcg_cap parameter -has the same format as the MSR_IA32_MCG_CAP register and -specifies which capabilities should be enabled. The maximum -supported number of error-reporting banks can be retrieved when -checking for KVM_CAP_MCE. The supported capabilities can be -retrieved with KVM_X86_GET_MCE_CAP_SUPPORTED. - -4.106 KVM_X86_SET_MCE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_MCE -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_x86_mce (in) -Returns: 0 on success, - -EFAULT if struct kvm_x86_mce cannot be read, - -EINVAL if the bank number is invalid, - -EINVAL if VAL bit is not set in status field. - -Inject a machine check error (MCE) into the guest. The input -parameter is: - -struct kvm_x86_mce { - __u64 status; - __u64 addr; - __u64 misc; - __u64 mcg_status; - __u8 bank; - __u8 pad1[7]; - __u64 pad2[3]; -}; - -If the MCE being reported is an uncorrected error, KVM will -inject it as an MCE exception into the guest. If the guest -MCG_STATUS register reports that an MCE is in progress, KVM -causes an KVM_EXIT_SHUTDOWN vmexit. - -Otherwise, if the MCE is a corrected error, KVM will just -store it in the corresponding bank (provided this bank is -not holding a previously reported uncorrected error). - -4.107 KVM_S390_GET_CMMA_BITS - -Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_CMMA_MIGRATION -Architectures: s390 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_s390_cmma_log (in, out) -Returns: 0 on success, a negative value on error - -This ioctl is used to get the values of the CMMA bits on the s390 -architecture. It is meant to be used in two scenarios: -- During live migration to save the CMMA values. Live migration needs - to be enabled via the KVM_REQ_START_MIGRATION VM property. -- To non-destructively peek at the CMMA values, with the flag - KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK set. - -The ioctl takes parameters via the kvm_s390_cmma_log struct. The desired -values are written to a buffer whose location is indicated via the "values" -member in the kvm_s390_cmma_log struct. The values in the input struct are -also updated as needed. -Each CMMA value takes up one byte. - -struct kvm_s390_cmma_log { - __u64 start_gfn; - __u32 count; - __u32 flags; - union { - __u64 remaining; - __u64 mask; - }; - __u64 values; -}; - -start_gfn is the number of the first guest frame whose CMMA values are -to be retrieved, - -count is the length of the buffer in bytes, - -values points to the buffer where the result will be written to. - -If count is greater than KVM_S390_SKEYS_MAX, then it is considered to be -KVM_S390_SKEYS_MAX. KVM_S390_SKEYS_MAX is re-used for consistency with -other ioctls. - -The result is written in the buffer pointed to by the field values, and -the values of the input parameter are updated as follows. - -Depending on the flags, different actions are performed. The only -supported flag so far is KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK. - -The default behaviour if KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK is not set is: -start_gfn will indicate the first page frame whose CMMA bits were dirty. -It is not necessarily the same as the one passed as input, as clean pages -are skipped. - -count will indicate the number of bytes actually written in the buffer. -It can (and very often will) be smaller than the input value, since the -buffer is only filled until 16 bytes of clean values are found (which -are then not copied in the buffer). Since a CMMA migration block needs -the base address and the length, for a total of 16 bytes, we will send -back some clean data if there is some dirty data afterwards, as long as -the size of the clean data does not exceed the size of the header. This -allows to minimize the amount of data to be saved or transferred over -the network at the expense of more roundtrips to userspace. The next -invocation of the ioctl will skip over all the clean values, saving -potentially more than just the 16 bytes we found. - -If KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK is set: -the existing storage attributes are read even when not in migration -mode, and no other action is performed; - -the output start_gfn will be equal to the input start_gfn, - -the output count will be equal to the input count, except if the end of -memory has been reached. - -In both cases: -the field "remaining" will indicate the total number of dirty CMMA values -still remaining, or 0 if KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK is set and migration mode is -not enabled. - -mask is unused. - -values points to the userspace buffer where the result will be stored. - -This ioctl can fail with -ENOMEM if not enough memory can be allocated to -complete the task, with -ENXIO if CMMA is not enabled, with -EINVAL if -KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK is not set but migration mode was not enabled, with --EFAULT if the userspace address is invalid or if no page table is -present for the addresses (e.g. when using hugepages). - -4.108 KVM_S390_SET_CMMA_BITS - -Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_CMMA_MIGRATION -Architectures: s390 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_s390_cmma_log (in) -Returns: 0 on success, a negative value on error - -This ioctl is used to set the values of the CMMA bits on the s390 -architecture. It is meant to be used during live migration to restore -the CMMA values, but there are no restrictions on its use. -The ioctl takes parameters via the kvm_s390_cmma_values struct. -Each CMMA value takes up one byte. - -struct kvm_s390_cmma_log { - __u64 start_gfn; - __u32 count; - __u32 flags; - union { - __u64 remaining; - __u64 mask; - }; - __u64 values; -}; - -start_gfn indicates the starting guest frame number, - -count indicates how many values are to be considered in the buffer, - -flags is not used and must be 0. - -mask indicates which PGSTE bits are to be considered. - -remaining is not used. - -values points to the buffer in userspace where to store the values. - -This ioctl can fail with -ENOMEM if not enough memory can be allocated to -complete the task, with -ENXIO if CMMA is not enabled, with -EINVAL if -the count field is too large (e.g. more than KVM_S390_CMMA_SIZE_MAX) or -if the flags field was not 0, with -EFAULT if the userspace address is -invalid, if invalid pages are written to (e.g. after the end of memory) -or if no page table is present for the addresses (e.g. when using -hugepages). - -4.109 KVM_PPC_GET_CPU_CHAR - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_CPU_CHAR -Architectures: powerpc -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_cpu_char (out) -Returns: 0 on successful completion - -EFAULT if struct kvm_ppc_cpu_char cannot be written - -This ioctl gives userspace information about certain characteristics -of the CPU relating to speculative execution of instructions and -possible information leakage resulting from speculative execution (see -CVE-2017-5715, CVE-2017-5753 and CVE-2017-5754). The information is -returned in struct kvm_ppc_cpu_char, which looks like this: - -struct kvm_ppc_cpu_char { - __u64 character; /* characteristics of the CPU */ - __u64 behaviour; /* recommended software behaviour */ - __u64 character_mask; /* valid bits in character */ - __u64 behaviour_mask; /* valid bits in behaviour */ -}; - -For extensibility, the character_mask and behaviour_mask fields -indicate which bits of character and behaviour have been filled in by -the kernel. If the set of defined bits is extended in future then -userspace will be able to tell whether it is running on a kernel that -knows about the new bits. - -The character field describes attributes of the CPU which can help -with preventing inadvertent information disclosure - specifically, -whether there is an instruction to flash-invalidate the L1 data cache -(ori 30,30,0 or mtspr SPRN_TRIG2,rN), whether the L1 data cache is set -to a mode where entries can only be used by the thread that created -them, whether the bcctr[l] instruction prevents speculation, and -whether a speculation barrier instruction (ori 31,31,0) is provided. - -The behaviour field describes actions that software should take to -prevent inadvertent information disclosure, and thus describes which -vulnerabilities the hardware is subject to; specifically whether the -L1 data cache should be flushed when returning to user mode from the -kernel, and whether a speculation barrier should be placed between an -array bounds check and the array access. - -These fields use the same bit definitions as the new -H_GET_CPU_CHARACTERISTICS hypercall. - -4.110 KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_OP - -Capability: basic -Architectures: x86 -Type: system -Parameters: an opaque platform specific structure (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -If the platform supports creating encrypted VMs then this ioctl can be used -for issuing platform-specific memory encryption commands to manage those -encrypted VMs. - -Currently, this ioctl is used for issuing Secure Encrypted Virtualization -(SEV) commands on AMD Processors. The SEV commands are defined in -Documentation/virtual/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst. - -4.111 KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_REG_REGION - -Capability: basic -Architectures: x86 -Type: system -Parameters: struct kvm_enc_region (in) -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -This ioctl can be used to register a guest memory region which may -contain encrypted data (e.g. guest RAM, SMRAM etc). - -It is used in the SEV-enabled guest. When encryption is enabled, a guest -memory region may contain encrypted data. The SEV memory encryption -engine uses a tweak such that two identical plaintext pages, each at -different locations will have differing ciphertexts. So swapping or -moving ciphertext of those pages will not result in plaintext being -swapped. So relocating (or migrating) physical backing pages for the SEV -guest will require some additional steps. - -Note: The current SEV key management spec does not provide commands to -swap or migrate (move) ciphertext pages. Hence, for now we pin the guest -memory region registered with the ioctl. - -4.112 KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_UNREG_REGION - -Capability: basic -Architectures: x86 -Type: system -Parameters: struct kvm_enc_region (in) -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -This ioctl can be used to unregister the guest memory region registered -with KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_REG_REGION ioctl above. - -4.113 KVM_HYPERV_EVENTFD - -Capability: KVM_CAP_HYPERV_EVENTFD -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_hyperv_eventfd (in) - -This ioctl (un)registers an eventfd to receive notifications from the guest on -the specified Hyper-V connection id through the SIGNAL_EVENT hypercall, without -causing a user exit. SIGNAL_EVENT hypercall with non-zero event flag number -(bits 24-31) still triggers a KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_HCALL user exit. - -struct kvm_hyperv_eventfd { - __u32 conn_id; - __s32 fd; - __u32 flags; - __u32 padding[3]; -}; - -The conn_id field should fit within 24 bits: - -#define KVM_HYPERV_CONN_ID_MASK 0x00ffffff - -The acceptable values for the flags field are: - -#define KVM_HYPERV_EVENTFD_DEASSIGN (1 << 0) - -Returns: 0 on success, - -EINVAL if conn_id or flags is outside the allowed range - -ENOENT on deassign if the conn_id isn't registered - -EEXIST on assign if the conn_id is already registered - -4.114 KVM_GET_NESTED_STATE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_NESTED_STATE -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_nested_state (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error -Errors: - E2BIG: the total state size exceeds the value of 'size' specified by - the user; the size required will be written into size. - -struct kvm_nested_state { - __u16 flags; - __u16 format; - __u32 size; - - union { - struct kvm_vmx_nested_state_hdr vmx; - struct kvm_svm_nested_state_hdr svm; - - /* Pad the header to 128 bytes. */ - __u8 pad[120]; - } hdr; - - union { - struct kvm_vmx_nested_state_data vmx[0]; - struct kvm_svm_nested_state_data svm[0]; - } data; -}; - -#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_GUEST_MODE 0x00000001 -#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_RUN_PENDING 0x00000002 -#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_EVMCS 0x00000004 - -#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_FORMAT_VMX 0 -#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_FORMAT_SVM 1 - -#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_VMCS_SIZE 0x1000 - -#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_SMM_GUEST_MODE 0x00000001 -#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_SMM_VMXON 0x00000002 - -struct kvm_vmx_nested_state_hdr { - __u64 vmxon_pa; - __u64 vmcs12_pa; - - struct { - __u16 flags; - } smm; -}; - -struct kvm_vmx_nested_state_data { - __u8 vmcs12[KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_VMCS_SIZE]; - __u8 shadow_vmcs12[KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_VMCS_SIZE]; -}; - -This ioctl copies the vcpu's nested virtualization state from the kernel to -userspace. - -The maximum size of the state can be retrieved by passing KVM_CAP_NESTED_STATE -to the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl(). - -4.115 KVM_SET_NESTED_STATE - -Capability: KVM_CAP_NESTED_STATE -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_nested_state (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -This copies the vcpu's kvm_nested_state struct from userspace to the kernel. -For the definition of struct kvm_nested_state, see KVM_GET_NESTED_STATE. - -4.116 KVM_(UN)REGISTER_COALESCED_MMIO - -Capability: KVM_CAP_COALESCED_MMIO (for coalesced mmio) - KVM_CAP_COALESCED_PIO (for coalesced pio) -Architectures: all -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_coalesced_mmio_zone -Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error - -Coalesced I/O is a performance optimization that defers hardware -register write emulation so that userspace exits are avoided. It is -typically used to reduce the overhead of emulating frequently accessed -hardware registers. - -When a hardware register is configured for coalesced I/O, write accesses -do not exit to userspace and their value is recorded in a ring buffer -that is shared between kernel and userspace. - -Coalesced I/O is used if one or more write accesses to a hardware -register can be deferred until a read or a write to another hardware -register on the same device. This last access will cause a vmexit and -userspace will process accesses from the ring buffer before emulating -it. That will avoid exiting to userspace on repeated writes. - -Coalesced pio is based on coalesced mmio. There is little difference -between coalesced mmio and pio except that coalesced pio records accesses -to I/O ports. - -4.117 KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY_LOG (vm ioctl) - -Capability: KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 -Architectures: x86, arm, arm64, mips -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_dirty_log (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -/* for KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY_LOG */ -struct kvm_clear_dirty_log { - __u32 slot; - __u32 num_pages; - __u64 first_page; - union { - void __user *dirty_bitmap; /* one bit per page */ - __u64 padding; - }; -}; - -The ioctl clears the dirty status of pages in a memory slot, according to -the bitmap that is passed in struct kvm_clear_dirty_log's dirty_bitmap -field. Bit 0 of the bitmap corresponds to page "first_page" in the -memory slot, and num_pages is the size in bits of the input bitmap. -first_page must be a multiple of 64; num_pages must also be a multiple of -64 unless first_page + num_pages is the size of the memory slot. For each -bit that is set in the input bitmap, the corresponding page is marked "clean" -in KVM's dirty bitmap, and dirty tracking is re-enabled for that page -(for example via write-protection, or by clearing the dirty bit in -a page table entry). - -If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 specifies -the address space for which you want to return the dirty bitmap. -They must be less than the value that KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns for -the KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE capability. - -This ioctl is mostly useful when KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 -is enabled; for more information, see the description of the capability. -However, it can always be used as long as KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION confirms -that KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 is present. - -4.118 KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_HV_CPUID - -Capability: KVM_CAP_HYPERV_CPUID -Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_cpuid2 (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -struct kvm_cpuid2 { - __u32 nent; - __u32 padding; - struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 entries[0]; -}; - -struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 { - __u32 function; - __u32 index; - __u32 flags; - __u32 eax; - __u32 ebx; - __u32 ecx; - __u32 edx; - __u32 padding[3]; -}; - -This ioctl returns x86 cpuid features leaves related to Hyper-V emulation in -KVM. Userspace can use the information returned by this ioctl to construct -cpuid information presented to guests consuming Hyper-V enlightenments (e.g. -Windows or Hyper-V guests). - -CPUID feature leaves returned by this ioctl are defined by Hyper-V Top Level -Functional Specification (TLFS). These leaves can't be obtained with -KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID ioctl because some of them intersect with KVM feature -leaves (0x40000000, 0x40000001). - -Currently, the following list of CPUID leaves are returned: - HYPERV_CPUID_VENDOR_AND_MAX_FUNCTIONS - HYPERV_CPUID_INTERFACE - HYPERV_CPUID_VERSION - HYPERV_CPUID_FEATURES - HYPERV_CPUID_ENLIGHTMENT_INFO - HYPERV_CPUID_IMPLEMENT_LIMITS - HYPERV_CPUID_NESTED_FEATURES - -HYPERV_CPUID_NESTED_FEATURES leaf is only exposed when Enlightened VMCS was -enabled on the corresponding vCPU (KVM_CAP_HYPERV_ENLIGHTENED_VMCS). - -Userspace invokes KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID by passing a kvm_cpuid2 structure -with the 'nent' field indicating the number of entries in the variable-size -array 'entries'. If the number of entries is too low to describe all Hyper-V -feature leaves, an error (E2BIG) is returned. If the number is more or equal -to the number of Hyper-V feature leaves, the 'nent' field is adjusted to the -number of valid entries in the 'entries' array, which is then filled. - -'index' and 'flags' fields in 'struct kvm_cpuid_entry2' are currently reserved, -userspace should not expect to get any particular value there. - -4.119 KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE - -Architectures: arm, arm64 -Type: vcpu ioctl -Parameters: int feature (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error -Errors: - EPERM: feature not enabled, needs configuration, or already finalized - EINVAL: feature unknown or not present - -Recognised values for feature: - arm64 KVM_ARM_VCPU_SVE (requires KVM_CAP_ARM_SVE) - -Finalizes the configuration of the specified vcpu feature. - -The vcpu must already have been initialised, enabling the affected feature, by -means of a successful KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT call with the appropriate flag set in -features[]. - -For affected vcpu features, this is a mandatory step that must be performed -before the vcpu is fully usable. - -Between KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT and KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE, the feature may be -configured by use of ioctls such as KVM_SET_ONE_REG. The exact configuration -that should be performaned and how to do it are feature-dependent. - -Other calls that depend on a particular feature being finalized, such as -KVM_RUN, KVM_GET_REG_LIST, KVM_GET_ONE_REG and KVM_SET_ONE_REG, will fail with --EPERM unless the feature has already been finalized by means of a -KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE call. - -See KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT for details of vcpu features that require finalization -using this ioctl. - -4.120 KVM_SET_PMU_EVENT_FILTER - -Capability: KVM_CAP_PMU_EVENT_FILTER -Architectures: x86 -Type: vm ioctl -Parameters: struct kvm_pmu_event_filter (in) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -struct kvm_pmu_event_filter { - __u32 action; - __u32 nevents; - __u32 fixed_counter_bitmap; - __u32 flags; - __u32 pad[4]; - __u64 events[0]; -}; - -This ioctl restricts the set of PMU events that the guest can program. -The argument holds a list of events which will be allowed or denied. -The eventsel+umask of each event the guest attempts to program is compared -against the events field to determine whether the guest should have access. -The events field only controls general purpose counters; fixed purpose -counters are controlled by the fixed_counter_bitmap. - -No flags are defined yet, the field must be zero. - -Valid values for 'action': -#define KVM_PMU_EVENT_ALLOW 0 -#define KVM_PMU_EVENT_DENY 1 - - -5. The kvm_run structure ------------------------- - -Application code obtains a pointer to the kvm_run structure by -mmap()ing a vcpu fd. From that point, application code can control -execution by changing fields in kvm_run prior to calling the KVM_RUN -ioctl, and obtain information about the reason KVM_RUN returned by -looking up structure members. - -struct kvm_run { - /* in */ - __u8 request_interrupt_window; - -Request that KVM_RUN return when it becomes possible to inject external -interrupts into the guest. Useful in conjunction with KVM_INTERRUPT. - - __u8 immediate_exit; - -This field is polled once when KVM_RUN starts; if non-zero, KVM_RUN -exits immediately, returning -EINTR. In the common scenario where a -signal is used to "kick" a VCPU out of KVM_RUN, this field can be used -to avoid usage of KVM_SET_SIGNAL_MASK, which has worse scalability. -Rather than blocking the signal outside KVM_RUN, userspace can set up -a signal handler that sets run->immediate_exit to a non-zero value. - -This field is ignored if KVM_CAP_IMMEDIATE_EXIT is not available. - - __u8 padding1[6]; - - /* out */ - __u32 exit_reason; - -When KVM_RUN has returned successfully (return value 0), this informs -application code why KVM_RUN has returned. Allowable values for this -field are detailed below. - - __u8 ready_for_interrupt_injection; - -If request_interrupt_window has been specified, this field indicates -an interrupt can be injected now with KVM_INTERRUPT. - - __u8 if_flag; - -The value of the current interrupt flag. Only valid if in-kernel -local APIC is not used. - - __u16 flags; - -More architecture-specific flags detailing state of the VCPU that may -affect the device's behavior. The only currently defined flag is -KVM_RUN_X86_SMM, which is valid on x86 machines and is set if the -VCPU is in system management mode. - - /* in (pre_kvm_run), out (post_kvm_run) */ - __u64 cr8; - -The value of the cr8 register. Only valid if in-kernel local APIC is -not used. Both input and output. - - __u64 apic_base; - -The value of the APIC BASE msr. Only valid if in-kernel local -APIC is not used. Both input and output. - - union { - /* KVM_EXIT_UNKNOWN */ - struct { - __u64 hardware_exit_reason; - } hw; - -If exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_UNKNOWN, the vcpu has exited due to unknown -reasons. Further architecture-specific information is available in -hardware_exit_reason. - - /* KVM_EXIT_FAIL_ENTRY */ - struct { - __u64 hardware_entry_failure_reason; - } fail_entry; - -If exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_FAIL_ENTRY, the vcpu could not be run due -to unknown reasons. Further architecture-specific information is -available in hardware_entry_failure_reason. - - /* KVM_EXIT_EXCEPTION */ - struct { - __u32 exception; - __u32 error_code; - } ex; - -Unused. - - /* KVM_EXIT_IO */ - struct { -#define KVM_EXIT_IO_IN 0 -#define KVM_EXIT_IO_OUT 1 - __u8 direction; - __u8 size; /* bytes */ - __u16 port; - __u32 count; - __u64 data_offset; /* relative to kvm_run start */ - } io; - -If exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_IO, then the vcpu has -executed a port I/O instruction which could not be satisfied by kvm. -data_offset describes where the data is located (KVM_EXIT_IO_OUT) or -where kvm expects application code to place the data for the next -KVM_RUN invocation (KVM_EXIT_IO_IN). Data format is a packed array. - - /* KVM_EXIT_DEBUG */ - struct { - struct kvm_debug_exit_arch arch; - } debug; - -If the exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_DEBUG, then a vcpu is processing a debug event -for which architecture specific information is returned. - - /* KVM_EXIT_MMIO */ - struct { - __u64 phys_addr; - __u8 data[8]; - __u32 len; - __u8 is_write; - } mmio; - -If exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_MMIO, then the vcpu has -executed a memory-mapped I/O instruction which could not be satisfied -by kvm. The 'data' member contains the written data if 'is_write' is -true, and should be filled by application code otherwise. - -The 'data' member contains, in its first 'len' bytes, the value as it would -appear if the VCPU performed a load or store of the appropriate width directly -to the byte array. - -NOTE: For KVM_EXIT_IO, KVM_EXIT_MMIO, KVM_EXIT_OSI, KVM_EXIT_PAPR and - KVM_EXIT_EPR the corresponding -operations are complete (and guest state is consistent) only after userspace -has re-entered the kernel with KVM_RUN. The kernel side will first finish -incomplete operations and then check for pending signals. Userspace -can re-enter the guest with an unmasked signal pending to complete -pending operations. - - /* KVM_EXIT_HYPERCALL */ - struct { - __u64 nr; - __u64 args[6]; - __u64 ret; - __u32 longmode; - __u32 pad; - } hypercall; - -Unused. This was once used for 'hypercall to userspace'. To implement -such functionality, use KVM_EXIT_IO (x86) or KVM_EXIT_MMIO (all except s390). -Note KVM_EXIT_IO is significantly faster than KVM_EXIT_MMIO. - - /* KVM_EXIT_TPR_ACCESS */ - struct { - __u64 rip; - __u32 is_write; - __u32 pad; - } tpr_access; - -To be documented (KVM_TPR_ACCESS_REPORTING). - - /* KVM_EXIT_S390_SIEIC */ - struct { - __u8 icptcode; - __u64 mask; /* psw upper half */ - __u64 addr; /* psw lower half */ - __u16 ipa; - __u32 ipb; - } s390_sieic; - -s390 specific. - - /* KVM_EXIT_S390_RESET */ -#define KVM_S390_RESET_POR 1 -#define KVM_S390_RESET_CLEAR 2 -#define KVM_S390_RESET_SUBSYSTEM 4 -#define KVM_S390_RESET_CPU_INIT 8 -#define KVM_S390_RESET_IPL 16 - __u64 s390_reset_flags; - -s390 specific. - - /* KVM_EXIT_S390_UCONTROL */ - struct { - __u64 trans_exc_code; - __u32 pgm_code; - } s390_ucontrol; - -s390 specific. A page fault has occurred for a user controlled virtual -machine (KVM_VM_S390_UNCONTROL) on it's host page table that cannot be -resolved by the kernel. -The program code and the translation exception code that were placed -in the cpu's lowcore are presented here as defined by the z Architecture -Principles of Operation Book in the Chapter for Dynamic Address Translation -(DAT) - - /* KVM_EXIT_DCR */ - struct { - __u32 dcrn; - __u32 data; - __u8 is_write; - } dcr; - -Deprecated - was used for 440 KVM. - - /* KVM_EXIT_OSI */ - struct { - __u64 gprs[32]; - } osi; - -MOL uses a special hypercall interface it calls 'OSI'. To enable it, we catch -hypercalls and exit with this exit struct that contains all the guest gprs. - -If exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_OSI, then the vcpu has triggered such a hypercall. -Userspace can now handle the hypercall and when it's done modify the gprs as -necessary. Upon guest entry all guest GPRs will then be replaced by the values -in this struct. - - /* KVM_EXIT_PAPR_HCALL */ - struct { - __u64 nr; - __u64 ret; - __u64 args[9]; - } papr_hcall; - -This is used on 64-bit PowerPC when emulating a pSeries partition, -e.g. with the 'pseries' machine type in qemu. It occurs when the -guest does a hypercall using the 'sc 1' instruction. The 'nr' field -contains the hypercall number (from the guest R3), and 'args' contains -the arguments (from the guest R4 - R12). Userspace should put the -return code in 'ret' and any extra returned values in args[]. -The possible hypercalls are defined in the Power Architecture Platform -Requirements (PAPR) document available from www.power.org (free -developer registration required to access it). - - /* KVM_EXIT_S390_TSCH */ - struct { - __u16 subchannel_id; - __u16 subchannel_nr; - __u32 io_int_parm; - __u32 io_int_word; - __u32 ipb; - __u8 dequeued; - } s390_tsch; - -s390 specific. This exit occurs when KVM_CAP_S390_CSS_SUPPORT has been enabled -and TEST SUBCHANNEL was intercepted. If dequeued is set, a pending I/O -interrupt for the target subchannel has been dequeued and subchannel_id, -subchannel_nr, io_int_parm and io_int_word contain the parameters for that -interrupt. ipb is needed for instruction parameter decoding. - - /* KVM_EXIT_EPR */ - struct { - __u32 epr; - } epr; - -On FSL BookE PowerPC chips, the interrupt controller has a fast patch -interrupt acknowledge path to the core. When the core successfully -delivers an interrupt, it automatically populates the EPR register with -the interrupt vector number and acknowledges the interrupt inside -the interrupt controller. - -In case the interrupt controller lives in user space, we need to do -the interrupt acknowledge cycle through it to fetch the next to be -delivered interrupt vector using this exit. - -It gets triggered whenever both KVM_CAP_PPC_EPR are enabled and an -external interrupt has just been delivered into the guest. User space -should put the acknowledged interrupt vector into the 'epr' field. - - /* KVM_EXIT_SYSTEM_EVENT */ - struct { -#define KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_SHUTDOWN 1 -#define KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_RESET 2 -#define KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_CRASH 3 - __u32 type; - __u64 flags; - } system_event; - -If exit_reason is KVM_EXIT_SYSTEM_EVENT then the vcpu has triggered -a system-level event using some architecture specific mechanism (hypercall -or some special instruction). In case of ARM/ARM64, this is triggered using -HVC instruction based PSCI call from the vcpu. The 'type' field describes -the system-level event type. The 'flags' field describes architecture -specific flags for the system-level event. - -Valid values for 'type' are: - KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_SHUTDOWN -- the guest has requested a shutdown of the - VM. Userspace is not obliged to honour this, and if it does honour - this does not need to destroy the VM synchronously (ie it may call - KVM_RUN again before shutdown finally occurs). - KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_RESET -- the guest has requested a reset of the VM. - As with SHUTDOWN, userspace can choose to ignore the request, or - to schedule the reset to occur in the future and may call KVM_RUN again. - KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_CRASH -- the guest crash occurred and the guest - has requested a crash condition maintenance. Userspace can choose - to ignore the request, or to gather VM memory core dump and/or - reset/shutdown of the VM. - - /* KVM_EXIT_IOAPIC_EOI */ - struct { - __u8 vector; - } eoi; - -Indicates that the VCPU's in-kernel local APIC received an EOI for a -level-triggered IOAPIC interrupt. This exit only triggers when the -IOAPIC is implemented in userspace (i.e. KVM_CAP_SPLIT_IRQCHIP is enabled); -the userspace IOAPIC should process the EOI and retrigger the interrupt if -it is still asserted. Vector is the LAPIC interrupt vector for which the -EOI was received. - - struct kvm_hyperv_exit { -#define KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_SYNIC 1 -#define KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_HCALL 2 - __u32 type; - union { - struct { - __u32 msr; - __u64 control; - __u64 evt_page; - __u64 msg_page; - } synic; - struct { - __u64 input; - __u64 result; - __u64 params[2]; - } hcall; - } u; - }; - /* KVM_EXIT_HYPERV */ - struct kvm_hyperv_exit hyperv; -Indicates that the VCPU exits into userspace to process some tasks -related to Hyper-V emulation. -Valid values for 'type' are: - KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_SYNIC -- synchronously notify user-space about -Hyper-V SynIC state change. Notification is used to remap SynIC -event/message pages and to enable/disable SynIC messages/events processing -in userspace. - - /* Fix the size of the union. */ - char padding[256]; - }; - - /* - * shared registers between kvm and userspace. - * kvm_valid_regs specifies the register classes set by the host - * kvm_dirty_regs specified the register classes dirtied by userspace - * struct kvm_sync_regs is architecture specific, as well as the - * bits for kvm_valid_regs and kvm_dirty_regs - */ - __u64 kvm_valid_regs; - __u64 kvm_dirty_regs; - union { - struct kvm_sync_regs regs; - char padding[SYNC_REGS_SIZE_BYTES]; - } s; - -If KVM_CAP_SYNC_REGS is defined, these fields allow userspace to access -certain guest registers without having to call SET/GET_*REGS. Thus we can -avoid some system call overhead if userspace has to handle the exit. -Userspace can query the validity of the structure by checking -kvm_valid_regs for specific bits. These bits are architecture specific -and usually define the validity of a groups of registers. (e.g. one bit - for general purpose registers) - -Please note that the kernel is allowed to use the kvm_run structure as the -primary storage for certain register types. Therefore, the kernel may use the -values in kvm_run even if the corresponding bit in kvm_dirty_regs is not set. - -}; - - - -6. Capabilities that can be enabled on vCPUs --------------------------------------------- - -There are certain capabilities that change the behavior of the virtual CPU or -the virtual machine when enabled. To enable them, please see section 4.37. -Below you can find a list of capabilities and what their effect on the vCPU or -the virtual machine is when enabling them. - -The following information is provided along with the description: - - Architectures: which instruction set architectures provide this ioctl. - x86 includes both i386 and x86_64. - - Target: whether this is a per-vcpu or per-vm capability. - - Parameters: what parameters are accepted by the capability. - - Returns: the return value. General error numbers (EBADF, ENOMEM, EINVAL) - are not detailed, but errors with specific meanings are. - - -6.1 KVM_CAP_PPC_OSI - -Architectures: ppc -Target: vcpu -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -This capability enables interception of OSI hypercalls that otherwise would -be treated as normal system calls to be injected into the guest. OSI hypercalls -were invented by Mac-on-Linux to have a standardized communication mechanism -between the guest and the host. - -When this capability is enabled, KVM_EXIT_OSI can occur. - - -6.2 KVM_CAP_PPC_PAPR - -Architectures: ppc -Target: vcpu -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -This capability enables interception of PAPR hypercalls. PAPR hypercalls are -done using the hypercall instruction "sc 1". - -It also sets the guest privilege level to "supervisor" mode. Usually the guest -runs in "hypervisor" privilege mode with a few missing features. - -In addition to the above, it changes the semantics of SDR1. In this mode, the -HTAB address part of SDR1 contains an HVA instead of a GPA, as PAPR keeps the -HTAB invisible to the guest. - -When this capability is enabled, KVM_EXIT_PAPR_HCALL can occur. - - -6.3 KVM_CAP_SW_TLB - -Architectures: ppc -Target: vcpu -Parameters: args[0] is the address of a struct kvm_config_tlb -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -struct kvm_config_tlb { - __u64 params; - __u64 array; - __u32 mmu_type; - __u32 array_len; -}; - -Configures the virtual CPU's TLB array, establishing a shared memory area -between userspace and KVM. The "params" and "array" fields are userspace -addresses of mmu-type-specific data structures. The "array_len" field is an -safety mechanism, and should be set to the size in bytes of the memory that -userspace has reserved for the array. It must be at least the size dictated -by "mmu_type" and "params". - -While KVM_RUN is active, the shared region is under control of KVM. Its -contents are undefined, and any modification by userspace results in -boundedly undefined behavior. - -On return from KVM_RUN, the shared region will reflect the current state of -the guest's TLB. If userspace makes any changes, it must call KVM_DIRTY_TLB -to tell KVM which entries have been changed, prior to calling KVM_RUN again -on this vcpu. - -For mmu types KVM_MMU_FSL_BOOKE_NOHV and KVM_MMU_FSL_BOOKE_HV: - - The "params" field is of type "struct kvm_book3e_206_tlb_params". - - The "array" field points to an array of type "struct - kvm_book3e_206_tlb_entry". - - The array consists of all entries in the first TLB, followed by all - entries in the second TLB. - - Within a TLB, entries are ordered first by increasing set number. Within a - set, entries are ordered by way (increasing ESEL). - - The hash for determining set number in TLB0 is: (MAS2 >> 12) & (num_sets - 1) - where "num_sets" is the tlb_sizes[] value divided by the tlb_ways[] value. - - The tsize field of mas1 shall be set to 4K on TLB0, even though the - hardware ignores this value for TLB0. - -6.4 KVM_CAP_S390_CSS_SUPPORT - -Architectures: s390 -Target: vcpu -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -This capability enables support for handling of channel I/O instructions. - -TEST PENDING INTERRUPTION and the interrupt portion of TEST SUBCHANNEL are -handled in-kernel, while the other I/O instructions are passed to userspace. - -When this capability is enabled, KVM_EXIT_S390_TSCH will occur on TEST -SUBCHANNEL intercepts. - -Note that even though this capability is enabled per-vcpu, the complete -virtual machine is affected. - -6.5 KVM_CAP_PPC_EPR - -Architectures: ppc -Target: vcpu -Parameters: args[0] defines whether the proxy facility is active -Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error - -This capability enables or disables the delivery of interrupts through the -external proxy facility. - -When enabled (args[0] != 0), every time the guest gets an external interrupt -delivered, it automatically exits into user space with a KVM_EXIT_EPR exit -to receive the topmost interrupt vector. - -When disabled (args[0] == 0), behavior is as if this facility is unsupported. - -When this capability is enabled, KVM_EXIT_EPR can occur. - -6.6 KVM_CAP_IRQ_MPIC - -Architectures: ppc -Parameters: args[0] is the MPIC device fd - args[1] is the MPIC CPU number for this vcpu - -This capability connects the vcpu to an in-kernel MPIC device. - -6.7 KVM_CAP_IRQ_XICS - -Architectures: ppc -Target: vcpu -Parameters: args[0] is the XICS device fd - args[1] is the XICS CPU number (server ID) for this vcpu - -This capability connects the vcpu to an in-kernel XICS device. - -6.8 KVM_CAP_S390_IRQCHIP - -Architectures: s390 -Target: vm -Parameters: none - -This capability enables the in-kernel irqchip for s390. Please refer to -"4.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP" for details. - -6.9 KVM_CAP_MIPS_FPU - -Architectures: mips -Target: vcpu -Parameters: args[0] is reserved for future use (should be 0). - -This capability allows the use of the host Floating Point Unit by the guest. It -allows the Config1.FP bit to be set to enable the FPU in the guest. Once this is -done the KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_* and KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_* registers can be accessed -(depending on the current guest FPU register mode), and the Status.FR, -Config5.FRE bits are accessible via the KVM API and also from the guest, -depending on them being supported by the FPU. - -6.10 KVM_CAP_MIPS_MSA - -Architectures: mips -Target: vcpu -Parameters: args[0] is reserved for future use (should be 0). - -This capability allows the use of the MIPS SIMD Architecture (MSA) by the guest. -It allows the Config3.MSAP bit to be set to enable the use of MSA by the guest. -Once this is done the KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_* and KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_* registers can be -accessed, and the Config5.MSAEn bit is accessible via the KVM API and also from -the guest. - -6.74 KVM_CAP_SYNC_REGS -Architectures: s390, x86 -Target: s390: always enabled, x86: vcpu -Parameters: none -Returns: x86: KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns a bit-array indicating which register -sets are supported (bitfields defined in arch/x86/include/uapi/asm/kvm.h). - -As described above in the kvm_sync_regs struct info in section 5 (kvm_run): -KVM_CAP_SYNC_REGS "allow[s] userspace to access certain guest registers -without having to call SET/GET_*REGS". This reduces overhead by eliminating -repeated ioctl calls for setting and/or getting register values. This is -particularly important when userspace is making synchronous guest state -modifications, e.g. when emulating and/or intercepting instructions in -userspace. - -For s390 specifics, please refer to the source code. - -For x86: -- the register sets to be copied out to kvm_run are selectable - by userspace (rather that all sets being copied out for every exit). -- vcpu_events are available in addition to regs and sregs. - -For x86, the 'kvm_valid_regs' field of struct kvm_run is overloaded to -function as an input bit-array field set by userspace to indicate the -specific register sets to be copied out on the next exit. - -To indicate when userspace has modified values that should be copied into -the vCPU, the all architecture bitarray field, 'kvm_dirty_regs' must be set. -This is done using the same bitflags as for the 'kvm_valid_regs' field. -If the dirty bit is not set, then the register set values will not be copied -into the vCPU even if they've been modified. - -Unused bitfields in the bitarrays must be set to zero. - -struct kvm_sync_regs { - struct kvm_regs regs; - struct kvm_sregs sregs; - struct kvm_vcpu_events events; -}; - -6.75 KVM_CAP_PPC_IRQ_XIVE - -Architectures: ppc -Target: vcpu -Parameters: args[0] is the XIVE device fd - args[1] is the XIVE CPU number (server ID) for this vcpu - -This capability connects the vcpu to an in-kernel XIVE device. - -7. Capabilities that can be enabled on VMs ------------------------------------------- - -There are certain capabilities that change the behavior of the virtual -machine when enabled. To enable them, please see section 4.37. Below -you can find a list of capabilities and what their effect on the VM -is when enabling them. - -The following information is provided along with the description: - - Architectures: which instruction set architectures provide this ioctl. - x86 includes both i386 and x86_64. - - Parameters: what parameters are accepted by the capability. - - Returns: the return value. General error numbers (EBADF, ENOMEM, EINVAL) - are not detailed, but errors with specific meanings are. - - -7.1 KVM_CAP_PPC_ENABLE_HCALL - -Architectures: ppc -Parameters: args[0] is the sPAPR hcall number - args[1] is 0 to disable, 1 to enable in-kernel handling - -This capability controls whether individual sPAPR hypercalls (hcalls) -get handled by the kernel or not. Enabling or disabling in-kernel -handling of an hcall is effective across the VM. On creation, an -initial set of hcalls are enabled for in-kernel handling, which -consists of those hcalls for which in-kernel handlers were implemented -before this capability was implemented. If disabled, the kernel will -not to attempt to handle the hcall, but will always exit to userspace -to handle it. Note that it may not make sense to enable some and -disable others of a group of related hcalls, but KVM does not prevent -userspace from doing that. - -If the hcall number specified is not one that has an in-kernel -implementation, the KVM_ENABLE_CAP ioctl will fail with an EINVAL -error. - -7.2 KVM_CAP_S390_USER_SIGP - -Architectures: s390 -Parameters: none - -This capability controls which SIGP orders will be handled completely in user -space. With this capability enabled, all fast orders will be handled completely -in the kernel: -- SENSE -- SENSE RUNNING -- EXTERNAL CALL -- EMERGENCY SIGNAL -- CONDITIONAL EMERGENCY SIGNAL - -All other orders will be handled completely in user space. - -Only privileged operation exceptions will be checked for in the kernel (or even -in the hardware prior to interception). If this capability is not enabled, the -old way of handling SIGP orders is used (partially in kernel and user space). - -7.3 KVM_CAP_S390_VECTOR_REGISTERS - -Architectures: s390 -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 on success, negative value on error - -Allows use of the vector registers introduced with z13 processor, and -provides for the synchronization between host and user space. Will -return -EINVAL if the machine does not support vectors. - -7.4 KVM_CAP_S390_USER_STSI - -Architectures: s390 -Parameters: none - -This capability allows post-handlers for the STSI instruction. After -initial handling in the kernel, KVM exits to user space with -KVM_EXIT_S390_STSI to allow user space to insert further data. - -Before exiting to userspace, kvm handlers should fill in s390_stsi field of -vcpu->run: -struct { - __u64 addr; - __u8 ar; - __u8 reserved; - __u8 fc; - __u8 sel1; - __u16 sel2; -} s390_stsi; - -@addr - guest address of STSI SYSIB -@fc - function code -@sel1 - selector 1 -@sel2 - selector 2 -@ar - access register number - -KVM handlers should exit to userspace with rc = -EREMOTE. - -7.5 KVM_CAP_SPLIT_IRQCHIP - -Architectures: x86 -Parameters: args[0] - number of routes reserved for userspace IOAPICs -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error - -Create a local apic for each processor in the kernel. This can be used -instead of KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP if the userspace VMM wishes to emulate the -IOAPIC and PIC (and also the PIT, even though this has to be enabled -separately). - -This capability also enables in kernel routing of interrupt requests; -when KVM_CAP_SPLIT_IRQCHIP only routes of KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_MSI type are -used in the IRQ routing table. The first args[0] MSI routes are reserved -for the IOAPIC pins. Whenever the LAPIC receives an EOI for these routes, -a KVM_EXIT_IOAPIC_EOI vmexit will be reported to userspace. - -Fails if VCPU has already been created, or if the irqchip is already in the -kernel (i.e. KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP has already been called). - -7.6 KVM_CAP_S390_RI - -Architectures: s390 -Parameters: none - -Allows use of runtime-instrumentation introduced with zEC12 processor. -Will return -EINVAL if the machine does not support runtime-instrumentation. -Will return -EBUSY if a VCPU has already been created. - -7.7 KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API - -Architectures: x86 -Parameters: args[0] - features that should be enabled -Returns: 0 on success, -EINVAL when args[0] contains invalid features - -Valid feature flags in args[0] are - -#define KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS (1ULL << 0) -#define KVM_X2APIC_API_DISABLE_BROADCAST_QUIRK (1ULL << 1) - -Enabling KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS changes the behavior of -KVM_SET_GSI_ROUTING, KVM_SIGNAL_MSI, KVM_SET_LAPIC, and KVM_GET_LAPIC, -allowing the use of 32-bit APIC IDs. See KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API in their -respective sections. - -KVM_X2APIC_API_DISABLE_BROADCAST_QUIRK must be enabled for x2APIC to work -in logical mode or with more than 255 VCPUs. Otherwise, KVM treats 0xff -as a broadcast even in x2APIC mode in order to support physical x2APIC -without interrupt remapping. This is undesirable in logical mode, -where 0xff represents CPUs 0-7 in cluster 0. - -7.8 KVM_CAP_S390_USER_INSTR0 - -Architectures: s390 -Parameters: none - -With this capability enabled, all illegal instructions 0x0000 (2 bytes) will -be intercepted and forwarded to user space. User space can use this -mechanism e.g. to realize 2-byte software breakpoints. The kernel will -not inject an operating exception for these instructions, user space has -to take care of that. - -This capability can be enabled dynamically even if VCPUs were already -created and are running. - -7.9 KVM_CAP_S390_GS - -Architectures: s390 -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 on success; -EINVAL if the machine does not support - guarded storage; -EBUSY if a VCPU has already been created. - -Allows use of guarded storage for the KVM guest. - -7.10 KVM_CAP_S390_AIS - -Architectures: s390 -Parameters: none - -Allow use of adapter-interruption suppression. -Returns: 0 on success; -EBUSY if a VCPU has already been created. - -7.11 KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT - -Architectures: ppc -Parameters: vsmt_mode, flags - -Enabling this capability on a VM provides userspace with a way to set -the desired virtual SMT mode (i.e. the number of virtual CPUs per -virtual core). The virtual SMT mode, vsmt_mode, must be a power of 2 -between 1 and 8. On POWER8, vsmt_mode must also be no greater than -the number of threads per subcore for the host. Currently flags must -be 0. A successful call to enable this capability will result in -vsmt_mode being returned when the KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT capability is -subsequently queried for the VM. This capability is only supported by -HV KVM, and can only be set before any VCPUs have been created. -The KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT_POSSIBLE capability indicates which virtual SMT -modes are available. - -7.12 KVM_CAP_PPC_FWNMI - -Architectures: ppc -Parameters: none - -With this capability a machine check exception in the guest address -space will cause KVM to exit the guest with NMI exit reason. This -enables QEMU to build error log and branch to guest kernel registered -machine check handling routine. Without this capability KVM will -branch to guests' 0x200 interrupt vector. - -7.13 KVM_CAP_X86_DISABLE_EXITS - -Architectures: x86 -Parameters: args[0] defines which exits are disabled -Returns: 0 on success, -EINVAL when args[0] contains invalid exits - -Valid bits in args[0] are - -#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_MWAIT (1 << 0) -#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_HLT (1 << 1) -#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_PAUSE (1 << 2) -#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_CSTATE (1 << 3) - -Enabling this capability on a VM provides userspace with a way to no -longer intercept some instructions for improved latency in some -workloads, and is suggested when vCPUs are associated to dedicated -physical CPUs. More bits can be added in the future; userspace can -just pass the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION result to KVM_ENABLE_CAP to disable -all such vmexits. - -Do not enable KVM_FEATURE_PV_UNHALT if you disable HLT exits. - -7.14 KVM_CAP_S390_HPAGE_1M - -Architectures: s390 -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 on success, -EINVAL if hpage module parameter was not set - or cmma is enabled, or the VM has the KVM_VM_S390_UCONTROL - flag set - -With this capability the KVM support for memory backing with 1m pages -through hugetlbfs can be enabled for a VM. After the capability is -enabled, cmma can't be enabled anymore and pfmfi and the storage key -interpretation are disabled. If cmma has already been enabled or the -hpage module parameter is not set to 1, -EINVAL is returned. - -While it is generally possible to create a huge page backed VM without -this capability, the VM will not be able to run. - -7.15 KVM_CAP_MSR_PLATFORM_INFO - -Architectures: x86 -Parameters: args[0] whether feature should be enabled or not - -With this capability, a guest may read the MSR_PLATFORM_INFO MSR. Otherwise, -a #GP would be raised when the guest tries to access. Currently, this -capability does not enable write permissions of this MSR for the guest. - -7.16 KVM_CAP_PPC_NESTED_HV - -Architectures: ppc -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 on success, -EINVAL when the implementation doesn't support - nested-HV virtualization. - -HV-KVM on POWER9 and later systems allows for "nested-HV" -virtualization, which provides a way for a guest VM to run guests that -can run using the CPU's supervisor mode (privileged non-hypervisor -state). Enabling this capability on a VM depends on the CPU having -the necessary functionality and on the facility being enabled with a -kvm-hv module parameter. - -7.17 KVM_CAP_EXCEPTION_PAYLOAD - -Architectures: x86 -Parameters: args[0] whether feature should be enabled or not - -With this capability enabled, CR2 will not be modified prior to the -emulated VM-exit when L1 intercepts a #PF exception that occurs in -L2. Similarly, for kvm-intel only, DR6 will not be modified prior to -the emulated VM-exit when L1 intercepts a #DB exception that occurs in -L2. As a result, when KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS reports a pending #PF (or -#DB) exception for L2, exception.has_payload will be set and the -faulting address (or the new DR6 bits*) will be reported in the -exception_payload field. Similarly, when userspace injects a #PF (or -#DB) into L2 using KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS, it is expected to set -exception.has_payload and to put the faulting address (or the new DR6 -bits*) in the exception_payload field. - -This capability also enables exception.pending in struct -kvm_vcpu_events, which allows userspace to distinguish between pending -and injected exceptions. - - -* For the new DR6 bits, note that bit 16 is set iff the #DB exception - will clear DR6.RTM. - -7.18 KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 - -Architectures: x86, arm, arm64, mips -Parameters: args[0] whether feature should be enabled or not - -With this capability enabled, KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG will not automatically -clear and write-protect all pages that are returned as dirty. -Rather, userspace will have to do this operation separately using -KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY_LOG. - -At the cost of a slightly more complicated operation, this provides better -scalability and responsiveness for two reasons. First, -KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY_LOG ioctl can operate on a 64-page granularity rather -than requiring to sync a full memslot; this ensures that KVM does not -take spinlocks for an extended period of time. Second, in some cases a -large amount of time can pass between a call to KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG and -userspace actually using the data in the page. Pages can be modified -during this time, which is inefficint for both the guest and userspace: -the guest will incur a higher penalty due to write protection faults, -while userspace can see false reports of dirty pages. Manual reprotection -helps reducing this time, improving guest performance and reducing the -number of dirty log false positives. - -KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 was previously available under the name -KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT, but the implementation had bugs that make -it hard or impossible to use it correctly. The availability of -KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 signals that those bugs are fixed. -Userspace should not try to use KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT. - -8. Other capabilities. ----------------------- - -This section lists capabilities that give information about other -features of the KVM implementation. - -8.1 KVM_CAP_PPC_HWRNG - -Architectures: ppc - -This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION indicates that it is -available, means that that the kernel has an implementation of the -H_RANDOM hypercall backed by a hardware random-number generator. -If present, the kernel H_RANDOM handler can be enabled for guest use -with the KVM_CAP_PPC_ENABLE_HCALL capability. - -8.2 KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SYNIC - -Architectures: x86 -This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION indicates that it is -available, means that that the kernel has an implementation of the -Hyper-V Synthetic interrupt controller(SynIC). Hyper-V SynIC is -used to support Windows Hyper-V based guest paravirt drivers(VMBus). - -In order to use SynIC, it has to be activated by setting this -capability via KVM_ENABLE_CAP ioctl on the vcpu fd. Note that this -will disable the use of APIC hardware virtualization even if supported -by the CPU, as it's incompatible with SynIC auto-EOI behavior. - -8.3 KVM_CAP_PPC_RADIX_MMU - -Architectures: ppc - -This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION indicates that it is -available, means that that the kernel can support guests using the -radix MMU defined in Power ISA V3.00 (as implemented in the POWER9 -processor). - -8.4 KVM_CAP_PPC_HASH_MMU_V3 - -Architectures: ppc - -This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION indicates that it is -available, means that that the kernel can support guests using the -hashed page table MMU defined in Power ISA V3.00 (as implemented in -the POWER9 processor), including in-memory segment tables. - -8.5 KVM_CAP_MIPS_VZ - -Architectures: mips - -This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION on the main kvm handle indicates that -it is available, means that full hardware assisted virtualization capabilities -of the hardware are available for use through KVM. An appropriate -KVM_VM_MIPS_* type must be passed to KVM_CREATE_VM to create a VM which -utilises it. - -If KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION on a kvm VM handle indicates that this capability is -available, it means that the VM is using full hardware assisted virtualization -capabilities of the hardware. This is useful to check after creating a VM with -KVM_VM_MIPS_DEFAULT. - -The value returned by KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION should be compared against known -values (see below). All other values are reserved. This is to allow for the -possibility of other hardware assisted virtualization implementations which -may be incompatible with the MIPS VZ ASE. - - 0: The trap & emulate implementation is in use to run guest code in user - mode. Guest virtual memory segments are rearranged to fit the guest in the - user mode address space. - - 1: The MIPS VZ ASE is in use, providing full hardware assisted - virtualization, including standard guest virtual memory segments. - -8.6 KVM_CAP_MIPS_TE - -Architectures: mips - -This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION on the main kvm handle indicates that -it is available, means that the trap & emulate implementation is available to -run guest code in user mode, even if KVM_CAP_MIPS_VZ indicates that hardware -assisted virtualisation is also available. KVM_VM_MIPS_TE (0) must be passed -to KVM_CREATE_VM to create a VM which utilises it. - -If KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION on a kvm VM handle indicates that this capability is -available, it means that the VM is using trap & emulate. - -8.7 KVM_CAP_MIPS_64BIT - -Architectures: mips - -This capability indicates the supported architecture type of the guest, i.e. the -supported register and address width. - -The values returned when this capability is checked by KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION on a -kvm VM handle correspond roughly to the CP0_Config.AT register field, and should -be checked specifically against known values (see below). All other values are -reserved. - - 0: MIPS32 or microMIPS32. - Both registers and addresses are 32-bits wide. - It will only be possible to run 32-bit guest code. - - 1: MIPS64 or microMIPS64 with access only to 32-bit compatibility segments. - Registers are 64-bits wide, but addresses are 32-bits wide. - 64-bit guest code may run but cannot access MIPS64 memory segments. - It will also be possible to run 32-bit guest code. - - 2: MIPS64 or microMIPS64 with access to all address segments. - Both registers and addresses are 64-bits wide. - It will be possible to run 64-bit or 32-bit guest code. - -8.9 KVM_CAP_ARM_USER_IRQ - -Architectures: arm, arm64 -This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION indicates that it is available, means -that if userspace creates a VM without an in-kernel interrupt controller, it -will be notified of changes to the output level of in-kernel emulated devices, -which can generate virtual interrupts, presented to the VM. -For such VMs, on every return to userspace, the kernel -updates the vcpu's run->s.regs.device_irq_level field to represent the actual -output level of the device. - -Whenever kvm detects a change in the device output level, kvm guarantees at -least one return to userspace before running the VM. This exit could either -be a KVM_EXIT_INTR or any other exit event, like KVM_EXIT_MMIO. This way, -userspace can always sample the device output level and re-compute the state of -the userspace interrupt controller. Userspace should always check the state -of run->s.regs.device_irq_level on every kvm exit. -The value in run->s.regs.device_irq_level can represent both level and edge -triggered interrupt signals, depending on the device. Edge triggered interrupt -signals will exit to userspace with the bit in run->s.regs.device_irq_level -set exactly once per edge signal. - -The field run->s.regs.device_irq_level is available independent of -run->kvm_valid_regs or run->kvm_dirty_regs bits. - -If KVM_CAP_ARM_USER_IRQ is supported, the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl returns a -number larger than 0 indicating the version of this capability is implemented -and thereby which bits in in run->s.regs.device_irq_level can signal values. - -Currently the following bits are defined for the device_irq_level bitmap: - - KVM_CAP_ARM_USER_IRQ >= 1: - - KVM_ARM_DEV_EL1_VTIMER - EL1 virtual timer - KVM_ARM_DEV_EL1_PTIMER - EL1 physical timer - KVM_ARM_DEV_PMU - ARM PMU overflow interrupt signal - -Future versions of kvm may implement additional events. These will get -indicated by returning a higher number from KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION and will be -listed above. - -8.10 KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT_POSSIBLE - -Architectures: ppc - -Querying this capability returns a bitmap indicating the possible -virtual SMT modes that can be set using KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT. If bit N -(counting from the right) is set, then a virtual SMT mode of 2^N is -available. - -8.11 KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SYNIC2 - -Architectures: x86 - -This capability enables a newer version of Hyper-V Synthetic interrupt -controller (SynIC). The only difference with KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SYNIC is that KVM -doesn't clear SynIC message and event flags pages when they are enabled by -writing to the respective MSRs. - -8.12 KVM_CAP_HYPERV_VP_INDEX - -Architectures: x86 - -This capability indicates that userspace can load HV_X64_MSR_VP_INDEX msr. Its -value is used to denote the target vcpu for a SynIC interrupt. For -compatibilty, KVM initializes this msr to KVM's internal vcpu index. When this -capability is absent, userspace can still query this msr's value. - -8.13 KVM_CAP_S390_AIS_MIGRATION - -Architectures: s390 -Parameters: none - -This capability indicates if the flic device will be able to get/set the -AIS states for migration via the KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM_ALL attribute and allows -to discover this without having to create a flic device. - -8.14 KVM_CAP_S390_PSW - -Architectures: s390 - -This capability indicates that the PSW is exposed via the kvm_run structure. - -8.15 KVM_CAP_S390_GMAP - -Architectures: s390 - -This capability indicates that the user space memory used as guest mapping can -be anywhere in the user memory address space, as long as the memory slots are -aligned and sized to a segment (1MB) boundary. - -8.16 KVM_CAP_S390_COW - -Architectures: s390 - -This capability indicates that the user space memory used as guest mapping can -use copy-on-write semantics as well as dirty pages tracking via read-only page -tables. - -8.17 KVM_CAP_S390_BPB - -Architectures: s390 - -This capability indicates that kvm will implement the interfaces to handle -reset, migration and nested KVM for branch prediction blocking. The stfle -facility 82 should not be provided to the guest without this capability. - -8.18 KVM_CAP_HYPERV_TLBFLUSH - -Architectures: x86 - -This capability indicates that KVM supports paravirtualized Hyper-V TLB Flush -hypercalls: -HvFlushVirtualAddressSpace, HvFlushVirtualAddressSpaceEx, -HvFlushVirtualAddressList, HvFlushVirtualAddressListEx. - -8.19 KVM_CAP_ARM_INJECT_SERROR_ESR - -Architectures: arm, arm64 - -This capability indicates that userspace can specify (via the -KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS ioctl) the syndrome value reported to the guest when it -takes a virtual SError interrupt exception. -If KVM advertises this capability, userspace can only specify the ISS field for -the ESR syndrome. Other parts of the ESR, such as the EC are generated by the -CPU when the exception is taken. If this virtual SError is taken to EL1 using -AArch64, this value will be reported in the ISS field of ESR_ELx. - -See KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS for more details. -8.20 KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SEND_IPI - -Architectures: x86 - -This capability indicates that KVM supports paravirtualized Hyper-V IPI send -hypercalls: -HvCallSendSyntheticClusterIpi, HvCallSendSyntheticClusterIpiEx. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a20a0bee268d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -* Internal ABI between the kernel and HYP - -This file documents the interaction between the Linux kernel and the -hypervisor layer when running Linux as a hypervisor (for example -KVM). It doesn't cover the interaction of the kernel with the -hypervisor when running as a guest (under Xen, KVM or any other -hypervisor), or any hypervisor-specific interaction when the kernel is -used as a host. - -On arm and arm64 (without VHE), the kernel doesn't run in hypervisor -mode, but still needs to interact with it, allowing a built-in -hypervisor to be either installed or torn down. - -In order to achieve this, the kernel must be booted at HYP (arm) or -EL2 (arm64), allowing it to install a set of stubs before dropping to -SVC/EL1. These stubs are accessible by using a 'hvc #0' instruction, -and only act on individual CPUs. - -Unless specified otherwise, any built-in hypervisor must implement -these functions (see arch/arm{,64}/include/asm/virt.h): - -* r0/x0 = HVC_SET_VECTORS - r1/x1 = vectors - - Set HVBAR/VBAR_EL2 to 'vectors' to enable a hypervisor. 'vectors' - must be a physical address, and respect the alignment requirements - of the architecture. Only implemented by the initial stubs, not by - Linux hypervisors. - -* r0/x0 = HVC_RESET_VECTORS - - Turn HYP/EL2 MMU off, and reset HVBAR/VBAR_EL2 to the initials - stubs' exception vector value. This effectively disables an existing - hypervisor. - -* r0/x0 = HVC_SOFT_RESTART - r1/x1 = restart address - x2 = x0's value when entering the next payload (arm64) - x3 = x1's value when entering the next payload (arm64) - x4 = x2's value when entering the next payload (arm64) - - Mask all exceptions, disable the MMU, move the arguments into place - (arm64 only), and jump to the restart address while at HYP/EL2. This - hypercall is not expected to return to its caller. - -Any other value of r0/x0 triggers a hypervisor-specific handling, -which is not documented here. - -The return value of a stub hypercall is held by r0/x0, and is 0 on -success, and HVC_STUB_ERR on error. A stub hypercall is allowed to -clobber any of the caller-saved registers (x0-x18 on arm64, r0-r3 and -ip on arm). It is thus recommended to use a function call to perform -the hypercall. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/arm/psci.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/arm/psci.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 559586fc9d37..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/arm/psci.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -KVM implements the PSCI (Power State Coordination Interface) -specification in order to provide services such as CPU on/off, reset -and power-off to the guest. - -The PSCI specification is regularly updated to provide new features, -and KVM implements these updates if they make sense from a virtualization -point of view. - -This means that a guest booted on two different versions of KVM can -observe two different "firmware" revisions. This could cause issues if -a given guest is tied to a particular PSCI revision (unlikely), or if -a migration causes a different PSCI version to be exposed out of the -blue to an unsuspecting guest. - -In order to remedy this situation, KVM exposes a set of "firmware -pseudo-registers" that can be manipulated using the GET/SET_ONE_REG -interface. These registers can be saved/restored by userspace, and set -to a convenient value if required. - -The following register is defined: - -* KVM_REG_ARM_PSCI_VERSION: - - - Only valid if the vcpu has the KVM_ARM_VCPU_PSCI_0_2 feature set - (and thus has already been initialized) - - Returns the current PSCI version on GET_ONE_REG (defaulting to the - highest PSCI version implemented by KVM and compatible with v0.2) - - Allows any PSCI version implemented by KVM and compatible with - v0.2 to be set with SET_ONE_REG - - Affects the whole VM (even if the register view is per-vcpu) - -* KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_1: - Holds the state of the firmware support to mitigate CVE-2017-5715, as - offered by KVM to the guest via a HVC call. The workaround is described - under SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_1 in [1]. - Accepted values are: - KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_1_NOT_AVAIL: KVM does not offer - firmware support for the workaround. The mitigation status for the - guest is unknown. - KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_1_AVAIL: The workaround HVC call is - available to the guest and required for the mitigation. - KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_1_NOT_REQUIRED: The workaround HVC call - is available to the guest, but it is not needed on this VCPU. - -* KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2: - Holds the state of the firmware support to mitigate CVE-2018-3639, as - offered by KVM to the guest via a HVC call. The workaround is described - under SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2 in [1]. - Accepted values are: - KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2_NOT_AVAIL: A workaround is not - available. KVM does not offer firmware support for the workaround. - KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2_UNKNOWN: The workaround state is - unknown. KVM does not offer firmware support for the workaround. - KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2_AVAIL: The workaround is available, - and can be disabled by a vCPU. If - KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2_ENABLED is set, it is active for - this vCPU. - KVM_REG_ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_WORKAROUND_2_NOT_REQUIRED: The workaround is - always active on this vCPU or it is not needed. - -[1] https://developer.arm.com/-/media/developer/pdf/ARM_DEN_0070A_Firmware_interfaces_for_mitigating_CVE-2017-5715.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.rst b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 01b081f6e7ea..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,107 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -============== -KVM CPUID bits -============== - -:Author: Glauber Costa - -A guest running on a kvm host, can check some of its features using -cpuid. This is not always guaranteed to work, since userspace can -mask-out some, or even all KVM-related cpuid features before launching -a guest. - -KVM cpuid functions are: - -function: KVM_CPUID_SIGNATURE (0x40000000) - -returns:: - - eax = 0x40000001 - ebx = 0x4b4d564b - ecx = 0x564b4d56 - edx = 0x4d - -Note that this value in ebx, ecx and edx corresponds to the string "KVMKVMKVM". -The value in eax corresponds to the maximum cpuid function present in this leaf, -and will be updated if more functions are added in the future. -Note also that old hosts set eax value to 0x0. This should -be interpreted as if the value was 0x40000001. -This function queries the presence of KVM cpuid leafs. - -function: define KVM_CPUID_FEATURES (0x40000001) - -returns:: - - ebx, ecx - eax = an OR'ed group of (1 << flag) - -where ``flag`` is defined as below: - -================================= =========== ================================ -flag value meaning -================================= =========== ================================ -KVM_FEATURE_CLOCKSOURCE 0 kvmclock available at msrs - 0x11 and 0x12 - -KVM_FEATURE_NOP_IO_DELAY 1 not necessary to perform delays - on PIO operations - -KVM_FEATURE_MMU_OP 2 deprecated - -KVM_FEATURE_CLOCKSOURCE2 3 kvmclock available at msrs - - 0x4b564d00 and 0x4b564d01 -KVM_FEATURE_ASYNC_PF 4 async pf can be enabled by - writing to msr 0x4b564d02 - -KVM_FEATURE_STEAL_TIME 5 steal time can be enabled by - writing to msr 0x4b564d03 - -KVM_FEATURE_PV_EOI 6 paravirtualized end of interrupt - handler can be enabled by - writing to msr 0x4b564d04 - -KVM_FEATURE_PV_UNHAULT 7 guest checks this feature bit - before enabling paravirtualized - spinlock support - -KVM_FEATURE_PV_TLB_FLUSH 9 guest checks this feature bit - before enabling paravirtualized - tlb flush - -KVM_FEATURE_ASYNC_PF_VMEXIT 10 paravirtualized async PF VM EXIT - can be enabled by setting bit 2 - when writing to msr 0x4b564d02 - -KVM_FEATURE_PV_SEND_IPI 11 guest checks this feature bit - before enabling paravirtualized - sebd IPIs - -KVM_FEATURE_PV_POLL_CONTROL 12 host-side polling on HLT can - be disabled by writing - to msr 0x4b564d05. - -KVM_FEATURE_PV_SCHED_YIELD 13 guest checks this feature bit - before using paravirtualized - sched yield. - -KVM_FEATURE_CLOCSOURCE_STABLE_BIT 24 host will warn if no guest-side - per-cpu warps are expeced in - kvmclock -================================= =========== ================================ - -:: - - edx = an OR'ed group of (1 << flag) - -Where ``flag`` here is defined as below: - -================== ============ ================================= -flag value meaning -================== ============ ================================= -KVM_HINTS_REALTIME 0 guest checks this feature bit to - determine that vCPUs are never - preempted for an unlimited time - allowing optimizations -================== ============ ================================= diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/README b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/README deleted file mode 100644 index 34a69834124a..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -This directory contains specific device bindings for KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-its.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-its.txt deleted file mode 100644 index eeaa95b893a8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-its.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -ARM Virtual Interrupt Translation Service (ITS) -=============================================== - -Device types supported: - KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_ITS ARM Interrupt Translation Service Controller - -The ITS allows MSI(-X) interrupts to be injected into guests. This extension is -optional. Creating a virtual ITS controller also requires a host GICv3 (see -arm-vgic-v3.txt), but does not depend on having physical ITS controllers. - -There can be multiple ITS controllers per guest, each of them has to have -a separate, non-overlapping MMIO region. - - -Groups: - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_ADDR - Attributes: - KVM_VGIC_ITS_ADDR_TYPE (rw, 64-bit) - Base address in the guest physical address space of the GICv3 ITS - control register frame. - This address needs to be 64K aligned and the region covers 128K. - Errors: - -E2BIG: Address outside of addressable IPA range - -EINVAL: Incorrectly aligned address - -EEXIST: Address already configured - -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr. - -ENODEV: Incorrect attribute or the ITS is not supported. - - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CTRL - Attributes: - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_CTRL_INIT - request the initialization of the ITS, no additional parameter in - kvm_device_attr.addr. - - KVM_DEV_ARM_ITS_CTRL_RESET - reset the ITS, no additional parameter in kvm_device_attr.addr. - See "ITS Reset State" section. - - KVM_DEV_ARM_ITS_SAVE_TABLES - save the ITS table data into guest RAM, at the location provisioned - by the guest in corresponding registers/table entries. - - The layout of the tables in guest memory defines an ABI. The entries - are laid out in little endian format as described in the last paragraph. - - KVM_DEV_ARM_ITS_RESTORE_TABLES - restore the ITS tables from guest RAM to ITS internal structures. - - The GICV3 must be restored before the ITS and all ITS registers but - the GITS_CTLR must be restored before restoring the ITS tables. - - The GITS_IIDR read-only register must also be restored before - calling KVM_DEV_ARM_ITS_RESTORE_TABLES as the IIDR revision field - encodes the ABI revision. - - The expected ordering when restoring the GICv3/ITS is described in section - "ITS Restore Sequence". - - Errors: - -ENXIO: ITS not properly configured as required prior to setting - this attribute - -ENOMEM: Memory shortage when allocating ITS internal data - -EINVAL: Inconsistent restored data - -EFAULT: Invalid guest ram access - -EBUSY: One or more VCPUS are running - -EACCES: The virtual ITS is backed by a physical GICv4 ITS, and the - state is not available - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_ITS_REGS - Attributes: - The attr field of kvm_device_attr encodes the offset of the - ITS register, relative to the ITS control frame base address - (ITS_base). - - kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u64 value whatever the width - of the addressed register (32/64 bits). 64 bit registers can only - be accessed with full length. - - Writes to read-only registers are ignored by the kernel except for: - - GITS_CREADR. It must be restored otherwise commands in the queue - will be re-executed after restoring CWRITER. GITS_CREADR must be - restored before restoring the GITS_CTLR which is likely to enable the - ITS. Also it must be restored after GITS_CBASER since a write to - GITS_CBASER resets GITS_CREADR. - - GITS_IIDR. The Revision field encodes the table layout ABI revision. - In the future we might implement direct injection of virtual LPIs. - This will require an upgrade of the table layout and an evolution of - the ABI. GITS_IIDR must be restored before calling - KVM_DEV_ARM_ITS_RESTORE_TABLES. - - For other registers, getting or setting a register has the same - effect as reading/writing the register on real hardware. - Errors: - -ENXIO: Offset does not correspond to any supported register - -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr - -EINVAL: Offset is not 64-bit aligned - -EBUSY: one or more VCPUS are running - - ITS Restore Sequence: - ------------------------- - -The following ordering must be followed when restoring the GIC and the ITS: -a) restore all guest memory and create vcpus -b) restore all redistributors -c) provide the ITS base address - (KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_ADDR) -d) restore the ITS in the following order: - 1. Restore GITS_CBASER - 2. Restore all other GITS_ registers, except GITS_CTLR! - 3. Load the ITS table data (KVM_DEV_ARM_ITS_RESTORE_TABLES) - 4. Restore GITS_CTLR - -Then vcpus can be started. - - ITS Table ABI REV0: - ------------------- - - Revision 0 of the ABI only supports the features of a virtual GICv3, and does - not support a virtual GICv4 with support for direct injection of virtual - interrupts for nested hypervisors. - - The device table and ITT are indexed by the DeviceID and EventID, - respectively. The collection table is not indexed by CollectionID, and the - entries in the collection are listed in no particular order. - All entries are 8 bytes. - - Device Table Entry (DTE): - - bits: | 63| 62 ... 49 | 48 ... 5 | 4 ... 0 | - values: | V | next | ITT_addr | Size | - - where; - - V indicates whether the entry is valid. If not, other fields - are not meaningful. - - next: equals to 0 if this entry is the last one; otherwise it - corresponds to the DeviceID offset to the next DTE, capped by - 2^14 -1. - - ITT_addr matches bits [51:8] of the ITT address (256 Byte aligned). - - Size specifies the supported number of bits for the EventID, - minus one - - Collection Table Entry (CTE): - - bits: | 63| 62 .. 52 | 51 ... 16 | 15 ... 0 | - values: | V | RES0 | RDBase | ICID | - - where: - - V indicates whether the entry is valid. If not, other fields are - not meaningful. - - RES0: reserved field with Should-Be-Zero-or-Preserved behavior. - - RDBase is the PE number (GICR_TYPER.Processor_Number semantic), - - ICID is the collection ID - - Interrupt Translation Entry (ITE): - - bits: | 63 ... 48 | 47 ... 16 | 15 ... 0 | - values: | next | pINTID | ICID | - - where: - - next: equals to 0 if this entry is the last one; otherwise it corresponds - to the EventID offset to the next ITE capped by 2^16 -1. - - pINTID is the physical LPI ID; if zero, it means the entry is not valid - and other fields are not meaningful. - - ICID is the collection ID - - ITS Reset State: - ---------------- - -RESET returns the ITS to the same state that it was when first created and -initialized. When the RESET command returns, the following things are -guaranteed: - -- The ITS is not enabled and quiescent - GITS_CTLR.Enabled = 0 .Quiescent=1 -- There is no internally cached state -- No collection or device table are used - GITS_BASER.Valid = 0 -- GITS_CBASER = 0, GITS_CREADR = 0, GITS_CWRITER = 0 -- The ABI version is unchanged and remains the one set when the ITS - device was first created. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ff290b43c8e5..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,251 +0,0 @@ -ARM Virtual Generic Interrupt Controller v3 and later (VGICv3) -============================================================== - - -Device types supported: - KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3 ARM Generic Interrupt Controller v3.0 - -Only one VGIC instance may be instantiated through this API. The created VGIC -will act as the VM interrupt controller, requiring emulated user-space devices -to inject interrupts to the VGIC instead of directly to CPUs. It is not -possible to create both a GICv3 and GICv2 on the same VM. - -Creating a guest GICv3 device requires a host GICv3 as well. - - -Groups: - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_ADDR - Attributes: - KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_DIST (rw, 64-bit) - Base address in the guest physical address space of the GICv3 distributor - register mappings. Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3. - This address needs to be 64K aligned and the region covers 64 KByte. - - KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_REDIST (rw, 64-bit) - Base address in the guest physical address space of the GICv3 - redistributor register mappings. There are two 64K pages for each - VCPU and all of the redistributor pages are contiguous. - Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3. - This address needs to be 64K aligned. - - KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_REDIST_REGION (rw, 64-bit) - The attribute data pointed to by kvm_device_attr.addr is a __u64 value: - bits: | 63 .... 52 | 51 .... 16 | 15 - 12 |11 - 0 - values: | count | base | flags | index - - index encodes the unique redistributor region index - - flags: reserved for future use, currently 0 - - base field encodes bits [51:16] of the guest physical base address - of the first redistributor in the region. - - count encodes the number of redistributors in the region. Must be - greater than 0. - There are two 64K pages for each redistributor in the region and - redistributors are laid out contiguously within the region. Regions - are filled with redistributors in the index order. The sum of all - region count fields must be greater than or equal to the number of - VCPUs. Redistributor regions must be registered in the incremental - index order, starting from index 0. - The characteristics of a specific redistributor region can be read - by presetting the index field in the attr data. - Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3. - - It is invalid to mix calls with KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_REDIST and - KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_REDIST_REGION attributes. - - Errors: - -E2BIG: Address outside of addressable IPA range - -EINVAL: Incorrectly aligned address, bad redistributor region - count/index, mixed redistributor region attribute usage - -EEXIST: Address already configured - -ENOENT: Attempt to read the characteristics of a non existing - redistributor region - -ENXIO: The group or attribute is unknown/unsupported for this device - or hardware support is missing. - -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr. - - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_DIST_REGS - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_REDIST_REGS - Attributes: - The attr field of kvm_device_attr encodes two values: - bits: | 63 .... 32 | 31 .... 0 | - values: | mpidr | offset | - - All distributor regs are (rw, 32-bit) and kvm_device_attr.addr points to a - __u32 value. 64-bit registers must be accessed by separately accessing the - lower and higher word. - - Writes to read-only registers are ignored by the kernel. - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_DIST_REGS accesses the main distributor registers. - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_REDIST_REGS accesses the redistributor of the CPU - specified by the mpidr. - - The offset is relative to the "[Re]Distributor base address" as defined - in the GICv3/4 specs. Getting or setting such a register has the same - effect as reading or writing the register on real hardware, except for the - following registers: GICD_STATUSR, GICR_STATUSR, GICD_ISPENDR, - GICR_ISPENDR0, GICD_ICPENDR, and GICR_ICPENDR0. These registers behave - differently when accessed via this interface compared to their - architecturally defined behavior to allow software a full view of the - VGIC's internal state. - - The mpidr field is used to specify which - redistributor is accessed. The mpidr is ignored for the distributor. - - The mpidr encoding is based on the affinity information in the - architecture defined MPIDR, and the field is encoded as follows: - | 63 .... 56 | 55 .... 48 | 47 .... 40 | 39 .... 32 | - | Aff3 | Aff2 | Aff1 | Aff0 | - - Note that distributor fields are not banked, but return the same value - regardless of the mpidr used to access the register. - - GICD_IIDR.Revision is updated when the KVM implementation is changed in a - way directly observable by the guest or userspace. Userspace should read - GICD_IIDR from KVM and write back the read value to confirm its expected - behavior is aligned with the KVM implementation. Userspace should set - GICD_IIDR before setting any other registers to ensure the expected - behavior. - - - The GICD_STATUSR and GICR_STATUSR registers are architecturally defined such - that a write of a clear bit has no effect, whereas a write with a set bit - clears that value. To allow userspace to freely set the values of these two - registers, setting the attributes with the register offsets for these two - registers simply sets the non-reserved bits to the value written. - - - Accesses (reads and writes) to the GICD_ISPENDR register region and - GICR_ISPENDR0 registers get/set the value of the latched pending state for - the interrupts. - - This is identical to the value returned by a guest read from ISPENDR for an - edge triggered interrupt, but may differ for level triggered interrupts. - For edge triggered interrupts, once an interrupt becomes pending (whether - because of an edge detected on the input line or because of a guest write - to ISPENDR) this state is "latched", and only cleared when either the - interrupt is activated or when the guest writes to ICPENDR. A level - triggered interrupt may be pending either because the level input is held - high by a device, or because of a guest write to the ISPENDR register. Only - ISPENDR writes are latched; if the device lowers the line level then the - interrupt is no longer pending unless the guest also wrote to ISPENDR, and - conversely writes to ICPENDR or activations of the interrupt do not clear - the pending status if the line level is still being held high. (These - rules are documented in the GICv3 specification descriptions of the ICPENDR - and ISPENDR registers.) For a level triggered interrupt the value accessed - here is that of the latch which is set by ISPENDR and cleared by ICPENDR or - interrupt activation, whereas the value returned by a guest read from - ISPENDR is the logical OR of the latch value and the input line level. - - Raw access to the latch state is provided to userspace so that it can save - and restore the entire GIC internal state (which is defined by the - combination of the current input line level and the latch state, and cannot - be deduced from purely the line level and the value of the ISPENDR - registers). - - Accesses to GICD_ICPENDR register region and GICR_ICPENDR0 registers have - RAZ/WI semantics, meaning that reads always return 0 and writes are always - ignored. - - Errors: - -ENXIO: Getting or setting this register is not yet supported - -EBUSY: One or more VCPUs are running - - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CPU_SYSREGS - Attributes: - The attr field of kvm_device_attr encodes two values: - bits: | 63 .... 32 | 31 .... 16 | 15 .... 0 | - values: | mpidr | RES | instr | - - The mpidr field encodes the CPU ID based on the affinity information in the - architecture defined MPIDR, and the field is encoded as follows: - | 63 .... 56 | 55 .... 48 | 47 .... 40 | 39 .... 32 | - | Aff3 | Aff2 | Aff1 | Aff0 | - - The instr field encodes the system register to access based on the fields - defined in the A64 instruction set encoding for system register access - (RES means the bits are reserved for future use and should be zero): - - | 15 ... 14 | 13 ... 11 | 10 ... 7 | 6 ... 3 | 2 ... 0 | - | Op 0 | Op1 | CRn | CRm | Op2 | - - All system regs accessed through this API are (rw, 64-bit) and - kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u64 value. - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CPU_SYSREGS accesses the CPU interface registers for the - CPU specified by the mpidr field. - - CPU interface registers access is not implemented for AArch32 mode. - Error -ENXIO is returned when accessed in AArch32 mode. - Errors: - -ENXIO: Getting or setting this register is not yet supported - -EBUSY: VCPU is running - -EINVAL: Invalid mpidr or register value supplied - - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_NR_IRQS - Attributes: - A value describing the number of interrupts (SGI, PPI and SPI) for - this GIC instance, ranging from 64 to 1024, in increments of 32. - - kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u32 value. - - Errors: - -EINVAL: Value set is out of the expected range - -EBUSY: Value has already be set. - - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CTRL - Attributes: - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_CTRL_INIT - request the initialization of the VGIC, no additional parameter in - kvm_device_attr.addr. - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_SAVE_PENDING_TABLES - save all LPI pending bits into guest RAM pending tables. - - The first kB of the pending table is not altered by this operation. - Errors: - -ENXIO: VGIC not properly configured as required prior to calling - this attribute - -ENODEV: no online VCPU - -ENOMEM: memory shortage when allocating vgic internal data - -EFAULT: Invalid guest ram access - -EBUSY: One or more VCPUS are running - - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_LEVEL_INFO - Attributes: - The attr field of kvm_device_attr encodes the following values: - bits: | 63 .... 32 | 31 .... 10 | 9 .... 0 | - values: | mpidr | info | vINTID | - - The vINTID specifies which set of IRQs is reported on. - - The info field specifies which information userspace wants to get or set - using this interface. Currently we support the following info values: - - VGIC_LEVEL_INFO_LINE_LEVEL: - Get/Set the input level of the IRQ line for a set of 32 contiguously - numbered interrupts. - vINTID must be a multiple of 32. - - kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u32 value which will contain a - bitmap where a set bit means the interrupt level is asserted. - - Bit[n] indicates the status for interrupt vINTID + n. - - SGIs and any interrupt with a higher ID than the number of interrupts - supported, will be RAZ/WI. LPIs are always edge-triggered and are - therefore not supported by this interface. - - PPIs are reported per VCPU as specified in the mpidr field, and SPIs are - reported with the same value regardless of the mpidr specified. - - The mpidr field encodes the CPU ID based on the affinity information in the - architecture defined MPIDR, and the field is encoded as follows: - | 63 .... 56 | 55 .... 48 | 47 .... 40 | 39 .... 32 | - | Aff3 | Aff2 | Aff1 | Aff0 | - Errors: - -EINVAL: vINTID is not multiple of 32 or - info field is not VGIC_LEVEL_INFO_LINE_LEVEL diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 97b6518148f8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -ARM Virtual Generic Interrupt Controller v2 (VGIC) -================================================== - -Device types supported: - KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2 ARM Generic Interrupt Controller v2.0 - -Only one VGIC instance may be instantiated through either this API or the -legacy KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP API. The created VGIC will act as the VM interrupt -controller, requiring emulated user-space devices to inject interrupts to the -VGIC instead of directly to CPUs. - -GICv3 implementations with hardware compatibility support allow creating a -guest GICv2 through this interface. For information on creating a guest GICv3 -device and guest ITS devices, see arm-vgic-v3.txt. It is not possible to -create both a GICv3 and GICv2 device on the same VM. - - -Groups: - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_ADDR - Attributes: - KVM_VGIC_V2_ADDR_TYPE_DIST (rw, 64-bit) - Base address in the guest physical address space of the GIC distributor - register mappings. Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2. - This address needs to be 4K aligned and the region covers 4 KByte. - - KVM_VGIC_V2_ADDR_TYPE_CPU (rw, 64-bit) - Base address in the guest physical address space of the GIC virtual cpu - interface register mappings. Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2. - This address needs to be 4K aligned and the region covers 4 KByte. - Errors: - -E2BIG: Address outside of addressable IPA range - -EINVAL: Incorrectly aligned address - -EEXIST: Address already configured - -ENXIO: The group or attribute is unknown/unsupported for this device - or hardware support is missing. - -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr. - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_DIST_REGS - Attributes: - The attr field of kvm_device_attr encodes two values: - bits: | 63 .... 40 | 39 .. 32 | 31 .... 0 | - values: | reserved | vcpu_index | offset | - - All distributor regs are (rw, 32-bit) - - The offset is relative to the "Distributor base address" as defined in the - GICv2 specs. Getting or setting such a register has the same effect as - reading or writing the register on the actual hardware from the cpu whose - index is specified with the vcpu_index field. Note that most distributor - fields are not banked, but return the same value regardless of the - vcpu_index used to access the register. - - GICD_IIDR.Revision is updated when the KVM implementation of an emulated - GICv2 is changed in a way directly observable by the guest or userspace. - Userspace should read GICD_IIDR from KVM and write back the read value to - confirm its expected behavior is aligned with the KVM implementation. - Userspace should set GICD_IIDR before setting any other registers (both - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_DIST_REGS and KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CPU_REGS) to ensure - the expected behavior. Unless GICD_IIDR has been set from userspace, writes - to the interrupt group registers (GICD_IGROUPR) are ignored. - Errors: - -ENXIO: Getting or setting this register is not yet supported - -EBUSY: One or more VCPUs are running - -EINVAL: Invalid vcpu_index supplied - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CPU_REGS - Attributes: - The attr field of kvm_device_attr encodes two values: - bits: | 63 .... 40 | 39 .. 32 | 31 .... 0 | - values: | reserved | vcpu_index | offset | - - All CPU interface regs are (rw, 32-bit) - - The offset specifies the offset from the "CPU interface base address" as - defined in the GICv2 specs. Getting or setting such a register has the - same effect as reading or writing the register on the actual hardware. - - The Active Priorities Registers APRn are implementation defined, so we set a - fixed format for our implementation that fits with the model of a "GICv2 - implementation without the security extensions" which we present to the - guest. This interface always exposes four register APR[0-3] describing the - maximum possible 128 preemption levels. The semantics of the register - indicate if any interrupts in a given preemption level are in the active - state by setting the corresponding bit. - - Thus, preemption level X has one or more active interrupts if and only if: - - APRn[X mod 32] == 0b1, where n = X / 32 - - Bits for undefined preemption levels are RAZ/WI. - - Note that this differs from a CPU's view of the APRs on hardware in which - a GIC without the security extensions expose group 0 and group 1 active - priorities in separate register groups, whereas we show a combined view - similar to GICv2's GICH_APR. - - For historical reasons and to provide ABI compatibility with userspace we - export the GICC_PMR register in the format of the GICH_VMCR.VMPriMask - field in the lower 5 bits of a word, meaning that userspace must always - use the lower 5 bits to communicate with the KVM device and must shift the - value left by 3 places to obtain the actual priority mask level. - - Errors: - -ENXIO: Getting or setting this register is not yet supported - -EBUSY: One or more VCPUs are running - -EINVAL: Invalid vcpu_index supplied - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_NR_IRQS - Attributes: - A value describing the number of interrupts (SGI, PPI and SPI) for - this GIC instance, ranging from 64 to 1024, in increments of 32. - - Errors: - -EINVAL: Value set is out of the expected range - -EBUSY: Value has already be set, or GIC has already been initialized - with default values. - - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CTRL - Attributes: - KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_CTRL_INIT - request the initialization of the VGIC or ITS, no additional parameter - in kvm_device_attr.addr. - Errors: - -ENXIO: VGIC not properly configured as required prior to calling - this attribute - -ENODEV: no online VCPU - -ENOMEM: memory shortage when allocating vgic internal data diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/mpic.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/mpic.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8257397adc3c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/mpic.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -MPIC interrupt controller -========================= - -Device types supported: - KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_20 Freescale MPIC v2.0 - KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_42 Freescale MPIC v4.2 - -Only one MPIC instance, of any type, may be instantiated. The created -MPIC will act as the system interrupt controller, connecting to each -vcpu's interrupt inputs. - -Groups: - KVM_DEV_MPIC_GRP_MISC - Attributes: - KVM_DEV_MPIC_BASE_ADDR (rw, 64-bit) - Base address of the 256 KiB MPIC register space. Must be - naturally aligned. A value of zero disables the mapping. - Reset value is zero. - - KVM_DEV_MPIC_GRP_REGISTER (rw, 32-bit) - Access an MPIC register, as if the access were made from the guest. - "attr" is the byte offset into the MPIC register space. Accesses - must be 4-byte aligned. - - MSIs may be signaled by using this attribute group to write - to the relevant MSIIR. - - KVM_DEV_MPIC_GRP_IRQ_ACTIVE (rw, 32-bit) - IRQ input line for each standard openpic source. 0 is inactive and 1 - is active, regardless of interrupt sense. - - For edge-triggered interrupts: Writing 1 is considered an activating - edge, and writing 0 is ignored. Reading returns 1 if a previously - signaled edge has not been acknowledged, and 0 otherwise. - - "attr" is the IRQ number. IRQ numbers for standard sources are the - byte offset of the relevant IVPR from EIVPR0, divided by 32. - -IRQ Routing: - - The MPIC emulation supports IRQ routing. Only a single MPIC device can - be instantiated. Once that device has been created, it's available as - irqchip id 0. - - This irqchip 0 has 256 interrupt pins, which expose the interrupts in - the main array of interrupt sources (a.k.a. "SRC" interrupts). - - The numbering is the same as the MPIC device tree binding -- based on - the register offset from the beginning of the sources array, without - regard to any subdivisions in chip documentation such as "internal" - or "external" interrupts. - - Access to non-SRC interrupts is not implemented through IRQ routing mechanisms. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a4e20a090174..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -FLIC (floating interrupt controller) -==================================== - -FLIC handles floating (non per-cpu) interrupts, i.e. I/O, service and some -machine check interruptions. All interrupts are stored in a per-vm list of -pending interrupts. FLIC performs operations on this list. - -Only one FLIC instance may be instantiated. - -FLIC provides support to -- add interrupts (KVM_DEV_FLIC_ENQUEUE) -- inspect currently pending interrupts (KVM_FLIC_GET_ALL_IRQS) -- purge all pending floating interrupts (KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IRQS) -- purge one pending floating I/O interrupt (KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IO_IRQ) -- enable/disable for the guest transparent async page faults -- register and modify adapter interrupt sources (KVM_DEV_FLIC_ADAPTER_*) -- modify AIS (adapter-interruption-suppression) mode state (KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM) -- inject adapter interrupts on a specified adapter (KVM_DEV_FLIC_AIRQ_INJECT) -- get/set all AIS mode states (KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM_ALL) - -Groups: - KVM_DEV_FLIC_ENQUEUE - Passes a buffer and length into the kernel which are then injected into - the list of pending interrupts. - attr->addr contains the pointer to the buffer and attr->attr contains - the length of the buffer. - The format of the data structure kvm_s390_irq as it is copied from userspace - is defined in usr/include/linux/kvm.h. - - KVM_DEV_FLIC_GET_ALL_IRQS - Copies all floating interrupts into a buffer provided by userspace. - When the buffer is too small it returns -ENOMEM, which is the indication - for userspace to try again with a bigger buffer. - -ENOBUFS is returned when the allocation of a kernelspace buffer has - failed. - -EFAULT is returned when copying data to userspace failed. - All interrupts remain pending, i.e. are not deleted from the list of - currently pending interrupts. - attr->addr contains the userspace address of the buffer into which all - interrupt data will be copied. - attr->attr contains the size of the buffer in bytes. - - KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IRQS - Simply deletes all elements from the list of currently pending floating - interrupts. No interrupts are injected into the guest. - - KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IO_IRQ - Deletes one (if any) I/O interrupt for a subchannel identified by the - subsystem identification word passed via the buffer specified by - attr->addr (address) and attr->attr (length). - - KVM_DEV_FLIC_APF_ENABLE - Enables async page faults for the guest. So in case of a major page fault - the host is allowed to handle this async and continues the guest. - - KVM_DEV_FLIC_APF_DISABLE_WAIT - Disables async page faults for the guest and waits until already pending - async page faults are done. This is necessary to trigger a completion interrupt - for every init interrupt before migrating the interrupt list. - - KVM_DEV_FLIC_ADAPTER_REGISTER - Register an I/O adapter interrupt source. Takes a kvm_s390_io_adapter - describing the adapter to register: - -struct kvm_s390_io_adapter { - __u32 id; - __u8 isc; - __u8 maskable; - __u8 swap; - __u8 flags; -}; - - id contains the unique id for the adapter, isc the I/O interruption subclass - to use, maskable whether this adapter may be masked (interrupts turned off), - swap whether the indicators need to be byte swapped, and flags contains - further characteristics of the adapter. - Currently defined values for 'flags' are: - - KVM_S390_ADAPTER_SUPPRESSIBLE: adapter is subject to AIS - (adapter-interrupt-suppression) facility. This flag only has an effect if - the AIS capability is enabled. - Unknown flag values are ignored. - - - KVM_DEV_FLIC_ADAPTER_MODIFY - Modifies attributes of an existing I/O adapter interrupt source. Takes - a kvm_s390_io_adapter_req specifying the adapter and the operation: - -struct kvm_s390_io_adapter_req { - __u32 id; - __u8 type; - __u8 mask; - __u16 pad0; - __u64 addr; -}; - - id specifies the adapter and type the operation. The supported operations - are: - - KVM_S390_IO_ADAPTER_MASK - mask or unmask the adapter, as specified in mask - - KVM_S390_IO_ADAPTER_MAP - perform a gmap translation for the guest address provided in addr, - pin a userspace page for the translated address and add it to the - list of mappings - Note: A new mapping will be created unconditionally; therefore, - the calling code should avoid making duplicate mappings. - - KVM_S390_IO_ADAPTER_UNMAP - release a userspace page for the translated address specified in addr - from the list of mappings - - KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM - modify the adapter-interruption-suppression mode for a given isc if the - AIS capability is enabled. Takes a kvm_s390_ais_req describing: - -struct kvm_s390_ais_req { - __u8 isc; - __u16 mode; -}; - - isc contains the target I/O interruption subclass, mode the target - adapter-interruption-suppression mode. The following modes are - currently supported: - - KVM_S390_AIS_MODE_ALL: ALL-Interruptions Mode, i.e. airq injection - is always allowed; - - KVM_S390_AIS_MODE_SINGLE: SINGLE-Interruption Mode, i.e. airq - injection is only allowed once and the following adapter interrupts - will be suppressed until the mode is set again to ALL-Interruptions - or SINGLE-Interruption mode. - - KVM_DEV_FLIC_AIRQ_INJECT - Inject adapter interrupts on a specified adapter. - attr->attr contains the unique id for the adapter, which allows for - adapter-specific checks and actions. - For adapters subject to AIS, handle the airq injection suppression for - an isc according to the adapter-interruption-suppression mode on condition - that the AIS capability is enabled. - - KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM_ALL - Gets or sets the adapter-interruption-suppression mode for all ISCs. Takes - a kvm_s390_ais_all describing: - -struct kvm_s390_ais_all { - __u8 simm; /* Single-Interruption-Mode mask */ - __u8 nimm; /* No-Interruption-Mode mask * -}; - - simm contains Single-Interruption-Mode mask for all ISCs, nimm contains - No-Interruption-Mode mask for all ISCs. Each bit in simm and nimm corresponds - to an ISC (MSB0 bit 0 to ISC 0 and so on). The combination of simm bit and - nimm bit presents AIS mode for a ISC. - - KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM_ALL is indicated by KVM_CAP_S390_AIS_MIGRATION. - -Note: The KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR/KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR device ioctls executed on -FLIC with an unknown group or attribute gives the error code EINVAL (instead of -ENXIO, as specified in the API documentation). It is not possible to conclude -that a FLIC operation is unavailable based on the error code resulting from a -usage attempt. - -Note: The KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IO_IRQ ioctl will return EINVAL in case a zero -schid is specified. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2b5dab16c4f2..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -Generic vcpu interface -==================================== - -The virtual cpu "device" also accepts the ioctls KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR, -KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR, and KVM_HAS_DEVICE_ATTR. The interface uses the same struct -kvm_device_attr as other devices, but targets VCPU-wide settings and controls. - -The groups and attributes per virtual cpu, if any, are architecture specific. - -1. GROUP: KVM_ARM_VCPU_PMU_V3_CTRL -Architectures: ARM64 - -1.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_ARM_VCPU_PMU_V3_IRQ -Parameters: in kvm_device_attr.addr the address for PMU overflow interrupt is a - pointer to an int -Returns: -EBUSY: The PMU overflow interrupt is already set - -ENXIO: The overflow interrupt not set when attempting to get it - -ENODEV: PMUv3 not supported - -EINVAL: Invalid PMU overflow interrupt number supplied or - trying to set the IRQ number without using an in-kernel - irqchip. - -A value describing the PMUv3 (Performance Monitor Unit v3) overflow interrupt -number for this vcpu. This interrupt could be a PPI or SPI, but the interrupt -type must be same for each vcpu. As a PPI, the interrupt number is the same for -all vcpus, while as an SPI it must be a separate number per vcpu. - -1.2 ATTRIBUTE: KVM_ARM_VCPU_PMU_V3_INIT -Parameters: no additional parameter in kvm_device_attr.addr -Returns: -ENODEV: PMUv3 not supported or GIC not initialized - -ENXIO: PMUv3 not properly configured or in-kernel irqchip not - configured as required prior to calling this attribute - -EBUSY: PMUv3 already initialized - -Request the initialization of the PMUv3. If using the PMUv3 with an in-kernel -virtual GIC implementation, this must be done after initializing the in-kernel -irqchip. - - -2. GROUP: KVM_ARM_VCPU_TIMER_CTRL -Architectures: ARM,ARM64 - -2.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_ARM_VCPU_TIMER_IRQ_VTIMER -2.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_ARM_VCPU_TIMER_IRQ_PTIMER -Parameters: in kvm_device_attr.addr the address for the timer interrupt is a - pointer to an int -Returns: -EINVAL: Invalid timer interrupt number - -EBUSY: One or more VCPUs has already run - -A value describing the architected timer interrupt number when connected to an -in-kernel virtual GIC. These must be a PPI (16 <= intid < 32). Setting the -attribute overrides the default values (see below). - -KVM_ARM_VCPU_TIMER_IRQ_VTIMER: The EL1 virtual timer intid (default: 27) -KVM_ARM_VCPU_TIMER_IRQ_PTIMER: The EL1 physical timer intid (default: 30) - -Setting the same PPI for different timers will prevent the VCPUs from running. -Setting the interrupt number on a VCPU configures all VCPUs created at that -time to use the number provided for a given timer, overwriting any previously -configured values on other VCPUs. Userspace should configure the interrupt -numbers on at least one VCPU after creating all VCPUs and before running any -VCPUs. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vfio.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vfio.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 528c77c8022c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vfio.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -VFIO virtual device -=================== - -Device types supported: - KVM_DEV_TYPE_VFIO - -Only one VFIO instance may be created per VM. The created device -tracks VFIO groups in use by the VM and features of those groups -important to the correctness and acceleration of the VM. As groups -are enabled and disabled for use by the VM, KVM should be updated -about their presence. When registered with KVM, a reference to the -VFIO-group is held by KVM. - -Groups: - KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP - -KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP attributes: - KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP_ADD: Add a VFIO group to VFIO-KVM device tracking - kvm_device_attr.addr points to an int32_t file descriptor - for the VFIO group. - KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP_DEL: Remove a VFIO group from VFIO-KVM device tracking - kvm_device_attr.addr points to an int32_t file descriptor - for the VFIO group. - KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP_SET_SPAPR_TCE: attaches a guest visible TCE table - allocated by sPAPR KVM. - kvm_device_attr.addr points to a struct: - - struct kvm_vfio_spapr_tce { - __s32 groupfd; - __s32 tablefd; - }; - - where - @groupfd is a file descriptor for a VFIO group; - @tablefd is a file descriptor for a TCE table allocated via - KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4ffb82b02468..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,270 +0,0 @@ -Generic vm interface -==================================== - -The virtual machine "device" also accepts the ioctls KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR, -KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR, and KVM_HAS_DEVICE_ATTR. The interface uses the same -struct kvm_device_attr as other devices, but targets VM-wide settings -and controls. - -The groups and attributes per virtual machine, if any, are architecture -specific. - -1. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_CTRL -Architectures: s390 - -1.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_ENABLE_CMMA -Parameters: none -Returns: -EBUSY if a vcpu is already defined, otherwise 0 - -Enables Collaborative Memory Management Assist (CMMA) for the virtual machine. - -1.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_CLR_CMMA -Parameters: none -Returns: -EINVAL if CMMA was not enabled - 0 otherwise - -Clear the CMMA status for all guest pages, so any pages the guest marked -as unused are again used any may not be reclaimed by the host. - -1.3. ATTRIBUTE KVM_S390_VM_MEM_LIMIT_SIZE -Parameters: in attr->addr the address for the new limit of guest memory -Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible - -EINVAL if the virtual machine is of type UCONTROL - -E2BIG if the given guest memory is to big for that machine - -EBUSY if a vcpu is already defined - -ENOMEM if not enough memory is available for a new shadow guest mapping - 0 otherwise - -Allows userspace to query the actual limit and set a new limit for -the maximum guest memory size. The limit will be rounded up to -2048 MB, 4096 GB, 8192 TB respectively, as this limit is governed by -the number of page table levels. In the case that there is no limit we will set -the limit to KVM_S390_NO_MEM_LIMIT (U64_MAX). - -2. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MODEL -Architectures: s390 - -2.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE (r/o) - -Allows user space to retrieve machine and kvm specific cpu related information: - -struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_machine { - __u64 cpuid; # CPUID of host - __u32 ibc; # IBC level range offered by host - __u8 pad[4]; - __u64 fac_mask[256]; # set of cpu facilities enabled by KVM - __u64 fac_list[256]; # set of cpu facilities offered by host -} - -Parameters: address of buffer to store the machine related cpu data - of type struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_machine* -Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space - -ENOMEM if not enough memory is available to process the ioctl - 0 in case of success - -2.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_PROCESSOR (r/w) - -Allows user space to retrieve or request to change cpu related information for a vcpu: - -struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_processor { - __u64 cpuid; # CPUID currently (to be) used by this vcpu - __u16 ibc; # IBC level currently (to be) used by this vcpu - __u8 pad[6]; - __u64 fac_list[256]; # set of cpu facilities currently (to be) used - # by this vcpu -} - -KVM does not enforce or limit the cpu model data in any form. Take the information -retrieved by means of KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE as hint for reasonable configuration -setups. Instruction interceptions triggered by additionally set facility bits that -are not handled by KVM need to by imlemented in the VM driver code. - -Parameters: address of buffer to store/set the processor related cpu - data of type struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_processor*. -Returns: -EBUSY in case 1 or more vcpus are already activated (only in write case) - -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space - -ENOMEM if not enough memory is available to process the ioctl - 0 in case of success - -2.3. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE_FEAT (r/o) - -Allows user space to retrieve available cpu features. A feature is available if -provided by the hardware and supported by kvm. In theory, cpu features could -even be completely emulated by kvm. - -struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_feat { - __u64 feat[16]; # Bitmap (1 = feature available), MSB 0 bit numbering -}; - -Parameters: address of a buffer to load the feature list from. -Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space. - 0 in case of success. - -2.4. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_PROCESSOR_FEAT (r/w) - -Allows user space to retrieve or change enabled cpu features for all VCPUs of a -VM. Features that are not available cannot be enabled. - -See 2.3. for a description of the parameter struct. - -Parameters: address of a buffer to store/load the feature list from. -Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space. - -EINVAL if a cpu feature that is not available is to be enabled. - -EBUSY if at least one VCPU has already been defined. - 0 in case of success. - -2.5. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE_SUBFUNC (r/o) - -Allows user space to retrieve available cpu subfunctions without any filtering -done by a set IBC. These subfunctions are indicated to the guest VCPU via -query or "test bit" subfunctions and used e.g. by cpacf functions, plo and ptff. - -A subfunction block is only valid if KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE contains the -STFL(E) bit introducing the affected instruction. If the affected instruction -indicates subfunctions via a "query subfunction", the response block is -contained in the returned struct. If the affected instruction -indicates subfunctions via a "test bit" mechanism, the subfunction codes are -contained in the returned struct in MSB 0 bit numbering. - -struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_subfunc { - u8 plo[32]; # always valid (ESA/390 feature) - u8 ptff[16]; # valid with TOD-clock steering - u8 kmac[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist - u8 kmc[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist - u8 km[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist - u8 kimd[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist - u8 klmd[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist - u8 pckmo[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 3 - u8 kmctr[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 4 - u8 kmf[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 4 - u8 kmo[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 4 - u8 pcc[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 4 - u8 ppno[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 5 - u8 kma[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 8 - u8 kdsa[16]; # valid with Message-Security-Assist-Extension 9 - u8 reserved[1792]; # reserved for future instructions -}; - -Parameters: address of a buffer to load the subfunction blocks from. -Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space. - 0 in case of success. - -2.6. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_PROCESSOR_SUBFUNC (r/w) - -Allows user space to retrieve or change cpu subfunctions to be indicated for -all VCPUs of a VM. This attribute will only be available if kernel and -hardware support are in place. - -The kernel uses the configured subfunction blocks for indication to -the guest. A subfunction block will only be used if the associated STFL(E) bit -has not been disabled by user space (so the instruction to be queried is -actually available for the guest). - -As long as no data has been written, a read will fail. The IBC will be used -to determine available subfunctions in this case, this will guarantee backward -compatibility. - -See 2.5. for a description of the parameter struct. - -Parameters: address of a buffer to store/load the subfunction blocks from. -Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space. - -EINVAL when reading, if there was no write yet. - -EBUSY if at least one VCPU has already been defined. - 0 in case of success. - -3. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_TOD -Architectures: s390 - -3.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_TOD_HIGH - -Allows user space to set/get the TOD clock extension (u8) (superseded by -KVM_S390_VM_TOD_EXT). - -Parameters: address of a buffer in user space to store the data (u8) to -Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space - -EINVAL if setting the TOD clock extension to != 0 is not supported - -3.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_TOD_LOW - -Allows user space to set/get bits 0-63 of the TOD clock register as defined in -the POP (u64). - -Parameters: address of a buffer in user space to store the data (u64) to -Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space - -3.3. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_TOD_EXT -Allows user space to set/get bits 0-63 of the TOD clock register as defined in -the POP (u64). If the guest CPU model supports the TOD clock extension (u8), it -also allows user space to get/set it. If the guest CPU model does not support -it, it is stored as 0 and not allowed to be set to a value != 0. - -Parameters: address of a buffer in user space to store the data - (kvm_s390_vm_tod_clock) to -Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space - -EINVAL if setting the TOD clock extension to != 0 is not supported - -4. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO -Architectures: s390 - -4.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO_ENABLE_AES_KW (w/o) - -Allows user space to enable aes key wrapping, including generating a new -wrapping key. - -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 - -4.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO_ENABLE_DEA_KW (w/o) - -Allows user space to enable dea key wrapping, including generating a new -wrapping key. - -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 - -4.3. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO_DISABLE_AES_KW (w/o) - -Allows user space to disable aes key wrapping, clearing the wrapping key. - -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 - -4.4. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO_DISABLE_DEA_KW (w/o) - -Allows user space to disable dea key wrapping, clearing the wrapping key. - -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 - -5. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_MIGRATION -Architectures: s390 - -5.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MIGRATION_STOP (w/o) - -Allows userspace to stop migration mode, needed for PGSTE migration. -Setting this attribute when migration mode is not active will have no -effects. - -Parameters: none -Returns: 0 - -5.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MIGRATION_START (w/o) - -Allows userspace to start migration mode, needed for PGSTE migration. -Setting this attribute when migration mode is already active will have -no effects. - -Parameters: none -Returns: -ENOMEM if there is not enough free memory to start migration mode - -EINVAL if the state of the VM is invalid (e.g. no memory defined) - 0 in case of success. - -5.3. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MIGRATION_STATUS (r/o) - -Allows userspace to query the status of migration mode. - -Parameters: address of a buffer in user space to store the data (u64) to; - the data itself is either 0 if migration mode is disabled or 1 - if it is enabled -Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space - 0 in case of success. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/xics.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/xics.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 42864935ac5d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/xics.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -XICS interrupt controller - -Device type supported: KVM_DEV_TYPE_XICS - -Groups: - KVM_DEV_XICS_SOURCES - Attributes: One per interrupt source, indexed by the source number. - -This device emulates the XICS (eXternal Interrupt Controller -Specification) defined in PAPR. The XICS has a set of interrupt -sources, each identified by a 20-bit source number, and a set of -Interrupt Control Presentation (ICP) entities, also called "servers", -each associated with a virtual CPU. - -The ICP entities are created by enabling the KVM_CAP_IRQ_ARCH -capability for each vcpu, specifying KVM_CAP_IRQ_XICS in args[0] and -the interrupt server number (i.e. the vcpu number from the XICS's -point of view) in args[1] of the kvm_enable_cap struct. Each ICP has -64 bits of state which can be read and written using the -KVM_GET_ONE_REG and KVM_SET_ONE_REG ioctls on the vcpu. The 64 bit -state word has the following bitfields, starting at the -least-significant end of the word: - -* Unused, 16 bits - -* Pending interrupt priority, 8 bits - Zero is the highest priority, 255 means no interrupt is pending. - -* Pending IPI (inter-processor interrupt) priority, 8 bits - Zero is the highest priority, 255 means no IPI is pending. - -* Pending interrupt source number, 24 bits - Zero means no interrupt pending, 2 means an IPI is pending - -* Current processor priority, 8 bits - Zero is the highest priority, meaning no interrupts can be - delivered, and 255 is the lowest priority. - -Each source has 64 bits of state that can be read and written using -the KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR and KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR ioctls, specifying the -KVM_DEV_XICS_SOURCES attribute group, with the attribute number being -the interrupt source number. The 64 bit state word has the following -bitfields, starting from the least-significant end of the word: - -* Destination (server number), 32 bits - This specifies where the interrupt should be sent, and is the - interrupt server number specified for the destination vcpu. - -* Priority, 8 bits - This is the priority specified for this interrupt source, where 0 is - the highest priority and 255 is the lowest. An interrupt with a - priority of 255 will never be delivered. - -* Level sensitive flag, 1 bit - This bit is 1 for a level-sensitive interrupt source, or 0 for - edge-sensitive (or MSI). - -* Masked flag, 1 bit - This bit is set to 1 if the interrupt is masked (cannot be delivered - regardless of its priority), for example by the ibm,int-off RTAS - call, or 0 if it is not masked. - -* Pending flag, 1 bit - This bit is 1 if the source has a pending interrupt, otherwise 0. - -Only one XICS instance may be created per VM. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/xive.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/xive.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 9a24a4525253..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/xive.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ -POWER9 eXternal Interrupt Virtualization Engine (XIVE Gen1) -========================================================== - -Device types supported: - KVM_DEV_TYPE_XIVE POWER9 XIVE Interrupt Controller generation 1 - -This device acts as a VM interrupt controller. It provides the KVM -interface to configure the interrupt sources of a VM in the underlying -POWER9 XIVE interrupt controller. - -Only one XIVE instance may be instantiated. A guest XIVE device -requires a POWER9 host and the guest OS should have support for the -XIVE native exploitation interrupt mode. If not, it should run using -the legacy interrupt mode, referred as XICS (POWER7/8). - -* Device Mappings - - The KVM device exposes different MMIO ranges of the XIVE HW which - are required for interrupt management. These are exposed to the - guest in VMAs populated with a custom VM fault handler. - - 1. Thread Interrupt Management Area (TIMA) - - Each thread has an associated Thread Interrupt Management context - composed of a set of registers. These registers let the thread - handle priority management and interrupt acknowledgment. The most - important are : - - - Interrupt Pending Buffer (IPB) - - Current Processor Priority (CPPR) - - Notification Source Register (NSR) - - They are exposed to software in four different pages each proposing - a view with a different privilege. The first page is for the - physical thread context and the second for the hypervisor. Only the - third (operating system) and the fourth (user level) are exposed the - guest. - - 2. Event State Buffer (ESB) - - Each source is associated with an Event State Buffer (ESB) with - either a pair of even/odd pair of pages which provides commands to - manage the source: to trigger, to EOI, to turn off the source for - instance. - - 3. Device pass-through - - When a device is passed-through into the guest, the source - interrupts are from a different HW controller (PHB4) and the ESB - pages exposed to the guest should accommadate this change. - - The passthru_irq helpers, kvmppc_xive_set_mapped() and - kvmppc_xive_clr_mapped() are called when the device HW irqs are - mapped into or unmapped from the guest IRQ number space. The KVM - device extends these helpers to clear the ESB pages of the guest IRQ - number being mapped and then lets the VM fault handler repopulate. - The handler will insert the ESB page corresponding to the HW - interrupt of the device being passed-through or the initial IPI ESB - page if the device has being removed. - - The ESB remapping is fully transparent to the guest and the OS - device driver. All handling is done within VFIO and the above - helpers in KVM-PPC. - -* Groups: - - 1. KVM_DEV_XIVE_GRP_CTRL - Provides global controls on the device - Attributes: - 1.1 KVM_DEV_XIVE_RESET (write only) - Resets the interrupt controller configuration for sources and event - queues. To be used by kexec and kdump. - Errors: none - - 1.2 KVM_DEV_XIVE_EQ_SYNC (write only) - Sync all the sources and queues and mark the EQ pages dirty. This - to make sure that a consistent memory state is captured when - migrating the VM. - Errors: none - - 2. KVM_DEV_XIVE_GRP_SOURCE (write only) - Initializes a new source in the XIVE device and mask it. - Attributes: - Interrupt source number (64-bit) - The kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u64 value: - bits: | 63 .... 2 | 1 | 0 - values: | unused | level | type - - type: 0:MSI 1:LSI - - level: assertion level in case of an LSI. - Errors: - -E2BIG: Interrupt source number is out of range - -ENOMEM: Could not create a new source block - -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr. - -ENXIO: Could not allocate underlying HW interrupt - - 3. KVM_DEV_XIVE_GRP_SOURCE_CONFIG (write only) - Configures source targeting - Attributes: - Interrupt source number (64-bit) - The kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u64 value: - bits: | 63 .... 33 | 32 | 31 .. 3 | 2 .. 0 - values: | eisn | mask | server | priority - - priority: 0-7 interrupt priority level - - server: CPU number chosen to handle the interrupt - - mask: mask flag (unused) - - eisn: Effective Interrupt Source Number - Errors: - -ENOENT: Unknown source number - -EINVAL: Not initialized source number - -EINVAL: Invalid priority - -EINVAL: Invalid CPU number. - -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr. - -ENXIO: CPU event queues not configured or configuration of the - underlying HW interrupt failed - -EBUSY: No CPU available to serve interrupt - - 4. KVM_DEV_XIVE_GRP_EQ_CONFIG (read-write) - Configures an event queue of a CPU - Attributes: - EQ descriptor identifier (64-bit) - The EQ descriptor identifier is a tuple (server, priority) : - bits: | 63 .... 32 | 31 .. 3 | 2 .. 0 - values: | unused | server | priority - The kvm_device_attr.addr points to : - struct kvm_ppc_xive_eq { - __u32 flags; - __u32 qshift; - __u64 qaddr; - __u32 qtoggle; - __u32 qindex; - __u8 pad[40]; - }; - - flags: queue flags - KVM_XIVE_EQ_ALWAYS_NOTIFY (required) - forces notification without using the coalescing mechanism - provided by the XIVE END ESBs. - - qshift: queue size (power of 2) - - qaddr: real address of queue - - qtoggle: current queue toggle bit - - qindex: current queue index - - pad: reserved for future use - Errors: - -ENOENT: Invalid CPU number - -EINVAL: Invalid priority - -EINVAL: Invalid flags - -EINVAL: Invalid queue size - -EINVAL: Invalid queue address - -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr. - -EIO: Configuration of the underlying HW failed - - 5. KVM_DEV_XIVE_GRP_SOURCE_SYNC (write only) - Synchronize the source to flush event notifications - Attributes: - Interrupt source number (64-bit) - Errors: - -ENOENT: Unknown source number - -EINVAL: Not initialized source number - -* VCPU state - - The XIVE IC maintains VP interrupt state in an internal structure - called the NVT. When a VP is not dispatched on a HW processor - thread, this structure can be updated by HW if the VP is the target - of an event notification. - - It is important for migration to capture the cached IPB from the NVT - as it synthesizes the priorities of the pending interrupts. We - capture a bit more to report debug information. - - KVM_REG_PPC_VP_STATE (2 * 64bits) - bits: | 63 .... 32 | 31 .... 0 | - values: | TIMA word0 | TIMA word1 | - bits: | 127 .......... 64 | - values: | unused | - -* Migration: - - Saving the state of a VM using the XIVE native exploitation mode - should follow a specific sequence. When the VM is stopped : - - 1. Mask all sources (PQ=01) to stop the flow of events. - - 2. Sync the XIVE device with the KVM control KVM_DEV_XIVE_EQ_SYNC to - flush any in-flight event notification and to stabilize the EQs. At - this stage, the EQ pages are marked dirty to make sure they are - transferred in the migration sequence. - - 3. Capture the state of the source targeting, the EQs configuration - and the state of thread interrupt context registers. - - Restore is similar : - - 1. Restore the EQ configuration. As targeting depends on it. - 2. Restore targeting - 3. Restore the thread interrupt contexts - 4. Restore the source states - 5. Let the vCPU run diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/halt-polling.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/halt-polling.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4f791b128dd2..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/halt-polling.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -The KVM halt polling system -=========================== - -The KVM halt polling system provides a feature within KVM whereby the latency -of a guest can, under some circumstances, be reduced by polling in the host -for some time period after the guest has elected to no longer run by cedeing. -That is, when a guest vcpu has ceded, or in the case of powerpc when all of the -vcpus of a single vcore have ceded, the host kernel polls for wakeup conditions -before giving up the cpu to the scheduler in order to let something else run. - -Polling provides a latency advantage in cases where the guest can be run again -very quickly by at least saving us a trip through the scheduler, normally on -the order of a few micro-seconds, although performance benefits are workload -dependant. In the event that no wakeup source arrives during the polling -interval or some other task on the runqueue is runnable the scheduler is -invoked. Thus halt polling is especially useful on workloads with very short -wakeup periods where the time spent halt polling is minimised and the time -savings of not invoking the scheduler are distinguishable. - -The generic halt polling code is implemented in: - - virt/kvm/kvm_main.c: kvm_vcpu_block() - -The powerpc kvm-hv specific case is implemented in: - - arch/powerpc/kvm/book3s_hv.c: kvmppc_vcore_blocked() - -Halt Polling Interval -===================== - -The maximum time for which to poll before invoking the scheduler, referred to -as the halt polling interval, is increased and decreased based on the perceived -effectiveness of the polling in an attempt to limit pointless polling. -This value is stored in either the vcpu struct: - - kvm_vcpu->halt_poll_ns - -or in the case of powerpc kvm-hv, in the vcore struct: - - kvmppc_vcore->halt_poll_ns - -Thus this is a per vcpu (or vcore) value. - -During polling if a wakeup source is received within the halt polling interval, -the interval is left unchanged. In the event that a wakeup source isn't -received during the polling interval (and thus schedule is invoked) there are -two options, either the polling interval and total block time[0] were less than -the global max polling interval (see module params below), or the total block -time was greater than the global max polling interval. - -In the event that both the polling interval and total block time were less than -the global max polling interval then the polling interval can be increased in -the hope that next time during the longer polling interval the wake up source -will be received while the host is polling and the latency benefits will be -received. The polling interval is grown in the function grow_halt_poll_ns() and -is multiplied by the module parameters halt_poll_ns_grow and -halt_poll_ns_grow_start. - -In the event that the total block time was greater than the global max polling -interval then the host will never poll for long enough (limited by the global -max) to wakeup during the polling interval so it may as well be shrunk in order -to avoid pointless polling. The polling interval is shrunk in the function -shrink_halt_poll_ns() and is divided by the module parameter -halt_poll_ns_shrink, or set to 0 iff halt_poll_ns_shrink == 0. - -It is worth noting that this adjustment process attempts to hone in on some -steady state polling interval but will only really do a good job for wakeups -which come at an approximately constant rate, otherwise there will be constant -adjustment of the polling interval. - -[0] total block time: the time between when the halt polling function is - invoked and a wakeup source received (irrespective of - whether the scheduler is invoked within that function). - -Module Parameters -================= - -The kvm module has 3 tuneable module parameters to adjust the global max -polling interval as well as the rate at which the polling interval is grown and -shrunk. These variables are defined in include/linux/kvm_host.h and as module -parameters in virt/kvm/kvm_main.c, or arch/powerpc/kvm/book3s_hv.c in the -powerpc kvm-hv case. - -Module Parameter | Description | Default Value --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -halt_poll_ns | The global max polling | KVM_HALT_POLL_NS_DEFAULT - | interval which defines | - | the ceiling value of the | - | polling interval for | (per arch value) - | each vcpu. | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -halt_poll_ns_grow | The value by which the | 2 - | halt polling interval is | - | multiplied in the | - | grow_halt_poll_ns() | - | function. | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -halt_poll_ns_grow_start | The initial value to grow | 10000 - | to from zero in the | - | grow_halt_poll_ns() | - | function. | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -halt_poll_ns_shrink | The value by which the | 0 - | halt polling interval is | - | divided in the | - | shrink_halt_poll_ns() | - | function. | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -These module parameters can be set from the debugfs files in: - - /sys/module/kvm/parameters/ - -Note: that these module parameters are system wide values and are not able to - be tuned on a per vm basis. - -Further Notes -============= - -- Care should be taken when setting the halt_poll_ns module parameter as a -large value has the potential to drive the cpu usage to 100% on a machine which -would be almost entirely idle otherwise. This is because even if a guest has -wakeups during which very little work is done and which are quite far apart, if -the period is shorter than the global max polling interval (halt_poll_ns) then -the host will always poll for the entire block time and thus cpu utilisation -will go to 100%. - -- Halt polling essentially presents a trade off between power usage and latency -and the module parameters should be used to tune the affinity for this. Idle -cpu time is essentially converted to host kernel time with the aim of decreasing -latency when entering the guest. - -- Halt polling will only be conducted by the host when no other tasks are -runnable on that cpu, otherwise the polling will cease immediately and -schedule will be invoked to allow that other task to run. Thus this doesn't -allow a guest to denial of service the cpu. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/hypercalls.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/hypercalls.txt deleted file mode 100644 index da210651f714..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/hypercalls.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -Linux KVM Hypercall: -=================== -X86: - KVM Hypercalls have a three-byte sequence of either the vmcall or the vmmcall - instruction. The hypervisor can replace it with instructions that are - guaranteed to be supported. - - Up to four arguments may be passed in rbx, rcx, rdx, and rsi respectively. - The hypercall number should be placed in rax and the return value will be - placed in rax. No other registers will be clobbered unless explicitly stated - by the particular hypercall. - -S390: - R2-R7 are used for parameters 1-6. In addition, R1 is used for hypercall - number. The return value is written to R2. - - S390 uses diagnose instruction as hypercall (0x500) along with hypercall - number in R1. - - For further information on the S390 diagnose call as supported by KVM, - refer to Documentation/virtual/kvm/s390-diag.txt. - - PowerPC: - It uses R3-R10 and hypercall number in R11. R4-R11 are used as output registers. - Return value is placed in R3. - - KVM hypercalls uses 4 byte opcode, that are patched with 'hypercall-instructions' - property inside the device tree's /hypervisor node. - For more information refer to Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt - -MIPS: - KVM hypercalls use the HYPCALL instruction with code 0 and the hypercall - number in $2 (v0). Up to four arguments may be placed in $4-$7 (a0-a3) and - the return value is placed in $2 (v0). - -KVM Hypercalls Documentation -=========================== -The template for each hypercall is: -1. Hypercall name. -2. Architecture(s) -3. Status (deprecated, obsolete, active) -4. Purpose - -1. KVM_HC_VAPIC_POLL_IRQ ------------------------- -Architecture: x86 -Status: active -Purpose: Trigger guest exit so that the host can check for pending -interrupts on reentry. - -2. KVM_HC_MMU_OP ------------------------- -Architecture: x86 -Status: deprecated. -Purpose: Support MMU operations such as writing to PTE, -flushing TLB, release PT. - -3. KVM_HC_FEATURES ------------------------- -Architecture: PPC -Status: active -Purpose: Expose hypercall availability to the guest. On x86 platforms, cpuid -used to enumerate which hypercalls are available. On PPC, either device tree -based lookup ( which is also what EPAPR dictates) OR KVM specific enumeration -mechanism (which is this hypercall) can be used. - -4. KVM_HC_PPC_MAP_MAGIC_PAGE ------------------------- -Architecture: PPC -Status: active -Purpose: To enable communication between the hypervisor and guest there is a -shared page that contains parts of supervisor visible register state. -The guest can map this shared page to access its supervisor register through -memory using this hypercall. - -5. KVM_HC_KICK_CPU ------------------------- -Architecture: x86 -Status: active -Purpose: Hypercall used to wakeup a vcpu from HLT state -Usage example : A vcpu of a paravirtualized guest that is busywaiting in guest -kernel mode for an event to occur (ex: a spinlock to become available) can -execute HLT instruction once it has busy-waited for more than a threshold -time-interval. Execution of HLT instruction would cause the hypervisor to put -the vcpu to sleep until occurrence of an appropriate event. Another vcpu of the -same guest can wakeup the sleeping vcpu by issuing KVM_HC_KICK_CPU hypercall, -specifying APIC ID (a1) of the vcpu to be woken up. An additional argument (a0) -is used in the hypercall for future use. - - -6. KVM_HC_CLOCK_PAIRING ------------------------- -Architecture: x86 -Status: active -Purpose: Hypercall used to synchronize host and guest clocks. -Usage: - -a0: guest physical address where host copies -"struct kvm_clock_offset" structure. - -a1: clock_type, ATM only KVM_CLOCK_PAIRING_WALLCLOCK (0) -is supported (corresponding to the host's CLOCK_REALTIME clock). - - struct kvm_clock_pairing { - __s64 sec; - __s64 nsec; - __u64 tsc; - __u32 flags; - __u32 pad[9]; - }; - - Where: - * sec: seconds from clock_type clock. - * nsec: nanoseconds from clock_type clock. - * tsc: guest TSC value used to calculate sec/nsec pair - * flags: flags, unused (0) at the moment. - -The hypercall lets a guest compute a precise timestamp across -host and guest. The guest can use the returned TSC value to -compute the CLOCK_REALTIME for its clock, at the same instant. - -Returns KVM_EOPNOTSUPP if the host does not use TSC clocksource, -or if clock type is different than KVM_CLOCK_PAIRING_WALLCLOCK. - -6. KVM_HC_SEND_IPI ------------------------- -Architecture: x86 -Status: active -Purpose: Send IPIs to multiple vCPUs. - -a0: lower part of the bitmap of destination APIC IDs -a1: higher part of the bitmap of destination APIC IDs -a2: the lowest APIC ID in bitmap -a3: APIC ICR - -The hypercall lets a guest send multicast IPIs, with at most 128 -128 destinations per hypercall in 64-bit mode and 64 vCPUs per -hypercall in 32-bit mode. The destinations are represented by a -bitmap contained in the first two arguments (a0 and a1). Bit 0 of -a0 corresponds to the APIC ID in the third argument (a2), bit 1 -corresponds to the APIC ID a2+1, and so on. - -Returns the number of CPUs to which the IPIs were delivered successfully. - -7. KVM_HC_SCHED_YIELD ------------------------- -Architecture: x86 -Status: active -Purpose: Hypercall used to yield if the IPI target vCPU is preempted - -a0: destination APIC ID - -Usage example: When sending a call-function IPI-many to vCPUs, yield if -any of the IPI target vCPUs was preempted. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/index.rst b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/index.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 0b206a06f5be..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/index.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -=== -KVM -=== - -.. toctree:: - :maxdepth: 2 - - amd-memory-encryption - cpuid diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/locking.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/locking.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 635cd6eaf714..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/locking.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,215 +0,0 @@ -KVM Lock Overview -================= - -1. Acquisition Orders ---------------------- - -The acquisition orders for mutexes are as follows: - -- kvm->lock is taken outside vcpu->mutex - -- kvm->lock is taken outside kvm->slots_lock and kvm->irq_lock - -- kvm->slots_lock is taken outside kvm->irq_lock, though acquiring - them together is quite rare. - -On x86, vcpu->mutex is taken outside kvm->arch.hyperv.hv_lock. - -Everything else is a leaf: no other lock is taken inside the critical -sections. - -2: Exception ------------- - -Fast page fault: - -Fast page fault is the fast path which fixes the guest page fault out of -the mmu-lock on x86. Currently, the page fault can be fast in one of the -following two cases: - -1. Access Tracking: The SPTE is not present, but it is marked for access -tracking i.e. the SPTE_SPECIAL_MASK is set. That means we need to -restore the saved R/X bits. This is described in more detail later below. - -2. Write-Protection: The SPTE is present and the fault is -caused by write-protect. That means we just need to change the W bit of the -spte. - -What we use to avoid all the race is the SPTE_HOST_WRITEABLE bit and -SPTE_MMU_WRITEABLE bit on the spte: -- SPTE_HOST_WRITEABLE means the gfn is writable on host. -- SPTE_MMU_WRITEABLE means the gfn is writable on mmu. The bit is set when - the gfn is writable on guest mmu and it is not write-protected by shadow - page write-protection. - -On fast page fault path, we will use cmpxchg to atomically set the spte W -bit if spte.SPTE_HOST_WRITEABLE = 1 and spte.SPTE_WRITE_PROTECT = 1, or -restore the saved R/X bits if VMX_EPT_TRACK_ACCESS mask is set, or both. This -is safe because whenever changing these bits can be detected by cmpxchg. - -But we need carefully check these cases: -1): The mapping from gfn to pfn -The mapping from gfn to pfn may be changed since we can only ensure the pfn -is not changed during cmpxchg. This is a ABA problem, for example, below case -will happen: - -At the beginning: -gpte = gfn1 -gfn1 is mapped to pfn1 on host -spte is the shadow page table entry corresponding with gpte and -spte = pfn1 - - VCPU 0 VCPU0 -on fast page fault path: - - old_spte = *spte; - pfn1 is swapped out: - spte = 0; - - pfn1 is re-alloced for gfn2. - - gpte is changed to point to - gfn2 by the guest: - spte = pfn1; - - if (cmpxchg(spte, old_spte, old_spte+W) - mark_page_dirty(vcpu->kvm, gfn1) - OOPS!!! - -We dirty-log for gfn1, that means gfn2 is lost in dirty-bitmap. - -For direct sp, we can easily avoid it since the spte of direct sp is fixed -to gfn. For indirect sp, before we do cmpxchg, we call gfn_to_pfn_atomic() -to pin gfn to pfn, because after gfn_to_pfn_atomic(): -- We have held the refcount of pfn that means the pfn can not be freed and - be reused for another gfn. -- The pfn is writable that means it can not be shared between different gfns - by KSM. - -Then, we can ensure the dirty bitmaps is correctly set for a gfn. - -Currently, to simplify the whole things, we disable fast page fault for -indirect shadow page. - -2): Dirty bit tracking -In the origin code, the spte can be fast updated (non-atomically) if the -spte is read-only and the Accessed bit has already been set since the -Accessed bit and Dirty bit can not be lost. - -But it is not true after fast page fault since the spte can be marked -writable between reading spte and updating spte. Like below case: - -At the beginning: -spte.W = 0 -spte.Accessed = 1 - - VCPU 0 VCPU0 -In mmu_spte_clear_track_bits(): - - old_spte = *spte; - - /* 'if' condition is satisfied. */ - if (old_spte.Accessed == 1 && - old_spte.W == 0) - spte = 0ull; - on fast page fault path: - spte.W = 1 - memory write on the spte: - spte.Dirty = 1 - - - else - old_spte = xchg(spte, 0ull) - - - if (old_spte.Accessed == 1) - kvm_set_pfn_accessed(spte.pfn); - if (old_spte.Dirty == 1) - kvm_set_pfn_dirty(spte.pfn); - OOPS!!! - -The Dirty bit is lost in this case. - -In order to avoid this kind of issue, we always treat the spte as "volatile" -if it can be updated out of mmu-lock, see spte_has_volatile_bits(), it means, -the spte is always atomically updated in this case. - -3): flush tlbs due to spte updated -If the spte is updated from writable to readonly, we should flush all TLBs, -otherwise rmap_write_protect will find a read-only spte, even though the -writable spte might be cached on a CPU's TLB. - -As mentioned before, the spte can be updated to writable out of mmu-lock on -fast page fault path, in order to easily audit the path, we see if TLBs need -be flushed caused by this reason in mmu_spte_update() since this is a common -function to update spte (present -> present). - -Since the spte is "volatile" if it can be updated out of mmu-lock, we always -atomically update the spte, the race caused by fast page fault can be avoided, -See the comments in spte_has_volatile_bits() and mmu_spte_update(). - -Lockless Access Tracking: - -This is used for Intel CPUs that are using EPT but do not support the EPT A/D -bits. In this case, when the KVM MMU notifier is called to track accesses to a -page (via kvm_mmu_notifier_clear_flush_young), it marks the PTE as not-present -by clearing the RWX bits in the PTE and storing the original R & X bits in -some unused/ignored bits. In addition, the SPTE_SPECIAL_MASK is also set on the -PTE (using the ignored bit 62). When the VM tries to access the page later on, -a fault is generated and the fast page fault mechanism described above is used -to atomically restore the PTE to a Present state. The W bit is not saved when -the PTE is marked for access tracking and during restoration to the Present -state, the W bit is set depending on whether or not it was a write access. If -it wasn't, then the W bit will remain clear until a write access happens, at -which time it will be set using the Dirty tracking mechanism described above. - -3. Reference ------------- - -Name: kvm_lock -Type: mutex -Arch: any -Protects: - vm_list - -Name: kvm_count_lock -Type: raw_spinlock_t -Arch: any -Protects: - hardware virtualization enable/disable -Comment: 'raw' because hardware enabling/disabling must be atomic /wrt - migration. - -Name: kvm_arch::tsc_write_lock -Type: raw_spinlock -Arch: x86 -Protects: - kvm_arch::{last_tsc_write,last_tsc_nsec,last_tsc_offset} - - tsc offset in vmcb -Comment: 'raw' because updating the tsc offsets must not be preempted. - -Name: kvm->mmu_lock -Type: spinlock_t -Arch: any -Protects: -shadow page/shadow tlb entry -Comment: it is a spinlock since it is used in mmu notifier. - -Name: kvm->srcu -Type: srcu lock -Arch: any -Protects: - kvm->memslots - - kvm->buses -Comment: The srcu read lock must be held while accessing memslots (e.g. - when using gfn_to_* functions) and while accessing in-kernel - MMIO/PIO address->device structure mapping (kvm->buses). - The srcu index can be stored in kvm_vcpu->srcu_idx per vcpu - if it is needed by multiple functions. - -Name: blocked_vcpu_on_cpu_lock -Type: spinlock_t -Arch: x86 -Protects: blocked_vcpu_on_cpu -Comment: This is a per-CPU lock and it is used for VT-d posted-interrupts. - When VT-d posted-interrupts is supported and the VM has assigned - devices, we put the blocked vCPU on the list blocked_vcpu_on_cpu - protected by blocked_vcpu_on_cpu_lock, when VT-d hardware issues - wakeup notification event since external interrupts from the - assigned devices happens, we will find the vCPU on the list to - wakeup. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2efe0efc516e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,449 +0,0 @@ -The x86 kvm shadow mmu -====================== - -The mmu (in arch/x86/kvm, files mmu.[ch] and paging_tmpl.h) is responsible -for presenting a standard x86 mmu to the guest, while translating guest -physical addresses to host physical addresses. - -The mmu code attempts to satisfy the following requirements: - -- correctness: the guest should not be able to determine that it is running - on an emulated mmu except for timing (we attempt to comply - with the specification, not emulate the characteristics of - a particular implementation such as tlb size) -- security: the guest must not be able to touch host memory not assigned - to it -- performance: minimize the performance penalty imposed by the mmu -- scaling: need to scale to large memory and large vcpu guests -- hardware: support the full range of x86 virtualization hardware -- integration: Linux memory management code must be in control of guest memory - so that swapping, page migration, page merging, transparent - hugepages, and similar features work without change -- dirty tracking: report writes to guest memory to enable live migration - and framebuffer-based displays -- footprint: keep the amount of pinned kernel memory low (most memory - should be shrinkable) -- reliability: avoid multipage or GFP_ATOMIC allocations - -Acronyms -======== - -pfn host page frame number -hpa host physical address -hva host virtual address -gfn guest frame number -gpa guest physical address -gva guest virtual address -ngpa nested guest physical address -ngva nested guest virtual address -pte page table entry (used also to refer generically to paging structure - entries) -gpte guest pte (referring to gfns) -spte shadow pte (referring to pfns) -tdp two dimensional paging (vendor neutral term for NPT and EPT) - -Virtual and real hardware supported -=================================== - -The mmu supports first-generation mmu hardware, which allows an atomic switch -of the current paging mode and cr3 during guest entry, as well as -two-dimensional paging (AMD's NPT and Intel's EPT). The emulated hardware -it exposes is the traditional 2/3/4 level x86 mmu, with support for global -pages, pae, pse, pse36, cr0.wp, and 1GB pages. Emulated hardware also -able to expose NPT capable hardware on NPT capable hosts. - -Translation -=========== - -The primary job of the mmu is to program the processor's mmu to translate -addresses for the guest. Different translations are required at different -times: - -- when guest paging is disabled, we translate guest physical addresses to - host physical addresses (gpa->hpa) -- when guest paging is enabled, we translate guest virtual addresses, to - guest physical addresses, to host physical addresses (gva->gpa->hpa) -- when the guest launches a guest of its own, we translate nested guest - virtual addresses, to nested guest physical addresses, to guest physical - addresses, to host physical addresses (ngva->ngpa->gpa->hpa) - -The primary challenge is to encode between 1 and 3 translations into hardware -that support only 1 (traditional) and 2 (tdp) translations. When the -number of required translations matches the hardware, the mmu operates in -direct mode; otherwise it operates in shadow mode (see below). - -Memory -====== - -Guest memory (gpa) is part of the user address space of the process that is -using kvm. Userspace defines the translation between guest addresses and user -addresses (gpa->hva); note that two gpas may alias to the same hva, but not -vice versa. - -These hvas may be backed using any method available to the host: anonymous -memory, file backed memory, and device memory. Memory might be paged by the -host at any time. - -Events -====== - -The mmu is driven by events, some from the guest, some from the host. - -Guest generated events: -- writes to control registers (especially cr3) -- invlpg/invlpga instruction execution -- access to missing or protected translations - -Host generated events: -- changes in the gpa->hpa translation (either through gpa->hva changes or - through hva->hpa changes) -- memory pressure (the shrinker) - -Shadow pages -============ - -The principal data structure is the shadow page, 'struct kvm_mmu_page'. A -shadow page contains 512 sptes, which can be either leaf or nonleaf sptes. A -shadow page may contain a mix of leaf and nonleaf sptes. - -A nonleaf spte allows the hardware mmu to reach the leaf pages and -is not related to a translation directly. It points to other shadow pages. - -A leaf spte corresponds to either one or two translations encoded into -one paging structure entry. These are always the lowest level of the -translation stack, with optional higher level translations left to NPT/EPT. -Leaf ptes point at guest pages. - -The following table shows translations encoded by leaf ptes, with higher-level -translations in parentheses: - - Non-nested guests: - nonpaging: gpa->hpa - paging: gva->gpa->hpa - paging, tdp: (gva->)gpa->hpa - Nested guests: - non-tdp: ngva->gpa->hpa (*) - tdp: (ngva->)ngpa->gpa->hpa - -(*) the guest hypervisor will encode the ngva->gpa translation into its page - tables if npt is not present - -Shadow pages contain the following information: - role.level: - The level in the shadow paging hierarchy that this shadow page belongs to. - 1=4k sptes, 2=2M sptes, 3=1G sptes, etc. - role.direct: - If set, leaf sptes reachable from this page are for a linear range. - Examples include real mode translation, large guest pages backed by small - host pages, and gpa->hpa translations when NPT or EPT is active. - The linear range starts at (gfn << PAGE_SHIFT) and its size is determined - by role.level (2MB for first level, 1GB for second level, 0.5TB for third - level, 256TB for fourth level) - If clear, this page corresponds to a guest page table denoted by the gfn - field. - role.quadrant: - When role.gpte_is_8_bytes=0, the guest uses 32-bit gptes while the host uses 64-bit - sptes. That means a guest page table contains more ptes than the host, - so multiple shadow pages are needed to shadow one guest page. - For first-level shadow pages, role.quadrant can be 0 or 1 and denotes the - first or second 512-gpte block in the guest page table. For second-level - page tables, each 32-bit gpte is converted to two 64-bit sptes - (since each first-level guest page is shadowed by two first-level - shadow pages) so role.quadrant takes values in the range 0..3. Each - quadrant maps 1GB virtual address space. - role.access: - Inherited guest access permissions in the form uwx. Note execute - permission is positive, not negative. - role.invalid: - The page is invalid and should not be used. It is a root page that is - currently pinned (by a cpu hardware register pointing to it); once it is - unpinned it will be destroyed. - role.gpte_is_8_bytes: - Reflects the size of the guest PTE for which the page is valid, i.e. '1' - if 64-bit gptes are in use, '0' if 32-bit gptes are in use. - role.nxe: - Contains the value of efer.nxe for which the page is valid. - role.cr0_wp: - Contains the value of cr0.wp for which the page is valid. - role.smep_andnot_wp: - Contains the value of cr4.smep && !cr0.wp for which the page is valid - (pages for which this is true are different from other pages; see the - treatment of cr0.wp=0 below). - role.smap_andnot_wp: - Contains the value of cr4.smap && !cr0.wp for which the page is valid - (pages for which this is true are different from other pages; see the - treatment of cr0.wp=0 below). - role.ept_sp: - This is a virtual flag to denote a shadowed nested EPT page. ept_sp - is true if "cr0_wp && smap_andnot_wp", an otherwise invalid combination. - role.smm: - Is 1 if the page is valid in system management mode. This field - determines which of the kvm_memslots array was used to build this - shadow page; it is also used to go back from a struct kvm_mmu_page - to a memslot, through the kvm_memslots_for_spte_role macro and - __gfn_to_memslot. - role.ad_disabled: - Is 1 if the MMU instance cannot use A/D bits. EPT did not have A/D - bits before Haswell; shadow EPT page tables also cannot use A/D bits - if the L1 hypervisor does not enable them. - gfn: - Either the guest page table containing the translations shadowed by this - page, or the base page frame for linear translations. See role.direct. - spt: - A pageful of 64-bit sptes containing the translations for this page. - Accessed by both kvm and hardware. - The page pointed to by spt will have its page->private pointing back - at the shadow page structure. - sptes in spt point either at guest pages, or at lower-level shadow pages. - Specifically, if sp1 and sp2 are shadow pages, then sp1->spt[n] may point - at __pa(sp2->spt). sp2 will point back at sp1 through parent_pte. - The spt array forms a DAG structure with the shadow page as a node, and - guest pages as leaves. - gfns: - An array of 512 guest frame numbers, one for each present pte. Used to - perform a reverse map from a pte to a gfn. When role.direct is set, any - element of this array can be calculated from the gfn field when used, in - this case, the array of gfns is not allocated. See role.direct and gfn. - root_count: - A counter keeping track of how many hardware registers (guest cr3 or - pdptrs) are now pointing at the page. While this counter is nonzero, the - page cannot be destroyed. See role.invalid. - parent_ptes: - The reverse mapping for the pte/ptes pointing at this page's spt. If - parent_ptes bit 0 is zero, only one spte points at this page and - parent_ptes points at this single spte, otherwise, there exists multiple - sptes pointing at this page and (parent_ptes & ~0x1) points at a data - structure with a list of parent sptes. - unsync: - If true, then the translations in this page may not match the guest's - translation. This is equivalent to the state of the tlb when a pte is - changed but before the tlb entry is flushed. Accordingly, unsync ptes - are synchronized when the guest executes invlpg or flushes its tlb by - other means. Valid for leaf pages. - unsync_children: - How many sptes in the page point at pages that are unsync (or have - unsynchronized children). - unsync_child_bitmap: - A bitmap indicating which sptes in spt point (directly or indirectly) at - pages that may be unsynchronized. Used to quickly locate all unsychronized - pages reachable from a given page. - clear_spte_count: - Only present on 32-bit hosts, where a 64-bit spte cannot be written - atomically. The reader uses this while running out of the MMU lock - to detect in-progress updates and retry them until the writer has - finished the write. - write_flooding_count: - A guest may write to a page table many times, causing a lot of - emulations if the page needs to be write-protected (see "Synchronized - and unsynchronized pages" below). Leaf pages can be unsynchronized - so that they do not trigger frequent emulation, but this is not - possible for non-leafs. This field counts the number of emulations - since the last time the page table was actually used; if emulation - is triggered too frequently on this page, KVM will unmap the page - to avoid emulation in the future. - -Reverse map -=========== - -The mmu maintains a reverse mapping whereby all ptes mapping a page can be -reached given its gfn. This is used, for example, when swapping out a page. - -Synchronized and unsynchronized pages -===================================== - -The guest uses two events to synchronize its tlb and page tables: tlb flushes -and page invalidations (invlpg). - -A tlb flush means that we need to synchronize all sptes reachable from the -guest's cr3. This is expensive, so we keep all guest page tables write -protected, and synchronize sptes to gptes when a gpte is written. - -A special case is when a guest page table is reachable from the current -guest cr3. In this case, the guest is obliged to issue an invlpg instruction -before using the translation. We take advantage of that by removing write -protection from the guest page, and allowing the guest to modify it freely. -We synchronize modified gptes when the guest invokes invlpg. This reduces -the amount of emulation we have to do when the guest modifies multiple gptes, -or when the a guest page is no longer used as a page table and is used for -random guest data. - -As a side effect we have to resynchronize all reachable unsynchronized shadow -pages on a tlb flush. - - -Reaction to events -================== - -- guest page fault (or npt page fault, or ept violation) - -This is the most complicated event. The cause of a page fault can be: - - - a true guest fault (the guest translation won't allow the access) (*) - - access to a missing translation - - access to a protected translation - - when logging dirty pages, memory is write protected - - synchronized shadow pages are write protected (*) - - access to untranslatable memory (mmio) - - (*) not applicable in direct mode - -Handling a page fault is performed as follows: - - - if the RSV bit of the error code is set, the page fault is caused by guest - accessing MMIO and cached MMIO information is available. - - walk shadow page table - - check for valid generation number in the spte (see "Fast invalidation of - MMIO sptes" below) - - cache the information to vcpu->arch.mmio_gva, vcpu->arch.access and - vcpu->arch.mmio_gfn, and call the emulator - - If both P bit and R/W bit of error code are set, this could possibly - be handled as a "fast page fault" (fixed without taking the MMU lock). See - the description in Documentation/virtual/kvm/locking.txt. - - if needed, walk the guest page tables to determine the guest translation - (gva->gpa or ngpa->gpa) - - if permissions are insufficient, reflect the fault back to the guest - - determine the host page - - if this is an mmio request, there is no host page; cache the info to - vcpu->arch.mmio_gva, vcpu->arch.access and vcpu->arch.mmio_gfn - - walk the shadow page table to find the spte for the translation, - instantiating missing intermediate page tables as necessary - - If this is an mmio request, cache the mmio info to the spte and set some - reserved bit on the spte (see callers of kvm_mmu_set_mmio_spte_mask) - - try to unsynchronize the page - - if successful, we can let the guest continue and modify the gpte - - emulate the instruction - - if failed, unshadow the page and let the guest continue - - update any translations that were modified by the instruction - -invlpg handling: - - - walk the shadow page hierarchy and drop affected translations - - try to reinstantiate the indicated translation in the hope that the - guest will use it in the near future - -Guest control register updates: - -- mov to cr3 - - look up new shadow roots - - synchronize newly reachable shadow pages - -- mov to cr0/cr4/efer - - set up mmu context for new paging mode - - look up new shadow roots - - synchronize newly reachable shadow pages - -Host translation updates: - - - mmu notifier called with updated hva - - look up affected sptes through reverse map - - drop (or update) translations - -Emulating cr0.wp -================ - -If tdp is not enabled, the host must keep cr0.wp=1 so page write protection -works for the guest kernel, not guest guest userspace. When the guest -cr0.wp=1, this does not present a problem. However when the guest cr0.wp=0, -we cannot map the permissions for gpte.u=1, gpte.w=0 to any spte (the -semantics require allowing any guest kernel access plus user read access). - -We handle this by mapping the permissions to two possible sptes, depending -on fault type: - -- kernel write fault: spte.u=0, spte.w=1 (allows full kernel access, - disallows user access) -- read fault: spte.u=1, spte.w=0 (allows full read access, disallows kernel - write access) - -(user write faults generate a #PF) - -In the first case there are two additional complications: -- if CR4.SMEP is enabled: since we've turned the page into a kernel page, - the kernel may now execute it. We handle this by also setting spte.nx. - If we get a user fetch or read fault, we'll change spte.u=1 and - spte.nx=gpte.nx back. For this to work, KVM forces EFER.NX to 1 when - shadow paging is in use. -- if CR4.SMAP is disabled: since the page has been changed to a kernel - page, it can not be reused when CR4.SMAP is enabled. We set - CR4.SMAP && !CR0.WP into shadow page's role to avoid this case. Note, - here we do not care the case that CR4.SMAP is enabled since KVM will - directly inject #PF to guest due to failed permission check. - -To prevent an spte that was converted into a kernel page with cr0.wp=0 -from being written by the kernel after cr0.wp has changed to 1, we make -the value of cr0.wp part of the page role. This means that an spte created -with one value of cr0.wp cannot be used when cr0.wp has a different value - -it will simply be missed by the shadow page lookup code. A similar issue -exists when an spte created with cr0.wp=0 and cr4.smep=0 is used after -changing cr4.smep to 1. To avoid this, the value of !cr0.wp && cr4.smep -is also made a part of the page role. - -Large pages -=========== - -The mmu supports all combinations of large and small guest and host pages. -Supported page sizes include 4k, 2M, 4M, and 1G. 4M pages are treated as -two separate 2M pages, on both guest and host, since the mmu always uses PAE -paging. - -To instantiate a large spte, four constraints must be satisfied: - -- the spte must point to a large host page -- the guest pte must be a large pte of at least equivalent size (if tdp is - enabled, there is no guest pte and this condition is satisfied) -- if the spte will be writeable, the large page frame may not overlap any - write-protected pages -- the guest page must be wholly contained by a single memory slot - -To check the last two conditions, the mmu maintains a ->disallow_lpage set of -arrays for each memory slot and large page size. Every write protected page -causes its disallow_lpage to be incremented, thus preventing instantiation of -a large spte. The frames at the end of an unaligned memory slot have -artificially inflated ->disallow_lpages so they can never be instantiated. - -Fast invalidation of MMIO sptes -=============================== - -As mentioned in "Reaction to events" above, kvm will cache MMIO -information in leaf sptes. When a new memslot is added or an existing -memslot is changed, this information may become stale and needs to be -invalidated. This also needs to hold the MMU lock while walking all -shadow pages, and is made more scalable with a similar technique. - -MMIO sptes have a few spare bits, which are used to store a -generation number. The global generation number is stored in -kvm_memslots(kvm)->generation, and increased whenever guest memory info -changes. - -When KVM finds an MMIO spte, it checks the generation number of the spte. -If the generation number of the spte does not equal the global generation -number, it will ignore the cached MMIO information and handle the page -fault through the slow path. - -Since only 19 bits are used to store generation-number on mmio spte, all -pages are zapped when there is an overflow. - -Unfortunately, a single memory access might access kvm_memslots(kvm) multiple -times, the last one happening when the generation number is retrieved and -stored into the MMIO spte. Thus, the MMIO spte might be created based on -out-of-date information, but with an up-to-date generation number. - -To avoid this, the generation number is incremented again after synchronize_srcu -returns; thus, bit 63 of kvm_memslots(kvm)->generation set to 1 only during a -memslot update, while some SRCU readers might be using the old copy. We do not -want to use an MMIO sptes created with an odd generation number, and we can do -this without losing a bit in the MMIO spte. The "update in-progress" bit of the -generation is not stored in MMIO spte, and is so is implicitly zero when the -generation is extracted out of the spte. If KVM is unlucky and creates an MMIO -spte while an update is in-progress, the next access to the spte will always be -a cache miss. For example, a subsequent access during the update window will -miss due to the in-progress flag diverging, while an access after the update -window closes will have a higher generation number (as compared to the spte). - - -Further reading -=============== - -- NPT presentation from KVM Forum 2008 - http://www.linux-kvm.org/images/c/c8/KvmForum2008%24kdf2008_21.pdf - diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt deleted file mode 100644 index df1f4338b3ca..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,284 +0,0 @@ -KVM-specific MSRs. -Glauber Costa , Red Hat Inc, 2010 -===================================================== - -KVM makes use of some custom MSRs to service some requests. - -Custom MSRs have a range reserved for them, that goes from -0x4b564d00 to 0x4b564dff. There are MSRs outside this area, -but they are deprecated and their use is discouraged. - -Custom MSR list --------- - -The current supported Custom MSR list is: - -MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW: 0x4b564d00 - - data: 4-byte alignment physical address of a memory area which must be - in guest RAM. This memory is expected to hold a copy of the following - structure: - - struct pvclock_wall_clock { - u32 version; - u32 sec; - u32 nsec; - } __attribute__((__packed__)); - - whose data will be filled in by the hypervisor. The hypervisor is only - guaranteed to update this data at the moment of MSR write. - Users that want to reliably query this information more than once have - to write more than once to this MSR. Fields have the following meanings: - - version: guest has to check version before and after grabbing - time information and check that they are both equal and even. - An odd version indicates an in-progress update. - - sec: number of seconds for wallclock at time of boot. - - nsec: number of nanoseconds for wallclock at time of boot. - - In order to get the current wallclock time, the system_time from - MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW needs to be added. - - Note that although MSRs are per-CPU entities, the effect of this - particular MSR is global. - - Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 3 in 0x4000001 cpuid - leaf prior to usage. - -MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW: 0x4b564d01 - - data: 4-byte aligned physical address of a memory area which must be in - guest RAM, plus an enable bit in bit 0. This memory is expected to hold - a copy of the following structure: - - struct pvclock_vcpu_time_info { - u32 version; - u32 pad0; - u64 tsc_timestamp; - u64 system_time; - u32 tsc_to_system_mul; - s8 tsc_shift; - u8 flags; - u8 pad[2]; - } __attribute__((__packed__)); /* 32 bytes */ - - whose data will be filled in by the hypervisor periodically. Only one - write, or registration, is needed for each VCPU. The interval between - updates of this structure is arbitrary and implementation-dependent. - The hypervisor may update this structure at any time it sees fit until - anything with bit0 == 0 is written to it. - - Fields have the following meanings: - - version: guest has to check version before and after grabbing - time information and check that they are both equal and even. - An odd version indicates an in-progress update. - - tsc_timestamp: the tsc value at the current VCPU at the time - of the update of this structure. Guests can subtract this value - from current tsc to derive a notion of elapsed time since the - structure update. - - system_time: a host notion of monotonic time, including sleep - time at the time this structure was last updated. Unit is - nanoseconds. - - tsc_to_system_mul: multiplier to be used when converting - tsc-related quantity to nanoseconds - - tsc_shift: shift to be used when converting tsc-related - quantity to nanoseconds. This shift will ensure that - multiplication with tsc_to_system_mul does not overflow. - A positive value denotes a left shift, a negative value - a right shift. - - The conversion from tsc to nanoseconds involves an additional - right shift by 32 bits. With this information, guests can - derive per-CPU time by doing: - - time = (current_tsc - tsc_timestamp) - if (tsc_shift >= 0) - time <<= tsc_shift; - else - time >>= -tsc_shift; - time = (time * tsc_to_system_mul) >> 32 - time = time + system_time - - flags: bits in this field indicate extended capabilities - coordinated between the guest and the hypervisor. Availability - of specific flags has to be checked in 0x40000001 cpuid leaf. - Current flags are: - - flag bit | cpuid bit | meaning - ------------------------------------------------------------- - | | time measures taken across - 0 | 24 | multiple cpus are guaranteed to - | | be monotonic - ------------------------------------------------------------- - | | guest vcpu has been paused by - 1 | N/A | the host - | | See 4.70 in api.txt - ------------------------------------------------------------- - - Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 3 in 0x4000001 cpuid - leaf prior to usage. - - -MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK: 0x11 - - data and functioning: same as MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW. Use that instead. - - This MSR falls outside the reserved KVM range and may be removed in the - future. Its usage is deprecated. - - Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 0 in 0x4000001 cpuid - leaf prior to usage. - -MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME: 0x12 - - data and functioning: same as MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW. Use that instead. - - This MSR falls outside the reserved KVM range and may be removed in the - future. Its usage is deprecated. - - Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 0 in 0x4000001 cpuid - leaf prior to usage. - - The suggested algorithm for detecting kvmclock presence is then: - - if (!kvm_para_available()) /* refer to cpuid.txt */ - return NON_PRESENT; - - flags = cpuid_eax(0x40000001); - if (flags & 3) { - msr_kvm_system_time = MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW; - msr_kvm_wall_clock = MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW; - return PRESENT; - } else if (flags & 0) { - msr_kvm_system_time = MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME; - msr_kvm_wall_clock = MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK; - return PRESENT; - } else - return NON_PRESENT; - -MSR_KVM_ASYNC_PF_EN: 0x4b564d02 - data: Bits 63-6 hold 64-byte aligned physical address of a - 64 byte memory area which must be in guest RAM and must be - zeroed. Bits 5-3 are reserved and should be zero. Bit 0 is 1 - when asynchronous page faults are enabled on the vcpu 0 when - disabled. Bit 1 is 1 if asynchronous page faults can be injected - when vcpu is in cpl == 0. Bit 2 is 1 if asynchronous page faults - are delivered to L1 as #PF vmexits. Bit 2 can be set only if - KVM_FEATURE_ASYNC_PF_VMEXIT is present in CPUID. - - First 4 byte of 64 byte memory location will be written to by - the hypervisor at the time of asynchronous page fault (APF) - injection to indicate type of asynchronous page fault. Value - of 1 means that the page referred to by the page fault is not - present. Value 2 means that the page is now available. Disabling - interrupt inhibits APFs. Guest must not enable interrupt - before the reason is read, or it may be overwritten by another - APF. Since APF uses the same exception vector as regular page - fault guest must reset the reason to 0 before it does - something that can generate normal page fault. If during page - fault APF reason is 0 it means that this is regular page - fault. - - During delivery of type 1 APF cr2 contains a token that will - be used to notify a guest when missing page becomes - available. When page becomes available type 2 APF is sent with - cr2 set to the token associated with the page. There is special - kind of token 0xffffffff which tells vcpu that it should wake - up all processes waiting for APFs and no individual type 2 APFs - will be sent. - - If APF is disabled while there are outstanding APFs, they will - not be delivered. - - Currently type 2 APF will be always delivered on the same vcpu as - type 1 was, but guest should not rely on that. - -MSR_KVM_STEAL_TIME: 0x4b564d03 - - data: 64-byte alignment physical address of a memory area which must be - in guest RAM, plus an enable bit in bit 0. This memory is expected to - hold a copy of the following structure: - - struct kvm_steal_time { - __u64 steal; - __u32 version; - __u32 flags; - __u8 preempted; - __u8 u8_pad[3]; - __u32 pad[11]; - } - - whose data will be filled in by the hypervisor periodically. Only one - write, or registration, is needed for each VCPU. The interval between - updates of this structure is arbitrary and implementation-dependent. - The hypervisor may update this structure at any time it sees fit until - anything with bit0 == 0 is written to it. Guest is required to make sure - this structure is initialized to zero. - - Fields have the following meanings: - - version: a sequence counter. In other words, guest has to check - this field before and after grabbing time information and make - sure they are both equal and even. An odd version indicates an - in-progress update. - - flags: At this point, always zero. May be used to indicate - changes in this structure in the future. - - steal: the amount of time in which this vCPU did not run, in - nanoseconds. Time during which the vcpu is idle, will not be - reported as steal time. - - preempted: indicate the vCPU who owns this struct is running or - not. Non-zero values mean the vCPU has been preempted. Zero - means the vCPU is not preempted. NOTE, it is always zero if the - the hypervisor doesn't support this field. - -MSR_KVM_EOI_EN: 0x4b564d04 - data: Bit 0 is 1 when PV end of interrupt is enabled on the vcpu; 0 - when disabled. Bit 1 is reserved and must be zero. When PV end of - interrupt is enabled (bit 0 set), bits 63-2 hold a 4-byte aligned - physical address of a 4 byte memory area which must be in guest RAM and - must be zeroed. - - The first, least significant bit of 4 byte memory location will be - written to by the hypervisor, typically at the time of interrupt - injection. Value of 1 means that guest can skip writing EOI to the apic - (using MSR or MMIO write); instead, it is sufficient to signal - EOI by clearing the bit in guest memory - this location will - later be polled by the hypervisor. - Value of 0 means that the EOI write is required. - - It is always safe for the guest to ignore the optimization and perform - the APIC EOI write anyway. - - Hypervisor is guaranteed to only modify this least - significant bit while in the current VCPU context, this means that - guest does not need to use either lock prefix or memory ordering - primitives to synchronise with the hypervisor. - - However, hypervisor can set and clear this memory bit at any time: - therefore to make sure hypervisor does not interrupt the - guest and clear the least significant bit in the memory area - in the window between guest testing it to detect - whether it can skip EOI apic write and between guest - clearing it to signal EOI to the hypervisor, - guest must both read the least significant bit in the memory area and - clear it using a single CPU instruction, such as test and clear, or - compare and exchange. - -MSR_KVM_POLL_CONTROL: 0x4b564d05 - Control host-side polling. - - data: Bit 0 enables (1) or disables (0) host-side HLT polling logic. - - KVM guests can request the host not to poll on HLT, for example if - they are performing polling themselves. - diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/nested-vmx.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/nested-vmx.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 97eb1353e962..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/nested-vmx.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -Nested VMX -========== - -Overview ---------- - -On Intel processors, KVM uses Intel's VMX (Virtual-Machine eXtensions) -to easily and efficiently run guest operating systems. Normally, these guests -*cannot* themselves be hypervisors running their own guests, because in VMX, -guests cannot use VMX instructions. - -The "Nested VMX" feature adds this missing capability - of running guest -hypervisors (which use VMX) with their own nested guests. It does so by -allowing a guest to use VMX instructions, and correctly and efficiently -emulating them using the single level of VMX available in the hardware. - -We describe in much greater detail the theory behind the nested VMX feature, -its implementation and its performance characteristics, in the OSDI 2010 paper -"The Turtles Project: Design and Implementation of Nested Virtualization", -available at: - - http://www.usenix.org/events/osdi10/tech/full_papers/Ben-Yehuda.pdf - - -Terminology ------------ - -Single-level virtualization has two levels - the host (KVM) and the guests. -In nested virtualization, we have three levels: The host (KVM), which we call -L0, the guest hypervisor, which we call L1, and its nested guest, which we -call L2. - - -Running nested VMX ------------------- - -The nested VMX feature is disabled by default. It can be enabled by giving -the "nested=1" option to the kvm-intel module. - -No modifications are required to user space (qemu). However, qemu's default -emulated CPU type (qemu64) does not list the "VMX" CPU feature, so it must be -explicitly enabled, by giving qemu one of the following options: - - -cpu host (emulated CPU has all features of the real CPU) - - -cpu qemu64,+vmx (add just the vmx feature to a named CPU type) - - -ABIs ----- - -Nested VMX aims to present a standard and (eventually) fully-functional VMX -implementation for the a guest hypervisor to use. As such, the official -specification of the ABI that it provides is Intel's VMX specification, -namely volume 3B of their "Intel 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software -Developer's Manual". Not all of VMX's features are currently fully supported, -but the goal is to eventually support them all, starting with the VMX features -which are used in practice by popular hypervisors (KVM and others). - -As a VMX implementation, nested VMX presents a VMCS structure to L1. -As mandated by the spec, other than the two fields revision_id and abort, -this structure is *opaque* to its user, who is not supposed to know or care -about its internal structure. Rather, the structure is accessed through the -VMREAD and VMWRITE instructions. -Still, for debugging purposes, KVM developers might be interested to know the -internals of this structure; This is struct vmcs12 from arch/x86/kvm/vmx.c. - -The name "vmcs12" refers to the VMCS that L1 builds for L2. In the code we -also have "vmcs01", the VMCS that L0 built for L1, and "vmcs02" is the VMCS -which L0 builds to actually run L2 - how this is done is explained in the -aforementioned paper. - -For convenience, we repeat the content of struct vmcs12 here. If the internals -of this structure changes, this can break live migration across KVM versions. -VMCS12_REVISION (from vmx.c) should be changed if struct vmcs12 or its inner -struct shadow_vmcs is ever changed. - - typedef u64 natural_width; - struct __packed vmcs12 { - /* According to the Intel spec, a VMCS region must start with - * these two user-visible fields */ - u32 revision_id; - u32 abort; - - u32 launch_state; /* set to 0 by VMCLEAR, to 1 by VMLAUNCH */ - u32 padding[7]; /* room for future expansion */ - - u64 io_bitmap_a; - u64 io_bitmap_b; - u64 msr_bitmap; - u64 vm_exit_msr_store_addr; - u64 vm_exit_msr_load_addr; - u64 vm_entry_msr_load_addr; - u64 tsc_offset; - u64 virtual_apic_page_addr; - u64 apic_access_addr; - u64 ept_pointer; - u64 guest_physical_address; - u64 vmcs_link_pointer; - u64 guest_ia32_debugctl; - u64 guest_ia32_pat; - u64 guest_ia32_efer; - u64 guest_pdptr0; - u64 guest_pdptr1; - u64 guest_pdptr2; - u64 guest_pdptr3; - u64 host_ia32_pat; - u64 host_ia32_efer; - u64 padding64[8]; /* room for future expansion */ - natural_width cr0_guest_host_mask; - natural_width cr4_guest_host_mask; - natural_width cr0_read_shadow; - natural_width cr4_read_shadow; - natural_width cr3_target_value0; - natural_width cr3_target_value1; - natural_width cr3_target_value2; - natural_width cr3_target_value3; - natural_width exit_qualification; - natural_width guest_linear_address; - natural_width guest_cr0; - natural_width guest_cr3; - natural_width guest_cr4; - natural_width guest_es_base; - natural_width guest_cs_base; - natural_width guest_ss_base; - natural_width guest_ds_base; - natural_width guest_fs_base; - natural_width guest_gs_base; - natural_width guest_ldtr_base; - natural_width guest_tr_base; - natural_width guest_gdtr_base; - natural_width guest_idtr_base; - natural_width guest_dr7; - natural_width guest_rsp; - natural_width guest_rip; - natural_width guest_rflags; - natural_width guest_pending_dbg_exceptions; - natural_width guest_sysenter_esp; - natural_width guest_sysenter_eip; - natural_width host_cr0; - natural_width host_cr3; - natural_width host_cr4; - natural_width host_fs_base; - natural_width host_gs_base; - natural_width host_tr_base; - natural_width host_gdtr_base; - natural_width host_idtr_base; - natural_width host_ia32_sysenter_esp; - natural_width host_ia32_sysenter_eip; - natural_width host_rsp; - natural_width host_rip; - natural_width paddingl[8]; /* room for future expansion */ - u32 pin_based_vm_exec_control; - u32 cpu_based_vm_exec_control; - u32 exception_bitmap; - u32 page_fault_error_code_mask; - u32 page_fault_error_code_match; - u32 cr3_target_count; - u32 vm_exit_controls; - u32 vm_exit_msr_store_count; - u32 vm_exit_msr_load_count; - u32 vm_entry_controls; - u32 vm_entry_msr_load_count; - u32 vm_entry_intr_info_field; - u32 vm_entry_exception_error_code; - u32 vm_entry_instruction_len; - u32 tpr_threshold; - u32 secondary_vm_exec_control; - u32 vm_instruction_error; - u32 vm_exit_reason; - u32 vm_exit_intr_info; - u32 vm_exit_intr_error_code; - u32 idt_vectoring_info_field; - u32 idt_vectoring_error_code; - u32 vm_exit_instruction_len; - u32 vmx_instruction_info; - u32 guest_es_limit; - u32 guest_cs_limit; - u32 guest_ss_limit; - u32 guest_ds_limit; - u32 guest_fs_limit; - u32 guest_gs_limit; - u32 guest_ldtr_limit; - u32 guest_tr_limit; - u32 guest_gdtr_limit; - u32 guest_idtr_limit; - u32 guest_es_ar_bytes; - u32 guest_cs_ar_bytes; - u32 guest_ss_ar_bytes; - u32 guest_ds_ar_bytes; - u32 guest_fs_ar_bytes; - u32 guest_gs_ar_bytes; - u32 guest_ldtr_ar_bytes; - u32 guest_tr_ar_bytes; - u32 guest_interruptibility_info; - u32 guest_activity_state; - u32 guest_sysenter_cs; - u32 host_ia32_sysenter_cs; - u32 padding32[8]; /* room for future expansion */ - u16 virtual_processor_id; - u16 guest_es_selector; - u16 guest_cs_selector; - u16 guest_ss_selector; - u16 guest_ds_selector; - u16 guest_fs_selector; - u16 guest_gs_selector; - u16 guest_ldtr_selector; - u16 guest_tr_selector; - u16 host_es_selector; - u16 host_cs_selector; - u16 host_ss_selector; - u16 host_ds_selector; - u16 host_fs_selector; - u16 host_gs_selector; - u16 host_tr_selector; - }; - - -Authors -------- - -These patches were written by: - Abel Gordon, abelg il.ibm.com - Nadav Har'El, nyh il.ibm.com - Orit Wasserman, oritw il.ibm.com - Ben-Ami Yassor, benami il.ibm.com - Muli Ben-Yehuda, muli il.ibm.com - -With contributions by: - Anthony Liguori, aliguori us.ibm.com - Mike Day, mdday us.ibm.com - Michael Factor, factor il.ibm.com - Zvi Dubitzky, dubi il.ibm.com - -And valuable reviews by: - Avi Kivity, avi redhat.com - Gleb Natapov, gleb redhat.com - Marcelo Tosatti, mtosatti redhat.com - Kevin Tian, kevin.tian intel.com - and others. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e26115ce4258..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,212 +0,0 @@ -The PPC KVM paravirtual interface -================================= - -The basic execution principle by which KVM on PowerPC works is to run all kernel -space code in PR=1 which is user space. This way we trap all privileged -instructions and can emulate them accordingly. - -Unfortunately that is also the downfall. There are quite some privileged -instructions that needlessly return us to the hypervisor even though they -could be handled differently. - -This is what the PPC PV interface helps with. It takes privileged instructions -and transforms them into unprivileged ones with some help from the hypervisor. -This cuts down virtualization costs by about 50% on some of my benchmarks. - -The code for that interface can be found in arch/powerpc/kernel/kvm* - -Querying for existence -====================== - -To find out if we're running on KVM or not, we leverage the device tree. When -Linux is running on KVM, a node /hypervisor exists. That node contains a -compatible property with the value "linux,kvm". - -Once you determined you're running under a PV capable KVM, you can now use -hypercalls as described below. - -KVM hypercalls -============== - -Inside the device tree's /hypervisor node there's a property called -'hypercall-instructions'. This property contains at most 4 opcodes that make -up the hypercall. To call a hypercall, just call these instructions. - -The parameters are as follows: - - Register IN OUT - - r0 - volatile - r3 1st parameter Return code - r4 2nd parameter 1st output value - r5 3rd parameter 2nd output value - r6 4th parameter 3rd output value - r7 5th parameter 4th output value - r8 6th parameter 5th output value - r9 7th parameter 6th output value - r10 8th parameter 7th output value - r11 hypercall number 8th output value - r12 - volatile - -Hypercall definitions are shared in generic code, so the same hypercall numbers -apply for x86 and powerpc alike with the exception that each KVM hypercall -also needs to be ORed with the KVM vendor code which is (42 << 16). - -Return codes can be as follows: - - Code Meaning - - 0 Success - 12 Hypercall not implemented - <0 Error - -The magic page -============== - -To enable communication between the hypervisor and guest there is a new shared -page that contains parts of supervisor visible register state. The guest can -map this shared page using the KVM hypercall KVM_HC_PPC_MAP_MAGIC_PAGE. - -With this hypercall issued the guest always gets the magic page mapped at the -desired location. The first parameter indicates the effective address when the -MMU is enabled. The second parameter indicates the address in real mode, if -applicable to the target. For now, we always map the page to -4096. This way we -can access it using absolute load and store functions. The following -instruction reads the first field of the magic page: - - ld rX, -4096(0) - -The interface is designed to be extensible should there be need later to add -additional registers to the magic page. If you add fields to the magic page, -also define a new hypercall feature to indicate that the host can give you more -registers. Only if the host supports the additional features, make use of them. - -The magic page layout is described by struct kvm_vcpu_arch_shared -in arch/powerpc/include/asm/kvm_para.h. - -Magic page features -=================== - -When mapping the magic page using the KVM hypercall KVM_HC_PPC_MAP_MAGIC_PAGE, -a second return value is passed to the guest. This second return value contains -a bitmap of available features inside the magic page. - -The following enhancements to the magic page are currently available: - - KVM_MAGIC_FEAT_SR Maps SR registers r/w in the magic page - KVM_MAGIC_FEAT_MAS0_TO_SPRG7 Maps MASn, ESR, PIR and high SPRGs - -For enhanced features in the magic page, please check for the existence of the -feature before using them! - -Magic page flags -================ - -In addition to features that indicate whether a host is capable of a particular -feature we also have a channel for a guest to tell the guest whether it's capable -of something. This is what we call "flags". - -Flags are passed to the host in the low 12 bits of the Effective Address. - -The following flags are currently available for a guest to expose: - - MAGIC_PAGE_FLAG_NOT_MAPPED_NX Guest handles NX bits correctly wrt magic page - -MSR bits -======== - -The MSR contains bits that require hypervisor intervention and bits that do -not require direct hypervisor intervention because they only get interpreted -when entering the guest or don't have any impact on the hypervisor's behavior. - -The following bits are safe to be set inside the guest: - - MSR_EE - MSR_RI - -If any other bit changes in the MSR, please still use mtmsr(d). - -Patched instructions -==================== - -The "ld" and "std" instructions are transformed to "lwz" and "stw" instructions -respectively on 32 bit systems with an added offset of 4 to accommodate for big -endianness. - -The following is a list of mapping the Linux kernel performs when running as -guest. Implementing any of those mappings is optional, as the instruction traps -also act on the shared page. So calling privileged instructions still works as -before. - -From To -==== == - -mfmsr rX ld rX, magic_page->msr -mfsprg rX, 0 ld rX, magic_page->sprg0 -mfsprg rX, 1 ld rX, magic_page->sprg1 -mfsprg rX, 2 ld rX, magic_page->sprg2 -mfsprg rX, 3 ld rX, magic_page->sprg3 -mfsrr0 rX ld rX, magic_page->srr0 -mfsrr1 rX ld rX, magic_page->srr1 -mfdar rX ld rX, magic_page->dar -mfdsisr rX lwz rX, magic_page->dsisr - -mtmsr rX std rX, magic_page->msr -mtsprg 0, rX std rX, magic_page->sprg0 -mtsprg 1, rX std rX, magic_page->sprg1 -mtsprg 2, rX std rX, magic_page->sprg2 -mtsprg 3, rX std rX, magic_page->sprg3 -mtsrr0 rX std rX, magic_page->srr0 -mtsrr1 rX std rX, magic_page->srr1 -mtdar rX std rX, magic_page->dar -mtdsisr rX stw rX, magic_page->dsisr - -tlbsync nop - -mtmsrd rX, 0 b -mtmsr rX b - -mtmsrd rX, 1 b - -[Book3S only] -mtsrin rX, rY b - -[BookE only] -wrteei [0|1] b - - -Some instructions require more logic to determine what's going on than a load -or store instruction can deliver. To enable patching of those, we keep some -RAM around where we can live translate instructions to. What happens is the -following: - - 1) copy emulation code to memory - 2) patch that code to fit the emulated instruction - 3) patch that code to return to the original pc + 4 - 4) patch the original instruction to branch to the new code - -That way we can inject an arbitrary amount of code as replacement for a single -instruction. This allows us to check for pending interrupts when setting EE=1 -for example. - -Hypercall ABIs in KVM on PowerPC -================================= -1) KVM hypercalls (ePAPR) - -These are ePAPR compliant hypercall implementation (mentioned above). Even -generic hypercalls are implemented here, like the ePAPR idle hcall. These are -available on all targets. - -2) PAPR hypercalls - -PAPR hypercalls are needed to run server PowerPC PAPR guests (-M pseries in QEMU). -These are the same hypercalls that pHyp, the POWER hypervisor implements. Some of -them are handled in the kernel, some are handled in user space. This is only -available on book3s_64. - -3) OSI hypercalls - -Mac-on-Linux is another user of KVM on PowerPC, which has its own hypercall (long -before KVM). This is supported to maintain compatibility. All these hypercalls get -forwarded to user space. This is only useful on book3s_32, but can be used with -book3s_64 as well. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/review-checklist.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/review-checklist.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a83b27635fdd..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/review-checklist.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -Review checklist for kvm patches -================================ - -1. The patch must follow Documentation/process/coding-style.rst and - Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst. - -2. Patches should be against kvm.git master branch. - -3. If the patch introduces or modifies a new userspace API: - - the API must be documented in Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt - - the API must be discoverable using KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION - -4. New state must include support for save/restore. - -5. New features must default to off (userspace should explicitly request them). - Performance improvements can and should default to on. - -6. New cpu features should be exposed via KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID2 - -7. Emulator changes should be accompanied by unit tests for qemu-kvm.git - kvm/test directory. - -8. Changes should be vendor neutral when possible. Changes to common code - are better than duplicating changes to vendor code. - -9. Similarly, prefer changes to arch independent code than to arch dependent - code. - -10. User/kernel interfaces and guest/host interfaces must be 64-bit clean - (all variables and sizes naturally aligned on 64-bit; use specific types - only - u64 rather than ulong). - -11. New guest visible features must either be documented in a hardware manual - or be accompanied by documentation. - -12. Features must be robust against reset and kexec - for example, shared - host/guest memory must be unshared to prevent the host from writing to - guest memory that the guest has not reserved for this purpose. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/s390-diag.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/s390-diag.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7c52e5f8b210..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/s390-diag.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -The s390 DIAGNOSE call on KVM -============================= - -KVM on s390 supports the DIAGNOSE call for making hypercalls, both for -native hypercalls and for selected hypercalls found on other s390 -hypervisors. - -Note that bits are numbered as by the usual s390 convention (most significant -bit on the left). - - -General remarks ---------------- - -DIAGNOSE calls by the guest cause a mandatory intercept. This implies -all supported DIAGNOSE calls need to be handled by either KVM or its -userspace. - -All DIAGNOSE calls supported by KVM use the RS-a format: - --------------------------------------- -| '83' | R1 | R3 | B2 | D2 | --------------------------------------- -0 8 12 16 20 31 - -The second-operand address (obtained by the base/displacement calculation) -is not used to address data. Instead, bits 48-63 of this address specify -the function code, and bits 0-47 are ignored. - -The supported DIAGNOSE function codes vary by the userspace used. For -DIAGNOSE function codes not specific to KVM, please refer to the -documentation for the s390 hypervisors defining them. - - -DIAGNOSE function code 'X'500' - KVM virtio functions ------------------------------------------------------ - -If the function code specifies 0x500, various virtio-related functions -are performed. - -General register 1 contains the virtio subfunction code. Supported -virtio subfunctions depend on KVM's userspace. Generally, userspace -provides either s390-virtio (subcodes 0-2) or virtio-ccw (subcode 3). - -Upon completion of the DIAGNOSE instruction, general register 2 contains -the function's return code, which is either a return code or a subcode -specific value. - -Subcode 0 - s390-virtio notification and early console printk - Handled by userspace. - -Subcode 1 - s390-virtio reset - Handled by userspace. - -Subcode 2 - s390-virtio set status - Handled by userspace. - -Subcode 3 - virtio-ccw notification - Handled by either userspace or KVM (ioeventfd case). - - General register 2 contains a subchannel-identification word denoting - the subchannel of the virtio-ccw proxy device to be notified. - - General register 3 contains the number of the virtqueue to be notified. - - General register 4 contains a 64bit identifier for KVM usage (the - kvm_io_bus cookie). If general register 4 does not contain a valid - identifier, it is ignored. - - After completion of the DIAGNOSE call, general register 2 may contain - a 64bit identifier (in the kvm_io_bus cookie case), or a negative - error value, if an internal error occurred. - - See also the virtio standard for a discussion of this hypercall. - - -DIAGNOSE function code 'X'501 - KVM breakpoint ----------------------------------------------- - -If the function code specifies 0x501, breakpoint functions may be performed. -This function code is handled by userspace. - -This diagnose function code has no subfunctions and uses no parameters. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/timekeeping.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/timekeeping.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 76808a17ad84..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/timekeeping.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,612 +0,0 @@ - - Timekeeping Virtualization for X86-Based Architectures - - Zachary Amsden - Copyright (c) 2010, Red Hat. All rights reserved. - -1) Overview -2) Timing Devices -3) TSC Hardware -4) Virtualization Problems - -========================================================================= - -1) Overview - -One of the most complicated parts of the X86 platform, and specifically, -the virtualization of this platform is the plethora of timing devices available -and the complexity of emulating those devices. In addition, virtualization of -time introduces a new set of challenges because it introduces a multiplexed -division of time beyond the control of the guest CPU. - -First, we will describe the various timekeeping hardware available, then -present some of the problems which arise and solutions available, giving -specific recommendations for certain classes of KVM guests. - -The purpose of this document is to collect data and information relevant to -timekeeping which may be difficult to find elsewhere, specifically, -information relevant to KVM and hardware-based virtualization. - -========================================================================= - -2) Timing Devices - -First we discuss the basic hardware devices available. TSC and the related -KVM clock are special enough to warrant a full exposition and are described in -the following section. - -2.1) i8254 - PIT - -One of the first timer devices available is the programmable interrupt timer, -or PIT. The PIT has a fixed frequency 1.193182 MHz base clock and three -channels which can be programmed to deliver periodic or one-shot interrupts. -These three channels can be configured in different modes and have individual -counters. Channel 1 and 2 were not available for general use in the original -IBM PC, and historically were connected to control RAM refresh and the PC -speaker. Now the PIT is typically integrated as part of an emulated chipset -and a separate physical PIT is not used. - -The PIT uses I/O ports 0x40 - 0x43. Access to the 16-bit counters is done -using single or multiple byte access to the I/O ports. There are 6 modes -available, but not all modes are available to all timers, as only timer 2 -has a connected gate input, required for modes 1 and 5. The gate line is -controlled by port 61h, bit 0, as illustrated in the following diagram. - - -------------- ---------------- -| | | | -| 1.1932 MHz |---------->| CLOCK OUT | ---------> IRQ 0 -| Clock | | | | - -------------- | +->| GATE TIMER 0 | - | ---------------- - | - | ---------------- - | | | - |------>| CLOCK OUT | ---------> 66.3 KHZ DRAM - | | | (aka /dev/null) - | +->| GATE TIMER 1 | - | ---------------- - | - | ---------------- - | | | - |------>| CLOCK OUT | ---------> Port 61h, bit 5 - | | | -Port 61h, bit 0 ---------->| GATE TIMER 2 | \_.---- ____ - ---------------- _| )--|LPF|---Speaker - / *---- \___/ -Port 61h, bit 1 -----------------------------------/ - -The timer modes are now described. - -Mode 0: Single Timeout. This is a one-shot software timeout that counts down - when the gate is high (always true for timers 0 and 1). When the count - reaches zero, the output goes high. - -Mode 1: Triggered One-shot. The output is initially set high. When the gate - line is set high, a countdown is initiated (which does not stop if the gate is - lowered), during which the output is set low. When the count reaches zero, - the output goes high. - -Mode 2: Rate Generator. The output is initially set high. When the countdown - reaches 1, the output goes low for one count and then returns high. The value - is reloaded and the countdown automatically resumes. If the gate line goes - low, the count is halted. If the output is low when the gate is lowered, the - output automatically goes high (this only affects timer 2). - -Mode 3: Square Wave. This generates a high / low square wave. The count - determines the length of the pulse, which alternates between high and low - when zero is reached. The count only proceeds when gate is high and is - automatically reloaded on reaching zero. The count is decremented twice at - each clock to generate a full high / low cycle at the full periodic rate. - If the count is even, the clock remains high for N/2 counts and low for N/2 - counts; if the clock is odd, the clock is high for (N+1)/2 counts and low - for (N-1)/2 counts. Only even values are latched by the counter, so odd - values are not observed when reading. This is the intended mode for timer 2, - which generates sine-like tones by low-pass filtering the square wave output. - -Mode 4: Software Strobe. After programming this mode and loading the counter, - the output remains high until the counter reaches zero. Then the output - goes low for 1 clock cycle and returns high. The counter is not reloaded. - Counting only occurs when gate is high. - -Mode 5: Hardware Strobe. After programming and loading the counter, the - output remains high. When the gate is raised, a countdown is initiated - (which does not stop if the gate is lowered). When the counter reaches zero, - the output goes low for 1 clock cycle and then returns high. The counter is - not reloaded. - -In addition to normal binary counting, the PIT supports BCD counting. The -command port, 0x43 is used to set the counter and mode for each of the three -timers. - -PIT commands, issued to port 0x43, using the following bit encoding: - -Bit 7-4: Command (See table below) -Bit 3-1: Mode (000 = Mode 0, 101 = Mode 5, 11X = undefined) -Bit 0 : Binary (0) / BCD (1) - -Command table: - -0000 - Latch Timer 0 count for port 0x40 - sample and hold the count to be read in port 0x40; - additional commands ignored until counter is read; - mode bits ignored. - -0001 - Set Timer 0 LSB mode for port 0x40 - set timer to read LSB only and force MSB to zero; - mode bits set timer mode - -0010 - Set Timer 0 MSB mode for port 0x40 - set timer to read MSB only and force LSB to zero; - mode bits set timer mode - -0011 - Set Timer 0 16-bit mode for port 0x40 - set timer to read / write LSB first, then MSB; - mode bits set timer mode - -0100 - Latch Timer 1 count for port 0x41 - as described above -0101 - Set Timer 1 LSB mode for port 0x41 - as described above -0110 - Set Timer 1 MSB mode for port 0x41 - as described above -0111 - Set Timer 1 16-bit mode for port 0x41 - as described above - -1000 - Latch Timer 2 count for port 0x42 - as described above -1001 - Set Timer 2 LSB mode for port 0x42 - as described above -1010 - Set Timer 2 MSB mode for port 0x42 - as described above -1011 - Set Timer 2 16-bit mode for port 0x42 as described above - -1101 - General counter latch - Latch combination of counters into corresponding ports - Bit 3 = Counter 2 - Bit 2 = Counter 1 - Bit 1 = Counter 0 - Bit 0 = Unused - -1110 - Latch timer status - Latch combination of counter mode into corresponding ports - Bit 3 = Counter 2 - Bit 2 = Counter 1 - Bit 1 = Counter 0 - - The output of ports 0x40-0x42 following this command will be: - - Bit 7 = Output pin - Bit 6 = Count loaded (0 if timer has expired) - Bit 5-4 = Read / Write mode - 01 = MSB only - 10 = LSB only - 11 = LSB / MSB (16-bit) - Bit 3-1 = Mode - Bit 0 = Binary (0) / BCD mode (1) - -2.2) RTC - -The second device which was available in the original PC was the MC146818 real -time clock. The original device is now obsolete, and usually emulated by the -system chipset, sometimes by an HPET and some frankenstein IRQ routing. - -The RTC is accessed through CMOS variables, which uses an index register to -control which bytes are read. Since there is only one index register, read -of the CMOS and read of the RTC require lock protection (in addition, it is -dangerous to allow userspace utilities such as hwclock to have direct RTC -access, as they could corrupt kernel reads and writes of CMOS memory). - -The RTC generates an interrupt which is usually routed to IRQ 8. The interrupt -can function as a periodic timer, an additional once a day alarm, and can issue -interrupts after an update of the CMOS registers by the MC146818 is complete. -The type of interrupt is signalled in the RTC status registers. - -The RTC will update the current time fields by battery power even while the -system is off. The current time fields should not be read while an update is -in progress, as indicated in the status register. - -The clock uses a 32.768kHz crystal, so bits 6-4 of register A should be -programmed to a 32kHz divider if the RTC is to count seconds. - -This is the RAM map originally used for the RTC/CMOS: - -Location Size Description ------------------------------------------- -00h byte Current second (BCD) -01h byte Seconds alarm (BCD) -02h byte Current minute (BCD) -03h byte Minutes alarm (BCD) -04h byte Current hour (BCD) -05h byte Hours alarm (BCD) -06h byte Current day of week (BCD) -07h byte Current day of month (BCD) -08h byte Current month (BCD) -09h byte Current year (BCD) -0Ah byte Register A - bit 7 = Update in progress - bit 6-4 = Divider for clock - 000 = 4.194 MHz - 001 = 1.049 MHz - 010 = 32 kHz - 10X = test modes - 110 = reset / disable - 111 = reset / disable - bit 3-0 = Rate selection for periodic interrupt - 000 = periodic timer disabled - 001 = 3.90625 uS - 010 = 7.8125 uS - 011 = .122070 mS - 100 = .244141 mS - ... - 1101 = 125 mS - 1110 = 250 mS - 1111 = 500 mS -0Bh byte Register B - bit 7 = Run (0) / Halt (1) - bit 6 = Periodic interrupt enable - bit 5 = Alarm interrupt enable - bit 4 = Update-ended interrupt enable - bit 3 = Square wave interrupt enable - bit 2 = BCD calendar (0) / Binary (1) - bit 1 = 12-hour mode (0) / 24-hour mode (1) - bit 0 = 0 (DST off) / 1 (DST enabled) -OCh byte Register C (read only) - bit 7 = interrupt request flag (IRQF) - bit 6 = periodic interrupt flag (PF) - bit 5 = alarm interrupt flag (AF) - bit 4 = update interrupt flag (UF) - bit 3-0 = reserved -ODh byte Register D (read only) - bit 7 = RTC has power - bit 6-0 = reserved -32h byte Current century BCD (*) - (*) location vendor specific and now determined from ACPI global tables - -2.3) APIC - -On Pentium and later processors, an on-board timer is available to each CPU -as part of the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. The APIC is -accessed through memory-mapped registers and provides interrupt service to each -CPU, used for IPIs and local timer interrupts. - -Although in theory the APIC is a safe and stable source for local interrupts, -in practice, many bugs and glitches have occurred due to the special nature of -the APIC CPU-local memory-mapped hardware. Beware that CPU errata may affect -the use of the APIC and that workarounds may be required. In addition, some of -these workarounds pose unique constraints for virtualization - requiring either -extra overhead incurred from extra reads of memory-mapped I/O or additional -functionality that may be more computationally expensive to implement. - -Since the APIC is documented quite well in the Intel and AMD manuals, we will -avoid repetition of the detail here. It should be pointed out that the APIC -timer is programmed through the LVT (local vector timer) register, is capable -of one-shot or periodic operation, and is based on the bus clock divided down -by the programmable divider register. - -2.4) HPET - -HPET is quite complex, and was originally intended to replace the PIT / RTC -support of the X86 PC. It remains to be seen whether that will be the case, as -the de facto standard of PC hardware is to emulate these older devices. Some -systems designated as legacy free may support only the HPET as a hardware timer -device. - -The HPET spec is rather loose and vague, requiring at least 3 hardware timers, -but allowing implementation freedom to support many more. It also imposes no -fixed rate on the timer frequency, but does impose some extremal values on -frequency, error and slew. - -In general, the HPET is recommended as a high precision (compared to PIT /RTC) -time source which is independent of local variation (as there is only one HPET -in any given system). The HPET is also memory-mapped, and its presence is -indicated through ACPI tables by the BIOS. - -Detailed specification of the HPET is beyond the current scope of this -document, as it is also very well documented elsewhere. - -2.5) Offboard Timers - -Several cards, both proprietary (watchdog boards) and commonplace (e1000) have -timing chips built into the cards which may have registers which are accessible -to kernel or user drivers. To the author's knowledge, using these to generate -a clocksource for a Linux or other kernel has not yet been attempted and is in -general frowned upon as not playing by the agreed rules of the game. Such a -timer device would require additional support to be virtualized properly and is -not considered important at this time as no known operating system does this. - -========================================================================= - -3) TSC Hardware - -The TSC or time stamp counter is relatively simple in theory; it counts -instruction cycles issued by the processor, which can be used as a measure of -time. In practice, due to a number of problems, it is the most complicated -timekeeping device to use. - -The TSC is represented internally as a 64-bit MSR which can be read with the -RDMSR, RDTSC, or RDTSCP (when available) instructions. In the past, hardware -limitations made it possible to write the TSC, but generally on old hardware it -was only possible to write the low 32-bits of the 64-bit counter, and the upper -32-bits of the counter were cleared. Now, however, on Intel processors family -0Fh, for models 3, 4 and 6, and family 06h, models e and f, this restriction -has been lifted and all 64-bits are writable. On AMD systems, the ability to -write the TSC MSR is not an architectural guarantee. - -The TSC is accessible from CPL-0 and conditionally, for CPL > 0 software by -means of the CR4.TSD bit, which when enabled, disables CPL > 0 TSC access. - -Some vendors have implemented an additional instruction, RDTSCP, which returns -atomically not just the TSC, but an indicator which corresponds to the -processor number. This can be used to index into an array of TSC variables to -determine offset information in SMP systems where TSCs are not synchronized. -The presence of this instruction must be determined by consulting CPUID feature -bits. - -Both VMX and SVM provide extension fields in the virtualization hardware which -allows the guest visible TSC to be offset by a constant. Newer implementations -promise to allow the TSC to additionally be scaled, but this hardware is not -yet widely available. - -3.1) TSC synchronization - -The TSC is a CPU-local clock in most implementations. This means, on SMP -platforms, the TSCs of different CPUs may start at different times depending -on when the CPUs are powered on. Generally, CPUs on the same die will share -the same clock, however, this is not always the case. - -The BIOS may attempt to resynchronize the TSCs during the poweron process and -the operating system or other system software may attempt to do this as well. -Several hardware limitations make the problem worse - if it is not possible to -write the full 64-bits of the TSC, it may be impossible to match the TSC in -newly arriving CPUs to that of the rest of the system, resulting in -unsynchronized TSCs. This may be done by BIOS or system software, but in -practice, getting a perfectly synchronized TSC will not be possible unless all -values are read from the same clock, which generally only is possible on single -socket systems or those with special hardware support. - -3.2) TSC and CPU hotplug - -As touched on already, CPUs which arrive later than the boot time of the system -may not have a TSC value that is synchronized with the rest of the system. -Either system software, BIOS, or SMM code may actually try to establish the TSC -to a value matching the rest of the system, but a perfect match is usually not -a guarantee. This can have the effect of bringing a system from a state where -TSC is synchronized back to a state where TSC synchronization flaws, however -small, may be exposed to the OS and any virtualization environment. - -3.3) TSC and multi-socket / NUMA - -Multi-socket systems, especially large multi-socket systems are likely to have -individual clocksources rather than a single, universally distributed clock. -Since these clocks are driven by different crystals, they will not have -perfectly matched frequency, and temperature and electrical variations will -cause the CPU clocks, and thus the TSCs to drift over time. Depending on the -exact clock and bus design, the drift may or may not be fixed in absolute -error, and may accumulate over time. - -In addition, very large systems may deliberately slew the clocks of individual -cores. This technique, known as spread-spectrum clocking, reduces EMI at the -clock frequency and harmonics of it, which may be required to pass FCC -standards for telecommunications and computer equipment. - -It is recommended not to trust the TSCs to remain synchronized on NUMA or -multiple socket systems for these reasons. - -3.4) TSC and C-states - -C-states, or idling states of the processor, especially C1E and deeper sleep -states may be problematic for TSC as well. The TSC may stop advancing in such -a state, resulting in a TSC which is behind that of other CPUs when execution -is resumed. Such CPUs must be detected and flagged by the operating system -based on CPU and chipset identifications. - -The TSC in such a case may be corrected by catching it up to a known external -clocksource. - -3.5) TSC frequency change / P-states - -To make things slightly more interesting, some CPUs may change frequency. They -may or may not run the TSC at the same rate, and because the frequency change -may be staggered or slewed, at some points in time, the TSC rate may not be -known other than falling within a range of values. In this case, the TSC will -not be a stable time source, and must be calibrated against a known, stable, -external clock to be a usable source of time. - -Whether the TSC runs at a constant rate or scales with the P-state is model -dependent and must be determined by inspecting CPUID, chipset or vendor -specific MSR fields. - -In addition, some vendors have known bugs where the P-state is actually -compensated for properly during normal operation, but when the processor is -inactive, the P-state may be raised temporarily to service cache misses from -other processors. In such cases, the TSC on halted CPUs could advance faster -than that of non-halted processors. AMD Turion processors are known to have -this problem. - -3.6) TSC and STPCLK / T-states - -External signals given to the processor may also have the effect of stopping -the TSC. This is typically done for thermal emergency power control to prevent -an overheating condition, and typically, there is no way to detect that this -condition has happened. - -3.7) TSC virtualization - VMX - -VMX provides conditional trapping of RDTSC, RDMSR, WRMSR and RDTSCP -instructions, which is enough for full virtualization of TSC in any manner. In -addition, VMX allows passing through the host TSC plus an additional TSC_OFFSET -field specified in the VMCS. Special instructions must be used to read and -write the VMCS field. - -3.8) TSC virtualization - SVM - -SVM provides conditional trapping of RDTSC, RDMSR, WRMSR and RDTSCP -instructions, which is enough for full virtualization of TSC in any manner. In -addition, SVM allows passing through the host TSC plus an additional offset -field specified in the SVM control block. - -3.9) TSC feature bits in Linux - -In summary, there is no way to guarantee the TSC remains in perfect -synchronization unless it is explicitly guaranteed by the architecture. Even -if so, the TSCs in multi-sockets or NUMA systems may still run independently -despite being locally consistent. - -The following feature bits are used by Linux to signal various TSC attributes, -but they can only be taken to be meaningful for UP or single node systems. - -X86_FEATURE_TSC : The TSC is available in hardware -X86_FEATURE_RDTSCP : The RDTSCP instruction is available -X86_FEATURE_CONSTANT_TSC : The TSC rate is unchanged with P-states -X86_FEATURE_NONSTOP_TSC : The TSC does not stop in C-states -X86_FEATURE_TSC_RELIABLE : TSC sync checks are skipped (VMware) - -4) Virtualization Problems - -Timekeeping is especially problematic for virtualization because a number of -challenges arise. The most obvious problem is that time is now shared between -the host and, potentially, a number of virtual machines. Thus the virtual -operating system does not run with 100% usage of the CPU, despite the fact that -it may very well make that assumption. It may expect it to remain true to very -exacting bounds when interrupt sources are disabled, but in reality only its -virtual interrupt sources are disabled, and the machine may still be preempted -at any time. This causes problems as the passage of real time, the injection -of machine interrupts and the associated clock sources are no longer completely -synchronized with real time. - -This same problem can occur on native hardware to a degree, as SMM mode may -steal cycles from the naturally on X86 systems when SMM mode is used by the -BIOS, but not in such an extreme fashion. However, the fact that SMM mode may -cause similar problems to virtualization makes it a good justification for -solving many of these problems on bare metal. - -4.1) Interrupt clocking - -One of the most immediate problems that occurs with legacy operating systems -is that the system timekeeping routines are often designed to keep track of -time by counting periodic interrupts. These interrupts may come from the PIT -or the RTC, but the problem is the same: the host virtualization engine may not -be able to deliver the proper number of interrupts per second, and so guest -time may fall behind. This is especially problematic if a high interrupt rate -is selected, such as 1000 HZ, which is unfortunately the default for many Linux -guests. - -There are three approaches to solving this problem; first, it may be possible -to simply ignore it. Guests which have a separate time source for tracking -'wall clock' or 'real time' may not need any adjustment of their interrupts to -maintain proper time. If this is not sufficient, it may be necessary to inject -additional interrupts into the guest in order to increase the effective -interrupt rate. This approach leads to complications in extreme conditions, -where host load or guest lag is too much to compensate for, and thus another -solution to the problem has risen: the guest may need to become aware of lost -ticks and compensate for them internally. Although promising in theory, the -implementation of this policy in Linux has been extremely error prone, and a -number of buggy variants of lost tick compensation are distributed across -commonly used Linux systems. - -Windows uses periodic RTC clocking as a means of keeping time internally, and -thus requires interrupt slewing to keep proper time. It does use a low enough -rate (ed: is it 18.2 Hz?) however that it has not yet been a problem in -practice. - -4.2) TSC sampling and serialization - -As the highest precision time source available, the cycle counter of the CPU -has aroused much interest from developers. As explained above, this timer has -many problems unique to its nature as a local, potentially unstable and -potentially unsynchronized source. One issue which is not unique to the TSC, -but is highlighted because of its very precise nature is sampling delay. By -definition, the counter, once read is already old. However, it is also -possible for the counter to be read ahead of the actual use of the result. -This is a consequence of the superscalar execution of the instruction stream, -which may execute instructions out of order. Such execution is called -non-serialized. Forcing serialized execution is necessary for precise -measurement with the TSC, and requires a serializing instruction, such as CPUID -or an MSR read. - -Since CPUID may actually be virtualized by a trap and emulate mechanism, this -serialization can pose a performance issue for hardware virtualization. An -accurate time stamp counter reading may therefore not always be available, and -it may be necessary for an implementation to guard against "backwards" reads of -the TSC as seen from other CPUs, even in an otherwise perfectly synchronized -system. - -4.3) Timespec aliasing - -Additionally, this lack of serialization from the TSC poses another challenge -when using results of the TSC when measured against another time source. As -the TSC is much higher precision, many possible values of the TSC may be read -while another clock is still expressing the same value. - -That is, you may read (T,T+10) while external clock C maintains the same value. -Due to non-serialized reads, you may actually end up with a range which -fluctuates - from (T-1.. T+10). Thus, any time calculated from a TSC, but -calibrated against an external value may have a range of valid values. -Re-calibrating this computation may actually cause time, as computed after the -calibration, to go backwards, compared with time computed before the -calibration. - -This problem is particularly pronounced with an internal time source in Linux, -the kernel time, which is expressed in the theoretically high resolution -timespec - but which advances in much larger granularity intervals, sometimes -at the rate of jiffies, and possibly in catchup modes, at a much larger step. - -This aliasing requires care in the computation and recalibration of kvmclock -and any other values derived from TSC computation (such as TSC virtualization -itself). - -4.4) Migration - -Migration of a virtual machine raises problems for timekeeping in two ways. -First, the migration itself may take time, during which interrupts cannot be -delivered, and after which, the guest time may need to be caught up. NTP may -be able to help to some degree here, as the clock correction required is -typically small enough to fall in the NTP-correctable window. - -An additional concern is that timers based off the TSC (or HPET, if the raw bus -clock is exposed) may now be running at different rates, requiring compensation -in some way in the hypervisor by virtualizing these timers. In addition, -migrating to a faster machine may preclude the use of a passthrough TSC, as a -faster clock cannot be made visible to a guest without the potential of time -advancing faster than usual. A slower clock is less of a problem, as it can -always be caught up to the original rate. KVM clock avoids these problems by -simply storing multipliers and offsets against the TSC for the guest to convert -back into nanosecond resolution values. - -4.5) Scheduling - -Since scheduling may be based on precise timing and firing of interrupts, the -scheduling algorithms of an operating system may be adversely affected by -virtualization. In theory, the effect is random and should be universally -distributed, but in contrived as well as real scenarios (guest device access, -causes of virtualization exits, possible context switch), this may not always -be the case. The effect of this has not been well studied. - -In an attempt to work around this, several implementations have provided a -paravirtualized scheduler clock, which reveals the true amount of CPU time for -which a virtual machine has been running. - -4.6) Watchdogs - -Watchdog timers, such as the lock detector in Linux may fire accidentally when -running under hardware virtualization due to timer interrupts being delayed or -misinterpretation of the passage of real time. Usually, these warnings are -spurious and can be ignored, but in some circumstances it may be necessary to -disable such detection. - -4.7) Delays and precision timing - -Precise timing and delays may not be possible in a virtualized system. This -can happen if the system is controlling physical hardware, or issues delays to -compensate for slower I/O to and from devices. The first issue is not solvable -in general for a virtualized system; hardware control software can't be -adequately virtualized without a full real-time operating system, which would -require an RT aware virtualization platform. - -The second issue may cause performance problems, but this is unlikely to be a -significant issue. In many cases these delays may be eliminated through -configuration or paravirtualization. - -4.8) Covert channels and leaks - -In addition to the above problems, time information will inevitably leak to the -guest about the host in anything but a perfect implementation of virtualized -time. This may allow the guest to infer the presence of a hypervisor (as in a -red-pill type detection), and it may allow information to leak between guests -by using CPU utilization itself as a signalling channel. Preventing such -problems would require completely isolated virtual time which may not track -real time any longer. This may be useful in certain security or QA contexts, -but in general isn't recommended for real-world deployment scenarios. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/vcpu-requests.rst b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/vcpu-requests.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 5feb3706a7ae..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/vcpu-requests.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,307 +0,0 @@ -================= -KVM VCPU Requests -================= - -Overview -======== - -KVM supports an internal API enabling threads to request a VCPU thread to -perform some activity. For example, a thread may request a VCPU to flush -its TLB with a VCPU request. The API consists of the following functions:: - - /* Check if any requests are pending for VCPU @vcpu. */ - bool kvm_request_pending(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu); - - /* Check if VCPU @vcpu has request @req pending. */ - bool kvm_test_request(int req, struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu); - - /* Clear request @req for VCPU @vcpu. */ - void kvm_clear_request(int req, struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu); - - /* - * Check if VCPU @vcpu has request @req pending. When the request is - * pending it will be cleared and a memory barrier, which pairs with - * another in kvm_make_request(), will be issued. - */ - bool kvm_check_request(int req, struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu); - - /* - * Make request @req of VCPU @vcpu. Issues a memory barrier, which pairs - * with another in kvm_check_request(), prior to setting the request. - */ - void kvm_make_request(int req, struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu); - - /* Make request @req of all VCPUs of the VM with struct kvm @kvm. */ - bool kvm_make_all_cpus_request(struct kvm *kvm, unsigned int req); - -Typically a requester wants the VCPU to perform the activity as soon -as possible after making the request. This means most requests -(kvm_make_request() calls) are followed by a call to kvm_vcpu_kick(), -and kvm_make_all_cpus_request() has the kicking of all VCPUs built -into it. - -VCPU Kicks ----------- - -The goal of a VCPU kick is to bring a VCPU thread out of guest mode in -order to perform some KVM maintenance. To do so, an IPI is sent, forcing -a guest mode exit. However, a VCPU thread may not be in guest mode at the -time of the kick. Therefore, depending on the mode and state of the VCPU -thread, there are two other actions a kick may take. All three actions -are listed below: - -1) Send an IPI. This forces a guest mode exit. -2) Waking a sleeping VCPU. Sleeping VCPUs are VCPU threads outside guest - mode that wait on waitqueues. Waking them removes the threads from - the waitqueues, allowing the threads to run again. This behavior - may be suppressed, see KVM_REQUEST_NO_WAKEUP below. -3) Nothing. When the VCPU is not in guest mode and the VCPU thread is not - sleeping, then there is nothing to do. - -VCPU Mode ---------- - -VCPUs have a mode state, ``vcpu->mode``, that is used to track whether the -guest is running in guest mode or not, as well as some specific -outside guest mode states. The architecture may use ``vcpu->mode`` to -ensure VCPU requests are seen by VCPUs (see "Ensuring Requests Are Seen"), -as well as to avoid sending unnecessary IPIs (see "IPI Reduction"), and -even to ensure IPI acknowledgements are waited upon (see "Waiting for -Acknowledgements"). The following modes are defined: - -OUTSIDE_GUEST_MODE - - The VCPU thread is outside guest mode. - -IN_GUEST_MODE - - The VCPU thread is in guest mode. - -EXITING_GUEST_MODE - - The VCPU thread is transitioning from IN_GUEST_MODE to - OUTSIDE_GUEST_MODE. - -READING_SHADOW_PAGE_TABLES - - The VCPU thread is outside guest mode, but it wants the sender of - certain VCPU requests, namely KVM_REQ_TLB_FLUSH, to wait until the VCPU - thread is done reading the page tables. - -VCPU Request Internals -====================== - -VCPU requests are simply bit indices of the ``vcpu->requests`` bitmap. -This means general bitops, like those documented in [atomic-ops]_ could -also be used, e.g. :: - - clear_bit(KVM_REQ_UNHALT & KVM_REQUEST_MASK, &vcpu->requests); - -However, VCPU request users should refrain from doing so, as it would -break the abstraction. The first 8 bits are reserved for architecture -independent requests, all additional bits are available for architecture -dependent requests. - -Architecture Independent Requests ---------------------------------- - -KVM_REQ_TLB_FLUSH - - KVM's common MMU notifier may need to flush all of a guest's TLB - entries, calling kvm_flush_remote_tlbs() to do so. Architectures that - choose to use the common kvm_flush_remote_tlbs() implementation will - need to handle this VCPU request. - -KVM_REQ_MMU_RELOAD - - When shadow page tables are used and memory slots are removed it's - necessary to inform each VCPU to completely refresh the tables. This - request is used for that. - -KVM_REQ_PENDING_TIMER - - This request may be made from a timer handler run on the host on behalf - of a VCPU. It informs the VCPU thread to inject a timer interrupt. - -KVM_REQ_UNHALT - - This request may be made from the KVM common function kvm_vcpu_block(), - which is used to emulate an instruction that causes a CPU to halt until - one of an architectural specific set of events and/or interrupts is - received (determined by checking kvm_arch_vcpu_runnable()). When that - event or interrupt arrives kvm_vcpu_block() makes the request. This is - in contrast to when kvm_vcpu_block() returns due to any other reason, - such as a pending signal, which does not indicate the VCPU's halt - emulation should stop, and therefore does not make the request. - -KVM_REQUEST_MASK ----------------- - -VCPU requests should be masked by KVM_REQUEST_MASK before using them with -bitops. This is because only the lower 8 bits are used to represent the -request's number. The upper bits are used as flags. Currently only two -flags are defined. - -VCPU Request Flags ------------------- - -KVM_REQUEST_NO_WAKEUP - - This flag is applied to requests that only need immediate attention - from VCPUs running in guest mode. That is, sleeping VCPUs do not need - to be awaken for these requests. Sleeping VCPUs will handle the - requests when they are awaken later for some other reason. - -KVM_REQUEST_WAIT - - When requests with this flag are made with kvm_make_all_cpus_request(), - then the caller will wait for each VCPU to acknowledge its IPI before - proceeding. This flag only applies to VCPUs that would receive IPIs. - If, for example, the VCPU is sleeping, so no IPI is necessary, then - the requesting thread does not wait. This means that this flag may be - safely combined with KVM_REQUEST_NO_WAKEUP. See "Waiting for - Acknowledgements" for more information about requests with - KVM_REQUEST_WAIT. - -VCPU Requests with Associated State -=================================== - -Requesters that want the receiving VCPU to handle new state need to ensure -the newly written state is observable to the receiving VCPU thread's CPU -by the time it observes the request. This means a write memory barrier -must be inserted after writing the new state and before setting the VCPU -request bit. Additionally, on the receiving VCPU thread's side, a -corresponding read barrier must be inserted after reading the request bit -and before proceeding to read the new state associated with it. See -scenario 3, Message and Flag, of [lwn-mb]_ and the kernel documentation -[memory-barriers]_. - -The pair of functions, kvm_check_request() and kvm_make_request(), provide -the memory barriers, allowing this requirement to be handled internally by -the API. - -Ensuring Requests Are Seen -========================== - -When making requests to VCPUs, we want to avoid the receiving VCPU -executing in guest mode for an arbitrary long time without handling the -request. We can be sure this won't happen as long as we ensure the VCPU -thread checks kvm_request_pending() before entering guest mode and that a -kick will send an IPI to force an exit from guest mode when necessary. -Extra care must be taken to cover the period after the VCPU thread's last -kvm_request_pending() check and before it has entered guest mode, as kick -IPIs will only trigger guest mode exits for VCPU threads that are in guest -mode or at least have already disabled interrupts in order to prepare to -enter guest mode. This means that an optimized implementation (see "IPI -Reduction") must be certain when it's safe to not send the IPI. One -solution, which all architectures except s390 apply, is to: - -- set ``vcpu->mode`` to IN_GUEST_MODE between disabling the interrupts and - the last kvm_request_pending() check; -- enable interrupts atomically when entering the guest. - -This solution also requires memory barriers to be placed carefully in both -the requesting thread and the receiving VCPU. With the memory barriers we -can exclude the possibility of a VCPU thread observing -!kvm_request_pending() on its last check and then not receiving an IPI for -the next request made of it, even if the request is made immediately after -the check. This is done by way of the Dekker memory barrier pattern -(scenario 10 of [lwn-mb]_). As the Dekker pattern requires two variables, -this solution pairs ``vcpu->mode`` with ``vcpu->requests``. Substituting -them into the pattern gives:: - - CPU1 CPU2 - ================= ================= - local_irq_disable(); - WRITE_ONCE(vcpu->mode, IN_GUEST_MODE); kvm_make_request(REQ, vcpu); - smp_mb(); smp_mb(); - if (kvm_request_pending(vcpu)) { if (READ_ONCE(vcpu->mode) == - IN_GUEST_MODE) { - ...abort guest entry... ...send IPI... - } } - -As stated above, the IPI is only useful for VCPU threads in guest mode or -that have already disabled interrupts. This is why this specific case of -the Dekker pattern has been extended to disable interrupts before setting -``vcpu->mode`` to IN_GUEST_MODE. WRITE_ONCE() and READ_ONCE() are used to -pedantically implement the memory barrier pattern, guaranteeing the -compiler doesn't interfere with ``vcpu->mode``'s carefully planned -accesses. - -IPI Reduction -------------- - -As only one IPI is needed to get a VCPU to check for any/all requests, -then they may be coalesced. This is easily done by having the first IPI -sending kick also change the VCPU mode to something !IN_GUEST_MODE. The -transitional state, EXITING_GUEST_MODE, is used for this purpose. - -Waiting for Acknowledgements ----------------------------- - -Some requests, those with the KVM_REQUEST_WAIT flag set, require IPIs to -be sent, and the acknowledgements to be waited upon, even when the target -VCPU threads are in modes other than IN_GUEST_MODE. For example, one case -is when a target VCPU thread is in READING_SHADOW_PAGE_TABLES mode, which -is set after disabling interrupts. To support these cases, the -KVM_REQUEST_WAIT flag changes the condition for sending an IPI from -checking that the VCPU is IN_GUEST_MODE to checking that it is not -OUTSIDE_GUEST_MODE. - -Request-less VCPU Kicks ------------------------ - -As the determination of whether or not to send an IPI depends on the -two-variable Dekker memory barrier pattern, then it's clear that -request-less VCPU kicks are almost never correct. Without the assurance -that a non-IPI generating kick will still result in an action by the -receiving VCPU, as the final kvm_request_pending() check does for -request-accompanying kicks, then the kick may not do anything useful at -all. If, for instance, a request-less kick was made to a VCPU that was -just about to set its mode to IN_GUEST_MODE, meaning no IPI is sent, then -the VCPU thread may continue its entry without actually having done -whatever it was the kick was meant to initiate. - -One exception is x86's posted interrupt mechanism. In this case, however, -even the request-less VCPU kick is coupled with the same -local_irq_disable() + smp_mb() pattern described above; the ON bit -(Outstanding Notification) in the posted interrupt descriptor takes the -role of ``vcpu->requests``. When sending a posted interrupt, PIR.ON is -set before reading ``vcpu->mode``; dually, in the VCPU thread, -vmx_sync_pir_to_irr() reads PIR after setting ``vcpu->mode`` to -IN_GUEST_MODE. - -Additional Considerations -========================= - -Sleeping VCPUs --------------- - -VCPU threads may need to consider requests before and/or after calling -functions that may put them to sleep, e.g. kvm_vcpu_block(). Whether they -do or not, and, if they do, which requests need consideration, is -architecture dependent. kvm_vcpu_block() calls kvm_arch_vcpu_runnable() -to check if it should awaken. One reason to do so is to provide -architectures a function where requests may be checked if necessary. - -Clearing Requests ------------------ - -Generally it only makes sense for the receiving VCPU thread to clear a -request. However, in some circumstances, such as when the requesting -thread and the receiving VCPU thread are executed serially, such as when -they are the same thread, or when they are using some form of concurrency -control to temporarily execute synchronously, then it's possible to know -that the request may be cleared immediately, rather than waiting for the -receiving VCPU thread to handle the request in VCPU RUN. The only current -examples of this are kvm_vcpu_block() calls made by VCPUs to block -themselves. A possible side-effect of that call is to make the -KVM_REQ_UNHALT request, which may then be cleared immediately when the -VCPU returns from the call. - -References -========== - -.. [atomic-ops] Documentation/core-api/atomic_ops.rst -.. [memory-barriers] Documentation/memory-barriers.txt -.. [lwn-mb] https://lwn.net/Articles/573436/ diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.rst b/Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 6b789d27cead..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -============ -Paravirt_ops -============ - -Linux provides support for different hypervisor virtualization technologies. -Historically different binary kernels would be required in order to support -different hypervisors, this restriction was removed with pv_ops. -Linux pv_ops is a virtualization API which enables support for different -hypervisors. It allows each hypervisor to override critical operations and -allows a single kernel binary to run on all supported execution environments -including native machine -- without any hypervisors. - -pv_ops provides a set of function pointers which represent operations -corresponding to low level critical instructions and high level -functionalities in various areas. pv-ops allows for optimizations at run -time by enabling binary patching of the low-ops critical operations -at boot time. - -pv_ops operations are classified into three categories: - -- simple indirect call - These operations correspond to high level functionality where it is - known that the overhead of indirect call isn't very important. - -- indirect call which allows optimization with binary patch - Usually these operations correspond to low level critical instructions. They - are called frequently and are performance critical. The overhead is - very important. - -- a set of macros for hand written assembly code - Hand written assembly codes (.S files) also need paravirtualization - because they include sensitive instructions or some of code paths in - them are very performance critical. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 87b80f589e1c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4589 +0,0 @@ - User Mode Linux HOWTO - User Mode Linux Core Team - Mon Nov 18 14:16:16 EST 2002 - - This document describes the use and abuse of Jeff Dike's User Mode - Linux: a port of the Linux kernel as a normal Intel Linux process. - ______________________________________________________________________ - - Table of Contents - - 1. Introduction - - 1.1 How is User Mode Linux Different? - 1.2 Why Would I Want User Mode Linux? - - 2. Compiling the kernel and modules - - 2.1 Compiling the kernel - 2.2 Compiling and installing kernel modules - 2.3 Compiling and installing uml_utilities - - 3. Running UML and logging in - - 3.1 Running UML - 3.2 Logging in - 3.3 Examples - - 4. UML on 2G/2G hosts - - 4.1 Introduction - 4.2 The problem - 4.3 The solution - - 5. Setting up serial lines and consoles - - 5.1 Specifying the device - 5.2 Specifying the channel - 5.3 Examples - - 6. Setting up the network - - 6.1 General setup - 6.2 Userspace daemons - 6.3 Specifying ethernet addresses - 6.4 UML interface setup - 6.5 Multicast - 6.6 TUN/TAP with the uml_net helper - 6.7 TUN/TAP with a preconfigured tap device - 6.8 Ethertap - 6.9 The switch daemon - 6.10 Slip - 6.11 Slirp - 6.12 pcap - 6.13 Setting up the host yourself - - 7. Sharing Filesystems between Virtual Machines - - 7.1 A warning - 7.2 Using layered block devices - 7.3 Note! - 7.4 Another warning - 7.5 uml_moo : Merging a COW file with its backing file - - 8. Creating filesystems - - 8.1 Create the filesystem file - 8.2 Assign the file to a UML device - 8.3 Creating and mounting the filesystem - - 9. Host file access - - 9.1 Using hostfs - 9.2 hostfs as the root filesystem - 9.3 Building hostfs - - 10. The Management Console - 10.1 version - 10.2 halt and reboot - 10.3 config - 10.4 remove - 10.5 sysrq - 10.6 help - 10.7 cad - 10.8 stop - 10.9 go - - 11. Kernel debugging - - 11.1 Starting the kernel under gdb - 11.2 Examining sleeping processes - 11.3 Running ddd on UML - 11.4 Debugging modules - 11.5 Attaching gdb to the kernel - 11.6 Using alternate debuggers - - 12. Kernel debugging examples - - 12.1 The case of the hung fsck - 12.2 Episode 2: The case of the hung fsck - - 13. What to do when UML doesn't work - - 13.1 Strange compilation errors when you build from source - 13.2 (obsolete) - 13.3 A variety of panics and hangs with /tmp on a reiserfs filesystem - 13.4 The compile fails with errors about conflicting types for 'open', 'dup', and 'waitpid' - 13.5 UML doesn't work when /tmp is an NFS filesystem - 13.6 UML hangs on boot when compiled with gprof support - 13.7 syslogd dies with a SIGTERM on startup - 13.8 TUN/TAP networking doesn't work on a 2.4 host - 13.9 You can network to the host but not to other machines on the net - 13.10 I have no root and I want to scream - 13.11 UML build conflict between ptrace.h and ucontext.h - 13.12 The UML BogoMips is exactly half the host's BogoMips - 13.13 When you run UML, it immediately segfaults - 13.14 xterms appear, then immediately disappear - 13.15 Any other panic, hang, or strange behavior - - 14. Diagnosing Problems - - 14.1 Case 1 : Normal kernel panics - 14.2 Case 2 : Tracing thread panics - 14.3 Case 3 : Tracing thread panics caused by other threads - 14.4 Case 4 : Hangs - - 15. Thanks - - 15.1 Code and Documentation - 15.2 Flushing out bugs - 15.3 Buglets and clean-ups - 15.4 Case Studies - 15.5 Other contributions - - - ______________________________________________________________________ - - 1. Introduction - - Welcome to User Mode Linux. It's going to be fun. - - - - 1.1. How is User Mode Linux Different? - - Normally, the Linux Kernel talks straight to your hardware (video - card, keyboard, hard drives, etc), and any programs which run ask the - kernel to operate the hardware, like so: - - - - +-----------+-----------+----+ - | Process 1 | Process 2 | ...| - +-----------+-----------+----+ - | Linux Kernel | - +----------------------------+ - | Hardware | - +----------------------------+ - - - - - The User Mode Linux Kernel is different; instead of talking to the - hardware, it talks to a `real' Linux kernel (called the `host kernel' - from now on), like any other program. Programs can then run inside - User-Mode Linux as if they were running under a normal kernel, like - so: - - - - +----------------+ - | Process 2 | ...| - +-----------+----------------+ - | Process 1 | User-Mode Linux| - +----------------------------+ - | Linux Kernel | - +----------------------------+ - | Hardware | - +----------------------------+ - - - - - - 1.2. Why Would I Want User Mode Linux? - - - 1. If User Mode Linux crashes, your host kernel is still fine. - - 2. You can run a usermode kernel as a non-root user. - - 3. You can debug the User Mode Linux like any normal process. - - 4. You can run gprof (profiling) and gcov (coverage testing). - - 5. You can play with your kernel without breaking things. - - 6. You can use it as a sandbox for testing new apps. - - 7. You can try new development kernels safely. - - 8. You can run different distributions simultaneously. - - 9. It's extremely fun. - - - - - - 2. Compiling the kernel and modules - - - - - 2.1. Compiling the kernel - - - Compiling the user mode kernel is just like compiling any other - kernel. Let's go through the steps, using 2.4.0-prerelease (current - as of this writing) as an example: - - - 1. Download the latest UML patch from - - the download page - . - - - 3. Make a directory and unpack the kernel into it. - - - - host% - mkdir ~/uml - - - - - - - host% - cd ~/uml - - - - - - - host% - tar -xzvf linux-2.4.0-prerelease.tar.bz2 - - - - - - - 4. Apply the patch using - - - - host% - cd ~/uml/linux - - - - host% - bzcat uml-patch-2.4.0-prerelease.bz2 | patch -p1 - - - - - - - 5. Run your favorite config; `make xconfig ARCH=um' is the most - convenient. `make config ARCH=um' and 'make menuconfig ARCH=um' - will work as well. The defaults will give you a useful kernel. If - you want to change something, go ahead, it probably won't hurt - anything. - - - Note: If the host is configured with a 2G/2G address space split - rather than the usual 3G/1G split, then the packaged UML binaries - will not run. They will immediately segfault. See ``UML on 2G/2G - hosts'' for the scoop on running UML on your system. - - - - 6. Finish with `make linux ARCH=um': the result is a file called - `linux' in the top directory of your source tree. - - Make sure that you don't build this kernel in /usr/src/linux. On some - distributions, /usr/include/asm is a link into this pool. The user- - mode build changes the other end of that link, and things that include - stop compiling. - - The sources are also available from cvs at the project's cvs page, - which has directions on getting the sources. You can also browse the - CVS pool from there. - - If you get the CVS sources, you will have to check them out into an - empty directory. You will then have to copy each file into the - corresponding directory in the appropriate kernel pool. - - If you don't have the latest kernel pool, you can get the - corresponding user-mode sources with - - - host% cvs co -r v_2_3_x linux - - - - - where 'x' is the version in your pool. Note that you will not get the - bug fixes and enhancements that have gone into subsequent releases. - - - 2.2. Compiling and installing kernel modules - - UML modules are built in the same way as the native kernel (with the - exception of the 'ARCH=um' that you always need for UML): - - - host% make modules ARCH=um - - - - - Any modules that you want to load into this kernel need to be built in - the user-mode pool. Modules from the native kernel won't work. - - You can install them by using ftp or something to copy them into the - virtual machine and dropping them into /lib/modules/`uname -r`. - - You can also get the kernel build process to install them as follows: - - 1. with the kernel not booted, mount the root filesystem in the top - level of the kernel pool: - - - host% mount root_fs mnt -o loop - - - - - - - 2. run - - - host% - make modules_install INSTALL_MOD_PATH=`pwd`/mnt ARCH=um - - - - - - - 3. unmount the filesystem - - - host% umount mnt - - - - - - - 4. boot the kernel on it - - - When the system is booted, you can use insmod as usual to get the - modules into the kernel. A number of things have been loaded into UML - as modules, especially filesystems and network protocols and filters, - so most symbols which need to be exported probably already are. - However, if you do find symbols that need exporting, let us - know, and - they'll be "taken care of". - - - - 2.3. Compiling and installing uml_utilities - - Many features of the UML kernel require a user-space helper program, - so a uml_utilities package is distributed separately from the kernel - patch which provides these helpers. Included within this is: - - o port-helper - Used by consoles which connect to xterms or ports - - o tunctl - Configuration tool to create and delete tap devices - - o uml_net - Setuid binary for automatic tap device configuration - - o uml_switch - User-space virtual switch required for daemon - transport - - The uml_utilities tree is compiled with: - - - host# - make && make install - - - - - Note that UML kernel patches may require a specific version of the - uml_utilities distribution. If you don't keep up with the mailing - lists, ensure that you have the latest release of uml_utilities if you - are experiencing problems with your UML kernel, particularly when - dealing with consoles or command-line switches to the helper programs - - - - - - - - - 3. Running UML and logging in - - - - 3.1. Running UML - - It runs on 2.2.15 or later, and all 2.4 kernels. - - - Booting UML is straightforward. Simply run 'linux': it will try to - mount the file `root_fs' in the current directory. You do not need to - run it as root. If your root filesystem is not named `root_fs', then - you need to put a `ubd0=root_fs_whatever' switch on the linux command - line. - - - You will need a filesystem to boot UML from. There are a number - available for download from here . There are also several tools - which can be - used to generate UML-compatible filesystem images from media. - The kernel will boot up and present you with a login prompt. - - - Note: If the host is configured with a 2G/2G address space split - rather than the usual 3G/1G split, then the packaged UML binaries will - not run. They will immediately segfault. See ``UML on 2G/2G hosts'' - for the scoop on running UML on your system. - - - - 3.2. Logging in - - - - The prepackaged filesystems have a root account with password 'root' - and a user account with password 'user'. The login banner will - generally tell you how to log in. So, you log in and you will find - yourself inside a little virtual machine. Our filesystems have a - variety of commands and utilities installed (and it is fairly easy to - add more), so you will have a lot of tools with which to poke around - the system. - - There are a couple of other ways to log in: - - o On a virtual console - - - - Each virtual console that is configured (i.e. the device exists in - /dev and /etc/inittab runs a getty on it) will come up in its own - xterm. If you get tired of the xterms, read ``Setting up serial - lines and consoles'' to see how to attach the consoles to - something else, like host ptys. - - - - o Over the serial line - - - In the boot output, find a line that looks like: - - - - serial line 0 assigned pty /dev/ptyp1 - - - - - Attach your favorite terminal program to the corresponding tty. I.e. - for minicom, the command would be - - - host% minicom -o -p /dev/ttyp1 - - - - - - - o Over the net - - - If the network is running, then you can telnet to the virtual - machine and log in to it. See ``Setting up the network'' to learn - about setting up a virtual network. - - When you're done using it, run halt, and the kernel will bring itself - down and the process will exit. - - - 3.3. Examples - - Here are some examples of UML in action: - - o A login session - - o A virtual network - - - - - - - - 4. UML on 2G/2G hosts - - - - - 4.1. Introduction - - - Most Linux machines are configured so that the kernel occupies the - upper 1G (0xc0000000 - 0xffffffff) of the 4G address space and - processes use the lower 3G (0x00000000 - 0xbfffffff). However, some - machine are configured with a 2G/2G split, with the kernel occupying - the upper 2G (0x80000000 - 0xffffffff) and processes using the lower - 2G (0x00000000 - 0x7fffffff). - - - - - 4.2. The problem - - - The prebuilt UML binaries on this site will not run on 2G/2G hosts - because UML occupies the upper .5G of the 3G process address space - (0xa0000000 - 0xbfffffff). Obviously, on 2G/2G hosts, this is right - in the middle of the kernel address space, so UML won't even load - it - will immediately segfault. - - - - - 4.3. The solution - - - The fix for this is to rebuild UML from source after enabling - CONFIG_HOST_2G_2G (under 'General Setup'). This will cause UML to - load itself in the top .5G of that smaller process address space, - where it will run fine. See ``Compiling the kernel and modules'' if - you need help building UML from source. - - - - - - - - - - - 5. Setting up serial lines and consoles - - - It is possible to attach UML serial lines and consoles to many types - of host I/O channels by specifying them on the command line. - - - You can attach them to host ptys, ttys, file descriptors, and ports. - This allows you to do things like - - o have a UML console appear on an unused host console, - - o hook two virtual machines together by having one attach to a pty - and having the other attach to the corresponding tty - - o make a virtual machine accessible from the net by attaching a - console to a port on the host. - - - The general format of the command line option is device=channel. - - - - 5.1. Specifying the device - - Devices are specified with "con" or "ssl" (console or serial line, - respectively), optionally with a device number if you are talking - about a specific device. - - - Using just "con" or "ssl" describes all of the consoles or serial - lines. If you want to talk about console #3 or serial line #10, they - would be "con3" and "ssl10", respectively. - - - A specific device name will override a less general "con=" or "ssl=". - So, for example, you can assign a pty to each of the serial lines - except for the first two like this: - - - ssl=pty ssl0=tty:/dev/tty0 ssl1=tty:/dev/tty1 - - - - - The specificity of the device name is all that matters; order on the - command line is irrelevant. - - - - 5.2. Specifying the channel - - There are a number of different types of channels to attach a UML - device to, each with a different way of specifying exactly what to - attach to. - - o pseudo-terminals - device=pty pts terminals - device=pts - - - This will cause UML to allocate a free host pseudo-terminal for the - device. The terminal that it got will be announced in the boot - log. You access it by attaching a terminal program to the - corresponding tty: - - o screen /dev/pts/n - - o screen /dev/ttyxx - - o minicom -o -p /dev/ttyxx - minicom seems not able to handle pts - devices - - o kermit - start it up, 'open' the device, then 'connect' - - - - - - o terminals - device=tty:tty device file - - - This will make UML attach the device to the specified tty (i.e - - - con1=tty:/dev/tty3 - - - - - will attach UML's console 1 to the host's /dev/tty3). If the tty that - you specify is the slave end of a tty/pty pair, something else must - have already opened the corresponding pty in order for this to work. - - - - - - o xterms - device=xterm - - - UML will run an xterm and the device will be attached to it. - - - - - - o Port - device=port:port number - - - This will attach the UML devices to the specified host port. - Attaching console 1 to the host's port 9000 would be done like - this: - - - con1=port:9000 - - - - - Attaching all the serial lines to that port would be done similarly: - - - ssl=port:9000 - - - - - You access these devices by telnetting to that port. Each active tel- - net session gets a different device. If there are more telnets to a - port than UML devices attached to it, then the extra telnet sessions - will block until an existing telnet detaches, or until another device - becomes active (i.e. by being activated in /etc/inittab). - - This channel has the advantage that you can both attach multiple UML - devices to it and know how to access them without reading the UML boot - log. It is also unique in allowing access to a UML from remote - machines without requiring that the UML be networked. This could be - useful in allowing public access to UMLs because they would be - accessible from the net, but wouldn't need any kind of network - filtering or access control because they would have no network access. - - - If you attach the main console to a portal, then the UML boot will - appear to hang. In reality, it's waiting for a telnet to connect, at - which point the boot will proceed. - - - - - - o already-existing file descriptors - device=file descriptor - - - If you set up a file descriptor on the UML command line, you can - attach a UML device to it. This is most commonly used to put the - main console back on stdin and stdout after assigning all the other - consoles to something else: - - - con0=fd:0,fd:1 con=pts - - - - - - - - - o Nothing - device=null - - - This allows the device to be opened, in contrast to 'none', but - reads will block, and writes will succeed and the data will be - thrown out. - - - - - - o None - device=none - - - This causes the device to disappear. - - - - You can also specify different input and output channels for a device - by putting a comma between them: - - - ssl3=tty:/dev/tty2,xterm - - - - - will cause serial line 3 to accept input on the host's /dev/tty2 and - display output on an xterm. That's a silly example - the most common - use of this syntax is to reattach the main console to stdin and stdout - as shown above. - - - If you decide to move the main console away from stdin/stdout, the - initial boot output will appear in the terminal that you're running - UML in. However, once the console driver has been officially - initialized, then the boot output will start appearing wherever you - specified that console 0 should be. That device will receive all - subsequent output. - - - - 5.3. Examples - - There are a number of interesting things you can do with this - capability. - - - First, this is how you get rid of those bleeding console xterms by - attaching them to host ptys: - - - con=pty con0=fd:0,fd:1 - - - - - This will make a UML console take over an unused host virtual console, - so that when you switch to it, you will see the UML login prompt - rather than the host login prompt: - - - con1=tty:/dev/tty6 - - - - - You can attach two virtual machines together with what amounts to a - serial line as follows: - - Run one UML with a serial line attached to a pty - - - - ssl1=pty - - - - - Look at the boot log to see what pty it got (this example will assume - that it got /dev/ptyp1). - - Boot the other UML with a serial line attached to the corresponding - tty - - - - ssl1=tty:/dev/ttyp1 - - - - - Log in, make sure that it has no getty on that serial line, attach a - terminal program like minicom to it, and you should see the login - prompt of the other virtual machine. - - - 6. Setting up the network - - - - This page describes how to set up the various transports and to - provide a UML instance with network access to the host, other machines - on the local net, and the rest of the net. - - - As of 2.4.5, UML networking has been completely redone to make it much - easier to set up, fix bugs, and add new features. - - - There is a new helper, uml_net, which does the host setup that - requires root privileges. - - - There are currently five transport types available for a UML virtual - machine to exchange packets with other hosts: - - o ethertap - - o TUN/TAP - - o Multicast - - o a switch daemon - - o slip - - o slirp - - o pcap - - The TUN/TAP, ethertap, slip, and slirp transports allow a UML - instance to exchange packets with the host. They may be directed - to the host or the host may just act as a router to provide access - to other physical or virtual machines. - - - The pcap transport is a synthetic read-only interface, using the - libpcap binary to collect packets from interfaces on the host and - filter them. This is useful for building preconfigured traffic - monitors or sniffers. - - - The daemon and multicast transports provide a completely virtual - network to other virtual machines. This network is completely - disconnected from the physical network unless one of the virtual - machines on it is acting as a gateway. - - - With so many host transports, which one should you use? Here's when - you should use each one: - - o ethertap - if you want access to the host networking and it is - running 2.2 - - o TUN/TAP - if you want access to the host networking and it is - running 2.4. Also, the TUN/TAP transport is able to use a - preconfigured device, allowing it to avoid using the setuid uml_net - helper, which is a security advantage. - - o Multicast - if you want a purely virtual network and you don't want - to set up anything but the UML - - o a switch daemon - if you want a purely virtual network and you - don't mind running the daemon in order to get somewhat better - performance - - o slip - there is no particular reason to run the slip backend unless - ethertap and TUN/TAP are just not available for some reason - - o slirp - if you don't have root access on the host to setup - networking, or if you don't want to allocate an IP to your UML - - o pcap - not much use for actual network connectivity, but great for - monitoring traffic on the host - - Ethertap is available on 2.4 and works fine. TUN/TAP is preferred - to it because it has better performance and ethertap is officially - considered obsolete in 2.4. Also, the root helper only needs to - run occasionally for TUN/TAP, rather than handling every packet, as - it does with ethertap. This is a slight security advantage since - it provides fewer opportunities for a nasty UML user to somehow - exploit the helper's root privileges. - - - 6.1. General setup - - First, you must have the virtual network enabled in your UML. If are - running a prebuilt kernel from this site, everything is already - enabled. If you build the kernel yourself, under the "Network device - support" menu, enable "Network device support", and then the three - transports. - - - The next step is to provide a network device to the virtual machine. - This is done by describing it on the kernel command line. - - The general format is - - - eth = , - - - - - For example, a virtual ethernet device may be attached to a host - ethertap device as follows: - - - eth0=ethertap,tap0,fe:fd:0:0:0:1,192.168.0.254 - - - - - This sets up eth0 inside the virtual machine to attach itself to the - host /dev/tap0, assigns it an ethernet address, and assigns the host - tap0 interface an IP address. - - - - Note that the IP address you assign to the host end of the tap device - must be different than the IP you assign to the eth device inside UML. - If you are short on IPs and don't want to consume two per UML, then - you can reuse the host's eth IP address for the host ends of the tap - devices. Internally, the UMLs must still get unique IPs for their eth - devices. You can also give the UMLs non-routable IPs (192.168.x.x or - 10.x.x.x) and have the host masquerade them. This will let outgoing - connections work, but incoming connections won't without more work, - such as port forwarding from the host. - Also note that when you configure the host side of an interface, it is - only acting as a gateway. It will respond to pings sent to it - locally, but is not useful to do that since it's a host interface. - You are not talking to the UML when you ping that interface and get a - response. - - - You can also add devices to a UML and remove them at runtime. See the - ``The Management Console'' page for details. - - - The sections below describe this in more detail. - - - Once you've decided how you're going to set up the devices, you boot - UML, log in, configure the UML side of the devices, and set up routes - to the outside world. At that point, you will be able to talk to any - other machines, physical or virtual, on the net. - - - If ifconfig inside UML fails and the network refuses to come up, run - tell you what went wrong. - - - - 6.2. Userspace daemons - - You will likely need the setuid helper, or the switch daemon, or both. - They are both installed with the RPM and deb, so if you've installed - either, you can skip the rest of this section. - - - If not, then you need to check them out of CVS, build them, and - install them. The helper is uml_net, in CVS /tools/uml_net, and the - daemon is uml_switch, in CVS /tools/uml_router. They are both built - with a plain 'make'. Both need to be installed in a directory that's - in your path - /usr/bin is recommend. On top of that, uml_net needs - to be setuid root. - - - - 6.3. Specifying ethernet addresses - - Below, you will see that the TUN/TAP, ethertap, and daemon interfaces - allow you to specify hardware addresses for the virtual ethernet - devices. This is generally not necessary. If you don't have a - specific reason to do it, you probably shouldn't. If one is not - specified on the command line, the driver will assign one based on the - device IP address. It will provide the address fe:fd:nn:nn:nn:nn - where nn.nn.nn.nn is the device IP address. This is nearly always - sufficient to guarantee a unique hardware address for the device. A - couple of exceptions are: - - o Another set of virtual ethernet devices are on the same network and - they are assigned hardware addresses using a different scheme which - may conflict with the UML IP address-based scheme - - o You aren't going to use the device for IP networking, so you don't - assign the device an IP address - - If you let the driver provide the hardware address, you should make - sure that the device IP address is known before the interface is - brought up. So, inside UML, this will guarantee that: - - - - UML# - ifconfig eth0 192.168.0.250 up - - - - - If you decide to assign the hardware address yourself, make sure that - the first byte of the address is even. Addresses with an odd first - byte are broadcast addresses, which you don't want assigned to a - device. - - - - 6.4. UML interface setup - - Once the network devices have been described on the command line, you - should boot UML and log in. - - - The first thing to do is bring the interface up: - - - UML# ifconfig ethn ip-address up - - - - - You should be able to ping the host at this point. - - - To reach the rest of the world, you should set a default route to the - host: - - - UML# route add default gw host ip - - - - - Again, with host ip of 192.168.0.4: - - - UML# route add default gw 192.168.0.4 - - - - - This page used to recommend setting a network route to your local net. - This is wrong, because it will cause UML to try to figure out hardware - addresses of the local machines by arping on the interface to the - host. Since that interface is basically a single strand of ethernet - with two nodes on it (UML and the host) and arp requests don't cross - networks, they will fail to elicit any responses. So, what you want - is for UML to just blindly throw all packets at the host and let it - figure out what to do with them, which is what leaving out the network - route and adding the default route does. - - - Note: If you can't communicate with other hosts on your physical - ethernet, it's probably because of a network route that's - automatically set up. If you run 'route -n' and see a route that - looks like this: - - - - - Destination Gateway Genmask Flags Metric Ref Use Iface - 192.168.0.0 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.0 U 0 0 0 eth0 - - - - - with a mask that's not 255.255.255.255, then replace it with a route - to your host: - - - UML# - route del -net 192.168.0.0 dev eth0 netmask 255.255.255.0 - - - - - - - UML# - route add -host 192.168.0.4 dev eth0 - - - - - This, plus the default route to the host, will allow UML to exchange - packets with any machine on your ethernet. - - - - 6.5. Multicast - - The simplest way to set up a virtual network between multiple UMLs is - to use the mcast transport. This was written by Harald Welte and is - present in UML version 2.4.5-5um and later. Your system must have - multicast enabled in the kernel and there must be a multicast-capable - network device on the host. Normally, this is eth0, but if there is - no ethernet card on the host, then you will likely get strange error - messages when you bring the device up inside UML. - - - To use it, run two UMLs with - - - eth0=mcast - - - - - on their command lines. Log in, configure the ethernet device in each - machine with different IP addresses: - - - UML1# ifconfig eth0 192.168.0.254 - - - - - - - UML2# ifconfig eth0 192.168.0.253 - - - - - and they should be able to talk to each other. - - The full set of command line options for this transport are - - - - ethn=mcast,ethernet address,multicast - address,multicast port,ttl - - - - - Harald's original README is here and explains these in detail, as well as - some other issues. - - There is also a related point-to-point only "ucast" transport. - This is useful when your network does not support multicast, and - all network connections are simple point to point links. - - The full set of command line options for this transport are - - - ethn=ucast,ethernet address,remote address,listen port,remote port - - - - - 6.6. TUN/TAP with the uml_net helper - - TUN/TAP is the preferred mechanism on 2.4 to exchange packets with the - host. The TUN/TAP backend has been in UML since 2.4.9-3um. - - - The easiest way to get up and running is to let the setuid uml_net - helper do the host setup for you. This involves insmod-ing the tun.o - module if necessary, configuring the device, and setting up IP - forwarding, routing, and proxy arp. If you are new to UML networking, - do this first. If you're concerned about the security implications of - the setuid helper, use it to get up and running, then read the next - section to see how to have UML use a preconfigured tap device, which - avoids the use of uml_net. - - - If you specify an IP address for the host side of the device, the - uml_net helper will do all necessary setup on the host - the only - requirement is that TUN/TAP be available, either built in to the host - kernel or as the tun.o module. - - The format of the command line switch to attach a device to a TUN/TAP - device is - - - eth =tuntap,,, - - - - - For example, this argument will attach the UML's eth0 to the next - available tap device and assign an ethernet address to it based on its - IP address - - - eth0=tuntap,,,192.168.0.254 - - - - - - - Note that the IP address that must be used for the eth device inside - UML is fixed by the routing and proxy arp that is set up on the - TUN/TAP device on the host. You can use a different one, but it won't - work because reply packets won't reach the UML. This is a feature. - It prevents a nasty UML user from doing things like setting the UML IP - to the same as the network's nameserver or mail server. - - - There are a couple potential problems with running the TUN/TAP - transport on a 2.4 host kernel - - o TUN/TAP seems not to work on 2.4.3 and earlier. Upgrade the host - kernel or use the ethertap transport. - - o With an upgraded kernel, TUN/TAP may fail with - - - File descriptor in bad state - - - - - This is due to a header mismatch between the upgraded kernel and the - kernel that was originally installed on the machine. The fix is to - make sure that /usr/src/linux points to the headers for the running - kernel. - - These were pointed out by Tim Robinson in - name="this uml- - user post"> . - - - - 6.7. TUN/TAP with a preconfigured tap device - - If you prefer not to have UML use uml_net (which is somewhat - insecure), with UML 2.4.17-11, you can set up a TUN/TAP device - beforehand. The setup needs to be done as root, but once that's done, - there is no need for root assistance. Setting up the device is done - as follows: - - o Create the device with tunctl (available from the UML utilities - tarball) - - - - - host# tunctl -u uid - - - - - where uid is the user id or username that UML will be run as. This - will tell you what device was created. - - o Configure the device IP (change IP addresses and device name to - suit) - - - - - host# ifconfig tap0 192.168.0.254 up - - - - - - o Set up routing and arping if desired - this is my recipe, there are - other ways of doing the same thing - - - host# - bash -c 'echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward' - - host# - route add -host 192.168.0.253 dev tap0 - - - - - - - host# - bash -c 'echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/tap0/proxy_arp' - - - - - - - host# - arp -Ds 192.168.0.253 eth0 pub - - - - - Note that this must be done every time the host boots - this configu- - ration is not stored across host reboots. So, it's probably a good - idea to stick it in an rc file. An even better idea would be a little - utility which reads the information from a config file and sets up - devices at boot time. - - o Rather than using up two IPs and ARPing for one of them, you can - also provide direct access to your LAN by the UML by using a - bridge. - - - host# - brctl addbr br0 - - - - - - - host# - ifconfig eth0 0.0.0.0 promisc up - - - - - - - host# - ifconfig tap0 0.0.0.0 promisc up - - - - - - - host# - ifconfig br0 192.168.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 up - - - - - - - - host# - brctl stp br0 off - - - - - - - host# - brctl setfd br0 1 - - - - - - - host# - brctl sethello br0 1 - - - - - - - host# - brctl addif br0 eth0 - - - - - - - host# - brctl addif br0 tap0 - - - - - Note that 'br0' should be setup using ifconfig with the existing IP - address of eth0, as eth0 no longer has its own IP. - - o - - - Also, the /dev/net/tun device must be writable by the user running - UML in order for the UML to use the device that's been configured - for it. The simplest thing to do is - - - host# chmod 666 /dev/net/tun - - - - - Making it world-writable looks bad, but it seems not to be - exploitable as a security hole. However, it does allow anyone to cre- - ate useless tap devices (useless because they can't configure them), - which is a DOS attack. A somewhat more secure alternative would to be - to create a group containing all the users who have preconfigured tap - devices and chgrp /dev/net/tun to that group with mode 664 or 660. - - - o Once the device is set up, run UML with 'eth0=tuntap,device name' - (i.e. 'eth0=tuntap,tap0') on the command line (or do it with the - mconsole config command). - - o Bring the eth device up in UML and you're in business. - - If you don't want that tap device any more, you can make it non- - persistent with - - - host# tunctl -d tap device - - - - - Finally, tunctl has a -b (for brief mode) switch which causes it to - output only the name of the tap device it created. This makes it - suitable for capture by a script: - - - host# TAP=`tunctl -u 1000 -b` - - - - - - - 6.8. Ethertap - - Ethertap is the general mechanism on 2.2 for userspace processes to - exchange packets with the kernel. - - - - To use this transport, you need to describe the virtual network device - on the UML command line. The general format for this is - - - eth =ethertap, , , - - - - - So, the previous example - - - eth0=ethertap,tap0,fe:fd:0:0:0:1,192.168.0.254 - - - - - attaches the UML eth0 device to the host /dev/tap0, assigns it the - ethernet address fe:fd:0:0:0:1, and assigns the IP address - 192.168.0.254 to the tap device. - - - - The tap device is mandatory, but the others are optional. If the - ethernet address is omitted, one will be assigned to it. - - - The presence of the tap IP address will cause the helper to run and do - whatever host setup is needed to allow the virtual machine to - communicate with the outside world. If you're not sure you know what - you're doing, this is the way to go. - - - If it is absent, then you must configure the tap device and whatever - arping and routing you will need on the host. However, even in this - case, the uml_net helper still needs to be in your path and it must be - setuid root if you're not running UML as root. This is because the - tap device doesn't support SIGIO, which UML needs in order to use - something as a source of input. So, the helper is used as a - convenient asynchronous IO thread. - - If you're using the uml_net helper, you can ignore the following host - setup - uml_net will do it for you. You just need to make sure you - have ethertap available, either built in to the host kernel or - available as a module. - - - If you want to set things up yourself, you need to make sure that the - appropriate /dev entry exists. If it doesn't, become root and create - it as follows: - - - mknod /dev/tap c 36 + 16 - - - - - For example, this is how to create /dev/tap0: - - - mknod /dev/tap0 c 36 0 + 16 - - - - - You also need to make sure that the host kernel has ethertap support. - If ethertap is enabled as a module, you apparently need to insmod - ethertap once for each ethertap device you want to enable. So, - - - host# - insmod ethertap - - - - - will give you the tap0 interface. To get the tap1 interface, you need - to run - - - host# - insmod ethertap unit=1 -o ethertap1 - - - - - - - - 6.9. The switch daemon - - Note: This is the daemon formerly known as uml_router, but which was - renamed so the network weenies of the world would stop growling at me. - - - The switch daemon, uml_switch, provides a mechanism for creating a - totally virtual network. By default, it provides no connection to the - host network (but see -tap, below). - - - The first thing you need to do is run the daemon. Running it with no - arguments will make it listen on a default pair of unix domain - sockets. - - - If you want it to listen on a different pair of sockets, use - - - -unix control socket data socket - - - - - - If you want it to act as a hub rather than a switch, use - - - -hub - - - - - - If you want the switch to be connected to host networking (allowing - the umls to get access to the outside world through the host), use - - - -tap tap0 - - - - - - Note that the tap device must be preconfigured (see "TUN/TAP with a - preconfigured tap device", above). If you're using a different tap - device than tap0, specify that instead of tap0. - - - uml_switch can be backgrounded as follows - - - host% - uml_switch [ options ] < /dev/null > /dev/null - - - - - The reason it doesn't background by default is that it listens to - stdin for EOF. When it sees that, it exits. - - - The general format of the kernel command line switch is - - - - ethn=daemon,ethernet address,socket - type,control socket,data socket - - - - - You can leave off everything except the 'daemon'. You only need to - specify the ethernet address if the one that will be assigned to it - isn't acceptable for some reason. The rest of the arguments describe - how to communicate with the daemon. You should only specify them if - you told the daemon to use different sockets than the default. So, if - you ran the daemon with no arguments, running the UML on the same - machine with - eth0=daemon - - - - - will cause the eth0 driver to attach itself to the daemon correctly. - - - - 6.10. Slip - - Slip is another, less general, mechanism for a process to communicate - with the host networking. In contrast to the ethertap interface, - which exchanges ethernet frames with the host and can be used to - transport any higher-level protocol, it can only be used to transport - IP. - - - The general format of the command line switch is - - - - ethn=slip,slip IP - - - - - The slip IP argument is the IP address that will be assigned to the - host end of the slip device. If it is specified, the helper will run - and will set up the host so that the virtual machine can reach it and - the rest of the network. - - - There are some oddities with this interface that you should be aware - of. You should only specify one slip device on a given virtual - machine, and its name inside UML will be 'umn', not 'eth0' or whatever - you specified on the command line. These problems will be fixed at - some point. - - - - 6.11. Slirp - - slirp uses an external program, usually /usr/bin/slirp, to provide IP - only networking connectivity through the host. This is similar to IP - masquerading with a firewall, although the translation is performed in - user-space, rather than by the kernel. As slirp does not set up any - interfaces on the host, or changes routing, slirp does not require - root access or setuid binaries on the host. - - - The general format of the command line switch for slirp is: - - - - ethn=slirp,ethernet address,slirp path - - - - - The ethernet address is optional, as UML will set up the interface - with an ethernet address based upon the initial IP address of the - interface. The slirp path is generally /usr/bin/slirp, although it - will depend on distribution. - - - The slirp program can have a number of options passed to the command - line and we can't add them to the UML command line, as they will be - parsed incorrectly. Instead, a wrapper shell script can be written or - the options inserted into the /.slirprc file. More information on - all of the slirp options can be found in its man pages. - - - The eth0 interface on UML should be set up with the IP 10.2.0.15, - although you can use anything as long as it is not used by a network - you will be connecting to. The default route on UML should be set to - use - - - UML# - route add default dev eth0 - - - - - slirp provides a number of useful IP addresses which can be used by - UML, such as 10.0.2.3 which is an alias for the DNS server specified - in /etc/resolv.conf on the host or the IP given in the 'dns' option - for slirp. - - - Even with a baudrate setting higher than 115200, the slirp connection - is limited to 115200. If you need it to go faster, the slirp binary - needs to be compiled with FULL_BOLT defined in config.h. - - - - 6.12. pcap - - The pcap transport is attached to a UML ethernet device on the command - line or with uml_mconsole with the following syntax: - - - - ethn=pcap,host interface,filter - expression,option1,option2 - - - - - The expression and options are optional. - - - The interface is whatever network device on the host you want to - sniff. The expression is a pcap filter expression, which is also what - tcpdump uses, so if you know how to specify tcpdump filters, you will - use the same expressions here. The options are up to two of - 'promisc', control whether pcap puts the host interface into - promiscuous mode. 'optimize' and 'nooptimize' control whether the pcap - expression optimizer is used. - - - Example: - - - - eth0=pcap,eth0,tcp - - eth1=pcap,eth0,!tcp - - - - will cause the UML eth0 to emit all tcp packets on the host eth0 and - the UML eth1 to emit all non-tcp packets on the host eth0. - - - - 6.13. Setting up the host yourself - - If you don't specify an address for the host side of the ethertap or - slip device, UML won't do any setup on the host. So this is what is - needed to get things working (the examples use a host-side IP of - 192.168.0.251 and a UML-side IP of 192.168.0.250 - adjust to suit your - own network): - - o The device needs to be configured with its IP address. Tap devices - are also configured with an mtu of 1484. Slip devices are - configured with a point-to-point address pointing at the UML ip - address. - - - host# ifconfig tap0 arp mtu 1484 192.168.0.251 up - - - - - - - host# - ifconfig sl0 192.168.0.251 pointopoint 192.168.0.250 up - - - - - - o If a tap device is being set up, a route is set to the UML IP. - - - UML# route add -host 192.168.0.250 gw 192.168.0.251 - - - - - - o To allow other hosts on your network to see the virtual machine, - proxy arp is set up for it. - - - host# arp -Ds 192.168.0.250 eth0 pub - - - - - - o Finally, the host is set up to route packets. - - - host# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward - - - - - - - - - - - 7. Sharing Filesystems between Virtual Machines - - - - - 7.1. A warning - - Don't attempt to share filesystems simply by booting two UMLs from the - same file. That's the same thing as booting two physical machines - from a shared disk. It will result in filesystem corruption. - - - - 7.2. Using layered block devices - - The way to share a filesystem between two virtual machines is to use - the copy-on-write (COW) layering capability of the ubd block driver. - As of 2.4.6-2um, the driver supports layering a read-write private - device over a read-only shared device. A machine's writes are stored - in the private device, while reads come from either device - the - private one if the requested block is valid in it, the shared one if - not. Using this scheme, the majority of data which is unchanged is - shared between an arbitrary number of virtual machines, each of which - has a much smaller file containing the changes that it has made. With - a large number of UMLs booting from a large root filesystem, this - leads to a huge disk space saving. It will also help performance, - since the host will be able to cache the shared data using a much - smaller amount of memory, so UML disk requests will be served from the - host's memory rather than its disks. - - - - - To add a copy-on-write layer to an existing block device file, simply - add the name of the COW file to the appropriate ubd switch: - - - ubd0=root_fs_cow,root_fs_debian_22 - - - - - where 'root_fs_cow' is the private COW file and 'root_fs_debian_22' is - the existing shared filesystem. The COW file need not exist. If it - doesn't, the driver will create and initialize it. Once the COW file - has been initialized, it can be used on its own on the command line: - - - ubd0=root_fs_cow - - - - - The name of the backing file is stored in the COW file header, so it - would be redundant to continue specifying it on the command line. - - - - 7.3. Note! - - When checking the size of the COW file in order to see the gobs of - space that you're saving, make sure you use 'ls -ls' to see the actual - disk consumption rather than the length of the file. The COW file is - sparse, so the length will be very different from the disk usage. - Here is a 'ls -l' of a COW file and backing file from one boot and - shutdown: - host% ls -l cow.debian debian2.2 - -rw-r--r-- 1 jdike jdike 492504064 Aug 6 21:16 cow.debian - -rwxrw-rw- 1 jdike jdike 537919488 Aug 6 20:42 debian2.2 - - - - - Doesn't look like much saved space, does it? Well, here's 'ls -ls': - - - host% ls -ls cow.debian debian2.2 - 880 -rw-r--r-- 1 jdike jdike 492504064 Aug 6 21:16 cow.debian - 525832 -rwxrw-rw- 1 jdike jdike 537919488 Aug 6 20:42 debian2.2 - - - - - Now, you can see that the COW file has less than a meg of disk, rather - than 492 meg. - - - - 7.4. Another warning - - Once a filesystem is being used as a readonly backing file for a COW - file, do not boot directly from it or modify it in any way. Doing so - will invalidate any COW files that are using it. The mtime and size - of the backing file are stored in the COW file header at its creation, - and they must continue to match. If they don't, the driver will - refuse to use the COW file. - - - - - If you attempt to evade this restriction by changing either the - backing file or the COW header by hand, you will get a corrupted - filesystem. - - - - - Among other things, this means that upgrading the distribution in a - backing file and expecting that all of the COW files using it will see - the upgrade will not work. - - - - - 7.5. uml_moo : Merging a COW file with its backing file - - Depending on how you use UML and COW devices, it may be advisable to - merge the changes in the COW file into the backing file every once in - a while. - - - - - The utility that does this is uml_moo. Its usage is - - - host% uml_moo COW file new backing file - - - - - There's no need to specify the backing file since that information is - already in the COW file header. If you're paranoid, boot the new - merged file, and if you're happy with it, move it over the old backing - file. - - - - - uml_moo creates a new backing file by default as a safety measure. It - also has a destructive merge option which will merge the COW file - directly into its current backing file. This is really only usable - when the backing file only has one COW file associated with it. If - there are multiple COWs associated with a backing file, a -d merge of - one of them will invalidate all of the others. However, it is - convenient if you're short of disk space, and it should also be - noticeably faster than a non-destructive merge. - - - - - uml_moo is installed with the UML deb and RPM. If you didn't install - UML from one of those packages, you can also get it from the UML - utilities tar file in tools/moo. - - - - - - - - - 8. Creating filesystems - - - You may want to create and mount new UML filesystems, either because - your root filesystem isn't large enough or because you want to use a - filesystem other than ext2. - - - This was written on the occasion of reiserfs being included in the - 2.4.1 kernel pool, and therefore the 2.4.1 UML, so the examples will - talk about reiserfs. This information is generic, and the examples - should be easy to translate to the filesystem of your choice. - - - 8.1. Create the filesystem file - - dd is your friend. All you need to do is tell dd to create an empty - file of the appropriate size. I usually make it sparse to save time - and to avoid allocating disk space until it's actually used. For - example, the following command will create a sparse 100 meg file full - of zeroes. - - - host% - dd if=/dev/zero of=new_filesystem seek=100 count=1 bs=1M - - - - - - - 8.2. Assign the file to a UML device - - Add an argument like the following to the UML command line: - - ubd4=new_filesystem - - - - - making sure that you use an unassigned ubd device number. - - - - 8.3. Creating and mounting the filesystem - - Make sure that the filesystem is available, either by being built into - the kernel, or available as a module, then boot up UML and log in. If - the root filesystem doesn't have the filesystem utilities (mkfs, fsck, - etc), then get them into UML by way of the net or hostfs. - - - Make the new filesystem on the device assigned to the new file: - - - host# mkreiserfs /dev/ubd/4 - - - <----------- MKREISERFSv2 -----------> - - ReiserFS version 3.6.25 - Block size 4096 bytes - Block count 25856 - Used blocks 8212 - Journal - 8192 blocks (18-8209), journal header is in block 8210 - Bitmaps: 17 - Root block 8211 - Hash function "r5" - ATTENTION: ALL DATA WILL BE LOST ON '/dev/ubd/4'! (y/n)y - journal size 8192 (from 18) - Initializing journal - 0%....20%....40%....60%....80%....100% - Syncing..done. - - - - - Now, mount it: - - - UML# - mount /dev/ubd/4 /mnt - - - - - and you're in business. - - - - - - - - - - 9. Host file access - - - If you want to access files on the host machine from inside UML, you - can treat it as a separate machine and either nfs mount directories - from the host or copy files into the virtual machine with scp or rcp. - However, since UML is running on the host, it can access those - files just like any other process and make them available inside the - virtual machine without needing to use the network. - - - This is now possible with the hostfs virtual filesystem. With it, you - can mount a host directory into the UML filesystem and access the - files contained in it just as you would on the host. - - - 9.1. Using hostfs - - To begin with, make sure that hostfs is available inside the virtual - machine with - - - UML# cat /proc/filesystems - - - - . hostfs should be listed. If it's not, either rebuild the kernel - with hostfs configured into it or make sure that hostfs is built as a - module and available inside the virtual machine, and insmod it. - - - Now all you need to do is run mount: - - - UML# mount none /mnt/host -t hostfs - - - - - will mount the host's / on the virtual machine's /mnt/host. - - - If you don't want to mount the host root directory, then you can - specify a subdirectory to mount with the -o switch to mount: - - - UML# mount none /mnt/home -t hostfs -o /home - - - - - will mount the hosts's /home on the virtual machine's /mnt/home. - - - - 9.2. hostfs as the root filesystem - - It's possible to boot from a directory hierarchy on the host using - hostfs rather than using the standard filesystem in a file. - - To start, you need that hierarchy. The easiest way is to loop mount - an existing root_fs file: - - - host# mount root_fs uml_root_dir -o loop - - - - - You need to change the filesystem type of / in etc/fstab to be - 'hostfs', so that line looks like this: - - /dev/ubd/0 / hostfs defaults 1 1 - - - - - Then you need to chown to yourself all the files in that directory - that are owned by root. This worked for me: - - - host# find . -uid 0 -exec chown jdike {} \; - - - - - Next, make sure that your UML kernel has hostfs compiled in, not as a - module. Then run UML with the boot device pointing at that directory: - - - ubd0=/path/to/uml/root/directory - - - - - UML should then boot as it does normally. - - - 9.3. Building hostfs - - If you need to build hostfs because it's not in your kernel, you have - two choices: - - - - o Compiling hostfs into the kernel: - - - Reconfigure the kernel and set the 'Host filesystem' option under - - - o Compiling hostfs as a module: - - - Reconfigure the kernel and set the 'Host filesystem' option under - be in arch/um/fs/hostfs/hostfs.o. Install that in - /lib/modules/`uname -r`/fs in the virtual machine, boot it up, and - - - UML# insmod hostfs - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10. The Management Console - - - - The UML management console is a low-level interface to the kernel, - somewhat like the i386 SysRq interface. Since there is a full-blown - operating system under UML, there is much greater flexibility possible - than with the SysRq mechanism. - - - There are a number of things you can do with the mconsole interface: - - o get the kernel version - - o add and remove devices - - o halt or reboot the machine - - o Send SysRq commands - - o Pause and resume the UML - - - You need the mconsole client (uml_mconsole) which is present in CVS - (/tools/mconsole) in 2.4.5-9um and later, and will be in the RPM in - 2.4.6. - - - You also need CONFIG_MCONSOLE (under 'General Setup') enabled in UML. - When you boot UML, you'll see a line like: - - - mconsole initialized on /home/jdike/.uml/umlNJ32yL/mconsole - - - - - If you specify a unique machine id one the UML command line, i.e. - - - umid=debian - - - - - you'll see this - - - mconsole initialized on /home/jdike/.uml/debian/mconsole - - - - - That file is the socket that uml_mconsole will use to communicate with - UML. Run it with either the umid or the full path as its argument: - - - host% uml_mconsole debian - - - - - or - - - host% uml_mconsole /home/jdike/.uml/debian/mconsole - - - - - You'll get a prompt, at which you can run one of these commands: - - o version - - o halt - - o reboot - - o config - - o remove - - o sysrq - - o help - - o cad - - o stop - - o go - - - 10.1. version - - This takes no arguments. It prints the UML version. - - - (mconsole) version - OK Linux usermode 2.4.5-9um #1 Wed Jun 20 22:47:08 EDT 2001 i686 - - - - - There are a couple actual uses for this. It's a simple no-op which - can be used to check that a UML is running. It's also a way of - sending an interrupt to the UML. This is sometimes useful on SMP - hosts, where there's a bug which causes signals to UML to be lost, - often causing it to appear to hang. Sending such a UML the mconsole - version command is a good way to 'wake it up' before networking has - been enabled, as it does not do anything to the function of the UML. - - - - 10.2. halt and reboot - - These take no arguments. They shut the machine down immediately, with - no syncing of disks and no clean shutdown of userspace. So, they are - pretty close to crashing the machine. - - - (mconsole) halt - OK - - - - - - - 10.3. config - - "config" adds a new device to the virtual machine. Currently the ubd - and network drivers support this. It takes one argument, which is the - device to add, with the same syntax as the kernel command line. - - - - - (mconsole) - config ubd3=/home/jdike/incoming/roots/root_fs_debian22 - - OK - (mconsole) config eth1=mcast - OK - - - - - - - 10.4. remove - - "remove" deletes a device from the system. Its argument is just the - name of the device to be removed. The device must be idle in whatever - sense the driver considers necessary. In the case of the ubd driver, - the removed block device must not be mounted, swapped on, or otherwise - open, and in the case of the network driver, the device must be down. - - - (mconsole) remove ubd3 - OK - (mconsole) remove eth1 - OK - - - - - - - 10.5. sysrq - - This takes one argument, which is a single letter. It calls the - generic kernel's SysRq driver, which does whatever is called for by - that argument. See the SysRq documentation in - Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst in your favorite kernel tree to - see what letters are valid and what they do. - - - - 10.6. help - - "help" returns a string listing the valid commands and what each one - does. - - - - 10.7. cad - - This invokes the Ctl-Alt-Del action on init. What exactly this ends - up doing is up to /etc/inittab. Normally, it reboots the machine. - With UML, this is usually not desired, so if a halt would be better, - then find the section of inittab that looks like this - - - # What to do when CTRL-ALT-DEL is pressed. - ca:12345:ctrlaltdel:/sbin/shutdown -t1 -a -r now - - - - - and change the command to halt. - - - - 10.8. stop - - This puts the UML in a loop reading mconsole requests until a 'go' - mconsole command is received. This is very useful for making backups - of UML filesystems, as the UML can be stopped, then synced via 'sysrq - s', so that everything is written to the filesystem. You can then copy - the filesystem and then send the UML 'go' via mconsole. - - - Note that a UML running with more than one CPU will have problems - after you send the 'stop' command, as only one CPU will be held in a - mconsole loop and all others will continue as normal. This is a bug, - and will be fixed. - - - - 10.9. go - - This resumes a UML after being paused by a 'stop' command. Note that - when the UML has resumed, TCP connections may have timed out and if - the UML is paused for a long period of time, crond might go a little - crazy, running all the jobs it didn't do earlier. - - - - - - - - - 11. Kernel debugging - - - Note: The interface that makes debugging, as described here, possible - is present in 2.4.0-test6 kernels and later. - - - Since the user-mode kernel runs as a normal Linux process, it is - possible to debug it with gdb almost like any other process. It is - slightly different because the kernel's threads are already being - ptraced for system call interception, so gdb can't ptrace them. - However, a mechanism has been added to work around that problem. - - - In order to debug the kernel, you need build it from source. See - ``Compiling the kernel and modules'' for information on doing that. - Make sure that you enable CONFIG_DEBUGSYM and CONFIG_PT_PROXY during - the config. These will compile the kernel with -g, and enable the - ptrace proxy so that gdb works with UML, respectively. - - - - - 11.1. Starting the kernel under gdb - - You can have the kernel running under the control of gdb from the - beginning by putting 'debug' on the command line. You will get an - xterm with gdb running inside it. The kernel will send some commands - to gdb which will leave it stopped at the beginning of start_kernel. - At this point, you can get things going with 'next', 'step', or - 'cont'. - - - There is a transcript of a debugging session here , with breakpoints being set in the scheduler and in an - interrupt handler. - 11.2. Examining sleeping processes - - Not every bug is evident in the currently running process. Sometimes, - processes hang in the kernel when they shouldn't because they've - deadlocked on a semaphore or something similar. In this case, when - you ^C gdb and get a backtrace, you will see the idle thread, which - isn't very relevant. - - - What you want is the stack of whatever process is sleeping when it - shouldn't be. You need to figure out which process that is, which is - generally fairly easy. Then you need to get its host process id, - which you can do either by looking at ps on the host or at - task.thread.extern_pid in gdb. - - - Now what you do is this: - - o detach from the current thread - - - (UML gdb) det - - - - - - o attach to the thread you are interested in - - - (UML gdb) att - - - - - - o look at its stack and anything else of interest - - - (UML gdb) bt - - - - - Note that you can't do anything at this point that requires that a - process execute, e.g. calling a function - - o when you're done looking at that process, reattach to the current - thread and continue it - - - (UML gdb) - att 1 - - - - - - - (UML gdb) - c - - - - - Here, specifying any pid which is not the process id of a UML thread - will cause gdb to reattach to the current thread. I commonly use 1, - but any other invalid pid would work. - - - - 11.3. Running ddd on UML - - ddd works on UML, but requires a special kludge. The process goes - like this: - - o Start ddd - - - host% ddd linux - - - - - - o With ps, get the pid of the gdb that ddd started. You can ask the - gdb to tell you, but for some reason that confuses things and - causes a hang. - - o run UML with 'debug=parent gdb-pid=' added to the command line - - it will just sit there after you hit return - - o type 'att 1' to the ddd gdb and you will see something like - - - 0xa013dc51 in __kill () - - - (gdb) - - - - - - o At this point, type 'c', UML will boot up, and you can use ddd just - as you do on any other process. - - - - 11.4. Debugging modules - - gdb has support for debugging code which is dynamically loaded into - the process. This support is what is needed to debug kernel modules - under UML. - - - Using that support is somewhat complicated. You have to tell gdb what - object file you just loaded into UML and where in memory it is. Then, - it can read the symbol table, and figure out where all the symbols are - from the load address that you provided. It gets more interesting - when you load the module again (i.e. after an rmmod). You have to - tell gdb to forget about all its symbols, including the main UML ones - for some reason, then load then all back in again. - - - There's an easy way and a hard way to do this. The easy way is to use - the umlgdb expect script written by Chandan Kudige. It basically - automates the process for you. - - - First, you must tell it where your modules are. There is a list in - the script that looks like this: - set MODULE_PATHS { - "fat" "/usr/src/uml/linux-2.4.18/fs/fat/fat.o" - "isofs" "/usr/src/uml/linux-2.4.18/fs/isofs/isofs.o" - "minix" "/usr/src/uml/linux-2.4.18/fs/minix/minix.o" - } - - - - - You change that to list the names and paths of the modules that you - are going to debug. Then you run it from the toplevel directory of - your UML pool and it basically tells you what to do: - - - - - ******** GDB pid is 21903 ******** - Start UML as: ./linux debug gdb-pid=21903 - - - - GNU gdb 5.0rh-5 Red Hat Linux 7.1 - Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, and you are - welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain conditions. - Type "show copying" to see the conditions. - There is absolutely no warranty for GDB. Type "show warranty" for details. - This GDB was configured as "i386-redhat-linux"... - (gdb) b sys_init_module - Breakpoint 1 at 0xa0011923: file module.c, line 349. - (gdb) att 1 - - - - - After you run UML and it sits there doing nothing, you hit return at - the 'att 1' and continue it: - - - Attaching to program: /home/jdike/linux/2.4/um/./linux, process 1 - 0xa00f4221 in __kill () - (UML gdb) c - Continuing. - - - - - At this point, you debug normally. When you insmod something, the - expect magic will kick in and you'll see something like: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *** Module hostfs loaded *** - Breakpoint 1, sys_init_module (name_user=0x805abb0 "hostfs", - mod_user=0x8070e00) at module.c:349 - 349 char *name, *n_name, *name_tmp = NULL; - (UML gdb) finish - Run till exit from #0 sys_init_module (name_user=0x805abb0 "hostfs", - mod_user=0x8070e00) at module.c:349 - 0xa00e2e23 in execute_syscall (r=0xa8140284) at syscall_kern.c:411 - 411 else res = EXECUTE_SYSCALL(syscall, regs); - Value returned is $1 = 0 - (UML gdb) - p/x (int)module_list + module_list->size_of_struct - - $2 = 0xa9021054 - (UML gdb) symbol-file ./linux - Load new symbol table from "./linux"? (y or n) y - Reading symbols from ./linux... - done. - (UML gdb) - add-symbol-file /home/jdike/linux/2.4/um/arch/um/fs/hostfs/hostfs.o 0xa9021054 - - add symbol table from file "/home/jdike/linux/2.4/um/arch/um/fs/hostfs/hostfs.o" at - .text_addr = 0xa9021054 - (y or n) y - - Reading symbols from /home/jdike/linux/2.4/um/arch/um/fs/hostfs/hostfs.o... - done. - (UML gdb) p *module_list - $1 = {size_of_struct = 84, next = 0xa0178720, name = 0xa9022de0 "hostfs", - size = 9016, uc = {usecount = {counter = 0}, pad = 0}, flags = 1, - nsyms = 57, ndeps = 0, syms = 0xa9023170, deps = 0x0, refs = 0x0, - init = 0xa90221f0 , cleanup = 0xa902222c , - ex_table_start = 0x0, ex_table_end = 0x0, persist_start = 0x0, - persist_end = 0x0, can_unload = 0, runsize = 0, kallsyms_start = 0x0, - kallsyms_end = 0x0, - archdata_start = 0x1b855
, - archdata_end = 0xe5890000
, - kernel_data = 0xf689c35d
} - >> Finished loading symbols for hostfs ... - - - - - That's the easy way. It's highly recommended. The hard way is - described below in case you're interested in what's going on. - - - Boot the kernel under the debugger and load the module with insmod or - modprobe. With gdb, do: - - - (UML gdb) p module_list - - - - - This is a list of modules that have been loaded into the kernel, with - the most recently loaded module first. Normally, the module you want - is at module_list. If it's not, walk down the next links, looking at - the name fields until find the module you want to debug. Take the - address of that structure, and add module.size_of_struct (which in - 2.4.10 kernels is 96 (0x60)) to it. Gdb can make this hard addition - for you :-): - - - - (UML gdb) - printf "%#x\n", (int)module_list module_list->size_of_struct - - - - - The offset from the module start occasionally changes (before 2.4.0, - it was module.size_of_struct + 4), so it's a good idea to check the - init and cleanup addresses once in a while, as describe below. Now - do: - - - (UML gdb) - add-symbol-file /path/to/module/on/host that_address - - - - - Tell gdb you really want to do it, and you're in business. - - - If there's any doubt that you got the offset right, like breakpoints - appear not to work, or they're appearing in the wrong place, you can - check it by looking at the module structure. The init and cleanup - fields should look like: - - - init = 0x588066b0 , cleanup = 0x588066c0 - - - - - with no offsets on the symbol names. If the names are right, but they - are offset, then the offset tells you how much you need to add to the - address you gave to add-symbol-file. - - - When you want to load in a new version of the module, you need to get - gdb to forget about the old one. The only way I've found to do that - is to tell gdb to forget about all symbols that it knows about: - - - (UML gdb) symbol-file - - - - - Then reload the symbols from the kernel binary: - - - (UML gdb) symbol-file /path/to/kernel - - - - - and repeat the process above. You'll also need to re-enable break- - points. They were disabled when you dumped all the symbols because - gdb couldn't figure out where they should go. - - - - 11.5. Attaching gdb to the kernel - - If you don't have the kernel running under gdb, you can attach gdb to - it later by sending the tracing thread a SIGUSR1. The first line of - the console output identifies its pid: - tracing thread pid = 20093 - - - - - When you send it the signal: - - - host% kill -USR1 20093 - - - - - you will get an xterm with gdb running in it. - - - If you have the mconsole compiled into UML, then the mconsole client - can be used to start gdb: - - - (mconsole) (mconsole) config gdb=xterm - - - - - will fire up an xterm with gdb running in it. - - - - 11.6. Using alternate debuggers - - UML has support for attaching to an already running debugger rather - than starting gdb itself. This is present in CVS as of 17 Apr 2001. - I sent it to Alan for inclusion in the ac tree, and it will be in my - 2.4.4 release. - - - This is useful when gdb is a subprocess of some UI, such as emacs or - ddd. It can also be used to run debuggers other than gdb on UML. - Below is an example of using strace as an alternate debugger. - - - To do this, you need to get the pid of the debugger and pass it in - with the - - - If you are using gdb under some UI, then tell it to 'att 1', and - you'll find yourself attached to UML. - - - If you are using something other than gdb as your debugger, then - you'll need to get it to do the equivalent of 'att 1' if it doesn't do - it automatically. - - - An example of an alternate debugger is strace. You can strace the - actual kernel as follows: - - o Run the following in a shell - - - host% - sh -c 'echo pid=$$; echo -n hit return; read x; exec strace -p 1 -o strace.out' - - - - o Run UML with 'debug' and 'gdb-pid=' with the pid printed out - by the previous command - - o Hit return in the shell, and UML will start running, and strace - output will start accumulating in the output file. - - Note that this is different from running - - - host% strace ./linux - - - - - That will strace only the main UML thread, the tracing thread, which - doesn't do any of the actual kernel work. It just oversees the vir- - tual machine. In contrast, using strace as described above will show - you the low-level activity of the virtual machine. - - - - - - 12. Kernel debugging examples - - 12.1. The case of the hung fsck - - When booting up the kernel, fsck failed, and dropped me into a shell - to fix things up. I ran fsck -y, which hung: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Setting hostname uml [ OK ] - Checking root filesystem - /dev/fhd0 was not cleanly unmounted, check forced. - Error reading block 86894 (Attempt to read block from filesystem resulted in short read) while reading indirect blocks of inode 19780. - - /dev/fhd0: UNEXPECTED INCONSISTENCY; RUN fsck MANUALLY. - (i.e., without -a or -p options) - [ FAILED ] - - *** An error occurred during the file system check. - *** Dropping you to a shell; the system will reboot - *** when you leave the shell. - Give root password for maintenance - (or type Control-D for normal startup): - - [root@uml /root]# fsck -y /dev/fhd0 - fsck -y /dev/fhd0 - Parallelizing fsck version 1.14 (9-Jan-1999) - e2fsck 1.14, 9-Jan-1999 for EXT2 FS 0.5b, 95/08/09 - /dev/fhd0 contains a file system with errors, check forced. - Pass 1: Checking inodes, blocks, and sizes - Error reading block 86894 (Attempt to read block from filesystem resulted in short read) while reading indirect blocks of inode 19780. Ignore error? yes - - Inode 19780, i_blocks is 1548, should be 540. Fix? yes - - Pass 2: Checking directory structure - Error reading block 49405 (Attempt to read block from filesystem resulted in short read). Ignore error? yes - - Directory inode 11858, block 0, offset 0: directory corrupted - Salvage? yes - - Missing '.' in directory inode 11858. - Fix? yes - - Missing '..' in directory inode 11858. - Fix? yes - - - - - - The standard drill in this sort of situation is to fire up gdb on the - signal thread, which, in this case, was pid 1935. In another window, - I run gdb and attach pid 1935. - - - - - ~/linux/2.3.26/um 1016: gdb linux - GNU gdb 4.17.0.11 with Linux support - Copyright 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, and you are - welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain conditions. - Type "show copying" to see the conditions. - There is absolutely no warranty for GDB. Type "show warranty" for details. - This GDB was configured as "i386-redhat-linux"... - - (gdb) att 1935 - Attaching to program `/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/linux', Pid 1935 - 0x100756d9 in __wait4 () - - - - - - - Let's see what's currently running: - - - - (gdb) p current_task.pid - $1 = 0 - - - - - - It's the idle thread, which means that fsck went to sleep for some - reason and never woke up. - - - Let's guess that the last process in the process list is fsck: - - - - (gdb) p current_task.prev_task.comm - $13 = "fsck.ext2\000\000\000\000\000\000" - - - - - - It is, so let's see what it thinks it's up to: - - - - (gdb) p current_task.prev_task.thread - $14 = {extern_pid = 1980, tracing = 0, want_tracing = 0, forking = 0, - kernel_stack_page = 0, signal_stack = 1342627840, syscall = {id = 4, args = { - 3, 134973440, 1024, 0, 1024}, have_result = 0, result = 50590720}, - request = {op = 2, u = {exec = {ip = 1350467584, sp = 2952789424}, fork = { - regs = {1350467584, 2952789424, 0 }, sigstack = 0, - pid = 0}, switch_to = 0x507e8000, thread = {proc = 0x507e8000, - arg = 0xaffffdb0, flags = 0, new_pid = 0}, input_request = { - op = 1350467584, fd = -1342177872, proc = 0, pid = 0}}}} - - - - - - The interesting things here are the fact that its .thread.syscall.id - is __NR_write (see the big switch in arch/um/kernel/syscall_kern.c or - the defines in include/asm-um/arch/unistd.h), and that it never - returned. Also, its .request.op is OP_SWITCH (see - arch/um/include/user_util.h). These mean that it went into a write, - and, for some reason, called schedule(). - - - The fact that it never returned from write means that its stack should - be fairly interesting. Its pid is 1980 (.thread.extern_pid). That - process is being ptraced by the signal thread, so it must be detached - before gdb can attach it: - - - - - - - - - - - (gdb) call detach(1980) - - Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault. - - The program being debugged stopped while in a function called from GDB. - When the function (detach) is done executing, GDB will silently - stop (instead of continuing to evaluate the expression containing - the function call). - (gdb) call detach(1980) - $15 = 0 - - - - - - The first detach segfaults for some reason, and the second one - succeeds. - - - Now I detach from the signal thread, attach to the fsck thread, and - look at its stack: - - - (gdb) det - Detaching from program: /home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/linux Pid 1935 - (gdb) att 1980 - Attaching to program `/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/linux', Pid 1980 - 0x10070451 in __kill () - (gdb) bt - #0 0x10070451 in __kill () - #1 0x10068ccd in usr1_pid (pid=1980) at process.c:30 - #2 0x1006a03f in _switch_to (prev=0x50072000, next=0x507e8000) - at process_kern.c:156 - #3 0x1006a052 in switch_to (prev=0x50072000, next=0x507e8000, last=0x50072000) - at process_kern.c:161 - #4 0x10001d12 in schedule () at core.c:777 - #5 0x1006a744 in __down (sem=0x507d241c) at semaphore.c:71 - #6 0x1006aa10 in __down_failed () at semaphore.c:157 - #7 0x1006c5d8 in segv_handler (sc=0x5006e940) at trap_user.c:174 - #8 0x1006c5ec in kern_segv_handler (sig=11) at trap_user.c:182 - #9 - #10 0x10155404 in errno () - #11 0x1006c0aa in segv (address=1342179328, is_write=2) at trap_kern.c:50 - #12 0x1006c5d8 in segv_handler (sc=0x5006eaf8) at trap_user.c:174 - #13 0x1006c5ec in kern_segv_handler (sig=11) at trap_user.c:182 - #14 - #15 0xc0fd in ?? () - #16 0x10016647 in sys_write (fd=3, - buf=0x80b8800
, count=1024) - at read_write.c:159 - #17 0x1006d5b3 in execute_syscall (syscall=4, args=0x5006ef08) - at syscall_kern.c:254 - #18 0x1006af87 in really_do_syscall (sig=12) at syscall_user.c:35 - #19 - #20 0x400dc8b0 in ?? () - - - - - - The interesting things here are : - - o There are two segfaults on this stack (frames 9 and 14) - - o The first faulting address (frame 11) is 0x50000800 - - (gdb) p (void *)1342179328 - $16 = (void *) 0x50000800 - - - - - - The initial faulting address is interesting because it is on the idle - thread's stack. I had been seeing the idle thread segfault for no - apparent reason, and the cause looked like stack corruption. In hopes - of catching the culprit in the act, I had turned off all protections - to that stack while the idle thread wasn't running. This apparently - tripped that trap. - - - However, the more immediate problem is that second segfault and I'm - going to concentrate on that. First, I want to see where the fault - happened, so I have to go look at the sigcontent struct in frame 8: - - - - (gdb) up - #1 0x10068ccd in usr1_pid (pid=1980) at process.c:30 - 30 kill(pid, SIGUSR1); - (gdb) - #2 0x1006a03f in _switch_to (prev=0x50072000, next=0x507e8000) - at process_kern.c:156 - 156 usr1_pid(getpid()); - (gdb) - #3 0x1006a052 in switch_to (prev=0x50072000, next=0x507e8000, last=0x50072000) - at process_kern.c:161 - 161 _switch_to(prev, next); - (gdb) - #4 0x10001d12 in schedule () at core.c:777 - 777 switch_to(prev, next, prev); - (gdb) - #5 0x1006a744 in __down (sem=0x507d241c) at semaphore.c:71 - 71 schedule(); - (gdb) - #6 0x1006aa10 in __down_failed () at semaphore.c:157 - 157 } - (gdb) - #7 0x1006c5d8 in segv_handler (sc=0x5006e940) at trap_user.c:174 - 174 segv(sc->cr2, sc->err & 2); - (gdb) - #8 0x1006c5ec in kern_segv_handler (sig=11) at trap_user.c:182 - 182 segv_handler(sc); - (gdb) p *sc - Cannot access memory at address 0x0. - - - - - That's not very useful, so I'll try a more manual method: - - - (gdb) p *((struct sigcontext *) (&sig + 1)) - $19 = {gs = 0, __gsh = 0, fs = 0, __fsh = 0, es = 43, __esh = 0, ds = 43, - __dsh = 0, edi = 1342179328, esi = 1350378548, ebp = 1342630440, - esp = 1342630420, ebx = 1348150624, edx = 1280, ecx = 0, eax = 0, - trapno = 14, err = 4, eip = 268480945, cs = 35, __csh = 0, eflags = 66118, - esp_at_signal = 1342630420, ss = 43, __ssh = 0, fpstate = 0x0, oldmask = 0, - cr2 = 1280} - - - - The ip is in handle_mm_fault: - - - (gdb) p (void *)268480945 - $20 = (void *) 0x1000b1b1 - (gdb) i sym $20 - handle_mm_fault + 57 in section .text - - - - - - Specifically, it's in pte_alloc: - - - (gdb) i line *$20 - Line 124 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" - starts at address 0x1000b1b1 - and ends at 0x1000b1b7 . - - - - - - To find where in handle_mm_fault this is, I'll jump forward in the - code until I see an address in that procedure: - - - - (gdb) i line *0x1000b1c0 - Line 126 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" - starts at address 0x1000b1b7 - and ends at 0x1000b1c3 . - (gdb) i line *0x1000b1d0 - Line 131 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" - starts at address 0x1000b1d0 - and ends at 0x1000b1da . - (gdb) i line *0x1000b1e0 - Line 61 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" - starts at address 0x1000b1da - and ends at 0x1000b1e1 . - (gdb) i line *0x1000b1f0 - Line 134 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" - starts at address 0x1000b1f0 - and ends at 0x1000b200 . - (gdb) i line *0x1000b200 - Line 135 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" - starts at address 0x1000b200 - and ends at 0x1000b208 . - (gdb) i line *0x1000b210 - Line 139 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/pgalloc.h" - starts at address 0x1000b210 - and ends at 0x1000b219 . - (gdb) i line *0x1000b220 - Line 1168 of "memory.c" starts at address 0x1000b21e - and ends at 0x1000b222 . - - - - - - Something is apparently wrong with the page tables or vma_structs, so - lets go back to frame 11 and have a look at them: - - - - #11 0x1006c0aa in segv (address=1342179328, is_write=2) at trap_kern.c:50 - 50 handle_mm_fault(current, vma, address, is_write); - (gdb) call pgd_offset_proc(vma->vm_mm, address) - $22 = (pgd_t *) 0x80a548c - - - - - - That's pretty bogus. Page tables aren't supposed to be in process - text or data areas. Let's see what's in the vma: - - - (gdb) p *vma - $23 = {vm_mm = 0x507d2434, vm_start = 0, vm_end = 134512640, - vm_next = 0x80a4f8c, vm_page_prot = {pgprot = 0}, vm_flags = 31200, - vm_avl_height = 2058, vm_avl_left = 0x80a8c94, vm_avl_right = 0x80d1000, - vm_next_share = 0xaffffdb0, vm_pprev_share = 0xaffffe63, - vm_ops = 0xaffffe7a, vm_pgoff = 2952789626, vm_file = 0xafffffec, - vm_private_data = 0x62} - (gdb) p *vma.vm_mm - $24 = {mmap = 0x507d2434, mmap_avl = 0x0, mmap_cache = 0x8048000, - pgd = 0x80a4f8c, mm_users = {counter = 0}, mm_count = {counter = 134904288}, - map_count = 134909076, mmap_sem = {count = {counter = 135073792}, - sleepers = -1342177872, wait = {lock = , - task_list = {next = 0xaffffe63, prev = 0xaffffe7a}, - __magic = -1342177670, __creator = -1342177300}, __magic = 98}, - page_table_lock = {}, context = 138, start_code = 0, end_code = 0, - start_data = 0, end_data = 0, start_brk = 0, brk = 0, start_stack = 0, - arg_start = 0, arg_end = 0, env_start = 0, env_end = 0, rss = 1350381536, - total_vm = 0, locked_vm = 0, def_flags = 0, cpu_vm_mask = 0, swap_cnt = 0, - swap_address = 0, segments = 0x0} - - - - - - This also pretty bogus. With all of the 0x80xxxxx and 0xaffffxxx - addresses, this is looking like a stack was plonked down on top of - these structures. Maybe it's a stack overflow from the next page: - - - - (gdb) p vma - $25 = (struct vm_area_struct *) 0x507d2434 - - - - - - That's towards the lower quarter of the page, so that would have to - have been pretty heavy stack overflow: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (gdb) x/100x $25 - 0x507d2434: 0x507d2434 0x00000000 0x08048000 0x080a4f8c - 0x507d2444: 0x00000000 0x080a79e0 0x080a8c94 0x080d1000 - 0x507d2454: 0xaffffdb0 0xaffffe63 0xaffffe7a 0xaffffe7a - 0x507d2464: 0xafffffec 0x00000062 0x0000008a 0x00000000 - 0x507d2474: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d2484: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d2494: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x507d2fe0 0x00000000 - 0x507d24a4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d24b4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d24c4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d24d4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d24e4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d24f4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d2504: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d2514: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d2524: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d2534: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x507d25dc 0x00000000 - 0x507d2544: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d2554: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d2564: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d2574: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d2584: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d2594: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d25a4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - 0x507d25b4: 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 - - - - - - It's not stack overflow. The only "stack-like" piece of this data is - the vma_struct itself. - - - At this point, I don't see any avenues to pursue, so I just have to - admit that I have no idea what's going on. What I will do, though, is - stick a trap on the segfault handler which will stop if it sees any - writes to the idle thread's stack. That was the thing that happened - first, and it may be that if I can catch it immediately, what's going - on will be somewhat clearer. - - - 12.2. Episode 2: The case of the hung fsck - - After setting a trap in the SEGV handler for accesses to the signal - thread's stack, I reran the kernel. - - - fsck hung again, this time by hitting the trap: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Setting hostname uml [ OK ] - Checking root filesystem - /dev/fhd0 contains a file system with errors, check forced. - Error reading block 86894 (Attempt to read block from filesystem resulted in short read) while reading indirect blocks of inode 19780. - - /dev/fhd0: UNEXPECTED INCONSISTENCY; RUN fsck MANUALLY. - (i.e., without -a or -p options) - [ FAILED ] - - *** An error occurred during the file system check. - *** Dropping you to a shell; the system will reboot - *** when you leave the shell. - Give root password for maintenance - (or type Control-D for normal startup): - - [root@uml /root]# fsck -y /dev/fhd0 - fsck -y /dev/fhd0 - Parallelizing fsck version 1.14 (9-Jan-1999) - e2fsck 1.14, 9-Jan-1999 for EXT2 FS 0.5b, 95/08/09 - /dev/fhd0 contains a file system with errors, check forced. - Pass 1: Checking inodes, blocks, and sizes - Error reading block 86894 (Attempt to read block from filesystem resulted in short read) while reading indirect blocks of inode 19780. Ignore error? yes - - Pass 2: Checking directory structure - Error reading block 49405 (Attempt to read block from filesystem resulted in short read). Ignore error? yes - - Directory inode 11858, block 0, offset 0: directory corrupted - Salvage? yes - - Missing '.' in directory inode 11858. - Fix? yes - - Missing '..' in directory inode 11858. - Fix? yes - - Untested (4127) [100fe44c]: trap_kern.c line 31 - - - - - - I need to get the signal thread to detach from pid 4127 so that I can - attach to it with gdb. This is done by sending it a SIGUSR1, which is - caught by the signal thread, which detaches the process: - - - kill -USR1 4127 - - - - - - Now I can run gdb on it: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~/linux/2.3.26/um 1034: gdb linux - GNU gdb 4.17.0.11 with Linux support - Copyright 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, and you are - welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain conditions. - Type "show copying" to see the conditions. - There is absolutely no warranty for GDB. Type "show warranty" for details. - This GDB was configured as "i386-redhat-linux"... - (gdb) att 4127 - Attaching to program `/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/linux', Pid 4127 - 0x10075891 in __libc_nanosleep () - - - - - - The backtrace shows that it was in a write and that the fault address - (address in frame 3) is 0x50000800, which is right in the middle of - the signal thread's stack page: - - - (gdb) bt - #0 0x10075891 in __libc_nanosleep () - #1 0x1007584d in __sleep (seconds=1000000) - at ../sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/sleep.c:78 - #2 0x1006ce9a in stop () at user_util.c:191 - #3 0x1006bf88 in segv (address=1342179328, is_write=2) at trap_kern.c:31 - #4 0x1006c628 in segv_handler (sc=0x5006eaf8) at trap_user.c:174 - #5 0x1006c63c in kern_segv_handler (sig=11) at trap_user.c:182 - #6 - #7 0xc0fd in ?? () - #8 0x10016647 in sys_write (fd=3, buf=0x80b8800 "R.", count=1024) - at read_write.c:159 - #9 0x1006d603 in execute_syscall (syscall=4, args=0x5006ef08) - at syscall_kern.c:254 - #10 0x1006af87 in really_do_syscall (sig=12) at syscall_user.c:35 - #11 - #12 0x400dc8b0 in ?? () - #13 - #14 0x400dc8b0 in ?? () - #15 0x80545fd in ?? () - #16 0x804daae in ?? () - #17 0x8054334 in ?? () - #18 0x804d23e in ?? () - #19 0x8049632 in ?? () - #20 0x80491d2 in ?? () - #21 0x80596b5 in ?? () - (gdb) p (void *)1342179328 - $3 = (void *) 0x50000800 - - - - - - Going up the stack to the segv_handler frame and looking at where in - the code the access happened shows that it happened near line 110 of - block_dev.c: - - - - - - - - - - (gdb) up - #1 0x1007584d in __sleep (seconds=1000000) - at ../sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/sleep.c:78 - ../sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/sleep.c:78: No such file or directory. - (gdb) - #2 0x1006ce9a in stop () at user_util.c:191 - 191 while(1) sleep(1000000); - (gdb) - #3 0x1006bf88 in segv (address=1342179328, is_write=2) at trap_kern.c:31 - 31 KERN_UNTESTED(); - (gdb) - #4 0x1006c628 in segv_handler (sc=0x5006eaf8) at trap_user.c:174 - 174 segv(sc->cr2, sc->err & 2); - (gdb) p *sc - $1 = {gs = 0, __gsh = 0, fs = 0, __fsh = 0, es = 43, __esh = 0, ds = 43, - __dsh = 0, edi = 1342179328, esi = 134973440, ebp = 1342631484, - esp = 1342630864, ebx = 256, edx = 0, ecx = 256, eax = 1024, trapno = 14, - err = 6, eip = 268550834, cs = 35, __csh = 0, eflags = 66070, - esp_at_signal = 1342630864, ss = 43, __ssh = 0, fpstate = 0x0, oldmask = 0, - cr2 = 1342179328} - (gdb) p (void *)268550834 - $2 = (void *) 0x1001c2b2 - (gdb) i sym $2 - block_write + 1090 in section .text - (gdb) i line *$2 - Line 209 of "/home/dike/linux/2.3.26/um/include/asm/arch/string.h" - starts at address 0x1001c2a1 - and ends at 0x1001c2bf . - (gdb) i line *0x1001c2c0 - Line 110 of "block_dev.c" starts at address 0x1001c2bf - and ends at 0x1001c2e3 . - - - - - - Looking at the source shows that the fault happened during a call to - copy_from_user to copy the data into the kernel: - - - 107 count -= chars; - 108 copy_from_user(p,buf,chars); - 109 p += chars; - 110 buf += chars; - - - - - - p is the pointer which must contain 0x50000800, since buf contains - 0x80b8800 (frame 8 above). It is defined as: - - - p = offset + bh->b_data; - - - - - - I need to figure out what bh is, and it just so happens that bh is - passed as an argument to mark_buffer_uptodate and mark_buffer_dirty a - few lines later, so I do a little disassembly: - - - - - (gdb) disas 0x1001c2bf 0x1001c2e0 - Dump of assembler code from 0x1001c2bf to 0x1001c2d0: - 0x1001c2bf : addl %eax,0xc(%ebp) - 0x1001c2c2 : movl 0xfffffdd4(%ebp),%edx - 0x1001c2c8 : btsl $0x0,0x18(%edx) - 0x1001c2cd : btsl $0x1,0x18(%edx) - 0x1001c2d2 : sbbl %ecx,%ecx - 0x1001c2d4 : testl %ecx,%ecx - 0x1001c2d6 : jne 0x1001c2e3 - 0x1001c2d8 : pushl $0x0 - 0x1001c2da : pushl %edx - 0x1001c2db : call 0x1001819c <__mark_buffer_dirty> - End of assembler dump. - - - - - - At that point, bh is in %edx (address 0x1001c2da), which is calculated - at 0x1001c2c2 as %ebp + 0xfffffdd4, so I figure exactly what that is, - taking %ebp from the sigcontext_struct above: - - - (gdb) p (void *)1342631484 - $5 = (void *) 0x5006ee3c - (gdb) p 0x5006ee3c+0xfffffdd4 - $6 = 1342630928 - (gdb) p (void *)$6 - $7 = (void *) 0x5006ec10 - (gdb) p *((void **)$7) - $8 = (void *) 0x50100200 - - - - - - Now, I look at the structure to see what's in it, and particularly, - what its b_data field contains: - - - (gdb) p *((struct buffer_head *)0x50100200) - $13 = {b_next = 0x50289380, b_blocknr = 49405, b_size = 1024, b_list = 0, - b_dev = 15872, b_count = {counter = 1}, b_rdev = 15872, b_state = 24, - b_flushtime = 0, b_next_free = 0x501001a0, b_prev_free = 0x50100260, - b_this_page = 0x501001a0, b_reqnext = 0x0, b_pprev = 0x507fcf58, - b_data = 0x50000800 "", b_page = 0x50004000, - b_end_io = 0x10017f60 , b_dev_id = 0x0, - b_rsector = 98810, b_wait = {lock = , - task_list = {next = 0x50100248, prev = 0x50100248}, __magic = 1343226448, - __creator = 0}, b_kiobuf = 0x0} - - - - - - The b_data field is indeed 0x50000800, so the question becomes how - that happened. The rest of the structure looks fine, so this probably - is not a case of data corruption. It happened on purpose somehow. - - - The b_page field is a pointer to the page_struct representing the - 0x50000000 page. Looking at it shows the kernel's idea of the state - of that page: - - - - (gdb) p *$13.b_page - $17 = {list = {next = 0x50004a5c, prev = 0x100c5174}, mapping = 0x0, - index = 0, next_hash = 0x0, count = {counter = 1}, flags = 132, lru = { - next = 0x50008460, prev = 0x50019350}, wait = { - lock = , task_list = {next = 0x50004024, - prev = 0x50004024}, __magic = 1342193708, __creator = 0}, - pprev_hash = 0x0, buffers = 0x501002c0, virtual = 1342177280, - zone = 0x100c5160} - - - - - - Some sanity-checking: the virtual field shows the "virtual" address of - this page, which in this kernel is the same as its "physical" address, - and the page_struct itself should be mem_map[0], since it represents - the first page of memory: - - - - (gdb) p (void *)1342177280 - $18 = (void *) 0x50000000 - (gdb) p mem_map - $19 = (mem_map_t *) 0x50004000 - - - - - - These check out fine. - - - Now to check out the page_struct itself. In particular, the flags - field shows whether the page is considered free or not: - - - (gdb) p (void *)132 - $21 = (void *) 0x84 - - - - - - The "reserved" bit is the high bit, which is definitely not set, so - the kernel considers the signal stack page to be free and available to - be used. - - - At this point, I jump to conclusions and start looking at my early - boot code, because that's where that page is supposed to be reserved. - - - In my setup_arch procedure, I have the following code which looks just - fine: - - - - bootmap_size = init_bootmem(start_pfn, end_pfn - start_pfn); - free_bootmem(__pa(low_physmem) + bootmap_size, high_physmem - low_physmem); - - - - - - Two stack pages have already been allocated, and low_physmem points to - the third page, which is the beginning of free memory. - The init_bootmem call declares the entire memory to the boot memory - manager, which marks it all reserved. The free_bootmem call frees up - all of it, except for the first two pages. This looks correct to me. - - - So, I decide to see init_bootmem run and make sure that it is marking - those first two pages as reserved. I never get that far. - - - Stepping into init_bootmem, and looking at bootmem_map before looking - at what it contains shows the following: - - - - (gdb) p bootmem_map - $3 = (void *) 0x50000000 - - - - - - Aha! The light dawns. That first page is doing double duty as a - stack and as the boot memory map. The last thing that the boot memory - manager does is to free the pages used by its memory map, so this page - is getting freed even its marked as reserved. - - - The fix was to initialize the boot memory manager before allocating - those two stack pages, and then allocate them through the boot memory - manager. After doing this, and fixing a couple of subsequent buglets, - the stack corruption problem disappeared. - - - - - - 13. What to do when UML doesn't work - - - - - 13.1. Strange compilation errors when you build from source - - As of test11, it is necessary to have "ARCH=um" in the environment or - on the make command line for all steps in building UML, including - clean, distclean, or mrproper, config, menuconfig, or xconfig, dep, - and linux. If you forget for any of them, the i386 build seems to - contaminate the UML build. If this happens, start from scratch with - - - host% - make mrproper ARCH=um - - - - - and repeat the build process with ARCH=um on all the steps. - - - See ``Compiling the kernel and modules'' for more details. - - - Another cause of strange compilation errors is building UML in - /usr/src/linux. If you do this, the first thing you need to do is - clean up the mess you made. The /usr/src/linux/asm link will now - point to /usr/src/linux/asm-um. Make it point back to - /usr/src/linux/asm-i386. Then, move your UML pool someplace else and - build it there. Also see below, where a more specific set of symptoms - is described. - - - - 13.3. A variety of panics and hangs with /tmp on a reiserfs filesys- - tem - - I saw this on reiserfs 3.5.21 and it seems to be fixed in 3.5.27. - Panics preceded by - - - Detaching pid nnnn - - - - are diagnostic of this problem. This is a reiserfs bug which causes a - thread to occasionally read stale data from a mmapped page shared with - another thread. The fix is to upgrade the filesystem or to have /tmp - be an ext2 filesystem. - - - - 13.4. The compile fails with errors about conflicting types for - 'open', 'dup', and 'waitpid' - - This happens when you build in /usr/src/linux. The UML build makes - the include/asm link point to include/asm-um. /usr/include/asm points - to /usr/src/linux/include/asm, so when that link gets moved, files - which need to include the asm-i386 versions of headers get the - incompatible asm-um versions. The fix is to move the include/asm link - back to include/asm-i386 and to do UML builds someplace else. - - - - 13.5. UML doesn't work when /tmp is an NFS filesystem - - This seems to be a similar situation with the ReiserFS problem above. - Some versions of NFS seems not to handle mmap correctly, which UML - depends on. The workaround is have /tmp be a non-NFS directory. - - - 13.6. UML hangs on boot when compiled with gprof support - - If you build UML with gprof support and, early in the boot, it does - this - - - kernel BUG at page_alloc.c:100! - - - - - you have a buggy gcc. You can work around the problem by removing - UM_FASTCALL from CFLAGS in arch/um/Makefile-i386. This will open up - another bug, but that one is fairly hard to reproduce. - - - - 13.7. syslogd dies with a SIGTERM on startup - - The exact boot error depends on the distribution that you're booting, - but Debian produces this: - - - /etc/rc2.d/S10sysklogd: line 49: 93 Terminated - start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --exec /sbin/syslogd -- $SYSLOGD - - - - - This is a syslogd bug. There's a race between a parent process - installing a signal handler and its child sending the signal. See - this uml-devel post for the details. - - - - 13.8. TUN/TAP networking doesn't work on a 2.4 host - - There are a couple of problems which were - name="pointed - out"> by Tim Robinson - - o It doesn't work on hosts running 2.4.7 (or thereabouts) or earlier. - The fix is to upgrade to something more recent and then read the - next item. - - o If you see - - - File descriptor in bad state - - - - when you bring up the device inside UML, you have a header mismatch - between the original kernel and the upgraded one. Make /usr/src/linux - point at the new headers. This will only be a problem if you build - uml_net yourself. - - - - 13.9. You can network to the host but not to other machines on the - net - - If you can connect to the host, and the host can connect to UML, but - you cannot connect to any other machines, then you may need to enable - IP Masquerading on the host. Usually this is only experienced when - using private IP addresses (192.168.x.x or 10.x.x.x) for host/UML - networking, rather than the public address space that your host is - connected to. UML does not enable IP Masquerading, so you will need - to create a static rule to enable it: - - - host% - iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE - - - - - Replace eth0 with the interface that you use to talk to the rest of - the world. - - - Documentation on IP Masquerading, and SNAT, can be found at - www.netfilter.org . - - - If you can reach the local net, but not the outside Internet, then - that is usually a routing problem. The UML needs a default route: - - - UML# - route add default gw gateway IP - - - - - The gateway IP can be any machine on the local net that knows how to - reach the outside world. Usually, this is the host or the local net- - work's gateway. - - - Occasionally, we hear from someone who can reach some machines, but - not others on the same net, or who can reach some ports on other - machines, but not others. These are usually caused by strange - firewalling somewhere between the UML and the other box. You track - this down by running tcpdump on every interface the packets travel - over and see where they disappear. When you find a machine that takes - the packets in, but does not send them onward, that's the culprit. - - - - 13.10. I have no root and I want to scream - - Thanks to Birgit Wahlich for telling me about this strange one. It - turns out that there's a limit of six environment variables on the - kernel command line. When that limit is reached or exceeded, argument - processing stops, which means that the 'root=' argument that UML - usually adds is not seen. So, the filesystem has no idea what the - root device is, so it panics. - - - The fix is to put less stuff on the command line. Glomming all your - setup variables into one is probably the best way to go. - - - - 13.11. UML build conflict between ptrace.h and ucontext.h - - On some older systems, /usr/include/asm/ptrace.h and - /usr/include/sys/ucontext.h define the same names. So, when they're - included together, the defines from one completely mess up the parsing - of the other, producing errors like: - /usr/include/sys/ucontext.h:47: parse error before - `10' - - - - - plus a pile of warnings. - - - This is a libc botch, which has since been fixed, and I don't see any - way around it besides upgrading. - - - - 13.12. The UML BogoMips is exactly half the host's BogoMips - - On i386 kernels, there are two ways of running the loop that is used - to calculate the BogoMips rating, using the TSC if it's there or using - a one-instruction loop. The TSC produces twice the BogoMips as the - loop. UML uses the loop, since it has nothing resembling a TSC, and - will get almost exactly the same BogoMips as a host using the loop. - However, on a host with a TSC, its BogoMips will be double the loop - BogoMips, and therefore double the UML BogoMips. - - - - 13.13. When you run UML, it immediately segfaults - - If the host is configured with the 2G/2G address space split, that's - why. See ``UML on 2G/2G hosts'' for the details on getting UML to - run on your host. - - - - 13.14. xterms appear, then immediately disappear - - If you're running an up to date kernel with an old release of - uml_utilities, the port-helper program will not work properly, so - xterms will exit straight after they appear. The solution is to - upgrade to the latest release of uml_utilities. Usually this problem - occurs when you have installed a packaged release of UML then compiled - your own development kernel without upgrading the uml_utilities from - the source distribution. - - - - 13.15. Any other panic, hang, or strange behavior - - If you're seeing truly strange behavior, such as hangs or panics that - happen in random places, or you try running the debugger to see what's - happening and it acts strangely, then it could be a problem in the - host kernel. If you're not running a stock Linus or -ac kernel, then - try that. An early version of the preemption patch and a 2.4.10 SuSE - kernel have caused very strange problems in UML. - - - Otherwise, let me know about it. Send a message to one of the UML - mailing lists - either the developer list - user-mode-linux-devel at - lists dot sourceforge dot net (subscription info) or the user list - - user-mode-linux-user at lists dot sourceforge do net (subscription - info), whichever you prefer. Don't assume that everyone knows about - it and that a fix is imminent. - - - If you want to be super-helpful, read ``Diagnosing Problems'' and - follow the instructions contained therein. - 14. Diagnosing Problems - - - If you get UML to crash, hang, or otherwise misbehave, you should - report this on one of the project mailing lists, either the developer - list - user-mode-linux-devel at lists dot sourceforge dot net - (subscription info) or the user list - user-mode-linux-user at lists - dot sourceforge dot net (subscription info). When you do, it is - likely that I will want more information. So, it would be helpful to - read the stuff below, do whatever is applicable in your case, and - report the results to the list. - - - For any diagnosis, you're going to need to build a debugging kernel. - The binaries from this site aren't debuggable. If you haven't done - this before, read about ``Compiling the kernel and modules'' and - ``Kernel debugging'' UML first. - - - 14.1. Case 1 : Normal kernel panics - - The most common case is for a normal thread to panic. To debug this, - you will need to run it under the debugger (add 'debug' to the command - line). An xterm will start up with gdb running inside it. Continue - it when it stops in start_kernel and make it crash. Now ^C gdb and - - - If the panic was a "Kernel mode fault", then there will be a segv - frame on the stack and I'm going to want some more information. The - stack might look something like this: - - - (UML gdb) backtrace - #0 0x1009bf76 in __sigprocmask (how=1, set=0x5f347940, oset=0x0) - at ../sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/sigprocmask.c:49 - #1 0x10091411 in change_sig (signal=10, on=1) at process.c:218 - #2 0x10094785 in timer_handler (sig=26) at time_kern.c:32 - #3 0x1009bf38 in __restore () - at ../sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/i386/sigaction.c:125 - #4 0x1009534c in segv (address=8, ip=268849158, is_write=2, is_user=0) - at trap_kern.c:66 - #5 0x10095c04 in segv_handler (sig=11) at trap_user.c:285 - #6 0x1009bf38 in __restore () - - - - - I'm going to want to see the symbol and line information for the value - of ip in the segv frame. In this case, you would do the following: - - - (UML gdb) i sym 268849158 - - - - - and - - - (UML gdb) i line *268849158 - - - - - The reason for this is the __restore frame right above the segv_han- - dler frame is hiding the frame that actually segfaulted. So, I have - to get that information from the faulting ip. - - - 14.2. Case 2 : Tracing thread panics - - The less common and more painful case is when the tracing thread - panics. In this case, the kernel debugger will be useless because it - needs a healthy tracing thread in order to work. The first thing to - do is get a backtrace from the tracing thread. This is done by - figuring out what its pid is, firing up gdb, and attaching it to that - pid. You can figure out the tracing thread pid by looking at the - first line of the console output, which will look like this: - - - tracing thread pid = 15851 - - - - - or by running ps on the host and finding the line that looks like - this: - - - jdike 15851 4.5 0.4 132568 1104 pts/0 S 21:34 0:05 ./linux [(tracing thread)] - - - - - If the panic was 'segfault in signals', then follow the instructions - above for collecting information about the location of the seg fault. - - - If the tracing thread flaked out all by itself, then send that - backtrace in and wait for our crack debugging team to fix the problem. - - - 14.3. Case 3 : Tracing thread panics caused by other threads - - However, there are cases where the misbehavior of another thread - caused the problem. The most common panic of this type is: - - - wait_for_stop failed to wait for to stop with - - - - - In this case, you'll need to get a backtrace from the process men- - tioned in the panic, which is complicated by the fact that the kernel - debugger is defunct and without some fancy footwork, another gdb can't - attach to it. So, this is how the fancy footwork goes: - - In a shell: - - - host% kill -STOP pid - - - - - Run gdb on the tracing thread as described in case 2 and do: - - - (host gdb) call detach(pid) - - - If you get a segfault, do it again. It always works the second time. - - Detach from the tracing thread and attach to that other thread: - - - (host gdb) detach - - - - - - - (host gdb) attach pid - - - - - If gdb hangs when attaching to that process, go back to a shell and - do: - - - host% - kill -CONT pid - - - - - And then get the backtrace: - - - (host gdb) backtrace - - - - - - 14.4. Case 4 : Hangs - - Hangs seem to be fairly rare, but they sometimes happen. When a hang - happens, we need a backtrace from the offending process. Run the - kernel debugger as described in case 1 and get a backtrace. If the - current process is not the idle thread, then send in the backtrace. - You can tell that it's the idle thread if the stack looks like this: - - - #0 0x100b1401 in __libc_nanosleep () - #1 0x100a2885 in idle_sleep (secs=10) at time.c:122 - #2 0x100a546f in do_idle () at process_kern.c:445 - #3 0x100a5508 in cpu_idle () at process_kern.c:471 - #4 0x100ec18f in start_kernel () at init/main.c:592 - #5 0x100a3e10 in start_kernel_proc (unused=0x0) at um_arch.c:71 - #6 0x100a383f in signal_tramp (arg=0x100a3dd8) at trap_user.c:50 - - - - - If this is the case, then some other process is at fault, and went to - sleep when it shouldn't have. Run ps on the host and figure out which - process should not have gone to sleep and stayed asleep. Then attach - to it with gdb and get a backtrace as described in case 3. - - - - - - - 15. Thanks - - - A number of people have helped this project in various ways, and this - page gives recognition where recognition is due. - - - If you're listed here and you would prefer a real link on your name, - or no link at all, instead of the despammed email address pseudo-link, - let me know. - - - If you're not listed here and you think maybe you should be, please - let me know that as well. I try to get everyone, but sometimes my - bookkeeping lapses and I forget about contributions. - - - 15.1. Code and Documentation - - Rusty Russell - - - o wrote the HOWTO - - o prodded me into making this project official and putting it on - SourceForge - - o came up with the way cool UML logo - - o redid the config process - - - Peter Moulder - Fixed my config and build - processes, and added some useful code to the block driver - - - Bill Stearns - - - o HOWTO updates - - o lots of bug reports - - o lots of testing - - o dedicated a box (uml.ists.dartmouth.edu) to support UML development - - o wrote the mkrootfs script, which allows bootable filesystems of - RPM-based distributions to be cranked out - - o cranked out a large number of filesystems with said script - - - Jim Leu - Wrote the virtual ethernet driver - and associated usermode tools - - Lars Brinkhoff - Contributed the ptrace - proxy from his own project to allow easier - kernel debugging - - - Andrea Arcangeli - Redid some of the early boot - code so that it would work on machines with Large File Support - - - Chris Emerson - Did - the first UML port to Linux/ppc - - - Harald Welte - Wrote the multicast - transport for the network driver - - - Jorgen Cederlof - Added special file support to hostfs - - - Greg Lonnon - Changed the ubd driver - to allow it to layer a COW file on a shared read-only filesystem and - wrote the iomem emulation support - - - Henrik Nordstrom - Provided a variety - of patches, fixes, and clues - - - Lennert Buytenhek - Contributed various patches, a rewrite of the - network driver, the first implementation of the mconsole driver, and - did the bulk of the work needed to get SMP working again. - - - Yon Uriarte - Fixed the TUN/TAP network backend while I slept. - - - Adam Heath - Made a bunch of nice cleanups to the initialization code, - plus various other small patches. - - - Matt Zimmerman - Matt volunteered to be the UML Debian maintainer and - is doing a real nice job of it. He also noticed and fixed a number of - actually and potentially exploitable security holes in uml_net. Plus - the occasional patch. I like patches. - - - James McMechan - James seems to have taken over maintenance of the ubd - driver and is doing a nice job of it. - - - Chandan Kudige - wrote the umlgdb script which automates the reloading - of module symbols. - - - Steve Schmidtke - wrote the UML slirp transport and hostaudio drivers, - enabling UML processes to access audio devices on the host. He also - submitted patches for the slip transport and lots of other things. - - - David Coulson - - - o Set up the usermodelinux.org site, - which is a great way of keeping the UML user community on top of - UML goings-on. - - o Site documentation and updates - - o Nifty little UML management daemon UMLd - - - o Lots of testing and bug reports - - - - - 15.2. Flushing out bugs - - - - o Yuri Pudgorodsky - - o Gerald Britton - - o Ian Wehrman - - o Gord Lamb - - o Eugene Koontz - - o John H. Hartman - - o Anders Karlsson - - o Daniel Phillips - - o John Fremlin - - o Rainer Burgstaller - - o James Stevenson - - o Matt Clay - - o Cliff Jefferies - - o Geoff Hoff - - o Lennert Buytenhek - - o Al Viro - - o Frank Klingenhoefer - - o Livio Baldini Soares - - o Jon Burgess - - o Petru Paler - - o Paul - - o Chris Reahard - - o Sverker Nilsson - - o Gong Su - - o johan verrept - - o Bjorn Eriksson - - o Lorenzo Allegrucci - - o Muli Ben-Yehuda - - o David Mansfield - - o Howard Goff - - o Mike Anderson - - o John Byrne - - o Sapan J. Batia - - o Iris Huang - - o Jan Hudec - - o Voluspa - - - - - 15.3. Buglets and clean-ups - - - - o Dave Zarzycki - - o Adam Lazur - - o Boria Feigin - - o Brian J. Murrell - - o JS - - o Roman Zippel - - o Wil Cooley - - o Ayelet Shemesh - - o Will Dyson - - o Sverker Nilsson - - o dvorak - - o v.naga srinivas - - o Shlomi Fish - - o Roger Binns - - o johan verrept - - o MrChuoi - - o Peter Cleve - - o Vincent Guffens - - o Nathan Scott - - o Patrick Caulfield - - o jbearce - - o Catalin Marinas - - o Shane Spencer - - o Zou Min - - - o Ryan Boder - - o Lorenzo Colitti - - o Gwendal Grignou - - o Andre' Breiler - - o Tsutomu Yasuda - - - - 15.4. Case Studies - - - o Jon Wright - - o William McEwan - - o Michael Richardson - - - - 15.5. Other contributions - - - Bill Carr made the Red Hat mkrootfs script - work with RH 6.2. - - Michael Jennings sent in some material which - is now gracing the top of the index page of this site. - - SGI (and more specifically Ralf Baechle ) gave me an account on oss.sgi.com - . The bandwidth there made it possible to - produce most of the filesystems available on the project download - page. - - Laurent Bonnaud took the old grotty - Debian filesystem that I've been distributing and updated it to 2.2. - It is now available by itself here. - - Rik van Riel gave me some ftp space on ftp.nl.linux.org so I can make - releases even when Sourceforge is broken. - - Rodrigo de Castro looked at my broken pte code and told me what was - wrong with it, letting me fix a long-standing (several weeks) and - serious set of bugs. - - Chris Reahard built a specialized root filesystem for running a DNS - server jailed inside UML. It's available from the download - page in the Jail - Filesystems section. - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index debbb7b97c98..1aec93695040 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -8727,7 +8727,7 @@ L: kvm@vger.kernel.org W: http://www.linux-kvm.org T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm.git S: Supported -F: Documentation/virtual/kvm/ +F: Documentation/virt/kvm/ F: include/trace/events/kvm.h F: include/uapi/asm-generic/kvm* F: include/uapi/linux/kvm* @@ -12054,7 +12054,7 @@ M: Juergen Gross M: Alok Kataria L: virtualization@lists.linux-foundation.org S: Supported -F: Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.txt +F: Documentation/virt/paravirt_ops.txt F: arch/*/kernel/paravirt* F: arch/*/include/asm/paravirt*.h F: include/linux/hypervisor.h @@ -16745,7 +16745,7 @@ W: http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net Q: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/linux-um/list/ T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rw/uml.git S: Maintained -F: Documentation/virtual/uml/ +F: Documentation/virt/uml/ F: arch/um/ F: arch/x86/um/ F: fs/hostfs/ diff --git a/arch/powerpc/include/uapi/asm/kvm_para.h b/arch/powerpc/include/uapi/asm/kvm_para.h index 01555c6ae0f5..be48c2215fa2 100644 --- a/arch/powerpc/include/uapi/asm/kvm_para.h +++ b/arch/powerpc/include/uapi/asm/kvm_para.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ * Struct fields are always 32 or 64 bit aligned, depending on them being 32 * or 64 bit wide respectively. * - * See Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt + * See Documentation/virt/kvm/ppc-pv.txt */ struct kvm_vcpu_arch_shared { __u64 scratch1; diff --git a/arch/x86/kvm/mmu.c b/arch/x86/kvm/mmu.c index 8f72526e2f68..24843cf49579 100644 --- a/arch/x86/kvm/mmu.c +++ b/arch/x86/kvm/mmu.c @@ -3466,7 +3466,7 @@ static bool fast_page_fault(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu, gva_t gva, int level, /* * Currently, fast page fault only works for direct mapping * since the gfn is not stable for indirect shadow page. See - * Documentation/virtual/kvm/locking.txt to get more detail. + * Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.txt to get more detail. */ fault_handled = fast_pf_fix_direct_spte(vcpu, sp, iterator.sptep, spte, diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index a7c19540ce21..5e3f12d5359e 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ struct kvm_irq_level { * ACPI gsi notion of irq. * For IA-64 (APIC model) IOAPIC0: irq 0-23; IOAPIC1: irq 24-47.. * For X86 (standard AT mode) PIC0/1: irq 0-15. IOAPIC0: 0-23.. - * For ARM: See Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt + * For ARM: See Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt */ union { __u32 irq; @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ struct kvm_xen_hvm_config { * * KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_RESAMPLE indicates resamplefd is valid and specifies * the irqfd to operate in resampling mode for level triggered interrupt - * emulation. See Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt. + * emulation. See Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt. */ #define KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_RESAMPLE (1 << 1) diff --git a/tools/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/tools/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index c2152f3dd02d..e7c67be7c15f 100644 --- a/tools/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/tools/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ struct kvm_irq_level { * ACPI gsi notion of irq. * For IA-64 (APIC model) IOAPIC0: irq 0-23; IOAPIC1: irq 24-47.. * For X86 (standard AT mode) PIC0/1: irq 0-15. IOAPIC0: 0-23.. - * For ARM: See Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt + * For ARM: See Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt */ union { __u32 irq; @@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ struct kvm_xen_hvm_config { * * KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_RESAMPLE indicates resamplefd is valid and specifies * the irqfd to operate in resampling mode for level triggered interrupt - * emulation. See Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt. + * emulation. See Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt. */ #define KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_RESAMPLE (1 << 1) diff --git a/virt/kvm/arm/arm.c b/virt/kvm/arm/arm.c index f645c0fbf7ec..acc43242a310 100644 --- a/virt/kvm/arm/arm.c +++ b/virt/kvm/arm/arm.c @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ int kvm_arch_vcpu_ioctl_run(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu, struct kvm_run *run) * Ensure we set mode to IN_GUEST_MODE after we disable * interrupts and before the final VCPU requests check. * See the comment in kvm_vcpu_exiting_guest_mode() and - * Documentation/virtual/kvm/vcpu-requests.rst + * Documentation/virt/kvm/vcpu-requests.rst */ smp_store_mb(vcpu->mode, IN_GUEST_MODE); diff --git a/virt/kvm/arm/vgic/vgic-mmio-v3.c b/virt/kvm/arm/vgic/vgic-mmio-v3.c index 936962abc38d..c45e2d7e942f 100644 --- a/virt/kvm/arm/vgic/vgic-mmio-v3.c +++ b/virt/kvm/arm/vgic/vgic-mmio-v3.c @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ static unsigned long vgic_v3_uaccess_read_pending(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu, * pending state of interrupt is latched in pending_latch variable. * Userspace will save and restore pending state and line_level * separately. - * Refer to Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt + * Refer to Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt * for handling of ISPENDR and ICPENDR. */ for (i = 0; i < len * 8; i++) { diff --git a/virt/kvm/arm/vgic/vgic.h b/virt/kvm/arm/vgic/vgic.h index 57205beaa981..3b7525deec80 100644 --- a/virt/kvm/arm/vgic/vgic.h +++ b/virt/kvm/arm/vgic/vgic.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ VGIC_AFFINITY_LEVEL(val, 3)) /* - * As per Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt, + * As per Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt, * below macros are defined for CPUREG encoding. */ #define KVM_REG_ARM_VGIC_SYSREG_OP0_MASK 0x000000000000c000 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ KVM_REG_ARM_VGIC_SYSREG_OP2_MASK) /* - * As per Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-its.txt, + * As per Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-its.txt, * below macros are defined for ITS table entry encoding. */ #define KVM_ITS_CTE_VALID_SHIFT 63 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 47b79bbb19e1cfc615823ccaac258cdd2c810c47 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jakub Kicinski Date: Wed, 24 Jul 2019 11:02:48 -0700 Subject: net/tls: add myself as a co-maintainer I've been spending quite a bit of time fixing and preventing bit rot in the core TLS code. TLS seems to only be growing in importance, I'd like to help ensuring the quality of our implementation. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann Acked-by: John Fastabend Acked-by: Simon Horman Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- MAINTAINERS | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 783569e3c4b4..3ff2e6ab3cf4 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -11282,6 +11282,7 @@ M: Aviad Yehezkel M: Dave Watson M: John Fastabend M: Daniel Borkmann +M: Jakub Kicinski L: netdev@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained F: net/tls/* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 10b0f1c227ed8236555318cb26933881b7e907f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nadav Amit Date: Tue, 2 Jul 2019 03:05:19 -0700 Subject: vmw_balloon: Remove Julien from the maintainers list Julien will not be a maintainer anymore. Signed-off-by: Nadav Amit Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190702100519.7464-1-namit@vmware.com Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- MAINTAINERS | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 783569e3c4b4..506902c3d5b6 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -17172,7 +17172,6 @@ F: drivers/vme/ F: include/linux/vme* VMWARE BALLOON DRIVER -M: Julien Freche M: Nadav Amit M: "VMware, Inc." L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org -- cgit v1.2.3 From 98abe0227827f45cddb21875b2ffa9aeca3848b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Farhan Ali Date: Wed, 24 Jul 2019 17:32:03 -0400 Subject: MAINTAINERS: vfio-ccw: Remove myself as the maintainer I will not be able to continue with my maintainership responsibilities going forward, so remove myself as the maintainer. Signed-off-by: Farhan Ali Acked-by: Cornelia Huck Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens --- MAINTAINERS | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 783569e3c4b4..82d9e1b5d17d 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -13947,7 +13947,6 @@ F: drivers/pci/hotplug/s390_pci_hpc.c S390 VFIO-CCW DRIVER M: Cornelia Huck -M: Farhan Ali M: Eric Farman R: Halil Pasic L: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3db1fa8bb489370b6df634a3d548728294139d66 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Bolle Date: Sat, 27 Jul 2019 00:05:41 +0200 Subject: gigaset: stop maintaining seperately The Dutch consumer grade ISDN network will be shut down on September 1, 2019. This means I'll be converted to some sort of VOIP shortly. At that point it would be unwise to try to maintain the gigaset driver, even for odd fixes as I do. So I'll stop maintaining it as a seperate driver and bump support to CAPI in staging. De facto this means the driver will be unmaintained, since no-one seems to be working on CAPI. I've lighty tested the hardware specific modules of this driver (bas-gigaset, ser-gigaset, and usb-gigaset) for v5.3-rc1. The basic functionality appears to be working. It's unclear whether anyone still cares. I'm aware of only one person sort of using the driver a few years ago. Thanks to Karsten Keil for the ISDN subsystems gigaset was using (I4L and CAPI). And many thanks to Hansjoerg Lipp and Tilman Schmidt for writing and upstreaming this driver. Signed-off-by: Paul Bolle Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- MAINTAINERS | 7 ------- 1 file changed, 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 3ff2e6ab3cf4..bbc2efb2b236 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -6822,13 +6822,6 @@ F: Documentation/filesystems/gfs2*.txt F: fs/gfs2/ F: include/uapi/linux/gfs2_ondisk.h -GIGASET ISDN DRIVERS -M: Paul Bolle -L: gigaset307x-common@lists.sourceforge.net -W: http://gigaset307x.sourceforge.net/ -S: Odd Fixes -F: drivers/staging/isdn/gigaset/ - GNSS SUBSYSTEM M: Johan Hovold T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/johan/gnss.git -- cgit v1.2.3 From a7f9cbf0ed2f67380b547971145e823b9225d39d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesper Dangaard Brouer Date: Mon, 29 Jul 2019 14:16:37 +0200 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Remove mailing-list entry for XDP (eXpress Data Path) This removes the mailing list xdp-newbies@vger.kernel.org from the XDP kernel maintainers entry. Being in the kernel MAINTAINERS file successfully caused the list to receive kbuild bot warnings, syzbot reports and sometimes developer patches. The level of details in these messages, doesn't match the target audience of the XDP-newbies list. This is based on a survey on the mailing list, where 73% voted for removal from MAINTAINERS file. Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- MAINTAINERS | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index bbc2efb2b236..9f5b8bd4faf9 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -17549,7 +17549,6 @@ M: Jakub Kicinski M: Jesper Dangaard Brouer M: John Fastabend L: netdev@vger.kernel.org -L: xdp-newbies@vger.kernel.org L: bpf@vger.kernel.org S: Supported F: net/core/xdp.c -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1dd38ae96973006c45a8010a7fc3c313f1c229a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Moritz Fischer Date: Thu, 25 Jul 2019 10:45:17 -0700 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Move linux-fpga tree to new location Move the linux-fpga tree to new location at: git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mdf/linux-fpga.git Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190725174517.10516-1-mdf@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- MAINTAINERS | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 6426db5198f0..8af274c743de 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -6339,7 +6339,7 @@ FPGA MANAGER FRAMEWORK M: Moritz Fischer L: linux-fpga@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained -T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/atull/linux-fpga.git +T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mdf/linux-fpga.git Q: http://patchwork.kernel.org/project/linux-fpga/list/ F: Documentation/fpga/ F: Documentation/driver-api/fpga/ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6963d00bb6e42e91882d2eb36639701aca9fe032 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Cezary Rojewski Date: Fri, 26 Jul 2019 20:15:17 +0200 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Update Intel ASoC drivers maintainers Adding myself to Intel ASoC drivers maintainers list. Signed-off-by: Cezary Rojewski Acked-by: Pierre-Louis Bossart Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190726181517.27655-1-cezary.rojewski@intel.com Signed-off-by: Mark Brown --- MAINTAINERS | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 11db05b56744..92829ca37459 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -7861,6 +7861,7 @@ S: Maintained F: drivers/video/fbdev/i810/ INTEL ASoC DRIVERS +M: Cezary Rojewski M: Pierre-Louis Bossart M: Liam Girdwood M: Jie Yang -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5b31f3e39a6c4be55ede49da0dd352017f09e8cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ido Schimmel Date: Wed, 31 Jul 2019 09:38:19 +0300 Subject: drop_monitor: Add missing uAPI file to MAINTAINERS file Fixes: 6e43650cee64 ("add maintainer for network drop monitor kernel service") Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel Acked-by: Neil Horman Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- MAINTAINERS | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 9f5b8bd4faf9..b540794cbd91 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -11137,6 +11137,7 @@ L: netdev@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained W: https://fedorahosted.org/dropwatch/ F: net/core/drop_monitor.c +F: include/uapi/linux/net_dropmon.h NETWORKING DRIVERS M: "David S. Miller" -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3d0b63c5dfa8a912ac2d5026a24826b99b20ecc9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Denis Efremov Date: Wed, 31 Jul 2019 08:53:42 -0600 Subject: MAINTAINERS: floppy: take over maintainership I would like to maintain the floppy driver. After the recent fixes, I think I know the code pretty well. Nowadays I've got 2 physical 3.5" readers to test all the changes. Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov Acked-by: Will Deacon Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe --- MAINTAINERS | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 6426db5198f0..6c49b48cfd69 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -6322,7 +6322,8 @@ F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/counter/ftm-quaddec.txt F: drivers/counter/ftm-quaddec.c FLOPPY DRIVER -S: Orphan +M: Denis Efremov +S: Odd Fixes L: linux-block@vger.kernel.org F: drivers/block/floppy.c -- cgit v1.2.3 From fc5b34a35458314df1dd00281f6e41f419581aa9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Micah Morton Date: Thu, 1 Aug 2019 10:28:27 -0700 Subject: Add entry in MAINTAINERS file for SafeSetID LSM This LSM was added in v5.1 and needs an entry in the MAINTAINERS file. Signed-off-by: Micah Morton Acked-by: James Morris --- MAINTAINERS | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 6426db5198f0..30b8a83c3afa 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -14016,6 +14016,12 @@ F: drivers/media/common/saa7146/ F: drivers/media/pci/saa7146/ F: include/media/drv-intf/saa7146* +SAFESETID SECURITY MODULE +M: Micah Morton +S: Supported +F: security/safesetid/ +F: Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/SafeSetID.rst + SAMSUNG AUDIO (ASoC) DRIVERS M: Krzysztof Kozlowski M: Sangbeom Kim -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4c0d228c3bd498b3119d68eb41a17880f7728993 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Geert Uytterhoeven Date: Mon, 29 Jul 2019 19:56:58 +0200 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Add Geert as Renesas SoC Co-Maintainer At the end of the v5.3 upstream kernel development cycle, Simon will be stepping down from his role as Renesas SoC maintainer. Starting with the v5.4 development cycle, Geert is taking over this role. Add Geert as a co-maintainer, and add his git repository and branch. Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven Reviewed-by: Niklas Söderlund Acked-by: Simon Horman Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- MAINTAINERS | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 0f5004592ffc..a2c343ee3b2c 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -2155,10 +2155,12 @@ F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/realtek.txt ARM/RENESAS ARM64 ARCHITECTURE M: Simon Horman +M: Geert Uytterhoeven M: Magnus Damm L: linux-renesas-soc@vger.kernel.org Q: http://patchwork.kernel.org/project/linux-renesas-soc/list/ T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/horms/renesas.git next +T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/geert/renesas-devel.git next S: Supported F: arch/arm64/boot/dts/renesas/ F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas.yaml @@ -2269,10 +2271,12 @@ F: drivers/media/platform/s5p-mfc/ ARM/SHMOBILE ARM ARCHITECTURE M: Simon Horman +M: Geert Uytterhoeven M: Magnus Damm L: linux-renesas-soc@vger.kernel.org Q: http://patchwork.kernel.org/project/linux-renesas-soc/list/ T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/horms/renesas.git next +T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/geert/renesas-devel.git next S: Supported F: arch/arm/boot/dts/emev2* F: arch/arm/boot/dts/gr-peach* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6a7553e8d84d5322d883cb83bb9888c49a0f04e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz Date: Fri, 9 Aug 2019 15:46:40 +0200 Subject: MAINTAINERS: handle fbdev changes through drm-misc tree fbdev patches will now go to upstream through drm-misc tree (IOW starting with v5.4 merge window fbdev changes will be included in DRM pull request) for improved maintainership and better integration testing. Update MAINTAINERS file accordingly. Acked-by: Daniel Vetter Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz --- MAINTAINERS | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index a2c343ee3b2c..38963aead319 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -6377,7 +6377,7 @@ FRAMEBUFFER LAYER M: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz L: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org L: linux-fbdev@vger.kernel.org -T: git git://github.com/bzolnier/linux.git +T: git git://anongit.freedesktop.org/drm/drm-misc Q: http://patchwork.kernel.org/project/linux-fbdev/list/ S: Maintained F: Documentation/fb/ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9a67b72552f8d019948453e56ca7db8c7e5a94ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Denis Efremov Date: Tue, 13 Aug 2019 08:15:07 -0700 Subject: MAINTAINERS: iomap: Remove fs/iomap.c record Update MAINTAINERS to reflect that fs/iomap.c file was splitted into separate files in fs/iomap/ Cc: Darrick J. Wong Cc: Christoph Hellwig Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Fixes: cb7181ff4b1c ("iomap: move the main iteration code into a separate file") Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong --- MAINTAINERS | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 6426db5198f0..5a35c0dd1d35 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -8416,7 +8416,6 @@ L: linux-xfs@vger.kernel.org L: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/xfs/xfs-linux.git S: Supported -F: fs/iomap.c F: fs/iomap/ F: include/linux/iomap.h -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8fc3ae3b109d17157102f0abf9c8fb1e16bf810a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Oleksij Rempel Date: Mon, 12 Aug 2019 07:08:17 +0200 Subject: MAINTAINERS: i2c-imx: take over maintainership I would like to maintain the i2c-imx driver. Since I work with different i.MX variants and have access to the hardware, I can spend some time on the reviewing of this driver. Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang --- MAINTAINERS | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index e81e60bd7c26..ddc1cf5cb0b9 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -6441,6 +6441,14 @@ S: Maintained F: drivers/perf/fsl_imx8_ddr_perf.c F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/fsl-imx-ddr.txt +FREESCALE IMX I2C DRIVER +M: Oleksij Rempel +R: Pengutronix Kernel Team +L: linux-i2c@vger.kernel.org +S: Maintained +F: drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-imx.c +F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt + FREESCALE IMX LPI2C DRIVER M: Dong Aisheng L: linux-i2c@vger.kernel.org -- cgit v1.2.3 From 74260dc278a725b692b1a201c6b780a02804d3e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paolo Bonzini Date: Fri, 9 Aug 2019 09:18:43 +0200 Subject: MAINTAINERS: change list for KVM/s390 KVM/s390 does not have a list of its own, and linux-s390 is in the loop anyway thanks to the generic arch/s390 match. So use the generic KVM list for s390 patches. Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini --- MAINTAINERS | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 5e1f9ee8f86f..05c107b168c0 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -8869,7 +8869,7 @@ M: Christian Borntraeger M: Janosch Frank R: David Hildenbrand R: Cornelia Huck -L: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +L: kvm@vger.kernel.org W: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/ T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvms390/linux.git S: Supported -- cgit v1.2.3 From ed4e7b057e9e75cecd56f6c3434f88eaa69c1209 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paolo Bonzini Date: Fri, 9 Aug 2019 09:30:02 +0200 Subject: MAINTAINERS: add KVM x86 reviewers This is probably overdue---KVM x86 has quite a few contributors that usually review each other's patches, which is really helpful to me. Formalize this by listing them as reviewers. I am including people with various expertise: - Joerg for SVM (with designated reviewers, it makes more sense to have him in the main KVM/x86 stanza) - Sean for MMU and VMX - Jim for VMX - Vitaly for Hyper-V and possibly SVM - Wanpeng for LAPIC and paravirtualization. Please ack if you are okay with this arrangement, otherwise speak up. In other news, Radim is going to leave Red Hat soon. However, he has not been very much involved in upstream KVM development for some time, and in the immediate future he is still going to help maintain kvm/queue while I am on vacation. Since not much is going to change, I will let him decide whether he wants to keep the maintainer role after he leaves. Acked-by: Joerg Roedel Acked-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov Acked-by: Wanpeng Li Cc: Sean Christopherson Cc: Jim Mattson Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini --- MAINTAINERS | 17 +++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 05c107b168c0..166e765acce8 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -8819,14 +8819,6 @@ F: virt/kvm/* F: tools/kvm/ F: tools/testing/selftests/kvm/ -KERNEL VIRTUAL MACHINE FOR AMD-V (KVM/amd) -M: Joerg Roedel -L: kvm@vger.kernel.org -W: http://www.linux-kvm.org/ -S: Maintained -F: arch/x86/include/asm/svm.h -F: arch/x86/kvm/svm.c - KERNEL VIRTUAL MACHINE FOR ARM/ARM64 (KVM/arm, KVM/arm64) M: Marc Zyngier R: James Morse @@ -8884,6 +8876,11 @@ F: tools/testing/selftests/kvm/*/s390x/ KERNEL VIRTUAL MACHINE FOR X86 (KVM/x86) M: Paolo Bonzini M: Radim Krčmář +R: Sean Christopherson +R: Vitaly Kuznetsov +R: Wanpeng Li +R: Jim Mattson +R: Joerg Roedel L: kvm@vger.kernel.org W: http://www.linux-kvm.org T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm.git @@ -8891,8 +8888,12 @@ S: Supported F: arch/x86/kvm/ F: arch/x86/kvm/*/ F: arch/x86/include/uapi/asm/kvm* +F: arch/x86/include/uapi/asm/vmx.h +F: arch/x86/include/uapi/asm/svm.h F: arch/x86/include/asm/kvm* F: arch/x86/include/asm/pvclock-abi.h +F: arch/x86/include/asm/svm.h +F: arch/x86/include/asm/vmx.h F: arch/x86/kernel/kvm.c F: arch/x86/kernel/kvmclock.c -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5ed1c835ed8b522ce25071cc2d56a9a09bd5b59e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tony Luck Date: Wed, 14 Aug 2019 16:40:30 -0700 Subject: MAINTAINERS, x86/CPU: Tony Luck will maintain asm/intel-family.h There are a few different subsystems in the kernel that depend on model specific behaviour (perf, EDAC, power, ...). Easier for just one person to have the task to get new model numbers included instead of having these groups trip over each other to do it. [ bp: s/Cpu/CPU/ and add x86@kernel.org so that it gets CCed too as FYI. ] Signed-off-by: Tony Luck Signed-off-by: Borislav Petkov Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Dave Hansen Cc: x86-ml Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190814234030.30817-1-tony.luck@intel.com --- MAINTAINERS | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index e81e60bd7c26..f3a78403b47f 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -8064,6 +8064,13 @@ T: git git://git.code.sf.net/p/intel-sas/isci S: Supported F: drivers/scsi/isci/ +INTEL CPU family model numbers +M: Tony Luck +M: x86@kernel.org +L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org +S: Supported +F: arch/x86/include/asm/intel-family.h + INTEL DRM DRIVERS (excluding Poulsbo, Moorestown and derivative chipsets) M: Jani Nikula M: Joonas Lahtinen -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5a69e4980258c56f6d4c2048a1b9c260218785b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Denis Efremov Date: Wed, 14 Aug 2019 15:58:00 +0300 Subject: MAINTAINERS: PHY LIBRARY: Update files in the record Update MAINTAINERS to reflect that sysfs-bus-mdio was removed in commit a6cd0d2d493a ("Documentation: net-sysfs: Remove duplicate PHY device documentation") and sysfs-class-net-phydev was added in commit 86f22d04dfb5 ("net: sysfs: Document PHY device sysfs attributes"). Cc: Florian Fainelli Cc: Andrew Lunn Cc: Heiner Kallweit Cc: David S. Miller Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- MAINTAINERS | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 47800d32cfbc..d7e44a29b13e 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -6065,7 +6065,7 @@ M: Florian Fainelli M: Heiner Kallweit L: netdev@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained -F: Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio +F: Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-phy.yaml F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio* F: Documentation/networking/phy.rst -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0a66c20a6a123d6dc96c6197f02455cb64615271 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Denis Efremov Date: Wed, 14 Aug 2019 15:12:09 +0300 Subject: MAINTAINERS: r8169: Update path to the driver Update MAINTAINERS record to reflect the filename change. The file was moved in commit 25e992a4603c ("r8169: rename r8169.c to r8169_main.c") Cc: Heiner Kallweit Cc: nic_swsd@realtek.com Cc: David S. Miller Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov Reviewed-by: Heiner Kallweit Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- MAINTAINERS | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index d7e44a29b13e..a416574780d6 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ M: Realtek linux nic maintainers M: Heiner Kallweit L: netdev@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained -F: drivers/net/ethernet/realtek/r8169.c +F: drivers/net/ethernet/realtek/r8169* 8250/16?50 (AND CLONE UARTS) SERIAL DRIVER M: Greg Kroah-Hartman -- cgit v1.2.3 From bafe1e79e05de725e26b3f60c90b49e635b686b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lan Tianyu Date: Tue, 26 Mar 2019 14:28:21 +0800 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Fix Hyperv vIOMMU driver file name The Hyperv vIOMMU file name should be "hyperv-iommu.c" rather than "hyperv_iommu.c". This patch is to fix it. Signed-off-by: Lan Tianyu Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin --- MAINTAINERS | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 783569e3c4b4..b03179510e26 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -7454,7 +7454,7 @@ F: drivers/net/hyperv/ F: drivers/scsi/storvsc_drv.c F: drivers/uio/uio_hv_generic.c F: drivers/video/fbdev/hyperv_fb.c -F: drivers/iommu/hyperv_iommu.c +F: drivers/iommu/hyperv-iommu.c F: net/vmw_vsock/hyperv_transport.c F: include/clocksource/hyperv_timer.h F: include/linux/hyperv.h -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0d7342c3637462fc6291b392ced9af0f4ca4dab4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Denis Efremov Date: Wed, 14 Aug 2019 15:35:02 +0300 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Remove IP MASQUERADING record This entry is in MAINTAINERS for historical purpose. It doesn't match current sources since the commit adf82accc5f5 ("netfilter: x_tables: merge ip and ipv6 masquerade modules") moved the module. The net/netfilter/xt_MASQUERADE.c module is already under the netfilter section. Thus, there is no purpose to keep this separate entry in MAINTAINERS. Cc: Florian Westphal Cc: Juanjo Ciarlante Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- MAINTAINERS | 5 ----- 1 file changed, 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index a416574780d6..6839cfd91dde 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -8439,11 +8439,6 @@ S: Maintained F: fs/io_uring.c F: include/uapi/linux/io_uring.h -IP MASQUERADING -M: Juanjo Ciarlante -S: Maintained -F: net/ipv4/netfilter/ipt_MASQUERADE.c - IPMI SUBSYSTEM M: Corey Minyard L: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net (moderated for non-subscribers) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2f102274e8129c9c0bb3a2bde0f641531aefea8b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Denis Efremov Date: Tue, 13 Aug 2019 09:05:30 +0300 Subject: MAINTAINERS: net_failover: Fix typo in a filepath Replace "driver" with "drivers" in the filepath to net_failover.c Cc: Sridhar Samudrala Cc: David S. Miller Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Fixes: cfc80d9a1163 ("net: Introduce net_failover driver") Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- MAINTAINERS | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 22b8273069af..a744851db1df 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -11080,7 +11080,7 @@ NET_FAILOVER MODULE M: Sridhar Samudrala L: netdev@vger.kernel.org S: Supported -F: driver/net/net_failover.c +F: drivers/net/net_failover.c F: include/net/net_failover.h F: Documentation/networking/net_failover.rst -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7035eef4496d95b69b0bc18e0bced09304e0afdf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Song Liu Date: Wed, 21 Aug 2019 11:45:25 -0700 Subject: md: update MAINTAINERS info I have been reviewing patches for md in the past few months. Mark me as the MD maintainer, as I have effectively been filling that role. Cc: NeilBrown Signed-off-by: Song Liu Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe --- MAINTAINERS | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 43604d6ab96c..eae4e0d1117a 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -14882,9 +14882,9 @@ F: include/linux/arm_sdei.h F: include/uapi/linux/arm_sdei.h SOFTWARE RAID (Multiple Disks) SUPPORT -M: Shaohua Li +M: Song Liu L: linux-raid@vger.kernel.org -T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/shli/md.git +T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/song/md.git S: Supported F: drivers/md/Makefile F: drivers/md/Kconfig -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0c69b19f92dfcc0962bbc09741677f658bc55452 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrew Lunn Date: Sun, 25 Aug 2019 00:34:54 +0200 Subject: MAINTAINERS: Add phylink keyword to SFF/SFP/SFP+ MODULE SUPPORT Russell king maintains phylink, as part of the SFP module support. However, much of the review work is about drivers swapping from phylib to phylink. Such changes don't make changes to the phylink core, and so the F: rules in MAINTAINERS don't match. Add a K:, keywork rule, which hopefully get_maintainers will match against for patches to MAC drivers swapping to phylink. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- MAINTAINERS | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index a744851db1df..37a0e297cf28 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -14472,6 +14472,7 @@ F: drivers/net/phy/phylink.c F: drivers/net/phy/sfp* F: include/linux/phylink.h F: include/linux/sfp.h +K: phylink SGI GRU DRIVER M: Dimitri Sivanich -- cgit v1.2.3 From a642a0b33343add9b771ce88a6c5ff6cf92f22d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Greg Kroah-Hartman Date: Tue, 27 Aug 2019 21:53:10 +0200 Subject: MAINTAINERS: add entry for LICENSES and SPDX stuff Thomas and I seem to have become the "unofficial" maintainers for these files and questions about SPDX things. So let's make it official. Reported-by: "Darrick J. Wong" Grumpily-acked-by: Thomas Gleixner Acked-by: Darrick J. Wong Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190827195310.GA30618@kroah.com Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- MAINTAINERS | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 43604d6ab96c..f13274f32101 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -9233,6 +9233,18 @@ F: include/linux/nd.h F: include/linux/libnvdimm.h F: include/uapi/linux/ndctl.h +LICENSES and SPDX stuff +M: Thomas Gleixner +M: Greg Kroah-Hartman +L: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org +S: Maintained +T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/spdx.git +F: COPYING +F: Documentation/process/license-rules.rst +F: LICENSES/ +F: scripts/spdxcheck-test.sh +F: scripts/spdxcheck.py + LIGHTNVM PLATFORM SUPPORT M: Matias Bjorling W: http://github/OpenChannelSSD -- cgit v1.2.3 From f08b2080e36057c9833596df8348c33daeb04d56 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Denis Efremov Date: Tue, 13 Aug 2019 09:09:13 +0300 Subject: MAINTAINERS: i2c mv64xxx: Update documentation path Update MAINTAINERS record to reflect the file move from i2c-mv64xxx.txt to marvell,mv64xxx-i2c.yaml. Fixes: f8bbde72ef44 ("dt-bindings: i2c: mv64xxx: Add YAML schemas") Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov Acked-by: Maxime Ripard Acked-by: Gregory CLEMENT Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang --- MAINTAINERS | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'MAINTAINERS') diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 9cbcf167bdd0..a21de6232ad1 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -7513,7 +7513,7 @@ I2C MV64XXX MARVELL AND ALLWINNER DRIVER M: Gregory CLEMENT L: linux-i2c@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained -F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt +F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/marvell,mv64xxx-i2c.yaml F: drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-mv64xxx.c I2C OVER PARALLEL PORT -- cgit v1.2.3